HSBC
Annual Report 2006

Plain-text annual report

2006 Annual Report and Accounts HSBC Holdings plc H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Annual Report and Accounts 2006 Headquartered in London, HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world. Its international network comprises over 10,000 properties in 82 countries and territories in Europe; Hong Kong; Rest of Asia-Pacific, including the Middle East and Africa; North America and Latin America. With listings on the London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda stock exchanges, shares in HSBC Holdings plc are held by about 200,000 shareholders in over 100 countries and territories. The shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depositary Shares. HSBC provides a comprehensive range of financial services to more than 125 million customers through four customer groups and global businesses: Personal Financial Services (including consumer finance); Commercial Banking; Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets; and Private Banking. Contents Page Page Financial Highlights ........................................... 1 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Relation to Financial Statements ............. 290 Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements ....................... 4 Report of the Directors ..................................... 6 Business Review ............................................... 6 Financial Review ............................................. 110 The Management of Risk ................................. 165 Governance ...................................................... 248 Independent Auditor’s Report ......................... 291 Financial Statements ......................................... 293 Notes on the Financial Statements ................... 301 Shareholder Information .................................. 435 Directors’ Remuneration Report ..................... 280 Glossary and Index ........................................... 446 Certain defined terms Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’ or the ‘Group’ means HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary and preference shares classified as equity. This document comprises the Annual Report and Accounts 2006 for HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiaries. It contains the Report of the Directors and Financial Statements, together with the Independent Auditor’s Report thereon, as required by the UK Companies Act 1985. The Annual Review 2006 of HSBC Holdings plc is published as a separate document. The Report of the Directors on pages 6 to 279 and the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 280 to 289 have each been drawn up in accordance with the requirements of English law, and liability in respect thereof is also governed by English law. In particular, the liability of the Directors for these reports is solely to HSBC Holdings. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Financial Highlights For the year • • • • • • Total operating income up 13.6 per cent to US$70,070 million (2005: US$61,704 million). Net operating income up 9.9 per cent to US$54,793 million (2005: US$49,836 million). Group pre-tax profit up 5.3 per cent to US$22,086 million (2005: US$20,966 million). Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company up 4.7 per cent to US$15,789 million (2005: US$15,081 million). Return on average invested capital of 14.9 per cent (2005: 15.9 per cent). Earnings per share up 2.9 per cent to US$1.40 (2005: US$1.36). At the year-end • Total equity up 17.0 per cent to US$114,928 million (2005: US$98,226 million). • Customer accounts and deposits by banks up 23.2 per cent to US$996,528 million (2005: US$809,146 million). • Risk-weighted assets up 13.5 per cent to US$938,678 million (2005: US$827,164 million). Dividends and capital position • • 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 Tier 1 capital ratio of 9.4 per cent and total capital ratio of 13.5 per cent. Fourth interim dividend for 2006 of US$0.36 per share, an increase of 16.1 per cent; total dividends declared in 2006 of US$0.76 per share, an increase of 10.1 per cent over 2005. Dividends per share (US dollars) Return on average invested capital (per cent) 0.76 0.69 0.63 0.60 0.53 Earnings per share (US dollars) 0.84 0.67 1.40 1.36 1.18 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2006 2005 2004 Cost efficiency ratio (per cent) 14.9 15.9 15.0 51.6 13.7 12.9 5 1.3 51.2 Data for 2004 to 2006 are presented based on financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSs; data for 2002 and 2003 in accordance with UK GAAP. Further information about the results is given in the consolidated income statement on page 294. 1 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Financial Highlights (continued) Ratios / 5-year comparison Capital and performance ratios Capital ratios Tier 1 capital ...................................................................................................................................... Total capital ....................................................................................................................................... Performance ratios Return on average invested capital1 ................................................................................................... Return on average total shareholders’ equity2 ................................................................................... Post-tax return on average total assets .............................................................................................. Post-tax return on average risk-weighted assets ............................................................................... Credit coverage ratios Loan impairment charges as a percentage of total operating income ............................................... Loan impairment charges as a percentage of average gross customer advances .............................. Total impairment allowances outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans at the year-end ......... Efficiency and revenue mix ratios Cost efficiency ratio3 ......................................................................................................................... – constant currency basis .............................................................................................................. As a percentage of total operating income: – net interest income ..................................................................................................................... – net fee income ............................................................................................................................ – trading income ............................................................................................................................ 2006 % 9.4 13.5 14.9 15.7 1.00 1.93 15.05 1.39 98.5 51.3 51.3 49.2 24.5 11.7 Financial ratio Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets ........................................................... 5.97 2005 % 9.0 12.8 15.9 16.8 1.06 2.01 12.74 1.16 99.1 51.2 51.3 50.8 23.4 9.5 5.96 Share information at the year-end US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue (million) ....................................................................................... Market capitalisation (billion) ........................................................................................................... Closing market price per ordinary share: 2006 11,572 US$212 2005 11,334 US$182 – London ........................................................................................................................................ – Hong Kong ................................................................................................................................. Closing market price per American Depositary Share4 ..................................................................... £9.31 HK$142.40 US$91.65 £9.33 HK$124.50 US$80.47 HSBC total shareholder return to 31 December 20065 ................................... Benchmarks: – FTSE 1006 ................................................................................................ – MSCI World7 ............................................................................................ 104.6 114.4 105.8 122.0 153.8 139.9 148.4 141.1 122.4 Over 1 year Over 3 years Over 5 years For footnotes, see page 4. The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as published by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2006, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2006 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements, and there was no difference in application to HSBC between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB. Information for the years prior to 2004 has been prepared under previous HSBC policies in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (‘UK GAAP’), which are not comparable with IFRSs. HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts its business. Unless otherwise stated, the information presented in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRSs. When reference to ‘underlying basis’ is made in commentaries, comparative information has been expressed at constant currency (see page 110) and adjusted for the effects of acquisitions, disposals and the change in presentation of non-equity minority interests. 2 Five-year comparison Amounts in accordance with IFRSs8 For the year Net interest income ................................... Other operating income ............................ Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ............................ Provisions for bad and doubtful debts ...... Total operating expenses .......................... Profit before tax ........................................ Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company .................................... Dividends .................................................. At the year-end Called up share capital .............................. Total shareholders’ equity ........................ Shareholders’ funds .................................. Capital resources10 .................................... Customer accounts .................................... Undated subordinated loan capital ........... Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital11 ................... Loans and advances to customers12,13 ....... Total assets ................................................ Per ordinary share Basic earnings ........................................... Diluted earnings ........................................ Dividends14 ............................................... Net asset value at year-end ....................... Share information US$0.50 ordinary shares in 2006 US$m 34,486 35,584 (10,573) – (33,553) 22,086 15,789 8,769 5,786 108,352 – 127,074 896,834 3,219 42,642 868,133 1,860,758 US$ 1.40 1.39 0.76 9.24 Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP9 2003 US$m 2002 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m 31,334 30,370 (7,801) – (29,514) 20,966 15,081 7,750 5,667 92,432 – 105,449 739,419 3,474 35,856 740,002 1,501,970 31,099 24,889 (6,191) – (26,487) 18,943 12,918 6,932 5,587 85,522 – 90,780 693,072 3,686 32,914 672,891 1,279,974 25,598 15,474 – (6,093) (22,532) 12,816 8,774 6,532 5,481 – 74,473 74,042 573,130 3,617 17,580 528,977 1,034,216 US$ US$ US$ 1.36 1.35 0.69 8.03 1.18 1.17 0.63 7.66 0.84 0.83 0.60 6.79 15,460 11,135 – (1,321) (15,808) 9,650 6,239 5,001 4,741 – 51,765 57,430 495,438 3,540 14,831 352,344 758,605 US$ 0.67 0.66 0.53 5.46 issue (millions) ...................................... 11,572 11,334 11,172 10,960 9,481 Financial ratios Dividend payout ratio15 ............................ Post-tax return on average total assets ..... Return on average total shareholders’ equity .................................................... Return on average shareholders’ funds .... Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets ............................... Average shareholders’ funds to average total assets ............................... Capital ratios Tier 1 capital ............................................. Total capital .............................................. Foreign exchange translation rates to US$ Closing – £:US$1 .................................... – €:US$1 ..................................... Average – £:US$1 .................................... – €:US$1 ..................................... For footnotes, see page 4. % 54.3 1.00 15.7 – 5.97 – 9.4 13.5 0.509 0.759 0.543 0.797 % % % 50.7 1.06 16.8 – 5.96 53.4 1.14 16.3 – 6.35 60.6 1.01 – 13.0 – – – 7.06 9.0 12.8 8.9 12.0 8.9 12.0 % 69.7 0.97 – 12.4 – 6.91 9.0 13.3 0.581 0.847 0.550 0.805 0.517 0.733 0.546 0.805 0.560 0.793 0.612 0.885 0.620 0.953 0.666 1.061 3 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Financial Highlights (continued) 5-year comparison / Cautionary statement Amounts in accordance with US GAAP Income statement for the year Net income available for ordinary shareholders .......................................... Other comprehensive income ................... Dividends .................................................. Balance sheet at 31 December Total assets ................................................ Total shareholders’ equity ........................ Per ordinary share Basic earnings ........................................... Diluted earnings ........................................ Dividends .................................................. Net asset value at year end ....................... Footnotes to ‘Financial Highlights’ 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m 2003 US$m 2002 US$m 16,358 3,133 8,769 14,703 (7,271) 7,750 12,506 983 6,932 7,231 7,401 6,974 4,900 5,502 4,632 1,712,627 108,540 1,406,944 93,524 1,266,365 90,082 1,012,023 80,251 763,565 55,831 US$ US$ US$ US$ 1.45 1.44 0.76 9.38 1.33 1.32 0.69 8.25 1.15 1.13 0.63 8.06 0.69 0.69 0.685 7.32 US$ 0.52 0.52 0.495 5.89 1 The definition of return on average invested capital and a reconciliation to the equivalent GAAP measures are set out on page 146. 2 The return on average total shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by average total shareholders’ equity. 3 The cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions. 4 Each American Depositary Share (‘ADS’) represents five ordinary shares. 5 Total shareholder return (‘TSR’) is defined on page 281. 6 The Financial Times-Stock Exchange 100 Index. 7 The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index. 8 Comparative data for 2004 excludes the provisions of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4, which were adopted for the first time with effect from 1 January 2005. 9 The periods 2002 and 2003 were prepared in accordance with previous HSBC accounting policies under UK GAAP. HSBC’s accounting policies under UK GAAP are stated in Note 2 on the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2004. 10 Capital resources are total regulatory capital, the calculation of which is set out on page 243. 11 Includes perpetual preferred securities, details of which can found in Note 32 on the Financial Statements. 12 Net of suspended interest and provisions for bad and doubtful debts (UK GAAP). 13 Net of impairment allowances (IFRSs). 14 First, second and third interim dividends for 2006, each of US$0.15 per ordinary share, were paid on 6 July 2006, 4 October 2006 and 18 January 2007 respectively. Note 11 on the Financial Statements on page 339 gives more information on the dividends declared in 2006. On 5 March 2007, the Directors declared a fourth interim dividend for 2006 of US$0.36 per ordinary share in lieu of a final dividend, which will be payable to ordinary shareholders on 10 May 2007 in cash in US dollars, or in sterling or Hong Kong dollars at exchange rates to be determined on 30 April 2007, with a scrip dividend alternative. The reserves available for distribution at 31 December 2006 were US$12,045 million. Quarterly dividends of US$15.50 per 6.20 per cent non-cumulative US dollar preference share, Series A (‘Series A dollar preference share’), equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Shares, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A dollar preference share, were paid on 15 March 2006, 15 June 2006, 15 September 2006 and 15 December 2006. 15 Dividends per share expressed as a percentage of earnings per share (2002 and 2003: excluding goodwill amortisation). Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements The Annual Report and Accounts 2006 contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of HSBC. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about HSBC’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably possible’, variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward- looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and it should not be assumed that they have been revised or updated in the light of new information or future events. Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the 4 Authority, the US Federal Reserve, the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the European Central Bank, the People’s Bank of China and the central banks of other leading economies and markets where HSBC operates; expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation relating to foreign ownership; initiatives by local, state and national regulatory agencies or legislative bodies to revise the practices, pricing or responsibilities of financial institutions serving their consumer markets; changes in bankruptcy legislation in the principal markets in which HSBC operates and the consequences thereof; general changes in governmental policy that may significantly influence investor decisions, in particular markets in which HSBC operates; other unfavourable political or diplomatic developments producing social instability or legal uncertainty which in turn may affect demand for HSBC’s products and services; the costs, effects and outcomes of regulatory reviews, actions or litigation, including any additional compliance requirements; and the effects of competition in the markets where HSBC operates including increased competition from non-bank financial services companies, including securities firms. – – – – – – – • factors specific to HSBC: – the success of HSBC in adequately identifying the risks it faces, such as the incidence of loan losses or delinquency, and managing those risks (through account management, hedging and other techniques). Effective risk management depends on, among other things, HSBC’s ability through stress testing and other techniques to prepare for events that cannot be captured by the statistical models it uses. United States Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. These factors include, among others: • changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which HSBC operates, such as: – – – – – – – – – changes in foreign exchange rates, in both market exchange rates (for example, between the US dollar and pound sterling) and government-established exchange rates (for example, between the Hong Kong dollar and US dollar); volatility in interest rates; volatility in equity markets, including in the smaller and less liquid trading markets in Asia and South America; lack of liquidity in wholesale funding markets in periods of economic or political crisis; illiquidity and downward price pressure in national real estate markets, particularly consumer-owned real estate markets; the impact of lower than expected investment returns on the funding of private and public sector defined benefit pensions; the effect of unexpected changes in actuarial assumptions on longevity which would influence the funding of private and public sector defined benefit pensions; continuing or deepening recessions and employment fluctuations; and consumer perception as to the continuing availability of credit, and price competition in the market segments served by HSBC. • changes in governmental policy and regulation, including: – the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks and other regulatory authorities, including the UK Financial Services Authority, the Bank of England, the Hong Kong Monetary 5 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review Group Chairman’s statement Group Chairman’s statement It is a testament to HSBC’s strength and diversity that we grew pre-tax profits in 2006 to US$22 billion, despite a major setback in part of our mortgage business in the United States. For the third year running, return on average shareholders equity exceeded 15 per cent, revenue growth was in double digits and we maintained an essentially flat cost-efficiency ratio. In 2006, pre-tax profits from Asia, the Middle East, Latin America and other emerging markets approached 50 per cent of the Group’s total. There were a number of outstanding achievements, for example, exceeding US$1 billion pre-tax profits for the first time in both Mexico and the Middle East, and in each of our Private Banking and Commercial Banking businesses in Asia outside Hong Kong. We added around an extra US$1 billion of pre-tax profits in Asia outside Hong Kong and another US$1 billion in our Commercial Banking businesses worldwide. In Hong Kong, net fee income from personal customers grew over 30 per cent to approach US$1 billion for the first time. However, our pre-tax profits fell by US$725 million in our personal businesses in the United States. This was caused by one portfolio of purchased sub-prime mortgages in our US Consumer Finance subsidiary, Mortgage Services, which evidenced much higher delinquency than had been built into the pricing of these products. We are restructuring this business to avoid any repetition of the risk concentration that built up over the past two years. As part of this exercise we have effected broad changes in management and strengthened risk controls and processes. Despite the issues in our US mortgage business, Group profit attributable to shareholders grew by 5 per cent to US$15,789 million. We met our 6 objective of funding organic expansion through productivity improvements. To achieve this in a year of continuing investment in developing our distribution platforms and product capabilities is a tribute to the focus which HSBC’s 312,000 staff around the world have placed on serving our customers. Earnings continued to be well diversified both geographically and by customer group. Regionally, Asia, including Hong Kong, had record results as did our newly designated Latin American Region, which combines Mexico and Central America with our South American businesses. Within our customer groups, Commercial Banking again delivered a record performance, as did Private Banking and Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, which made strong progress in the areas in which we have been investing in recent years. Personal Financial Services profits declined as growth in Asia and Latin America was masked by the problems in the US Mortgage Services business. The Board has declared a fourth interim dividend of US$0.36 per share, taking the total dividend in respect of 2006 to US$0.81 per share, an increase of 11 per cent over the comparable payout last year. In sterling terms, dividend growth is 5 per cent. The fourth interim dividend is payable on 10 May 2007 to shareholders on the register on 23 March 2007 with a scrip dividend alternative available for shareholders who prefer this option. Global economic trends and their impact on HSBC Globalisation is determining how we think about positioning HSBC to take advantage of the changing pattern of economic flows. Historical patterns based on national boundaries are becoming less relevant. In aggregate, our operations within countries designated as emerging markets grew by 19 per cent in 2006, the third year running of high double-digit growth. However, this understates the importance of emerging markets to HSBC, as their influence is also significant to the results of our operations in developed economies. This reflects the growth in export flows to meet the infrastructure development needs of emerging markets and the reorganisation of global supply chains to optimise international resourcing. HSBC is strongly positioned to benefit from these trends. HSBC seeks to differentiate itself by taking developed market opportunities to emerging market customers and bringing emerging market products to developed investment markets. For example: • In Commercial Banking, we launched a new customer referral system, which led to international referrals with an aggregate facility value of US$3 billion, involving over 50 sites and 4,000 relationship managers. • Within Group Investment Businesses, the Group’s India, China and BRIC (Brazil, Russia, India, China) funds were major contributors to a record performance in the year as we leveraged our reputation for emerging market expertise to become a major distributor as well as manager of such funds. Performance fees reached record levels. • In the UK, the Passport bank account provides individuals newly arrived in the UK with discounted remittance services back home together with guidance on establishing themselves in the UK. • Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ strategy to be a leading wholesale bank by focusing on financing and emerging markets was recognised by industry awards including European Loan House of the Year, China Loan House of the Year and Asian Domestic Currency Bond House of the Year by International Financing Review. Our Global Markets business was named Best at Treasury and Risk Management in Asia by Euromoney for the ninth consecutive year. Leveraging our global services HSBC continued to deepen its relevance to its customer base by offering coordinated services on a worldwide scale. As the globalisation of business increasingly becomes the norm, international capabilities become more and more critical to an ever wider range of customers. We responded to this trend by developing our business in a number of ways. Benefiting from growing international trade, the Group’s payments and cash management business had a record year, particularly in Asia, as increasing numbers of commercial customers expanded internationally. As emerging market stock exchanges outperformed, the Group’s custody businesses benefited from the higher volumes and value flowing into emerging market equities. HSBC retained its position as the leading sub-custodian in Asia and the Middle East, being ranked first in 19 of the 28 markets it serves. Growth in both assets under custody and assets under administration exceeded 25 per cent, as interest in emerging market equities 7 increased and the alternative fund management sector expanded. The customer base of International Premier, the Group’s personal banking service targeted at affluent customers with financial needs in more than one country, grew by 35 per cent to reach 1.8 million. We see great opportunities to develop this service further. Cross-border distribution was a noteworthy feature of many HSBC-led debt capital market and equity capital market transactions. Highlights included: America Movil’s 8 billion Mexican peso bond, Khazanah Nasional of Malaysia’s US$750 million Islamic exchangeable ‘Sukuk’; Emaar Economic City’s US$680 million IPO in Saudi Arabia; and Shui On Land’s US$876 million IPO in Hong Kong. Transferring best practice HSBC seeks to transfer best practice and product innovation internationally. Through such linkages, HSBC is able to achieve both cost efficiency and speed to market, giving us competitive advantages over purely domestic or regional peers. In 2006, we launched a number of successful initiatives. Using Group technology and marketing expertise, we expanded the Group’s card base in Asia by some 1.9 million to 11.9 million. In addition, Bank of Communications’ cards business in mainland China, with which we cooperate, reached over 2 million cards in issue at the end of the year from its launch in May 2005. Also in mainland China, we cooperated with Bank of Communications in launching point of sale finance in partnership with Wal-Mart and SuNing, one of China’s largest consumer electronics chain. In Argentina, our relationship with C&A added 100,000 cards, while in Australia we entered the retail storecard market and now offer point of sale finance in over 1,000 locations through over 100 merchants. We took the successful direct retail deposit service introduced in the US at the end of 2005 and used the experience to launch in Taiwan in September 2006. In the first 15 weeks, over 24,000 customers had signed up for the service and US$182 million had been raised in deposits. In the US, by the end of 2006, the direct deposit product had raised some US$7 billion of funding for our businesses there. Building on our experience of Takaful (Islamic insurance) in Singapore and United Arab Emirates, we were among the first to be awarded licences to H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Group Chairman’s statement conduct Takaful business in both Malaysia and Saudi Arabia during 2006. Creating advantage from scale, technology and process engineering We continue to make progress in streamlining our operations by focusing on straight through processing and simplifying our products. During 2006, among other things, we introduced 2,300 advanced self-service terminals, added 13 countries to HSBCnet, which is our strategic internet platform for corporate and institutional clients and made over 900,000 online insurance sales. HSBC in Mexico was the first bank to offer pre- approved online mortgages in 2006, allowing customers to apply and obtain details about amounts, duration and monthly payments within minutes. In Hong Kong in the past four years, processing has been moved from the branches in favour of sales-related activities, with the result that less than 5 per cent of transactions are now being handled physically in the branches. In the UK retail network, product simplification has reduced the range of products by two-thirds over the last two years which, together with branch relocation and refurbishment and adopting retail store hours, is having a positive impact on sales volumes. Credit environment The global credit environment, particularly in the corporate and commercial segments, remained generally favourable throughout 2006. In part, this continued to reflect a general abundance of liquidity and the prevalence of historically low nominal interest rates. A significant proportion of the trade surpluses of the major Asian exporting countries and the oil producers continued to be recycled into government debt in developed markets. Consequently, risk premia remained at record low levels. This encouraged increasing interest in structured products and the acceptance of greater leverage as fixed income investors sought higher yielding assets. The risks arising from this activity were widely distributed using a range of market techniques. The major credit issue affecting the Group in 2006 arose in the US in the sub-prime mortgage market. A slowdown in the rate of growth in US house prices accelerated delinquency trends in the US sub-prime mortgage market. Deterioration was 8 marked in the more recent loans, as the absence of equity appreciation reduced customers’ options for refinancing. Reduced refinancing options also highlighted the fact that, as adjustable rate mortgages reset over the next few years at higher interest rates than their original rates, the effect of the greater contractual payment obligations will lead to further delinquency. We took these factors into account in determining the appropriate level of impairment allowances at 31 December 2006 against the Mortgage Services loan book. We factored into our allowances the most recent trends in delinquency and loss severity and estimated the effect of the higher payments due on adjustable rate mortgages as they reset, in particular where we hold a second lien mortgage behind an adjusting first mortgage. Going forward, the level of future impairment allowances will be sensitive to economic conditions and, in particular, to the state of the housing market, the level of interest rates and the availability of financing options for sub-prime borrowers. Elsewhere in consumer finance in the US, the delinquency rate rose during the year, in large part due to the unusually low levels of delinquency at the end of 2005. This resulted from the effect of changes in bankruptcy law in the fourth quarter of 2005, portfolio ageing and the mix of the Metris portfolio acquired at the end of that year. In UK Personal Financial Services, loan impairment charges as a percentage of lending remained broadly in line with last year, as actions taken on underwriting and collections mitigated the increasing trend of indebted customers to seek recourse in debt management services. Similarly, in Taiwan, measures taken to deal with the effect of mandatory regulatory relief from credit card debt, which increased impairment charges in the first half of 2006, reduced the charge in the second half of the year. In the context of HSBC’s financial strength and operating profitability, the areas of current weakness are well covered and they will not restrict our ability to develop our business opportunities as planned, or maintain our progressive dividend policy. They have, however, brought additional focus on the uncertain longevity of today’s generally benign conditions and on the credit risks inherent in economies where asset prices are accelerating ahead of real wage rises and cash flows are being leveraged using financial products designed to support higher levels of debt. We will ensure that our credit appetite reflects these risks. Group Strategy As noted above, in 2006, pre-tax profits from Asia, the Middle East, Latin America and other emerging markets approached 50 per cent of the Group’s total. We intend the contribution from these markets to trend upwards over the next five years. These economies are growing faster than developed markets and, therefore, we will concentrate investment primarily in these markets in the form of both organic development and acquisition. During 2006, we brought together our businesses in Latin America into a single management framework to provide clarity and consistency of direction for this important region. Hong Kong and mainland China are already managed on a combined basis, reflecting the fact that this is increasingly a seamless business. In mature markets, we will focus particularly on serving customers with international financial needs and connectivity, including the diaspora from emerging markets. In an increasingly competitive world, we will enforce tight cost control and will re- engineer or dispose of businesses that dilute our return on capital or do not fit with our core strategy. Insurance and retirement services will be a growing part of our business. To deliver our strategy, we have articulated seven ‘global pillars’ – the actions we will take to build a financial services company based on the concept of recommendation, both as a place to work and a place to do business. Michael Geoghegan, Group CEO and the senior management team are leading this. We will remain a broad-based universal bank, with four strategic businesses: • Personal Financial Services, within which consumer finance will remain a core competence; • Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, which will be a leading wholesale bank by focusing on financing and emerging markets; • Commercial Banking, for which our international service capabilities and connectivity provide a unique competitive platform; and • Private Banking, with its broad international network and connectivity with the rest of the Group’s businesses. These businesses will be increasingly interconnected. In particular, as derivatives markets 9 expand in product breadth and liquidity and as more risk is securitised globally, our Global Markets business will take a central role in the efficient management of HSBC’s capital, risk and related profitability. Investments in franchise development In November 2006, we completed the acquisition of Grupo Banistmo S.A., the leading Central American banking group, adding operations in Panama, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Honduras and Nicaragua to our existing operations in Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Uruguay, Chile and Paraguay. HSBC is now one of the leading foreign banks in Latin America. Apart from Banistmo, 2006 was a year of only modest acquisition activity. Very few of the opportunities we examined met our hurdle rates. Subsequent to the end of the year, we announced our intention to acquire, when regulations permit, a further 10 per cent stake in Techcombank, the third largest joint stock bank in Vietnam, taking our ownership interest to 20 per cent as rules are relaxed to make higher levels of foreign ownership possible. Organic investment In 2006 in China, where we are the largest international bank, we opened 13 new offices, taking the total to 45. We made significant progress in developing our personal and commercial distribution platforms throughout Asia, the Middle East and Latin America. We added 25 consumer finance offices in India and 28 in Indonesia. We established a further 38 branches in Turkey and 3 in Malaysia. In Mexico our continuing development of our business added 2,000 new jobs, bringing the total of new jobs created since we acquired Bital to 8,000. We have also continued to invest in and improve our physical infrastructure in Mexico, with 372 ATMs added in 2006, bringing the total number to over 5,400. The beginning of 2007 has been marked by our application to incorporate our operations in mainland China after 141 years of unbroken presence in the country. Today, HSBC offers renminbi deposit services in nine cities: Beijing, Dalian, Guangzhou, Qingdao, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Tianjin, Wuhan and Xiamen. The provision of diversified and international banking services to mainland Chinese citizens constitutes one of the most significant growth opportunities for HSBC in the near and long- term and we will support this opportunity with capital and technology resources as required. Increasingly important to our ongoing success is our brand. Starting in 2007 we will progressively invest more to support and enhance the customer H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Group Chairman’s statement / Principal activities / Strategic direction experience that drives the brand’s strength. The Board It is important to HSBC to continue to ensure that the Board is representative of the Group's broad international franchise and the diversity of our businesses. As usual, there will be changes to the make-up of the Board in 2007. As previously announced, as part of planned succession, Simon Robertson will become Senior Independent non- executive Director, Rona Fairhead will become Chairman of the Group Audit Committee and Sir Brian Williamson will become Chairman of the Nomination Committee at the conclusion of this year's AGM. Raymond Ch’ien, Sharon Hintze and Helmut Sohmen will all retire at the 2007 AGM after many years distinguished service. I thank them all for their counsel and guidance. Outlook Although growth expectations in the US are moderating, the economic outlook elsewhere remains encouraging as globalisation expands market access and emerging markets grow stronger, forcing competitive restructuring. The financial markets are playing a major part in this realignment by financing the infrastructure needed to deliver the necessary energy and material resources from producer to consumer nations, and by facilitating trade flows. Additionally, financial markets are providing more sophisticated tools to help personal customers plan their long-term financial affairs, corporates to hedge their business risks and investors to manage their portfolio risks. The demand for financial services, therefore, remains strong, particularly for internationally linked services. This plays to HSBC’s huge competitive strengths. The most significant risks to continuing growth currently relate to political and macro events which are outside our control. Recognising that the effect of such risks materialising could be immediate and potentially severe, we remain strongly capitalised and liquid. The Board of HSBC Holdings plc will continue to oversee the pursuit of the company’s goals by executive management and to exercise rigorous stewardship of your company. Our focus as we enter 2007 is resolutely on continuing to play to our strengths of linking emerging and developed markets and building comparative advantage by utilising our scale and our local and international reach. We continue to see opportunities to deploy capital profitably to the long- term advantage of shareholders and are committed to so doing. S K Green, Group Chairman 5 March 2007 10 Principal activities ....................................... Strategic direction ....................................... Customer groups and global businesses ...... Personal Financial Services .................... Commercial Banking ............................... Corporate, Investment Banking and Page 11 11 12 13 16 Markets ................................................ Private Banking ....................................... Other ........................................................ Analysis by customer group and global 18 20 22 business ................................................ Geographical regions ................................... Summary of geographical regions ........... Competitive environment ......................... Europe ..................................................... Hong Kong ............................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific .................................. North America ......................................... Latin America .......................................... 23 26 26 27 31 48 60 75 91 Other information ........................................ 106 Products and services .............................. 106 Property ................................................... 109 Legal proceedings .................................... 109 Principal activities HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world, with a market capitalisation of US$212 billion at 31 December 2006. Through its subsidiaries and associates, HSBC provides a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services. Headquartered in London, HSBC operates through long-established businesses and has an international network of over 10,000 properties in 82 countries and territories in five geographical regions: Europe; Hong Kong; Rest of Asia-Pacific, including the Middle East and Africa; North America and Latin America1. Within these regions, a comprehensive range of financial services is offered to personal, commercial, corporate, institutional, investment and private banking clients. Services are delivered primarily by domestic banks, typically with large retail deposit bases, and consumer finance operations. Taken together, the five largest customers of HSBC do not account for more than one per cent of HSBC’s income. 1 In 2006, the geographical segment presentation was changed with the reclassification of Mexico and Panama from North America to South America, and the renaming of the latter as Latin America and the Caribbean (‘Latin America’). Comparative data have been restated to bring them into line with the presentation adopted in 2006. 11 The principal acquisitions made during the year are described on page 369. There were no significant disposals. Strategic direction HSBC’s strategic direction, as set out in its ‘Managing for Growth’ strategy, is to be the world’s leading financial services company, with ‘leading’ meaning the HSBC brand is preferred to others and HSBC’s corporate character is admired, its earnings per share growth is dynamic and it holds leadership positions in selected markets. Financial success is measured by comparing the Group’s Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) target against a weighted TSR benchmark composed of a peer group of banks. To achieve its strategy, the Group has identified seven priorities or ‘global pillars’ that will guide the Group’s strategic initiatives in 2007 and 2008. Success in achieving the priorities will be assessed by reviewing a suite of key performance indicators, which are discussed on page 115. The global pillars are: • • • • • • • to exploit HSBC’s global reach by more effectively joining up the company by country, distribution channel, customer group and global business; to improve its customer experience so that customers feel that HSBC is the best place to bank; to invest in developing HSBC’s brand and to encourage all staff to live HSBC’s brand values in their day-to-day activities; to improve staff engagement by ensuring employment policies are progressive, perceptive, responsive, respectful and fair; to grow the business by focusing on deposit- taking and achieving the right balance between risk and reward; to enhance working practices and use technology more effectively to make it easier for customers to do business with the Group; and to clearly allocate responsibility for delivery of the above initiatives to country managers and heads of customer groups and global businesses, with Group Head Office and regional head offices providing guidance and, where appropriate, delegating authority. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Customer groups > Summary / Business highlights Customer groups and global businesses Summary HSBC manages its business through two customer groups, Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking, and two global businesses, Corporate, Profit before tax Investment Banking and Markets, and Private Banking. Personal Financial Services incorporates the Group’s consumer finance businesses, reflecting their increasing integration within mainstream financial services around the world. The largest of these is HSBC Finance Corporation (‘HSBC Finance’), one of the leading consumer finance companies in the US. 2006 US$m 9,457 5,997 5,806 1,214 (388) % 42.8 27.2 26.3 5.5 (1.8) Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m % 9,904 4,961 47.2 23.7 5,163 912 26 24.6 4.4 0.1 2004 US$m 8,497 4,057 5,288 697 404 % 44.9 21.4 27.9 3.7 2.1 22,086 100.0 20,966 100.0 18,943 100.0 Personal Financial Services ..................... Commercial Banking ............................... Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets ................................................ Private Banking ....................................... Other ........................................................ Total assets Personal Financial Services .......................................................................... Commercial Banking .................................................................................... Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets ............................................... Private Banking ............................................................................................ Other ............................................................................................................. At 31 December 2006 US$m 546,568 213,450 994,436 73,026 33,278 % 29.4 11.5 53.4 3.9 1.8 2005 US$m 484,314 175,120 755,056 59,827 27,653 % 32.2 11.7 50.3 4.0 1.8 1,860,758 100.0 1,501,970 100.0 12 Personal Financial Services Strategic direction Profit before tax Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m Net interest income ......... 26,076 23,351 21,422 Net fee income ................ 8,762 7,313 6,406 Trading income excluding net interest income ....... Net interest income on trading activities ........... Net trading income1 ........ Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value .................. Net investment income on assets backing policy- holders’ liabilities ......... Gains less losses from financial investments ... Dividend income ............. Net earned insurance premiums ..................... Other operating income .. 391 220 611 360 214 574 320 – 320 739 574 – – 78 31 – 19 16 635 79 16 5,130 782 4,864 729 3,652 360 Total operating income 42,209 37,440 32,890 Net insurance claims2 ..... (4,365) (3,716) (2,953) Net operating income3 ... 37,844 33,724 29,937 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..................... (9,949) (7,537) (6,500) Net operating income ... 27,895 26,187 23,437 Total operating expenses (18,818) (16,427) (15,009) Operating profit ............ 9,077 9,760 8,428 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ........................ 380 144 69 Profit before tax ............ 9,457 9,904 8,497 By geographical region Europe ............................. Hong Kong ..................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ........ North America4 ............... Latin America4 ................ Profit before tax .............. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ..................... Cost efficiency ratio ........ Selected balance sheet data5 Loans and advances to customers (net) ............. Total assets ...................... Customer accounts .......... For footnotes, see page 26. 1,909 2,880 477 3,391 800 9,457 1,932 2,628 377 4,181 786 9,904 % % 42.8 49.7 47.2 48.7 1,621 2,063 336 3,826 651 8,497 % 44.9 50.1 US$m US$m US$m 448,545 546,568 388,468 398,884 484,314 321,240 370,576 452,992 319,485 13 HSBC’s strategic direction in Personal Financial Services is to be the world’s preferred provider, with a top class ethical sales and service culture. Growth will be driven in key markets by offering attractive products through a range of appropriate delivery channels. The strategy focuses on: - - - - simplifying core products, delivered directly via the latest web-based technology and supported by newly designed modern customer-friendly branches in selected markets; facilitating direct multi-channel access to the Group’s services, and building a high quality system to help manage banking relationships; enhancing HSBC Premier as a signature product for the Group, offering a premium banking service utilising HSBC’s international capabilities; and concentrating growth in the consumer finance business in markets affording appropriate long- term risk-adjusted returns, and in new markets offering attractive potential for growth. Business highlights in 2006 • Pre-tax profits from Personal Financial Services were US$9,457 million in 2006, a decrease of 5 per cent on the previous year. This was caused by higher impairment charges, particularly in the US, which masked the increasing contributions from a number of key emerging markets, from HSBC’s strategic investments in associates and from strong growth in Hong Kong. On an underlying basis, profit before tax was 8 per cent lower. • Underlying growth in net operating income before loan impairment charges was 9 per cent. This was lower than cost growth, however, as HSBC invested approximately US$400 million to extend distribution in emerging markets, add deposits through direct channels in the US and Taiwan, refurbish the branch network in the UK and generally improve direct channel capabilities. HSBC also added collection resources in the US in response to the rise in loan delinquency evident towards the end of the year. • Loan impairment charges were 32 per cent higher, or 27 per cent on an underlying basis. This primarily reflected the effect of a slowing housing market and rising interest rates on sub- prime mortgage lending in the US, in particular where HSBC had a second lien position. The increase was concentrated in the correspondent H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Business highlights channel, ‘mortgage services’, which acquires loans from correspondent banks and mortgage brokers. Credit quality in the majority of other portfolios in the US was relatively stable. In Taiwan, a short-term increase in the first half of 2006 arose from government-sponsored measures to relieve over-indebtedness in the consumer sector, which had the effect of significantly increasing the number of customers successfully obtaining some element of debt restructuring. In Hong Kong, there was a return to a more normal level of charges following a net release in 2005; credit quality remained stable. In the UK, while overall charges as a percentage of lending were broadly stable, there was an increase in the consumer finance lending book, reflecting rising personal bankruptcies and Individual Voluntary Arrangements (‘IVA’s), and the effect of increased consumer indebtedness on delinquency. • Responding to a clear shift in customer preferences, HSBC continued to emphasise the development of direct channels within its distribution capabilities. Websites were updated to offer additional features, personalised content and improved customer accessibility. The new technology behind these developments gives HSBC enhanced targeting and analytical insights to better meet customer needs and drive sales growth. Overall, online personal customer numbers rose by nearly 40 per cent to 16 million and online sales volumes increased by more than 55 per cent compared with 2005. • Following its successful launch in the US in 2005, HSBC’s direct banking and savings proposition, HSBC Direct, was introduced in Taiwan – a first for HSBC in Asia. In the US, HSBC Direct customer numbers passed 343,000, with deposits exceeding US$7.2 billion. • To further its direct banking strategy, HSBC introduced 2,300 advanced self-service terminals offering a wider range of services than traditional ATMs (automated teller machines), including payments, enquiry and sales features. The functionality of over 11,000 traditional ATMs was also enhanced. • The number of customers using HSBC Premier grew for the seventh consecutive year, to 1.8 million, an increase of 35 per cent compared with 2005. This service is now available in 36 countries. branches. Investment in the retail network continued in Europe, North America and parts of Asia-Pacific. • In the latter, HSBC began to introduce its Group-wide credit card system, expanded consumer finance in India and Indonesia, and agreed retail finance arrangements in mainland China and Australia. • The efforts described above were recognised by Retail Banker International in naming HSBC the ‘Best Retail Bank’ globally. HSBC was also named the ‘Best Global Bank - Best Consumer Bank’ by Global Finance magazine. HSBC’s online enhancements helped earn the ‘Best Global Consumer Internet Bank’ award in the Global Finance Awards. Europe • • In the UK, HSBC refined its approach to segmenting its customer base and aligned its products and distribution capabilities to better serve these segments. It refurbished 104 branches, increased the number of non- branch ATMs by over 35 per cent, including 135 in Marks & Spencer stores, and rolled out some 1,450 advanced self-service machines. This latter initiative was recognised by The Banker in awarding HSBC the international ‘Technology Award for New Channels’. In France, a focus on reinforcing HSBC’s profile following the 2005 rebranding exercise drove a marked increase in brand awareness. HSBC was named ‘Best in Class’ among French retail banks in a number of categories in the Cosmosbay Vectis Survey. • HSBC opened new branches in the UK, Turkey, France and Malta. In Eastern Europe, HSBC developed its consumer finance operations with the establishment of a regional head office and management team. Hong Kong • Efforts to expand the scope of internet banking and increase the proportion of transactions conducted online proved successful. Fewer than 4.3 per cent of all transactions were conducted through the branch network in 2006, while the proportion of sales conducted online reached nearly one quarter. HSBC was named the ‘Best Consumer Internet Bank’ in Hong Kong in the annual Global Finance Awards. • An innovation was the launch of seven-day opening in selected UK, US and Hong Kong • Wealth management, including insurance, was a focal point in 2006, and enhancements to 14 HSBC’s product and channel offerings delivered a 50 per cent rise in sales of investment related funds. • HSBC maintained its position as the largest credit card issuer in Hong Kong with over 4.6 million cards in force. HSBC was named ‘MasterCard Hong Kong Bank of the Year’ for a record sixth consecutive time. Rest of Asia-Pacific • HSBC invested in selected markets within the region, notably in cards, consumer finance, insurance, direct banking and Islamic banking. New branches were opened in India, mainland China, Malaysia and Bangladesh. • The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Hang Seng Bank had 30 and 15 service outlets in mainland China respectively at 31 December 2006 and continued to maintain the largest network amongst foreign banks. • Credit cards remained a key area of growth in the region. The number of cards in force rose by 1.2 million to 7.3 million. North America • HSBC’s growth strategy is built around deposit gathering through selective branch expansion, competitive pricing, in part enabled by increasing internet delivery, and improved marketing and customer analytics. All these strands to the strategy were developed during 2006. • Driven by the success of the online savings product and branch expansion, deposit balances in the US grew by 25 per cent in 2006. US$9 billion of deposits have been attracted since the launch of the deposit gathering strategy there in 2005, of which US$718 million have been generated from new branches since the expansion programme began in the same year. • The integration of the credit card business of Metris Companies Inc. (‘Metris’), acquired in 2005 for approximately US$1.6 billion, was completed. The business performed above expectations, generating US$233 million of profit before tax. • HSBC Finance Corporation (‘HSBC Finance’) completed the acquisition of the Champion Mortgage portfolio during 2006, adding 15 • US$2.5 billion in mostly first lien sub-prime mortgages. In the US, HSBC entered into an agreement which extended the brands under which it is able to offer cards, uniquely, to American Express, Discover Network, MasterCard and Visa. The retail services business launched co- branded initiatives with Saks, Neiman Marcus and Best Buy. HSBC is now the seventh largest card issuer in the US. • Asset growth continued in Canada with strong consumer spending resulting in higher personal lending and mortgage balances. Led by the success of new products such as the High Rate Savings Account, deposit balances rose. Latin America • The Personal Financial Services business in Mexico continued to grow strongly in credit cards, mortgages, personal loans and the industry-leading ‘Tu Cuenta’ packaged account, which passed 1 million account holders in 2006. HSBC was the first bank to offer pre-approved online mortgages and received an award for the ‘Best Integrated Consumer Bank Site’ in Latin America from Global Finance magazine. • The credit card business across the region continued to expand strongly. In Mexico, the number of cards in circulation rose by 76 per cent to 1.7 million, average balances more than doubled, and market share improved by 230 basis points. In Brazil, record credit card sales were reported and, in Argentina, the number of cards in issue increased by 39 per cent. • The acquisition of Banistmo, with 1.3 million existing customers, complements HSBC’s existing operations in the region and establishes a presence in five new markets; Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Honduras and Nicaragua, providing access to a total population of 83 million people. • • In Argentina, HSBC acquired the operations of Banca Nazionale del Lavoro (‘Banca Nazionale’), whose 92 branches will establish a more substantial and geographically diverse presence in retail banking. In Brazil, the consumer finance division, Losango, saw strong growth in store loans. Vehicle finance, payroll and credit card lending all grew strongly too, augmented by new retail partnerships which increased market access. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Business highlights Commercial Banking Profit before tax Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m Net interest income ......... 7,514 Net fee income ................ 3,207 6,310 2,876 4,875 2,645 Trading income excluding net interest income ....... Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities ....................... Net trading income1 ........ Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value Net investment income on assets backing policy- holders’ liabilities ......... Gains less losses from financial investments ... Dividend income ............. Net earned insurance premiums ...................... Other operating income .. 204 150 234 20 224 (3) 147 – 234 (22) (12) – – 44 6 258 250 – 9 9 236 327 324 6 37 1,072 513 9,706 Total operating income 11,481 9,902 Net insurance claims2 ..... (96) (118) (1,264) Net operating income3 ... 11,385 9,784 8,442 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..................... (697) (547) Net operating income .... 10,688 9,237 (200) 8,242 Total operating expenses (4,979) (4,453) (4,220) Operating profit ............ 5,709 4,784 4,022 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ........................ 288 177 35 Profit before tax ............ 5,997 4,961 4,057 By geographical region Europe ............................. Hong Kong ...................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ........ North America4 ............... Latin America4 ................ Profit before tax .............. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ..................... Cost efficiency ratio ........ Selected balance sheet data5 Loans and advances to customers (net) ............. Total assets ...................... Customer accounts .......... For footnotes, see page 26. 2,234 1,321 1,034 957 451 5,997 1,939 955 818 892 357 4,961 % % 27.2 43.7 23.7 45.5 1,663 904 483 691 316 4,057 % 21.4 50.0 US$m US$m US$m 172,976 213,450 190,853 142,041 175,120 148,106 130,160 159,251 137,801 16 Strategic direction HSBC’s strategy is to be the leading international business bank for Commercial Banking customers, with a particular focus on being the best bank for small businesses in target markets, by: - making full use of HSBC’s extensive geographical network to support Commercial Banking customers in trading, investing and commencing business across borders; - building upon HSBC’s Global Transaction Banking and receivables finance expertise to facilitate domestic and international trade flows; - deepening HSBC’s understanding of its customers through research and segmentation and tailoring services to meet their needs; - developing multi-channel relationships and further enhancing and rolling out direct Commercial Banking services; and - enhancing service levels and driving efficiencies by making full use of HSBC’s operational processing and IT capabilities. Business highlights in 2006 • Pre-tax profit increased by 21 per cent to US$5,997 million, driven by strongly rising operating income. This comfortably exceeded the increased loan impairment charges and higher costs associated with business expansion. The cost efficiency ratio improved from 45.5 per cent to 43.7 per cent. On an underlying basis, profits increased by 19 per cent. Since 2004, Commercial Banking’s pre-tax profits have grown by approximately 48 per cent. • Customer loans and accounts grew by 22 per cent and 29 per cent respectively and customer numbers increased by 116,000 to 2.6 million. Global Transaction Banking revenue from Commercial Banking customers increased by 14 per cent to US$3.9 billion. • As part of its strategy to be recognised as the leading international business bank, HSBC continued to invest in initiatives designed to facilitate customers’ cross-border activities. International Business Centres were established in 16 locations and a new cross-border credit arrangement was launched, in order to recognise HSBC’s global relationship with international customers in making local lending decisions. These milestones, together with the implementation of a new referral system, led to international referrals with an aggregate facility value of US$3 billion, involving over 50 sites and 4,000 relationship managers. • HSBC achieved considerable success in pursuit of its objective to be the best bank for small business. Customer numbers increased in response to the launch of specialised Commercial Banking centres and new products tailored to meet their needs. • Development of HSBC’s IT platform for business banking contributed to a 29 per cent increase in customers registered for internet banking. Online transaction volumes increased by 22 per cent and web traffic grew by 41 per cent to over 132 million user sessions. • HSBC continued to develop its commercial insurance and wealth management capabilities, hiring new staff, establishing specialist teams and offering new products. Europe • As part of its emerging market focus, HSBC expanded its Eastern European operations by adding new premises, developing Global Transaction Banking capabilities and strengthening local relationship management teams. • BusinessDirect, which provides small and micro businesses with a no-fee internet and phone banking service, was successfully launched in the UK. • HSBC opened 11 innovative Commercial Centres in the UK, providing state-of-the-art business facilities in more convenient locations for business customers. • • In Turkey, HSBC reinforced product launches and other initiatives undertaken in 2005 by establishing a small and micro business presence in 55 Commercial Centres. This contributed to a 40 per cent rise in active Commercial Banking customer numbers. In France, HSBC raised its brand profile in the business community, which led to new customer numbers increasing by approximately a third. Hong Kong • HSBC was named ‘World’s Best Trade Finance Bank in Hong Kong’ by Global Finance magazine, recognising the bank’s efforts developing a centre of excellence for international trade. • A new micro-business lending programme was launched, with a streamlined loan application 17 process for new and existing customers which, in conjunction with campaigns to increase usage, led to a doubling of lending to micro businesses. • Three Commercial Transaction Centres were opened to provide tailored Commercial Banking services in lower cost sites near to customers. Rest of Asia-Pacific • As Asian trade flows expanded strongly, HSBC opened International Banking Centres in seven sites in the Rest of Asia-Pacific during 2006. HSBC’s strength in international trade was recognised with a number of Trade Finance awards including Global Finance magazine’s ‘World’s Best Trade Finance Bank in Asia’. • Branches focused on Commercial Banking were opened in mainland China, India and Bangladesh. A commercial customer call centre was opened in South Korea, while Shariah- compliant Amanah services for commercial customers were rolled out in the Middle East. • Small businesses benefited from a number of new products and services including an online business insurance package in the Middle East and a new receivables finance product in India. North America • HSBC continued to expand its operations outside New York State. New branches were opened in Chicago, Los Angeles, New Jersey, Connecticut and Washington D.C., supported by a 13 per cent increase in the number of relationship managers. • The launch of International Banking Centres in the US and Canada resulted in an increased focus on international business opportunities. Latin America • HSBC opened International Banking Centres in Mexico and Brazil and commenced Commercial Banking operations in Peru. In Argentina, HSBC opened a dedicated trade services call centre. • HSBC’s share of the international trade market in Mexico grew following service enhancements and the launch of new products, including ‘Estimulo Empresarial’, a packaged product targeted at small businesses. • In Brazil, enhancements to the giro fácil revolving loan and overdraft facility for small businesses led to record sales. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Business highlights Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets Strategic direction Profit before tax Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m Net interest income ......... 3,168 Net fee income ................ 3,718 3,001 2,967 3,994 2,764 Trading income excluding net interest income ....... Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities ....................... 4,890 2,919 1,935 (379) 306 – Net trading income1 ........ 4,511 3,225 1,935 Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value .................. Net investment income on assets backing policy- holders’ liabilities ........ Gains less losses from financial investments ... Dividend income ............. Net earned insurance premiums ...................... Other operating income .. 20 67 – 534 235 – 475 79 73 1,378 76 1,621 – 9 197 548 86 1,029 Total operating income 13,637 11,511 10,562 Net insurance claims2 ..... (62) (54) (59) Net operating income3 ... 13,575 11,457 10,503 Net recovery of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..................... 119 272 499 Net operating income .... 13,694 11,729 11,002 Total operating expenses (7,991) (6,838) (5,809) Operating profit ............ 5,703 4,891 5,193 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ........................ 103 272 95 Profit before tax ............ 5,806 5,163 5,288 By geographical region Europe ............................. Hong Kong ...................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ........ North America4 ............... Latin America4 ................ Profit before tax .............. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ..................... Cost efficiency ratio ........ For footnotes, see page 26. 2,304 955 1,649 423 475 5,806 2,114 922 1,207 573 347 5,163 % % 26.3 58.9 24.6 59.7 1,668 1,603 942 879 196 5,288 % 27.9 55.3 18 HSBC’s strategy is to be a leading wholesale bank by focusing on financing and emerging markets, and: – – – leveraging the Group’s unique footprint and heritage; using HSBC’s network and client franchises as the foundation on which Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets develops its hub-and- spoke business model; and continuing to build skills and capabilities in its major centres to support the delivery of an advanced suite of services to corporate, institutional and government clients across the HSBC network. Ensuring that this combination of product depth and distribution strength meets the needs of existing and new clients will allow Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets to achieve its strategic goals. Business highlights in 2006 • Pre-tax profit rose by 12 per cent to US$5,806 million, driven by an 18 per cent increase in total operating income. This was achieved despite a declining contribution from balance sheet management activities, which fell by US$534 million as existing positions unwound and opportunities for reinvestment were limited by the flat interest rate yield curve environment. On an underlying basis and excluding balance sheet management activities, total operating income improved by 24 per cent, reflecting positive revenue trends in product areas in which HSBC has invested. The increase in operating expenses reflected the first full-year effect of recruitment in 2005. Performance- related compensation increased in line with robust revenue growth, while higher operational costs reflected volume increases in payments and cash management and securities services. The cost efficiency ratio improved moderately. In 2006, over 1,700 people were recruited and 1,150 departed. • Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ strength in emerging markets was recognised by industry awards. HSBC was named European Loan House of the Year, China Loan House of the Year and Asian Domestic Currency Bond House of the Year by International Financing Review. Mittal Steel’s acquisition of Arcelor, in which HSBC held senior financing and advisory roles, was voted European mergers and acquisitions Deal of the Year by Financial News and Cross-Border Deal of the Year by • Credit and Rates revenue was boosted by an enhanced product range, market volatility and increased investor appetite for emerging market bonds. A substantial rise in structured derivatives income reflected enhanced sales coverage. The securities services business benefited from increased customer volumes in higher-value products and strong income growth in emerging markets. Assets under custody rose by 28 per cent. In Global Banking, total operating income rose by 15 per cent, due to a strong performance in payments and cash management and improved results in investment banking. In the latter, satisfactory progress in capital markets resulted in HSBC being ranked fourth in the international bond league table, according to Bloomberg, up from fifth in 2005 and seventh in 2004, and first in the Asian local currency bond league table for the fifth consecutive year. Cross-border distribution was a noteworthy feature of many HSBC-led debt capital market and equity capital market transactions. Highlights included America Movil’s 8 billion Mexican peso bond; Khazanah Nasional of Malaysia’s US$750 million exchangeable ‘Sukuk’; and Shui On Land’s US$876 million Initial Public Offering (‘IPO’) in Hong Kong. Income from the lending business was broadly in line with 2005. Globally, the corporate credit environment was stable, though corporate spreads remained under pressure. HSBC made significant progress in leveraged and acquisition finance in 2006. Key transactions included debt facilities backing Yell Group’s acquisition of Telefonica Publicidad e Informacion and a Macquarie Bank-led consortium’s acquisition of Thames Water. Payments and cash management delivered a strong performance across all regions, driven by growth in client deposits and improved spreads. • Group Investment Businesses’ operating income rose by 45 per cent partly due to higher performance fees on emerging market funds and strong results from quantitative and multi-manager products. Funds under management grew by 11 per cent, driven by supportive market conditions and US$14 billion of net client inflows, including significant inflows into emerging market funds. Management view of total operating income Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m Global Markets ............. Foreign exchange ............ Credit and Rates .............. Structured derivatives ..... Equities ........................... HSBC Securities Services ........................ Global Banking ............. Investment banking ........ Lending ........................... Payments and cash management ................. Other transaction services Balance sheet 5,279 1,516 1,321 725 381 1,336 4,059 1,156 1,257 1,249 397 3,767 1,200 931 387 324 925 3,530 1,022 1,260 901 347 3,171 1,125 655 386 256 749 3,065 877 1,188 694 306 management ............... 704 1,238 2,376 Group Investment Businesses ................... Private equity ................ Other1 .............................. Total operating 1,104 564 1,927 762 648 1,566 732 207 1,011 income .......................... 13,637 11,511 10,562 Selected balance sheet data5 Loans and advances to: – customers (net) ............ – banks (net) ................... Total assets ...................... Customer accounts .......... Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ... Deposits by banks ........... 210,220 156,548 994,436 235,965 169,435 106,123 755,056 202,361 145,353 128,032 584,779 177,449 487,943 92,954 373,787 65,853 252,459 80,443 1 ‘Other’ includes the Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets business of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG, the effect of consolidating investments held by HSBC’s property investment funds, and net interest earned on free capital held in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets not assigned to products. For other footnotes, see page 26. • Acquisitions Monthly. HSBC was named Best Investment Bank in the Middle East and, for the ninth consecutive year, Best at Treasury and Risk Management in Asia by Euromoney, and Best Foreign Bank in China, Indonesia, Malaysia and Vietnam by FinanceAsia. In Global Markets, operating income increased by 40 per cent, with robust growth in foreign exchange, Credit and Rates and structured derivatives complemented by a significant increase in securities services revenues. Foreign exchange gains were driven by increased customer activity, encouraged by US dollar weakness and volatility in emerging markets. 19 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Business highlights Private Banking Profit before tax Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m Net interest income ......... 1,011 848 Net fee income ................ 1,323 1,080 Net trading income1 ........ 364 317 Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value .................. Gains less losses from financial investments ... Dividend income ............. Other operating income .. 1 166 5 61 (1) 45 9 68 718 962 257 – 39 5 24 Total operating income 2,931 2,366 2,005 Net insurance claims2 ..... – – – Net operating income3 ... 2,931 2,366 2,005 Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions ..................... (33) 12 11 Strategic direction The strategy for Private Banking is to be one of the world’s leading international private banks, by providing excellent client service. HSBC’s global network and brand provides a base from which the private bank, working in conjunction with HSBC’s other customer groups and global businesses, serves the complex international needs of its clients, utilising traditional and innovative ways of managing and preserving the wealth of high net worth individuals while optimising returns. The private bank’s strategy is to reinforce its product capabilities in areas such as credit, hedge funds, investment advice and estate planning. This will be achieved by attracting, retaining and motivating talented individuals, by surveying clients and employees on a regular basis and by increasing expenditure targeted on marketing and brand awareness initiatives. Private Banking’s onshore business will also be expanded. Net operating income .... 2,898 2,378 2,016 Business highlights in 2006 • Pre-tax profits of US$1,214 million grew by 33 per cent on both reported and underlying bases compared with 2005, supported by strong growth in client assets and lending. Revenue growth comfortably exceeded cost growth leading to an improvement in the cost efficiency ratio of 4.5 percentage points to 57.5 per cent. Reported pre-tax profits have increased by 74 per cent since 2004. • A significant gain of US$117 million arose from the partial sale of an investment in the Hermitage fund, a public equity fund dedicated to investment in Russia. • HSBC continued to expand its alternative investment platform as client preferences favoured such investments. Total client investment in hedge funds reached US$39 billion. Two funds managed by HSBC Private Bank France received first and equal second place in the L’Agefi awards ‘International Equity Category’. • Client assets increased by 22 per cent to US$333 billion, with net new money inflows of US$34 billion in 2006. On an underlying basis, growth was 17 per cent. Total operating expenses (1,685) (1,466) (1,319) Operating profit ............ 1,213 912 697 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ........................ 1 Profit before tax ............ 1,214 By geographical region Europe ............................. Hong Kong ...................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ........ North America4 ............... Latin America4 ................ 805 201 80 114 14 Profit before tax .............. 1,214 Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ..................... Cost efficiency ratio ........ Selected balance sheet data5 Loans and advances to customers (net) ............. Total assets ...................... Customer accounts .......... For footnotes, see page 26. – 912 539 190 78 104 1 912 % 4.4 62.0 – 697 438 131 60 68 – 697 % 3.7 65.8 % 5.5 57.5 US$m US$m US$m 34,297 73,026 80,303 27,749 59,827 67,205 24,463 56,751 57,780 20 In Europe, HSBC’s Private Banking operations had a very strong year on the back of recruitment of client-facing staff and marketing in key growth regions. • Synergies were achieved in Switzerland, through the merger of the two existing Swiss trust businesses and the two Lugano branches. • Private Banking expanded its onshore business through the launch of further regional offices in Bristol and Manchester in the UK and in Bordeaux, Marseille and Nice in France. • Client assets increased by 25 per cent, or 18 per cent on an underlying basis, with net new money reaching US$19 billion, primarily driven by the Swiss business. Asia • Front office recruitment continued in Hong Kong and Singapore and Private Banking capabilities were expanded through the opening of representative offices in mainland China and the Philippines. • Investment in Taiwan, Japan and the Middle East continued and, in India, the private bank network expanded to six offices with the addition of Chennai and Hyderabad. • Client assets increased by 26 per cent, or 23 per cent on an underlying basis with net new money reaching US$9 billion. Americas • HSBC expanded its presence in the US with the opening of domestic Private Banking offices in Chicago and Greenwich. • Wealth and Tax Advisory Services (‘WTAS’) generated strong growth in revenue and expanded through the opening of offices in Palo Alto, Seattle, Fort Washington, Greenwich and Chicago. • Client assets increased by 6 per cent with net new money reaching US$6 billion. Client assets Europe 2006 US$bn 2005 US$bn • At 1 January ........................................ Net new money ................................... Value change ....................................... Exchange and other ............................ Total .................................................... 273 34 21 5 333 239 36 13 (15) 273 Client assets by investment class 2006 US$bn 2005 US$bn Equities ............................................... Bonds .................................................. Structured products ............................. Funds ................................................... Cash, fiduciary deposits and other ..... Total .................................................... 62 55 16 83 117 333 51 53 9 67 93 273 • Strong performance of the Strategic Investment Solutions (‘SIS’) and related Core Investment Solutions (‘CIS’) products was reflected in greater investment by clients in this suite of discretionary managed products, which reached a value of US$4.8 billion. • Recognising the value to be derived from closer links with other customer groups, dedicated teams working with Commercial Banking, Personal Financial Services and Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets produced a significant increase in intra-Group referrals in 2006. • The lending book grew strongly to satisfy demand from clients for finance to invest in residential properties and other asset classes. • HSBC won a number of awards in the Euromoney annual private banking survey. In the global private banking awards, notable wins included ‘1st Private Bank for Services for the Super Affluent’ and ‘1st Private Bank for Islamic Services’. HSBC maintained its position in the top three within the ‘Best private banking services overall’ category. 21 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Business highlights / Profit/(loss) before tax Notes • For a description of the main items reported under ‘Other’, see footnote 6 on page 26. • HSBC sold a number of properties in Hong Kong and the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, realising gains of US$187 million, significantly higher than in 2005. These sales led to a reduction in the size of HSBC’s property portfolio which, together with slower growth in Hong Kong property prices, resulted in a 59 per cent decrease in property revaluation gains to US$61 million. • The sale of part of HSBC’s stake in UTI Bank Limited realised a gain of US$101 million in the first half of 2006. • HSBC reported a US$95 million fall in the fair value of own debt designated at fair value in 2006, compared with a gain of US$386 million in 2005. The movement was principally in North America and Europe. • Higher US interest rates led to increased costs to HSBC of servicing its floating rate subordinated debt, partly offset by higher earnings on US dollar-denominated centrally held funds. • The development of HSBC’s ten Group Service Centres, primarily in India and mainland China, continued apace and staff numbers increased by 32 per cent to 25,000. Increased activity in the centres resulted in a 54 per cent increase in costs to US$343 million. The recovery of substantially all of these costs from the relevant customer groups is reported under ‘Other operating income’. • Increased business volumes, branch expansion, the development of new IT capabilities and the integration of Metris led to an 8 per cent increase in costs at the Group’s North American technology centre to US$1,191 million, also recharged through ‘Other operating income’. • During 2005, HSBC in Argentina benefited from certain gains associated with the receipt of coverage bonds and other items related to the 2002 sovereign debt crisis. These benefits were not repeated in 2006. For footnotes, see page 26. (expense)1 ..................... (146) (103) Other Profit before tax Net interest income/ (expense) ...................... Net fee income ................ Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income .......................... Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities ....................... Net trading income/ Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value .................. Net investment income on assets backing policy- holders’ liabilities Gains less losses from financial investments ... Dividend income ............. Net earned insurance premiums ...................... Other operating income .. Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m (625) 172 (472) 220 (228) (90) 82 (13) (81) 406 – – 147 63 207 3,254 – 144 42 260 2,634 3,131 90 171 40 – 40 44 219 16 558 2,050 3,188 (359) 2,829 Total operating income 2,991 Net insurance claims2 ..... (181) (179) Net operating income3 ... 2,810 2,952 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..................... (13) (1) (1) Net operating income .... 2,797 2,951 2,828 Total operating expenses (3,259) (2,976) (2,493) Operating profit/(loss) .. (462) (25) 335 Share of profit in joint ventures and associates 74 Profit/(loss) before tax .. (388) By geographical region Europe ............................. Hong Kong ...................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ........ North America4 ............... Latin America4 ................ Profit/(loss) before tax .... (278) (175) 287 (217) (5) (388) % 51 26 (168) (178) 94 165 113 26 % Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ..................... Cost efficiency ratio ........ (1.8) 116.0 0.1 100.8 69 404 366 129 26 (196) 79 404 % 2.1 88.1 Selected balance sheet data5 Loans and advances to customers (net) ............. Total assets ...................... Customer accounts .......... US$m US$m US$m 2,095 33,278 1,245 1,893 27,653 507 2,339 26,201 557 22 Inter- segment elimination US$m (2,658) – – 2,658 2,658 – – – – (3,179) (3,179) – (3,179) Other6 US$m (625) 172 (228) 82 (146) (81) 147 63 207 3,254 2,991 (181) 2,810 Total US$m 34,486 17,182 5,619 2,603 8,222 657 969 340 5,668 2,546 70,070 (4,704) 65,366 (13) – (10,573) 2,797 (3,179) 54,793 3,179 (33,553) – – – 21,240 846 22,086 % 100.0 51.3 US$m 868,133 1,860,758 896,834 Analysis by customer group and global business Profit/(loss) before tax Year ended 31 December 2006 Total Net interest income/(expense) .... Net fee income ............................ Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense)1 ... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Personal Financial Services US$m 26,076 8,762 Commercial Banking US$m 7,514 3,207 391 220 611 739 78 31 5,130 782 204 20 224 (22) 44 6 258 250 Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m 3,168 3,718 4,890 (379) 4,511 20 534 235 73 1,378 Private Banking US$m 1,011 1,323 362 2 364 1 166 5 – 61 Total operating income ............ 42,209 11,481 13,637 2,931 Net insurance claims2 ................. Net operating income3 .............. (4,365) 37,844 (96) (62) – 11,385 13,575 2,931 Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ (9,949) (697) 119 Net operating income ............... 27,895 10,688 13,694 Total operating expenses ............ Operating profit/(loss) .............. (18,818) 9,077 (4,979) 5,709 (7,991) 5,703 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit/(loss) before tax .............. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ........................................... Cost efficiency ratio ................... Selected balance sheet data5 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets .................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... For footnotes, see page 26. (33) 2,898 (1,685) 1,213 1 1,214 % 5.5 57.5 (3,259) (462) 74 (388) % (1.8) 116.0 380 9,457 % 42.8 49.7 288 5,997 % 27.2 43.7 103 5,806 % 26.3 58.9 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 448,545 546,568 388,468 172,976 213,450 190,853 210,220 994,436 235,965 34,297 73,026 80,303 2,095 33,278 1,245 156,548 487,943 92,954 23 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Customer groups > Profit/(loss) before tax Profit/(loss) before tax (continued) Year ended 31 December 2005 Total Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Net interest income/(expense) .... Net fee income ............................ 23,351 7,313 6,310 2,876 Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense)1 ... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............... Net insurance claims2 ................. Net operating income3 ................ Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ................. Total operating expenses ............ Operating profit/(loss) ................ Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ........................................... Cost efficiency ratio ................... Selected balance sheet data5 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... For footnotes, see page 26. Private Banking US$m 848 1,080 317 – 317 (1) 45 9 – 68 3,001 2,967 2,919 306 3,225 67 475 79 76 1,621 11,511 2,366 (54) – 11,457 2,366 272 11,729 (6,838) 4,891 272 5,163 % 24.6 59.7 12 2,378 (1,466) 912 – 912 % 4.4 62.0 Inter- segment elimination US$m (1,704) – – 1,704 1,704 – – – – (2,646) (2,646) – (2,646) Other6 US$m (472) 220 (90) (13) (103) 406 144 42 260 2,634 3,131 (179) 2,952 Total US$m 31,334 14,456 3,656 2,208 5,864 1,034 692 155 5,436 2,733 61,704 (4,067) 57,637 (1) – (7,801) 2,951 (2,646) 49,836 (2,976) 2,646 (29,514) (25) 51 26 % 0.1 100.8 – – – 20,322 644 20,966 % 100.0 51.2 US$m 360 214 574 574 19 16 4,864 729 37,440 (3,716) 33,724 (7,537) 26,187 (16,427) 9,760 144 9,904 % 47.2 48.7 150 (3) 147 (12) 9 9 236 327 9,902 (118) 9,784 (547) 9,237 (4,453) 4,784 177 4,961 % 23.7 45.5 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 398,884 484,314 321,240 142,041 175,120 148,106 169,435 755,056 202,361 27,749 59,827 67,205 1,893 27,653 507 740,002 1,501,970 739,419 106,123 373,787 65,853 24 Year ended 31 December 2004 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Inter- segment elimination US$m Other6 US$m Total Net interest income ..................... 21,422 Net fee income ............................ Trading income ........................... Net investment income on assets backing policy- holders’ liabilities.................... Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. 6,406 320 635 79 16 3,652 360 Total operating income ............... 32,890 Net insurance claims2 ................. Net operating income3 ................ (2,953) 29,937 Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ (6,500) Net operating income ................. 23,437 Total operating expenses ............ (15,009) Operating profit .......................... 8,428 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... 69 8,497 % 44.9 50.1 4,875 2,645 234 324 6 37 1,072 513 9,706 (1,264) 8,442 (200) 8,242 (4,220) 4,022 35 4,057 % 21.4 50.0 3,994 2,764 1,935 9 197 548 86 1,029 718 962 257 – 39 5 – 24 10,562 2,005 (59) – 10,503 2,005 499 11,002 (5,809) 5,193 95 5,288 % 27.9 55.3 11 2,016 (1,319) 697 – 697 % 3.7 65.8 90 171 40 44 219 16 558 2,050 3,188 (359) 2,829 (1) 2,828 (2,493) 335 69 404 % 2.1 88.1 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m Total US$m 31,099 12,948 2,786 1,012 540 622 5,368 1,613 55,988 (4,635) 51,353 – – – – – – – (2,363) (2,363) – (2,363) – (2,363) (6,191) 45,162 2,363 (26,487) – – – 18,675 268 18,943 % 100.0 51.6 US$m Selected balance sheet data5 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... For footnotes, see page 26. 370,576 452,992 319,485 130,160 159,251 137,801 145,353 584,779 177,449 24,463 56,751 57,780 2,339 26,201 557 672,891 1,279,974 693,072 128,032 252,459 80,443 25 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Geographical regions > Summary / Competitive environment Basis of preparation The results are presented in accordance with the accounting policies used in the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. HSBC’s operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of customer group data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and head office functions, to the extent that these can be meaningfully attributed to operational business lines. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity. Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding as well as inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms. Footnotes to the analyses of customer groups and global businesses on pages 12 to 25. 1 In the analyses of customer groups and global businesses, net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, together with related external and internal interest income and interest expense, and dividends received; in the statutory presentation internal interest income and expense are eliminated. 2 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities. 3 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions. 4 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to Latin America. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 5 Third party only. 6 The main items reported under ‘Other’ are the income and expenses of wholesale insurance operations, certain property activities, unallocated investment activities including hsbc.com, centrally held investment companies, movements in the fair value of own debt designated at fair value, and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. The results include net interest earned on free capital held centrally and operating costs incurred by the head office operations in providing stewardship and central management services to HSBC. Net operating income of the Group’s wholesale insurance operations amounted to US$371 million in 2006 (2005: US$460 million; 2004: US$511 million). ‘Other’ also includes the costs incurred by the Group Service Centres and Shared Service Organisations and associated recoveries. Geographical regions Summary In the analysis of profit by geographical regions that follows, operating income and operating expenses include intra-HSBC items of US$1,494 million (2005: US$938 million; 2004: US$631 million). Profit before tax Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... Total assets2 2006 US$m 6,974 5,182 3,527 4,668 1,735 % 31.5 23.5 16.0 21.1 7.9 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 6,356 4,517 2,574 5,915 1,604 % 30.3 21.5 12.3 28.2 7.7 2004 US$m 5,756 4,830 1,847 5,268 1,242 % 30.4 25.5 9.8 27.8 6.5 22,086 100.0 20,966 100.0 18,943 100.0 Europe ........................................................................................................... Hong Kong ................................................................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ...................................................................................... North America1 ............................................................................................. Latin America1 .............................................................................................. At 31 December 2006 US$m 828,701 272,428 167,668 511,190 80,771 % 44.6 14.6 9.0 27.5 4.3 2005 US$m 636,703 235,376 142,014 432,490 55,387 % 42.4 15.7 9.4 28.8 3.7 1,860,758 100.0 1,501,970 100.0 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 2 Third party only. 26 Additional information on results in 2006 may be found in the ‘Report of the Directors: Financial Review’ on pages 110 to 164. Europe HSBC’s principal banking operations in Europe are HSBC Bank plc (‘HSBC Bank’) in the UK, HSBC France, HSBC Bank A.S. in Turkey, HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c., HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A. (‘HSBC Private Bank (Suisse)’), HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG and HSBC Guyerzeller Bank AG. Through these operations HSBC provides a wide range of banking, treasury and financial services to personal, commercial and corporate customers across Europe. Hong Kong HSBC’s principal banking subsidiaries in Hong Kong are The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (‘The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation’) and Hang Seng Bank Limited (‘Hang Seng Bank’). The former is the largest bank incorporated in Hong Kong and is HSBC’s flagship bank in the Asia-Pacific region. It is one of Hong Kong’s three note-issuing banks, accounting for more than 65 per cent by value of banknotes in circulation in 2006. Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation offers personal, commercial, corporate and investment banking and markets services in mainland China. The bank’s network spans 12 major cities, comprising 14 branches and 16 sub-branches. Hang Seng Bank offers personal and commercial banking services and operates seven branches, seven sub-branches and one representative office in eight cities in mainland China. HSBC also participates indirectly in mainland China through its three associates, Bank of Communications Limited (‘Bank of Communications’) (19.9 per cent owned), Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited (‘Ping An Insurance’) (16.8 per cent) and Industrial Bank Co. Ltd (‘Industrial Bank’) (12.78 per cent), and has a further interest of 8 per cent in Bank of Shanghai. Outside Hong Kong and mainland China, the HSBC Group conducts business in 21 countries in the Asia-Pacific region, primarily through branches and subsidiaries of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, with particularly strong coverage in India, Indonesia, South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan. HSBC’s presence in the 27 Middle East is led by HSBC Bank Middle East Limited (‘HSBC Bank Middle East’) whose network of branches, subsidiaries and associates has the widest coverage in the region; in Australia by HSBC Bank Australia Limited; and in Malaysia by HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad (‘HSBC Bank Malaysia’), which is the largest foreign-owned bank in the country by income, profits and assets. HSBC’s associate in Saudi Arabia, The Saudi British Bank (40 per cent owned), is the Kingdom’s seventh largest bank by total assets. North America HSBC’s North American businesses are located in the US, Canada and Bermuda. Operations in the US are primarily conducted through HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) which is concentrated in New York State, and HSBC Finance, a national consumer finance company based in Chicago. HSBC Bank Canada and The Bank of Bermuda Limited (‘Bank of Bermuda’) are responsible for operations in their respective countries. Latin America HSBC’s operations in Latin America and the Caribbean principally comprise HSBC México, S.A. (‘HSBC Mexico’), HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo (‘HSBC Bank Brazil’), HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. (‘HSBC Bank Argentina’) and Grupo Banistmo S.A. (‘Banistmo’). HSBC is also represented by subsidiaries in Chile, the Bahamas, Peru and Uruguay and, with the acquisition of Banistmo, in Costa Rica, Honduras, Colombia, Nicaragua and El Salvador, and by a representative office in Venezuela. In addition to banking services, HSBC operates large insurance businesses in Argentina, Brazil and Panama. In Argentina, HSBC’s main insurance business is HSBC La Buenos Aires and, through Máxima and HSBC New York Life, HSBC offers pension and life insurance products. In Brazil, HSBC offers consumer finance products through its subsidiary, Losango. Competitive environment HSBC believes that open and competitive markets are good for both local economies and their participants. The Group faces very strong competition in the markets it serves. In personal and commercial banking, it competes with a wide range of institutions including commercial banks, consumer finance companies, retail financial service companies, savings and loan associations, credit unions, general retailers, brokerage firms and investment companies. In investment banking, HSBC faces competition from specialist providers H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Competitive environment and the investment banking operations of other commercial banks. in these areas, and to offer its services through the channels preferred by its customers. Regulators routinely monitor and investigate the competitiveness of the financial services industry (of which HSBC is a part) in a number of areas, particularly in the UK and continental Europe. HSBC’s policy is to co-operate and work positively with all its regulators, inputting data and providing perspective on those issues which affect all financial service providers both directly and through industry bodies. Global factors Consolidation in the banking industry Over the past few decades there has been a trend towards consolidation in banking and financial services, both nationally and internationally. This development has created a large and growing number of institutions which are capable of competing with HSBC across a wide range of services. Limited market growth The majority of HSBC’s business is conducted in the domestic markets of the US, the UK and Hong Kong. In the UK and the US, penetration of standard banking services is nearing saturation, and potential for growth is largely in the provision of a wider range of financial services, including consumer finance, to new and existing customers. HSBC has increased its focus on its interconnected Hong Kong and mainland China businesses, the other emerging economies in Asia-Pacific, Latin America, the Middle East, Turkey and, to a lesser extent, Eastern Europe as the engines of future growth. This is being developed by expanding domestic operations within emerging markets and by concentrating capabilities in developed markets on servicing growing financial needs in the emerging markets. Advances in technology Over the past decade, the development of the internet and related innovative technologies has provided the financial services industry with the ability to deliver products and services through a growing number of channels, often more efficiently than by means of traditional face-to-face transactions. This has lowered barriers to entry and, as a consequence, competition has been fierce. Complementing its traditional branch network, HSBC offers a growing range of services utilising the new technologies, currently including the internet, interactive TV, mobile phone and WAP, and telephone banking. HSBC will continue to innovate 28 Regional factors Europe The European Commission commenced an inquiry into retail banking across all member states in 2006, with which HSBC’s individual local entities cooperated fully. Published in January 2007, a final report highlighted concerns over the ways in which competition in banking was operating in Europe. No single country received particular attention. The Single European Payments Area programme, which will integrate retail payments through harmonising euro currency transfers, bankers’ orders and cards transactions in the eurozone, reached implementation phase. Full implementation is scheduled for 2008, according to an agreement signed by the 65 member banks of the European Payments Council. This should offer strong growth opportunities for some banks but is also expected to lead to more competition. HSBC is positioning itself to capitalise fully on the opportunities presented. The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive comes into effect on 1 November 2007, when it will replace the existing Investment Services Directive, covering a broader range of investment instruments and market structures and, because conduct of business rules are set at EU level, should mean less additional requirements when passporting into another member state. UK In April 2006, the Office of Fair Trading (‘OFT’) concluded its inquiry into credit card terms under the Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations, and announced that it did not intend to intervene further where issuers reduced their default fees to £12 or less. Subsequently, the OFT launched an informal high-level fact-finding exercise on overdraft fees, through the industry’s representative body, the British Bankers’ Association. This is due to conclude in March 2007, following which the industry and the OFT are to review their respective positions. Media interest has been considerable. The OFT conducted a market study into Payment Protection Insurance (‘PPI’) and referred the PPI market in the UK to the Competition Commission. The Competition Commission recently announced that they will be working with the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’) to investigate whether there is a case for changing the existing rules for the sale of PPI. The OFT conducted the follow-up review of the SME market, prescribed by its report published in 2002. HSBC cooperated with this review and awaits the findings. Following MasterCard’s appeal to the Competition Commission Appeals Tribunal, the OFT withdrew its original interchange fee case to concentrate on a new case against both MasterCard and Visa. The European Commission is also investigating interchange fees, and HSBC has responded to its requests for information. In November the winding down of the Payment Systems Taskforce was announced, and a new governance body for payment systems, the Payments Industry Association, was established. HSBC is positioned to deliver the faster electronic payments introduced by the Payment Systems Taskforce and meets its minimum standards for cheque clearing. France Stable interest rates in the eurozone contributed to a strong growth in real estate investment in France. Competition between French banks concentrated on the promotion of real estate mortgage loans, which are the principal means by which new customers in France are acquired. Market activity increased and consumers continued to enjoy improved pricing to the detriment of bank margins. The payment of interest on sight deposits, authorised from the beginning of 2005, was introduced by one major mutual French bank, albeit linked to a quarterly fee for banking services. Market reaction was muted and, to date, no other leading French bank has followed suit. From January 2006 the Banque Postale was able to offer real estate lending and financial services, including the sale of investment products manufactured by third party providers. Given the scale of Banque Postale’s geographical coverage, this will increase competition in an already competitive market. At the end of December 2005, French banks were granted approval, as in the UK, to provide equity release mortgages. This will assist customers to invest in real estate and finance consumption. Hong Kong There was some improvement in the lending market in 2006, as the stable interest rate environment, liquid market, and moderate cost of borrowing supported growth in consumer spending, and demand for personal loans and credit cards rose in consequence. Competition remained fierce in traditional mortgage products due to the still subdued property market. Robust equity markets buoyed sales of investment products and also benefited investment- related loans. The sustained appreciation of the Chinese currency during 2006 had no marked effect on Hong Kong’s renminbi deposit business. Instead, funds were attracted to Chinese stocks listed in Hong Kong, notably in relation to some of the substantial Chinese IPOs. Nevertheless, local currency deposits continued to grow rapidly due to rising household incomes. Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) The competitive environment in the Rest of Asia-Pacific continued to intensify as international banks focused on targeted sectors in emerging markets in pursuit of higher returns. Local banks also actively expanded their reach and business, both within countries and across borders. Competition remained intense throughout the region in all of the customer groups served by HSBC. Regulations in certain countries act to limit the ability of foreign- owned banks to grow both by acquisition and organically by adding distribution or participating in shared networks with domestic banks. However, in many countries the growing sophistication of the relatively young population and increasing affluence of the middle class continued to provide HSBC with further opportunities for growth. The French government reformed the household Banks and non-banks, both local and tax law for 2006/2007, notably introducing a tax exemption on capital gains on equities sold after an eight-year holding period and a cap on total household taxes (including income, wealth and local taxes) at 60 per cent of income. The higher marginal tax rate has been limited to 40 per cent. These reforms will increase disposable income for the wealthier individuals who form one of HSBC France’s key customer segments. international, are rapidly building consumer finance and direct banking businesses in a number of countries in the region. North America In an already highly competitive US financial services industry, institutions involved in a broad range of financial products and services continued to 29 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Competitive environment / Europe > 2006 consolidate. Within the banking sector, consolidation continued in 2006, with a greater focus on national networks and retail branch banking. The Group’s principal US subsidiaries, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance, faced vigorous competition from a wide array of financial institutions. These include banks, thrifts, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage lenders and brokers, and non-bank suppliers of consumer credit and other financial services. Many of these institutions are not subject to US banking industry regulation, unlike HSBC. This gives some of them cost and product advantages and thus increases competitive pressure. HSBC competes by expanding its customer base through portfolio acquisitions or alliances, co-branding opportunities and direct sales channels, by offering a very wide variety of consumer loan products and by maintaining a strong service orientation. The slowing US housing market has had an adverse effect on sub-prime mortgage originators and lenders, including HSBC. Numerous sub-prime lenders have exited the industry or have announced that they are exploring alternatives. Investment banks have been active purchasers of distressed competitors in an attempt to vertically integrate origination platforms to feed secondary market demands. The six largest banks in Canada dominate the country’s financial services industry. Despite this, the market remains very competitive with comparable financial products and services offered by other banks, insurance companies and other institutions. Merger activity among the largest banks in Canada remains possible but, without such consolidation, growth opportunities for the larger banks will continue to exist mainly outside of Canada. Latin America Mexico’s financial system remains highly concentrated. Five banks dominate the industry, controlling some 80 per cent of banking assets. Of these five, four (including HSBC) are foreign- owned. In 2006, new banking licences were granted to 13 bank and non-bank institutions. This will increase competition, mainly in customer segments in which banking is currently under-represented. These segments also represent potential growth areas for the existing five major banks in the medium to long term. There is increasing regulatory pressure on banking and pension management fees and commissions, which has constrained growth in non-funds income. As a result, competition is fierce in consumer lending, as financial institutions seek to build alternative income streams despite difficulties in establishing reliable consumer credit histories. HSBC seeks to differentiate through customer service, and is well positioned to capitalise on economic growth with its extensive branch and ATM network, and growing young customer base. In Brazil, concentration in the industry increased, with the top ten banking groups accounting for some 70 per cent of assets and 87 per cent of branches at 31 December 2006 (2005: 68 per cent and 86 per cent respectively). These top ten banking groups consist mainly of state-owned, privately owned and large foreign banks (including HSBC), and the most significant change in the Brazilian financial system was the growing market share of the larger privately owned banks through consolidation in the industry and partnerships established with national retailers. Improvements in the macro-economic environment, particularly in increased solvency and liquidity in the market and in monetary policy, have benefited the consumer through constraining inflationary growth. Notwithstanding persistently high interest rates, consumer borrowing has increased. However, total lending as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’) remained low in international terms at 34 per cent. This, together with the fact that within the economically active population an estimated 40 million people have limited access to financial services, indicates that the outlook for further growth is positive. In Argentina, HSBC’s direct competition comes primarily from international financial groups that provide an equivalent range of banking, insurance, pension and annuity products and services. Given the growth experienced over recent years in the Argentine economy, there has been resurgent demand for credit products, coupled with increases in deposits. The strong recovery in consumer confidence is reflected in the level of private sector loans and private deposits that grew by 40 per cent and 22 per cent respectively compared with 2005. The life and annuities market increased by 17 per cent in terms of assets, while pension funds collections increased by 30 per cent. 30 Europe Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses Year ended 31 December Personal Financial Services .......................................................................... United Kingdom .............................................................................................. France1 ............................................................................................................. Turkey............................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Commercial Banking ..................................................................................... United Kingdom .............................................................................................. France1 ............................................................................................................. Turkey............................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets2 .......................................... United Kingdom .............................................................................................. France1 ............................................................................................................. Turkey............................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Private Banking ............................................................................................. United Kingdom .............................................................................................. France1 ............................................................................................................. Switzerland ...................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Other ............................................................................................................... United Kingdom .............................................................................................. France1 ............................................................................................................. Turkey .............................................................................................................. Other ................................................................................................................ Total ................................................................................................................ United Kingdom .............................................................................................. France1 ............................................................................................................. Turkey............................................................................................................... Switzerland ...................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ 2006 US$m 1,909 1,496 174 121 118 2,234 1,801 236 50 147 2,304 1,299 545 64 396 805 380 22 305 98 (278) (185) (107) (18) 32 6,974 4,791 870 217 305 791 2005 US$m 1,932 1,475 223 134 100 1,939 1,495 278 39 127 2,114 1,186 472 92 364 539 171 7 254 107 (168) (47) (147) – 26 6,356 4,280 833 265 254 724 2004 US$m 1,621 1,340 205 29 47 1,663 1,258 272 25 108 1,668 1,021 337 88 222 438 135 (22) 203 122 366 477 (123) – 12 5,756 4,231 669 142 203 511 1 France primarily comprises the domestic operations of HSBC France and the Paris branch of HSBC Bank. 2 Including venture capital gains of US$457 million (2005: US$610 million; 2004: US$170 million). Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Economic briefing UK GDP growth increased in 2006 to about 2.7 per cent from 1.9 per cent in 2005. This followed a recovery in both household and company spending. Consumer Price Index (‘CPI’) inflation increased through the year from 1.9 per cent in January to 3.0 per cent in December, following large increases in the price of petrol and gas. The Bank of England raised interest rates from 4.5 per cent to 5 per cent, citing concerns about spare capacity, rapid money growth and the possibility of inflation staying above target for some time. House price inflation remained strong but consumer spending appeared unaffected. Secured lending continued to increase although unsecured lending plateaued. There was evidence that a number of households were struggling with the burden of debt as personal insolvencies and repossessions increased. Employment rose, although by less than the increase in available workers as migrant inflows remained strong and the participation rate of UK residents in the labour force increased. As a result, the unemployment rate increased, contributing to constrained wage growth throughout the year despite relatively high rates of headline inflation. The recovery in the eurozone economy gathered momentum through the course of 2006. GDP rose by approximately 2.7 per cent, the fastest rate since 2000. Much of the improvement reflected increases in exports and investment, as global demand remained strong and corporate activity and profits rose. Consumer spending remained subdued, despite a gradual rise in employment. German 31 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Europe > 2006 Profit before tax Europe Net interest income .......................................................................................... Net fee income ................................................................................................. Net trading income .......................................................................................... Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value .................... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities .............. Gains less losses from financial investments .................................................. Dividend income .............................................................................................. Net earned insurance premiums ...................................................................... Other operating income ................................................................................... Total operating income ................................................................................. Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ................................................................................ Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ............................. Net operating income .................................................................................... Total operating expenses ................................................................................. Operating profit ............................................................................................. Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .................................... Profit before tax ............................................................................................. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ........................................................................ Cost efficiency ratio .............................................................................................. 2006 US$m 8,289 7,108 4,529 144 – 624 183 1,298 1,428 23,603 (531) 23,072 (2,155) 20,917 (13,871) 7,046 (72) 6,974 % 31.5 60.1 Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) ...................................................... 78,311 Selected balance sheet data1 Loans and advances to customers (net) ................................................................. Loans and advances to banks (net) ........................................................................ Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value and financial investments2 ....................................................................................... Total assets ............................................................................................................ Deposits by banks .................................................................................................. Customer accounts ................................................................................................. 1 Third party only. 2 Including financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties. US$m 392,499 76,830 242,010 828,701 67,821 419,365 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 8,221 6,299 3,036 362 – 439 63 1,599 1,603 21,622 (818) 20,804 (1,929) 18,875 (12,639) 6,236 120 6,356 % 30.3 60.8 77,755 US$m 312,537 44,360 146,777 636,703 47,202 334,200 2004 US$m 9,098 5,980 997 – 571 154 558 1,875 1,175 20,408 (1,628) 18,780 (1,033) 17,747 (12,028) 5,719 37 5,756 % 30.4 64.0 74,861 US$m 277,560 56,049 139,183 545,557 55,720 292,568 growth improved sharply, while growth in France and Italy was less impressive. Eurozone inflation was heavily affected by rises in energy and food prices. Inflation, excluding energy and food, remained contained at just 1.7 per cent. The European Central Bank (‘ECB’) increased the key policy interest rate from 2.25 per cent at the beginning of 2006 to 3.5 per cent in December. The ECB continued to describe monetary policy as ‘accommodative’, thereby effectively ending the year with a bias towards tightening. quarter. The current account deficit continued to widen, reaching 8 per cent of GDP in December, partly from high-energy prices but also from the increasing substitution of imported materials for local ones due to the overvalued currency. More than half of the deficit was financed by healthy foreign direct investment inflows. The International Monetary Fund’s programme for Turkey remained on track. Review of business performance Turkey’s economy slowed markedly in the third quarter, with year-on-year GDP growth of 3.4 per cent, down from 7.8 per cent in the second European operations reported a pre-tax profit of US$6,974 million compared with US$6,356 million in 2005, an increase of 10 per 32 cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits grew by 8 per cent. Underlying net operating income increased by 9 per cent, in line with operating expenses. Commercial Banking delivered a third successive year of growth, driven by strong balance sheet growth in the UK and organic expansion in Turkey. Record profits in Private Banking were driven by strong client asset inflows, a more sophisticated product mix and lending growth. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets made encouraging gains in trading activities, and operating expenses rose in line with net operating income. In Personal Financial Services, net operating income growth slowed as HSBC tightened its underwriting criteria on unsecured credit. An emphasis on deposit, wealth and insurance products contributed to an increase in costs, which were driven by infrastructure investment both in the physical environment and direct channels. The following commentary is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,909 million, 2 per cent lower than in 2005. Net operating income rose by 4 per cent and loan impairment charges increased by slightly more than revenues as increasing numbers of debtors sought formal protection from their obligations. Costs grew by 7 per cent, reflecting investment in infrastructure throughout the region, and the cost efficiency ratio rose by 1.2 percentage points to 59.2 per cent. In the UK, HSBC responded to concerns over high levels of consumer indebtedness and the growth in personal bankruptcies and IVAs by adopting more selective underwriting criteria and reducing credit origination. Revenues from credit-related insurance declined as a consequence. In response, HSBC increased its focus on non credit-related income streams, particularly savings and high-value current accounts. Strong balance growth in these products was achieved through marketing initiatives, competitive pricing and the success of innovative propositions such as the packaged ‘Plus’ and ‘Passport’ current accounts, the latter supported by the implementation during the year of a more refined approach to customer segmentation. Considerable strategic attention was given to enhancing product distribution and channel management. The branch refurbishment programme continued and improvements were made to direct banking, notably the introduction of self-service machines and the upgrading of cash machine service offerings. HSBC’s internet offering was also 33 enhanced to offer personalised content and sales capabilities, with improved customer accessibility. In France, a marked improvement in brand awareness after the 2005 rebranding to ‘HSBC France’, supported by competitive pricing, aided the recruitment of target customers and consequential balance sheet growth, most notably in residential property lending. Despite this growth, there was a decline in profit before tax, due to competitive pressures on margin and the time lag between incurring costs on customer acquisition and earning incremental revenue from future opportunities to cross-sell. In Turkey profit before tax declined by 2 per cent, as revenue growth was offset by investment costs. Organic development was furthered by the opening of 37 new branches during the year, bringing the total to 193, and a number of marketing initiatives to build brand awareness. Balance sheet and revenue growth accelerated as a result, as did customer recruitment. Overall customer numbers stood at 2.3 million at the end of 2006. Net interest income increased by 5 per cent to US$5,653 million, substantially from balance sheet growth throughout the region. In the UK, net interest income was driven by growth in savings, deposit and current accounts, with higher balances achieved through targeted sales and marketing efforts. Interest income from credit cards and mortgages also increased. A focus on liabilities helped boost new UK savings account volumes markedly in a buoyant yet highly competitive savings market. HSBC’s competitive internet-based products were the key driver of growth. Cash invested in First Direct’s ‘e-savings’ product trebled; balances in HSBC’s ‘Online Saver’ increased sixfold. Overall, average savings balances, excluding money market investments, increased by 28 per cent and net interest income rose by 25 per cent. Current account balances in the UK increased by 6 per cent to US$26.0 billion. Within this, the proportion of value-added packaged current accounts attracting fees rose significantly. The number of HSBC’s fee-based accounts more than doubled during 2006. In aggregate, packaged current account balances increased by 25 per cent and represented nearly half of the overall increase in current accounts. Spreads remained broadly in line with 2005. Average UK credit card balances rose by 5 per cent, to US$13.7 billion, driven by promotional campaigns and marketing. Growth was strongest in H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Europe > 2006 M&S branded cards, which represented 4 percentage points of the increase, driven by an increased sales focus which included extensive media advertising. This was partly offset by declining balances within the store cards business and the cards business of HFC Bank Ltd (‘HFC’), reflecting HSBC’s more restricted credit appetite. Spreads increased modestly compared with 2005. investment products drove fee growth. Fees from unsecured lending also rose. These benefits were partly offset by lower creditor protection income, reflecting the steps taken by HSBC to constrain lending growth. Reduced loan sales and smaller average loans (the result of this initiative) led to both lower insurance sales and a reduction in average premiums. Average UK mortgage balances rose by 11 per In France, banking fees rose through higher cent to US$68.9 billion, primarily in fixed rate mortgages. Growth was achieved through competitive pricing and targeted marketing strategies, including the launch of new fixed, discount and tracker-rate mortgages during the year. A slight narrowing of spreads reflected a change in mix away from variable rate mortgages to fixed rate mortgages, and the competitive positioning referred to above. Average unsecured lending balances in the UK declined by 4 per cent, reflecting HSBC’s decision to contain growth through stricter underwriting criteria. Spreads narrowed, following the introduction in 2005 of preferential pricing for lower-risk customers, and a change in mix towards higher-value but lower-yielding loans. In France, net interest income fell by 8 per cent. Spreads narrowed as older higher-yielding investments matured, while competitive pricing reduced lending yields, particularly in the residential mortgage market. These pressures on margin were only partially offset by strong balance sheet growth. Marketing campaigns building on the ‘HSBC France’ brand aided strong sales and customer recruitment, most notably in residential property lending and current accounts and also increased future cross-selling opportunities. In Turkey, net interest income rose by 14 per cent. Lending grew strongly, substantially funded by deposit growth. Overall, deposit balances rose by over 50 per cent, largely driven by customer recruitment aided by the branch network expansion referred to above. Spreads widened following increases in overnight interest rates and the value of funds rose as a consequence. Marketing initiatives and cross-sales with credit card customers helped more than double average unsecured lending balances. Mortgage lending was also strong, with a 60 per cent increase in balances. Credit card balances rose by 22 per cent, with growth dampened by credit calming measures imposed by government regulation. Net fee income increased by 8 per cent to US$2,533 million. In the UK, rising sales of fee- earning packaged current accounts, travel money and 34 sales of packaged current accounts. Transactional and overdraft fees and insurance distribution fees also increased, reflecting growth in the customer base. In Turkey, strong growth in lending volumes and, to a lesser extent, credit cards, helped drive fee income growth. Additional sales staff were recruited to reinforce the emphasis on wealth management, and the launch of new pension products also helped boost fees. In 2006, MasterCard became publicly listed through an IPO, and the US$37 million gain from financial investments mainly reflected Personal Financial Services’ share of the proceeds of the IPO. Responding to changes in work and shopping patterns among its customers and the increasing acceptance of direct channels. HSBC appraised its UK property portfolio during the year, and higher other operating income reflected Personal Financial Services’ share of revenue from branch sale and lease-back transactions. Personal Financial Services’ US$37 million share of income on the sale of HSBC’s stake in The Cyprus Popular Bank was also included within other operating income. Lower sales of life and creditor repayment protection, which were driven by the constraints on personal lending growth referred to above, and a change in reinsurance arrangements at the end of 2005, contributed to the decrease in net earned insurance premiums. Lower sales of investment- linked insurance products, together with the effect of market movements on related insurance and investment assets, contributed to the decline in net income from financial instruments designated at fair value. This was largely offset by a corresponding decrease in net insurance claims and movements in policyholders’ liabilities. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$1,838 million were 6 per cent higher than in 2005, largely reflecting lending growth in the region. In the UK, the 8 per cent rise in loan impairment charges was broadly in line with lending growth. Actions taken on underwriting and collection activities mitigated a continuation of the rising trend in personal bankruptcies and IVAs seen since the legislative change in 2004. In 2006, IVAs became the main driver of loan impairment growth across the industry as the availability and marketing of third- party debt reduction services increased. Within the UK, loan impairment was most pronounced in consumer finance unsecured portfolios, in which delinquency also rose as the effect of interest rate increases on relatively high levels of indebtedness put pressure on household cash flows. In HSBC’s other portfolios, action undertaken by HSBC during 2005 and early 2006, predominantly tightening underwriting criteria and collections procedures, proved successful in improving credit quality indicators on more recently written debt. In the second half of 2006, HSBC strengthened the measures available to manage insolvencies and impaired debt including, inter alia, the further development of predictive modelling to enhance underwriting decisions. In France, credit quality was sound notwithstanding strong growth in customer advances, and the loan impairment charge remained low. In Turkey, overall credit quality was also sound, and delinquency on credit cards improved following enhanced collections efforts and changes in government regulation. This was reflected in a 36 per cent reduction in loan impairment charges. Operating expenses increased by 7 per cent. A US$57 million write-down of intangibles was attributed to card portfolios acquired in the UK which were written off in the light of the higher impairment charges being experienced. Excluding this item, the increase was 6 per cent, primarily reflecting investment in upgrading and expanding capacity and infrastructure across the region. In the UK, 104 branches were refurbished during 2006. Responding to changing customer preferences and upgrading its customer service, HSBC extended its opening hours in certain branches, necessitating the recruitment of additional counter staff, and increased its IT investment in self- service machines and other direct banking channels, in the process improving cost efficiency. In France, there was a 4 per cent rise in operating expenses, driven by the recruitment of additional sales staff, higher marketing expenditure to attract new customers, and the migration to a common IT infrastructure. In Turkey, the opening of 37 new branches and associated growth in numbers of sales staff and infrastructure costs drove a 26 per cent rise in costs. Marketing expenditure also increased in support of the growing consumer lending, insurance and pensions businesses. 35 Commercial Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$2,234 million, an increase of 14 per cent compared with 2005. Adjusting for the sale of the UK fleet management and vehicle finance leasing business, which was sold in the autumn of 2005, profit before tax grew by 17 per cent, driven by growth of 10 per cent in net operating income compared with just 4 per cent in costs. Revenues increased by 9 per cent through balance sheet growth, customer recruitment and improved cross-sales in the UK, and expansion of the middle market, small and micro businesses in Turkey. The 4 per cent growth in operating expenses primarily reflected investment to support business expansion throughout the region. Credit quality was stable. In the UK, HSBC invested to expand sales capacity and improve service through recruitment and the opening of commercial centres. To support HSBC’s strategic intention to lead the market in international commercial banking, a dedicated International Banking Centre was created which, as part of a global network, simplified cross-border account opening. HSBC also simplified and launched new foreign currency accounts. Significant progress was made in enhancing the functionality of HSBC’s award-winning internet banking, including the implementation of the UK’s first same-day high- value payments offering and the launch of HSBC’s first commercial direct banking proposition, Business Direct, which attracted over 19,000 small and micro business accounts during the year. In France, HSBC increased customer recruitment by approximately one third by concentrating on improving brand awareness among commercial businesses. HSBC became the principal banker for the majority of new customers recruited. In Turkey, the establishment of eight centres, the recruitment of additional relationship management staff and a focus on maintaining high service levels contributed to a 40 per cent increase in the number of active customers as HSBC successfully sustained its efforts to grow its share of middle market, small and micro-business banking. Net interest income increased by 8 per cent, largely driven by increases in the UK and Turkey. In France, the benefit of strong balance sheet growth was more than offset by competitive pressure on margins. HSBC slowed the rate of growth in lending in the UK during 2006 by refining underwriting criteria and emphasising non-lending related revenue streams and, consequently, average lending balances rose by 8 per cent during the year and spreads remained broadly flat. Increased priority was given H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Europe > 2006 to raising deposits through transactional and savings accounts and, as a result, deposit balances rose by 37 per cent and current account balances by 8 per cent. The benefit of this volume growth was partly offset by spread compression on sterling- denominated accounts as customers were offered more attractive pricing. HSBC boosted the recruitment of small and micro business customers in the UK by holding commercial theme weeks and increasing client contact by embedding business specialists in selected branches. These initiatives delivered increases in the number of start-up accounts and the number of customers who switched their business from other banks to HSBC. Higher-value international and foreign currency accounts rose as a consequence. Net interest income in France was broadly in line with 2005 as the benefit of strong balance sheet growth, driven by the acquisition of new customers and improved levels of customer retention, was offset by narrowing spreads from competitive market pressures and lower earnings from free funds. Net interest income in Turkey increased by 41 per cent, driven by a doubling in lending balances. HSBC extended its geographic coverage through expansion of the branch network, including the launch of eight new centres dedicated to smaller commercial customers, and these boosted customer recruitment. The introduction of pre-approved credit limits for existing customers also contributed to lending growth, and the focus on attracting liability products helped more than double deposit balances. Net fee income increased by 4 per cent to US$1,707 million. Current account and money transmission fees rose as a result of customer recruitment and higher transaction volumes in most countries. In the UK, client workshops and other promotional activities were deployed to support increased sales of treasury products, boosting treasury revenue as foreign exchange volumes grew. In France a 2 per cent increase in income was largely in transactional current account fees, reflecting growth in the customer base. Other operating income was 41 per cent lower than in 2005 and reflected lower asset finance revenues following the sale of the UK fleet management business referred to above. This was partly offset by the inclusion of Commercial Banking’s share of the gain on the sale of HSBC’s stake in The Cyprus Popular Bank (US$38 million), and the income from UK branch sale and lease-back transactions. 36 Credit quality in Commercial Banking was stable in most countries. In the UK, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions fell by 16 per cent, largely due to the non-recurrence of an individual loan impairment allowance against a single customer in 2005. Excluding this, there was a modest decline in UK impairment charges, as the effect of lending growth was more than offset by improved credit quality, particularly in relation to HSBC’s larger exposures. In France, loan impairment charges, while remaining low, returned to a more normal level after relatively high recoveries in 2005. In Turkey, higher loan impairment charges reflected growth in lending. Operating expenses decreased by 1 per cent. Excluding the sale of the UK fleet management activities referred to above, costs were 4 per cent higher than in 2005, reflecting investment to drive business growth throughout the region. As a result of revenues growing significantly faster than costs, there was a 3.1 percentage point improvement in the cost efficiency ratio. In the UK, increased costs reflected the recruitment of additional sales staff and higher IT expenditure. Costs in France fell by 2 per cent compared with 2005 as savings from cost control offset increases from the recruitment of additional sales staff and expenses associated with the migration to common IT platforms. In Turkey, recruitment and marketing costs incurred in support of the growing small and micro businesses drove a 38 per cent rise in expenses. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$2,304 million, an increase of 5 per cent, compared with 2005. A reduction in recoveries of loan impairment charges and lower private equity gains masked strong growth in core operating activities. Global Markets’ revenues were 36 per cent higher than in 2005 as robust performances in the global capital markets and securities services businesses were complemented by strong trading gains. The cost efficiency ratio improved modestly compared with 2005. Total operating income was US$6,560 million, 17 per cent higher than in 2005. This was despite the fact that in the UK, France and Turkey, balance sheet management revenues continued to fall, resulting in an overall decline of 56 per cent. This shortfall was partly offset by higher net interest income in HSBC Securities Services as customer volumes grew in higher-value products such as securities lending and foreign exchange. The lending business delivered a 13 per cent increase in corporate balances and corporate spreads remained broadly in line with 2005. Net interest income in the payments and cash management business rose as deposit balances increased by 18 per cent. Surplus liquidity in the market fed higher business volumes. Increased transaction volumes resulting from new client acquisitions and recent expansion initiatives also contributed to higher revenues. Net fee income rose by 23 per cent, reflecting a 63 per cent fee increase in the global capital markets business and fees more than doubling in the securities services business. The financing and advisory businesses benefited from a higher number of deals mandated and a broader product range. Assets under custody grew by 22 per cent with notable increases in alternative fund assets, particularly from Ireland and Luxembourg. In Group Investment Businesses, revenues increased significantly, boosted by a 4 per cent increase in funds under management and higher performance fees allied to revenues from disposals of property and structured finance fund investments. Trading income increased with positive revenue trends in the key product areas where HSBC has invested, notably Credit and Rates, foreign exchange and structured derivatives. Revenues increased substantially, particularly in the area of interest rate derivatives, which benefited from opportunities created by a relatively volatile market. Additional gains were reported in emerging market bonds due to higher volumes, as investors adjusted their risk appetite and responded to a general improvement in market sentiment towards developing economies. Higher foreign exchange revenue was driven by greater customer volumes and increased trading opportunities offered by a combination of US dollar volatility and more uncertain economic conditions in emerging markets. Structured derivatives income increased by 88 per cent as HSBC leveraged its investment in this business to meet the needs of its institutional clients. Gains from sales of financial investments, at US$413 million, were in line with 2005. Notable among the investments realised in the year were the sales of specialist property and structured finance fund investments by Group Investment Businesses. Other income declined by 26 per cent as one-off gains from restructuring and syndication of assets in Global Investment Banking were not repeated. The overall credit environment remained favourable with market liquidity supporting debt reconstruction as credit spreads tightened. As a result, HSBC achieved net recoveries for the third year in succession, albeit at a lower level than in 37 2005, when HSBC benefited from a release of collective impairment allowances in the second half. Operating expenses were 14 per cent higher at US$4,224 million, largely supporting volume growth in various businesses and performance-related compensation in Global Markets, where revenues increased by 36 per cent. Costs in 2006 also reflected the full-year effect of the investment made throughout 2005 as well as ongoing investment in product development, particularly in structured derivatives and Credit and Rates. In Group Investment Businesses, a robust performance resulted in higher staff and support costs. A rise in operational expenditure was driven by increased volumes as well as new business won in respect of payments and cash management funds administration, securities services and Group Investment Businesses. The decline in HSBC’s share of profits in associates and joint ventures reflected a loss arising from an impairment charge on a private equity investment within an associate. This was compounded by the non-recurrence of one-off gains realised in 2005, a significant proportion of which were recognised in the second half of the year. Private Banking delivered a record pre-tax profit of US$805 million in Europe, an increase of 48 per cent compared with 2005. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 6.7 percentage points to 55.7 per cent. There was a US$108 million gain on the partial sale of an investment in the Hermitage Fund and, excluding this, pre-tax profit increased by 28 per cent. This result was achieved through growth in client assets, increased lending and transaction volumes and distribution of a broader and more sophisticated product range. Growth in intra-Group referrals with other customer groups was encouraging and also contributed to increased revenues. Net interest income was 23 per cent higher at US$675 million, driven by balance sheet growth, primarily in the UK and Switzerland. Lending balances were 24 per cent higher and were funded by increased deposits. In the UK, the 31 per cent expansion of the lending book resulted primarily from growth in mortgage balances driven by a market which remained buoyant at the upper end. In Switzerland, an 18 per cent rise in lending largely reflected client appetite for leverage to facilitate equity and alternative investment opportunities. Fee income increased by 19 per cent to US$869 million. This growth resulted from increased funds under management and a favourable H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Europe > 2006 / 2005 mix change towards higher fee-generating discretionary and advisory managed funds, including the continued success of the SIS and CIS products and the launch of the ‘Actively Managed Portfolio’ product. A significant performance fee came from the Hermitage Fund, a public equity fund dedicated to Russia, which was US$23 million greater than in 2005. The expansion of HSBC’s residential property advisory business, which opened new offices in the UK and France, also contributed to fee income growth. Gains from financial investments in both 2005 and 2006 arose mainly from the sale of debt and investment holdings. Gains in 2006 included US$108 million from the partial disposal of HSBC’s investment in the Hermitage Fund. Excluding gains from financial investments, trading and other operating income was marginally lower than in 2005. Client assets, including deposits, rose by 18 per cent to US$218 billion. Net new money was US$19 billion, with the largest inflows arising in Switzerland and the UK. In Switzerland, improved brand awareness, successful product placement and cross-referrals with other customer groups, all contributed to significant net new money of US$11 billion. In the UK, net new money of US$3 billion was garnered from referrals from Commercial Banking and the retail network, new regional offices and continued growth in the underlying business. Net new money in Monaco and Germany exceeded US$1 billion and US$2 billion, respectively, also contributing to the growth in client assets. The value of clients’ investments in HSBC’s discretionary managed suite of SIS and CIS products grew very strongly, reaching US$1.7 billion. Operating expenses were 13 per cent higher than in 2005 due to higher performance-related remuneration, recruitment of client-facing professionals across the region to support the growth of the business, and continued investment in the recently opened UK regional offices. The combination of HSBC’s principal trust businesses in Switzerland also added to costs in 2006 but is expected to bring efficiency gains in subsequent years. Overall increased expenses were more than offset by greater revenue generation which contributed to the 6.7 per cent improvement in the cost efficiency ratio. In Other, increases in US interest rates led to higher earnings on capital, which were partly offset by increased subordinated debt-servicing costs. 38 Movements in the fair value of own debt and associated hedges were US$33 million, compared with an adverse movement of US$15 million in 2005, principally from movements in HSBC’s own credit spread. The fair value of own debt incorporates an element attributable to the credit spread on HSBC’s debt instruments. As HSBC’s credit spreads narrow, accounting losses are reported, and the reverse is true in the event of spreads widening. These valuation adjustments do not alter the cash flows envisaged as part of the documented interest rate management strategy. Operating expenses decreased by 5 per cent, driven by the non-recurrence of litigation expenses in France. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Economic briefing Growth in the UK economy remained subdued during 2005 at 1.9 per cent, the lowest rate since 1992. Consumer spending and housing activity slowed sharply during the first nine months of the year, staging a minor recovery in the final quarter. Doubts remained over the strength of consumer spending, given the rise in unemployment in ten consecutive months and reduced confidence in the housing market. The boost to the economy from government spending in recent years was also not expected to be as significant. The recovery in exports was maintained, helped in large part by the strength of the global economy, though the industrial sector continued to struggle. Industrial output contracted in 2005 for the fourth time in the past five years. Companies remained reluctant to invest despite a general profit recovery, stronger balance sheets and an impressive equity market performance. Although commodity prices rose sharply, inflation remained well contained at around 2 per cent and wage growth eased. In response to weaker economic activity, the Bank of England cut interest rates in August to 4.5 per cent. The eurozone experienced lacklustre economic growth in 2005 of 1.4 per cent, although momentum accelerated during the course of the year. With consumer spending growth remaining subdued, the strongest areas were exports and fixed investment. There was, as usual, considerable divergence between countries: Italy and Portugal saw hardly any economic growth while Spain, Greece and Ireland grew by over 3 per cent. Growth in France slowed from 2.1 per cent in 2004 to 1.4 per cent in 2005 but both investment and consumer spending revived a little in the second half of the year. Weak domestic demand continued to constrain German GDP growth, which slowed from 1.1 per cent in 2004 to 0.9 per cent in 2005, despite a strong increase in exports, particularly capital goods. Eurozone inflation averaged a little over 2 per cent in 2005, with higher energy prices boosting inflation by around 0.5 per cent. The European Central Bank raised interest rates from 2.0 per cent to 2.25 per cent in early December, the first increase for almost five years. The performance of the Turkish economy in 2005 remained very positive. GDP grew by approximately 5.5 per cent, while inflation continued to fall, to 7.7 per cent in December from 9.7 per cent a year earlier. Economic policy remained anchored by the government’s agreement with the IMF. Turkey’s current account deficit, which reached US$23.1 billion, or approximately 6.3 per cent of GDP in 2005, is increasingly being financed by longer-term foreign direct investment into the country, which should help reduce Turkey’s vulnerability to a sudden reversal in short-term capital flows. Review of business performance European operations reported a pre-tax profit of US$6,356 million compared with US$5,756 million in 2004, an increase of 10 per cent. IFRSs changes to the treatment of preference share dividends led to a US$275 million reduction in pre-tax profits. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits grew by 25 per cent and represented around 30 per cent of HSBC’s equivalent total profits. In the UK, strong revenue growth in Personal Financial Services and good cost discipline were partially tempered by a weaker credit experience. A quadrupling of pre-tax profits in Turkey reflected the strong growth in customer acquisition and retention achieved in the country. In Commercial Banking, HSBC’s strong service proposition attracted a 5 per cent growth in customers with consequent growth in deposits, receivables and service revenues. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets delivered strong revenue growth in Europe, notably in client-related trading activities, Global Transaction Banking and securities services. In aggregate, European Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ revenues grew by 15 per cent against a 9 per cent increase in operating expenses. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,932 million, an increase of 16 per cent compared with 2004, driven by revenue growth 39 and productivity improvements in the UK and expansion in Turkey, where pre-tax profit more than quadrupled to US$134 million. In France, revenue growth benefited from the rebranding of CCF and four subsidiary banks to ‘HSBC France’, with a notable increase in international products, particularly mortgage lending to overseas customers. Continued emphasis was placed on streamlining the business to improve productivity, and on sales and channel management, particularly in the UK, where one third of sales were made through direct channels in 2005. Attention was also paid to further simplifying HSBC’s product range in the UK, and on integrating the Marks and Spencer (‘M&S’) Money business in its first full year since acquisition. A number of innovative marketing campaigns and promotions during 2005 heightened brand awareness, leading to greater customer consideration of HSBC products. This was evidenced in strong balance growth and market share gains across most major product lines. In Turkey, an emphasis on business expansion and customer acquisition delivered increased card sales and utilisation combined with higher mortgage sales. In France, marketing campaigns in conjunction with the rebranding exercise boosted mortgage lending and sales of insurance and investment products. Net interest income increased by 10 per cent to US$5,309 million. This arose substantially in the UK through increases in mortgage and credit card lending, and in Turkey, mainly in credit cards. Increased net interest income from balance sheet growth in France was offset by spread compression. Despite a more subdued housing market, net interest income from UK mortgages increased by 37 per cent, driven by balance growth of 22 per cent and improvements in customer retention. Spreads also increased, reflecting the inclusion from 1 January 2005 of fee income within the effective interest rate calculation under IFRSs. New lending was strongest in the first time buyer market, where successful pricing and marketing strategies helped gain market share of new sales in a market which contracted overall. Net interest income from UK credit cards increased by 24 per cent, driven by balance growth and the IFRSs impact noted above. Increased card utilisation by existing customers, as well as new customers attracted by competitive pricing, marketing and cross-sales, contributed to an increase of 16 per cent in average balances. HSBC-branded cards increased market share of new cards issued; sales of the John Lewis branded credit card also increased. Income benefited from the roll-off of H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Europe> 2005 balance transfers introduced in the ‘0 per cent’ campaign at the end of 2004, while more sophisticated risk-based pricing enabled customer rates to be differentiated more acutely. Net interest income from other unsecured lending in the UK increased by 4 per cent. The launch of differentiated pricing initiatives in April, notably through preferential personal lending rate offers to lower-risk customers, helped boost average loan balances by 9 per cent, and increase HSBC’s market share of gross advances from 10.7 to 11.7 per cent. Focused sales and marketing, notably the ‘January sale’, also contributed to higher balances. As indebtedness levels grew, growth was curtailed through a tightening of underwriting criteria in the more difficult credit environment. The introduction of preferential pricing, and a mix change towards higher value but lower-yielding loans, led to a 48 basis point narrowing of spreads. Recruitment of new current account customers was strong, and HSBC’s market share of new current accounts increased to 14.7 per cent, largely through brand-led awareness and marketing. The launch of two new current account propositions, including HSBC’s first value-driven packaged account in the UK market, and improved cross-sales aided growth of 6 per cent in overall customer accounts. This led to an increase in net interest income from UK current accounts of 5 per cent to US$1.0 billion, broadly in line with the 6 per cent increase in average balances. Sales of new UK savings accounts increased markedly, and average balances rose by 15 per cent, driven by a greater front-line focus, competitive pricing and the launch of new products, including ‘Regular Saver’ and ‘Online Saver’. Included in this was growth of over US$1.2 billion in First Direct’s ‘e-savings’ product, launched in September 2004. Net interest income, however, fell by 5 per cent, largely due to the non-recurrence of the benefit to spreads from base rate rises in 2004, and a slight reduction in margin. The latter arose from competitive pricing initiatives partly designed to improve brand awareness and widen product consideration. In Turkey, innovative marketing initiatives and advertising campaigns, with an emphasis on attracting new customers, contributed to strong growth in net interest income, which more than doubled compared with 2004. Average card balances increased by 66 per cent to US$0.9 billion, and average mortgage balances more than doubled to US$0.6 billion. Higher card usage by existing customers, higher average mortgage advances and a 40 7 per cent increase in overall customer numbers contributed to the growth. In France, net interest income was broadly in line with 2004. Marketing campaigns in the run-up to the rebranding exercise contributed to a 54 per cent increase in mortgage sales in a buoyant market, and a resultant 18 per cent increase in average balances. Cross-sales of current and special regulated savings accounts were strong, and average deposit balances grew by 4 per cent to US$14.9 billion. The benefit of this balance sheet expansion was largely offset by lower spreads, as competitive pricing reduced yields on lending products, and the maturing of older, higher-yielding investments reduced the funding benefit from deposits. Excluding net interest income, net operating income before loan impairment charges grew by 16 per cent to US$3,386 million, of which 12 percentage points was in the UK and largely attributable to increased fees associated with the increase in personal lending, mortgage and credit card volumes described above. Increased card utilisation also led to higher cash advance fees and currency conversion income. An improved investment fund offering, following the depolarisation of the previously tied sales force, was reflected in a 5 per cent increase in related commissions. In Turkey, fee income benefited from increased lending activity. In France, privatisations boosted brokerage income, and new product launches and marketing aided growth in insurance and investment sales. Under IFRSs, changes in presentation from 1 January 2005, notably for certain contracts previously accounted for as insurance, and with the designation of insurance-related assets at fair value, caused large movements within certain individual income lines. These had a negligible effect on income overall. There was also a US$32 million gain from the fair value measurement of options linked to French home-savings products. Loan impairment charges of US$1,711 million were 73 per cent higher than 2004, the majority of which occurred in the UK. In large part, this reflected the strong growth in higher margin credit card and other unsecured lending in recent years. Weakening economic conditions and sharply rising personal bankruptcies, following the change in legislation in 2004, were also significant contributors. Loan impairment charges as a percentage of period end net customer advances rose from 0.8 per cent to 1.4 per cent. HSBC responded to the weaker UK credit environment by further refining its credit eligibility criteria, and by enhancing its credit scorecards with full positive credit reference data. HSBC became the first UK high street clearing bank to share full customer credit performance data in 2005. Underwriting activity was also further centralised. Collections capabilities were enhanced, resulting in an increase in amounts collected, and resources were added to the Retail Credit Risk Management function. As a result, lending activity in the second half of the year indicated that the credit quality of more recent unsecured lending had improved. Higher charges in Turkey were broadly in line with balance sheet growth, while credit quality in France remained sound. Operating expenses were largely unchanged from 2004. The 7.5 percentage point fall in the cost efficiency ratio, to 58 per cent, was largely driven by productivity improvements in the UK. This reflected the benefits of the cost reduction strategy introduced in 2004. Increased focus on direct channels, and the greater centralisation of support functions enabled by this, reduced the UK cost base in 2005, which also benefited from the non-recurrence of the restructuring costs incurred in implementing this strategy. Costs in 2004 also included amounts for compensation expected to be payable to UK customers for shortfalls on certain mortgage endowment policies and investment products. Operating expenses in 2005 included the initial phase of a UK branch refurbishment programme designed to improve customer experience, which added US$73 million to costs. In France, a 2 per cent increase in operating expenses was driven by the recruitment of additional sales staff, as well as the rebranding exercise and associated marketing expenditure. In Turkey, marketing costs increased by 30 per cent and staff costs by 33 per cent, largely in support of the growing credit card business. Commercial Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,939 million, an increase of 18 per cent. In highly competitive markets, revenues grew by 6 per cent and profit improvement largely reflected reduced costs, more than offsetting higher loan impairment charges. In the UK, improved market segmentation led to a more acute focus on the needs of individual customers and underpinned a 20 per cent increase in pre-tax profits. The establishment in 2004 of Corporate Banking Centres to improve the service offered to MMEs, and Commercial Centres focusing on larger SMEs, together with the recruitment of 41 additional sales staff, contributed to a 6 per cent increase in customers and strong growth in lending. Revenues responded strongly, and costs were lower following a reorganisation in the UK in 2004 to improve efficiency. UK credit quality experienced some weakening in the fourth quarter of 2005, reflecting higher interest rates and the resulting slowdown in consumer spending. However, the quality of HSBC’s commercial lending book remained strong overall with impairment charges continuing to run below historical levels: as in prior periods, loan impairment charges principally reflected allowances against a small number of accounts. Net interest income increased by 16 per cent. In the UK, lending and overdraft balances increased by 23 per cent, or US$6.6 billion, as a result of strong customer demand. HSBC increased its lending market share, with particularly strong growth in the property, distribution and services sectors. In invoice financing, a 12 per cent increase in customer numbers supported by a sales force realignment led to higher balances and a 10 per cent increase in net interest income. Risk-based pricing improved overdraft spreads by 15 basis points, while term lending margins were in line with 2004. A campaign designed to secure a greater share of the commercial savings market, in part through more competitive pricing, contributed to an 11 per cent increase in UK deposit balances, with spreads falling by 16 basis points. Overall, UK commercial customer liability balances benefited from both deposit growth and a 12 per cent increase in current account balances. Current account customer numbers rose to over 700,000 with over 20,000 customers switching their business to HSBC following marketing and advertising campaigns in 2005. In the UK, HSBC attracted over 90,000 start-up accounts, representing a 20 per cent market share. Spreads on sterling current accounts fell as customers continued to migrate to interest-paying current accounts. Increases in US interest rates led to a widening of spreads on international and foreign currency current accounts. Net interest income in Turkey increased by 29 per cent, principally as a result of higher lending and deposit balances, which increased by 25 per cent and 19 per cent respectively. HSBC deepened its relationships with its larger commercial banking customers and recruited additional sales staff to support the launch of SME banking in the second half of 2005. In France, increased marketing activity highlighting HSBC’s international capabilities as H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Europe > 2005 CCF rebranded to HSBC France, together with a programme to align the bank’s 350 largest Commercial Banking customers with the most experienced relationship managers, led to a 10 per cent increase in medium term loan balances. Sight deposit balances grew by 7 per cent, though deposit spreads decreased as maturing funds were placed at lower prevailing interest rates. Net fee income increased by 2 per cent to US$1,621 million, net of IFRSs changes to switch some fees into the effective interest rate calculation, which led to a 15 per cent reduction in fee income. In the UK, higher new business volumes and lending activity contributed to a US$77 million, or 27 per cent, increase in loan and overdraft fee income. Increased customer numbers, coupled with the introduction of a new small business tariff in January 2005, led to a 13 per cent increase in current account fee income. Card acquiring income increased by 8 per cent, despite a slowdown in consumer spending driven by a 6 per cent increase in transaction volumes, reflecting merchant acquisition. A 21 per cent increase in card customer numbers contributed to higher card issuing income. HSBC benefited from the recruitment of additional sales staff, development of profitable relationships with brokers and the success of dedicated corporate and commercial centres. Invoice financing fee income increased by 9 per cent, benefiting from an expanded client base, while a tariff review contributed to a 16 per cent increase in treasury income. The recruitment, in both 2004 and 2005, of commercial independent financial advisers, together with the development of existing sales staff, led to a 13 per cent increase in insurance and investment income, with fee income from savings and investment products increasing by a third. Income in the vehicle and equipment leasing businesses decreased by 13 per cent, following an agreement to outsource the operational functions of the UK vehicle finance contract hire business to Lex Vehicle Leasing, which took effect from November 2005. Excluding the transfer, net fee income from leasing increased by 5 per cent. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by 26 per cent to US$378 million. In the UK, lending growth and sizeable allowances against a small number of accounts led to a US$162 million increase in charges. Overall credit quality remained relatively strong, although some deterioration was evident in the market in the last three months of 2005 as consumer spending declined. In France, new individually assessed allowances were largely offset by higher recoveries, while in Malta net releases 42 decreased as a large release against a single customer in 2004 was not repeated. Operating expenses decreased by 5 per cent and, together with increased income, resulted in a 6 percentage point improvement in the cost efficiency ratio. In the UK, the non-recurrence of cost reduction expenditure in 2004, together with the resulting fall in staff numbers and strong cost control, contributed to a 10 per cent decrease in operating expenses. Although overall staff numbers declined, additional sales staff were hired to take advantage of business opportunities in support of revenue growth. These sales staff were supported by press and other advertising campaigns aimed at attracting customers switching banks and start-up businesses to HSBC, together with a campaign targeting SMEs which contributed to an increase in marketing costs. In France, staff recruitment, increased marketing activity and re-branding led to an 8 per cent increase in costs. Staff costs rose as HSBC France recruited additional sales staff to support business expansion, and success led to higher performance-related remuneration. Campaigns targeting top tier commercial customers and supporting product launches led to an increase in marketing expenditure, while rebranding and supporting activity to emphasise the ‘HSBC’ name change also contributed. In an economy which grew by 5.5 per cent in 2005, increased business activity, the launch of SME banking and the recruitment of additional sales and support staff in Turkey contributed to a rise in income and a 17 per cent increase in operating expenses. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$2,114 million, an increase of 27 per cent, compared with 2004. Revenues from all major client-related trading activities increased, particularly from the credit and rates, equities and structured derivatives businesses where HSBC has invested in upgrading its capabilities. Operating expenses rose, reflecting the first full-year cost of the expanded sales and execution capabilities. However, cost growth slowed in the second half of 2005 and in aggregate in Europe, revenue growth comfortably surpassed growth in costs. In Europe, 2005 marked the transition from the investment phase of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ development strategy to a focus on implementation. Total operating income increased by 15 per cent to US$5,510 million. Balance sheet management and money market revenues declined by approximately 46 per cent reflecting a challenging interest rate environment of higher short-term rates and a flattening yield curve. Corporate lending spreads remained under pressure as customers refinanced and negotiated better terms in response to falling credit spreads on virtually all publicly traded debt instruments and strong liquidity in the banking system. In the UK, the adverse impact of a 23 basis point decrease in spreads on customer lending was partly mitigated by a 7 per cent increase in lending balances. Corporate and Institutional Banking also implemented a balance sheet securitisation programme to enhance returns. In Global Transaction Banking, net interest income increased, primarily due to an increase in balances held on behalf of customers, coupled with the favourable impact of rising short-term rates. Customer deposit balances increased by 23 per cent and spreads improved by 9 basis points. Net fees rose by 7 per cent, partly due to an increase in earnings from the equity capital markets business. Additionally, as equity markets became more buoyant, HSBC Securities Services fees increased and assets under custody grew by 15 per cent to US$3,242 billion, primarily due to new business and market value appreciation. The asset-backed securities product also generated higher fees with several notable transactions closing in 2005. In Germany, a 31 per cent rise in net fees was driven by origination activity and higher sales of structured solutions. The increase in income from trading activities arose from positive revenue trends on core products within Global Markets in response to the investment made in client-facing trading capabilities. Fixed income revenues were boosted by higher volumes processed through electronic trading platforms and by the expansion of primary dealing activity in European government bond markets. In the UK, a strong performance in structured derivatives reflected investment in new hybrid derivatives and structured fund derivatives businesses, while income in the credit and rates business rose by 25 per cent as a result of higher revenues from securities trading, asset-backed securities and credit default swaps. There was growth in income from currency derivatives on the back of increasing client business. Other income was boosted by gains from the restructuring and syndication of existing assets in Global Investment Banking. Gains from sales of financial investments increased significantly to US$396 million, due to higher realisations from Private Equity. 43 The overall credit environment remained favourable, with a net recovery in 2005 as in 2004. There were, however, lower recoveries of loan impairment charges in the UK and France, as HSBC had benefited from a number of successful refinancings in 2004. In Italy, a net recovery reflected relatively lower allowances against loan impairment, coupled with releases of provisions made in 2004. Operating expenses increased by 9 per cent to US$3,647 million, partly from the first full year effect of recruitment in 2004 and partly from a further 980 people recruited in 2005 to deliver the expanded capabilities reflected in the revenue gains described above. Extensive investment was also made to develop the infrastructure and technology platform required to integrate and support the business expansion. In Global Markets, costs rose as new capabilities were added to the cash equities platform, the structured derivatives business in the UK and the credit and rates business. An increase in operational costs, particularly in Global Transaction Banking, was due to higher transaction volumes. Private Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$539 million, an increase of 23 per cent compared with 2004, driven by strong growth in client assets, transaction volumes and the lending book. Operating expenses rose with a recruitment- driven increase in staff costs partly offset by efficiency savings and the non-recurrence of restructuring costs in France in 2004. Net interest income increased by 31 per cent, driven by strong balance sheet growth in the UK, Switzerland and, to a lesser extent, Germany. Overall, lending balances increased by 21 per cent to US$16.7 billion, as clients borrowed in the low interest rate environment to make alternative investments. This included strong growth in UK mortgage balances, which increased by 39 per cent, in part reflecting synergies with HSBC’s residential property advisory business. Deposits increased by 20 per cent to US$38.6 billion, as new clients placed cash prior to investment. Client assets, including deposits, increased by 22 per cent to US$174.7 billion. Net new money of US$23.4 billion reflected notably strong inflows in Switzerland, Germany, Monaco and the UK. In Switzerland, an increased marketing effort and successful product placement aided net new money of US$9.6 billion. In Germany, US$7.6 billion of new money was predominantly due to the success of a new wealth management team. In Monaco, a focus on building the onshore business generated inflows of US$4.1 billion, while in the UK, cross-referrals H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Europe > 2005 / Profit/(loss) before tax with the wider Group contributed to nearly one quarter of the US$1.6 billion of new money. A US$20 million lower performance fee from a public equity fund dedicated to Russia was more than offset by increased core fees and commissions in line with growth in client assets, and transactional income as new clients invested. Higher fee income also reflected growth in discretionary and advisory managed assets, and volume growth, which was boosted by the success of new products launched in 2005, notably in alternative investments. Gains from financial investments in both 2004 and 2005 were mainly on the sale of debt instruments. The overall gain in 2005 of US$27 million was 17 per cent lower than in the previous year. The net release of loan impairment charges in 2005 related largely to specific clients; improved credit quality overall also led to a release of collective impairment provisions. Operating expenses rose by 11 per cent, of which front office recruitment and increased performance-related remuneration comprised 4 and 5 percentage points respectively. Investment costs, largely in IT and marketing, and supporting business growth contributed further to the increase. These were in part offset by back office efficiency savings and lower restructuring costs following 2004’s merger of HSBC’s four French private banks. Within Other, net operating income benefited from the change to the presentation of inter-company preference share dividends received from Hong Kong under IFRSs from 1 January 2005. Head office operating expenses increased, reflecting higher brand advertising and marketing costs, increased professional fees incurred to comply with additional regulatory requirements including Sarbanes-Oxley and Basel II, and restructuring costs. In 2004, operating expenses benefited from the release of litigation provisions. 44 Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses Personal Financial Services US$m 5,653 2,533 Commercial Banking US$m 2,923 1,707 119 (6) 113 80 37 2 979 128 9,525 (331) 27 15 42 27 22 3 110 103 4,937 (19) Year ended 31 December 2006 Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Other US$m 1,222 1,673 2,636 (523) 2,113 11 413 171 – 957 675 869 99 2 101 – 149 5 – 13 6,560 1,812 14 326 (39) 1 (38) 26 3 2 209 256 798 – – (181) Inter- segment elimination US$m (2,198) – – 2,198 2,198 – – – – (29) (29) – Total US$m 8,289 7,108 2,842 1,687 4,529 144 624 183 1,298 1,428 23,603 (531) 9,194 4,918 6,560 1,812 617 (29) 23,072 Europe Net interest income ..................... Net fee income ............................ Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense) .... Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value ................................. Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............ Net insurance claims1 ................. Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............................. Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ............... (2,155) 20,917 (13,871) 7,046 (72) 6,974 % 31.5 60.1 US$m 392,499 828,701 419,365 (1,838) 7,356 (386) 4,532 Total operating expenses ............ (5,447) (2,298) Operating profit/(loss) .............. 1,909 2,234 Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .. – – Profit/(loss) before tax .............. 1,909 2,234 Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio .................... % 8.6 59.2 % 10.1 46.7 64 6,624 (4,224) 2,400 (96) 2,304 % 10.4 64.4 2 1,814 (1,010) 804 1 805 % 3.6 55.7 3 620 (921) (301) 23 (278) % (1.2) 149.3 – (29) 29 – – – Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets .................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ................ US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 147,507 174,865 152,411 81,430 98,073 80,312 140,277 502,340 139,416 23,283 49,440 47,223 2 3,983 3 63,788 219,304 65,963 45 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Europe > Profit/(loss) before tax Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses (continued) Year ended 31 December 2005 Europe Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Net interest income ..................... Net fee income ............................ 5,309 2,314 2,659 1,621 Private Banking US$m 548 730 Other US$m 95 295 827 1,339 1,493 159 1,652 17 396 27 – 1,252 5,510 – 93 – 93 – 27 9 – 18 1,425 81 3 84 305 (4) 2 1,220 42 9,272 (577) 16 2 18 71 4 7 115 178 4,673 (62) Inter- segment elimination US$m (1,217) – – (23) (5) 1,217 (28) 1,217 (31) 16 18 264 329 958 – – – – (216) (216) – Total US$m 8,221 6,299 1,660 1,376 3,036 362 439 63 1,599 1,603 21,622 (818) – (179) 8,695 4,611 5,510 1,425 779 (216) 20,804 Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense) .... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............... Net insurance claims1 ................. Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ................. – (1,929) (216) 18,875 216 (12,639) – – – 6,236 120 6,356 % 30.3 60.8 US$m 312,537 636,703 334,200 (1,711) 6,984 (378) 4,233 Total operating expenses ............ (5,058) (2,301) Operating profit/(loss) ................ 1,926 1,932 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... 6 7 Profit/(loss) before tax ................ 1,932 1,939 Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... % 9.2 58.2 % 9.2 49.9 155 5,665 (3,647) 2,018 96 2,114 % 10.1 66.2 5 1,430 (891) 539 – 539 % 2.6 62.5 – 779 (958) (179) 11 (168) % (0.8) 122.9 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 120,302 143,095 122,118 66,965 80,864 61,789 107,899 367,893 109,086 17,368 40,971 41,206 3 3,880 1 34,218 168,062 45,075 46 Year ended 31 December 2004 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Inter- segment elimination US$m Other US$m 4,644 2,110 – 445 – – 1,254 26 8,479 2,305 1,593 116 127 1 36 409 285 4,872 (487) 1,403 1,261 735 – 122 526 12 770 421 658 104 – 33 5 – 19 325 358 42 (1) (2) (9) 200 255 4,829 1,240 – – 1,168 (115) – – – – – – – (180) (180) – 7,453 4,385 4,829 1,240 1,053 (180) 18,780 Europe Net interest income ..................... Net fee income ............................ Trading income ........................... Net investment income/ (expense) on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities ......... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income/(expense) ........ Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ................. Net insurance claims1 .................. (1,026) (939) 6,514 (306) 4,079 (2,422) 1,657 Total operating expenses ............ (4,898) Operating profit .......................... 1,616 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... 5 6 Profit before tax .......................... 1,621 1,663 Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... % 8.6 65.7 % 8.8 55.2 207 5,036 (3,380) 1,656 12 1,668 % 8.8 70.0 4 1,244 (806) 438 – 438 % 2.3 65.0 1 1,054 (702) 352 14 366 % 1.9 66.7 – (180) 180 – – – Total US$m 9,098 5,980 997 571 154 558 1,875 1,175 20,408 (1,628) (1,033) 17,747 (12,028) 5,719 37 5,756 % 30.4 64.0 US$m 277,560 545,557 292,568 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 118,796 143,515 121,599 67,458 83,289 57,798 75,628 273,906 78,031 15,676 40,140 35,140 2 4,707 – 47,802 116,492 53,646 1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities. 2 Third party only. 47 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Hong Kong > 2006 Hong Kong Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2,880 1,321 955 201 (175) 5,182 2005 US$m 2,628 955 922 190 (178) 4,517 Year ended 31 December 2004 US$m 2,063 904 1,603 131 129 4,830 2004 US$m 3,638 1,703 659 – 314 175 27 2,247 536 9,299 2005 US$m 4,064 1,674 546 (6) – 108 41 2,334 805 9,566 (2,059) (2,154) 7,507 (146) 7,361 (2,867) 4,494 23 4,517 % 21.5 38.2 25,931 US$m 83,208 42,751 81,631 235,376 4,708 173,726 7,145 220 7,365 (2,558) 4,807 23 4,830 % 25.5 35.8 25,552 US$m 78,824 45,710 75,721 225,336 4,325 178,033 2006 US$m 4,685 2,056 617 260 – 162 61 2,628 834 11,303 (2,699) 8,604 (172) 8,432 (3,269) 5,163 19 5,182 % 23.5 38.0 27,586 US$m 84,282 50,359 103,734 272,428 4,799 196,691 Personal Financial Services ............................................................................. Commercial Banking ....................................................................................... Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets .................................................. Private Banking ............................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................. Profit before tax Net interest income .......................................................................................... Net fee income ................................................................................................. Trading income ................................................................................................ Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities .............. Gains less losses from financial investments .................................................. Dividend income .............................................................................................. Net earned insurance premiums ...................................................................... Other operating income ................................................................................... Total operating income ................................................................................. Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ................................................................................. Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........ Net operating income .................................................................................... Total operating expenses ................................................................................. Operating profit ............................................................................................. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ............................................... Profit before tax ............................................................................................. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax .................................................................. Cost efficiency ratio ........................................................................................ Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) ................................................ Selected balance sheet data1 Loans and advances to customers (net) ........................................................... Loans and advances to banks (net) .................................................................. Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ................................................................................... Total assets ...................................................................................................... Deposits by banks ............................................................................................ Customer accounts ........................................................................................... 1 Third party only. 48 Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Economic briefing Hong Kong experienced sustained economic expansion in the second half of 2006 with growth, particularly in exports, regaining momentum following a mild slowdown in the second quarter. Domestic demand underpinned the economy throughout 2006 despite volatility in the stock market, which suffered a correction in the second quarter but recovered strongly in the second half of the year. Falling unemployment, improved household incomes and positive longer-term economic prospects were the key elements supporting domestic consumption. Hong Kong’s unemployment rate fell to a six-year low of 4.4 per cent towards the end of 2006, and the labour market began to tighten in certain sectors, with wage pressure increasingly evident. Despite this, inflation remained low, averaging 2 per cent in 2006. Investment growth surged in the second half of the year as the local interest rate cycle peaked. The residential property market divided, with prices of luxury property exceeding levels last seen in the boom in 1997 while, elsewhere in the sector, activity and prices remained flat. At the same time, investment in the construction sector was weak in the absence of large-scale infrastructure projects and general uncertainty. Externally, trade performance improved in the second half of 2006 following difficulties in the first half of the year due to volatile external demand from western markets. Review of business performance HSBC’s operations in Hong Kong reported a pre-tax profit of US$5,182 million compared with US$4,517 million in 2005, an increase of 15 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profit also grew by 15 per cent. Underlying net operating income increased by 14 per cent, driven by widening deposit spreads in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking and strong net fee income growth in all customer groups. In Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, an increase in trading income offset the negative impact of lower balance sheet management income. Underlying operating expenses rose by 14 per cent. The following commentary is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services pre-tax profits increased by 9 per cent to US$2,880 million. Net operating income before impairment charges grew by 13 per cent, driven by higher income from savings and current accounts and increased fee 49 income. Marketing activities were successful, helping HSBC enlarge its share of the credit card and mortgage markets and attract higher deposit balances. As a result, customer numbers increased by over 100,000. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 1.1 percentage points as cost growth of 9 per cent was restricted to less than the increase in net revenue. Credit quality remained favourable and loan impairment charges were low, although higher than in 2005 when a modest recovery was recorded. Net interest income of US$2,882 million was 10 per cent higher than in 2005, principally as a result of deposit growth and wider liability spreads. Average savings balances increased by 7 per cent to US$119 billion, reflecting the success of promotional campaigns and HSBC’s competitive pricing strategy, and supported by increased demand for deposit products in the rising interest rate environment. Effective deposit pricing amid rising interest rates led to wider deposit spreads. HSBC increased its share of new mortgage business to 33 per cent, the highest of any lender, benefiting from the launch of a simplified, transparent pricing structure in the first half of 2006 which was supported by extensive media coverage. The relaunch of a number of key products and the introduction of a two-month interest free offer in the fourth quarter of 2006 also contributed to the increase in market share. Excluding the reduction in balances under the Government Home Ownership Scheme (‘GHOS’), HSBC’s mortgage portfolio grew by 7 per cent to US$23 billion. Average cardholder balances increased by 16 per cent to US$3.5 billion and HSBC issued over 1 million new cards during 2006, which led to a 17 per cent rise in cards in issue to a record 4.6 million. The launch of a mass card acquisition programme comprising increased promotional activity, direct marketing and the use of incentives to increase cardholder spending contributed directly to this rise. As a result, HSBC’s share of the Hong Kong credit card market increased to 46 per cent of card receivable balances. Net fee income increased by 32 per cent to US$977 million. Buoyant regional and global stock markets led to increased demand for equity-based products among local investors and HSBC responded by launching 69 new investment funds, including a number of innovative fund products, designed to meet investors’ changing demands in a rising interest rate environment. These launches were supported by greater marketing activity, improved pricing transparency and the development of new customer retention activities. As a result, H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Hong Kong > 2006 sales of unit trusts rose by 61 per cent and fee income from the sale of investment products, and custody and broking activities increased by 39 per cent. The increase in cards in issue led to a 24 per cent rise in credit card fees. Expansion of the current account base, partly due to higher sales of packaged products, led to increased remittance and account servicing fees. HSBC focused on attracting additional funds from existing Premier customers during 2006 and deposits managed on their behalf increased by 29 per cent, reflecting the success of marketing campaigns and enhanced customer benefits. Insurance fee income increased by 21 per cent and insurance premiums rose by 13 per cent. The development of HSBC’s retirement planning proposition was reflected in the launch of new savings, protection and medical insurance products, supported by increased promotional and marketing activity and the successful development of internet and telephone distribution channels. As a result, sales of life and non-life insurance products rose. Gains less losses from financial investments increased to US$14 million, reflecting proceeds from the MasterCard Incorporated IPO. In July 2006, HSBC transferred most of its Asian card acquiring business into a joint venture with Global Payments Inc. HSBC retained a 44 per cent stake in the new venture and recognised an overall gain on transfer of US$55 million, of which US$12 million was allocated to the Hong Kong Personal Financial Services business and reported in ‘Other operating income’. Following a net release in 2005, loan impairment charges of US$119 million reflected asset growth and lower releases and recoveries. In 2005, rising property prices led to the release of impairment allowances against HSBC’s mortgage lending portfolio and against restructured lending facilities, neither of which were repeated in 2006. Increased staff numbers, additional marketing activity and higher IT expenditure led to a 9 per cent rise in operating expenses. Staff recruited to support extended opening hours, together with higher performance-related remuneration and annual pay rises, led to increased employment costs. These were mitigated by a reduction in branch back-office staff numbers as customers utilised lower-cost distribution channels for an increasing proportion of their banking business. Rising Hong Kong commercial property rental yields in 2006 coincided with the expansion of certain branches with high growth potential and resulted in higher premises 50 costs. Marketing costs rose in support of promotional activity related to credit cards, insurance and wealth management products. Similarly, IT expenditure rose as improved portfolio management systems and enhanced channel capabilities were delivered in order to drive revenue growth. In Commercial Banking, pre-tax profits increased significantly by 38 per cent to US$1,321 million. Net operating income grew by 32 per cent, driven by higher deposit balances and fee income, increased liability spreads and lower loan impairment charges. Cost growth was comfortably within the growth in revenues, and the cost efficiency ratio improved by 1.1 percentage points to 26.1 per cent. During 2006, HSBC launched a number of initiatives designed to further its position in the small business banking market, including customer service enhancements, improvements to account opening procedures and targeted promotional activity. As a result, Commercial Banking customer numbers increased (by 13,000 to 377,000), as did the number of products sold per customer. Investments to enhance the attractiveness of HSBC’s distribution channels improved customer service, facilitated customer acquisition and encouraged the migration of routine transactions to automated channels. Net interest income rose by 23 per cent to US$1,344 million. Deposit and current account balances increased by 10 per cent, partly due to the deployment of a team dedicated to attracting deposits from small businesses, and other service enhancements. BusinessVantage, HSBC’s market leading integrated account for business, reinforced its leadership position through increased promotional activity, including a new referral programme. HSBC opened over 25,000 new BusinessVantage accounts in 2006, 21 per cent more than in 2005. Interest rate rises led to a 30 basis point widening of deposit and current account spreads and contributed to increased demand for savings products. Non-trade lending balances increased by 16 per cent to US$16.8 billion. The continued strength of the Hong Kong economy and, most importantly, its proximity to the strongly growing mainland Chinese market, led to increased business activity among mid-market clients, resulting in higher demand for credit. Lending to the property and retail sectors was particularly strong, while manufacturers with operations in mainland China raised borrowings to fund further expansion and take advantage of both the growing Chinese domestic market and the strong export climate. HSBC’s regional alignment programme, which is designed to identify and capitalise on cross-border financing opportunities between Hong Kong, mainland China, Taiwan and Vietnam was instrumental in contributing to the growth in mid-market lending balances. Growth in small business lending was facilitated through a streamlined lending process and the adoption of a new credit scorecard. As a result, the number of small business customers borrowing from HSBC increased by 12 per cent and small business lending balances rose by 9 per cent. Increased competition led to a 12 basis point narrowing of asset spreads. Net fee income of US$454 million was 13 per cent higher than in 2005. Cash management and remittance fees increased by 18 per cent, driven by growth in the number of current account customers, enhancements to the product range and increased cross-border remittances. Robust local equity markets prompted the launch of 88 new investment products amid resurgent demand. Sales of unit trusts were consequently 15 per cent higher, while derivative and structured product sales rose by 83 per cent. The establishment of a new Commercial Banking insurance business in October 2005 contributed to life insurance policy sales more than doubling and an 18 per cent rise in non-life policies in force. As a result, insurance fee income more than doubled and premium income increased by 23 per cent. Effective promotion contributed to a 31 per cent rise in receivables finance fee income, while increased hedging activity and a rise in the value of multi-currency transactions by Commercial Banking customers contributed to a 57 per cent increase in treasury income. The transfer of the majority of HSBC’s card acquiring business into a joint venture with Global Payments Inc. realised a gain of US$13 million for Commercial Banking, reported in ‘Other operating income’. Fee income in HSBC’s remaining card acquiring business not included in the transfer rose by 43 per cent, reflecting an increase in the number of merchant customers and higher transaction values. Loan impairment charges decreased by 59 per cent, principally due to the non-recurrence of significant charges against a single client in 2005. Credit quality remained strong and non-performing loans as a proportion of lending balances fell by 22 basis points to 62 basis points, reflecting prudent lending policies and risk mitigation procedures. Operating expenses increased by 17 per cent to US$491 million to support the strong revenue 51 opportunities evident in the market. The recruitment of additional sales and support staff and the development of the Commercial Banking insurance business contributed to higher staff numbers which, together with the effect of pay rises, resulted in higher staff costs. Marketing costs rose as HSBC stepped up its advertising and promotional activity, including the launch of the global Commercial Banking campaign to build market share. Cost efficiency was improved by the continuing migration of sales and transaction activity to lower-cost direct channels. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$955 million, an increase of 3 per cent compared with 2005. Global Markets performance remained robust, with encouraging revenue growth in areas in which HSBC has invested, complemented by strong income growth in the securities services business. The cost efficiency ratio increased slightly, primarily due to the first full year effect of various growth initiatives taken in 2005. Total operating income of US$1,849 million was 7 per cent higher. Although balance sheet management reported an overall decline, revenues recovered modestly in the second half of 2006 as lower yielding positions matured. In Global Banking, net interest income from payments and cash management activity rose sharply as a 6 per cent increase in deposits was complemented by wider spreads. Revenues benefited from improved customer flows following the launch of services offered through HSBCnet in the latter part of 2005. Income from lending activities decreased as the benefit of higher lending balances was more than offset by the effect of spread compression resulting from an abundance of credit in a highly competitive market. Net fee income rose by 24 per cent. HSBC Securities Services reported a 28 per cent increase in fees as buoyant stock markets drove higher customer activity. Debt underwriting volumes increased as tightening credit spreads encouraged issuers to lock in to the favourable credit environment by extending the term of finance or by raising new debt in local markets. By contrast, equity underwriting fees declined. Group Investment Businesses used HSBC’s extensive distribution network to take advantage of the global trend of strong investment flows to emerging markets. Higher fees reflected strong performance fees from HSBC’s emerging market funds. Client funds under management grew by 23 per cent to US$35 billion, as HSBC launched new H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Hong Kong > 2006 / 2005 funds to capture increased demand for equity-based investments. Fees from the asset and structured finance business also rose. Net trading income increased by 18 per cent. HSBC retained its leadership position in foreign exchange, with revenues strengthening as trading activity increased in response to volatility in the value of the US dollar and economic conditions in certain local markets. Investments in equity sales and trading operations in previous years led to higher revenues. HSBC also benefited from internal synergies linking product structuring and hedging capabilities with distribution scale, as foreign exchange option-linked deposits and other instruments were offered to retail and corporate customers. Private Equity investments also performed strongly. However, Credit and Rates were adversely affected by lower volumes due to unfavourable market conditions in a rising interest rate environment. The overall credit environment remained stable with a net recovery of US$27 million. Operating expenses increased by 12 per cent to US$911 million, primarily due to the first full year effect of initiatives implemented in the second half of 2005 which extended the product range in Global Markets and strengthened the regional investment banking platform in Hong Kong. Additional cost increase reflected a rise in performance-related remuneration coupled with higher operational costs in line with increased volumes, particularly in payments and cash management and securities services businesses. Private Banking contributed a pre-tax profit of US$201 million, an increase of 5 per cent compared with 2005. Growth in client assets and rising sales of higher fee-generating discretionary managed products were partially offset by the adverse effect of a flattening yield curve on income from the investment of surplus liquidity. Demand for experienced private banking staff in Hong Kong was fierce as competitors built up their locally-based operations and, despite strong revenue growth, the resultant increase in staff costs led to a 5.2 percentage points deterioration in the cost efficiency ratio to 49.5 per cent. Net interest income was US$76 million, in line with 2005. Steady growth in deposit balances was offset by competitive pressure on deposit rates and by a challenging interest rate environment for treasury management activities. Loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2006 were marginally 52 lower than at the same point in 2005 as higher interest rates reduced clients’ appetite for credit. There was excellent growth in fee income, which increased to US$123 million, a rise of 31 per cent. Growth in funds under management and success in increasing the proportion of clients’ assets invested in higher fee-earning discretionary managed assets contributed towards increased fee revenue. Fee income growth also benefited from increased client holdings of funds and alternative investments. Trading and other revenues were 18 per cent higher at US$199 million, driven largely by sales of bonds and structured products. Client assets increased by 27 per cent to US$51 billion, with net new money inflows of US$8 billion. This growth was assisted by better marketing and successful product placement, including a broadening of the discretionary managed product range. Sales of HSBC’s discretionary managed SIS and CIS products, in which the value of investments by clients reached US$1.4 billion, continued to be a key driver of this asset class. Continued investment in relationship management, improved stock market performance and growing cross-referrals from within the Group, primarily the retail and commercial networks, also added to the growth. Operating expenses were 31 per cent higher than in 2005, primarily due to increased staff costs driven by recruitment and the retention of front office staff in a competitive market, where demand for experienced private bankers was high. Performance- related remuneration rose, reflecting strong revenue growth and a 19 per cent increase in customer relationship staff. Increased marketing expenditure and technology costs were incurred in support of growing the business. The sale of part of HSBC’s interest in UTI Bank Limited resulted in gains of US$101 million, recognised in Other. The disposal of Hang Seng’s head office building realised a gain of US$100 million and the resulting reduction in HSBC’s investment property portfolio, together with slower growth in the Hong Kong property market, led to lower property revaluation gains. Increased US interest rates led to higher costs of servicing US dollar denominated floating rate subordinated debt, partly offset by higher earnings on centrally held funds. In 2006, HSBC benefited from higher dividend income from strategic investments. Hong Kong head office and central IT costs rose, reflecting increased activity in support of HSBC’s growing Asian businesses, offset by higher recoveries from other customer groups. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 in deposit spreads as short-term interest rates increased in a benign credit environment. Economic briefing Hong Kong’s economy grew by 7.3 per cent in 2005, down from the growth of 8.6 per cent achieved in 2004. Robust domestic demand provided strong support, particularly in the second half of the year, and external trade maintained its rapid rate of growth. Despite a substantial rise of more than 3 per cent in local interest rates in 2005, domestic demand continued to expand, reflecting a sustained improvement in business and consumer confidence. Increased consumer spending, spurred by greater job security as unemployment fell and improving household incomes, became a key driver of growth in the latter part of the year. The rise in domestic spending more than offset the slower growth in tourists’ spending which occurred in 2005, particularly among mainland visitors, and consumer optimism remained unaffected by a cooling in the property market induced by the higher interest rate environment. Hong Kong’s strong export performance also propelled growth, benefiting from sustained external demand and foreign importers building up inventories as trade talks continued on textile quotas between mainland China and its major trading partners. Domestic exports also picked up, reflecting increased local production. In 2005, inflation rose to 1.1 per cent, mainly driven by increased demand for property rentals. Review of business performance HSBC’s operations in Hong Kong reported a pre-tax profit of US$4,517 million, compared with US$4,830 million in 2004. IFRSs changes to the treatment of preference share dividends led to a US$387 million decrease in pre-tax profits. Excluding this, profits increased by 2 per cent. Subdued profit growth was largely attributable to a turnaround in loan impairment charges, as 2004 benefited from non-recurring releases from general provisions, and a fall in balance sheet management revenues. Pre-tax profits in Hong Kong represented around 22 per cent of HSBC’s total profit at this level. In Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, balance sheet management revenues were negatively affected by the influence of short-term interest rate rises and a flattening yield curve. Expense growth in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reflected the first full-year effect of the investment made to support business expansion. Pre- tax profits of Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking grew by 27 per cent and 6 per cent respectively, benefiting from a sharp rise 53 The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$2,628 million, 27 per cent higher than in 2004. This was largely due to widening deposit spreads, deposit growth and improved credit quality. During the year, HSBC placed considerable emphasis on maintaining its leadership position and meeting customer needs in both the credit cards and insurance businesses. Market share of both spend and balances grew in respect of credit cards along with strong insurance revenue growth. Net interest income grew by 30 per cent to US$2,618 million. During 2005, interest rates in Hong Kong rose significantly, reflecting rising US dollar interest rates. In addition, adjustments to the Hong Kong: US dollar linked exchange rate system reduced the likelihood of an upward realignment of the Hong Kong dollar, prompting a reversal of much of the inward flows from investors that had depressed local market rates in 2004. Consequently, deposit spreads widened to more normal levels after the exceptionally low spreads experienced in 2004. Interest rate rises also helped stimulate growth in average deposit balances as investor sentiment moved away from long-term equity-related investments into shorter-term liquid deposits. Despite the competitive deposit market, average balances grew by US$2.9 billion, or 3 per cent. The mortgage market remained highly competitive during 2005. During the first half of the year, HSBC did not aggressively compete on price but maintained a selective approach to mortgage approvals, mainly by offering competitive rates to the existing customer base. Yields gradually improved during the year, as HSBC repriced upwards following a series of interest rate increases. Spreads declined compared with 2004 as improvements in yields were more than offset by higher funding costs following rising interest rates. Average mortgage balances, excluding the reduction in balances under the suspended Hong Kong GHOS grew by 1 per cent, despite the highly competitive environment. Average credit card balances grew by 10 per cent, and HSBC’s market share of card balances also increased by 550 basis points led by targeted promotional campaigns and rewards programmes. These volume benefits were more than offset by lower spreads, mainly due to higher funding costs as interest rates rose. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Hong Kong > 2005 Net fees fell by 6 per cent to US$740 million, driven mainly by lower sales of unit trusts and capital guaranteed funds, partly offset by higher sales of structured deposit products and open-ended funds. A 34 per cent fall in unit trust fee income was driven by a change in market sentiment during 2005. The combined effect of higher interest rates and a flattening yield curve reduced customer demand for capital guaranteed funds and longer-term equity- related investment products. Investors preferred shorter-term investment products which in turn generated lower fees. Revenues from open-ended fund sales reflected this, increasing by 32 per cent to US$95 million with the introduction of 173 new funds increasing the choice available to investors. This was an important strategic initiative to position HSBC as the leading investment service provider in Hong Kong, where customers can now choose from over 300 funds. Revenues from structured deposit products grew, with strong sales volumes aided by new products launched. The success of the Exclusive Placement Service, launched in 2004 for HSBC Premier customers, continued with year-on-year revenue growth of 178 per cent. The service offers an extensive product range of yield enhancement options, re-priced daily and linked to foreign exchange or interest rates. IPO certificate of deposit offerings doubled. These were partly offset by lower revenues from ‘Deposit plus’ and ‘Equity linked note’ products. Fee income from credit cards grew by 9 per cent, reflecting a 21 per cent increase in spending along with a 15 per cent rise in the number of cards in circulation to four million. In stockbroking and custody services, new services were launched aimed at facilitating securities management by customers. Competitive pricing and a high quality of service on the internet led to a 15 per cent growth in customers holding securities with HSBC. HSBC continued to place significant emphasis on the growth and development of its insurance business, and increased the range of products offered. Insurance revenues grew by 20 per cent, aided by new products launched which included the ‘Five year excel’ and the ‘Three year express wealth’ joint life insurance and wealth products. HSBC was Hong Kong’s leading online insurance provider, offering 12 insurance products. This, coupled with competitive pricing, led to a 91 per cent growth in online insurance revenues. Medical insurance products were enhanced and heavily marketed in response to the growing public demand for private medical protection to complement new medical reforms being introduced. 54 Improvements in credit conditions, which benefited from economic growth, higher property prices and lower bankruptcies, underpinned a net release of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$11 million in 2005, compared with a net charge of US$56 million in 2004. This was mainly driven by continued improvement in credit quality within the credit card portfolio, and a collective provision release of US$23 million in respect of prior year impairment allowances on the restructured lending portfolio. The strong housing market enabled individually assessed allowance releases of US$24 million in the mortgage portfolio. There was also a release of US$11 million in respect of collective loan impairment allowances, benefiting from the improved economic conditions highlighted above. Operating expenses fell by 4 per cent to US$1,305 million. This was largely due to a change in the method by which centrally incurred costs are allocated to the customer groups. IT development costs rose in support of future growth initiatives, and higher marketing and advertising expenditure was incurred to underpin organic growth. Staff costs were marginally lower in 2005. Branch teams were restructured to dedicate more staff to sales and customer service, and significant improvements were made to the reward structure to ensure retention of high calibre individuals. Overall, headcount in the branch network fell by 4 per cent, reflecting operating efficiency improvements and higher utilisation of the Group Service Centres. Pre-tax profits in Commercial Banking increased by 6 per cent to US$955 million. Increased deposit spreads and a rise in lending and deposit balances led to higher net interest income, though this was partly offset by larger loan impairment charges and the non-recurrence of loan allowance releases. Net interest income increased by 60 per cent as a result of increased deposit spreads and asset and liability growth. The appointment of a number of experienced relationship managers to service key accounts, together with the establishment of core business banking centres, contributed to growth in deposits and lending. Interest rate rises led to a 67 basis point increase in deposit spreads and, together with active management of the deposit base, contributed to increased customer demand for savings products which resulted in a 6 per cent increase in deposit balances to US$28.7 billion. The introduction of a pre-approved lending programme for SMEs, together with strong demand for credit in the property, manufacturing, trading and retail sectors, contributed to a 29 per cent increase in lending balances. However, increased competition reduced lending spreads by 43 basis points. Current account customers rose by 2 per cent to 329,000 and, together with higher spreads, contributed to an 81 per cent increase in current account net interest income. The ‘BusinessVantage’ all-in-one account continued to perform strongly, with customers increasing by 23 per cent, which led to income more than doubling in 2005. Net fee income increased by 10 per cent to US$402 million as a result of efforts to encourage cross-sales, which led to an increase in average products per customer. Investment in HSBC’s insurance business, including the establishment of a new Commercial Banking insurance division in October 2005, delivered a 10 per cent increase in insurance income. Enhanced product offerings and focused sales efforts in the areas of currency and interest rate management products more than doubled income. Growth in the number of merchant customers following targeted marketing campaigns, together with higher consumer spending, led to a 22 per cent increase in card income. However, these increases were partly offset by a reduced contribution from investment products, even though sales increased by 20 per cent, reflecting changes in the product mix, as demand for capital protected funds decreased in the rising interest rate environment. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$168 million contrasted with net recoveries in 2004, and included a significant charge against a client in the manufacturing sector. Releases and recoveries in 2005 were lower, although impaired loans as a proportion of lending balances decreased. Operating expenses were 3 per cent higher, principally as a result of staff recruitment to support business development and expansion. This was particularly true with respect to business with mainland China, where additional resources were focused on increasing cross-sales and insurance income. Expenditure on new marketing campaigns promoted HSBC’s lower-cost delivery channels. These campaigns, together with additional investment to increase customer access to ATMs and cheque deposit machines, grew the proportion of transactions using low cost channels to 35 per cent from 25 per cent in 2004. This released staff to concentrate on increasing sales and offering enhanced customer service. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$922 million, 43 per cent lower than in 2004, primarily driven by a 55 decline in net interest income in Global Markets and lower recoveries and releases of loan impairment allowances. In addition, operating expenses increased in line with initiatives taken to extend the product range in Global Markets and to strengthen the Global Investment Banking advisory platform for Asia in Hong Kong. A 19 per cent decline in total operating income was driven by a 74 per cent fall in balance sheet management and money market revenues due to rising short-term US and Hong Kong interest rates and flattening yield curves. In Corporate and Institutional Banking, deposit spreads increased in line with higher local interest rates, although this was offset by lending spreads which fell amidst fierce local competition. In Global Transaction Banking revenues increased, benefiting from the improvement in deposit spreads, together with higher deposit balances as business volumes grew from the upgraded cash management service delivered through HSBCnet. Net fees fell by 19 per cent, driven primarily by a reduction in structured finance revenues. However, a number of significant equity related transactions were concluded. Fee income from Group Investment Businesses was boosted by sales of investment products and a US$3.7 billion growth in funds under management. Income from trading activities rose as new structured product capabilities were added in respect of credit, equities, interest rate and foreign exchange trading. Higher foreign exchange derivatives revenues reflected an increased focus on sales and execution. These gains were partly offset by a decline in sales of structured product solutions to the personal and commercial businesses, as retail investors switched to shorter deposit products in the higher interest rate environment. Losses were also incurred on the trading of Asian high-yield bonds, where revenues fell following the downgrading of the automobile sector in the first half of 2005. The overall credit environment remained favourable and there was a small net release of loan impairment charges, although this was below levels seen in 2004 when HSBC benefited from corporate restructuring and refinancing in the property, industrial and telecommunications sectors. A 20 per cent rise in operating expenses was due to the first full-year impact of the investment made in Hong Kong’s Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets businesses. Employee compensation and benefits rose by 24 per cent, in part driven by an increase in senior relationship managers recruited to H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Hong Kong > 2005 / Profit/(loss) before tax extend coverage along industry sector lines. In total, over 90 people were recruited to support the expansion. Technology and infrastructure costs rose as support and control functions added new resources and improved services to facilitate business expansion. Private Banking contributed a pre-tax profit of US$190 million, an increase of 45 per cent compared with 2004. The benefits of strong growth in client assets, and consequently higher brokerage and trading income, were partly offset by the adverse effect of a flattening yield curve on income from the investment of surplus liquidity. Net operating income was 29 per cent higher than in 2004. A 25 per cent increase in fee income reflected higher client assets, as well as the benefits of a strategy to increase the level of higher fee generating discretionary managed assets, which increased by 50 per cent during the year. Trading income increased by 39 per cent, boosted by higher volumes which reflected growth in the customer base, and a generally buoyant market. Revenue from bond trading increased by 13 per cent, and from foreign exchange and sales of structured products by 6 and 21 per cent respectively. Gains from financial investments of US$16 million were mainly from the sale of debt instruments. Overall, client assets increased by 17 per cent to US$47.3 billion. Net new money inflows of US$5.8 billion were notably strong, with recruitment of front office staff, the success of last year’s launch of the ‘HSBC Private Bank’ brand, and cross- referrals with the wider Group all contributing to the growth. Marketing, successful product placement and the enhancement of the related front office teams also aided in the increase of discretionary managed assets, with a near doubling of assets invested in the Strategic Investment Solutions product. Operating expenses increased by 14 per cent. Costs from front office recruitment, and higher expenditure on marketing in support of the growing customer base, were partly offset by the non- recurrence of rebranding costs in 2004. In Other, gains on the sale of investments and properties decreased by US$136 million in 2005, following significant sales in 2004. These were partly offset by increased gains on the revaluation of properties of US$70 million. Net interest income decreased as, from 1 January 2005 under IFRSs, dividends paid on certain intra-group preference shares were reclassified from non-equity minority interests to net interest income; this was partly offset by higher earnings on US dollar denominated assets following interest rate rises in the US. 56 4,418 1,881 1,838 398 345 (276) 8,604 Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses Year ended 31 December 2006 Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Personal Financial Services US$m 2,882 977 Commercial Banking US$m 1,344 454 Net insurance claims1 ................. (2,638) 1,931 (50) 1,849 (11) Hong Kong Net interest income/(expense) .. .. Net fee income/(expense) ............ Trading income excluding net interest income ....................... Net interest income on trading activities .................................. Net trading income ...................... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............ Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............................. Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ............... Total operating expenses ............ Operating profit/(loss) .............. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... 84 4 88 373 14 1 2,519 202 7,056 57 – 57 (53) – 1 95 33 (119) 4,299 (1,422) 2,877 (69) 1,812 (491) 1,321 3 – Profit/(loss) before tax .............. 2,880 1,321 Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... % 13.0 32.2 % 6.0 26.1 553 534 573 88 661 5 (1) 2 14 81 Inter- segment elimination US$m 476 – – (476) (476) – – – – (276) (276) – Other US$m (646) (32) 34 77 111 (66) 140 57 – 781 345 – Total US$m 4,685 2,056 924 (307) 617 260 162 61 2,628 834 11,303 (2,699) 76 123 176 – 176 1 9 – – 13 398 – – (276) 276 – – – 27 1,865 (911) 954 1 955 % 4.3 49.6 – 398 (197) 201 – 201 % 0.9 49.5 (11) 334 (524) (190) 15 (175) % (0.7) 151.9 (172) 8,432 (3,269) 5,163 19 5,182 % 23.5 38.0 US$m 84,282 272,428 196,691 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 35,445 57,348 118,201 23,520 29,786 41,493 20,270 153,200 24,530 3,081 10,462 11,991 1,966 21,632 476 45,023 80,036 4,363 57 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Hong Kong > Profit/(loss) before tax Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses (continued) Year ended 31 December 2005 Hong Kong Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Net interest income/(expense) .... Net fee income ............................ 2,618 740 1,096 402 Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense) ..... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums .. Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............... Net insurance claims1 ................. Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ................. Total operating expenses ............ Operating profit/(loss) ................. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit/(loss) before tax ................ Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... 607 431 601 (40) 561 14 – 18 19 83 48 – 48 (84) – 2 77 35 67 – 67 41 – 1 2,238 230 5,935 (2,016) 1,576 (34) 1,733 (9) 75 93 140 – 140 – 16 – – 13 337 – Inter- segment elimination US$m 197 – – (197) (197) – – – – (238) (238) Total US$m 4,064 1,674 773 (227) 546 (6) 108 41 2,334 805 9,566 – (2,059) Other US$m (529) 8 (83) 10 (73) 23 92 20 – 682 223 – 3,919 1,542 1,724 337 223 (238) 7,507 11 3,930 (1,305) 2,625 3 2,628 % 12.5 33.3 (168) 1,374 (419) 955 – 955 % 4.6 27.2 7 1,731 (809) 922 – 922 % 4.4 46.9 3 340 (150) 190 – 190 % 0.9 44.5 1 224 (422) (198) 20 (178) % (0.9) 189.0 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m – (238) 238 – – – 34,318 52,798 105,801 20,292 25,625 37,417 23,712 133,005 21,070 3,107 7,621 9,216 1,779 16,327 222 (146) 7,361 (2,867) 4,494 23 4,517 % 21.5 38.2 US$m 83,208 235,376 173,726 39,164 63,813 4,373 58 Year ended 31 December 2004 Hong Kong Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Net interest income/(expense) .... 2,015 Net fee income/(expense) ........... Trading income/(expense)........... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities ................................. Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums .. Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............... 786 47 118 (2) 2 1,620 294 4,880 Net insurance claims1 ................. (1,400) 684 365 39 196 – 1 609 52 998 529 476 – 2 2 19 101 1,946 (742) 2,127 (12) 85 75 101 – – – – (2) 259 – Inter- segment elimination US$m – – – – – – – (470) (470) Total US$m 3,638 1,703 659 314 175 27 2,247 536 9,299 – (2,154) Other US$m (144) (52) (4) – 175 22 (1) 561 557 – 3,480 1,204 2,115 259 557 (470) 7,145 – (470) 470 – – 220 7,365 (2,558) 4,807 23 – 4,830 % 25.5 35.8 US$m 78,824 225,336 178,033 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions .............. (56) Net operating income ................. 3,424 Total operating expenses ............ (1,364) Operating profit ........................... 2,060 Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .. 3 Profit before tax .......................... 2,063 Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... % 10.9 39.2 110 1,314 (406) 908 (4) 904 % 4.7 33.7 164 2,279 (674) 1,605 (2) 1,603 % 8.5 31.9 4 263 (132) 131 – 131 % 0.7 51.0 (2) 555 (452) 103 26 129 % 0.7 81.1 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 33,646 49,620 114,302 17,883 23,272 35,226 22,440 129,986 18,903 2,954 7,490 9,264 1,901 14,968 338 42,515 59,703 4,205 1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities. 2 Third party only. 59 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2006 Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses and by country Personal Financial Services ............................................................................. Commercial Banking ....................................................................................... Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets .................................................. Private Banking ............................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Australia and New Zealand ............................................................................. Brunei .............................................................................................................. India ................................................................................................................. Indonesia .......................................................................................................... Japan ................................................................................................................ Mainland China ............................................................................................... Malaysia ........................................................................................................... Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia) ............................................................ Saudi Arabia .................................................................................................... Middle East ...................................................................................................... Philippines ....................................................................................................... Singapore ......................................................................................................... South Korea ..................................................................................................... Taiwan ............................................................................................................. Thailand ........................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 477 1,034 1,649 80 287 3,527 2005 US$m 377 818 1,207 78 94 2,574 Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 182 36 393 71 123 708 274 730 305 1,035 58 365 59 (23) 49 197 3,527 2005 US$m 111 35 212 113 (1) 334 236 585 236 821 41 289 94 68 61 160 2004 US$m 336 483 942 60 26 1,847 2004 US$m 84 33 178 76 50 32 214 364 122 486 38 272 89 107 60 128 2,574 1,847 Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Economic briefing Mainland China’s economy continued to grow strongly, with GDP rising by 10.7 per cent in 2006, the fourth consecutive year of double-digit growth. Despite the government’s stated intention of promoting consumption in favour of investment growth, economic performance remained primarily dependent on investment and exports. However, some success was achieved in this respect, as urban fixed-asset investment slowed significantly to about 22 per cent in the second half of 2006 from 31 per cent in the first half of the year. This resulted from a combination of measures, including several interest rate rises, increases in banks’ required reserve ratios, and the draining of liquidity via bill sales and ‘window guidance’, the exercise of influence by the authorities over the banks on policy matters, such as slowing lending growth. Export growth remained strong, accelerating slightly during the second half of 2006 despite evidence of slower global growth. Although a slowdown in the US growth rate in 2007 could negatively affect mainland China’s exports, the slowdown in investment spending referred to above provides the authorities with the scope to ease policy and stimulate domestic spending if exports falter. Consumer spending rose steadily in 2006 with retail sales rising by about 13 per cent, and bank loans continued to grow rapidly. The inflationary environment remained benign, with consumer prices rising by less than 2 per cent. Mainland China’s foreign exchange reserves rose to above US$1 trillion, the world’s highest level. The currency appreciated gradually against the US dollar, with an increase of over 3 per cent in 2006. Japan’s economy, the largest in the region, grew in 2006. Export growth was steady despite a slight slowing in the second half of the year, and private capital investment remained firm, driven by record levels of corporate profits and the need to upgrade the capital stock to maintain global competitiveness. Consumer spending was disappointing, however, and was the major reason why GDP growth was less than expected. Core consumer prices generally rose. 60 Profit before tax Year ended 31 December Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) Net interest income .......................................................................................... Net fee income ................................................................................................. Trading income ................................................................................................ Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value .................... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities .............. Gains less losses from financial investments .................................................. Dividend income .............................................................................................. Net earned insurance premiums ...................................................................... Other operating income ................................................................................... Total operating income ................................................................................. Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ................................................................................ Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ............................. Net operating income .................................................................................... Total operating expenses ................................................................................. Operating profit ............................................................................................. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ............................................... Profit before tax ............................................................................................. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax .................................................................. Cost efficiency ratio ........................................................................................ Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) ................................................ Selected balance sheet data1 Loans and advances to customers (net) ........................................................... Loans and advances to banks (net) .................................................................. Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ................................................................................... Total assets ...................................................................................................... Deposits by banks ............................................................................................ Customer accounts ........................................................................................... 1 Third party only. 2006 US$m 3,047 1,622 1,181 79 – 41 5 174 765 6,914 (192) 6,722 (512) 6,210 (3,548) 2,662 865 3,527 % 16.0 52.8 72,265 US$m 77,574 27,517 41,585 167,668 10,323 108,995 2005 US$m 2,412 1,340 860 58 – 18 5 155 335 5,183 (166) 5,017 (134) 4,883 (2,762) 2,121 453 2,574 % 12.3 55.1 55,577 US$m 70,016 19,559 30,348 142,014 7,439 89,118 2004 US$m 2,060 1,041 494 – 32 17 3 97 146 3,890 (82) 3,808 (89) 3,719 (2,087) 1,632 215 1,847 % 9.8 54.8 41,031 US$m 60,663 14,887 31,065 120,530 8,046 78,613 Economic growth in the Middle East remained robust over the second half of the year, continuing a strong expansionary phase that HSBC estimates will result in GDP in the Gulf region doubling in the space of just four years. Buoyed by high oil prices and strong production, earnings from energy reached record highs in 2006. Strong revenue growth encouraged government spending across the region, particularly on capital projects. Private investment, from both domestic and foreign sources, was also high while abundant liquidity, rising employment and rapid population growth supported further increases in private consumption. Although interest rates rose, tracking those in the US over the course of the year, credit growth continued to be strong. Robust domestic demand and the weakness of the US dollar boosted inflationary pressures. Following corrections in the first half of 2006, the major regional stock exchange indices continued to trade at significant discounts to the record levels registered in late 2005, with markets remaining generally sluggish. Elsewhere in the region, most economies continued to perform impressively, particularly India, Singapore and Vietnam. The main drivers of growth were exports, demand for technology, and domestic consumption, with investment demand lagging behind. India was among the strongest performing economies in the world, with GDP growth of about 9 per cent in 2006. This led to some signs of overheating, with inflation rising during the year. The 61 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2006 Reserve Bank of India responded by raising interest rates, and there may be more increases to come. GDP in Singapore grew by 8 per cent in 2006, in Vietnam by over 7 per cent and in Malaysia by approximately 6 per cent, their economies benefiting from generally low inflation and strong domestic and external demand. Most Asian currencies ended 2006 stronger than the US dollar. A US slowdown is a risk for the region. Review of business performance HSBC’s operations in the Rest of Asia-Pacific delivered a pre-tax profit of US$3,527 million compared with US$2,574 million in 2005, an increase of 37 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre- tax profits grew by 29 per cent, with the major change in composition of the Group being the additional 10 per cent stake purchased in Ping An Insurance in August 2005 which made that company a 19.9 per cent owned associate of HSBC. Pre-tax profits in the region have nearly doubled in the past two years, justifying HSBC’s strategy of investing in emerging markets. Momentum in 2006 was strong, with underlying net operating income increasing by 26 per cent, notwithstanding a significant rise in loan impairment charges arising primarily from industry-wide credit deterioration in the credit card portfolio in Taiwan, mainly in the first half of 2006. Significant increases in total operating income and pre-tax profits were reported in the Middle East, India, Singapore and Malaysia. In Taiwan, HSBC launched the direct savings proposition which had been received very positively in the US. HSBC’s strategic investments in mainland China, Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank, contributed to a 54 per cent underlying increase in income from associates. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$477 million, 16 per cent lower than in 2005. Strong operating trends were masked by a US$160 million rise in loan impairment charges in Taiwan, which suffered from regulatory changes introduced to address high levels of consumer indebtedness. Pre-provision operating income increased by 29 per cent, driven by balance sheet growth, wider deposit spreads and increased fee income. Income growth was supported by business development activity which contributed to a 26 per cent increase in operating costs. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 1.3 percentage points. The development of HSBC’s regional business continued apace, and double digit profit growth was 62 achieved in 5 sites, namely the Middle East, mainland China, Malaysia, Singapore and the Philippines. Customer numbers increased by 1.5 million, or 21 per cent, to 8.9 million, through strong growth in the credit card business, increased marketing activity and expansion of the sales force. 36 new branches and 28 consumer loan centres were opened in 13 countries, most notably Indonesia, mainland China and the Middle East, and at the end of 2006, HSBC had 396 branches in the Rest of Asia- Pacific region and 7.3 million cards in issue. Net interest income increased by 24 per cent to US$1,520 million. Average asset and liability balances grew strongly, while interest rate rises contributed to a 31 basis point widening of deposit spreads. Asset spreads were in line with 2005. Average deposit balances rose by 16 per cent to US$34.4 billion, principally due to growth in the HSBC Premier customer base. Development of the Premier business was supported by a concerted customer acquisition campaign which included regional and local advertising and the establishment of new, dedicated Premier centres. Overall deposit balance growth was especially strong in Singapore, the Middle East and mainland China. In Singapore, promotional campaigns, which included a deposit product sale, contributed to a 23 per cent increase in liability balances while, in the Middle East, HSBC ran a deposit raising campaign with new product launches, marketing and internal sales incentives, leading to a 20 per cent rise in average deposit balances. In mainland China, growth in HSBC Premier, which accompanied the opening of 12 new Premier sub-branches, contributed to higher deposit balances. Average loans and advances to customers rose by 16 per cent, driven by higher credit card advances and increased mortgage balances. Average card balances increased by 22 per cent to US$3.1 billion, reflecting higher cardholder spending and a 21 per cent increase in cards in circulation. Over 2.5 million cards were issued during 2006, with new products launched in the Middle East, Sri Lanka and Singapore. HSBC ran marketing and incentive campaigns in a number of countries and card balances rose substantially in Malaysia, the Middle East, Indonesia, India and the Philippines. Average mortgage balances increased by 13 per cent to US$18.9 billion, reflecting robust growth in Singapore, Taiwan, India and Malaysia. In Singapore, HSBC used targeted promotional rates to build market share and this, together with increased marketing activity, contributed to a 25 per cent increase in mortgage balances. In Taiwan, competitive pricing and customer retention initiatives contributed to a rise in customer numbers and resulted in a 22 per cent increase in average mortgage balances. In India, mortgage balances rose by 27 per cent, benefiting from increased marketing and direct sales efforts, while in Malaysia, the successful promotion of Homesmart, a flexible offset mortgage product, enabled HSBC to increase average mortgage balances by 10 per cent and widen spreads in a highly competitive market. Malaysia, offering Shariah-compliant insurance products. In the Middle East, cardholder credit insurance was launched in the fourth quarter of 2006. These product launches were supported by increased marketing activity and targeted investment to increase HSBC’s presence and market share. Consequently, the number of policies in force at the end of 2006 rose by 89 per cent to 800,000 and insurance fee income and insurance premiums rose by 12 per cent and 4 per cent respectively. Personal lending balances increased by 22 per Other operating income increased by cent, partly as a result of significant growth in HSBC’s consumer finance business in India, Australia and Indonesia. In Indonesia, HSBC opened 28 dedicated consumer finance outlets while, in India, 25 new outlets were opened in branches. In Australia, consumer finance was developed in partnership with well known international retailers such as IKEA and Bang & Olufsen, together with established local retailers including Clive Peeters and Bing Lee. HSBC signed a number of exclusive supplier agreements with retailers and, as a result, the number of retail distribution outlets grew to more than 1,100, which enabled HSBC to increase its market share. In Malaysia, the success of HSBC’s instalment loan product, ‘Anytime Money’, which was re-launched in 2005, contributed to a 93 per cent rise in average personal lending balances. In the Middle East, HSBC focused on promoting a select portfolio of products following a product simplification exercise instigated in the fourth quarter of 2005 which led to a 22 per cent rise in personal lending balances. Investments in HSBC’s South Korean operations had immediate results and personal lending balances more than doubled. Net fee income rose by 24 per cent to US$524 million. Regional card fees were 30 per cent higher, reflecting solid growth in cardholder spending while, in Indonesia, higher card fee income was a consequence of a rise in delinquencies. The robust performance of regional stock markets during 2006 contributed to strong demand for investment products and led to the launch of new investment funds, which together generated a 27 per cent increase in investment fee income, including custody and broking fees. Growth was particularly strong in South Korea, Taiwan, India and Singapore. Sales of investment products, including unit trusts, bonds and structured products, increased by 19 per cent to US$8.0 billion and funds under management grew by 19 per cent to US$8.6 billion. HSBC continued to develop its regional insurance business by launching medical insurance in Singapore and establishing a Takaful joint venture in US$71 million due to gains on the sale of HSBC’s Australian stockbroking, margin lending and mortgage broker businesses. Additionally, HSBC established a joint venture with Global Payments Inc. to manage the majority of the bank’s Asian card acquiring business. This was transferred to the joint venture in July 2006, realising a gain of US$10 million in the region’s Personal Financial Services business. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions more than doubled to US$545 million, mainly due to higher charges for personal lending in Taiwan and Indonesia. In Taiwan, regulatory changes restricted collection activities and eased repayment terms for delinquent borrowers. These changes, coupled with a deteriorating credit environment, led to a US$160 million increase in loan impairment charges related mainly to the credit card portfolio, most of which were recognised in the first half of 2006. In Indonesia, changes in minimum repayment amounts, along with hardship following a significant reduction in the government subsidy of fuel prices, led to increased delinquency rates on credit cards, also mainly in the first half of 2006. Elsewhere in the region, credit quality was broadly stable and growth in impairment charges followed increases in credit card and personal lending balances. Operating expenses increased by 26 per cent to US$1,593 million, largely tracking revenue growth. Expansion of the branch network and development of sales and support functions led to higher staff numbers and, together with higher performance- related incentive payments, contributed to a rise in staff costs. The new branch openings increased premises and equipment costs. The establishment of a number of consumer finance businesses and HSBC Direct’s introduction in Taiwan were also factors in the rise in operating expenses. Marketing costs rose as HSBC increased advertising and promotional activity directed to attracting new customers, enlarging HSBC’s share of the credit card, mortgage and unsecured personal lending markets and increasing deposit balances. In 63 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2006 the Middle East, IT expenditure rose as HSBC introduced a new internet banking infrastructure, implemented HSBC’s WHIRL credit card system and made major updates to customer relationship management software. Largely driven by a strong performance in HSBC’s strategic investment in Ping An Insurance, which reported record results in 2006, income from associates rose by 59 per cent. In Saudi Arabia there were buoyant revenues from stock trading and investment business, particularly in the first half of 2006 although, subsequently, turbulent local stock markets affected investor sentiment and contributed to lower income in the second half of the year. Commercial Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,034 million, 25 per cent higher than in 2005. Pre-provision operating income increased by 25 per cent, driven by higher deposit and lending balances and widening liability spreads. The migration of routine activities to lower-cost channels helped to mitigate business expansion costs, and operating expenses consequently increased by 21 per cent. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 1.4 percentage points. During 2006, HSBC focused on developing its cross-border business banking activities and increasing its presence in the small business market, supported by investment in delivery channels and increased promotional activity. International business banking benefited from the strong performance of HSBC’s two regional alignment programmes, centred on mainland China and the Middle East, together with the establishment of International Business Centres in seven sites including Australia, mainland China, India and Taiwan. In addition, new branches in mainland China, India, Malaysia, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka were complemented by enhancements to internet banking services in Malaysia and India and improved self-service terminals in a number of countries. The launch of HSBC’s inaugural global Commercial Banking advertising campaign, increased local marketing activity and the reorganisation of business development teams throughout the Asia-Pacific region contributed to an 8 per cent increase in Commercial Banking customer numbers to 177,000, with particularly strong growth in Malaysia, mainland China and India. Net interest income rose by 33 per cent to US$848 million. Higher customer numbers contributed to increased average asset and liability balances, while interest rate rises led to wider liability spreads, partly offset by narrower asset spreads. 64 Interest rate rises also contributed to higher demand for deposit products and liability balances increased in a number of countries, most notably the Middle East, Singapore, Taiwan, Malaysia and India. In the Middle East, HSBC successfully initiated a targeted marketing campaign offering preferential savings rates to selected customers while, in Singapore and Taiwan, enhanced sales incentives contributed to growth in liability balances. In Malaysia, expansion of the branch network together with fresh marketing campaigns, competitive pricing and product enhancements increased customer numbers and led to a 31 per cent rise in average liability balances. In India, current account and deposit balances increased by 40 per cent, partly from liquidity chasing new IPOs, which surged in line with strong local equity markets. In 2006, HSBC successfully launched a number of initiatives designed to increase asset balances throughout the Rest of Asia-Pacific region to deploy the additional deposit base being attracted. For example, in Malaysia, television and press advertising helped trigger a 31 per cent increase in average non-trade lending balances. ‘Trade and Save’ marketing campaigns launched in Malaysia and India in the wake of higher regional trade flows, offered customer incentives designed to expand HSBC’s market share in trade lending. Targeted incentive programmes were also launched in Singapore, Sri Lanka, mainland China, South Korea and Indonesia. In the Middle East, strong demand for credit underpinned by robust economic expansion resulted in a 26 per cent rise in average lending balances. Net fee income rose by 7 per cent to US$330 million as volume-related increases in trade fees were recorded in the Middle East and India. HSBC in India also benefited from higher fees from lending activities, reflecting growth in the number of borrowing customers, while payments and cash management fee income rose in the Middle East. Trading income increased by 25 per cent. In the Middle East, HSBC continued to invest in its Commercial Banking treasury business to support an increasingly international customer base. As customer demands became more sophisticated, 15 new products were launched in 2006, while higher marketing activity and the establishment of an online e-trading platform also contributed to a rise in customer trading volumes. Increased hedging activity among Commercial Banking customers also led to increased foreign exchange earnings in India and Malaysia. The transfer of the majority of HSBC’s Asian card acquiring business into a joint venture with Global Payments Inc. led to the recognition of a gain of US$10 million in Commercial Banking, reported in ‘Other operating income’. Strong economic conditions supported a further net release of loan impairment charges, which decreased by 57 per cent compared with 2005. Underlying credit quality remained strong. Operating expenses increased by 21 per cent to US$554 million in support of business expansion. HSBC recruited additional sales and support staff, increased its Commercial Banking presence in the branch network and committed to higher marketing activity in a number of countries, most notably the Middle East, India and mainland China. Strong revenue growth resulted in higher performance payments and this, together with salary inflation, added to rising staff costs. In South Korea, the Commercial Banking business expansion proceeded as planned, staff numbers more than doubled, and HSBC incurred higher premises, equipment and infrastructure costs as a consequence. In the Middle East, increased business volumes necessitated systems improvements which resulted in higher IT costs. Income from HSBC’s strategic investments in associates increased by 47 per cent. Income from Bank of Communications rose by 45 per cent as a result of higher asset and liability balances, effective credit control and improvements in the cost efficiency ratio, while income from Industrial Bank was 55 per cent higher. In the Middle East, net releases of loan impairments, following net charges in 2005, led to strong growth in Commercial Banking income in The Saudi British Bank. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets delivered a record pre-tax profit of US$1,649 million, an increase of 35 per cent compared with 2005. Positive revenue trends were reported across most countries, reflecting continued growth in HSBC’s wholesale banking businesses in emerging markets. The Middle East, India, Taiwan and Singapore accounted for 66 per cent of the increase in pre-tax profits. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 3.5 percentage points to 37.6 per cent. Total operating income increased by 29 per cent compared with 2005 to US$2,311 million. In Global Markets, the securities services business benefited from investment flows into and within emerging markets, leading to higher customer volumes in buoyant local markets. In Global Banking, payments and cash management services increased in all countries, with significant contributions from businesses in India, the 65 Middle East, Singapore and mainland China reflected in higher net interest income. The strength of domestic economies within emerging markets, coupled with the global trend of rising interest rates, drove deposit balances and improvements in spreads. Corporate lending income in the Middle East increased by 33 per cent as economic growth continued and infrastructure investment rose. These gains were partly offset by lower balance sheet management revenues. Net fee income increased by 38 per cent to US$688 million. A significant increase in fee income in Global Markets was driven by higher securities services business volumes, reflecting improved investment sentiment and buoyant local markets, particularly in early 2006. Debt underwriting volumes increased, particularly in the Middle East, as lower credit spreads encouraged issuers to lock into the favourable credit environment by extending the term of finance or raising new debt in local markets. In Global Banking, income from the advisory business was boosted by a steady flow of new deals, driven by the strong momentum provided by economic development in the Middle East. Trade finance and payments and cash management fee income also benefited from higher customer volumes. Group Investment Businesses revenues more than doubled, reflecting higher funds under management and performance fees on emerging market funds. Net trading income of US$717 million rose by 26 per cent, benefiting from an increasing interest rate environment and volatile foreign exchange markets. Although, generally, volatility levels were lower than those experienced in 2005, the emerging market correction in May 2006 combined with a rapid recovery in the second half of the year to stimulate a rise in foreign exchange and Credit and Rates volumes in most countries. HSBC also benefited from higher foreign investment flows as investor confidence in the improved stability of emerging economies grew. In the second half of 2006, growth in revenues from retail structured investment products moderated as investors sought outright exposure to equities and deposit yields improved. However, in the Middle East, there was strong demand for structured interest rate products among corporate and institutional customers and for risk management advisory products as clients continued to hedge exposures. Gains on the disposal of financial investments were higher than in 2005, largely due to income from the sale of debt securities in the Philippines in 2006, H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2006 / 2005 together with the non-recurrence of losses on the disposal of US dollar securities in Japan in January 2005. The net recovery in loan impairment charges declined significantly due to the non-recurrence of a large recovery in Malaysia in 2005. Operating expenses increased by 18 per cent to US$869 million, in part due to an increase in performance-related incentives which reflected the robust growth in operating income. In the Middle East and India, higher staff costs also arose from additional recruitment to support the expansion of capabilities across various businesses. In Global Markets, support costs increased in line with higher transaction volumes and greater product complexity, while a rise in payments and cash management activity, primarily in HSBC’s operations in India, mainland China, Singapore, South Korea and Indonesia, resulted in higher operational expense. The share of profits in associates increased by 47 per cent, primarily reflecting higher contributions from HSBC’s investments in Bank of Communications in mainland China and The Saudi British Bank. Private Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$80 million, a modest increase compared with 2005. Revenue growth was strong across the region despite challenging market conditions, particularly in Singapore, with notable contributions from the onshore Private Banking operations launched in the Middle East and India during 2005. Employee benefits rose at a faster rate than revenue, driven by a fiercely competitive market for experienced private banking staff, and this led to a deterioration of the cost efficiency ratio from 50.7 per cent in 2005 to 54.5 per cent in 2006. Net interest income grew by 21 per cent to US$35 million. Growth was predominantly in Singapore, where treasury performance improved and unfavourable positions unwound, and India, where the recently launched business was successful in attracting deposits. Fee income increased by 62 per cent to US$68 million, with significant growth in Singapore, India and the Middle East. Initiatives to attract clients to HSBC’s suite of discretionary managed products, particularly the SIS and CIS products, proved successful. Trading and other operating income was slightly lower than in 2005, due to sluggish stock market 66 performance and correspondingly subdued client activity. Client assets increased by 12 per cent to US$16 billion, benefiting from the recruitment of front office staff, client appetite for investment in newly launched funds and the successful growth of recently launched onshore businesses in the region. Investment in funds benefited from higher demand for HSBC and third party manager funds, including the SIS and CIS products in which the value of client investments grew to US$291 million. Higher deposits and investments in equities also contributed to the growth in client assets. Operating expenses increased by 25 per cent, reflecting continued investment in the onshore Japanese operations and growth of the business in India. Staff costs rose as competition for front-office professionals intensified, putting upward pressure on staff rewards, and the full-year impact of the expansion in staff recruitment in 2005 fed through. HSBC sold properties in Japan and India, realising gains of US$87 million in Other, US$77 million higher than in 2005. Costs and recoveries in the Group Service Centres both rose, reflecting increased activity supported by higher staff numbers. Interest rate rises and higher retained earnings led to a doubling of earnings on centrally held funds. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Economic briefing Mainland China’s economy grew by 9.9 per cent in 2005. Despite ongoing monetary tightening, total urban fixed asset investment growth showed no sign of slowing, though investment in steel and real estate sectors moderated. Consumer spending also remained strong, with retail sales growing by 13 per cent in 2005. Producer price inflation slowed, but still remained above 3 per cent thanks to strong investment demand. In July 2005, the People’s Bank of China announced that, with immediate effect, the arrangement by which the renminbi (‘RMB’) was pegged to the US dollar would be replaced with a managed float. Initially, the exchange rate was set at US$1 to RMB8.11, equivalent to an appreciation of approximately 2 per cent. This had little impact on export growth, which remained very strong, boosting mainland China’s annual trade surplus from US$32 billion in 2004 to US$102 billion in 2005. Growth in food prices slowed as mainland China’s grain production increased 3 per cent in 2005. This lowered consumer price inflation to 1.8 per cent from 3.9 per cent at the end of 2004. Japan’s economy in 2005 achieved its strongest Review of business performance growth in five years, and the long process of structural readjustment following the collapse in asset prices was largely completed. In particular, the excess corporate capacity, employment and debt of the past decade was eliminated, and impaired bank loans returned to historically normal levels. After a downturn which began in mid-2004, exports began to recover vigorously in March 2005, led by strong demand from mainland China. The decline in corporate borrowing ceased, and the end of net corporate debt reduction freed up cash which drove stronger growth in private capital investment. The tightening of the labour market boosted employment and led to a sustained rise in real wages for the first time in five years, providing strong support for consumer spending. The rise in the core consumer price index in November 2005 set the stage for the end of the Bank of Japan’s quantitative easing policy. Elsewhere in the region, most economies performed impressively in 2005, in particular India’s. The main drivers of growth were exports, demand for technology, and domestic consumption. Investment demand, by contrast, remained weak. Strong domestic growth and continued firmness in energy prices resulted in an increase in inflationary pressures, especially in Indonesia and Thailand, where fuel subsidies were lowered or removed. Central banks in both these countries increased rates substantially. Elsewhere, particularly in South Korea and Taiwan, energy prices did not significantly affect headline inflation, and the benign inflationary environment was maintained with less need for monetary tightening. Most Asian currencies ended the year strongly against the US dollar. 2005 was a good year economically for the Middle East, where growth was boosted by high oil prices and additional capacity in downstream oil and gas, real estate, transportation and tourism. Long- term growth was reinforced through economic liberalisation. The result was to encourage private sector investment in both established and new sectors of the region’s economy. Regional interest rates mirrored US dollar rate increases during the year without any noticeable effect on credit growth, though inflationary pressures arose from the US dollar’s weakness and general economic expansion. GDP growth is estimated by the International Monetary Fund to have been over 6 per cent in Saudi Arabia in 2005. Economies in the region which are not as dependent on oil also performed well, with the United Arab Emirates, for example, registering strong growth in non-oil sectors such as financial services and tourism. 67 HSBC’s operations in the Rest of Asia-Pacific reported a pre-tax profit of US$2,574 million, compared with US$1,847 million in 2004, representing an increase of 39 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits grew by 29 per cent and represented around 12 per cent of HSBC’s equivalent total profit. Strong growth across the majority of countries in the region resulted in higher revenues across all customer groups. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$377 million, an increase of 6 per cent compared with 2004, reflecting higher net interest income led by strong asset and deposit growth, increased fee income and higher income from investments in the Middle East and mainland China. Costs in support of business expansion rose and were broadly in line with revenue growth. Higher loan impairment charges reflected growth in credit card lending and the non-recurrence in 2005 of loan impairment provision releases in 2004. Net interest income grew by 25 per cent to US$1,208 million, reflecting strong growth across the majority of countries in the region. Deposit balances generally grew strongly during 2005. This was due in part to the range of new products launched during the year, including dual currency, floating rate and higher-yielding time deposits. The number of Premier account holders rose significantly, with a 40 per cent growth across the region generating US$3.5 billion of additional balances. In mainland China, organic expansion continued, with the opening of ten new branches and sub-branches. The deposit base grew by 80 per cent, as considerable emphasis was placed on the provision of wealth management services through the HSBC Premier account service. Deposit spreads also widened as interest rates rose, contributing to higher net interest income in mainland China, Singapore and India. In the Middle East, a rise of 37 per cent in net interest income was driven by a combination of widening deposit spreads and strong loan growth, partly offset by lower asset spreads as funding costs increased following interest rate rises. Average mortgage balances increased by 27 per cent to US$16.7 billion. This growth reflected marketing campaigns in India, Malaysia and Singapore alongside new products introduced in Australia and South Korea. Higher sales volumes were also generated by direct sales forces across the region, notably in India, where mortgage balances grew by H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2005 43 per cent. The benefits of higher mortgage balances were partly offset by lower spreads as pricing stayed highly competitive. The credit card business continued to expand in a number of countries. Credit card spending increased by 33 per cent, contributing to a 42 per cent growth in average card balances. Other notable developments included promotional campaigns, new product launches and a series of customer acquisition strategies including the exclusive rewards programme, ‘Home and Away’. At the end of the year, the number of cards in circulation stood at 6.3 million, representing an increase of 34 per cent over 2004. In India, the number of cards in circulation exceeded one million for the first time. Higher card balances led to higher net interest income in Indonesia, India, Taiwan, Malaysia and the Philippines. Net fee income grew by 46 per cent to US$419 million, largely attributable to strong sales of investment and insurance products, and increased account service fees. Credit card fee incomes rose, driven by the strong growth in cardholder spending. Commissions from sales of unit trusts and funds under management were particularly strong in Singapore, India and Taiwan. Sales of investment products, comprising unit trusts, bonds and structured notes, grew by 43 per cent to US$6.5 billion, generating a 56 per cent increase in fee income. The launch of over 217 tranches of structured notes and deposit products in 11 countries across the region achieved total sales of US$952 million. Total funds under management rose by 33 per cent or US$7.2 billion, led by increased marketing activity and the considerable focus placed on wealth management services during the year. HSBC Bank Malaysia maintained its position as the leading international institutional unit trust agent in the country. Brokerage and custody fees grew, particularly in Australia, where a 13 per cent rise reflected increased stock market activity. HSBC continued to emphasise the expansion of its insurance business across the region. The number of policies in force increased by 27 per cent and revenues grew by 16 per cent. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions doubled compared with 2004. This was due to the non-recurrence of a release of a general provision in Malaysia in 2004, and a sharp rise in credit card provisions in Taiwan, reflecting deteriorating credit conditions. Growth in personal unsecured lending and credit cards across the region contributed further to the increased charge. 68 Operating expenses increased by 29 per cent to US$1,245 million in support of business growth. HSBC spent considerable amounts in the region enhancing its existing infrastructure in order to benefit fully from the opportunities presented by the Asian growth economies. Staff costs of US$469 million rose by 23 per cent, as employee numbers increased to support business growth and to increase sales and wealth management activities. Performance-related remuneration costs were also higher as a result of the strong growth in profitability. Marketing costs rose as major campaigns were run to support product promotions in mortgages, credit cards, insurance and investment products. Continued emphasis was placed on brand awareness in order to generate additional business and reinforce HSBC’s position as the world’s local bank across the region, and this further increased costs. Various growth initiatives required investment in technology, and the development of new distribution channels resulted in higher IT costs. Other expenses, including professional fees and communications costs, rose in support of business expansion. Increased contributions from HSBC’s investments in Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank in mainland China, together with record earnings from The Saudi British Bank, contributed to strong growth in profit from associates. Commercial Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$818 million, 45 per cent higher than that delivered in 2004. The increase was mainly due to higher net interest income as growth in customer numbers and strong credit demand to fund infrastructure investment drove balance sheet growth. Higher contributions from Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank in mainland China, as well as a strong performance in The Saudi British Bank, produced higher income from associates. Lending balances increased by 16 per cent, exceeded by a 24 per cent rise in deposits. Net interest income increased by 33 per cent to US$631 million, reflecting growth in the Middle East, Singapore, mainland China, Indonesia and Taiwan. In the Middle East, strong regional economies and significant government-backed infrastructure and property projects, principally in the United Arab Emirates, contributed to a 37 per cent growth in lending balances and a 42 per cent increase in customer account balances. Higher trade flows generated a 25 per cent increase in net interest income from trade services, while higher interest rates raised liability spreads by 118 basis points. A new Amanah term investment product was launched in May 2005, attracting US$120 million of deposits, principally from new customers seeking Shariah- compliant investment opportunities. In mainland China, strong economic growth, expansion of the branch network and the recruitment of additional sales staff resulted in a 39 per cent increase in lending balances. Deposit balances also benefited from economic growth, increasing by 38 per cent, while deposit spreads widened by 76 basis points following increases in US interest rates. In Singapore, interest rate rises prompted increased demand for savings products and consequently deposit balances grew by 13 per cent, while deposit spreads increased by 13 basis points. Lending balances rose by 27 per cent, following the selective recruitment of more experienced relationship managers and a reorganisation of customers into key industrial sectors to provide greater focus on identifying service opportunities. Asset spreads decreased by 42 basis points as a result of competitive pressures and market liquidity. In Taiwan, a loyalty campaign designed to increase deposits, together with higher current account income and an increase in deposit spreads, contributed to an 80 per cent increase in net interest income. In Mauritius, net interest income doubled as a result of liability balance growth. In India, increased trade contributed to higher trade services net interest income and strong economic growth stimulated demand for credit. This resulted in lending balances increasing by 72 per cent, while customer acquisition increased average current account balances by 37 per cent. Liability spreads widened by 73 basis points following interest rate rises. In Indonesia, increased sales efforts and a more focused approach to customer relationship management contributed to an 84 per cent growth in asset balances and a 66 per cent increase in net interest income. Net fee income of US$307 million was 15 per cent higher than in 2004. In the Middle East, increased trade flows led to a 17 per cent increase in trade services income, while current account income increased by 80 per cent, benefiting from the introduction of new cash management capabilities. Short-term IPO loan funding reflecting, in part, the robustness of the regional capital market, also contributed to a 40 per cent increase in net fee income. In mainland China, a 31 per cent increase in trade customers and a significant rise in imports led to higher trade services income, while a 49 per cent increase in current account customers and higher lending fees also contributed to an 8 per cent increase in fee income. Increased lending, current account and 69 trade activities raised net fee income by 30 per cent in Indonesia. A number of sites, including Vietnam and Thailand, also reported strong growth, driven by the success of HSBC’s strategy of focusing on business opportunities involving international trade. There was a net release of loan impairment charges of US$67 million, following net charges in 2004. Credit quality in the Middle East improved. In mainland China there was a significant reduction in loan impairment charges as higher collective impairment charges were more than offset by the release of allowances against a small number of accounts and the non-recurrence of a significant charge against a single customer in 2004. In India, strong economic growth led to improved credit quality, while in Malaysia, Singapore and Indonesia, credit quality improved significantly although releases of impairment charges were lower than in 2004. Operating expenses were 27 per cent higher than last year, broadly in line with revenue growth. In the Middle East, the recruitment of sales and support staff substantially increased income, leading to higher incentive payments. In mainland China, revenue growth was driven by branch expansion, increased sales and support staff and higher marketing expenditure. In Malaysia, the direct sales teams were expanded and business banking units were extended to all branches in support of the bank’s growth strategy, resulting in a 16 per cent increase in costs. In India, the recruitment of additional sales staff boosted customer facing staff by 85 per cent in 2005. In South Korea, staff recruitment and heightened marketing activity supported HSBC’s four recently established commercial banking centres, contributing to an increase in costs. Higher costs throughout the rest of the region largely reflected increases in sales and support staff and initiatives to support business expansion. Increased income from associates reflected strong performance in The Saudi British Bank and gains on the sale of HSBC’s indirect stake in MISR International, an Egyptian Bank. Income from the bank’s strategic investments in mainland China, Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank, which were acquired in 2004, also increased. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,207 million, an increase of 22 per cent compared with 2004. HSBC’s progress in this region was marked by positive revenue trends across most countries, with strong growth being reported in the Middle East, Malaysia, South Korea, India and mainland China. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2005 Operating income rose by 25 per cent to US$1,769 million. Higher Corporate and Institutional Banking revenues reflected a 53 per cent increase in lending balances in mainland China, a result of strong demand for corporate credit, primarily from the industrial and technology sector. Deposit balances increased by 36 per cent and this, together with a 40 basis point rise in deposit spreads, also contributed to the growth in revenues. HSBC’s operations in the Middle East reported a 63 per cent rise in customer advances, primarily due to strong demand for corporate credit, driven by government spending on regional infrastructure projects. Global Transaction Banking revenues increased, as payments and cash management benefited from an increase in regional mandates which added to average balances, together with a widening of deposit spreads, notably in Singapore, India and Thailand. In Global Markets, balance sheet management and money market revenues fell, particularly in Singapore and Japan, due to the effect of rising short- term interest rates and a flattening of the yield curves. Net fee income increased by 17 per cent. In Global Transaction Banking, the expansion in business capabilities which took place in the latter part of 2004 drove an increase in volumes, with marked improvements in Singapore, South Korea and India. Revenues from the custody business increased against the backdrop of rising local stock market indices as investor sentiment in the region improved. Additionally, securities services in India generated higher business volumes, with assets under custody growing by US$9 billion to US$34 billion. In Singapore, fee income increased by 55 per cent, reflecting an increase in revenues from securities services activities as HSBC leveraged its relationship strength and product capabilities to attract new business. In the Middle East, corporate lending and trade finance activity generated higher customer volumes as regional economies strengthened from an increase in foreign investment, tourism and higher real estate and oil prices. Global Investment Banking benefited from the resulting demand for cross-border business, with an increase in fees from advisory and project and export finance services. Income from trading activities increased, in part due to higher revenues from foreign exchange and structured derivatives, which were driven by enhanced distribution and expanded product capabilities. In South Korea, volatility in the Korean 70 won against the US dollar encouraged strong customer flows in foreign exchange. In Malaysia, a rise in customer demand, following the move to a managed float for the Malaysian ringgit, improved trading volumes in foreign exchange. Global Markets in Taiwan generated higher revenues, due to improved sales of structured derivative products. Falling interest rates in the Philippines resulted in favourable price movements on government bond portfolios. In the Middle East, HSBC’s enhanced capability in structured transactions and greater focus on trading in the regional currencies drove volumes higher in a volatile market. Gains from the disposal of the Group’s asset management business in Australia added US$8 million to other operating income. Net recoveries on loan impairment charges were marginally lower than in 2004. Reflecting higher performance-related incentives, operating expenses increased by 21 per cent to US$733 million, broadly in line with the growth in operating income. 2005 bore the first full-year effect of the recruitment in 2004 of over 600 additional staff, of which more than half were in Global Transaction Banking. The upgrade of corporate and support teams across the region within Corporate and Institutional Banking resulted in some 280 additional people. The cost base was further affected by investment in HSBCnet and other technology costs incurred to support business expansion. Income from associates included increased contributions from HSBC’s investments in Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank, which were acquired in 2004. Private Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$78 million, an increase of 32 per cent compared with 2004. Investment in the business over the past two years was reflected in strong growth in client assets and net new money inflows of US$2.3 billion, against a backdrop of intense competition in the region. Net operating income increased by 17 per cent, predominantly due to higher trading income. Net interest income fell by 29 per cent to US$30 million compared with 2004. Balance sheet growth was mainly in Singapore and Japan, where client deposits increased by 44 and 64 per cent respectively. Lending to customers also grew strongly, with the loan book increasing by some 26 per cent. The net interest income benefits of these were more than offset by lower treasury margins earned in the rising interest rate environment, and the reclassification under IFRSs from 1 January 2005 of net interest income on certain derivatives to ‘net trading income’. Trading income increased by 62 per cent. Strong growth in bond trading and sales of structured products, which increased by 28 and 20 per cent respectively, was compounded by the reclassification from net interest income mentioned above. Fee income was broadly in line with 2004, with the benefit of growth in client assets largely offset by the non-recurrence of exceptionally high brokerage volumes driven by the market recovery last year. Client assets increased by 23 per cent to US$13.7 billion. Front office recruitment and marketing campaigns, and inflows from the operations launched in Dubai in 2005 and Malaysia in 2004, boosted asset growth in the region. Net new money of US$2.3 billion was 22 per cent higher than last year, with inflows strongest in Singapore and Japan. Operating expenses increased by only 6 per cent, leading to a 5 percentage point improvement in the cost efficiency ratio. Front office recruitment in most countries contributed to a small increase in staff costs, and expenditure on marketing and administrative expenses rose to support business growth. In Other, the Group’s Service Centres continued to expand to support HSBC’s productivity improvements, incurring US$129 million of incremental costs, offset by higher recharges to other customer groups. Higher interest rates led to increased earnings on centrally held investments. In Thailand, the sale of a residential property led to a gain of US$11 million and in India, litigation provisions raised in 2004 were not repeated. 71 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Rest of Asia-Pacific > Profit before tax Profit before tax by customer groups and global businesses 2,242 1,305 2,311 176 779 (91) 6,722 Total US$m 3,047 1,622 935 246 1,181 79 41 5 174 765 6,914 (192) (512) 6,210 (3,548) 2,662 865 3,527 % 16.0 52.8 US$m 77,574 167,668 108,995 Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) Net interest income ..................... Net fee income ............................ Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income Net interest income on trading activities .................................. Net trading income ..................... Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value ................................. Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............ Net insurance claims1 .................. Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............................. Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions .............. Net operating income ............... Personal Financial Services US$m 1,520 524 61 – 61 59 2 – 148 108 2,422 (180) (545) 1,697 Total operating expenses ............ (1,593) Operating profit ........................ Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax ........................ Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... 104 373 477 % 2.2 71.1 Year ended 31 December 2006 Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Commercial Banking US$m Private Banking US$m Inter- segment elimination US$m Other US$m 848 330 86 – 86 4 2 – 26 20 802 688 717 – 717 4 38 1 – 61 1,316 (11) 2,311 – 35 68 74 – 74 – (1) – – – 176 – 61 12 (3) 27 24 12 – 4 – 667 780 (1) (219) – – 219 219 – – – – (91) (91) – 29 1,334 (554) 780 254 1,034 % 4.7 42.5 5 2,316 (869) 1,447 202 1,649 % 7.5 37.6 – 176 (96) 80 – 80 % 0.4 54.5 (1) 778 (527) 251 36 287 % 1.2 67.7 – (91) 91 – – – Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 28,911 35,317 38,557 21,912 26,335 24,228 24,311 93,605 36,623 2,313 6,476 8,929 127 5,935 658 22,171 36,580 9,849 72 Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) Year ended 31 December 2005 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Other US$m Net interest income ..................... Net fee income ............................ 1,208 419 Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense) .... Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value ................................. Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............... Net insurance claims1 .................. Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions .............. Net operating income ................. 37 1 38 44 – – 134 37 1,880 (157) (236) 1,487 Total operating expenses ............ (1,245) Operating profit .......................... Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... 242 135 377 % 1.8 72.3 631 307 70 (1) 69 1 4 – 21 9 614 498 579 (21) 558 4 12 1 – 82 1,042 (9) 1,769 – 30 43 74 – 74 – 2 – – 4 153 – 54 73 (7) 3 (4) 9 – 4 – 287 423 – Inter- segment elimination US$m (125) – – 125 125 – – – – (84) (84) – Total US$m 2,412 1,340 753 107 860 58 18 5 155 335 5,183 (166) 67 1,100 (452) 648 170 818 % 3.9 43.8 35 1,804 (733) 1,071 136 1,207 % 5.8 41.4 2 155 (77) 78 – 78 % 0.4 50.3 (2) 421 (339) 82 12 94 % 0.4 80.1 – (84) 84 – – – (134) 4,883 (2,762) 2,121 453 2,574 % 12.3 55.1 US$m 70,016 142,014 89,118 1,723 1,033 1,769 153 423 (84) 5,017 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 27,433 32,224 31,250 18,694 22,570 18,612 21,431 76,026 32,102 2,347 5,359 7,092 111 5,835 62 15,352 26,113 7,041 73 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Rest of Asia-Pacific > Profit before tax / North America > 2006 Profit before tax by customer groups and global businesses (continued) Year ended 31 December 2004 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Inter- segment elimination US$m Other US$m Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) Net interest income ..................... Net fee income ............................ Trading income ........................... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities ................................. Gains less losses from financial investments .............. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. 948 284 43 32 1 – 77 28 Total operating income ............... 1,413 Net insurance claims1 .................. (72) 472 266 59 – – – 20 13 830 (10) 596 421 344 – 6 – – 26 1,393 – 42 41 46 – – – – 2 131 – 2 29 2 – 10 3 – 157 203 – – – – – – – – (80) (80) – Total US$m 2,060 1,041 494 32 17 3 97 146 3,890 (82) Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions .............. Net operating income ................. Total operating expenses ............ Operating profit ........................... Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... 1,341 820 1,393 131 203 (80) 3,808 (117) 1,224 (949) 275 61 336 % 1.8 70.8 (20) 800 (350) 450 33 483 % 2.6 42.7 47 1,440 (598) 842 100 942 % 5.0 43.0 1 132 (72) 60 – 60 % 0.3 55.0 – 203 (198) 5 21 26 % 0.1 97.5 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 22,886 25,577 28,961 16,444 18,845 15,381 19,276 66,438 28,620 1,960 4,549 5,543 97 5,121 108 – (80) 80 – – – (89) 3,719 (2,087) 1,632 215 1,847 % 9.8 54.8 US$m 60,663 120,530 78,613 12,119 26,555 7,156 1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities. 2 Third party only. 74 North America Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses Year ended 31 December Personal Financial Services .......................................................................... United States .................................................................................................... Canada ............................................................................................................. Bermuda ........................................................................................................... Commercial Banking ..................................................................................... United States .................................................................................................... Canada ............................................................................................................. Bermuda ........................................................................................................... Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets ........................................... United States .................................................................................................... Canada ............................................................................................................. Bermuda ........................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Private Banking ............................................................................................. United States .................................................................................................... Bermuda ........................................................................................................... Other ............................................................................................................... United States .................................................................................................... Canada ............................................................................................................. Bermuda ........................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Total ................................................................................................................. United States .................................................................................................... Canada ............................................................................................................. Bermuda ........................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ 2006 US$m 3,391 3,128 253 10 957 442 437 78 423 199 189 31 4 114 107 7 (217) (264) 17 29 1 4,668 3,612 896 155 5 20051 US$m 4,181 3,853 310 18 892 447 403 42 573 373 154 43 3 104 104 – 165 158 (12) 19 – 5,915 4,935 855 122 3 20041 US$m 3,826 3,642 157 27 691 417 239 35 879 741 134 4 – 68 65 3 (196) (201) – 5 – 5,268 4,664 530 74 – 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Economic briefing In the US, GDP growth in 2006 was 3.4 per cent. Growth in the second half of the year moderated to below 3 per cent, after average annualised growth of 4.1 per cent in the first half of the year. Consumer spending in 2006 grew by 3.4 per cent, with average annualised growth of 3.6 per cent in the second half of the year. Housing activity weakened substantially in 2006, with annualised declines in residential investment of 11 per cent in the second quarter followed by annualised declines of 19 per cent in the third and fourth quarters of the year. There was some optimism that housing starts may have begun to stabilise by the year-end, with housing permits rising in December after ten successive monthly falls. Continued strong profits growth meant that business investment remained robust but industrial production weakened markedly towards the end of the year. The unemployment rate remained relatively low, averaging 4.6 per cent in 2006. The trade deficit stabilised through most of the year and narrowed in the final months of 2006 in response to strong global growth and a weaker US dollar. Inflation rose by 4.3 per cent in the first half of the year due to energy price rises but subsequently fell to an annual rate of about 2 per cent as energy prices declined. The Federal Reserve raised short-term interest rates by 1 per cent in the first half of 2006 to 5.25 per cent, but kept rates unchanged thereafter. After rising from 4.4 per cent to 5.2 per cent in the first half of 2006, 10-year note yields fell to a low of 4.4 per cent in early December before increasing to 4.7 per cent by the year-end. The S&P500 stock market index rose by 13.6 per cent in the year. The Canadian economy slowed during 2006, with GDP growth falling from an annualised rate of 3.6 per cent at the beginning of the year to 1.7 per cent by the third quarter, largely reflecting slower export growth. Domestic demand remained robust and HSBC expects the momentum seen in 2006 to continue through 2007, supported by historically low levels of unemployment and a housing market 75 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) North America > 2006 Profit before tax North America Net interest income .......................................................................................... Net fee income ................................................................................................. Trading income ................................................................................................ Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ... Net investment income from assets backing policyholders’ liabilities .......... Gains less losses from financial investments .................................................. Dividend income .............................................................................................. Net earned insurance premiums ...................................................................... Other operating income ................................................................................... Total operating income ................................................................................. Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ................................................................................. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ............................. Net operating income .................................................................................... Total operating expenses ................................................................................. Operating profit ............................................................................................. Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .................................... Profit before tax ............................................................................................. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax .................................................................. Cost efficiency ratio ........................................................................................ Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) ................................................ Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ........................................................... Loans and advances to banks (net) .................................................................. Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3 ................................................................................. Total assets ...................................................................................................... Deposits by banks ............................................................................................ Customer accounts ........................................................................................... Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 14,268 4,766 1,358 (63) – 58 85 492 922 21,886 (259) 21,627 (6,796) 14,831 (10,193) 4,638 30 4,668 % 21.1 47.1 55,642 US$m 277,987 17,865 145,700 511,190 11,484 120,922 20051 US$m 13,295 3,952 885 434 – 47 41 477 642 19,773 (232) 19,541 (4,916) 14,625 (8,758) 5,867 48 5,915 % 28.2 44.8 53,608 US$m 252,560 10,331 112,225 432,490 7,780 111,386 20041 US$m 13,787 3,197 509 – – 147 32 450 341 18,463 (236) 18,227 (5,036) 13,191 (7,915) 5,276 (8) 5,268 % 27.8 43.4 49,416 US$m 240,151 20,911 49,196 348,132 13,720 117,551 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 2 Third party only. 3 Including financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties. which, although showing signs of moderation, remained strong throughout 2006. Although energy prices eased, 2006’s commodity boom was expected to continue benefiting the Canadian economy through 2007. Inflation remained problematic with core prices moving above the Bank of Canada’s (‘BoC’) preferred target rate of 2 per cent, and productivity remained relatively weak. Having raised its overnight interest rate from 3.25 per cent at the start of 2006 to 4.25 per cent in May, the BoC kept rates on hold for the rest of the year. Review of business performance HSBC’s operations in North America reported a pre-tax profit of US$4,668 million compared with US$5,915 million in 2005, a decrease of 21 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits declined by 25 per cent. Underlying net operating income before loan impairment charges was higher by 6 per cent, reflecting the income benefit of asset growth in Personal Financial Services. This revenue growth was more than offset by a significant rise in loan impairment charges in the correspondent mortgage services business within HSBC Finance, as slowing house price appreciation and the projected effect of 76 interest rate resets impacted loss estimates from rising credit delinquency. This is described more fully below and on page 189. In Commercial Banking, investment in distribution channels delivered growth from increased lending and deposit taking. In Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, strong trading results more than offset lower balance sheet management revenues, which were constrained by compressed spreads in a flat interest rate yield curve environment. Underlying operating expenses increased by 13 per cent to support investment in business expansion and branch openings in the Personal Financial Services business. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services generated a pre- tax profit of US$3,391 million, a decrease of 23 per cent compared with 2005. Net operating income rose at a slower rate than cost growth, due to constrained balance sheet growth in the second half of the year, higher collection expense and significantly higher loan impairment charges. The increased loan impairment charges recognised in respect of HSBC Finance’s correspondent mortgage services business more than offset the non-recurrence of charges arising in respect of hurricane Katrina and the change in bankruptcy legislation in 2005. The cost efficiency ratio worsened as costs rose faster than revenues. In the US, pre-tax profit of US$3,128 million was 24 per cent lower than in 2005, reflecting the significantly higher loan impairment charges noted above and additional costs incurred in support of business expansion in both the consumer finance company and the retail bank. Beginning in 2004, HSBC implemented a growth strategy for its core banking network in the US which included building deposits over a three to five year period across multiple markets and segments utilising diverse delivery systems. During 2006 the strategy included various initiatives, the most important of these being growing the deposit base by emphasising more competitive pricing and introducing high yielding products, including internet savings accounts. These have grown significantly since late 2005 to US$7 billion, of which US$6 billion arose in 2006 and US$5 billion of the 2006 growth was from new customers. Retail branch expansion in existing and new geographic markets was also a key initiative, with 25 new branches opened in 2006. In Canada, profit before tax was 21 per cent lower, partly due to the absence of provision releases made in 2005 in the core banking operations. Revenues rose but this was offset by costs incurred 77 in support of expansion in consumer finance and investments made in the bank distribution channels. Net interest income of US$12,964 million was 7 per cent higher than in 2005. In the US, there was strong growth in mortgages, cards and other personal non-credit card lending, particularly in the first half of the year, and this, coupled with higher deposit balances, led to a 6 per cent increase in net interest income as competition reduced both asset and deposit spreads. Average deposit balances in the US rose by 21 per cent to US$32.2 billion, mainly led by the continued success of online savings. The HSBC Premier investor product also continued to grow strongly. During the year over 22,000 new accounts were opened and balances rose by 139 per cent as US$2.1 billion in incremental deposits were taken. Customers migrated to higher yielding products which led to a change in product mix, and the consequent reduction in spreads partly offset the benefits of balance growth. There was a marked slowdown in the US housing market during 2006, although towards the end of the year demand for housing showed signs of stabilising. However, the supply of houses for sale remained high, with the overall outlook still uncertain. Average mortgage balances rose by 9 per cent to US$123.8 billion, with growth concentrated in non-prime balances in the mortgage services correspondent and branch-based consumer lending businesses. Prime mortgage balances originated and retained through the core banking network continued to decline. This reflected an ongoing strategic initiative to manage the balance sheet by selling the majority of new prime loan originations to government-sponsored enterprises and private investors, along with planned securitisations and the normal run-off of balances. Overall, yields improved from the combined effects of a change in product mix to higher-yielding non-prime mortgages and re- pricing initiatives. Despite this improvement in yields, spreads narrowed due to higher funding costs as interest rates rose, and this reduced the positive income benefit of the higher lending balances. The following comments on mortgage lending relate to HSBC Finance as mortgage lending growth in 2006 was concentrated in this business. In the branch-based consumer lending business, average mortgage balances grew by 15 per cent to US$41.2 billion as lending secured on real estate, which included a near-prime product introduced in 2003, was pursued. This growth was augmented by portfolio acquisitions, most notably the H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) North America > 2006 US$2.5 billion Champion mortgage portfolio purchased from KeyBank, NA in November 2006. In the mortgage services correspondent business, average balances of US$49.9 billion were 28 per cent higher than in 2005. During 2005 and the first half of 2006, emphasis was placed on increasing both first and second lien mortgages by expanding sources for the purchase of loans from correspondents. In the second quarter of 2006, HSBC began to witness deterioration in the performance of mortgages acquired in 2005, particularly in the second lien and portions of the first lien portfolios. This deterioration continued in the third quarter and began to affect the equivalent loans acquired in 2006. In the final quarter of 2006, the deterioration worsened considerably, mainly in first lien adjustable rate mortgage (‘ARM’) balances and second lien loans. A series of actions were initiated in the third quarter to mitigate risk in the affected components of the portfolio. These included revising pricing in selected origination segments, tightening underwriting criteria to eliminate or substantially reduce higher risk products (especially in respect of second lien, stated income (low documentation) and lower credit scoring segments), and enhancing segmentation and analytics to identify higher risk portions of the portfolio and increase collections. These initiatives led to a decline in overall portfolio balances during the second half of 2006, mostly attributable to lower purchases of second lien and certain higher-risk products, along with the normal run-off of balances. Average credit card balances in the US rose by 6 per cent to US$26.8 billion. The market continued to be highly competitive with many lenders placing reliance on promotional rate offers to generate growth. HSBC took a strategic decision to reduce the amount of its equivalent offers and instead grew its HSBC branded prime, Union Privilege and non- prime portfolios largely from targeted marketing campaigns. Margins widened, reflecting improved yields as the product mix changed towards higher levels of non-prime and lower levels of promotional balances, coupled with other re-pricing initiatives undertaken on variable rate products. This more than offset the adverse effect of higher funding costs and augmented the income benefits of the increased loan book. In the retail services business, average balances rose by 6 per cent to US$15.8 billion. This was mainly driven by newer merchants, changes in product mix and the launch of three co-branded programmes; the MasterCard and Visa partnerships 78 with Best Buy and Saks Fifth Avenue, and the Neiman Marcus co-branded card with American Express. The positive income benefits from higher balances were more than offset by lower spreads, as a large proportion of the loan book priced at fixed rates was affected by higher funding costs. This was further affected by changes in the product mix as lower yielding department store card balances grew more strongly, and by competitive downward pricing pressures. Changes in merchant contractual obligations also led to lower net interest income, though this was offset by reduced partnership payments to those merchants. Growth opportunities in the motor vehicle financing industry were particularly challenging in 2006, driven by a reduction in incentive programmes offered by manufacturers and a rising interest rate environment. Notwithstanding these factors, average balances rose by 12 per cent. This was led by strong organic growth in the near-prime portfolio from an increased emphasis on strengthening relationships with active dealers, and greater volumes generated from the consumer direct programme. Refinancing volumes rose, directly attributable to the successful consumer refinance programme, which recorded a 48 per cent increase in originations. In Canada, net interest income rose by 16 per cent due to lending and deposit growth. Average mortgage balances grew as a result of the continued strength of the housing market and ongoing branch expansion in the consumer finance business. The strong economy drove higher levels of unsecured lending as consumer spending rose. Expansion of the consumer finance motor vehicle proposition and the launch of a MasterCard programme in 2005 contributed further to asset growth, while increased marketing activity led to a rise in personal non-credit card lending balances. Asset spreads narrowed, largely from lower yields which reflected changes in product mix and competitive market conditions. Average deposit balances grew by 6 per cent compared with 2005, with the notable success of a new high rate savings account and a sale campaign celebrating HSBC’s 25th anniversary in Canada. Deposit spreads widened as interest rates rose, contributing further to the increase in net interest income. Net fee income grew by 13 per cent to US$3,675 million, with increases in both the US and Canada. The 13 per cent rise in the US was largely led by higher fees from the credit card and retail services businesses. Credit card fee income from the consumer finance business increased by 8 per cent, primarily from balance growth in the non-prime portfolio, improved interchange rates and lower fee charge-offs. Revenues from credit card partnership enhancement services rose due to greater sales volumes, expansion into new customer segments and balance growth. Within the US retail services business, net fee income rose, reflecting lower merchant payments, in part due to changes in contract obligations with certain merchants. A rise in late fees from growth in customer account balances and higher fees on overdue payments contributed further to the increase. In the US mortgage-banking business, net fee income declined. Although mortgage loan service volumes grew in 2006, contributing additional fee income from the greater proportion of mortgages originated and then sold with mortgage servicing rights retained, these benefits were more than offset by higher amortisation charges and lower releases of temporary impairment provisions on mortgage servicing rights. The taxpayer financial services business generated higher fee income from increased loan volumes during the 2006 tax season. In Canada, net fee income rose by 5 per cent to US$217 million. Continued growth in the wealth management business resulted in higher investment administration fees, and credit card fee income rose, driven by increased lending. Trading income fell by 17 per cent, due to lower income on HSBC Finance’s Decision One mortgage balances held for resale to secondary market purchasers. This primarily reflected additional losses incurred following the repurchase of certain mortgages previously sold to external third parties which had subsequently gone into default. Higher losses on derivatives that did not meet the criteria for hedge accounting contributed further to the decrease. A US$20 million gain from the MasterCard Incorporated IPO was the key reason for the increase in gains from financial instruments. Other operating income also rose, primarily driven by gains on various asset disposals. Most notably, a US$123 million profit was achieved on disposal of HSBC’s investment in Kanbay International Inc, a worldwide information technology services firm. Income from overnight and short-term money market investments also rose. These benefits were partly offset by greater losses incurred on sales of repossessed properties, following a 42 per cent rise in such properties as customers defaulted on their mortgage payments. higher than in 2005. In the US, loan impairment charges rose by 28 per cent despite the non- recurrence of significant charges which arose in 2005 following hurricane Katrina and increased levels of bankruptcy filings in the final quarter of the year. Loan impairment charges were also higher in the second half of 2006 compared with both the preceding half and the second half of 2005. The increase was primarily driven by significantly higher delinquencies and losses in the mortgage services correspondent business, concentrated in second lien and portions of first lien mortgages originated and purchased in 2005 and 2006. As noted previously, HSBC witnessed a deterioration in the performance of these 2005 originations during the first half of 2006. This deterioration continued into the third quarter and started to affect equivalent loans originated in 2006. In the final quarter of 2006, deterioration of these loans, largely the first lien adjustable rate and second lien loans, worsened considerably. The heightened risk of loss was attributable to lower equity in homes as price growth moderated or reversed, together with a higher prospective interest burden from ARM resets. As many of these mortgages were being re-priced in an environment of higher interest rates, slower asset price appreciation and tightening credit, HSBC considers it highly likely that these factors will lead to increased instances of default in the future on both first and any associated second lien loans. Accordingly, a significant increase in loan impairment charges was recorded in the final quarter of the year. Higher lending, the seasoning1 of the loan portfolio, and a return to more normal historical levels of delinquency from the exceptionally favourable credit conditions experienced in recent periods, all contributed to the overall increase in impairment charges in the US. This was partly offset by lower numbers and levels of bankruptcy filings and the positive effect of low unemployment. The credit card business, in addition, benefited from improved recovery rates from loans previously written off. Notwithstanding the accelerated credit weakness witnessed in the mortgage services correspondent business, credit performance as measured by delinquency and loss in the majority of the other lending portfolios, including mortgage balances originated through the branch-based consumer lending business gradually deteriorated from the seasoning of a growing portfolio and the rising proportion of credit card balances. Loan impairment charges in these portfolios were Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$6,683 million were 28 per cent 1 ‘Seasoning’ describes the emergence of credit loss patterns in portfolios over time. 79 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) North America > 2006 consequently higher in the second half of 2006 as these portfolios seasoned, coinciding with the weakening housing market. In Canada, loan impairment charges were 38 per cent higher. This primarily reflected the non- recurrence of loan impairment releases from core banking operations, which occurred in 2005, as well as growth in both secured and unsecured lending balances and higher delinquency rates in the motor vehicle finance business. Operating expenses grew by 12 per cent to US$7,379 million. In the US, costs of US$6,706 million were 11 per cent higher than in 2005. In the consumer finance business, the rise was driven by increased headcount to support incremental collections activity, and greater volumes. Higher costs were incurred in marketing cards to support the launch of new co-branded credit cards, greater levels of mailing and other promotional campaigns in the cards and retail services businesses. IT and administrative expenses grew in support of higher asset balances. A lower level of deferred origination costs in the mortgage services business, due to a decline in volumes, contributed further to the cost growth. In HSBC Bank USA, expense growth was primarily driven by branch staff costs from additional headcount recruited to support investment in business expansion and new branch openings. Greater emphasis placed on increasing the quality and number of branch staff dedicated to sales and customer relationship activities, which changed the staff mix, also contributed to cost growth. The continued promotion of the on-line savings product, new branch openings and branding initiatives at the John F. Kennedy International and LaGuardia airports in New York led to a rise in marketing costs. IT costs also grew following significant investment expenditure incurred on several key network efficiency projects. In Canada, costs rose by 19 per cent, mainly due to higher staff and marketing costs. Staff costs grew by 13 per cent, with increased headcount supporting expansion of the consumer finance business and bank distribution network. Continuing investment in growing the wealth management business and higher incentive costs reflecting improved revenues also contributed to the increase. Marketing costs grew following external campaigns to improve brand awareness. Commercial Banking’s pre-tax profits rose by 4 per cent to US$957 million, largely driven by lending and deposit growth and higher fee income, partly offset by increased loan impairment charges. 80 Costs rose mainly from geographical expansion in the US and branch and business expansion in Canada. The cost efficiency ratio worsened by 2.1 percentage points, as costs grew faster than revenues. Net interest income grew by 15 per cent to US$1,362 million. In the US, net interest income was 13 per cent higher, as HSBC continued to expand its geographical presence, notably in Boston, Connecticut, New Jersey, Philadelphia, Washington D.C., Chicago and Los Angeles. Average deposit balances rose by 30 per cent, aided by geographical expansion and greater focus placed on generating balances from commercial real estate companies and middle market customers. In particular, there was an increased emphasis on attracting high margin balances from cash management sales activities. Rising interest rates encouraged customers to transfer funds to higher yielding products and the resulting change in product mix led to a narrowing of liability spreads. The 7 per cent growth in average lending balances was principally led by greater volumes generated from small business and middle market customers. This was achieved by a combination of geographical expansion, increased marketing activity and the recruitment of additional small-business relationship managers. Asset spreads narrowed due to competitive pricing pressures, particularly in the middle market customer segment, which partly offset the income benefits from higher lending volumes. In Canada, net interest income increased by 14 per cent. The strong economy encouraged continued business investment by customers and this, in conjunction with HSBC’s reputation for customer service and relationship management, helped generate a 15 per cent growth in average lending balances. Loan spreads were broadly in line with 2005. There was a 35 per cent improvement in average deposit balances, driven by various factors including the acquisition of new customers, strengthening relationships with existing ones, and enhancing payment and cash management products. Deposit spreads widened as interest rates rose, augmenting the income benefits from higher balances. Net interest income in Bermuda grew by 42 per cent, partly due to interest rate rises which widened deposit spreads. Deposit balances increased by 26 per cent, while increased cross-sales activity contributed to a 26 per cent rise in average lending balances. Net fee income improved by 13 per cent to US$329 million. In the US, the 11 per cent rise was primarily due to an increase in syndication capabilities, which led to higher commercial mortgage fees, and from business expansion into new geographical markets. In Canada, growth in new lending business led to higher levels of service charges, and credit fees increased following the rise in customer numbers. Product enhancements and additions to the sales force helped grow fee income from payment and cash management services. There was a small reduction in other operating income, largely due to the net effects of lower gains on asset disposals in the US. Also in the US, the redemption of bonds issued by the Venezuelan government led to a US$19 million gain from financial instruments. Loan impairment charges were US$74 million compared with a net release of US$21 million in 2005. In the US, the increase reflected strong growth in lending balances to small and middle market customers, higher write-offs in the small business segment and the exceptionally low charges recorded in 2005 compared with historical levels. Loan impairment charges rose in Canada following the non-recurrence of releases which occurred in 2005 and, in Bermuda, net releases compared with charges in 2005. Operating expenses grew by 21 per cent to US$814 million. The 27 per cent rise in the US was driven by a combination of increased costs incurred in support of geographical expansion and the recruitment of additional sales staff to drive revenue growth. In Canada, operating expenses were 14 per cent higher from additional headcount recruited to support branch and network expansion and increased salary and bonus costs, which reflected improved revenues. Expenditure incurred in order to develop the business, largely due to HSBC brand campaigns, contributed further to cost growth. Income from associates rose by US$34 million, including HSBC’s share from an equity investment in Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank N.A. of US$11 million in the US. Income from associates of US$22 million in Canada was attributable to higher gains and distributions from private equity fund investments. These funds, in which HSBC has maintained a minority interest, were established to provide institutional investors with access to private equity investment opportunities. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$423 million, 28 per cent lower than in 2005. The result in 2005 benefited 81 from a US$106 million favourable movement on ineffective hedges on HSBC’s own debt and, excluding this, profit before tax decreased by 12 per cent. The fall in profits was primarily due to a decline in balance sheet management revenues. Balance sheet management activity continued to be constrained by compressed spreads in a flat interest rate yield curve environment, with a resultant decrease of US$347 million. Operating expenses were higher by 19 per cent with a significant portion of the increase driven by the first full year effect of recruitment and business expansion in 2005, and by specific initiatives taken in early 2006. This investment in extending the trading platform, notably in mortgage-backed securities, structured derivatives, metals and foreign exchange, produced record trading revenues. Net fee income and trading income also grew, reflecting the measures taken to strengthen HSBC’s presence in the region. In Global Banking, net interest income in payments and cash management rose by 66 per cent, largely due to an over 50 per cent growth in balances. Net fee income rose by 13 per cent to US$656 million. Increases in fee income within the newly expanded mortgage-backed securities and equity underwriting businesses were driven by higher volumes. The securities services business benefited from a combination of new client volumes and market-driven asset growth. However, income from debt underwriting activity declined due to fewer deals, particularly in the second half of the year. In Global Banking, higher transaction volumes in the recently enhanced payments and cash management business, and an increase in customer volumes driven by a wider product offering, led to higher net fee income. HSBC’s operation in Canada reported a 31 per cent increase in fees, reflecting a growth in funds under management within Group Investment Businesses, coupled with higher fees from the lending business and HSBC Securities Services. Net trading income more than doubled to US$818 million. In Global Markets, a wider product offering and improved sales capabilities drove significant gains across all major client-related activities. Revenues were further boosted by the first full year contribution from the mortgage-backed securities trading business. Credit and Rates benefited from tightening credit spreads and increased customer flows. Structured derivatives income more than doubled, reflecting successful product launches as well as increased sales of H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) North America > 2006 / 2005 tailored solutions. Revenues in the foreign exchange business remained robust against the backdrop of a weakening US dollar. In Canada, trading income more than doubled, with higher gains from foreign exchange; a result of increased volatility of the Canadian dollar against the US dollar. Gains from financial investments were 79 per cent lower as income from the disposal of securities declined. A 50 per cent increase in other income was driven in part by higher revenues in HSBC’s Sharia-compliant property fund business, which were offset by higher related costs. The overall credit environment remained stable, although a small loan impairment charge of US$3 million compared unfavourably to a net release of US$64 million in 2005. Operating expenses increased by 19 per cent to US$1,641 million, mainly due to the first full year effect of the business expansion which took place in 2005 and additional expenditure in early 2006. In Global Markets, cost growth was primarily driven by the mortgage-backed securities, structured derivatives and equity businesses. Staff costs increased by 11 per cent, reflecting the first full year effect of people recruited in 2005, performance incentives that rose in line with revenue and selective hires in early 2006. Operational expenses in the payments and cash management and the securities services businesses increased as business volumes grew and the related support businesses were expanded. HSBC’s share of profits from associates declined significantly reflecting the non-recurrence of distributions from a private equity associate. Private Banking contributed a pre-tax profit of US$114 million, an increase of 12 per cent compared with 2005. HSBC’s onshore presence was enhanced by the opening of offices in Chicago and Greenwich, Connecticut. Revenue growth, driven by significantly higher core fees and commissions and improved trading results, was offset in part by loan impairment charges of US$35 million, US$29 million of which related to a single customer. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 6.2 percentage points to 70.4 per cent. Net interest income increased by 15 per cent to US$212 million. A deposit-raising campaign proved successful at garnering funds, the total raised by the year-end reaching US$2.5 billion. Overall, deposit balances rose by 25 per cent and lending balances 82 increased by 14 per cent. Deposit spreads were marginally lower than in 2005. Net fee income grew strongly, increasing by 20 per cent to US$240 million. Wealth and Tax Advisory Services (‘WTAS’) continued to expand its client base – it rose by 31 per cent in 2006 – and reported significant revenue growth, benefiting from restrictions placed on the major auditing firms with regard to providing personal tax advice to employees of audit clients. Higher funds under management and an increase in referrals with other HSBC businesses also contributed to the increased level of fee income. A one-off gain of US$9 million arose from a partial disposal of a holding in the Hermitage Fund, offsetting the non-recurrence of US$9 million of income following the sale of a number of small trust businesses in 2005. Client assets increased by 5 per cent to US$43 billion, with net new money of US$5 billion. This included a significant contribution from the higher fee-earning discretionary SIS and CIS products in which the value of client assets rose to US$1.4 billion. Operating expenses of US$355 million were 10 per cent higher than in 2005. This rise was primarily attributable to hiring front office private banking staff and fee-earning staff within WTAS. In Other, movements in the fair value of own debt and associated swaps resulted in losses of US$128 million in 2006, compared with profits of US$401 million in 2005. Business expansion led to higher transaction volumes, which resulted in increased utilisation of IT systems and solutions. Branch expansion, the integration of Metris, and the launch of new products also contributed to an 8 per cent increase in costs and income at the group’s North American technology centre. In hsbc.com, accrued costs associated with the development of HSBC’s second generation internet banking platforms were recharged to other customer groups, which resulted in higher operating income. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Economic briefing Despite cooling in the fourth quarter, GDP growth in the US was 3.5 per cent in 2005. Consumer spending grew by a healthy 3.6 per cent in 2005 despite slowing in the fourth quarter because of the hurricanes, higher energy costs and lower auto sales. Growth in equipment and software investment was robust, rising 11 per cent. Unemployment fell by 0.5 per cent to 4.9 per cent in 2005, with 2 million new jobs created. The Federal Reserve’s favoured inflation measure, the core personal consumption expenditure deflator, was contained, rising 2 per cent in 2005. Headline inflation in 2005 was higher due to increased energy prices, as the full year consumer price index rose 3.4 per cent. The Federal Reserve raised interest rates eight times during the year, from 2.25 per cent to 4.25 per cent. 10-year bond yields and equity markets rose moderately during 2005 as the US dollar strengthened, ending the year at US$1.18 to the euro compared with US$1.35 at the end of 2004. Canada’s growth was 2.9 per cent in 2005, as strong employment growth and, late in the year, rising earnings, boosted consumer spending. The unemployment rate fell to 6.4 per cent, the lowest level since 1976. In the second half of the year, exports rose, boosted by strong global demand. In the energy sector, investment and profits rose strongly as oil prices soared, with the positive economic impact being most pronounced in Western Canada. Gasoline prices lifted headline inflation to a peak of 3.4 per cent in September, but it fell back sharply and core inflation was 1.6 per cent by the year-end. Having been kept on hold for much of the year, interest rates were raised by 75 basis points between September and December. The BoC has indicated that further increases may be required. Review of business performance HSBC’s operations in North America reported a pre- tax profit of US$5,915 million, compared with US$5,268 million in 2004, representing an increase of 12 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits grew by 11 per cent and represented around 28 per cent of HSBC’s equivalent total profit. In the US, the benefits from strong deposit growth in Personal Financial Services were partly negated by narrowing spreads on lending in the rising interest rate environment. In Commercial Banking, growth in pre-tax profits was largely driven by lending and deposit balance growth and improved liability interest margins. In Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, growth in revenues was offset by investment expenditure to build the platform and infrastructure required for future growth. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services, including the consumer finance business, generated a pre-tax profit of US$4,181 million, 9 per cent higher than in 2004. Under IFRSs, from 1 January 2005, HSBC 83 changed the accounting treatment for certain debt issued and related interest rate swaps. This did not change the underlying economics of the transactions. The resulting revenues of US$618 million in 2004 are excluded from the following commentary. In addition, interest income earned on mortgage balances held on HSBC’s balance sheet pending sale into the US secondary mortgage market was reported under trading income. In 2004 this was reported in net interest income. This difference in treatment is also excluded from the following commentary. In the US, profit before tax rose 28 per cent to US$3,853 million. The rise in profit was largely driven by widening deposit spreads, strong deposit and customer loan growth and higher fee income, partly offset by lower asset spreads due to higher funding costs. Loan impairment charges fell, notwithstanding the higher charges due to the combined effects of hurricane Katrina and changes in bankruptcy legislation. Profit before tax in Canada rose 93 per cent as net interest income increased due to strong asset and liability growth and widening deposit spreads. Net interest income grew by 3 per cent to US$11,636 million, mainly from increases in both the US and Canada. In the US, net interest income rose by 3 per cent, largely driven by higher deposit balances and widening deposit spreads. Average loan balances grew strongly, in particular from prime and non-prime residential mortgages. With ongoing strong demand for unsecured lending, the credit card, private label card and personal non-credit card portfolios continued to grow. The benefits of strong asset growth were largely offset by lower spreads as interest rates rose. Additional resources were focused on the core retail banking business in the US as high priority was given to growing the deposit base. Investment in the retail branch network continued, to ensure a presence in locations with high growth potential. During the year, 27 new branches were opened, each tailored to meet the needs of the local market. The launch of two new deposit products, HSBC’s first national savings product, ‘Online Savings’, and ‘HSBC Premier Savings’, augmented by a 45 per cent rise in new personal account openings, led to a 4 per cent growth in average deposit balances to US$26.7 billion. Overall, average mortgage balances, including US$3.3 billion held for resale, rose by 27 per cent to US$112.1 billion. This was due to the significant expansion of ARMs originated during 2004 in the US bank and strong growth within the mortgage services and branch-based consumer lending H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) North America > 2005 businesses. These volume benefits were largely offset by narrowing spreads as yields fell due to changes in product mix and higher funding costs. Prime mortgages originated in 2005 were largely sold into the large government-sponsored mortgage associations, reflecting a strategic decision to focus on loans originated through the retail channel and reduce HSBC’s reliance on lower spread business generated by the network of mortgage correspondents. The improvements in retail channel sales were achieved by capitalising on the HSBC brand, and the newly expanded branch network and customer base. As interest rates rose, demand for ARM products in 2005 declined as customers migrated towards longer-term fixed rate mortgages. ARM-originated loans fell from 67 per cent of all loans originated in 2004 to 30 per cent in 2005. Spreads narrowed on prime mortgages, largely because of higher funding costs and marginally lower yields, the latter due to the full year effect of the strong growth of lower-yielding ARMs originated in 2004. HSBC continued to grow its sub-prime and near-prime mortgage portfolios, primarily within the mortgage services and branch-based consumer lending businesses. The mortgage services business, which purchases mortgage loans from a network of correspondents, recorded strong average loan growth of 42 per cent to US$39.1 billion, of which US$1.7 billion related to mortgages held for resale. Continued focus on growing the second lien portfolio, widening the first lien product offering and expanding sources for the purchase of loans from ‘flow’ correspondents contributed further to the increase. Within the branch-based consumer lending business, average mortgage balances grew by 19 per cent to US$35.7 billion, reflecting a combination of increased marketing activity and higher sales volumes of near-prime mortgages and ARMs, first introduced in the second half of 2004. In addition, the consumer lending business purchased US$1.7 billion of largely sub-prime mortgage loans through a portfolio acquisition programme. The benefits of higher sub-prime and near-prime balances were largely offset by lower spreads. Yields fell due to the combined effects of strong refinancing activity, significant amounts of older higher-yielding loans seasoning, continued product expansion into the near-prime customer segments and competitive pricing pressures. The higher cost of funds due to rising interest rates also contributed to the decline in spreads. Average loan balances within the consumer finance credit cards business rose by 7 per cent to US$19.8 billion, despite the highly competitive 84 environment, where overall market growth remained weak. By increasing the level of marketing promotions, HSBC was able to grow organically the HSBC branded prime, Union Privilege and non- prime portfolios. The benefit of higher balances was more than offset by higher funding costs. Yields, however, improved due to a combination of higher- yielding sub-prime receivable balances, increased pricing on variable rate products and other re-pricing initiatives. In the retail services cards business, average loan balances grew by 7 per cent to US$15.9 billion. This growth was driven by new loan originations and the agreement of new merchant relationships with The Neiman Marcus Group Inc, Bon Ton Stores Inc and OfficeMax, which contributed US$506 million of the overall increase. The benefit of higher loan balances was more than offset by lower spreads. Spreads declined as a large proportion of the loan book, priced at fixed rates, was affected by higher funding costs as interest rates rose. Spreads also narrowed as changes in the product mix reflected strong growth of lower-yielding recreational vehicle balances and external pricing pressures. Changes in contractual obligations associated with a merchant also had an adverse effect, but this resulted in lower merchant fees payable. The vehicle finance business reported strong organic growth, with a 14 per cent increase in average loan balances, largely due to increases in the near-prime portfolio. This growth in balances was mainly driven by a combination of higher new loan originations acquired from the dealer network, in part due to the success of the ‘employee pricing’ incentive programmes introduced by a number of the large car manufacturers, and strong growth in the consumer direct loan programme. A new strategic alliance helped grow loans further, generating US$234 million of new balances. These volume benefits were largely offset by lower spreads, due to higher funding costs and lower yields. Yields fell due to product expansion into the near-prime portfolio, coupled with competitive pricing pressures due to excess market capacity. Personal non-credit card average loan balances in the consumer finance business grew by 8 per cent to US$16.0 billion, reflecting the success of several large direct mail campaigns and increased availability of this product in the US market. Improvements in underwriting processes, aided by continued improvements in the US economy, also contributed to the increase. These benefits were partly offset by lower spreads, due to higher funding costs. In Canada, net interest income grew by 21 per cent, due to growth in average loan and deposit balances, augmented by widening deposit spreads. Branch expansion in the consumer finance business generated higher average loan balances in real estate secured and unsecured lending. Credit card balances also grew, following the successful launch of a MasterCard programme. Net fee income grew by 23 per cent to US$3,050 million, driven by the strong performance in the US, where the 23 per cent increase was mainly from retail and credit card services, the mortgage banking business and the taxpayer financial services business. Fee income within the consumer finance credit cards business increased by 19 per cent, or US$300 million, largely because of increased transaction volumes, loan balance growth and improved interchange rates. Greater use of the ‘intellicheck’ product, which enables customers to pay their credit card balances over the telephone, contributed an additional US$33 million of revenues. Revenues from ancillary services rose by US$77 million, reflecting higher sales volumes, new product launches and expansion into new customer segments. Within the US retail services business, fee income rose, mainly because merchant partnership payments fell due to changes in contractual obligations with certain clients. In part, this reflected reduced loan spreads associated with the lower merchant payments. Fee income from the US mortgage-banking business increased. As interest rates gradually rose, refinancing prepayments of mortgages declined, with levels of loan refinancing activity falling from 50 per cent of total loans originated in 2004 to 44 per cent in 2005. This led to lower amortisation charges and the subsequent release of temporary impairment provisions on mortgage servicing rights. In addition, the value of servicing rights was better protected by an improved economic hedging programme using a combination of derivative financial instruments and investment securities. A revised fee structure, introduced in the second half of 2004, produced a 6 per cent increase in fee income from deposit- related services in HSBC’s US bank. Within the US taxpayer financial services business, fee income grew by 12 per cent, driven by higher average loan balances and the sale of previously written-off loan balances. HSBC is the sole provider of bank products to H&R Block, the largest retail tax preparation firm in the US, and in September 2005 extended this arrangement by signing a new five-year contract. Since June 2004, 85 HSBC has retained in-house the clearing business for refund anticipation payments which was previously carried out by a third party. This generated additional revenues of US$19 million for HSBC in the US. In Canada fee income rose from higher investment management fees driven by growth in funds under management and higher credit card fee income from the consumer finance business. Trading income in 2005 was 10 per cent lower. In the US mortgage banking business revenues increased, largely as a result of more originations and sales related income, which reflected improved gains on each individual sale and a 41 per cent increase in the volume of originated loans sold. In addition, a higher percentage of ARM loans that previously would have been held on balance sheet were sold in 2005. This was offset by lower gains on Decision One sales in the mortgage services business. The increase in other income largely arose in the US. Losses from the sale of properties repossessed after customers had defaulted on their mortgage payments, which were recorded as a reduction in other income, were US$96 million lower than in 2004. This was attributable to improvements in the process by which fair market value was determined at the time of repossession, and to a reduction in the number of properties falling into repossession as credit quality improved. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$5,001 million were 3 per cent lower than in 2004. In the US, charges were lower notwithstanding the adverse effect of hurricane Katrina and higher bankruptcy filings following changes in bankruptcy legislation. Partly offsetting the effect of these events was the non-recurrence of US$47 million of charges which arose from the adoption in 2004 of Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (‘FFIEC’) charge-off policies relating to retail and credit card balances. Excluding these factors, the lower charge reflected favourable credit conditions in the US. Higher levels of secured lending, continued targeting of higher credit quality customers and improvements in underwriting contributed to the reduction. In Canada, charges were in line with prior year, as higher charges in the consumer lending business due to loan growth were offset by provision releases in the core bank business. Operating expenses grew by 4 per cent to US$6,317 million. In the US, costs increased by 3 per cent as staff and marketing expenses rose in the consumer finance business to support revenue H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) North America > 2005 growth, and acquisition costs were incurred following the Metris purchase. In the credit cards business, marketing expenditure increased on the non-prime portfolios and from investment in new initiatives. Marketing expenses also rose following changes in July 2004 in contractual obligations associated with the General Motors’ co-branded credit card portfolio, but these were partly offset by improved income from lower account origination fees. In HSBC’s US bank, costs grew to support business expansion and new branch openings. Brand awareness programmes in the second and fourth quarters increased marketing costs, and expenditure was incurred on promoting the online savings product. The benefit of these initiatives was reflected in a significant increase in customer awareness of the HSBC brand. Within the retail brokerage business, cost increases reflected more stringent regulatory requirements. In Canada, operating expenses grew, mainly due to the opening of new branches within the consumer finance business, and expansion of the mortgage and credit cards businesses. Commercial Banking’s pre-tax profits increased by 26 per cent to US$892 million, primarily due to lending growth and improved liability interest spreads. Net interest income increased by 19 per cent to US$1,157 million. In the US, deposit growth, particularly among small businesses, contributed to a 20 per cent increase in net interest income. The recruitment of additional sales and support staff and expansion on both the East and West coasts led to a 15 per cent increase in deposits and a 16 per cent increase in lending balances, with income from commercial real estate lending rising by 27 per cent. HSBC achieved particularly strong growth in the SME market and maintained its market-leading position in small business administration lending in New York State. Following its launch in the first half of 2005, the ‘Select Investor’ product, which offers competitive tiered interest rates, attracted US$420 million of deposits. ‘Business Smart’, a product offering free checking and other value offerings to commercial customers, performed strongly following its launch at the end of 2004, attracting 41,000 new customers and balances of over US$1.0 billion. In Canada, net interest income increased by 16 per cent as higher oil and other natural resource prices led to strong economic growth, and low interest rates increased demand for lending products. Average lending balances increased by 20 per cent, 86 as leasing balances grew by 33 per cent and commercial real estate lending rose by 19 per cent. Average deposit and current account balances increased by 21 per cent and 24 per cent respectively, reflecting the buoyant economy, the launch of HSBCnet in Canada and more brand advertising. Both asset and liability spreads were broadly in line with 2004. Other income, including net fee income, increased by 7 per cent to US$374 million as a result of higher gains on the sale of properties and investments in the US. There was a US$21 million net release of loan impairment charges compared with a net charge of US$7 million in 2004. Significant releases in Canada were partly offset by higher charges, driven by lending growth, in the US. In Canada, improved credit quality led to a US$34 million net release of loan impairment provisions. In the US, credit quality remained high in the favourable economic conditions, with the proportion of impaired loans to assets decreasing by 49 basis points. Operating expenses increased by 8 per cent to US$660 million, driven by the US where expansion in the SME and MME markets and in the commercial mortgage sector led to a 17 per cent increase in staff numbers. New MME offices were opened in Philadelphia and New Jersey, following the establishment of offices in Los Angeles and San Francisco in 2004. The launch of ‘Select Investor’ and promotion of ‘Business Smart’ led to higher marketing costs. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$573 million, 37 per cent lower than in 2004. The overall increase in revenue was exceeded by higher expenses, which reflected the full year cost of the expanded operations in the US and the continuing investment in a number of specific initiatives designed to build stronger execution and delivery capabilities. Total operating income rose by 4 per cent. In the US and Canada, balance sheet management and money market revenues declined by US$353 million as rising US dollar short-term interest rates led to further flattening of the yield curve. Net interest income from the payments and cash management business in the US grew by 65 per cent, principally due to an 82 per cent growth in balances. Net fees increased by 24 per cent, primarily due to higher volumes in Global Investment Banking, reflecting positive momentum from an extension of the product range, particularly in debt capital markets, where earnings grew by 67 per cent. Equity capital markets revenue improved from a low base and higher income streams were generated from a regular flow of new deals from asset-backed securities. Global Transaction Banking fees rose, reflecting higher customer volumes in payments and cash management. Income from trading activities increased, due in part to higher revenues in the US from credit trading following losses in 2004, and a tightening of credit spreads. Business lines in which HSBC has invested, such as equities and structured derivatives, also showed strong year-on-year gains. There was a reduction of US$24 million in the net release of loan impairment allowances, primarily due to the non-recurrence of a number of large releases. New impairment allowances against corporate clients remained broadly in line with last year. Operating expenses increased by 44 per cent to US$1,376 million. In 2005, the proportionately greater investment in North America compared with other regions reflected HSBC’s commitment to strengthen global reach by developing its presence in this region. HSBC continued to invest throughout the year in expanding product capabilities, particularly in structured derivatives, equities, research, mortgage-backed securities and advisory, and the build-out of specialist sector teams in the US. Nearly half of the incremental cost was attributable to this investment. Staff costs rose by 40 per cent, reflecting the full year of recruitment in the latter part of 2004 and selective hiring in 2005 which resulted in an increase of 856 staff in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets in North America. Non-staff costs grew correspondingly and included the expense incurred in building critical infrastructure and investment in new technology. Private Banking contributed a pre-tax profit of US$104 million, an increase of 55 per cent on 2004, driven by growth in client assets and the balance sheet, and the expansion of Wealth and Tax Advisory Services (‘WTAS’). Net interest income increased by 11 per cent. Lending balances rose by over 30 per cent as clients borrowed on a secured basis to make alternative investments. Mortgage lending also grew, supported by the launch of a ‘Tailored Mortgage’ product during the year. Spreads on current accounts increased by 40 basis points, reflecting the benefit of interest rate increases during the year. A number of smaller trust accounts were sold in 2005, generating one-off income of US$9 million. This was partly offset by the non-recurrence of gains from financial investments arising from the sale of seed capital investments in 2004. Having expanded its presence in New York, Philadelphia, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Virginia through the recruitment of fee-generating staff, and having grown organically from referrals, WTAS contributed to an increase of 13 per cent in fee income. Client assets grew by 4 per cent to US$40.8 billion, contributing to the rise in fee and other operating income. US$1.8 billion of net new money reflected client acquisition in the US, partly offset by the divestment of trust accounts referred to above. The ‘Strategic Investment Solutions’ product, launched in March 2004, was markedly successful in attracting new funds. Discretionary managed assets invested in this product reached US$0.9 billion. Operating expenses of US$324 million were 9 per cent higher than in 2004. The recruitment of front office staff in Private Banking and new fee- generating staff in WTAS added to the cost base. This was partly offset by a reduction in staff numbers through restructuring and the sale of the trust account business referred to above. Increased activity at HSBC’s North American technology centre led to an increase in both costs and net operating income in Other, as higher network and systems maintenance costs and development expenditure to meet increased technological requirements were recharged to other customer groups. Movements in the fair value of own debt and the associated swaps designated at fair value led to a US$401 million increase in total operating income. 87 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) North America > Profit/(loss) before tax Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses Year ended 31 December 2006 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Other US$m North America Net interest income/(expense) .... 12,964 Net fee income/(expense) ........... 3,675 1,362 329 Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense) .... Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value ................................. Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. 66 208 274 – 14 23 492 270 13 – 13 – 19 1 – 87 266 656 746 72 818 (11) 12 61 – 269 Total operating income ............ 17,712 1,811 2,071 Net insurance claims1 ................. (259) – – 212 240 12 – 12 – 9 – – 31 504 – (52) (134) (220) (23) (243) (52) 4 – – 1,536 1,059 – Inter- segment elimination US$m (484) – – 484 484 – – – – (1,271) (1,271) – Total US$m 14,268 4,766 617 741 1,358 (63) 58 85 492 922 21,886 (259) Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............................. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Net operating income ............... Total operating expenses ............ Operating profit/(loss) .............. Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .. Profit/(loss) before tax .............. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3 ....................... – deposits by banks ............... 17,453 1,811 2,071 504 1,059 (1,271) 21,627 (6,683) 10,770 (7,379) 3,391 – 3,391 % 15.4 42.3 (74) 1,737 (814) 923 34 957 % 4.3 44.9 (3) 2,068 (1,641) 427 (4) 423 % 1.9 79.2 (35) 469 (355) 114 – 114 % 0.5 70.4 (1) 1,058 (1,275) (217) – (217) % (1.0) 120.4 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 220,517 250,985 54,099 34,651 43,012 31,066 17,215 208,958 23,711 5,604 6,558 11,938 – 1,677 108 – (1,271) (6,796) 14,831 1,271 (10,193) – – – 4,638 30 4,668 % 21.1 47.1 US$m 277,987 511,190 120,922 15,862 136,141 9,664 88 Year ended 31 December 20054 North America Net interest income/(expense) .... Net fee income/(expense) ........... Trading income excluding net interest income ....................... Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income ..................... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m 11,636 3,050 1,157 283 119 210 329 10 (12) 8 478 232 7 (4) 3 – 1 – – 87 Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m 661 577 95 221 316 23 57 33 – 179 Total operating income ............... 15,731 1,531 1,846 Net insurance claims1 ................. (232) – – Private Banking US$m 185 200 7 (1) 6 (1) – – – 34 424 – Inter- segment elimination US$m Total US$m (230) 13,295 – – 230 230 – – – – (1,170) (1,170) – 3,952 250 635 885 434 47 41 477 642 19,773 (232) Other US$m (114) (158) 22 (21) 1 402 1 – (1) 1,280 1,411 – 15,499 1,531 1,846 424 1,411 (1,170) 19,541 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ (5,001) Net operating income ................. 10,498 Total operating expenses ............ (6,317) Operating profit .......................... 4,181 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... – 4,181 % 19.9 40.8 21 1,552 (660) 892 – 892 % 4.3 43.1 64 1,910 (1,376) 534 39 573 % 2.7 74.5 – (1,170) 1,170 – – – 4 428 (324) 104 – 104 % 0.5 76.4 (4) 1,407 (1,251) 156 9 165 % 0.8 88.7 (4,916) 14,625 (8,758) 5,867 48 5,915 % 28.2 44.8 US$m 252,560 432,490 111,386 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3 ....................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 207,598 240,474 44,769 29,666 36,570 25,585 10,381 149,623 31,442 4,915 5,823 9,589 – – 1 9,979 102,732 7,506 89 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) North America > Profit/(loss) before tax / Latin America > 2006 Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses (continued) Year ended 31 December 20044 North America Net interest income/(expense) .... Net fee income/(expense) ........... Trading income ........................... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income/(expense) ........ Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income/ (expense) ................................ Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ................. 11,998 2,461 195 72 14 450 (13) (5,118) 9,823 Total operating income ............... 15,177 Net insurance claims1 ................. (236) Total operating expenses ............ (5,997) Operating profit/(loss) ................ 3,826 Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .. – Profit/(loss) before tax ................ 3,826 Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio .................... % 20.2 40.1 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m 166 176 6 6 – – 4 358 – Inter- segment elimination US$m – – – – – – (986) (986) – Other US$m (105) (89) 1 1 (2) – 1,065 871 – Total US$m 13,787 3,197 509 147 32 450 341 18,463 (236) 948 191 8 – – – 145 1,292 – 780 458 299 68 20 – 126 1,751 – 14,941 1,292 1,751 358 871 (986) 18,227 (7) 1,285 (594) 691 – 691 % 3.6 46.0 88 1,839 (945) 894 (15) 879 % 4.6 54.0 2 360 (292) 68 – 68 % 0.4 81.6 (1) 870 (1,073) (203) 7 (196) % (1.0) 123.2 – (986) 986 – – – (5,036) 13,191 (7,915) 5,276 (8) 5,268 % 27.8 43.4 US$m 240,151 348,132 117,551 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3 ....................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 185,539 217,307 40,981 25,354 28,818 23,112 25,387 97,435 45,636 3,871 4,538 7,822 – 34 – 20,550 41,849 13,611 1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities. 2 Third party only. 3 Including financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties. 4 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 90 Latin America Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 20051 US$m 20041 US$m Personal Financial Services .......................................................................... Mexico ............................................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................................ Argentina ......................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Commercial Banking ..................................................................................... Mexico ............................................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................................ Argentina ......................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets ........................................... Mexico ............................................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................................ Argentina ......................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Private Banking ............................................................................................. Mexico ............................................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................................ Other ................................................................................................................ Other ............................................................................................................... Mexico ............................................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................................ Argentina ......................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Total ................................................................................................................ Mexico ............................................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................................ Argentina ......................................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ 800 628 121 35 16 451 197 185 51 18 475 177 218 68 12 14 7 6 1 (5) – (4) 3 (4) 1,735 1,009 526 157 43 786 570 167 37 12 357 161 147 35 14 347 192 95 56 4 1 – 1 – 113 – (4) 116 1 1,604 923 406 244 31 651 549 98 (5) 9 316 140 108 50 18 196 85 92 8 11 – – 1 (1) 79 – (18) 101 (4) 1,242 774 281 154 33 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 than US$12 billion and the Bank of Mexico to increase foreign exchange reserves. Economic briefing Mexico’s GDP growth improved significantly in 2006 to 4.8 per cent from 3.0 per cent in 2005, mostly in response to increased external demand from the US. Commercial bank credit continued to recover strongly, with over 80 per cent growth in real mortgage loans. By the end of 2006, headline inflation had increased to 3.8 per cent from 3.0 per cent earlier in the year, largely as a result of increases in agricultural supply prices. Record oil revenues, combined with high non-oil export growth and increasing inward remittances from Mexicans working outside the country produced an almost balanced current account for the year. Significant capital inflows, including an estimated US$18 billion in foreign direct investment, enabled the Government to reduce its external debt by more In Brazil, GDP is expected to have grown by 2.6 per cent in 2006 compared with 2.3 per cent in 2005. Growth was driven by domestic demand, with private consumption increasing by 3.8 per cent and capital spending by 5.9 per cent. Net exports, by contrast, fell by 18 per cent in the first three quarters of the year compared with the same period in 2005, as the increase in domestic demand translated into higher imports rather than an expansion of output. The unemployment rate averaged 10.0 per cent in 2006, slightly up from 9.8 per cent averaged in 2005. Inflation continued to decline, to 3.1 per cent in 2006, compared with 5.7 per cent in 2005 and, as a result, the Central Bank continued to ease monetary policy. Overnight rates fell to 13.25 per cent in December 2006 from 17.25 per cent a year before. The trade balance continued to be 91 20041 US$m 2,516 1,027 127 – 95 47 2 699 46 4,559 (535) 4,024 (253) 3,771 (2,530) 1,241 1 1,242 % 6.5 62.9 52,473 US$m 15,693 5,892 12,327 40,419 2,244 26,307 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Latin America > 2006 Profit before tax Latin America Net interest income .......................................................................................... Net fee income ................................................................................................. Trading income ................................................................................................ Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value .................... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities .............. Gains less losses from financial investments .................................................. Dividend income .............................................................................................. Net earned insurance premiums ...................................................................... Other operating income ................................................................................... Total operating income ................................................................................. 2006 US$m 4,197 1,630 537 237 – 84 6 1,076 91 7,858 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .... (1,023) Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ................................................................................ Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ............................. Net operating income .................................................................................... Total operating expenses ................................................................................. Operating profit ............................................................................................. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ............................................... Profit before tax ............................................................................................. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax .................................................................. Cost efficiency ratio ........................................................................................ 6,835 (938) 5,897 (4,166) 1,731 4 1,735 % 7.9 61.0 Year ended 31 December 20051 US$m 3,342 1,191 537 186 – 80 5 871 286 6,498 (792) 5,706 (676) 5,030 (3,426) 1,604 – 1,604 % 7.7 60.0 Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) ................................................ 67,116 55,600 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ........................................................... Loans and advances to banks (net) .................................................................. Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ................................................................................... Total assets ...................................................................................................... Deposits by banks ............................................................................................ Customer accounts ........................................................................................... US$m US$m 35,791 12,634 20,497 80,771 5,267 50,861 21,681 8,964 16,945 55,387 2,598 30,989 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 2 Third party only. robust, with a surplus of US$46.1 billion in 2006, just above the amount achieved in 2005. In Argentina, real GDP growth in 2006 exceeded 8.3 per cent and, after growing for four consecutive years at an average rate of approximately 9 per cent, the country’s GDP was nearly 15 per cent above 1998, when its recession began. The strong growth was due to a competitive exchange rate, a strong fiscal stance and a favourable business environment, which HSBC expects to continue in 2007. The main potential constraint on growth remains the risk of disruption in energy supply, where there has been a lack of investment and limited price adjustments for residential consumers since 2001/2. Inflation was approximately 10 per cent at the end of 2006, having tripled in the past three years, though it was below its peak of more than 12 per cent in 2005. Interest rates rose steadily in 2006 and the peso weakened slightly against the US dollar. Given Argentina’s higher inflation rate, however, the exchange rate appreciated in real terms. Review of business performance HSBC’s operations in Latin America reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,735 million compared with US$1,604 million in 2005, an increase of 92 8 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits rose by 5 per cent. Growth in profitability was constrained by the non-recurrence of one-off coverage bond receipts and other items related to the 2001 sovereign debt default and subsequent pesification in Argentina, which added US$122 million to 2005 profits. In addition, a gain of US$89 million from the sale of the property and casualty insurance business, HSBC Seguros de Automoveis e Bens Limitada, to HDI Seguros S.A., was recorded in 2005. Excluding these prior year profits, and on an underlying basis, profit before tax increased by 21 per cent, with net operating income increasing by 15 per cent and operating expenses by 12 per cent. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets delivered a strong performance, driven by growth in fee and trading income, with notable success in bringing Latin American borrowers to global capital markets. Commercial Banking also grew well as domestic economies expanded. During 2006, HSBC made two significant acquisitions in the region. In May, HSBC acquired the Argentine banking operations of Banca Nazionale del Lavoro SpA (‘Banca Nazionale’) to build its distribution capabilities and, in November, Grupo Banistmo in Central America, adding markets in five countries new to the Group. The following commentary is on an underlying basis. Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$800 million, a rise of 1 per cent over 2005, which had benefited from a US$89 million gain on the sale of the Group’s property and casualty insurance business in Brazil. Adjusting for this, pre- tax profits grew by 16 per cent, driven by 12 per cent growth in revenues and 10 per cent growth in costs. The underlying improvement in revenues was led by strong asset and deposit growth together with higher fee income, offset in part by consequential expense growth and a rise in impairment charges as the loan book both grew and seasoned. In Mexico, profit before tax rose by 10 per cent. During 2006, 56,000 Personal Financial Services customers were transferred to the Commercial Banking customer group, where HSBC is better placed to meet their banking requirements. Adjusting for this, profits were 20 per cent higher, driven by strong balance sheet growth and improved fee income. Adjusting for the gain in 2005 from the sale of the property and casualty business, pre-tax profits were 46 per cent higher in Brazil. The strong domestic economy stimulated robust growth in lending and a rise in the number of current account 93 holders. During the year, a new and innovative internet banking service ‘Meu HSBC’ was introduced to Personal Financial Services customers, allowing them to conduct different types of transactions online using the same password as their ATM card. In Argentina, profit before tax was marginally higher, with strong balance sheet growth, higher fees and improved revenues from the insurance business. This was largely offset by increased loan impairment charges and cost growth incurred in support of business expansion as HSBC prepared for an improving domestic economic environment. Net interest income rose by 11 per cent to US$3,057 million, largely from balance sheet growth partly offset by lower deposit spreads. In Mexico, net interest income increased by 12 per cent to US$1,218 million. Adjusting for the effect of customer account transfers to Commercial Banking, net interest income rose by 20 per cent, driven by strong growth in credit card and mortgage balances and increases in deposits which were generated by the ongoing success of the ‘Tu Cuenta’ product. Overall, asset spreads improved as the relative increase in higher margin card balances led to a favourable change in the product mix. By contrast, deposit spreads narrowed as interest rates declined. Excluding customer account transfers, average deposit balances in Mexico rose by 10 per cent. HSBC continued to be one of the market leaders with respect to balance growth, despite fierce competition from other banks, improving its market share by 35 basis points. A strong increase in low-cost deposits was reflective of the continuing success of ‘Tu Cuenta’, the first integrated financial services product of its kind offered locally, with nearly 400,000 new accounts opened in 2006. HSBC Premier performed well as 84,000 new customers were added during the year. Premier deposits represented over one third of the total personal deposit base at 31 December 2006. The income benefit from higher deposit balances was partly mitigated by reduced spreads in the falling interest rate environment, notwithstanding the positive shift in mix from growth in non-interest bearing deposit balances. The credit card market in Mexico was buoyant in 2006 and HSBC’s business performed very successfully with average balances doubling to US$886 million. Various initiatives were implemented to develop the business, most notably cross-sales to ‘Tu Cuenta’ customers, targeted customer relationship campaigns to existing clients, successful portfolio management strategies and promotions, development of new sales channels and H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Latin America > 2006 improvements in card activation times. These initiatives helped HSBC become the market leader in credit card balance growth, improving market share by 2.3 per cent. The number of cards in circulation reached 1.7 million at the year end, representing an increase of 76 per cent. Demand for housing from first time buyers remained strong in Mexico, and market conditions continued to be highly competitive. Average mortgage balances rose by 81 per cent to US$969 million, reflecting HSBC’s competitive pricing and innovation in product design. HSBC was the first bank in Mexico to market pre-approved online mortgages, and enhanced this offering with the subsequent introduction of ‘Mortgage Express Approval’, which provides customers with much faster access to details concerning the loan amount, duration and monthly payments at the point of application. Improvements in the processing of mortgage applications, upgraded customer service and increased marketing activity also contributed to the rise in lending balances. The income benefits of balance growth were partly offset by narrower spreads, driven by the highly competitive market conditions. As the Mexican economy grew strongly, there was robust growth in personal and payroll lending balances. The introduction of a dedicated and mobile sales force during the second half of 2006 to expand distribution capabilities led to a fourfold increase in average personal lending balances during the year. This initiative also helped to reduce time to market, increase cross-sales and, through closer interaction with the branch network, improve client coverage. The popularity of the personal loan product, where customers apply directly via HSBC’s extensive and well-positioned ATM network grew, and this was the key driver behind a 37 per cent rise in average payroll loan balances. In Brazil, net interest income increased by 9 per cent as lower inflation and the improving domestic economy triggered a rise in demand for credit which, in turn, contributed to strong lending growth. Average loan balances were 18 per cent higher, driven by rising customer numbers and increases in vehicle financing, pension and payroll loans. On the liability side, there was a 7 per cent rise in current account holders, largely driven by growth in the number of customers with payroll loans and greater levels of sales activity. Average vehicle finance balances in Brazil rose by 36 per cent, led by continued portfolio growth as HSBC strengthened its relationships with car dealerships. The combined pension and payroll loan 94 portfolios registered an 84 per cent increase in average balances, a consequence of increased borrowings per customer, portfolio acquisitions, and growing customer demand for these products. Spreads also improved, largely as a result of lower funding costs, which augmented the positive income benefits of balance growth. Average card balances rose by 19 per cent, with an increase of 27 per cent in the number of cards in issue, reflecting the launch of various initiatives aimed at improving retention, activation and utilisation. Spreads improved from lower funding costs and price increases initiated in the second half of 2005, complementing the benefits derived from higher lending volumes. In Argentina, net interest income grew by 12 per cent, primarily driven by increased demand for credit card, other personal and motor vehicle lending. This was largely attributable to more effective promotional activity and productivity improvements in the telemarketing and branch channels. Higher funding costs, however, resulted in a narrowing of lending spreads, offsetting volume benefits. Deposit balances rose, reflecting the increased emphasis placed on growing liability products, the benefit from which was augmented by a widening of spreads. Net fee income was 25 per cent higher, reflecting strong growth across the region generally. Fee income grew by 21 per cent in Mexico, largely due to higher credit card and ‘Tu Cuenta’ income. Fee income from cards rose by 51 per cent, reflecting a significant growth in the number of cards in circulation and improvements made in reducing activation times. The improvement in ‘Tu Cuenta’ income was driven by sales of over 1 million new accounts and re-pricing initiatives. In order to capture a higher volume of ATM revenues, HSBC added 372 new machines to its already well-positioned network, which increased ATM fees from greater levels of transactional activity and a 22 per cent rise in transactions from non-HSBC customers. Growth in mutual fund fees was mainly driven by higher sales volumes and expanded product offerings in the stronger economic environment. Fee income in Brazil rose by 25 per cent, largely from increased current account fees, reflecting growth in customer numbers, greater transaction volumes and re-pricing initiatives. Higher payroll and vehicle balances also led to increased fees from lending activities. In Argentina, higher credit card fees from balance growth, re-pricing initiatives on savings accounts, and the discontinuance of a free current account promotion led to an improvement in fee income. Across the region, HSBC’s insurance businesses continued to perform well. Sales of insurance products in Mexico remained strong, with increased cross-selling through the branch network of simple insurance products together with other Personal Financial Services products containing insurance components. This led to a 19 per cent rise in net premiums, mainly in respect of individual life insurance products. In Brazil, excluding the effect of the property and casualty insurance business sold in 2005, insurance revenues rose, largely from life and pension products. In Argentina, increased advertising, partnerships with established local consumer brands and internal cross-selling initiatives led to a rise in motor, home and extended-warranty insurance premium income. Life and annuity premiums also increased in line with higher customer salaries. The ‘Maxima’ pension funds business delivered higher revenues helped by improvements in the economic climate and greater levels of employment. Lower other operating income reflected the non- recurrence of profit on the sale of HSBC’s Brazilian property and casualty insurance business. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions rose by 15 per cent to US$764 million as lending grew and the loan book seasoned. In Mexico, the higher charge was primarily driven by the growth in credit card lending. In Brazil, loan impairment charges increased modestly, driven by growth in vehicle finance, instalment loans (‘credito parcelado’) and credit card lending. As the credit environment weakened during the first half of the year, various measures were taken to mitigate the effects. These included tightening lending criteria, enhancing credit analytics, revising the collection policy, prioritising secured lending ahead of unsecured advances and strengthening credit operations. Following implementation of these measures, several key credit indicators showed improvement. Operating expenses rose by 10 per cent. In Mexico, expense growth of 10 per cent was mainly driven by increased staff costs. This largely reflected the recruitment of 2,200 employees to improve customer service levels in branches and grow sales. Incentive costs increased as profits rose, and marketing costs grew as a result of various promotional campaigns. The continued expansion of the branch network and ATM infrastructure, together with the new HSBC headquarters building in Mexico City, led to increases in IT, premises and equipment costs. In Brazil, expenses were 10 per cent higher. As in Mexico, this reflected the cost of new employees 95 recruited to support business expansion, including the strengthening of credit operations, and new branch openings. This, together with annual pay rises and increased incentive payments, triggered a 13 per cent growth in staff costs. Advertising costs rose to promote brand awareness, while an HSBC Premier promotion led to higher marketing costs. Costs grew by 26 per cent in Argentina, with higher staff costs driven by union-agreed pay rises in 2005, and increased incentives and commissions paid in light of revenue growth. Marketing costs also increased to support the launch of various promotions and campaigns. Commercial Banking reported pre-tax profits of US$451 million, 17 per cent higher than in 2005. Growth in net operating income before loan impairment charges was strong at 26 per cent as domestic economies in the region grew and HSBC built market share. Cost growth in support of this expansion was held within revenue growth and the cost efficiency ratio improved by 2.5 per cent. Net interest income rose by 24 per cent, largely driven by business expansion in Mexico and Brazil. In Mexico, net interest income rose by 49 per cent, reflecting asset and deposit growth, in part due to the transfer of the 56,000 customers from Personal Financial Services noted above. As HSBC extended its presence in the small and middle market business segments, average deposit balances increased by 65 per cent (31 per cent excluding the transferred customer accounts), although the benefit of this volume growth was partly mitigated by lower deposit spreads in a falling rate environment. Lending balances in Mexico were 41 per cent higher, primarily driven by strong demand in the rapidly growing real estate and residential construction sectors. During the final quarter of the year, HSBC opened an International Banking Centre to develop cross-border business for global Commercial Banking customers, with 75 business accounts acquired since its inception. Attention placed on higher yielding small and middle market businesses, following refinements made to the customer segmentation strategy, contributed to asset growth as greater emphasis was put on increasing revenues from this segment. These volume benefits were augmented by improved lending spreads from lower funding costs in the falling interest rate environment, which offset reduced yields. In Brazil, net interest income was 12 per cent higher. Overall, lending balances rose by 16 per cent, H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Latin America > 2006 / 2005 primarily driven by small and middle market customers. The recruitment of additional relationship managers and sales staff, investments made in receivables financing and greater levels of promotional activity all combined to build HSBC’s position in this market segment. There was ongoing success from the ‘giro fácil’ product, offering both revolving loan and overdraft facilities, with average balances recording a 13 per cent increase. Spreads widened as interest rates fell, further augmenting the income benefits of higher lending volumes. A 42 per cent rise in net interest income in Argentina was primarily attributable to strong asset and liability growth. Average lending and deposit balances increased by 39 per cent and 19 per cent respectively, as customer numbers rose, particularly to the small and micro businesses, helped by favourable economic conditions and investment in new sales channels. Asset spreads declined, however, due to competitive market pressures on pricing, partly offsetting the income benefits of higher lending volumes. By contrast, deposit spreads improved. Net fee income was 36 per cent higher, driven by robust increases across Mexico, Brazil and Argentina. In Mexico, fee income rose by 28 per cent with notable success in increasing cross-sales activity. Growth in customer numbers contributed to higher transactional volumes which, combined with an expanded and improved product offering plus increased marketing activity and re-pricing initiatives, led to a 41 per cent rise in income from payments and cash management services. The ‘Estimulo’ product offering, comprising a packaged suite of seven different products including a loan facility, continued to perform well with fee income nearly trebling compared with 2005. During the third quarter, a similar product, ‘Estimulo Empresarial’, was launched, targeting upper-end small business customers. This product encompasses a suite of eleven different services and since its introduction more than 165 clients have been signed, generating US$50 million of new loans. HSBC’s share of the trade services market continued to grow, building on the Group’s international network and product capabilities. Fees from international factoring and domestic invoicing payment products also rose, as new products were successfully piloted and marketed to existing clients. The signing of new merchant customers led to higher transaction volumes and a subsequent 60 per cent rise in card acquiring fees. In Brazil, fee income rose by 47 per cent as effective cross-selling led to an increase in the average number of products held per customer. Current account fee income grew from higher levels 96 of transactional activity and tariff increases implemented in 2005. Pricing changes introduced part-way through 2006 led to higher revenues from payment and cash management services. There was improved fee income from assets under management, and additional marketing to promote trade products led to a rise in trade services fees. Fee income in Argentina was 27 per cent higher, primarily from increases in account and trade services along with payments and cash management fees. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions doubled, reflecting strong lending growth, a higher proportion of small and micro business lending, and the seasoning of the portfolio. In Mexico, strong growth in the lower-end small and micro business lending balances led to increased loan impairment charges during the year. A 41 per cent rise in Brazil again reflected large increases in small and micro business lending balances and higher delinquency rates as the portfolio seasoned. This led to a 12 basis point increase in the proportion of impaired loans to assets. Various actions were undertaken to manage the effects of the weakening credit environment, with debt collection operations enhanced and closer cooperation forged between sales and collections staff. Changes were also made to underwriting criteria, coupled with revisions to sales staff incentive schemes. Following these measures, an improvement in credit quality was seen and charges reduced in the second half of the year compared with the first half. In Argentina, releases were lower than in 2005. Operating expenses of US$822 million were 21 per cent higher than in 2005, as businesses expanded strongly across Latin America. In Mexico, operating expenses rose by 26 per cent, largely driven by higher transactional volumes, new clients acquired and increased lending activity. Non-staff costs were higher, reflecting the marketing and IT-related support to business growth. In Brazil, expenses grew by 19 per cent, also largely from higher staff, marketing and administrative costs. Business expansion activities in the small and middle market customer segments followed the recruitment of 270 additional employees and this, together with union-agreed pay increases, were the principal drivers behind the 21 per cent rise in staff costs. Continued enlargement of the branch network, the opening of an International Banking Centre and new sales offices combined with increases in marketing and administration costs in support of business expansion, contributed further to cost growth. Costs in Argentina rose by 30 per cent, primarily staff costs which reflected annual pay increases and additional headcount driven by accelerated business activity. In supporting the growth of the business, there was increased expenditure on branding, technology and distribution, with ongoing improvements made to the internet banking service. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$475 million, an increase of 30 per cent compared with 2005. HSBC’s strong global presence, together with selective investment in extending service and delivery capabilities in the region, resulted in higher volumes with new and existing clients. The cost efficiency ratio improved moderately. Total operating income increased by 23 per cent to US$846 million compared with 2005. In Brazil, balance sheet management revenues grew significantly as relatively low short-term interest rates reduced funding costs. In Argentina, higher net interest income reflected an increase in index linked securities portfolios and a growing demand for credit as regional economies and market confidence continued their recent improvement. By contrast, in Mexico, balance sheet management revenues were constrained by a flattening of the interest rate curve and relatively stable market conditions. Net interest income from payments and cash management rose by 64 per cent as customer volumes grew, reflecting new client mandates. Net fee income increased by 29 per cent to US$167 million, predominantly through increased performance-related fees on emerging markets funds managed by Group Investment Businesses. Income in HSBC Securities Services benefited from strong equity market indices and growth in new business as assets under custody increased significantly to US$89 billion. In Mexico, a 32 per cent rise in payments and cash management fees was driven by a wider product offering and the leveraging of established credit related products and services. Higher revenues from trading activities in Brazil flowed from marketing the wider product range and enhanced delivery capabilities of Global Markets. Greater volatility in local markets resulted in higher business volumes in foreign exchange and currency derivatives. In Argentina, economic and political stability increased liquidity in the market with foreign exchange trading benefiting from greater customer activity. In Mexico, a 23 per cent increase in trading income was driven by a combination of successful 97 positioning for a flattening yield curve and higher client volumes delivered through the extended suite of products. A net release of US$26 million in loan impairment charges reflected a stable corporate credit environment and the implementation of improved risk management strategies in Mexico. Operating expenses rose by 20 per cent to US$346 million, primarily driven by higher staff costs reflecting increased performance-related incentives in line with revenue growth, and pay rises agreed with local unions. Higher operational costs reflected increased volumes, particularly in payments and cash management and securities services businesses, and the continued investment in building the Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ business in the region. Private Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$14 million, a significant increase on 2005. Profit growth was strong in both Mexico and Brazil. In Brazil, revenue and cost benefits arose from initiatives to join up the business, including cross- referrals with other customer groups. Strong revenue growth in the newly launched business in Mexico resulted primarily from greater client participation in capital markets, notably commercial paper placements, which contributed towards a 53 per cent rise in fee income. This strong performance was reflected in the cost efficiency ratio which improved by 23.4 percentage points to 65.9 per cent. Within Other, the non-recurrence of coverage bond receipts and other items related to the 2001 Argentinean sovereign debt crisis led to lower earnings. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Economic briefing Mexico’s GDP growth was 3.0 per cent compared with 4.2 per cent in 2004, in line with lower external demand from the US. The fiscal accounts for the year showed a reduced deficit of 0.9 per cent, mostly from windfall earnings from high oil prices. As in 2004, high oil receipts and increasing levels of workers’ remittances helped minimise the current account deficit at an estimated less than 1 per cent of GDP. The biggest achievement was the reduction in headline inflation from 5.2 per cent at the end of 2004 to 3.3 per cent in December 2005, with core inflation finishing the year at 3.1 per cent. HSBC viewed macroeconomic stability as encouragingly robust ahead of what looks likely to be a keenly contested presidential election in mid-2006. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Latin America > 2005 In Brazil, the cyclical slowdown which began in The commentary that follows is on an underlying late 2004 continued throughout 2005, with full-year GDP growth of 2.3 per cent compared with 4.9 per cent in 2004. This modest performance was the result of tight monetary policy, political uncertainty and the appreciation of the Brazilian real. External demand provided support, with exports growing by 23 per cent in 2005 to record levels, helping to create trade and current account surpluses of US$45 billion and US$14 billion respectively, and increasing net international reserves by 96 per cent to US$54 billion. The tight monetary policy, with real interest rates among the highest in the world at 10.5 per cent, slowed inflation from 7.6 per cent in 2004 to 5.7 per cent in 2005, in line to achieve the Central Bank’s 4.5 per cent inflation target for 2006. Having established its anti-inflationary credentials, the Central Bank cut interest rates by 175 basis points between September and the end of 2005 in order to stimulate growth and ease the pressure on the real. In Argentina, the recovery from the crisis of 2001 continued in 2005, helped by a favourable external environment and the success of the offer to exchange replacement discount bonds issued in June for defaulted debt. Average GDP growth was 9.1 per cent in 2005. Fiscal performance remained strong, with the public sector posting an overall surplus of approximately 3.3 per cent of GDP. This surplus helped to offset the expansionary effect on money supply growth of the large foreign exchange interventions of the Central Bank, which continued to pursue a nominal rate policy of near stability against the US dollar despite strong upward pressure on the Argentine peso. This policy was supported by newly introduced controls on capital inflows. Inflation remained a concern, however, having accelerated to 12.3 per cent in December 2005. Following the example of Brazil, at the end of the year the authorities decided to make an early repayment of Argentina’s US$9.8 billion debt owed to the IMF. Review of business performance HSBC’s operations in Latin America reported a pre- tax profit of US$1,604 million, compared with US$1,242 million in 2004, representing an increase of 29 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits grew by 19 per cent and represented around 8 per cent of HSBC’s equivalent total profit. Growth was achieved, in part, as a result of a US$89 million gain on the sale of Brazil’s property and casualty insurance business. In Mexico, robust balance sheet growth drove higher profit before tax and HSBC in Argentina benefited from a strong economic recovery and certain one-off items including the receipt of compensation bonds. 98 basis. Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$786 million, an increase of 13 per cent. In Mexico, excluding the transfer of some customers to the Commercial Banking segment, pre-tax profits rose. This was driven by strong revenue growth from higher deposit balances and widening spreads, strong loan growth and higher fee income, partly offset by the non-recurrence in 2005 of loan impairment provision releases in 2004. The rise in pre-tax profits in Brazil was partly as a result of gains on the sale of the property and casualty insurance business, with the remaining increase driven by strong loan growth in vehicle finance and personal lending, together with record credit card sales. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 2 percentage points as higher income was partly offset by increased costs incurred in supporting business expansion and developing alternative sales channels. Loan impairment charges increased reflecting, in Brazil, lending growth and an increase in delinquency rates in the consumer finance business and, in Mexico, higher charges from increased lending and the non-recurrence in 2005 of loan impairment provision releases in 2004. In 2005, the Brazilian insurance business was transferred from ‘Other’ to Personal Financial Services. Profit before tax increased by US$16 million as a result, though individual account lines showed much larger variances: where appropriate, the reasons are noted below. Net interest income rose by 27 per cent compared with 2004. Consumer demand for credit remained strong, fuelled by lower unemployment across the region and declining inflation in Brazil and Mexico. This contributed to significant growth in personal lending, mortgages, vehicle finance loans and credit cards. In Mexico, net interest income rose, primarily from strong deposit and loan growth and the widening of deposit spreads. In 2005, HSBC in Mexico widened its competitive funding advantage, maintaining the lowest funding cost in the market. There was strong growth in consumer lending, although asset spreads declined, reflecting a reduction in yields in an increasingly competitive market. Funding costs rose, due to higher average interest rates. HSBC in Mexico continued to lead the market in customer deposit growth, with a 1.5 per cent increase in market share to 15.9 per cent despite a highly competitive market place. This was largely due to the success of ‘Tu Cuenta’, the only integrated financial services product of its kind offered locally. From its launch in February 2005, over 600,000 accounts were opened in the year, averaging some 2,300 new customers per day. The continued success of HSBC’s competitive fixed rate mortgage product in Mexico, helped by strong demand from first time buyers, led to average mortgage balances increasing by 93 per cent to US$522 million and market share reaching 10.7 per cent. In Mexico, HSBC continued to be the leader in vehicle finance with a market share of 26.5 per cent. A unique new internet-based product ‘Venta Directa’ was launched during the year, enabling the direct sale of used cars between customers using HSBC’s financing and website as the intermediary. The targeting of new customer segments and more competitive pricing drove average vehicle finance loans higher by US$228 million to US$796 million, a 40 per cent increase over 2004. Average payroll loan balances more than doubled to US$253 million, reflecting HSBC’s unique ability in the market to grant pre-approved personal loans through its ATM network. Average credit card balances were 55 per cent higher, with cards in circulation increasing by 80 per cent to over 1.1 million cards. This was largely driven by cross-selling to the existing customer base using CRM systems and the successful launch of the ‘Tarjeta inmediata’ or Instant credit card, which generated 109,000 new cards. In Brazil, HSBC continued to position itself for future growth, investing in infrastructure to ensure the delivery of integrated solutions to customers. Enhancements to distribution, together with marketing campaigns and promotions, including partnerships with motor finance dealers, drove a 49 per cent rise in vehicle finance loans. A combination of increased customers and targeted marketing initiatives contributed to a 40 per cent growth in personal lending. Personal lending balances also benefited from the successful launch in the first half of 2005 of pension-linked loans offering attractive rates of interest, with repayments drawn directly from the borrower’s pension income. Balances of pension-linked loans increased to US$110 million, partly as the result of an agreement to acquire the pension-linked loan production of Banco Schahin, a local bank. The cards business continued to expand, due to both the continued strength of consumer expenditure and the launch of a private label card with Petrobras gas stations in 2004. During 2005, HSBC improved its competitive position, issuing over a million credit cards and having over two million in circulation, an increase of 21 per cent. Card utilisation grew and 99 cardholder spending increased, while average card balances rose by 30 per cent to US$373 million. Credit card spreads increased as HSBC repositioned its card proposition by increasing interest rates to fall broadly in line with the bank’s major competitors. In Argentina, HSBC focused on pre-approved sales mailings and on developing direct sales channels. Net interest income more than doubled, driven by a 59 per cent increase in asset balances. The strong demand for credit resulted in personal unsecured lending more than doubling. Credit cards in circulation increased by 25 per cent, following a discount campaign launched in June 2005 and the launch of a private label card with C&A which contributed to a 53 per cent increase in card balances. Savings and deposit balances increased by 34 per cent, reflecting the improved economic environment. Net fee income decreased by 7 per cent, as increases in Mexico and Argentina were more than offset by a significant reduction in Brazil. HSBC in Mexico reported strong growth in fee income, driven by higher revenues from credit cards, remittances, mortgages and ATM transactions. The increase in the number of credit cards in circulation contributed to the 85 per cent increase in credit card fee income. Fees from the ‘Afore’ pension funds business continued to perform strongly, with 50 per cent growth and 394,000 new customers. Fee income from international remittances rose by 55 per cent, partly led by the continued success of ‘La Efectiva’, HSBC’s electronic remittance card. Monthly transactions exceeded one million, representing a 20 per cent market share and a near seven-fold increase since December 2002. Strong sales of insurance products resulted from increased cross- selling through the branch network and from combining sales with other Personal Financial Services products containing insurance components. Mutual fund balances grew by 58 per cent, partly attributable to the successful launch of new funds targeting different market segments, along with strong cross-sales among HSBC’s extensive customer base. In Brazil, the 52 per cent fall in net fee income was driven by both the inclusion of HSBC’s Brazilian insurance business, previously reported in the ‘Other’ business segment, and IFRSs related changes to the reporting of effective interest rates. These decreases were mitigated by higher current account, credit card and lending fees. The recruitment of new customers, particularly through the payroll portfolio, led to a 21 per cent rise in HSBC’s current account base which, together with revised tariffs, increased account service fees by 21 per cent. Growth in H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Latin America > 2005 lending volumes and the introduction of a new pricing structure contributed to a 36 per cent rise in credit-related fee income. Higher credit card spending and additional performance-driven fees from credit card companies generated a 72 per cent increase in credit card fee income. In Argentina, net fee income increased by US$27 million, reflecting a 29 per cent increase in credit card fees and a 29 per cent increase in current account fee income, driven by increased transaction volumes in a recovering economy. The sale of HSBC’s Brazilian property and casualty insurance business, HSBC Seguros de Automoveis e Bens Limitada, to HDI Seguros S.A. resulted in the recognition of an US$89 million gain, which was reported in other operating income. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased to US$600 million, reflecting strong growth in unsecured lending. In Mexico, loan impairment charges rose in line with higher lending volumes and the non-recurrence in 2005 of loan impairment provision releases in 2004, while underlying credit quality remained stable. Credit quality in Brazil remained stable in the majority of product lines, but there was a 5 per cent increase in impaired loans as a proportion of assets in the consumer finance business. The consumer finance sector experienced increased credit availability, which led to indebtedness exceeding customers’ repayment capacity and a rise in delinquencies. However, tightening of credit approval policies and enhancements in the credit scoring model resulted in an improvement in the charge as a proportion of assets in the fourth quarter. Credit quality in Argentina improved, reflecting generally better economic conditions. Operating expenses increased by 25 per cent. In Mexico, they grew by 21 per cent, driven by a combination of higher staff, marketing and IT costs. Staff costs grew by 12 per cent, reflecting increases incurred in improving customer service levels within the branch network, and a rise in bonus costs in line with increased sales. Marketing costs grew to support the credit cards business, evidenced by the 80 per cent increase in the number of cards in circulation. IT costs rose as new systems were rolled out to meet Group standards, such as the WHIRL credit card platform. In Brazil, the acquisition of Valeu Promotora de Vendas and CrediMatone S.A. led to a significant increase in average staff numbers, though by the end of 2005 staff numbers were 2 per cent lower than at December 2004 following a restructuring of the consumer finance business. The higher average 100 number of full-time employees, the impact of a mandatory national salary increase and the transfer of the Brazilian insurance business from the ‘Other’ business segment contributed to a 25 per cent increase in Brazilian staff costs. Other expenses grew to support business expansion and the development of direct sales channels, while transactional taxes increased by 21 per cent, driven by higher operating income. In Argentina, costs were 3 per cent up on 2004 as increased performance-related remuneration and union-agreed salary increases led to higher staff costs. Commercial Banking reported pre-tax profits of US$357 million, 4 per cent higher than in 2004. In Mexico, excluding the transfer of customers from Personal Financial Services, profit before tax rose due to higher net interest and fee income, partly offset by increased loan impairment charges and cost growth. In Brazil, pre-tax profits increased by 12 per cent as asset growth drove higher revenues, which were mitigated by increased loan impairment charges and higher costs. In Argentina, pre-tax profits declined by 31 per cent, as significant loan recoveries were not repeated. Net interest income increased by 47 per cent, driven by asset and deposit growth coupled with widening deposit spreads. In Mexico, the transfer of a number of customers from Personal Financial Services increased both revenues and costs. Net interest income rose by 42 per cent, due in part to a 22 per cent increase in Commercial Banking customers. Deposit balances grew by 38 per cent as a result of expansion into the SME market, while deposit spreads increased by 76 basis points following interest rate rises. Loan balances rose by 21 per cent, principally in the services and commerce sectors, though competitive pricing led to a tightening of lending spreads. The ‘Estimulo’ combined loan and overdraft product, which was launched at the end of 2004, performed strongly, attracting balances of US$155 million. In Brazil, a growing economy and a 30 per cent rise in customer numbers led to increases in both assets and liabilities. Overdraft balances grew by 41 per cent as both the number and the average size of facilities grew, contributing US$40 million of additional income. Overdraft spreads increased by 3 percentage points as a result of increases in the rate charged to new borrowers. The continuing success of Giro fácil, a revolving loan and overdraft facility, resulted in a 13 per cent increase in customer numbers which, together with an increase in facility utilisation, resulted in a 77 per cent increase in balances. Invoice financing balances rose by 30 per cent, benefiting from both increased marketing and higher sales to Losango clients, approximately a third of whom now have a commercial banking relationship with HSBC. Deposit balances in Brazil increased by 21 per cent, reflecting initiatives to incentivise staff to prioritise sales of liability products. However, competitive pressures contributed to a 5 percentage points decrease in spreads on loans and advances to customers, while deposit spreads were 13 basis points lower. In Argentina, deposits from commercial customers increased by 42 per cent, reflecting the continuing economic recovery, while loans and overdrafts more than doubled and current account balances increased by 38 per cent. HSBC increased its market share in both loans and deposits. Net fee income was 3 per cent higher, led by increases in Mexico and Brazil which were partly offset by IFRSs changes to accounting for effective interest rates which reduced fee income by 22 per cent. In Mexico, marketing campaigns, tariff reductions and the promotion of business internet banking, together with increased customer numbers, contributed to a 31 per cent increase in payment and cash management fees, while card fees increased following the launch of a credit card as part of the ‘Estimulo’ suite of products. Trade services fee income increased by 63 per cent as a result of customer acquisition and increased cross-sales to existing customers, nearly doubling the bank’s market share in a growing market. In Brazil, the increase was due to higher fees from payments and cash management, current accounts, and lending. Current account fees increased by 26 per cent, reflecting tariff increases, improved collection procedures and higher transaction volumes, while lending fees benefited from higher business volumes. In Argentina, the launch of a commercial banking call centre in the first half of 2005 enhanced the customer service proposition. This, together with the recruitment of additional relationship managers, supported a 14 per cent increase in customer numbers and, as a result, current account fee income increased by 21 per cent. Improvements in the Argentinian economic climate contributed to increased trade flows which, together with the establishment of a dedicated trade service sales team, led to a 22 per cent increase in trade services income. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$89 million compared with a net release of US$23 million in 2004. In Mexico, growth in the lending portfolio led to a US$49 million increase in loan impairment charges, although underlying credit quality improved. 101 In Brazil, asset growth contributed to a US$47 million increase in charges. Impaired loans as a proportion of assets increased by 3 percentage points in the SME portfolio, in line with overall market performance, and MME credit quality also declined slightly. In Argentina, net recoveries decreased as significant releases from amounts recognised at the time of the sovereign debt default and pesification were not repeated. However, underlying credit quality improved substantially and impaired loans as a percentage of assets more than halved. Operating expenses of US$621 million were 23 per cent higher than in 2004, though the cost efficiency ratio improved by 3 percentage points as income grew faster than costs. In Mexico, operating expenses increased by 29 per cent, due to an 11 per cent increase in staff numbers to support business growth, higher incentive payments reflecting strong income growth, and increased ‘Estimulo’ marketing expenditure. Staff numbers in Brazil increased by 34 per cent following a recruitment drive initiated in the second half of 2004 to support expansion of the SME business. Higher incentive payments, reflecting increased income, and union-agreed pay increases also contributed to an increase in staff costs. New marketing campaigns, including the award winning ‘30, 60, 90 Dias de Apuros’ campaign focusing on invoice financing, increased advertising and marketing costs. Expenses in Argentina increased by 24 per cent, driven by higher staff costs, reflecting pay rises agreed with local unions, together with a 9 per cent increase in headcount in support of business expansion. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$347 million, an increase of 56 per cent, primarily driven by strong growth in net interest income and trading revenues in Mexico. Total operating income at US$653 million increased by 28 per cent compared with 2004. In Mexico, net interest income more than doubled, due to the strong performance in balance sheet management, which benefited from higher volumes and successful strategic positioning against a rising short-term interest rate environment, with an overall flattening of the yield curve in the first part of 2005. In the latter half of the year, positions were effectively managed to take advantage of the decline in local rates. In Argentina, a reduction in funding costs in Global Markets was augmented by the positive impact of an appreciating CER (an inflation-linked H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Latin America > 2005 / Profit/(loss) before tax index) on holdings of government bonds. Continuing economic growth and improved market confidence stimulated demand for credit, resulting in a 67 per cent growth in balances. Brazil reported a decrease in balance sheet management and money market revenues as a result of high short-term interest rates and an inverted yield curve. Net fee income rose by 12 per cent reflecting higher fees in Global Transaction Banking. The payments and cash management business generated higher customer volumes following an extension of the product range and reflected the benefit of improved delivery and distribution channels in Mexico. Trading activities generated higher income as foreign exchange and derivatives trading were facilitated by the introduction of the Group’s standard derivatives system in Mexico. Global Markets in Brazil benefited from a wider product range and the addition of new delivery capabilities. This investment and the relatively buoyant local market resulted in higher business volumes, particularly in foreign exchange. In Argentina, Global Markets income rose in line with increased trading activity in response to the sovereign debt swap. A US$11 million net release of loan impairment charges compared favourably with a net charge in 2004. In Brazil, a recovery in the energy sector was accompanied by the non-recurrence of allowances raised against two specific corporate accounts in 2004. Operating expenses of US$273 million were 17 per cent higher than in 2004. In Mexico, operational costs rose in line with higher transactional volumes, while an increase in staff costs partly reflected recruitment to support expansion initiatives. In Brazil, the benefit of a reduction in profit share and bonus payments was partly offset by higher centralised support function staff costs, driven by pay rises agreed with local unions. In Argentina, operating expenses were broadly in line with 2004. Private Banking reported flat profits. Strong growth in client assets, including US$2.4 billion of net new money, was driven by growth in Mexico following the launch of Private Banking there in 2004. In Brazil, the business was reorganised in 2005, with the transfer of smaller accounts to Personal Financial Services following a resegmentation of the customer base. In Brazil, HSBC’s insurance business was reclassified from Other to Personal Financial Services in 2005. As a result, operating income decreased by US$106 million and operating expenses fell by US$90 million. In Argentina, the receipt of compensation bonds and other items related to the pesification in 2002 led to a US$17 million increase in profit before tax. 102 Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses Year ended 31 December 2006 Personal Financial Services US$m 3,057 1,053 Commercial Banking US$m 1,037 387 61 14 75 227 11 5 992 74 5,494 (957) 21 5 26 – 1 1 27 7 1,486 (16) Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m 325 167 218 (16) 202 11 72 - 59 10 846 (51) 13 23 1 – 1 – – – – 4 41 – Inter- segment elimination US$m (233) Other US$m (2) – – – – (1) – – (2) 14 9 1 – – 233 233 – – – – (18) (18) – Total US$m 4,197 1,630 301 236 537 237 84 6 1,076 91 7,858 (1,023) 4,537 1,470 795 41 10 (18) 6,835 Latin America Net interest income/(expense) .... Net fee income ............................ Trading income excluding net interest income ....................... Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income ..................... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. Total operating income ............ Net insurance claims1 ................. Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............................. Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ............... (938) 5,897 (4,166) 1,731 4 1,735 % 7.9 61.0 US$m 35,791 80,771 50,861 (764) 3,773 Total operating expenses ............ (2,977) Operating profit/(loss) .............. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit/(loss) before tax .............. Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... 796 4 800 % 3.6 65.6 (197) 1,273 (822) 451 – 451 % 2.0 55.9 26 821 (346) 475 – 475 % 2.2 43.5 – 41 (27) 14 – 14 % 0.1 65.9 (3) 7 (12) (5) – (5) % – 120.0 – (18) 18 – – – Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 16,165 28,053 25,200 11,463 16,244 13,754 8,147 36,333 11,685 16 90 222 – 51 – 9,704 15,882 3,115 103 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Latin America > Profit/(loss) before tax Profit/(loss) before tax by customer groups and global businesses (continued) Year ended 31 December 20053 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Other US$m Latin America Inter- segment elimination US$m (329) – – 329 329 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 10 14 3 1 4 – – – – (1) 27 – 27 (2) 25 (24) 1 – 1 22 2 1 – 1 3 35 – (3) 56 116 – 116 4 120 (6) 114 (1) 113 % – 88.9 % 0.5 5.2 Total US$m 3,342 1,191 220 317 537 186 80 5 871 286 6,498 (792) 5,706 (676) 5,030 (3,426) 1,604 – 1,604 % 7.7 60.0 US$m 21,681 55,387 30,989 Net interest income ..................... Net fee income ............................ 2,580 790 Trading income excluding net interest income ....................... Net interest expense on trading activities .................................. Net trading income ..................... Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value ................................. Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income/ (expense) ................................ 56 – 56 174 35 5 794 188 767 263 9 – 9 – – – 23 18 Total operating income ............... Net insurance claims1 ................. 4,622 (734) 1,080 (13) 292 122 151 (13) 138 9 10 – 57 25 653 (45) 3,888 1,067 608 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ................. (600) 3,288 Total operating expenses ............ (2,502) Operating profit .......................... Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .. Profit before tax .......................... Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... 786 – 786 % 3.8 64.4 (89) 978 (621) 357 – 357 % 1.7 58.2 11 619 (273) 346 1 347 % 1.7 44.9 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 9,233 15,723 17,302 6,424 9,491 4,703 6,012 28,509 8,661 12 53 102 – 1,611 221 7,410 13,067 1,858 104 2,722 741 415 145 (16) 4,024 Year ended 31 December 20043 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Inter- segment elimination US$m Other US$m Latin America Net interest income ..................... 1,817 Net fee income/(expense) ........... Trading income/(expense) .......... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities ................................. Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. 765 35 40 8 – 251 25 Total operating income ............... Net insurance claims1 ................. 2,941 (219) 466 230 12 1 5 – 34 18 766 (25) 217 95 81 9 (1) – 55 6 462 (47) Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income ................. (270) 2,452 Total operating expenses ............ (1,801) Operating profit .......................... Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Share of HSBC’s profit before tax ................................ Cost efficiency ratio ................... 651 – 651 % 3.4 66.2 23 764 (448) 316 – 316 % 1.7 60.5 (7) 408 (212) 196 – 196 % 1.0 51.1 4 12 – – – – – 1 17 – 17 – 17 (17) – – – % – 100.0 12 (75) (1) 45 35 2 359 12 389 (244) – – – – – – – (16) (16) – – (16) 16 – – – 1 146 (68) 78 1 79 % 0.4 46.9 Selected balance sheet data2 Loans and advances to customers (net) ....................... Total assets ................................. Customer accounts ...................... The following assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: – loans and advances to banks (net) .......................... – trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments ......................... – deposits by banks ............... US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 9,709 16,973 13,642 3,021 5,027 6,284 2,622 17,014 6,259 2 34 11 339 1,371 111 5,046 7,860 1,825 Total US$m 2,516 1,027 127 95 47 2 699 46 4,559 (535) (253) 3,771 (2,530) 1,241 1 1,242 % 6.5 62.9 US$m 15,693 40,419 26,307 1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities. 2 Third party only. 3 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to Latin America. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 105 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Products and services Other information Products and services Personal Financial Services Personal Financial Services provides over 120 million individual and self-employed customers with a wide range of banking and related financial services. The precise nature of the products and services provided is, to some extent, driven by local regulations, market practices and the positioning of HSBC’s local businesses. Typically, products provided include current and savings accounts, mortgages and personal loans, credit cards, and local and international payment services. HSBC uses its global reach to offer tailored financial services to customers banking in more than one country. Personal customers prefer to conduct their financial business at times convenient to them, using a range of delivery channels. This demand for flexibility is met through the increased provision of direct channels such as the internet and self-service terminals, in addition to traditional and automated branches and service centres accessed by telephone. Delivering the right products and services for particular target markets is a fundamental requirement in any retail service business, and market research and customer analysis is key to developing an in-depth understanding of significant customer segments and their needs. This understanding of the customer ensures that customer relationship management systems are effectively used to identify and fulfil sales opportunities, and to manage the sales process. HSBC Premier is a premium banking service providing personalised relationship management, 24-hour priority telephone access, global travel assistance and cheque encashment facilities. There are now over 1.8 million HSBC Premier customers, who can use more than 250 specially designated Premier branches and centres in 36 countries and territories, either temporarily when visiting or on a more permanent basis if they require a banking relationship in more than one country. HSBC Finance’s operations in the US, the UK and Canada make credit available to customers not well catered for by traditional banking operations, facilitate point-of-sale credit in support of retail purchases and support major affiliate credit card programmes. At 31 December 2006, HSBC Finance had over 66 million customers with total gross advances of US$217.3 billion. 106 HSBC Finance serves personal customers through the following business units: • The consumer lending business unit is one of the largest sub-prime home equity originators in the US, marketed under the HFC and Beneficial brand names. Consumer lending also acquires sub-prime loans on the secondary market. • The mortgage services business unit purchases first and second lien mortgage loans, including open-end home equity loans, from a network of over 220 unaffiliated third-party lenders in the US. Decision One Mortgage Company, a subsidiary of HSBC Finance, originates mortgage loans sourced by mortgage brokers and sells all loans to secondary market purchasers, including HSBC’s mortgage services business. • The retail services business unit is one of the largest providers of third party private label credit cards (or store cards) in the US based on receivables outstanding, with over 66 merchant relationships and 16.6 million active customer accounts. • In addition to originating and refinancing motor vehicle loans, HSBC Finance’s motor vehicle finance business unit purchases retail instalment contracts of US customers who do not have access to traditional prime-based lending sources. The loans are largely sourced from a network of approximately 9,500 motor dealers. • The credit card services business unit is the fifth largest issuer of MasterCard and Visa credit cards in the US, and includes affiliation programmes such as the GM Card, the AFL- CIO Union Plus credit card, the Household Bank, Orchard Bank and, HSBC branded cards, and the Direct Merchants Bank MasterCard. Credit card services also cross-sell to customers in the consumer lending, motor vehicle finance, retail services and taxpayer financial services businesses. • The taxpayer financial services business unit accelerates access to funds for US taxpayers who are entitled to tax refunds. The business is seasonal with most revenues generated in the first three months of the year. HSBC Finance’s business in the UK, HFC Bank, provides mid-market consumers with mortgages, secured and unsecured loans, retail finance and insurance products. In Canada, similar products are offered through trust operations of HSBC Finance’s subsidiary there. Insurance and investment products play an important part in meeting the needs of customers. Insurance products distributed by HSBC through its direct channels and branch networks include loan protection, life, property and health insurance and pensions. Acting as both broker and underwriter, HSBC sees continuing opportunities to deliver insurance products to its customer base. HSBC also makes available a wide range of investment products. A choice of third party and proprietary funds is offered, including traditional ‘long only’ equity and bond funds; structured funds that provide capital security and opportunities for an enhanced return; and ‘fund of funds’ products which offer customers the ability to diversify their investments across a range of best-in-class fund managers chosen after a rigorous and objective selection process. Comprehensive financial planning services covering customers’ investment, retirement, personal and asset protection needs are offered through specialist financial planning managers. High net worth individuals and their families who choose the differentiated services offered within Private Banking are not included in this customer group. Commercial Banking HSBC is one of the world’s leading, and most international, banks, with 2.6 million Commercial Banking customers in 62 locations, including sole proprietors, partnerships, clubs and associations, incorporated businesses and publicly quoted companies. At 31 December 2006, HSBC had total commercial customer account balances of US$191 billion and total commercial customer loans and advances, net of loan impairment allowances, of US$173 billion. HSBC segments its Commercial Banking business into corporate, medium, small and micro business, allowing the development of tailored customer propositions whilst adopting a broader view of the entire Commercial Banking sector, from sole traders to top end mid-market corporations. This allows HSBC to provide continuous support to companies as they grow in size both domestically and internationally, and ensures a clear focus on the small and micro business sectors, which are typically the key to innovation and growth in market economies. HSBC places particular emphasis on geographical collaboration to meet its business customers’ needs and aims to be recognised as the leading international business bank and the best bank 107 for small business in target markets. The range of products and services includes: Financing: HSBC provides a range of short and longer-term financing options for Commercial Banking customers, both domestically and cross- border, including overdrafts, receivables finance, term loans and property finance. HSBC offers forms of asset finance in five sites and has established specialised divisions providing leasing and instalment finance for vehicles, plant and equipment. Payments and cash management: HSBC is a leading provider of domestic and cross-border payments, collections, liquidity management and account services worldwide. HSBC’s extensive network of offices and direct access to numerous local clearing systems, enhances its customers’ ability to manage their cash efficiently on a global basis. International trade: HSBC finances and facilitates significant volumes of international trade, under both open account terms and traditional trade finance instruments. HSBC also provides international factoring, commodity and insured export finance, and forfaiting services. HSBC utilises its extensive international network to build customer relationships at both ends of trade flows, and maximises efficiency through expertise in documentary checking and processing, and highly automated systems. Treasury and capital markets: Commercial Banking customers are volume users of the Group’s foreign exchange capabilities, including sophisticated currency and interest rate options. Commercial cards: HSBC offers commercial card services in 16 countries. Commercial card issuing provides its customers with services which enhance cash management, improve cost control and streamline purchasing processes. HSBC offers card acquiring services, either directly or as part of a joint venture, enabling merchants to accept credit card payments either in store or on the internet. Insurance: HSBC offers insurance services in 25 sites, which cover a full range of commercial insurance products designed to meet the needs of businesses and their employees, including employee benefit, pension and healthcare programmes. These products are provided by HSBC either as an intermediary (broker, agent or consultant) or as a supplier of in-house or third party offerings. HSBC also provides insurance due diligence reviews, and actuarial and employee benefit consultancy services. Wealth management services: These include advice and products related to savings and H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued) Products and services / Property / Legal proceedings investments provided to Commercial Banking customers and their employees through HSBC’s worldwide network, with clients being referred to Private Banking where appropriate. Investment banking: A small number of Commercial Banking customers need corporate finance and advisory support. These requirements are serviced by the Group on a client-specific basis. Delivery channels: HSBC deploys a full range of delivery channels, including specific online and direct banking offerings such as HSBCnet and Business Internet Banking. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets HSBC’s Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets business provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide. Managed as a global business, this customer group operates a long-term relationship management approach to build a full understanding of clients’ financial requirements. Sectoral client service teams comprising relationship managers and product specialists develop financial solutions to meet individual client needs. With dedicated offices in over 60 countries and access to HSBC’s worldwide presence and capabilities, this business serves subsidiaries and offices of its clients on a global basis. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets is managed as three principal business lines: Global Markets, Global Banking and Group Investment Businesses. This structure allows HSBC to focus on relationships and sectors that best fit the Group’s footprint and facilitates seamless delivery of HSBC’s products and services to clients. Products and services offered include: Global Markets HSBC’s operations in Global Markets consist of treasury and capital markets services for supranationals, central banks, corporations, institutional and private investors, financial institutions and other market participants. Products include: • • • • • foreign exchange; currency, interest rate, bond, credit, equity and other specialised derivatives; government and non-government fixed income and money market instruments; precious metals and exchange traded futures; equity services, including research, sales and 108 • • trading for institutional, corporate and private clients and asset management services; distribution of capital markets instruments, including debt, equity and structured products, utilising links with HSBC’s global networks; and securities services, where HSBC is one of the world’s leading custodians providing custody and clearing services and funds administration to both domestic and cross-border investors. Global Banking HSBC’s operations in Global Banking consist of financing, advisory and transaction services for corporations, institutional and private investors, financial institutions, and governments and their agencies. Products include: • • • • investment banking, which comprises capital raising, including debt and equity capital, and corporate finance and advisory services; lending, comprising bilateral and syndicated lending, leveraged and acquisition finance, structured and project finance; lease finance; and non-retail deposit-taking; international, regional and domestic payments and cash management services; and other transaction services, including trade services, factoring and banknotes. Group Investment Businesses These comprise asset management products and services for institutional investors, intermediaries and individual investors and their advisers. Other Other products include private equity, which comprises HSBC’s captive private equity funds, strategic relationships with third party private equity managers and other investments. Private Banking HSBC’s presence in all the major wealth-creating regions has enabled it to build one of the world’s leading private banking groups, providing financial services to high net worth individuals and their families from 90 locations in 35 countries and territories, with client assets of US$333 billion at 31 December 2006. HSBC Private Bank is the principal marketing name of the HSBC Group’s international private banking business which, together with HSBC Guyerzeller and HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt, provides the services noted below. area of approximately 65.4 million square feet (2005: 63.8 million square feet). Freehold, long leasehold and short leasehold land and buildings carried on the balance sheet represented 40 per cent of HSBC’s operational space. In addition, properties with a net book value of US$1,949 million were held for investment purposes. Of the total net book value of HSBC properties, more than 78 per cent were owned or held under long-term leases. HSBC’s properties are stated at cost, being historical cost or fair value at the date of transition to IFRSs (their deemed cost) less any impairment losses, and are depreciated on a basis calculated to write off the assets over their estimated useful lives. Properties owned as a consequence of an acquisition are recognised initially at fair value. Valuation of freehold and leasehold land and buildings HSBC’s freehold and long leasehold properties, together with all leasehold properties in Hong Kong, were valued in 2006. The value of these properties was US$1.7 billion in excess of their carrying amount in the consolidated balance sheet. Further details are included in Note 23 on the Financial Statements on page 366. Legal proceedings HSBC is party to legal actions in a number of jurisdictions including the UK, Hong Kong and the US, arising out of its normal business operations. HSBC considers that none of the actions is regarded as material, and none is expected to result in a significant adverse effect on the financial position of HSBC, either individually or in the aggregate. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made in respect of such litigation. HSBC has not disclosed any contingent liability associated with these legal actions because it is not practicable to do so. Utilising the most suitable products from the marketplace, Private Banking works with its clients to offer both traditional and innovative ways to manage and preserve wealth while optimising returns. Products and services offered include: Investment services: These comprise both advisory and discretionary investment services. A wide range of investment vehicles is covered, including bonds, equities, derivatives, options, futures, structured products, mutual funds and alternative products, such as hedge funds and fund of funds. By accessing regional expertise located within six major advisory centres in Hong Kong, Singapore, Geneva, New York, Paris and London, Private Banking seeks to select the most suitable investments for clients’ needs and investment strategies. Global wealth solutions: These comprise inheritance planning, trustee and other fiduciary services designed to protect existing wealth and create tailored structures to preserve wealth for future generations. Areas of expertise include trusts, foundation and company administration, charitable trusts and foundations, insurance and offshore structures. Specialist advisory services: Private Banking offers expertise in several specialist areas of wealth management including tax advisory and financial planning, family office advisory, corporate finance, consolidated reporting, industry services such as charities and foundations, media, shipping, diamond and jewellery, and real estate planning. Specialist advisers are available to deliver products and services that are tailored to meet the full range of high net worth clients’ individual financial needs. General banking services: These comprise treasury and foreign exchange, offshore and onshore deposits, credit and specialised lending, tailor-made loans and internet banking. Private Banking works to ensure its clients have full access to relevant skills and products available throughout HSBC, such as corporate banking, investment banking and insurance. Property At 31 December 2006, HSBC operated from some 10,200 operational properties worldwide, of which approximately 3,200 were located in Europe, 700 in Hong Kong and the Rest of Asia-Pacific, 2,300 in North America and 4,000 in Latin America (including 1,550 in Mexico). These properties had an 109 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review Introduction / Critical accounting policies Introduction ................................................... Critical accounting policies ........................... Key performance indicators .......................... Financial summary ........................................ Income statement ....................................... Net interest income .................................... Net fee income ........................................... Net trading income .................................... Net income from financial instruments Page 110 111 115 119 119 122 125 128 designated at fair value .......................... 129 Gains less losses from financial investments ............................................. Net earned insurance premiums ................ Other operating income ............................. Net insurance claims incurred and 131 132 133 movement in policyholders’ liabilities ... 135 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............................. Operating expenses .................................... Share of profit in associates and joint ventures .................................................. Asset deployment ....................................... Trading assets and financial investments ............................................ Funds under management .......................... Assets in custody and under administration ........................................ Economic profit ......................................... Other financial information ........................... Average balance sheet and net interest 136 139 142 144 144 145 145 146 147 income .................................................... 147 Analysis of changes in net interest income .................................................... Share capital and reserves ......................... Short-term borrowings ............................... Contractual obligations ............................. Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis .................................................. Deposits ..................................................... Certificates of deposit and other time deposits .................................................. Off-balance sheet arrangements ................ 154 157 158 158 159 160 162 163 110 Introduction The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as endorsed by the European Union (‘EU’). EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ temporarily from IFRSs as published by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2006, there were no unendorsed standards, effective for the year ended 31 December 2006, affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements, and there was no difference in application to HSBC between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB. Certain information for years prior to 2004 has been prepared under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (‘UK GAAP’), which are not comparable with IFRSs. HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts its business. Unless otherwise stated, the accounting information presented in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRSs. IFRSs compared with US GAAP Net income US GAAP ................. IFRSs ........................ Shareholders’ equity US GAAP ................. IFRSs ........................ 2006 US$m 16,358 15,789 2005 US$m 14,703 15,081 2004 US$m 12,506 12,918 108,540 108,352 93,524 92,432 90,082 85,522 HSBC provides details of its net income and shareholders’ equity calculated in accordance with US GAAP, which differs in certain respects from IFRSs. Differences in net income and shareholders’ equity are explained in Note 47 on the Financial Statements on pages 403 to 434. Constant currency Constant currency comparatives in respect of 2005 and 2004 used in the 2006 and 2005 commentaries respectively are computed by retranslating into US dollars: • the income statements for 2005 and 2004 of non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates at the average rates of exchange for 2006 and 2005 respectively; and • the balance sheets at 31 December 2005 and 2004 for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates at the prevailing rates of exchange on 31 December 2006 and 2005 respectively. No adjustments are made to the exchange rates used to translate assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into the functional currencies of any HSBC branch, subsidiary, joint venture or associate. Operating income and cost growth Total operating income ................................................. Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ................... Total operating expenses .............................................. Comparison of financial information When reference is made to ‘constant currency’ or ‘constant exchange rates’ in commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the appropriate exchange rates applied in the current period in respect of the income statement or the balance sheet. When reference to ‘underlying basis’ is made, comparative information has been expressed at constant currency and adjusted for the effect of acquisitions, disposals, and the change in presentation of non-equity minority issues affecting the 2005 comparison with 2004. As the transition to IFRSs affected the comparability of the financial information presented in this document (see Note 1 on the Financial Statements), the commentaries that follow specify the impact when this is material to a reader’s understanding of the underlying business trends. Critical accounting policies (Audited) Introduction The results of HSBC are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are described in detail in Note 2 on the Financial Statements. When preparing the financial statements, it is the directors’ responsibility under UK company law to select suitable accounting policies and to make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent. The accounting policies that are deemed critical to HSBC’s IFRSs results and financial position, in terms of the materiality of the items to which the 2006 compared with 2005 2005 compared with 2004 As reported Constant currency on an underlying basis % 14 13 14 % 11 11 11 As reported % 10 12 11 Constant currency on an underlying basis % 10 12 9 policy is applied, and which involve a high degree of judgement and estimation, are discussed below. Impairment of loans HSBC’s accounting policy for losses arising from the impairment of customer loans and advances is described in Note 2(f) on the Financial Statements. Losses in respect of impaired loans are reported in HSBC’s income statement under the caption ‘Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions’. An increase in these losses has the effect of reducing HSBC’s profit for the period by a corresponding amount (while a decrease in impairment charges or reversal of impairment charges has the opposite effect). Losses for impaired loans are recognised promptly when there is objective evidence that impairment of a loan or portfolio of loans has occurred. Impairment losses are calculated on individual loans and on loans assessed collectively. Losses expected from future events, no matter how likely, are not recognised. Individually assessed loans At each balance sheet date, HSBC assesses on a case-by-case basis whether there is any objective evidence that a loan is impaired. This procedure is applied to all accounts that are considered individually significant. In determining impairment losses on these loans, the following factors are considered: • HSBC’s aggregate exposure to the customer; • the viability of the customer’s business model and their capacity to trade successfully out of financial difficulties and generate sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations; 111 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Critical accounting policies • • • • • • • the amount and timing of expected receipts and recoveries; the likely dividend available on liquidation or bankruptcy; the extent of other creditors’ commitments ranking ahead of, or pari passu with, HSBC and the likelihood of other creditors continuing to support the company; the complexity of determining the aggregate amount and ranking of all creditor claims and the extent to which legal and insurance uncertainties are evident; the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants) and likelihood of successful repossession; the likely deduction of any costs involved in recovery of amounts outstanding; the ability of the borrower to obtain, and make payments in, the currency of the loan if not denominated in local currency; and • when available, the secondary market price of the debt. Impairment losses are calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows of a loan at its original effective interest rate, and comparing the resultant present value with the loan’s current carrying amount. The carrying amount of impaired loans on the balance sheet is reduced through the use of an allowance account. HSBC’s policy requires a review of the level of impairment allowances on individual facilities above materiality thresholds at least half- yearly, or more regularly when individual circumstances require. This normally includes a review of collateral held (including re-confirmation of its enforceability) and an assessment of actual and anticipated receipts. Collectively assessed loans Impairment is assessed on a collective basis in two circumstances: • • to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment; and for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant. Incurred but not yet identified impairment Individually assessed loans for which no evidence of loss has been specifically identified on an individual 112 basis are grouped together according to their credit risk characteristics for the purpose of calculating an estimated collective loss. This reflects impairment losses incurred at the balance sheet date which will only be individually identified in the future. The collective impairment allowance is determined after taking into account: • • historical loss experience in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics (for example, by industry sector, loan grade or product); the estimated period between impairment occurring and the loss being identified and evidenced by the establishment of an appropriate allowance against the individual loan; and • management’s experienced judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience. The period between a loss occurring and its identification is estimated by local management for each identified portfolio. Homogeneous groups of loans For homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, two alternative methods are used to calculate allowances on a portfolio basis: When appropriate empirical information is available, HSBC utilises roll-rate methodology. This methodology employs statistical analysis of historical trends of delinquency and default to estimate the likelihood that loans will progress through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately prove irrecoverable. The estimated loss is the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate of the portfolio, and the carrying amount of the portfolio. Current economic conditions are also evaluated when calculating the appropriate level of allowance required to cover inherent loss. In certain highly developed markets, sophisticated models also take into account behavioural and account management trends as revealed in, for example, bankruptcy and rescheduling statistics. In other cases, when the portfolio size is small or when information is insufficient or not reliable enough to adopt a roll-rate methodology, HSBC adopts a formulaic approach which allocates progressively higher percentage loss rates the longer a customer’s loan is overdue. Loss rates are objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the excess is written back by reducing the loan impairment allowance account accordingly. The reversal is recognised in the income statement. Assets acquired in exchange for loans Non-financial assets acquired in exchange for loans as part of an orderly realisation are recorded as assets held for sale and reported in ‘Other assets’. The asset acquired is recorded at the lower of its fair value (less costs to sell) and the carrying amount of the loan (net of impairment allowance) at the date of exchange. No depreciation is charged in respect of assets held for sale. Any subsequent write-down of the acquired asset to fair value less costs to sell is recognised in the income statement in ‘Other operating income’. Any subsequent increase in the fair value less costs to sell, to the extent this does not exceed the cumulative write down, is also recognised in ‘Other operating income’, together with any realised gains or losses on disposal. Renegotiated loans The impairment of personal loans is generally subject to collective assessment. Personal loans whose terms have been renegotiated are no longer considered past due, but are treated as new loans only after a minimum required number of payments required under the new arrangements have been received. Loans subject to individual impairment assessment whose terms have been renegotiated are subject to ongoing review to determine whether they remain impaired or should be considered past due. Further information on impairment assessment and impairment allowances is set out on pages 174 to 176. Goodwill impairment HSBC’s accounting policy for goodwill is described in Note 2(o) on the Financial Statements. Goodwill arises on business combinations, including the acquisition of subsidiaries, and interests in joint ventures and associates, when the cost of acquisition exceeds the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. By contrast, if HSBC’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of an calculated from the discounted expected future cash flows from a portfolio. In normal circumstances, historical experience provides the most objective and relevant information from which to assess inherent loss within each portfolio. In certain circumstances, historical loss experience provides less relevant information about the inherent loss in a given portfolio at the balance sheet date, for example, where there have been changes in economic, regulatory or behavioural conditions such that the most recent trends in the portfolio risk factors are not fully reflected in the statistical models. In these circumstances, such risk factors are taken into account when calculating the appropriate level of impairment allowances, by adjusting the impairment allowances derived solely from historical loss experience. Key risk factors include recent trends in charge-off and delinquency, economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets, changes in product mix and concentration, bankruptcy trends, other market conditions such as changes in interest rates and energy prices, changes in laws and regulations and natural disasters. Roll rates, loss rates and the expected timing of future recoveries are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate. The portfolio approach is generally applied to the following types of portfolios: • • • low value, homogeneous small business accounts in certain jurisdictions; residential mortgages; credit cards and other unsecured consumer lending products; and • motor vehicle financing. These portfolio allowances are generally reassessed monthly and charges for new allowances, or reversals of existing allowances, are calculated for each separately identified portfolio. Loan write-offs Loans (and the related impairment allowance accounts) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery of these amounts and when the proceeds from realising security have been received. Reversals of impairment If the amount of an impairment loss decreases in a subsequent period, and the decrease can be related 113 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Critical accounting policies / Key performance indicators acquired business is greater than the cost of acquisition, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement. At the date of disposal of a business, attributable goodwill is included in HSBC’s share of net assets in the calculation of the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGU’) for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment testing is performed at least annually by comparing the present value of the expected future cash flows from a business with the carrying amount of its net assets, including attributable goodwill. Significant management judgement is involved in two aspects of the process of identifying and evaluating goodwill impairment. First, the cost of capital assigned to an individual CGU and used to discount its future cash flows can have a significant effect on the CGU’s valuation. The cost of capital percentage is generally derived from a Capital Asset Pricing Model, which itself depends on inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables including the risk- free interest rate in the country concerned and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are established on the basis of management judgement. Second, management judgement is required in estimating the future cash flows of the CGU. These values are sensitive to the cash flows projected for the periods for which detailed forecasts are available, and to assumptions regarding the long-term pattern of sustainable cash flows thereafter. While the acceptable range within which underlying assumptions can be applied is governed by the requirement to compare resulting forecasts with actual performance and verifiable economic data in future years, the cash flow forecasts necessarily and appropriately reflect management’s view of future business prospects. When this exercise demonstrates that the expected cash flows of a CGU have declined and/or that its cost of capital has increased, the effect is to reduce the CGU’s estimated fair value. If this results in an estimated recoverable amount that is lower than the carrying value of the CGU, a charge for impairment of goodwill will be recorded, thereby reducing by a corresponding amount HSBC’s profit for the year. Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill on acquisitions of interests in joint ventures or associates is included in ‘Interests in associates and joint ventures’. 114 Valuation of financial instruments HSBC’s accounting policy for valuation of financial instruments is described in Note 2(d) on the Financial Statements. All financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price, i.e. the fair value of the consideration given or received. In certain circumstances, however, the initial fair value may be based on other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, without modification or repackaging, or on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets. Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for assets held and offer prices for liabilities. When independent prices are not available, fair values are determined by using valuation techniques which refer to observable market data. These include comparisons with similar financial instruments for which market observable prices exist, discounted cash flow analyses, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. The main factors which management considers when applying a model are: • • the likelihood and expected timing of future cash flows on the instrument. These cash flows are usually governed by the terms of the instrument, although management judgement may be required when the ability of the counterparty to service the instrument in accordance with the contractual terms is in doubt; and an appropriate discount rate for the instrument. Management determines this rate, based on its assessment of the appropriate spread of the rate for the instrument over the risk-free rate. When valuing instruments by reference to comparable instruments, management takes into account the maturity, structure and rating of the instrument with which the position held is being compared. When valuing instruments on a model basis using the fair value of underlying components, management considers, in addition, the need for adjustments to take account of factors such as bid- offer spread, credit profile and model uncertainty. These adjustments are based on defined policies which are applied consistently across HSBC. When unobservable market data have a significant impact on the valuation of derivatives, the entire initial difference in fair value indicated by the valuation model from the transaction price is not recognised immediately in the income statement but is recognised over the life of the transaction on an appropriate basis or is recognised in the income statement when the inputs become observable, or when the transaction matures or is closed out. Financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss comprise financial instruments held for trading and financial instruments designated at fair value. Changes in their fair value directly impact HSBC’s income statement in the period in which they occur. A change in the fair value of a financial asset which is classified as ‘available-for-sale’ is recorded directly in equity until the financial asset is sold, at which point the cumulative change in fair value is charged or credited to the income statement. When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognised directly in equity and there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss that had been recognised directly in equity is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss, reducing HSBC’s operating profit. In Notes on the Financial Statements, Note 15 includes a table which summarises HSBC’s trading portfolio by valuation methodology, and Note 33 provides an analysis of the fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the balance sheet. Key performance indicators The Board of Directors and the Group Management Board each monitors HSBC’s progress against its strategic objectives on a regular basis. Progress is assessed by comparison with the Group’s strategy, its operating plan targets and its historical performance using both financial and non-financial measures. As a prerequisite for the vesting of performance shares, the Remuneration Committee must satisfy itself that HSBC’s financial performance has shown a sustained improvement in the period since the award date. In determining this, the Remuneration Committee takes into account HSBC’s financial performance with regard to the financial key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) described below. For awards made since 2005, the KPIs are compared with the same group of 28 comparator banks as for the TSR performance condition. Financial KPIs HSBC’s strategic plan, ‘Managing for Growth’, provides HSBC with a blueprint for organic growth and development. This began in 2003 and will continue up to 2008. The plan is aimed at guiding the Group to achieve management’s vision for HSBC to be the world’s leading financial services company. To support the Group’s strategy and ensure that HSBC’s performance can be monitored, management utilises a number of financial KPIs. The table below presents these KPIs for the period from 2004 to 2006. At a business level, the KPIs are complemented by a range of benchmarks which are relevant to the planning process and to reviewing business performance. 115 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Key performance indicators Financial KPIs used by HSBC’s management Revenue growth1 ........................ Revenue mix2 Net interest income ............... Net fee income ...................... Other income3 ........................ Cost efficiency4 .......................... Credit performance as measured by risk adjusted margin5 ........ Return on average 2006 % 2005 % 200410 % 13.4 12.2 – 52.8 26.3 20.9 51.3 54.4 25.1 20.5 51.2 60.6 25.2 14.2 51.6 6.3 6.3 6.8 invested capital6 ..................... Dividend performance7 .............. Earnings per share8 (US$) .......... 14.9 10.1 1.40 15.9 9.5 1.36 15.0 5.0 1.18 Over Over 1 year 3 years Over 5 years Total shareholder return9 HSBC TSR ................................ 104.6 Benchmarks: 122.0 148.4 – FTSE 100 ........................... 114.4 153.8 139.9 – MSCI World ...................... 105.8 141.1 122.4 1 The percentage increase in net operating income before loan impairment and other credit risk charges since the previous reporting period. 2 As a percentage of net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions. 3 Other income comprises net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions less net interest income and net fee income. 4 Total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment and other credit risk charges. 5 Net operating income divided by average risk-weighted assets. 6 Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by average invested capital. 7 The percentage increase in dividend per share since the previous reporting period. 8 Basic earnings per share is defined in note 12. 9 Total shareholder return is defined on page 281. 10 Presentational changes introduced under IFRSs on 1 January 2005 distort comparison of 2004 data with succeeding years. Revenue growth provides an important guide to the Group’s success in generating business. In 2006, total revenue grew by 13.4 per cent to US$65.4 billion, 10.5 per cent on an underlying basis, reflecting HSBC’s expansion into new products and markets, improved brand recognition and refinements in segmentation to better meet customer needs. The trend maintained the strong performance in 2005 when the underlying increase was 11.7 per cent. Higher revenue was largely driven by balance sheet growth and strong contributions from emerging markets, where HSBC continued to introduce products and services developed in mature economies to these faster growing regions. Revenue mix represents the relative distribution of revenue streams between net interest income, net fee income and other revenue. It is used to understand how changing economic factors affect 116 the Group, to highlight dependence on balance sheet utilisation for income generation and to indicate success in cross-selling fee-based services to customers with loan facilities. This understanding assists management in making business investment decisions. Comparison of the revenue mix since 2004 indicates that it has been broadly stable over recent years. The percentage of revenue attributable to net interest income fell, however, from 54.4 per cent in 2005 to 52.8 per cent in 2006 as balance sheet management revenues were constrained by an adverse interest rate environment while fee and trading-based revenue streams have grown more strongly. Cost efficiency is a relative measure that indicates the consumption of resources in generating revenue. Management uses this metric to assess the success of technology utilisation and, more generally, the productivity of the Group’s distribution platforms and sales forces. The cost efficiency ratio for 2006 was broadly in line with the previous two years notwithstanding ongoing investment in HSBC’s businesses, particularly in emerging markets, and in improving the Group’s distribution and technology platforms. Credit performance as measured by risk- adjusted margin is an essential gauge for assessing whether credit is correctly priced so that the returns available after recognising impairment charges meet the Group’s required return parameters. The ratio for 2006 was 6.3 per cent, unchanged from 2005, showing a trend to higher-margin earnings relative to risk, notwithstanding the significant credit losses in the mortgage services business in the US described on page 189. Management aims to improve risk-adjusted performance over time. Return on average invested capital measures the return on the capital investment made in the business, enabling management to benchmark HSBC against competitors. In 2006, the ratio of 14.9 per cent was 100 basis points lower than that reported in 2005. This decline reflected the fact that profitability grew more slowly than the capital utilised in generating the profit because of the higher impairment charges recognised in 2006, largely in respect of the mortgage services business in the US. HSBC aims to deliver sustained dividend performance for its shareholders. The dividend per share for the year was US$0.76, an increase of 10.1 per cent on 2005, a larger increase than the 9.5 per cent increase in dividend per share reported in 2005. HSBC has delivered a compound rate of increase in dividends of 9.6 per cent per annum over the past 5 years. Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) is a ratio that Employee engagement shows the level of earnings generated per ordinary share. EPS is one of two key performance measures used in rewarding employees and is discussed in more detail in the Director’s Remuneration Report. EPS for 2006 was US$1.40, an increase of 2.9 per cent on 2005. This demonstrated the benefit of diversified earnings as the losses in the US mortgage services business were more than compensated for by strong growth in other markets and products. In 2005, EPS grew by 15 percentage points over that reported in 2004. Total shareholder return (‘TSR’) is used as a method of assessing the overall return to shareholders on their investment in HSBC, comprising both the growth in share value and declared dividends. TSR is a key performance measure in rewarding employees and is discussed in more detail in the Director’s Remuneration Report. The TSR benchmark is an index set at 100 and measured over one, three and five years for the purpose of comparison with the performance of a group of competitor banks which reflect HSBC’s range and breadth of activities. The TSR levels at the end of 2006 were 104.6, 122.0, and 148.4 over one, three and five years respectively. HSBC’s TSR over one and three years has underperformed the benchmark. This is attributed largely to the impact on the share price of the current weakness in the US sub-prime mortgage business and investor preference over this time for companies with smaller market values, particularly those for which there is the possibility of participating in domestic or regional consolidation. Over five years HSBC’s TSR outperformed the benchmark, reflecting its strong and consistent growth in profits and dividends. Management believes that KPIs must remain relevant to the business so may be changed over time to reflect changes in the Group’s composition and the strategies employed. Non-financial KPIs HSBC has chosen four non-financial KPIs which are important to the future success of the Group in delivering its strategic objectives. These non- financial KPIs are currently reported internally within HSBC on a local basis. Going forward, a common framework is being established with considered definitions and metrics so that these KPIs can be published from next year. Employee engagement is a measure of employees’ emotional and rational attachment to HSBC that motivates them to remain with the Group and align themselves wholeheartedly with its success. HSBC regularly surveys its employees on a regional or business basis, achieving on average a response rate of over 80 per cent. In 2006 over 168,000 employees were surveyed. From 2007 onwards, HSBC will launch a Group-wide employee engagement survey in conjunction with a leading external partner, which will include core questions designed to measure employee engagement levels consistently. This will be used to improve business performance through employee engagement, reward senior management for meeting and exceeding target engagement scores, and benchmark HSBC both internally and externally. The analysis of the survey results will be undertaken by the external partner, taking into account cultural norms and industry benchmarks. Survey results and action plans developed in response thereto will be communicated to all employees. Brand perception HSBC has conducted brand tracking surveys in its major Personal Financial Services markets for five years, assessing the strength of the brand by measuring awareness, consideration, momentum, image and differentiation. From 2007, HSBC will extend the exercise to include customers in HSBC’s major Commercial Banking markets. The surveys will be conducted by accredited independent third party organisations, and will produce a blended measure which will compare HSBC’s performance with its competitors in its major markets. Customer satisfaction HSBC has also regularly conducted customer satisfaction surveys in its main markets over many years. Going forward, HSBC will use a consistent measure of recommendation to gauge customer satisfaction with the services provided by the Group’s Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking businesses, and benchmark the measures of reported customer satisfaction against those reported in respect of the customers of its main competitors in each of these markets. 117 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Key performance indicators / Financial summary IT performance and systems reliability HSBC tracks two key measures of IT performance, namely, the number of customer transactions processed and the reliability and resilience of Group systems measured in terms of service availability targets. The number of customer transactions processed is a measure of the ease with which customers can access IT-developed and supported systems, the extent to which these systems meet customer expectations and the success of the Group’s IT function in meeting straight-through delivery processing targets. Customer transactions processed HSBC’s IT function establishes with its end users service level agreements for systems performance (e.g. systems up-time 99.9 per cent of the time and credit card authorisations within two seconds) and monitors the achievement of each of these commitments. The following chart shows the percentage of time throughout the year IT has consistently achieved all of its service level commitments. It is intended that comparisons of these numbers will be provided in the future. Percentage of IT services meeting or exceeding targets in 2006 1 Interactive voice response system 118 Financial summary Income statement Year ended 31 December Interest income ................................................................................................ Interest expense ............................................................................................... Net interest income .......................................................................................... Fee income ....................................................................................................... Fee expense ...................................................................................................... Net fee income ................................................................................................. Trading income excluding net interest income ............................................... Net interest income on trading activities ......................................................... Net trading income1 ......................................................................................... Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value .................... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities .............. Gains less losses from financial investments .................................................. Dividend income .............................................................................................. Net earned insurance premiums ...................................................................... Other operating income ................................................................................... Total operating income ................................................................................. Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ................................................................................ Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ............................. Net operating income .................................................................................... Employee compensation and benefits ............................................................. General and administrative expenses .............................................................. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment ............................................... Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets .......................................... Total operating expenses ............................................................................... Operating profit ............................................................................................. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ............................................... Profit before tax ............................................................................................. Tax expense ..................................................................................................... Profit for the year .......................................................................................... Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company .............................. Profit attributable to minority interests ........................................................... 2006 US$m 75,879 (41,393) 34,486 21,080 (3,898) 17,182 5,619 2,603 8,222 657 – 969 340 5,668 2,546 70,070 (4,704) 65,366 (10,573) 54,793 (18,500) (12,823) (1,514) (716) (33,553) 21,240 846 22,086 (5,215) 16,871 15,789 1,082 2005 US$m 60,094 (28,760) 31,334 17,486 (3,030) 14,456 3,656 2,208 5,864 1,034 – 692 155 5,436 2,733 61,704 (4,067) 57,637 (7,801) 49,836 (16,145) (11,183) (1,632) (554) (29,514) 20,322 644 20,966 (5,093) 15,873 15,081 792 2004 US$m 50,471 (19,372) 31,099 15,902 (2,954) 12,948 2,786 – 2,786 – 1,012 540 622 5,368 1,613 55,988 (4,635) 51,353 (6,191) 45,162 (14,523) (9,739) (1,731) (494) (26,487) 18,675 268 18,943 (4,685) 14,258 12,918 1,340 1 ‘Net trading income’ comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading, together with related external interest income, interest expense and dividend income. The 2004 comparative figure does not include interest income and interest expense on trading assets and liabilities except for trading derivatives, nor does it include dividend income on trading assets and so is not strictly comparable with the figures for 2005 and 2006. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 HSBC made a profit before tax of US$22,086 million, a rise of US$1,120 million, or 5 per cent, compared with 2005. Incremental contributions to pre-tax profit from Metris in the US, the Argentine retail operations acquired from Banca Nazionale and Ping An Insurance in mainland China, less the profits of The Cyprus Popular Bank, which was sold during the year, accounted for US$347 million of the increase in pre-tax profit in the period. These represented the bulk of changes in the constitution of the Group. On an underlying basis, which is described on page 111, profit before tax increased by 3 per cent. Average invested capital increased by US$10.6 billion compared with 2005 and return on that capital fell slightly by 1.0 per cent to 119 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Summary income statement 14.9 per cent. Revenue growth was 13 per cent and the cost efficiency ratio was broadly unchanged at 51.3 per cent; the Group’s Tier 1 ratio strengthened to 9.4 per cent. HSBC’s results in 2006 reflected the benefits of diversification of earnings. There were a number of outstanding achievements, for example, exceeding US$1 billion pre-tax profits for the first time in Mexico and the Middle East, and in each of the Group Private Banking and Commercial Banking businesses in the Rest of Asia-Pacific. HSBC added approximately US$1 billion in extra pre-tax profits in the Rest of Asia-Pacific and globally in the Commercial Banking businesses. However, results in 2006 also reflected a decline in pre-tax profits of around US$725 million in the Group’s personal businesses in the US as a portfolio of sub-prime mortgages purchased by a subsidiary of HSBC Finance (‘mortgage services’) suffered much higher delinquency than had been built into pricing these products. Earnings continued to be well diversified, both geographically and by customer group. Regionally, Asia including Hong Kong, had record results as did the Group’s newly designated Latin America region, which combines Mexico and Central America with HSBC’s South American businesses. Within the Customer Groups, Commercial Banking again delivered a record performance, as did Private Banking and Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, which made strong progress in the areas in which the Group has been investing in recent years. Personal Financial Services declined as growth in Asia and Latin America was masked by the problems in the US mortgage services business. The economic backdrop in 2006 was favourable. Global equity markets enjoyed strong gains for much of the year, encouraging expanded investment flows and creating a receptive marketplace for the high level of mergers and acquisitions and IPO activity which followed. However, in these favourable conditions, the cumulative effect of rising short-term rates, benign credit conditions and strong liquidity put pressure on interest margins. The credit environment for corporate and commercial lending continued to be exceptionally good. However, on the back of slowing housing markets and rising interest rates, a marked deterioration was experienced in the sub-prime mortgage market in the US. This more than outweighed the non-recurrence in 2006 of loan impairment costs associated with a surge in bankruptcy filings in the US in the fourth quarter of 2005, and the effect of hurricane Katrina. 120 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$65,366 million was US$7,729 million or 13 per cent higher than in 2005, 11 per cent higher on an underlying basis. Commercial Banking, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets and Private Banking operations all achieved strong double-digit growth. Operating income performance was well spread geographically, with the strongest growth in HSBC’s operations in Asia and in Latin America. Loan impairment and other credit risk provisions, expressed as a percentage of gross average advances to customers, at 1.4 per cent, were 20 basis points higher in 2006 than the 1.2 per cent recorded in 2005. There was also a 20 basis point rise in the ratio of new loan impairment charges to gross average advances to customers, from 1.4 per cent in 2005 to 1.6 per cent in 2006. The charge of US$10,573 million was US$2,772 million, or 36 per cent, higher than in 2005, 30 per cent higher on an underlying basis. Of this increase, approximately 60 per cent arose in the Group’s Personal Financial Services businesses in North America, with the major increase being in the US sub-prime mortgage portfolio acquired through mortgage services. Impairment charges in the UK were broadly stable as a percentage of lending to customers despite a rising trend of consumer recourse to debt mitigation arrangements. There was also some credit deterioration in a few emerging market countries, notably in the first half of 2006, as a consequence of regulatory changes. Total operating expenses of US$33,553 million were US$4,039 million or 14 per cent higher than in 2005, 11 per cent higher on an underlying basis. Much of the growth reflected investment to expand the Group’s geographic presence and add product expertise and sales support. This expansion was most marked in Personal Financial Services in North America, and in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, where the cost efficiency ratio improved slightly as strong revenue growth offset the first full year effect of investment expenditure in previous years. HSBC’s share of profit in associates and joint ventures increased by US$202 million, with improved contributions from The Saudi British Bank, Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank, supplemented by a first full year contribution from Ping An Insurance. HSBC’s share of profits from investments in associates in the Rest of Asia-Pacific accounted for nearly a quarter of the profits from that region. For further detailed discussion and analysis of the Group’s results by geographical conditions in the UK were adversely affected by slower economic growth and changes in bankruptcy legislation. This was offset by improved credit experience in the US, notwithstanding the impact of hurricane Katrina and an acceleration of bankruptcy filings ahead of legislative changes in the fourth quarter of 2005. In Brazil, HSBC also experienced higher charges as increased credit availability, particularly in the consumer segment, led to over- indebtedness. Total operating expenses of US$29,514 million were US$3,027 million or 11 per cent higher than in 2004, 9 per cent higher on an underlying basis. Much of the growth reflected investment to expand the Group’s geographic presence and adding product expertise and sales support. This expansion was most marked in Personal Financial Services in the Rest of Asia-Pacific and in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, where investment spend peaked during 2005. In addition, business expansion in the Middle East and Latin America contributed to cost growth. Productivity improvements achieved in the UK and Hong Kong allowed the Group to continue building its Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking businesses in the Rest of Asia- Pacific, and expanding its capabilities in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, without deterioration in the Group’s cost efficiency ratio. In the UK, the focus on improving utilisation of the existing infrastructure led to broadly flat costs in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking compared with underlying combined revenue growth of 10 per cent. HSBC’s cost efficiency ratio, which is calculated as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, improved slightly to 51.2 per cent in 2005 from 51.6 per cent in 2004. HSBC’s share of profit in associates and joint ventures increased by US$376 million, boosted by full year contributions from Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank in mainland China, and increased income from The Saudi British Bank, which reported a record performance on the back of a vibrant economy and a strong oil price. segment see Report of the Directors: Business Review on page 31. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 HSBC made a profit before tax of US$20,966 million, a rise of US$2,023 million or 11 per cent compared with 2004. Of this increase, US$267 million was attributable to additional contributions of ten and two months from M&S Money and Bank of Bermuda respectively, one month’s contribution from Metris, and the first full year effect of HSBC’s investments in Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank. As a result of the transition to full IFRSs, the format of the income statement changed. In particular, US$685 million of what would, previously, have been included in non-equity minority interest, moved within the income statement and was classified as ‘Interest expense’ in 2005, rather than ‘Profit attributable to minority interests’. As the applicable IFRSs requiring these changes only came into effect from 1 January 2005, the comparative 2004 figures are presented on the previous basis. On an underlying basis, which is described on page 111, profit before tax increased by 13 per cent. Total operating income of US$61,704 million was US$5,716 million or 10 per cent higher than in 2004. On an underlying basis, total operating income also rose by 10 per cent. This reflected organic lending growth in all regions and expansion in transactional banking revenues from increased trade, funds under management, administration and custody activities. Strong growth was also seen in fixed income and credit trading. Operating income performance was well spread geographically with particularly strong growth in HSBC’s operations in Latin America, the Middle East and the Rest of Asia- Pacific. Loan impairment and other credit risk provisions as a percentage of gross average advances to customers was moderately higher in 2005 at 1.16 per cent than in 2004, 0.99 per cent. There was also a small rise in the percentage ratio of new loan impairment charges to gross average advances to customers from 1.41 in 2004 to 1.50 in 2005. The charge of US$7,801 million was US$1,610 million or 26 per cent higher than in 2004 and on an underlying basis 23 per cent higher. Of this increase, approximately half was driven by growth in lending, with the remainder attributable to the higher rate of new provisions and the non-recurrence of general provision releases benefiting 2004. Underlying credit 121 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Net interest income Net interest income By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... 2006 US$m 8,289 4,685 3,047 14,268 4,197 % 24.0 13.6 8.8 41.4 12.2 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 8,221 4,064 2,412 13,295 3,342 % 26.2 13.0 7.7 42.4 10.7 2004 US$m 9,098 3,638 2,060 13,787 2,516 % 29.3 11.7 6.6 44.3 8.1 Net interest income2 ................................. 34,486 100.0 31,334 100.0 31,099 100.0 Net interest income2.......................................................................................... Average interest-earning assets ....................................................................... Gross interest yield (per cent)3 ........................................................................ Net interest spread (per cent)4 ......................................................................... Net interest margin (per cent)5 ........................................................................ Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 34,486 1,113,404 6.82 2.94 3.10 2005 US$m 31,334 999,421 6.01 2.84 3.14 2004 US$m 31,099 976,387 5.17 2.97 3.19 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 2 ‘Net interest income’ comprises interest income less interest expense on financial assets and liabilities which is not recognised as part of ‘Net trading income’ or ‘Net income earned from financial instruments designated at fair value’. In 2004, all interest income and expense was included within ‘Net interest income’ so these figures are not strictly comparable with those for 2005 and 2006. 3 Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’). 4 Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate paid on average interest-bearing funds. 5 Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Net interest income of US$34,486 million was 10 per cent higher than in 2005 and 7 per cent higher on an underlying basis. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Movements in net interest income were particularly influenced by the following factors: • • rising short-term interest rates in US dollars and linked currencies, and in sterling, increased the value of low-cost deposits and transactional balances and increased the interest income earned from investing those balances. This was particularly relevant to the Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking businesses in Asia and the UK, and also improved the value of cash balances within the Group’s custody and payments and cash management businesses and increased the resultant investment income; the cumulative effect of higher short-term interest rates in most major currencies in recent years has been to flatten interest rate yield curves and to reduce the opportunities available to HSBC’s balance sheet management operations to generate additional income. This reduced growth in net interest income compared with 2005 by some 2 percentage points; • strong liquidity and benign credit conditions put pressure on lending margins in corporate and commercial banking and credit spreads tightened as a consequence. Increased competition for core deposits also reduced deposit spreads in certain markets; • HSBC deployed an increased proportion of liabilities into trading assets. Reported net interest income includes the cost of internally funding these assets, while related revenue is included in trading income. This was particularly relevant to the UK, France and the US. The cost of funding net long positions is included within trading as an interest expense in HSBC’s customer group reporting; and • HSBC concentrated balance sheet expansion on attracting liabilities and, as a result, customer deposits, at constant currency but including acquisitions, grew by 3 percentage points more than customer loans. In Europe, net interest income increased by 1 per cent. The benefit of balance growth in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking was substantially offset by the increased deployment of liabilities to the fund trading activity referred to above; there was a corresponding rise in trading income. This was most pronounced in the UK and France. 122 In the UK, growth in Personal Financial Services was strong in savings and packaged current accounts, but mortgage and credit card lending also increased. In Commercial Banking, customer recruitment boosted growth in deposit balances and spreads widened, particularly on US dollar denominated accounts. Commercial lending balances were higher, in part reflecting the strong growth throughout 2005. In France, revenues declined despite growth in lending, due to competitive pricing pressures and the impact of older, higher-yielding hedges of the network’s funding surplus maturing. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ balance sheet management revenues declined as the rising trend in short-term interest rates continued to flatten yield curves. In Hong Kong, net interest income rose by 15 per cent. Deposit spreads widened with progressive interest rate rises, and balances increased as customers took advantage of higher rates. HSBC supported this growth with a number of promotions and marketing campaigns during the year. In Personal Financial Services, average savings and deposit balances rose by 7 per cent. The launch of a simplified mortgage pricing structure helped boost mortgage balances and grow market share. A clear focus on sales and targeted marketing helped achieve strong growth in credit card balances, and the number of cards in issue rose by 17 per cent to 4.6 million. Average corporate lending balances rose as the economy gained momentum and investment was channelled into mainland China. The benefit of these developments, however, was substantially offset by spread compression through the rising cost of funds, and lower balance sheet management revenues as short term interest rates continued to rise, and yield curves remained flat. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, a 25 per cent rise in net interest income was fuelled by balance sheet growth in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking. This reflected HSBC’s continuing investment in growing the business through network expansion, customer recruitment and targeted marketing and promotions. In Personal Financial Services, the emphasis on the recruitment of HSBC Premier customers generated strong deposit growth throughout the region, which funded increased mortgage and credit card borrowing. Other unsecured lending balances also grew significantly, as HSBC expanded its consumer finance operations in India, Australia and Indonesia. In corporate and commercial banking, increased deposits raised through customer recruitment and through higher transactional balances in the payments and cash management and the custody businesses were 123 significant to the growth in net interest income. On the asset side, growth reflected strong demand for credit as regional economies continued to expand and trade flows increased. In North America, net interest income increased by 3 per cent. In the US Personal Financial Services business, strong growth in mortgages, cards, and other personal unsecured non-credit card lending was funded by a 21 per cent rise in average deposits to US$32.2 billion. This was led by the continued success of the online savings product which grew by US$6 billion to US$7 billion at 31 December 2006. Higher spreads in credit cards, reflecting a lower proportion of promotional balances and a degree of re-pricing, were in contrast with most other portfolios. Overall, asset spreads contracted, driven by the effect on funding costs of a succession of interest rate rises, while competitive pricing and customer migration to higher yielding products reduced spreads on deposits. Net interest income was boosted in Canada by strong lending to personal and commercial customers, supported by deposit raising initiatives. However, these benefits were partly offset by lower Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ balance sheet management income as spreads narrowed as a result of higher short-term rates coupled with a flat yield curve in the US. The increased deployment of liabilities to fund trading activity also reduced growth in net interest income, with a corresponding increase in trading income. In Latin America, net interest income increased by 17 per cent. In Mexico, deposit growth was boosted by the continuing success of the ‘Tu Cuenta’ packaged account in Personal Financial Services. Credit card, unsecured lending and mortgage balances also grew strongly, though the benefit of the latter was offset by competitive pressure on spreads. In Brazil, where the domestic economy improved and inflation remained low, rising consumer demand for credit, together with increased sales activity and customer recruitment, drove strong lending growth. Deposits rose through current accounts linked to the growing payroll loan business. Growth in Commercial Banking was mainly in the small and middle market customer segments. HSBC increased focus on these businesses through network expansion and the recruitment of additional sales staff throughout the region. In Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, improved balance sheet management revenues and growth in the payments and cash management business were the major contributors to interest income growth. Average interest earning assets of US$1,113 billion were US$114 billion, or 11 per cent, higher than in 2005. On an underlying basis, H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Net interest income / Net fee income growth was 10 per cent. HSBC’s net interest margin was 3.10 per cent in 2006, compared with 3.14 per cent in 2005. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Net interest income of US$31,334 million was US$235 million, or 1 per cent, higher than in 2004. Under IFRSs, HSBC’s presentation of net interest income in 2005 was particularly affected by: • • • the reclassification of certain preference dividends within non-equity minority interests as interest expense; the inclusion of certain loan origination fees and expenses as part of an effective interest rate calculation instead of being recognised in full on inception of the loan; and external interest income and expense on trading assets and liabilities now included within ‘Net trading income’. Adjusting for these changes and on an underlying basis, net interest income increased by 12 per cent. The commentary that follows is on this basis. The benefit of strong growth in interest-earning assets globally more than offset the effect of spread compression from flattening yield curves in the major currencies. This latter phenomenon reduced opportunities for HSBC’s balance sheet management operations to enhance margin by placing the Group’s surplus liquidity longer term than the behaviouralised deposit funding base. In addition, short-term interest rate rises in the US reduced spreads on consumer finance loans. In Europe, higher personal and commercial lending and increased deposit balances led to a 12 per cent increase in net interest income. UK Personal Financial Services balances grew strongly in mortgages, unsecured lending and cards, mainly funded by a 12 per cent increase in deposit and savings balances. In Turkey, card balances grew from increased marketing and working with HSBC’s retail partners. Spreads tightened on UK personal lending, reflecting the introduction of preferential pricing for lower-risk and higher-value customers, and on savings, due to better pricing for customers. In Commercial Banking in the UK, lending and overdraft balances increased by 23 per cent, with growth particularly strong in the property, distribution and services sectors. Deposit balances grew by 11 per cent, partly from keen pricing, though this reduced deposit spreads. Yields on UK 124 corporate lending, which were lower largely as a result of competitive pressure, were only partly offset by higher loan balances, while lower balance sheet management income reflected the effect of rising short-term rates and flattening yield curves on balance sheet management revenues. In North America, net interest income increased by 4 per cent. Growth in mortgage, card and unsecured personal lending balances was strong, offsetting spread contraction as the cost of funds rose with progressive interest rate rises. Core deposit growth benefited from expansion of the branch network and the launch of new savings products, including an online savings product which attracted a significant number of new customers. Treasury income from balance sheet management within Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets diminished as the rise in short-term interest rates limited opportunities to profit from placing the liquidity generated from core banking operations over extended periods. In Hong Kong, net interest income rose by 17 per cent. Rising interest rates reinvigorated demand for traditional savings products, driving increases in personal and commercial savings balances. Coupled with the rise in deposit spreads, which increased in line with interest rates, this led to a sharp rise in net interest income. Mortgage spreads contracted, however, as the gradual increase in yields during the year, in line with higher rates, was more than offset by rising funding costs. There was little net new lending for residential mortgages as interest rate rises cooled the residential property market in the second half of 2005. Economic growth in mainland China boosted commercial lending to the trade and manufacturing sectors, and property lending also increased. Treasury income remained under pressure, with rising short-term interest rates and a flat yield curve providing limited opportunities to profitably deploy surplus liquidity and increasing funding costs. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, net interest income increased by 24 per cent, reflecting business expansion and favourable economic conditions throughout the region. In the Middle East, buoyant oil-based economies stimulated demand for credit for property and infrastructure projects. Increasing personal and corporate wealth contributed to growth in deposit balances, while interest rate rises led to higher deposit spreads. General economic expansion created demand for consumption credit which boosted credit card lending. For the reasons noted above, treasury income from balance sheet management was weaker. In Latin America, the positive economic environment encouraged growth in personal and commercial lending, particularly in credit cards and vehicle finance, which led to a 32 per cent increase in net interest income. In Mexico, HSBC continued to lead the market in personal customer deposit growth. Recruitment of commercial customers was also strong. A significant rise in customer acquisition and the development of the Losango customer base in Brazil also contributed. Average interest-earning assets increased by US$23 billion, or 2 per cent, compared with 2004. Net fee income At constant exchange rates, and excluding the US$84.7 billion of trading assets in 2004, average interest-earning assets increased by 11 per cent, reflecting strong growth in mortgages, personal lending and cards globally, and increased lending in Commercial Banking. HSBC’s net interest margin was 3.14 per cent in 2005 compared with 3.19 in 2004. For the reasons set out in the opening paragraphs, these figures were not strictly comparable as a result of presentation changes under IFRSs from 1 January 2005. By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... 2006 US$m 7,108 2,056 1,622 4,766 1,630 % 41.4 12.0 9.4 27.7 9.5 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 6,299 1,674 1,340 3,952 1,191 % 43.6 11.6 9.3 27.3 8.2 2004 US$m 5,980 1,703 1,041 3,197 1,027 % 46.2 13.2 8.0 24.7 7.9 Net fee income ......................................... 17,182 100.0 14,456 100.0 12,948 100.0 Year ended 31 December Cards ................................................................................................................ Account services .............................................................................................. Funds under management ................................................................................ Broking income ............................................................................................... Insurance .......................................................................................................... Credit facilities2 ............................................................................................... Global custody ................................................................................................. Imports/exports ................................................................................................ Unit trusts ........................................................................................................ Remittances ..................................................................................................... Underwriting .................................................................................................... Corporate finance ............................................................................................ Trust income .................................................................................................... Maintenance income on operating leases ........................................................ Mortgage servicing .......................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Total fee income .............................................................................................. Less: fee expense ............................................................................................. Net fee income ................................................................................................. 2006 US$m 5,708 3,633 2,718 1,354 1,017 922 797 780 520 472 286 255 248 122 97 2,151 21,080 (3,898) 17,182 2005 US$m 4,699 3,132 1,831 1,104 1,082 880 656 722 388 396 274 211 199 180 76 1,656 17,486 (3,030) 14,456 2004 US$m 3,987 2,779 1,479 943 1,001 1,179 564 692 498 353 234 193 203 190 80 1,527 15,902 (2,954) 12,948 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 2 Under IFRSs from 2005, a higher proportion of fees on credit facilities is dealt with as part of an effective interest rate calculation than previously. This change in accounting affects both the timing of fee income recognition and its presentation in the accounts. In accordance with the transition arrangements to IFRSs, the 2004 comparative figure is presented on the previous accounting basis. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 underlying basis. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Net fee income of US$17,182 million was 19 per cent higher than in 2005, or 16 per cent higher on an • Robust global stock market performance, particularly in emerging markets, led to increased customer appetite for equity-based 125 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Net fee income products. HSBC responded by launching new investment products and increasing promotional activity, which contributed to higher unit trust, broking and custody fees. • There was an increase in cards in issue, which drove higher transaction volumes and balances and led to a 16 per cent rise in card fee income, principally in the US; • Strong equity market performance also benefited HSBC’s asset management activities. Funds under management grew by 16 per cent and performance fees rose strongly, most notably in HSBC’s BRIC (Brazil, Russia, India and China) funds and in the Hermitage Fund, a leading fund investing in Russia. • The successful promotion of packaged account products which, together with increased customer numbers and higher transaction volumes, led to a 13 per cent rise in account services fees. Higher cross-border currency flows led to increased remittance income. • Reduced sales of creditor insurance products in the UK were largely offset by higher fees in HSBC’s Latin American insurance businesses, particularly in Argentina and Brazil. • Increased taxpayer services fees, higher income from investment and other services provided by HSBC’s insurance businesses, and increased corporate and WTAS advisory fees in the US contributed to the increase in other fee income. In Europe, account service fees increased as a result of customer acquisition, higher sales of packaged products and increased transaction volumes. Rising stock markets led to higher sales of investment products and growth in funds under management, while product mix improvements and service enhancements also contributed to a rise in investment fees. Higher performance fees in respect of the Hermitage Fund contributed an additional US$23 million in fee income, net of performance fees paid to the fund’s investment advisor. Offsetting these increases, HSBC’s decision to constrain unsecured lending growth in the UK resulted in lower creditor protection insurance fees. In Hong Kong, a buoyant IPO market together with product launches and enhancements contributed to higher sales of investment products; this was augmented by increased transaction volumes following strong growth in local and regional equity markets. As global customers continued to seek investment opportunities in emerging markets, funds under management increased. Growth in cards in issue led to higher card fees. 126 In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, higher trade and remittance flows led to increased payments and cash management income. Investment flows into emerging market funds triggered growth in custody and funds administration fees, while rising equity markets and product launches contributed to increased investor demand and higher income from custody, brokerage and the sale of investments. In North America, card fees increased as a result of higher balances and improved interchange rates, while private label card fees benefited from renegotiations with a number of merchants. Increases in 2006 were partly offset by the effect of FFIEC guidance, which limits certain fee billings for non-prime credit card accounts. Following its launch in 2005, activity within HSBC’s mortgage-backed securities business increased rapidly during 2006. As a result, a greater proportion of loans originated by HSBC were sold to the secondary market and mortgage servicing fees grew accordingly, while income in the mortgage-backed securities business also rose. Tariff increases contributed to higher account service fees. Higher business volumes led to a rise in taxpayer services fees, while the WTAS business progressed strongly, expanding its customer base and reporting significantly higher fee income. In Latin America, increased cards in circulation and improvements in activation times led to higher card issuing fees, while growth in the merchant customer base led to a rise in card acquiring income. Account servicing fees benefited from higher packaged account sales, enhancements to other current account products, price increases and greater transaction volumes. The expansion of HSBC’s ATM network in Mexico drove higher ATM fees. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Net fee income of US$14,456 million was US$1,508 million or 12 per cent higher than in 2004. Under IFRSs, a greater proportion of fees relating to the provision of credit facilities is now amortised and accounted for in net interest income as part of an effective interest rate calculation than was the case before 1 January 2005. This resulted in a reduction in reported net fee income of approximately 4 per cent. Excluding this effect and on an underlying basis, growth in net fee income was 14 per cent and the comments that follow are presented on this basis. The principal drivers of this growth were: • the increase in card fee income, reflecting strong growth in personal credit card sales across the Group and increased transaction volumes; • • • • increased customer numbers, higher transaction volumes, an increase in packaged accounts and the selective management of tariffs led to an 11 per cent increase in account services fees; in Private Banking, the introduction of a wider range of alternative investment products and services generated higher fee income; increased demand for credit among personal and commercial customers drove mortgage and lending fees up by 11 per cent; and rising equity markets and renewed interest in emerging markets led to higher global custody, broking and asset management fees. Offsetting these positive trends, after a strong run of growth, fee income from unit trust sales in Hong Kong fell as rising interest rates made traditional deposit products more attractive. In Europe, fee income increased by 9 per cent. Higher personal and commercial lending volumes led to a 19 per cent increase in credit fees. Card fee income rose by 22 per cent, principally in the UK which benefited from higher customer numbers and greater card utilisation. Account service fees increased by 9 per cent, reflecting increased customer numbers, the launch of a new packaged product in the UK and the introduction of a Small Business Tariff in Commercial Banking. Buoyant equity markets benefited custody fees, which grew as a result of both increased asset values and strong new business volumes. Private Banking fee income was 12 per cent higher than in 2004 following increases in client assets under management and transaction volumes. In Hong Kong, net fee income was in line with 2004. Unit trust fees decreased by 42 per cent as Personal Financial Services customers switched to traditional deposit savings and shorter-term investment products. The launch of 173 new open- ended funds established HSBC as the leading investment service provider in Hong Kong. This, together with the successful attraction of client assets in Private Banking, contributed to a rise in income from funds under management. Credit card fee income increased by 18 per cent, reflecting growth in cardholder spending as HSBC strengthened its position as the largest credit card issuer in Hong Kong. In Commercial Banking, net fees increased as trade services, insurance and lending income rose. However, lower Structured Finance revenues led to reduced Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets fees. Net fee income in the Rest of Asia-Pacific rose by 28 per cent from higher card transaction volumes and increased account service fees in response to the expansion of the Personal Financial Services business in the region. Rising equity markets, buoyant regional economies and an increase in personal wealth combined with the launch of new products to increase sales of investment products to personal customers. Client assets in Private Banking also grew. Global Transaction Banking revenues increased in line with transaction volumes following investment in 2004 to expand capabilities. Custody fees grew by 29 per cent as a result of improved investor sentiment and rising local equity markets. Trade services income rose by 13 per cent, reflecting strong trade flows. In North America, net fee income grew by 23 per cent. Card fee income grew as a result of higher transactions, increased receivables and improvements in the interchange rate, while US mortgage lending fees benefited from lower refinancing prepayments and the consequent release of impairment provisions on mortgage servicing rights. Investment banking fees increased in response to HSBC’s success in attracting customers with an expanded range of products. Net fee income in Latin America increased by 17 per cent, principally due to higher card, lending and current account servicing fees. Increased card fees reflected higher spending in Brazil and Argentina, as well as strong growth in the cards base in Mexico. Lending growth was predominantly volume driven, while current account fees benefited from increased customer numbers, tariff increases in Brazil and Argentina and higher transaction-driven ATM and remittance income in Mexico. 127 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Net trading income / Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value Net trading income By geographical region Europe ......................................................... Hong Kong ................................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific .................................... North America1 ........................................... Latin America1 ............................................ 2006 US$m % 4,529 617 1,181 1,358 537 55.1 7.5 14.4 16.5 6.5 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 3,036 546 860 885 537 % 51.7 9.3 14.7 15.1 9.2 2004 US$m 997 659 494 509 127 % 35.8 23.7 17.7 18.3 4.5 Net trading income ..................................... 8,222 100.0 5,864 100.0 2,786 100.0 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to Latin America. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. Trading activities ............................................................................................. Net interest income on trading activities ......................................................... Other trading income Hedge ineffectiveness: – on cash flow hedges ............................................................................... – on fair value hedges ............................................................................... Non-qualifying hedges .................................................................................... Net trading income .......................................................................................... Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 5,465 2,603 (122) 16 260 8,222 2005 US$m 3,884 2,208 (96) 14 (146) 5,864 2004 US$m 2,786 – – – – 2,786 trading business, revenues doubled, primarily due to the underlying strength in precious metals and increased price volatility. Within the Credit and Rates business, higher gains from interest rate derivatives and emerging market bonds reflected increased volumes of new deals, a tightening of credit spreads and greater interest rate volatility. In Europe, a significant increase in trading income was driven by higher foreign exchange flows and a greater focus on emerging market products. Overall, customer volumes rose, as increased hedging activity and a change in risk appetite among investors drove a general improvement in market sentiment towards developing economies. On an underlying basis trading income in the Rest of Asia-Pacific grew by 35 per cent, driven by HSBC’s strong distribution network and experience in developing markets activity, which contributed to particularly strong increases reported in India the Middle East and mainland China. Performance in HSBC’s operations in the US remained robust benefiting, in part, from the first full year contribution from the US residential mortgage- backed securities business and successful product launches in structured derivatives. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Net trading income increased significantly in comparison with 2005, reflecting the investment made in widening Global Markets' product range and developing its sales and execution capabilities. Positive revenue trends were recorded in key product areas, although the rate of income growth slowed in the second half of the year, principally due to lower market volatility and a decrease in deal volumes in the third quarter. The cost of internal funding on long positions is excluded from the reported ‘Net trading income’ and included within the ‘Net interest income’ line. However, this cost has been reinstated in ‘Net trading income’ in HSBC’s customer group reporting. Income from structured derivatives grew by 74 per cent, as investments in technical expertise and systems enabled HSBC to address a broader spectrum of client needs. Increased market volatility, together with expansion in the provision of structured fund products, resulted in higher customer volumes. As the business matured and markets deepened and became more transparent, revenues were boosted by a rise of US$193 million in the recognition of income deferred in previous periods. Foreign exchange income remained strong throughout 2006, principally driven by an increase in customer activity encouraged by US dollar weakness and volatility in emerging markets. In the metals 128 Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Net trading income of US$5,864 million rose by 110 per cent against 2004. Under IFRSs, HSBC’s presentation of trading income for 2005 reclassified under net trading income external interest income and dividend income on trading assets and interest expense on trading liabilities. The external funding of long trading positions is reported separately within ‘Net interest income on trading activities’; in the 2004 comparatives this was included within ‘Interest expense’. The net effect of these adjustments added approximately US$2.9 billion to net trading income. In the segmental analysis, both net internal funding and net external interest income on trading activities are reported as ‘Net interest income on trading activities’. The offset to the net internal funding is reported as ‘Net interest income’ within the lending customer group. The resulting ‘Net trading income’ line comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, together with related external interest income and interest expense and dividends received. Income from trading activities rose, reflecting positive revenue trends on core products within Global Markets following the investment made in client-facing trading capabilities. In Europe, revenues were boosted from higher volumes through electronic trading platforms and from the expansion of primary dealing activity in European government bond markets. In the US, the benefit of favourable movements on credit spreads was compounded by the non-recurrence of losses experienced in the industrial sector in 2004. In Asia, volatility in the value of the Korean won against the US dollar, the introduction of a managed float for Malaysian ringgit and the enhancement of capabilities coupled with greater focus on trading regional currencies in the Middle East all contributed to higher foreign exchange revenues. In Europe, the weakening euro and market volatility following the general election in the UK and the French referendum on the EU constitutional treaty afforded opportunities to increase foreign exchange revenues. Derivatives activity grew strongly as structured product capabilities were added in the credit, equity, and interest rate and foreign exchange areas. Further benefit was derived from the greater focus put on client-driven risk management and the investment made in sales and execution expertise in previous years. In accordance with IFRSs, the inception profits on certain derivative transactions are deferred as described in Note 17 on the Financial Statements. Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value By geographical region Europe ........................................................................................ Hong Kong ................................................................................ Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................................................... North America ........................................................................... Latin America ............................................................................ Net income from financial instruments designated Year ended 31 December 2006 Net income US$m 144 260 79 (63) 237 % 21.9 39.6 12.0 (9.6) 36.1 At 31 December 2006 Assets US$m Liabilities US$m 12,164 4,745 1,729 – 1,935 32,630 4,291 410 32,880 – at fair value ............................................................................ 657 100.0 20,573 70,211 By geographical region Europe ........................................................................................ Hong Kong ................................................................................ Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................................................... North America ........................................................................... Latin America ............................................................................ Net income from financial instruments designated Year ended 31 December 2005 Net income US$m 362 (6) 58 434 186 % 35.0 (0.6) 5.6 42.0 18.0 At 31 December 2005 Assets US$m Liabilities US$m 9,077 3,909 872 – 1,188 27,442 3,999 300 29,934 154 at fair value ............................................................................ 1,034 100.0 15,046 61,829 129 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value / Gains less losses from financial investments Income from assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts ................... Change in fair value of liabilities to customers under investment contracts .................................... Movement in fair value of HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives ......................... – change in own credit spread on long-term debt ......................................................................... – other changes in fair value ......................................................................................................... Income from other instruments designated at fair value ................................................................... Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value ...................................................... 2006 US$m 1,552 (1,008) (35) (388) 353 148 657 2005 US$m 1,760 (1,126) 403 (70) 473 (3) 1,034 HSBC utilised ‘Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement: the Fair Value Option’ with effect from 1 January 2005. HSBC may designate financial instruments at fair value under the option in order to remove or reduce accounting mismatches in measurement or recognition, or where financial instruments are managed, and their performance is evaluated, together on a fair value basis. All income and expense on financial instruments for which the fair value option was taken were included in this line except for issued debt securities and related derivatives, where the interest components were shown in interest expense. HSBC used the fair value designation principally in the following instances: • • for certain fixed-rate long-term debt issues whose interest rate characteristic has been changed to floating through interest rate swaps, as part of a documented interest rate management strategy. Approximately US$56 billion (2005: US$51 billion) of the Group’s debt issues have been accounted for using the fair value option. The movement in fair value of these debt issues includes the effect of own credit spread changes and any ineffectiveness in the economic relationship between the related swaps and own debt; as credit spreads narrow accounting losses are booked, and the reverse is true in the event of spreads widening. Ineffectiveness arises from the different credit characteristics of the swap and own debt coupled with the sensitivity of the floating leg of the swap to changes in short-term interest rates. In addition, the economic relationship between the swap and own debt can be affected by relative movements in market factors, such as bond and swap rates, and the relative bond and swap rates at inception. The size and direction of the accounting consequences of changes in own credit spread and ineffectiveness can be volatile from period to period, but do not alter the cash flows envisaged as part of the documented interest rate management strategy; • • for certain financial assets held by insurance operations and managed at fair value to meet liabilities under insurance contracts (approximately US$6 billion of assets); and for financial liabilities under investment contracts and the related financial assets, when the change in value of the assets is correlated with the change in value of the liabilities to policyholders (approximately US$12 billion of assets and related liabilities). Net income from assets designated at fair value and held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts is correlated with changes in liabilities under the related investment and insurance contracts. Under IFRSs, liabilities under investment contracts are classified as financial instruments. There is, however, a mismatch in presentation of the insurance business results for which asset returns are included within ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ with the related change in the value of the insurance contract liabilities included within ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities’. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value decreased compared with 2005. This was primarily driven by a narrowing (i.e. improvement) in credit spreads on certain fixed-rate long-term debt issued by HSBC Finance and lower net mark-to- market movements on this debt and the related interest rate swaps. During 2006, HSBC Finance’s debt received improved ratings from both Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s (‘S&P’). Perversely, this improvement generated accounting losses of some US$388 million which will reverse over the residual maturity of the debt instruments. Income from assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts was some 12 per cent lower, reflecting movements in the market 130 values of assets. The increase in the fair value of liabilities under investment contracts was 10 per cent lower than in 2005. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 The introduction of the new categories of financial instruments under IAS 39 on 1 January 2005 has led to a change in income statement presentation for the results of HSBC’s life insurance business. In 2005, income from assets designated at fair value and held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts of US$1,760 million is reported under ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. In 2004, the corresponding amounts were reported within ‘Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities’. Gains less losses from financial investments Income from assets designated at fair value and held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts during 2005 was correlated with increases in liabilities under the related investment and insurance contracts. Under IFRSs, only investment contracts can be designated as financial instruments. Changes in the liability under these contracts, therefore, like the related assets, were included within the heading ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. The element of the increase in liabilities under insurance contracts that reflected investment performance was reported separately within ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movements in policyholders’ liabilities’. In 2004, investment income on assets backing policyholder liabilities was offset against the movement in policyholders’ liabilities without distinction between insurance and investment contracts. By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... Gains less losses from financial 2006 US$m 624 162 41 58 84 % 64.4 16.7 4.2 6.0 8.7 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 439 108 18 47 80 % 63.4 15.6 2.6 6.8 11.6 2004 US$m 154 175 17 147 47 % 28.5 32.4 3.1 27.3 8.7 investments .......................................... 969 100.0 692 100.0 540 100.0 Net gain from disposal of: – debt securities ............................................................................................... – equity securities ............................................................................................ – other financial investments ........................................................................... Recovery of impairment losses ....................................................................... Gains less losses from financial investments .................................................. Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m 252 702 15 969 – 969 138 505 7 650 42 692 202 296 42 540 – 540 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to Latin America. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 HSBC reported net gains of US$969 million from the disposal of available-for-sale financial investments during 2006, 40 per cent higher than in 2005. On an underlying basis, gains were 35 per cent greater than in 2005. Gains from financial investments were mainly attributable to the following transactions: • • a gain of US$93 million arising from the partial redemption of HSBC’s investment in MasterCard Incorporated following its IPO in May. The gain was distributed across all geographic regions as most HSBC Group banks were members of MasterCard; a gain of US$101 million on the sale of part of HSBC’s stake in UTI Bank Limited, an Indian retail bank; 131 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Net earned insurance premiums / Other operating income • • the partial sale by Private Banking of a holding in the Hermitage Fund contributed a gain of US$117 million for the year; and the sale of a portfolio of structured finance investments, classified as debt securities, contributed a gain of US$112 million. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 The net gain of US$692 million from the disposal of available-for-sale financial investments was 28 per cent higher than in 2004. Lower income from the disposal of debt securities was more than compensated for by an increase in gains from the disposal of private equity investments, particularly in HSBC’s European operations. Net earned insurance premiums By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... 2006 US$m 1,298 2,628 174 492 1,076 % 22.9 46.3 3.1 8.7 19.0 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 1,599 2,334 155 477 871 % 29.4 42.9 2.9 8.8 16.0 2004 US$m 1,875 2,247 97 450 699 % 34.9 41.9 1.8 8.4 13.0 Net earned insurance premiums .............. 5,668 100.0 5,436 100.0 5,368 100.0 Gross insurance premium income ................................................................... Reinsurance premiums .................................................................................... Net earned insurance premiums ...................................................................... Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 6,455 (787) 5,668 2005 US$m 6,152 (716) 5,436 2004 US$m 6,022 (654) 5,368 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to Latin America. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Net earned insurance premiums of US$5,668 million were 4 per cent higher than in 2005, 3 per cent on an underlying basis. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. In Europe, net earned premium income decreased by 19 per cent to US$1,298 million. This was largely in the UK, where lower sales of single premium insurance contracts, a lower market appreciation of investment assets and the effect of changes in reinsurance arrangements were the principal drivers of the decrease. In Hong Kong, net earned premium income increased by 13 per cent, driven by the life insurance business. New products, many designed to meet financial needs identified in HSBC’s global study on the future of retirement, were supported by increased promotional and marketing activity, and the development of internet and telephone distribution channels. Sales rose in consequence. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific net earned premium income rose by 5 per cent growth to US$174 million. This was concentrated in Singapore and reflected the success of new product launches, supported by increased marketing. Increased sales of individual life policies were the main driver of the growth. HSBC continued to expand its insurance business across the Rest of Asia-Pacific with a number of initiatives including the establishment of HSBC’s first Islamic insurance company in Malaysia. In North America, the modest rise in net premium income to US$492 million reflected growth from new life business underwritten in 2006, which was substantially offset by a decline in the non-life business. Improved cross-selling drove growth across Latin America, and income rose by 18 per cent to US$1,076 million. In Mexico, growth in individual life, casualty and motor insurance was partly offset by increased reinsurance costs. In Brazil, growth was led by strong sales of both life and pension products. In Argentina, increased advertising partnerships with established local consumer brands and internal cross- selling initiatives led to a rise in motor, home and extended-warranty insurance premium income. This 132 was, in part, offset by the effects of the disposal of the Brazilian general insurer HSBC Seguros during the latter half of 2005, which resulted in a significant reduction in non-life premium income. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Net earned insurance premiums of US$5,436 million increased by US$68 million compared with 2004. On an underlying basis, net earned insurance premiums were in line with 2004. Under IFRSs, in 2005 there were changes in the presentation of certain aspects of HSBC’s insurance business, which are now treated as liabilities under investment contracts. Investment income from these products was reported as ‘Net income from financial investments designated at fair value’. Income that was previously reported as ‘Net earned insurance premiums’ was taken directly to the balance sheet as customer liabilities, with a corresponding movement in net insurance claims. Net insurance claims fell to a greater extent than premium income, due to the additional impact of the reclassification of the fair value movement in respect of liabilities under investment contracts. The commentary that follows excludes the presentational changes discussed above, and is on an underlying basis. Other operating income 2006 US$m By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... Intra-HSBC elimination ........................... Other operating income ........................... 1,428 834 765 922 91 4,040 (1,494) 2,546 Higher premium income in Europe was due to an increased uptake of creditor protection products in the UK. The increase in premiums in Hong Kong reflected HSBC’s continued emphasis on the growth and development of its insurance proposition. Higher volumes of life assurance new business were directly driven by the launch of new endowment products, augmented by HSBC’s leading position in online personal insurance provision. In addition, greater demand for private medical insurance products was driven by the public response to government deliberation over reforms to healthcare financing. Investment in HSBC’s insurance business included the establishment of a new Commercial Banking insurance division in October, which positively contributed to higher volumes of new business. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, the increase in premiums was mainly attributable to growth in the number of personal insurance policies, resulting from an expansion of HSBC’s insurance operations in the region. In North America, increased cross-sales of insurance products through the branch network, combined with strong sales of other personal insurance-related products, resulted in an increase in net earned insurance premiums. On an underlying basis, net earned insurance premiums in Latin America were broadly in line with 2004. Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 1,603 805 335 642 286 % 43.7 21.9 9.1 17.5 7.8 % 35.4 20.6 18.9 22.8 2.3 2004 US$m 1,175 536 146 341 46 % 52.4 23.9 6.5 15.2 2.0 100.0 3,671 100.0 (938) 2,244 100.0 (631) 2,733 1,613 133 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other operating income / Net insurance claims incurred Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m Rent received ................................................................................................... Gain/(loss) on disposal of assets held for resale ............................................. Valuation gains on investment properties ....................................................... Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, and non-financial investments .................................................................................................. Gain on disposal of operating leases ............................................................... Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business ................ Other ................................................................................................................ 687 28 164 781 – 40 846 859 11 201 703 26 40 893 793 (93) 99 267 – 71 476 Other operating income ................................................................................... 2,546 2,733 1,613 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Other operating income of US$2,546 million was 7 per cent lower than in 2005, 9 per cent lower on an underlying basis. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. In Europe, other operating income declined by 14 per cent. This largely resulted from the non- recurrence of one-off gains from the restructuring and syndication of assets in Global Investment Banking in 2005. Gains on private equity were also lower. There was a 29 per cent fall in rental income, with a compensating effect on operating expenses, following the sale of the operational functions of HSBC’s vehicle financing and fleet management business in 2005, combined with the non-recurrence of gains made in that year on disposal of structured finance leases in the UK. This decline was partly offset by profit recognised on the sale of HSBC’s stake in The Cyprus Popular Bank Limited of US$93 million, and income from UK branch sale and lease-back transactions. In Hong Kong, the modest increase in other operating income reflected profits earned from the sale of the former head office building of Hang Seng Bank and income received from the transfer of the credit card acquiring business into a joint venture between HSBC and Global Payments Inc. These factors were partly offset by lower revaluation gains on Hang Seng Bank’s investment properties following a slowdown in the rate of property price appreciation and the non-recurrence of the disposal of a leasehold residential property. Other operating income in the Rest of Asia- Pacific more than doubled, reflecting profits earned from various business disposals in Australia and the sale of an office building in Japan. Higher levels of activity at the Group Service Centres resulted in rising income in the region and contributed further to the increase. 134 In North America, the 42 per cent increase largely resulted from gains on the disposal of various investments and real estate, and higher lease income from property investments by Amanah Finance. The 73 per cent decline in Latin America was mainly driven by the non-recurrence of the receipt of coverage bonds issued as compensation for asymmetric pesification in Argentina last year. The non-recurrence of the gain on sale of the insurance underwriter, HSBC Seguros, in Brazil in 2005 (US$89 million) contributed further to the reduction. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Other operating income of US$2,733 million was US$1,120 million higher than in 2004. On an underlying basis, other operating income grew by 69 per cent. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. In Europe, the increase in other operating income was largely driven by increased rental income on the leasing of train rolling stock, higher disposals of assets and a number of private equity realisations. In Hong Kong, higher other operating income was driven mainly by an increase in market value of the investment property portfolio and the disposal of a leasehold residential property. HSBC’s investment properties are located principally in Hong Kong. Under IFRSs, valuation movements on investment properties are reflected in the income statement rather than through revaluation reserves. Within Hong Kong, the commercial property sector enjoyed good growth as the economy grew and vacant space fell markedly with a corresponding rise in rents. The increase in other operating income in the Rest of Asia-Pacific was, in part, due to gains realised on the sale of the Group’s asset management operations in Australia. Other operating income in North America rose by 83 per cent, in part due to improved revenues from the sale of consumer real estate owned assets, higher rental income and disposals of property, plant and equipment. In Latin America, other operating income increased by US$240 million, primarily as a result of the sale of the insurance underwriter HSBC Seguros de Automoveis e Bens Limitada in Brazil, and the receipt of compensation and coverage bonds in Argentina. The receipt of non-core income in Mexico from the distribution of third-party products through the HSBC network contributed further to the increase. HSBC’s rental income mainly arose from leasing in the UK. Europe accounted for 80 per cent of total rental income; the remainder was attributable to North America and Hong Kong. The increase in the ‘Other’ caption was largely driven by the increase in Latin America, reflecting the receipt of compensation and coverage bonds in Argentina, increased revenues from ‘capitalisation’ products in Brazil and the receipt of non-core income in Mexico as noted above. Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .............................................. 2006 US$m 531 2,699 192 259 1,023 % 11.3 57.4 4.1 5.5 21.7 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 818 2,059 166 232 792 % 20.1 50.6 4.1 5.7 19.5 2004 US$m 1,628 2,154 82 236 535 % 35.1 46.5 1.8 5.1 11.5 4,704 100.0 4,067 100.0 4,635 100.0 Gross insurance claims and movement in policyholders’ liabilities ............... Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .............................................................................. Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities .... Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 5,072 (368) 4,704 2005 US$m 4,153 (86) 4,067 2004 US$m 5,220 (585) 4,635 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities of US$4,704 million were 16 per cent higher than in 2005, 15 per cent on an underlying basis. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Net insurance claims incurred and the movement in policyholders’ liabilities arise from both life and non-life insurance business. For non- life business, amounts reported here represent the cost of claims paid during the year and the estimated cost of notified claims. For life business, the main elements of claims are the liability to policyholders that is created on the initial underwriting of the policy and any subsequent movement in the liability that arises, primarily from the attribution of investment performance to savings-related policies. Consequently, claims rise in line with increases in sales of savings-related business and with investment market growth. In Europe, net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities decreased by 35 per cent to US$531 million, primarily driven by lower sales of critical illness and creditor protection products, along with the effect of adverse movements in fixed interest rate markets on the value of policyholders’ liabilities. Net insurance claims and movement in policyholders’ liabilities in Hong Kong increased by 31 per cent, predominantly in the life insurance business, in which reserves for policyholders’ liabilities rose with business growth, together with the rising value of investments. Growth in the 135 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Net insurance claims incurred / Loan impairment charges underwriting of accident and health business resulted in higher non-life insurance claims reserves. Net insurance claims and movement in policyholders’ liabilities in North America rose by 12 per cent to US$259 million, mainly reflecting an increase in reserves for new life insurance business underwritten in 2006. In Latin America, higher sales of life and pension fund products led to an increase in net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities of 24 per cent to US$1,023 million. Lower movements in the non-life insurance liabilities were due to the sale of the non- life insurance business, HSBC Seguros, in Brazil during the latter half of 2005. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities of US$4,067 million decreased by 12 per cent compared with 2004. On an underlying basis, net insurance claims incurred decreased by 13 per cent. As with net earned insurance premiums, the primary reason for the reduction was the required reclassification under IFRSs in 2005 of policyholders’ liabilities in respect of long-term insurance contracts which were reclassified as ‘Liabilities to customers under investment contracts’. As a consequence, reported net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities reduced. The majority of HSBC’s non-life insurance business largely relates to the provision of personal insurance products. Minimal impact from hurricane damage in the US and a lack of significant claims events during 2005 resulted in a relatively stable claims experience, augmented by negligible prior- year reserve development in respect of 2004. Excluding the effect of the above reclassification, the most significant reduction in net claims occurred in Europe, due to the effect of revised actuarial valuations of existing life insurance policies in the UK life operation. The reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in policyholder liabilities in 2004 included the renegotiation of a reinsurance treaty in the UK life operation, in which a greater proportion of risk was transferred to the reinsurer. The subsequent implementation of a revised liability valuation system in 2005 reduced the amount of reserves held for liabilities in respect of income protection products, bringing additional benefits in terms of capital efficiency of the UK life operation. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... Total loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ........................... As a percentage of net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .................. Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of gross average loans and advances to customers ............................................. 2006 US$m 2,155 172 512 6,796 938 % 20.4 1.6 4.8 64.3 8.9 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 1,929 146 134 4,916 676 % 24.7 1.9 1.7 63.0 8.7 2004 US$m 1,033 (220) 89 5,036 253 % 16.8 (3.6) 1.4 81.3 4.1 10,573 100.0 7,801 100.0 6,191 100.0 16.2 1.4 13.5 1.2 12.1 1.4 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 136 Loan impairment charges1 New allowances net of allowance releases ................................................. Recoveries of amounts previously written off ............................................ Individually assessed allowances .................................................................... Collectively assessed allowances .................................................................... General provisions ........................................................................................... Other credit risk provisions ............................................................................. Total loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..................... Customer impaired loans ................................................................................. Customer loan impairment allowances ........................................................... 1 Loan impairment charges in 2004 refer to specific provisions. Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 11,326 (779) 10,547 458 10,089 – 26 10,573 13,785 13,578 2005 US$m 8,354 (494) 7,860 518 7,342 – (59) 7,801 11,446 11,357 2004 US$m 7,606 (913) 6,693 – – (498) (4) 6,191 12,427 12,542 Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 The charge for loan impairments and other credit risk provisions was US$10,573 million, a 36 per cent increase over that reported in 2005. The analysis that follows is on an underlying basis. On an underlying basis, charges increased by 30 per cent. This reflected: • • • • • • increased loss experience in the US mortgage services business, particularly in second lien, portions of first lien and adjustable rate mortgages acquired from correspondent brokers and banks in 2005 and in the first half of 2006; 10 per cent underlying lending growth (excluding lending to the financial sector and settlement accounts), notably in the UK, the US, Mexico, Brazil and Asia; the continuing effect in the UK of consumer recourse to formal debt mitigation arrangements; credit deterioration, principally in the first half of 2006, in unsecured personal and credit card lending in Taiwan and Indonesia; offset by the non-recurrence of a surge in bankruptcy filings in the US in the fourth quarter of 2005 and the effect of hurricane Katrina; and a continued benign commercial and corporate credit environment. In Europe, net loan impairment charges rose by 10 per cent to US$2,155 million. In the UK, net charges rose by a modest 4 per cent as growth in the personal customer impairment charge, which was broadly in line with lending growth, was partially offset by favourable movements on the impairment charge for commercial loans in a robust corporate credit environment. The personal sector continued to 137 experience higher levels of IVA and bankruptcy filings, following an easing of bankruptcy regulations in 2004, growth in consumer indebtedness and a rise in unemployment. This was mitigated by action taken on underwriting and collections. In France, the non-recurrence of several significant recoveries in 2005 resulted in an increase in net loan impairment charges in 2006. Loan impairment charges in Hong Kong remained low at US$172 million, underpinned by robust personal and commercial credit quality in a strong economy with low unemployment. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, loan impairment charges rose sharply to US$512 million. Taiwan and Indonesia experienced credit deterioration during 2006, although the problem peaked in the first half of the year. Taiwan was affected by the imposition of a mandatory government debt renegotiation scheme which allowed customers to extend and heavily discount repayment terms, leading to market-wide credit losses. Indonesia was also affected by regulations, specifically with respect to minimum re-payment terms which compounded higher impairments brought about by a reduction in fuel subsidies. Elsewhere in the Rest of Asia-Pacific credit quality was stable. In North America, the net loan impairment charge increased significantly, by 32 per cent to US$6,796 million, largely in the second half of 2006, driven by the credit deterioration in US sub- prime mortgages described in the first bullet point above. The effects of the decline in US house price inflation and rising interest rates during 2006 were accentuated by the increased percentage of second lien loan originations to total loans originated in 2005 and the first half of 2006, and the underwriting of stated income (low documentation) products. The US net loan impairment charges increased by 37 per cent after taking into account the most recent trends H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Loan impairment charges / Operating expenses in delinquency and loss severity, projecting the probable impact of re-pricing ARMs, and incorporating the effect of re-pricing on parallel second lien loans. Further details are provided on page 189. Credit delinquency in other parts of the mortgage portfolio and in other US businesses rose modestly, driven by unusually low levels at the end of 2005, and growing loan maturity in 2006. Partially offsetting the effects of credit deterioration were a decline in bankruptcy filings following the surge at the end of 2005, relatively low unemployment and a fall in exposure estimated to result from hurricane Katrina. In Latin America, the rise in impairment charges by 24 per cent to US$938 million was largely recorded in Mexico and, to a lesser extent, Brazil and Argentina. In Mexico, strong loan growth, particularly in 2006, led to increased loan impairment charges. In Brazil, the credit weaknesses seen in 2005 and the first half of 2006, particularly in the consumer market, were mitigated by changes to underwriting procedures. Net charges in Brazil increased by 7 per cent compared with 54 per cent in 2005 and declined in the second half of 2006 compared with the first half. In Argentina, net charges rose as a result of the non-recurrence of releases and recoveries in 2005. The aggregate outstanding customer loan impairment allowances at 31 December 2006 of US$13,578 million represented 1.6 per cent of gross customer advances (net of reverse repos and settlement accounts), compared with 1.5 per cent at the same time in 2005. Impaired loans to customers were US$13,785 million at 31 December 2006 compared with US$11,446 million at 31 December 2005. On a constant currency basis, impaired loans were 14 per cent higher than in 2005 compared with lending growth (excluding loans to the financial sector and settlement accounts) of 10 per cent. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 During 2005, the underlying growth in customer lending excluding loans to the financial sector and the impact of grossing adjustments required from 1 January 2005 under IFRSs, was 12 per cent. Personal lending accounted for 63 per cent of this increase, principally in mortgages, credit cards and other personal lending products. At 31 December 2005, personal lending accounted for 56 per cent of the customer loan portfolio, in line with 2004. The proportion of the portfolio attributable to corporate and commercial lending was augmented by the 138 IFRSs adjustment noted above. Residential mortgages comprised 56 per cent of the personal lending portfolio. The charge for loan impairment adjusts the balance sheet allowance for loan impairment to the level that management deems adequate to absorb actual and inherent losses in the Group’s loan portfolios. The majority of the Group’s loan impairment charges were determined on a portfolio basis, employing statistical calculations using roll rate methodologies. The total charge for loan impairment and other credit risk provisions in 2005 was US$7,801 million compared with a total charge of US$6,191 million in 2004, a rise of 26 per cent. This reflected: • underlying growth in lending of 12 per cent; • a weakening credit environment in the UK and Brazil but an improved credit experience in the US; and • the non-recurrence of the 2004 net release of general provision of US$498 million. In the US, the underlying trend in loan impairment charges was favourable compared with 2004, notwithstanding the negative effect on loan impairment charges of hurricane Katrina and a surge in personal bankruptcies in October ahead of new legislation making such declarations more onerous. This was due to a change in portfolio mix towards higher quality lending and a positive economic environment. In the UK, credit costs rose following an expansion in personal lending, which was accompanied by an increase in delinquencies as the economy slowed during 2005. This was evidenced by rising personal bankruptcy, caused in part by legislative changes which facilitated debt reconstruction procedures, an increase in unemployment and higher levels of personal debt. In Hong Kong, the credit environment remained benign, with falling bankruptcies contributing to a modest reduction in loan impairment allowances in the personal sector. A fall in releases in the corporate sector, however, contributed to a modest charge for loan impairment as compared with a net release in 2004. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, continuing releases and recoveries partly offset the impact of lending growth in the region. Higher charges in the personal sector in Brazil followed intense competitive pressure in the consumer segment, where significant increases in the availability of credit led to customers becoming over-indebted. The aggregate customer loan impairment allowances at 31 December 2005 of US$11,357 million represented 1.5 per cent of gross customer advances (net of reverse repos, settlement accounts and netting) compared with 2.0 per cent at 31 December 2004. As in 2004, HSBC’s cross-border exposures did not necessitate significant allowances. Impaired loans to customers were US$11,446 million at 31 December 2005 compared Operating expenses with US$12,427 million at 31 December 2004, largely reflecting the write-off of impaired loans against the provisions held in respect of these loans. At constant exchange rates, impaired loans were 3 per cent lower than 2004 compared with underlying lending growth (excluding lending to the financial sector and settlement accounts) of 12 per cent. By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1 ......................................... 2006 US$m 13,871 3,269 3,548 10,193 4,166 % 39.6 9.3 10.1 29.1 11.9 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 12,639 2,867 2,762 8,758 3,426 % 41.4 9.4 9.1 28.8 11.3 2004 US$m 12,028 2,558 2,087 7,915 2,530 % 44.4 9.4 7.7 29.2 9.3 35,047 100.0 30,452 100.0 27,118 100.0 Intra-HSBC elimination ........................... Total operating expenses ......................... (1,494) 33,553 (938) 29,514 (631) 26,487 By expense category Employee compensation and benefits2 ............................................................ Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation and impairment) ............... General and administrative expenses .............................................................. Administrative expenses .................................................................................. Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment .................... Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets3 ......................................... Total operating expenses ................................................................................. Staff numbers (full-time equivalent) Europe .............................................................................................................. Hong Kong ...................................................................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ......................................................................................... North America1 ................................................................................................ Latin America1 ................................................................................................. Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 18,500 3,389 9,434 31,323 1,514 716 33,553 2006 78,311 27,586 72,265 55,642 67,116 2005 US$m 16,145 2,977 8,206 27,328 1,632 554 29,514 At 31 December 2005 77,755 25,931 55,577 53,608 55,600 2004 US$m 14,523 2,615 7,124 24,262 1,731 494 26,487 2004 74,861 25,552 41,031 49,416 52,473 Total staff numbers .......................................................................................... 300,920 268,471 243,333 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. 2 A charge of US$135 million was realised in 2006 arising from the waiver of the TSR-related performance condition in respect of the 2003 awards under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan (‘the Plan’). As explained in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005, in light of the impressive and sustained performance and shareholder returns over the three years covered by the 2003 awards, the Group Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion, as permitted within the Plan, to waive the TSR performance condition. Under both IFRSs and US GAAP this is treated as a modification which requires an additional accounting charge: this is a non-cash item. 3 Intangible asset amortisation comprises the expensing through the income statement of purchased intangibles such as mortgage servicing rights and customer/merchant relationships and amounts allocated to intangible assets on the fair valuation of assets within acquired business combinations. This latter category principally includes customer relationships. 139 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Operating expenses Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Operating expenses of US$33,553 million were US$4,039 million, or 14 per cent, higher than in 2005, and 11 per cent higher on an underlying basis. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. The main drivers of cost growth were as follows: • • various business expansion initiatives were undertaken during the year. The retail banking operation in the US was enhanced in the form of new branches and improved geographical coverage of Commercial Banking. In the UK, major work was undertaken to refurbish the branch network, improve and increase the number of self-service machines and extend opening hours in certain branches. Across the Rest of the Asia-Pacific region, the branch network expanded, the rollout of the consumer finance business continued, and Commercial Banking’s operations were further developed. In Latin America, improvements were made to HSBC’s operations in Mexico through the continued expansion of the branch and ATM network; the higher costs incurred in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reflected the first full year effect of investments made in 2005, together with volume-driven growth in transactional banking and securities services activities and performance-related pay, which rose as revenues grew. The cost efficiency ratio of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets improved by 40 basis points as net operating income before loan impairment charges grew faster than costs; and • HSBC’s expenditure on marketing continued in order to increase brand awareness, grow market share in key products and support the launch of new products. Notable successes included the online savings product in the US, strong growth in credit card acquisition across the Group, and an innovative new online mortgage product offered in Mexico. The following points are also of note. In Europe, the cost growth of 9 per cent was concentrated in Personal Financial Services and Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets. In Personal Financial Services, business expansion across the region drove the expenditure. In the UK, costs rose as the branch network refurbishment 140 programme proceeded, additional staff were recruited to support longer opening hours in certain branches and IT costs increased. In France and Turkey, costs rose from the recruitment of additional sales staff and higher marketing expenditure. Costs in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets increased, reflecting higher performance-related staff costs and the full year effect of the investment in 2005 in the business, especially in structured derivatives and Global Transaction Banking, where significant revenue growth was seen. These cost increases were partly offset by a reduction in Commercial Banking expenses following the sale of vehicle finance fleet management activities in the UK. In Hong Kong, the increase in operating expenses of 14 per cent was mainly due to higher staff and marketing costs. Additional staff recruited to support longer opening hours in the branch network and the expansion of Commercial Banking, and an increase in revenue-driven performance-related awards drove staff costs higher. Marketing expenditure incurred on advertising and promotional activities rose in support of credit card and investment fund products in Personal Financial Services and the launch of Commercial Banking’s global campaign. The full year effect of the enhancement in the second half of 2005 of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ business contributed further to the cost growth. The 27 per cent rise in operating expenses in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region was primarily incurred in supporting retail business expansion. Staff costs rose from increased recruitment to support new business initiatives and incentive payments grew in response to improved revenues. Marketing expenses rose as advertising and promotional activity aimed at enlarging HSBC’s market share in cards, mortgages and other unsecured lending grew, and Commercial Banking marketing activity across several countries increased. In Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, cost growth reflected higher revenue-driven performance-related costs and increased expenditure in Global Transaction Banking necessitated by business volumes. In North America, costs rose by 13 per cent in 2006. In the US, the increase accompanied the expansion of both the core banking network (by 25 branches) and the geographical presence of Commercial Banking, and arose from incremental costs incurred in support of revenue growth in the consumer finance business. Marketing expenditure also rose, in line with increased levels of activity in the cards businesses in the US, continued promotion of the online savings product and airport branding initiatives. Cost growth in Canada followed higher revenues. The first full year effect of the expansion of various Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets businesses that commenced last year, together with higher performance-linked pay contributed further to the expense growth. In Latin America, operating expenses rose by 12 per cent. Staff costs grew as additional staff were recruited to support business expansion and pay rises were agreed with the unions. Marketing expenditure was higher as a consequence of advertising campaigns run by Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking. The continued expansion of the branch network and ATM infrastructure in Mexico, in conjunction with construction of the new headquarters, also contributed to the overall cost growth in the region. Costs rose in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets in line with higher transactional volumes, increased headcount and union-agreed pay rises. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Operating expenses of US$29,514 million were US$3,027 million, or 11 per cent, higher than in 2004. On an underlying basis, cost growth was 9 per cent, trailing net operating income growth before impairment charges by 3 percentage points. This resulted in a slight improvement in the cost efficiency ratio to 51 per cent. The three main drivers of cost growth were as follows: • volume expansion in many markets drove both revenue and costs. In Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking, business expansion drove cost growth of 6 per cent and 4 per cent respectively, though this was exceeded by growth in net operating income before loan impairment charges of 11 per cent and 15 per cent respectively. In Mexico, Turkey and Brazil, cost increases contributed over half of the overall increase, but were significantly exceeded by income growth; • HSBC continued to improve productivity in mature markets. In the UK, reorganisations in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking in 2004 resulted, in aggregate, in broadly flat costs compared with growth of 10 per cent in net operating income before loan impairment charges. This was delivered through greater utilisation of direct channels, improved training and increased incentives. In Hong Kong, the promotion of cost-efficient delivery channels and greater utilisation of the Group Service Centres contributed to a 6 percentage 141 • point improvement in the cost efficiency ratios in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking; and following a number of senior hires in 2004 in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, subsequent investment was focused on operations and technology, to support revenue growth. Non-staff costs increased by 23 per cent in 2005, with staff costs growing by 14 per cent. The rate of cost growth peaked during the year and the cost efficiency ratio was 2 percentage points better in the second half of the year than the first half, as net operating income before loan impairment charges grew faster than costs. The following points are also of note. In Europe, costs included the rebranding of the Group’s operations in France, the refurbishment of 60 UK branches and increased marketing costs. These increases were offset by lower costs in Commercial Banking in the UK following restructuring activity in 2004. Costs in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets increased by 9 per cent, reflecting increased staff numbers and investments in technology and infrastructure. In Hong Kong, higher operating expenses reflected business expansion in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, supported by increased staff in the investment banking division and the recruitment of senior relationship managers. This was partly offset by the effect of branch restructuring and increased utilisation of the Group Service Centres in Personal Financial Services, which led to a 4 per cent fall in branch headcount. Underlying operating expenses in the Rest of Asia-Pacific increased by 31 per cent, reflecting investment in broadening the customer base and the distribution platform. HSBC’s branch network was extended in mainland China, South Korea, and India, and additional sales and support staff were recruited in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking. Staff numbers also increased in response to the migration of call centre activities to the Group Service Centres in the region. Growth initiatives required investment in infrastructure and technology, and accordingly non-staff costs increased by 39 per cent. In North America, costs bore a particularly large share of the investment in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, reflecting HSBC’s commitment to growing its presence in the region. Costs also reflected the expansion of the network, with the opening of 27 new branches in 2005 and the launch of HSBC’s online savings account in the US. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Operating expenses / Share of profit in associates and joint ventures HSBC’s Latin American operations reported a 21 per cent increase in operating expenses on an underlying basis, partly as a result of higher average staff numbers following the acquisition of consumer finance businesses in 2004. Marketing costs rose following a number of high profile campaigns in 2005, while transactional taxes and incentive payments grew as a direct consequence of higher income. Productivity improvements and strong disposal gains allowed HSBC to substantially complete its investment in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets without any deterioration in the Group’s cost efficiency ratio. Cost efficiency ratios HSBC .............................................................................................................. Personal Financial Services .......................................................................... Europe ............................................................................................................. Hong Kong ...................................................................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ......................................................................................... North America1 ................................................................................................ Latin America1 ................................................................................................. Commercial Banking .................................................................................... Europe ............................................................................................................. Hong Kong ...................................................................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ......................................................................................... North America1 ................................................................................................ Latin America1 ................................................................................................. Year ended 31 December 2006 % 51.3 49.7 59.2 32.2 71.1 42.3 65.6 43.7 46.7 26.1 42.5 44.9 55.9 2005 % 51.2 48.7 58.2 33.3 72.3 40.8 64.4 45.5 49.9 27.2 43.8 43.1 58.2 2004 % 51.6 50.1 65.7 39.2 70.8 40.1 66.2 50.0 55.2 33.7 42.7 46.0 60.5 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. HSBC’s cost efficiency ratio worsened by 10 basis points. On an underlying basis there was a 20 basis point deterioration. In Personal Financial Services, there was a 100 basis point deterioration in the cost efficiency ratio as the growth of costs incurred in Europe, North America and Latin America in support of business expansion exceeded revenue growth. The cost efficiency ratio in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets improved by 80 basis points to 58.9 per cent as revenues grew 1 per cent faster than costs, and in Commercial Banking by 180 basis points to 43.7 per cent. In Private Banking, the cost efficiency ratio improved from 62 per cent to 57.5 per cent. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures By geographical region Europe ...................................................... Hong Kong .............................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific ................................. North America1 ........................................ Latin America1.......................................... Share of profit in associates and joint 2006 US$m % (72) 19 865 30 4 (8.4) 2.2 102.2 3.5 0.5 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$m 120 23 453 48 – % 18.6 3.6 70.3 7.5 – 2004 US$m 37 23 215 (8) 1 % 13.8 8.6 80.2 (3.0) 0.4 ventures ............................................... 846 100.0 644 100.0 268 100.0 142 Share of profit in: – associates .................................................................................................. – joint ventures ............................................................................................ Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ............................................... Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 823 23 846 2005 US$m 546 98 644 2004 US$m 266 2 268 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 Income from associates and joint ventures was US$846 million, an increase of 31 per cent compared with 2005, and 7 per cent on an underlying basis. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. Improved contributions from The Saudi British Bank, Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank were supplemented by a first full year contribution from Ping An Insurance. These strategic investments are of increasing significance to HSBC’s operations in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region. The profits were partly offset by a loss arising from an impairment charge on a private equity investment of an associate in Europe. • In August 2005, HSBC made an additional investment to increase its stake in Ping An Insurance to 19.9 per cent. The associate reported record results for 2006, with steady growth in the core insurance business complemented by strong investment performance following buoyant stock markets. During 2006, Ping An Insurance group’s nationwide back-office operation in Shanghai became fully functional and the centralisation of the life insurance underwriting and claims business was completed. • HSBC’s share of income from Bank of Communications rose by 44 per cent, driven by wider spreads and an improved product mix, with increased corporate and consumer lending. Fee income also rose as significant progress was made in expanding its investment banking operations. In 2006, effective risk management and cost control drove operating efficiency with an improvement in the cost efficiency ratio, despite a period of business expansion. • During the second half of 2006, HSBC and The Saudi British Bank jointly established HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited, the first full-service 143 independent investment bank in Saudi Arabia licensed under the local new Capital Market law. HSBC, through a wholly owned subsidiary, holds 60 per cent of the equity in the new company and The Saudi British Bank, in which HSBC has a 40 per cent shareholding, holds the remaining 40 per cent. The share of profits from The Saudi British Bank grew by 21 per cent reflecting a strong performance in all core businesses. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 Income from associates and joint ventures grew significantly to US$644 million. On an underlying basis, an increase of 72 per cent was driven by strong performance in The Saudi British Bank and gains on the sale of HSBC’s indirect stake in MISR International, an Egyptian Bank. These revenue streams were complemented by increased contributions from the bank’s strategic investments in mainland China; Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank, interests in which were acquired in 2004, and Ping An Insurance, which became an associate in August 2005. Bank of Communications is the fifth largest bank in mainland China as measured by assets. HSBC’s share of Bank of Communications’ profits in 2005 was US$175 million, significantly higher than those reported in 2004. This largely reflected the first full year of profits in 2005, though Bank of Communications recorded an overall increase on a like-for-like basis, principally as a result of asset and liability growth combined with moderate expansion in operating expenses. Ping An Insurance is one of mainland China’s leading insurance groups focusing on providing life and property and casualty insurance products. In August 2005, HSBC increased its stake in Ping An Insurance to 19.9 per cent, began to account for it as an associate. The Saudi British Bank is 40 per cent owned by HSBC. HSBC’s share of its profits increased by 53 per cent to US$268 million in 2005, largely H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Asset deployment / Funds under management / Assets held in custody driven by strong investment banking performance, a buoyant stock market and rapid growth in Shariah- compliant products and services. Asset deployment Loans and advances to customers .......................................................... Loans and advances to banks ................................................................. Trading assets ......................................................................................... Financial investments ............................................................................. Derivatives .............................................................................................. Goodwill and intangible assets ............................................................... Other ....................................................................................................... At 31 December 2006 US$m 868,133 185,205 328,147 204,806 103,702 37,335 133,430 % 46.6 10.0 17.6 11.0 5.6 2.0 7.2 2005 US$m 740,002 125,965 232,909 182,342 73,928 33,200 113,624 % 49.3 8.4 15.5 12.1 4.9 2.2 7.6 1,860,758 100.0 1,501,970 100.0 Loans and advances to customers include: – reverse repos ................................................................................... – settlement accounts ........................................................................ Loans and advances to banks include: – reverse repos ................................................................................... – settlement accounts ........................................................................ 18,755 3,254 45,019 2,028 14,610 2,142 24,754 2,669 Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 HSBC’s total assets at 31 December 2006 were US$1,861 billion, an increase of US$359 billion or 24 per cent since 31 December 2005. Two thirds of the increase was driven by balance sheet growth within Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, the largest component of which was trading assets. Acquisitions added US$13 billion to total assets. On an underlying basis, total assets grew by 17 per cent. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis. At 31 December 2006, HSBC’s balance sheet remained highly liquid. The proportion of assets deployed in customer advances fell to 47 per cent, predominantly due to a significant increase in trading assets which, at 31 December 2006, were 2 percentage points higher than in 2005 at US$328 billion, representing 18 per cent of total assets. The increase of US$95 billion in trading assets resulted primarily from higher holdings of debt securities. Customer advances increased 17 per cent as a result of expansion in mortgages and other personal banking loans. Residential mortgage growth in the first half of 2006 was mainly in the US, though this slowed in the second half as HSBC reduced its exposure to mortgages generated by correspondents and tightened lending criteria. In the second half of the year mortgage increases were strongest in the UK although HSBC saw its market share fall modestly in a buoyant UK housing market. Growth in other personal banking advances in the first half of 2006 was driven by second lien mortgages and unsecured lending in the US and, in the second half of the year, in the UK, notwithstanding tighter underwriting criteria. In France, mortgage lending falling outside of the strict classification of residential mortgages contributed significantly to growth. Growth in corporate lending was mainly in Commercial Banking, with significant increases in lending to the services and energy sectors. Trading assets and financial investments Trading assets principally consist of debt and equity instruments acquired for the purpose of market making or to benefit from short-term price movements. Securities classified as held for trading are carried in the balance sheet at fair value with movements in fair value reflected within the income statement. Trading assets of US$328 billion at 31 December 2006 were 41 per cent higher than at 31 December 2005. On an underlying basis, the increase was 32 per cent. A 27 per cent rise in debt securities resulted from increased holdings of shorter-maturity assets in the UK and deployment of the increased commercial surplus in Hong Kong. In the US, trading assets rose, reflecting the first full year effect of the residential mortgage-backed securities business following its launch in 2005. Financial investments include debt and equity instruments that are classified as available for sale or, to a very small extent, held to maturity. Available- for-sale investments essentially represent a core element of the Group’s liquidity and may be disposed 144 Funds under management At 1 January ............................... Net new money .......................... Value change ............................. Exchange and other .................... At 31 December ......................... Funds under management by business Group Investment Businesses .... Private Banking1 ........................ Affiliates .................................... Other1 ......................................... 2006 US$bn 2005 US$bn 561 44 57 33 695 476 63 45 (23) 561 Year ended 31 December 2005 US$bn 2006 US$bn 328 232 2 133 695 267 194 5 95 561 1 2005 has been restated to transfer US$8 billion from Private Banking to Other. Client assets, which provide an indicator of overall Private Banking volumes and include funds under management, cash deposits and certain on- balance sheet trust assets, rose by 22 per cent compared with 31 December 2005 to reach US$333 billion. Assets held in custody and under administration At 31 December 2006, assets held by HSBC as custodian amounted to US$4,572 billion, 41 per cent higher than the US$3,242 billion held at 31 December 2005. At constant exchange rates growth was 28 per cent. Custody is the safekeeping and administration of securities and financial instruments on behalf of others. Complementing this is HSBC’s assets under administration business. At 31 December 2006, the value of assets held under administration by the Group amounted to US$1,150 billion, 48 per cent higher than the US$779 billion held at 31 December 2005. At constant exchange rates, growth was 37 per cent. of either to manage that liquidity or in response to investment opportunities arising from favourable movements in economic indicators, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. They are carried at fair value with unrealised gains and losses from movements thereon reported in equity until disposal. On disposal the accumulated unrealised gain or loss is recognised through the income statement and reported as ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’. Financial investments of US$205 billion at 31 December 2006 were 12 per cent higher than at 31 December 2005 and 8 per cent higher on an underlying basis. This was primarily driven by an increase in holdings of debt securities. HSBC’s operations in Europe, reported a rise in the credit risk arbitrage portfolio reflecting strong investor demand for commercial paper while, in Hong Kong, the increase was driven by the deployment of increased commercial surplus. Net unrealised gains in the valuation of equities amounted to US$2,299 million. Funds under management Funds under management at 31 December 2006 were US$695 billion, an increase of US$134 billion, or 24 per cent, compared with 31 December 2005. The increase was 16 per cent on an underlying basis. Both Group Investment Businesses and Private Banking delivered good investment performance and strong net new money. HSBC is among the world’s largest emerging market asset managers with US$62 billion of funds under management invested in emerging market assets. Group Investment Businesses managed US$328 billion of assets at 31 December 2006, a rise of 23 per cent compared with 31 December 2005, recording US$14 billion of net new money and good investment performance. Private Banking attracted net new money of US$24 billion, due in part to greater brand awareness and an enhanced product range, which together with good investment performance contributed towards increased funds under management of US$232 billion at 31 December 2006, 20 per cent higher than at 31 December 2005. Other funds under management, of which the main constituent was a corporate trust business in Asia, reported funds under management of US$133 billion at 31 December 2006, an increase of 40 per cent compared with 31 December 2005. 145 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Economic profit / Other financial information Economic profit HSBC’s internal performance measures include economic profit, a calculation which compares the return on financial capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders with the cost of that capital. HSBC prices its cost of capital internally and the difference between that cost and post-tax profit attributable to ordinary shareholders represents the amount of economic profit generated. Economic profit is used by management as a means of deciding where to allocate resources so that they will be most productive. In order to concentrate on external factors rather than measurement bases, HSBC emphasises the trend in economic profit within business units rather than absolute amounts. In light of the current levels of world interest rates, and taking into account its geographical and customer group diversification, HSBC believes that its true cost of capital on a consolidated basis remains 10 per cent. HSBC plans to continue using this rate until the end of the current five-year strategic plan in 2008 in order to ensure consistency and comparability. Economic profit decreased by US$418 million, or 7 per cent compared with 2005. The rate of growth in profit attributable was slower than the growth in average shareholders’ equity, mainly due to increased loan impairment charges in the US mortgage service business. This was also reflected in a lower return on average invested capital and in consequence economic spread, which fell by 1 percentage point compared with 2005. Year ended 31 December Average total shareholders’ equity ......................................................... Add: Goodwill previously amortised or written off ............................... Less: Property revaluation reserves ........................................................ Reserves representing unrealised gains on %1 2006 US$m 100,860 8,172 (1,062) effective cash flow hedges ......................................................... (126) Reserves representing unrealised gains on available-for-sale securities ....................................................... Preference shares ........................................................................... Average invested capital2 ........................................................................ Return on invested capital3 ..................................................................... Benchmark cost of capital ...................................................................... Economic profit/spread .......................................................................... (1,156) (1,405) 105,283 15,699 (10,528) 5,171 14.9 (10.0) 4.9 2005 US$m 89,589 8,172 (1,092) (315) (1,294) (351) 94,709 15,060 (9,471) 5,589 %1 15.9 (10.0) 5.9 1 Expressed as a percentage of average invested capital. 2 Average invested capital is measured as average total shareholders’ equity after: – adding back the average balance of goodwill impaired or amortised pre transition to IFRS or subsequent written-off, directly to reserves; – deducting the average balance of HSBC’s revaluation surplus relating to property held for own use. This reserve was generated when determining the deemed carrying cost of such properties on transition to IFRS and will run down over time as the properties are sold; – deducting average preference shares issued by HSBC Holdings, and; – deducting average reserves for unrealised gains/(losses) on effective cash flow hedges and available-for-sale securities. 3 Return on invested capital is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company. 146 Other financial information Average balance sheet and net interest income Average balances and the related interest are shown for the domestic operations of HSBC’s principal commercial banks by geographic region with all other commercial banking and investment banking balances and transactions included in ‘Other operations’. Net interest margin numbers are calculated by dividing net interest income as reported in the income statement by the average interest earning assets from which interest income is reported within the ‘Net interest income’ line of the income statement. Interest income and interest expense arising from trading assets and liabilities and the funding thereof is included within ‘Net trading income’ in the income statement. Assets Year ended 31 December 2006 2005 2004 Average balance Interest income US$m US$m Yield Average balance % US$m Interest income US$m Yield Average balance % US$m Interest income Yield % US$m Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ...................... 33,856 HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ......... 4,956 HSBC France ................... 20,197 Hang Seng Bank ............... 10,360 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 38,802 1,536 4.54 21,875 774 3.54 24,173 669 2.77 190 690 3.83 3.42 3,606 16,829 113 387 3.13 2,644 2.30 26,007 89 960 3.37 3.69 483 4.66 8,061 288 3.57 8,328 221 2.65 1,645 4.24 36,904 1,058 2.87 28,172 538 1.91 Rest of The Hongkong and Asia-Pacific North America Latin America Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 13,388 2,492 4,279 HSBC Bank Malaysia ...... HSBC Bank Middle East . HSBC Bank USA ............ . HSBC Bank Canada ......... HSBC Mexico .................. Brazilian operations1 ........ HSBC Bank Argentina ..... 8,422 3,167 3,395 4,129 196 520 87 208 465 138 3.88 3.49 4.86 5.52 4.36 6.69 227 572 13.85 4.08 8 11,667 1,767 3,262 3,579 2,115 2,994 3,305 264 351 49 111 151 62 3.01 2.77 3.40 4.22 2.93 7.62 228 565 17.10 2.65 7 9,180 1,348 1,619 2,323 2,163 3,771 1,954 250 198 36 29 56 45 2.16 2.67 1.79 2.41 2.08 6.02 227 237 12.13 1.20 3 Other operations .............................................. 16,816 627 3.73 15,023 456 3.04 19,515 329 1.69 164,455 7,396 4.50 131,251 4,600 3.50 131,447 3,637 2.77 Trading assets2 Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ...................... HSBC France ................... Hang Seng Bank ............... The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. Rest of The Hongkong and Asia-Pacific North America Latin America Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. HSBC Bank Malaysia ...... HSBC Bank USA ............ . HSBC Bank Canada ......... HSBC Markets Inc ........... HSBC Mexico .................. Brazilian operations1 ........ HSBC Bank Argentina ..... Other operations .............................................. For footnotes, see page 156. 147 29,183 13,663 1,147 365 3.93 2.67 369 13 3.52 11,209 298 2.66 2,487 145 5,447 1,177 11,543 2,957 843 19 5,661 101 4 115 25 421 4.06 2.76 2.11 2.12 3.65 173 5.86 128 15.18 5.26 1 232 4.10 84,703 3,023 3.57 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Average balance sheet Assets (continued) Year ended 31 December 2006 2005 2004 Average balance Interest income US$m US$m Yield Average balance % US$m Interest income US$m Yield Average balance % US$m Interest income Yield % US$m Loans and advances to customers Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ...................... 226,528 HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ......... 7,134 HSBC France ................... 52,990 5,932 HSBC Finance .................. Hang Seng Bank ............... 34,416 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 47,292 Rest of The Hongkong and Asia-Pacific North America Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 52,159 HSBC Bank Malaysia ...... 6,292 HSBC Bank Middle East . 12,757 HSBC Bank USA ............ . 88,563 HSBC Finance .................. 147,336 HSBC Bank Canada ......... 35,055 14,166 6.25 203,568 12,223 6.00 170,939 9,521 5.57 338 2,463 4.74 4.65 671 11.31 5,795 41,977 9,951 211 1,710 1,086 10.91 3.64 4,700 4.07 42,149 9,276 2.45 115 1,892 4.49 1,055 11.37 1,952 5.67 32,893 1,323 4.02 31,234 882 2.82 2,843 6.01 43,971 2,061 4.69 41,901 1,406 3.36 3,449 430 957 6.61 6.83 7.50 46,652 5,380 10,038 2,659 325 635 5.70 6.04 6.33 36,775 4,937 7,425 1,781 278 418 4.84 5.63 5.63 6,141 6.93 17,061 11.58 5.81 2,037 86,800 118,215 28,491 6.44 61,659 5,594 13,307 11.26 114,393 5.05 22,603 1,439 2,936 4.76 13,146 11.49 4.86 1,099 Latin America HSBC Mexico .................. 13,193 Brazilian operations1 ........ 9,461 838 HSBC Bank Argentina ..... 1,532 11.61 3,244 34.29 107 12.77 9,983 7,447 914 1,210 12.12 2,647 35.54 122 13.35 8,095 4,726 903 878 10.85 1,527 32.31 101 11.18 Other operations .............................................. 20,984 1,620 7.72 27,203 1,352 4.97 35,713 1,113 3.12 760,930 59,011 7.76 679,278 47,904 7.05 597,428 38,148 6.39 Financial investments Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ...................... 42,726 HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ......... HSBC France ................... 8,729 2,545 Hang Seng Bank ............... 27,288 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 20,362 Rest of The Hongkong and Asia-Pacific North America Latin America Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 17,179 954 1,387 HSBC Bank Malaysia ...... HSBC Bank Middle East . HSBC Bank USA ............ . 22,214 3,724 HSBC Finance .................. 4,351 HSBC Bank Canada ......... HSBC Mexico .................. Brazilian operations1 ........ HSBC Bank Argentina ..... 4,049 3,862 311 1,977 4.63 35,787 1,297 3.62 22,488 824 3.66 391 95 4.48 3.73 8,725 4,482 342 143 3.92 3.19 10,828 6,957 303 240 2.80 3.45 1,224 4.49 23,445 815 3.48 20,924 507 2.42 911 4.47 29,508 924 3.13 33,798 779 2.30 737 36 72 1,109 200 174 4.29 3.77 5.19 4.99 5.37 4.00 427 10.55 501 12.97 38 12.22 15,100 1,182 1,311 19,262 3,945 3,951 4,995 2,328 218 592 41 44 864 221 116 3.92 3.47 3.36 15,902 1,156 1,104 4.49 18,213 5.60 4,153 2.94 2,814 537 40 27 884 166 65 3.38 3.46 2.45 4.85 4.00 2.31 583 11.67 324 13.92 23 10.55 3,822 843 169 395 10.33 128 15.18 7.10 12 Other operations .............................................. 25,171 1,212 4.82 17,769 881 4.96 17,485 564 3.23 184,852 9,104 4.93 172,008 7,210 4.19 160,656 5,471 3.41 For footnotes, see page 156. 148 Year ended 31 December Average balance 2006 Interest income US$m US$m 2005 2004 Yield Average balance % US$m Interest income US$m Yield Average balance % US$m Interest income Yield % US$m 9,938 652 6.56 14,748 543 3.68 8,629 361 4.18 14,558 6,434 732 173 5.03 2.69 11,831 9,811 416 442 3.52 4.51 7,611 7,533 146 62 1.92 0.82 538 28 5.20 81 3 3.70 813 17 2.09 19,246 909 4.72 18,310 443 2.42 16,926 316 1.87 6,938 178 380 1,867 767 1,006 – 1,004 23 449 10 32 82 43 32 6.47 5.62 8.42 4.39 5.61 3.18 – – 190 18.92 3 13.04 4,836 283 371 1,444 2,063 641 1,186 558 43 200 8 18 43 67 18 4.14 2.83 4.85 2.98 3.25 2.81 16 1.35 162 29.03 4.65 2 4,757 153 164 784 651 233 336 284 30 179 3 10 26 64 8 3.76 1.96 6.10 3.32 9.83 3.43 5 1.49 36 12.68 – – Other interest-earning assets Europe Hong Kong Rest of Asia-Pacific North America Latin America HSBC Bank ..................... HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ........ HSBC France .................. Hang Seng Bank .............. The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ................. The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ................. HSBC Bank Malaysia ..... HSBC Bank Middle East HSBC Bank USA ........... . HSBC Finance ................. HSBC Bank Canada ........ HSBC Mexico ................. Brazilian operations1 ....... HSBC Bank Argentina .... Other operations ............................................. (59,710) (2,967) (49,322) (2,001) (46,751) (1,040) 3,167 368 11.62 16,884 380 2.25 2,153 193 8.96 Total interest-earning assets Europe HSBC Bank ..................... 313,048 HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ........ HSBC France .................. HSBC Finance ................. 35,377 82,166 5,932 18,331 5.86 275,977 14,837 5.38 255,412 12,522 4.90 1,651 3,421 4.67 4.16 671 11.31 29,957 73,099 10,553 1,082 2,682 1,081 10.24 3.61 25,783 3.67 96,310 9,342 2.53 653 3,520 3.65 1,074 11.50 Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank .............. The Hongkong and 72,602 3,687 5.08 64,958 2,447 3.77 61,669 1,614 2.62 Shanghai Banking Corporation ................. 125,702 6,308 5.02 128,693 4,485 3.49 132,007 3,337 2.53 Rest of Asia-Pacific The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ................. HSBC Bank Malaysia ..... HSBC Bank Middle East 89,664 9,916 18,803 5,156 563 1,269 5.75 5.68 6.75 78,255 8,612 14,982 3,802 423 808 69,102 4.86 4.91 7,739 5.39 10,348 2,796 361 485 4.05 4.66 4.69 North America HSBC Bank USA ........... . 121,066 HSBC Finance ................. 151,827 43,579 HSBC Bank Canada ........ 7,797 6.44 17,304 11.40 5.46 2,381 111,085 124,223 35,198 5.99 88,426 6,652 13,595 10.94 119,197 4.65 28,990 1,635 4,017 4.54 13,376 11.22 4.28 1,242 Latin America HSBC Mexico ................. Brazilian operations1 ....... HSBC Bank Argentina .... 20,637 18,456 1,368 2,186 10.59 4,507 24.42 156 11.40 19,159 13,637 1,440 2,038 10.64 18,982 3,697 27.11 9,186 154 10.69 1,371 1,678 8.84 2,231 24.29 8.53 117 Other operations ............................................. 3,261 492 15.06 9,593 676 7.05 42,523 1,449 3.41 1,113,404 75,879 6.82 999,421 60,094 6.01 976,387 50,472 5.17 Summary Total interest-margin assets ............................ 1,113,404 Trading assets2 ................................................ 288,605 Financial assets designated at fair value3 ........ 7,681 Impairment provisions .................................... (11,864) Non-interest-earning assets ............................ 291,741 75,879 12,445 290 6.82 4.31 3.78 999,421 292,404 15,247 (12,469) 207,337 60,094 7,232 405 6.01 976,387 2.47 2.66 (12,958) 285,912 50,472 5.17 Total assets and interest income ..................... 1,689,567 88,614 5.24 1,501,940 67,731 4.51 1,249,341 50,472 4.04 149 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Average balance sheet Assets (continued) Year ended 31 December 2006 % 2005 % Distribution of average total assets Europe HSBC Bank ................................................................... HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) .................... HSBC France ................................................................. HSBC Finance ............................................................... Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank ............................................................ The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ..... Rest of Asia-Pacific The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ..... HSBC Bank Malaysia ................................................... HSBC Bank Middle East .............................................. North America Latin America HSBC Bank USA .......................................................... HSBC Finance ............................................................... HSBC Bank Canada ...................................................... HSBC Mexico ............................................................... Brazilian operations1 ..................................................... HSBC Bank Argentina .................................................. Other operations (including consolidation adjustments) ................................... 30.6 2.3 10.0 0.5 4.3 10.7 6.0 0.6 1.3 11.3 10.0 2.4 1.7 1.5 0.1 6.7 30.1 2.2 9.9 0.7 4.8 12.7 6.5 0.6 1.1 10.7 9.3 2.6 1.6 1.4 0.1 5.7 2004 % 28.3 2.2 9.8 0.9 5.2 14.2 6.6 0.7 0.9 8.8 10.8 2.4 1.8 0.9 0.1 6.4 For footnotes, see page 156. 100.0 100.0 100.0 150 Total equity and liabilities Year ended 31 December 2006 2005 2004 Average balance Interest expense US$m US$m Cost Average balance % US$m Interest expense US$m Cost Average balance % US$m Interest expense Cost % US$m Deposits by banks4 Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ...................... 32,825 HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ......... 1,030 HSBC France ................... 23,171 1,311 3.99 32,673 1,037 3.17 26,950 412 1.53 33 886 3.20 3.82 886 17,935 20 582 2.26 1,446 3.25 22,162 27 526 1.87 2.37 Hang Seng Bank ............... The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 2,031 84 4.14 1,876 61 3.25 685 14 2.04 2,745 125 4.55 3,430 116 3.38 3,139 39 1.24 Rest of The Hongkong and Asia-Pacific North America Latin America Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. HSBC Bank Malaysia ...... HSBC Bank Middle East . HSBC Bank USA ............ . HSBC Bank Canada ......... HSBC Mexico .................. Brazilian operations1 ........ HSBC Bank Argentina ..... 6,276 280 453 3,695 1,520 781 1,033 72 246 9 23 208 68 50 101 5 3.92 3.21 5.08 5.63 4.47 6.40 9.78 6.94 4,973 238 888 4,251 926 1,051 1,355 111 168 5 27 202 34 70 125 8 3.38 2.10 3.04 4.75 3.67 6.66 9.23 7.21 3,505 98 1,104 3,833 392 914 914 140 95 2 23 74 8 48 57 8 2.71 2.04 2.08 1.93 2.04 5.25 6.24 5.71 Other operations .............................................. 5,653 351 6.24 3,962 211 5.33 11,182 206 1.84 81,565 3,500 4.29 74,555 2,666 3.58 76,464 1,539 2.01 Customer accounts5 Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ...................... 221,369 HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ......... 25,346 HSBC France ................... 23,579 Hang Seng Bank ............... 54,267 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 104,441 Rest of The Hongkong and Asia-Pacific Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 56,760 HSBC Bank Malaysia ...... 7,260 HSBC Bank Middle East . 11,713 North America HSBC Bank USA ............ . 71,031 HSBC Bank Canada ......... 25,277 Latin America HSBC Mexico .................. 13,625 Brazilian operations1 ........ 14,887 983 HSBC Bank Argentina ..... 7,031 3.18 186,996 5,359 2.87 169,501 3,986 2.35 1,069 752 4.22 3.19 19,908 24,538 622 611 3.12 17,339 2.49 22,072 377 575 2.17 2.61 1,712 3.15 51,460 874 1.70 50,944 290 0.57 2,934 2.81 95,496 1,322 1.38 92,579 392 0.42 1,903 212 411 2,490 804 3.35 2.92 3.51 3.51 3.18 471 3.46 2,056 13.81 4.17 41 48,997 6,123 8,696 60,795 21,635 8,272 10,790 903 1,293 157 207 2.64 2.56 2.38 42,625 5,744 5,978 1,385 475 2.28 52,813 2.20 18,191 188 1,859 17.23 3.10 28 2.27 11,157 5,787 898 891 151 60 680 351 2.09 2.63 1.00 1.29 1.93 377 3.38 842 14.55 3.01 27 Other operations .............................................. 50,844 1,845 3.63 44,816 1,273 2.84 56,494 918 1.62 681,382 23,731 3.48 589,425 15,653 2.66 552,122 9,917 1.80 For footnotes, see page 156. 151 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Average balance sheet Total equity and liabilities (continued) Year ended 31 December 2006 2005 2004 Average balance Interest expense US$m US$m Cost Average balance % US$m Interest expense US$m Cost Average balance % US$m Interest expense Cost % US$m Financial liabilities designated at fair value – own debt issued6 Europe HSBC Holdings ................ 15,132 7,888 HSBC Bank ...................... North America HSBC Bank USA ............ . 1,892 HSBC Finance .................. 29,917 745 373 116 1,877 4.92 4.73 6.13 6.27 13,928 5,919 1,469 28,146 496 327 96 1,098 3.56 5.52 6.54 3.90 Other operations .............................................. 461 49 10.63 288 20 6.94 55,290 3,160 5.72 49,750 2,037 4.09 Debt securities in issue Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ...................... 45,870 HSBC France ................... 19,818 548 HSBC Finance .................. 2,047 633 32 4.46 3.19 5.84 28,620 14,271 3,330 1,817 314 77 6.35 2.20 2.31 26,320 16,250 3,524 1,103 434 163 4.19 2.67 4.63 Hang Seng Bank ............... The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 1,622 64 3.95 1,523 53 3.48 1,266 30 2.37 – – – – – – 11,192 437 3.90 Rest of The Hongkong and Asia-Pacific North America Latin America Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. HSBC Bank Malaysia ...... 7,990 371 HSBC Bank USA ............ . 28,832 HSBC Finance .................. 112,353 HSBC Bank Canada ......... 10,616 HSBC Mexico .................. Brazilian operations1 ........ HSBC Bank Argentina ..... 249 700 – 438 13 1,407 5,047 460 5.48 3.50 4.88 4.49 4.33 23 9.24 70 10.00 – – 6,523 572 25,537 75,913 7,963 4,585 401 7 315 16 4.83 2.80 5,313 261 1,073 3,399 268 4.20 11,125 4.48 101,269 5,994 3.37 229 8 376 2,751 165 4.31 3.07 3.38 2.72 2.75 285 6.22 67 16.71 1 14.29 3,566 360 95 134 3.76 65 18.06 7.37 7 Other operations .............................................. 3,105 110 3.54 6,834 90 1.32 18,136 234 1.29 232,074 10,344 4.46 176,079 7,775 4.42 204,671 6,136 3.00 Other interest-bearing liabilities Europe HSBC Bank ...................... 23,196 HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ......... 3,545 HSBC France ................... 13,476 4,211 HSBC Finance .................. 1,026 4.42 23,924 547 2.29 30,504 870 2.85 155 488 219 4.37 3.62 5.20 4,247 14,154 5,299 130 220 361 3.06 2,505 1.55 20,117 6.81 4,298 38 601 258 1.52 2.99 6.00 Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank ............... The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. Rest of The Hongkong and 1,378 64 4.64 1,228 36 2.93 1,161 22 1.89 8,140 365 4.48 6,981 221 3.17 10,495 171 1.63 Asia-Pacific North America Shanghai Banking Corporation .................. 13,425 235 1,046 HSBC Bank Malaysia ...... HSBC Bank Middle East . 629 9 63 4.69 3.83 6.02 HSBC Bank USA ............ . 11,966 1,134 HSBC Bank Canada ......... 2,883 HSBC Markets Inc ........... 1,211 10.12 1.94 3.05 22 88 Latin America HSBC Mexico .................. Brazilian operations1 ........ HSBC Bank Argentina ..... 135 817 79 8 5.93 105 12.85 10 12.66 13,725 137 767 13,287 856 4,718 1,258 2,264 35 460 4 23 3.35 2.92 3.00 12,972 195 407 1,332 10.02 12,618 1.40 938 2.56 12,652 12 121 2.38 30 3.80 86 4 11.43 195 565 319 228 3 20 324 20 460 15 47 3 1.76 1.54 4.91 2.57 2.13 3.64 7.69 8.32 0.94 Other operations .............................................. (68,331) (3,804) (62,593) (2,958) (64,040) (1,301) 17,335 658 3.80 30,287 629 2.08 45,901 1,779 3.88 For footnotes, see page 156. 152 Year ended 31 December Average balance US$m 2006 Interest expense US$m 2005 2004 Cost Average balance % US$m Interest expense US$m Cost Average balance % US$m Interest expense Cost % US$m 331,148 11,788 3.56 278,131 9,087 3.27 253,275 6,371 2.52 29,921 80,044 4,759 1,257 2,759 251 4.20 3.45 5.27 25,041 71,115 8,667 772 1,732 470 3.08 21,290 2.44 80,601 8,152 5.42 442 2,136 421 2.08 2.65 5.16 59,298 1,924 3.24 56,087 1,024 1.83 54,056 357 0.66 115,326 3,424 2.97 105,907 1,659 1.57 117,404 1,038 0.88 84,451 8,146 3,216 243 3.81 2.98 74,218 7,070 2,236 182 3.01 2.57 64,415 6,298 1,443 163 2.24 2.59 Total interest-bearing liabilities Europe Hong Kong Rest of Asia-Pacific HSBC Bank .................... HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ....... HSBC France ................. HSBC Finance ................ Hang Seng Bank ............. The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ................ The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ................ HSBC Bank Malaysia .... HSBC Bank Middle East ............................. 13,212 497 3.76 10,351 289 2.79 7,489 103 1.38 North America Latin America HSBC Bank USA ........... HSBC Finance ................ HSBC Bank Canada ....... HSBC Markets Inc ......... HSBC Mexico ................ Brazilian operations1 ...... HSBC Bank Argentina ... 117,416 142,270 38,547 2,883 14,790 17,437 1,134 5,432 6,924 1,354 88 4.63 4.87 3.51 3.05 552 3.73 2,332 13.37 4.94 56 105,339 116,164 31,380 4,718 15,165 14,810 1,056 4,088 4,933 789 121 80,389 3.88 4.25 112,973 25,516 2.51 28,563 2.56 1,454 2,964 544 701 1.81 2.62 2.13 2.45 573 3.78 2,137 14.43 3.88 41 15,832 7,626 1,453 574 3.63 1,010 13.24 3.17 46 Other operations ............................................ 6,864 (703) (17,224) (1,373) (6,174) (396) 1,067,646 41,393 3.88 907,995 28,760 3.17 879,158 19,371 2.20 Summary Total interest-margin liabilities ..................... 1,067,646 Trading liabilities............................................ 224,050 Financial liabilities designated at fair value (excluding own debt issued) ..................... Non-interest-bearing current accounts .......... Total equity and other non-interest-bearing liabilities ........................................................ 12,537 71,744 313,590 41,393 9,842 3.88 4.39 907,995 211,059 28,760 5,024 3.17 879,158 2.38 19,371 2.20 9,787 65,509 307,590 56,043 314,140 Total equity and liabilities ............................. 1,689,567 51,235 3.03 1,501,940 33,784 2.25 1,249,341 19,371 1.55 Net interest margin Year ended 31 December Europe HSBC Bank ................................................................... HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) .................... HSBC France ................................................................. HSBC Finance ............................................................... Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank ............................................................ The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ..... Rest of Asia-Pacific The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ..... HSBC Bank Malaysia ................................................... HSBC Bank Middle East .............................................. North America Latin America HSBC Bank USA .......................................................... HSBC Finance ............................................................... HSBC Bank Canada ...................................................... HSBC Mexico ............................................................... Brazilian operations1 ..................................................... HSBC Bank Argentina .................................................. Other operations (including consolidation adjustments) ................................... For footnotes, see page 156. 153 2006 % 2.09 1.15 0.80 5.92 2.43 2.29 2.16 3.22 3.76 1.95 6.84 2.36 7.92 11.78 7.24 0.04 3.10 2005 % 2.08 1.03 1.30 5.79 2.19 2.20 2.00 2.80 3.46 2.31 6.97 2.40 7.65 11.44 7.87 0.20 3.14 2004 % 2.41 0.82 1.44 6.99 2.08 1.74 1.96 2.56 3.69 2.90 8.74 2.41 5.82 13.29 5.18 0.03 3.19 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Changes in net interest income Analysis of changes in net interest income The following table allocates changes in net interest income between volume and rate for 2006 compared with 2005, and for 2005 compared with 2004. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate, and the effect of reclassifying items on the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 at 1 January 2005, are allocated to rate. Interest income Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks 2006 compared with 2005 Increase/(decrease) 2006 Volume US$m US$m Rate US$m 2005 compared with 2004 Increase/(decrease) Volume US$m 2005 US$m Rate US$m 1,536 425 Banking Corporation .............. 1,645 Europe Hong Kong Rest of Asia-Pacific HSBC Bank ................................. HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) .................... HSBC France .............................. Hang Seng Bank .......................... The Hongkong and Shanghai The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .............. HSBC Bank Malaysia ................. HSBC Bank Middle East ............ North America HSBC Bank USA ........................ HSBC Bank Canada .................... Latin America HSBC Mexico ............................. Brazilian operations1 ................... HSBC Bank Argentina ................ Other operations ........................................................ Trading assets .......................................................... Loans and advances to customers Europe Hong Kong Rest of Asia-Pacific North America Latin America HSBC Bank ................................. HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) .................... HSBC France .............................. HSBC Finance ............................. Hang Seng Bank .......................... The Hongkong and Shanghai The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .............. HSBC Bank Malaysia .................. HSBC Bank Middle East ............ HSBC Bank USA ........................ HSBC Finance ............................. HSBC Bank Canada .................... HSBC Mexico ............................. Brazilian operations1 ................... HSBC Bank Argentina ................ Other operations ........................................................ For footnotes, see page 156. 190 690 483 520 87 208 465 138 227 572 8 627 338 2,463 671 1,952 3,449 430 957 6,141 17,061 2,037 1,532 3,244 107 1,620 Banking Corporation .............. 2,843 42 77 82 54 52 20 35 204 31 31 141 (2) 55 337 35 226 113 774 113 387 288 (64) 169 32 (339) (7) (8) (234) 74 533 1,058 167 353 117 18 62 110 45 (32) (134) 3 116 351 49 111 151 62 228 565 7 456 54 11 29 30 (1) (47) 164 – (76) (5) 99 2 53 65 18 48 164 4 203 968 7,396 1,162 1,634 4,600 2004 US$m 669 89 960 221 538 198 36 29 56 45 227 237 3 329 3,637 3,023 14,166 1,378 565 12,223 1,817 885 9,521 49 449 (438) 61 156 314 55 172 114 3,278 331 389 716 (10) (309) 78 304 23 568 626 476 50 150 433 476 267 (67) (119) (5) 577 211 1,710 1,086 1,323 2,061 2,659 325 635 5,594 13,307 1,439 1,210 2,647 122 1,352 27 (8) 77 47 70 478 25 147 1,197 439 286 205 879 1 (266) 69 (174) (46) 394 115 1,892 1,055 882 585 1,406 400 22 70 1,461 (278) 54 127 241 20 505 1,781 278 418 2,936 13,146 1,099 878 1,527 101 1,113 59,011 5,756 5,351 47,904 5,230 4,526 38,148 154 2004 US$m 824 303 240 507 779 537 40 27 884 166 65 395 128 12 564 412 27 526 14 39 95 2 23 74 8 48 57 8 2006 compared with 2005 Increase/(decrease) 2006 Volume US$m US$m Rate US$m 2005 compared with 2004 Increase/(decrease) Volume US$m 2005 US$m Rate US$m Financial investments Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ................................. HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) .................... HSBC France .............................. Hang Seng Bank .......................... The Hongkong and Shanghai 1,977 391 95 1,224 251 0 (62) 134 Banking Corporation .............. 911 (286) Rest of The Hongkong and Shanghai Asia-Pacific North America Latin America Banking Corporation .............. HSBC Bank Malaysia ................. HSBC Bank Middle East ............ HSBC Bank USA ........................ HSBC Finance ............................. HSBC Bank Canada .................... HSBC Mexico ............................. Brazilian operations1 ................... HSBC Bank Argentina ................ 737 36 72 1,109 200 174 427 501 38 Other operations ........................................................ 1,212 9,104 81 (8) 3 133 (12) 12 (110) 214 10 367 538 429 1,297 487 (14) 49 14 275 273 64 3 25 112 (9) 46 (46) (37) 5 (36) 342 143 815 924 592 41 44 864 221 116 583 324 23 881 (59) (85) 61 98 (12) 247 (99) 244 (27) 1 5 51 (8) 26 121 225 3 9 82 – 12 (71) 63 25 67 (29) 8 308 Deposits by banks Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ................................. HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) .................... HSBC France .............................. Hang Seng Bank .......................... The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .............. Rest of The Hongkong and Shanghai Asia-Pacific Banking Corporation .............. HSBC Bank Malaysia .................. HSBC Bank Middle East ............ North America HSBC Bank USA ........................ HSBC Bank Canada .................... Latin America HSBC Mexico ............................. Brazilian operations1 ................... HSBC Bank Argentina ................ Other operations ........................................................ For footnotes, see page 156. 1,356 7,210 387 1,352 5,471 1,311 5 269 1,037 87 538 33 886 84 125 246 9 23 208 68 50 101 5 351 3 170 5 (23) 44 1 (13) (26) 22 (18) (30) (3) 90 10 134 18 32 34 3 9 32 12 (2) 6 – 50 20 582 61 116 168 5 27 202 34 70 125 8 211 (10) (100) 24 4 40 3 (5) 8 11 7 28 (2) 3 156 23 73 33 – 9 120 15 15 40 2 (133) 138 206 3,500 251 583 2,666 (38) 1,165 1,539 155 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Changes in net interest income / Share capital and reserves Interest expense Customer accounts 2006 compared with 2005 Increase/(decrease) 2006 Volume US$m US$m Rate US$m Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ................................. HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) .................... HSBC France .............................. Hang Seng Bank .......................... The Hongkong and Shanghai 7,031 1,069 752 1,712 987 170 (24) 48 685 277 165 790 Banking Corporation .............. 2,934 123 1,489 1,322 Rest of The Hongkong and Shanghai Asia-Pacific Banking Corporation .............. HSBC Bank Malaysia ................. HSBC Bank Middle East ............ North America HSBC Bank USA ........................ HSBC Bank Canada .................... Latin America HSBC Mexico ............................. Brazilian operations1 ................... HSBC Bank Argentina ................ 1,903 212 411 2,490 804 471 2,056 41 Other operations ........................................................ 1,845 205 29 72 233 80 122 706 2 171 405 26 132 872 249 161 (509) 11 401 1,293 157 207 1,385 475 188 1,859 28 1,273 2005 compared with 2004 Increase/(decrease) Volume US$m 2005 US$m Rate US$m 2004 US$m 5,359 411 962 3,986 622 611 874 56 64 3 12 133 10 27 103 66 (97) 728 – (190) 189 (28) 581 918 269 (4) 120 602 58 (92) 289 1 545 377 575 290 392 891 151 60 680 351 377 842 27 918 Financial liabilities designated at fair value – own debt issued Debt securities in issue Europe Hong Kong HSBC Bank ................................. HSBC France .............................. HSBC Finance ............................. Hang Seng Bank .......................... The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation .............. Rest of The Hongkong and Shanghai Asia-Pacific Banking Corporation .............. HSBC Bank Malaysia .................. North America Latin America HSBC Bank USA ........................ HSBC Finance ............................. HSBC Bank Canada .................... HSBC Mexico ............................. Brazilian operations1 ................... HSBC Bank Argentina ................ 23,731 2,442 5,636 15,653 670 5,066 9,917 3,160 227 896 2,037 2,047 633 32 64 – 438 13 1,407 5,047 460 23 70 – 1,095 122 (64) 3 – 71 (6) 138 1,633 89 (270) 50 (1) (49) (865) 197 19 8 – 52 3 196 15 103 8 (47) – 69 61 1,817 314 77 53 – 315 16 1,073 3,399 268 285 67 1 90 96 (53) (9) 6 618 (67) (77) 17 (437) – 52 10 487 (689) 54 38 7 (6) (146) 34 (2) 210 1,337 49 113 (5) – 2 1,103 434 163 30 437 229 8 376 2,751 165 134 65 7 234 7,775 (857) 2,496 6,136 Other operations ........................................................ 110 10,344 2,508 Footnotes to ‘Average balance sheet and net interest income’ and ‘Analysis of changes in net interest income’. 1 Brazilian operations comprise HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo and subsidiaries, plus HSBC Serviços e Participações Limitada. 2 Interest income on trading assets is reported as ‘Net trading income’ in the consolidated income statement in 2005 and 2006. 3 Interest income on financial assets designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ in the consolidated income statement. 4 This table analyses interest-bearing bank deposits only. See page 160 for an analysis of all bank deposits. 5 This table analyses interest-bearing customer accounts only. See page 161 for an analysis of all customer accounts. 6 Interest expense on financial liabilities designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income on financial liabilities designated at fair value’ in the consolidated income statement other than interest on own debt. 156 Notes (i) Average balances are based on daily averages for the principal areas of HSBC’s banking activities with monthly or less frequent averages used elsewhere. (ii) In 2004 ‘Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis’ and ‘Loans on which interest has been accrued but suspended’ were included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’. Interest income on such loans was included in the consolidated income statement to the extent to which it had been received. (iii) Balances and transactions with fellow subsidiaries are reported gross in the principal commercial banking and consumer finance entities within ‘Other interest-earning assets’ and ‘Other interest-bearing liabilities’ as appropriate and the elimination entries are included within ‘Other operations’ in those two categories. (iv) Other than as noted in (iii) above, ‘Other operations’ comprise the operations of the principal commercial banking and consumer finance entities outside their domestic markets and all other banking operations. (v) In 2004 non-equity minority interests were included within shareholders’ equity and other non interest-bearing liabilities and the related coupon payments were included within ‘Profit attributable to minority interests’. Share capital and reserves The following events in relation to the share capital of HSBC Holdings occurred during the year: Ordinary shares of US$0.50 each Scrip dividends 1. 24,184,953 ordinary shares were issued at par on 19 January 2006 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the third interim dividend for 2005. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$16.2150, being the US dollar equivalent of £9.40. 2. 91,685,145 ordinary shares were issued at par on 11 May 2006 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the fourth interim dividend for 2005. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$16.8175, being the US dollar equivalent of £9.621. 3. 14,090,830 ordinary shares were issued at par on 6 July 2006 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the first interim dividend for 2006. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$17.5938, being the US dollar equivalent of £9.346. 4. 28,617,819 ordinary shares were issued at par on 4 October 2006 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the second interim dividend for 2006. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$17.9844, being the US dollar equivalent of £9.51. All-Employee share plans 5. 25,334,998 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £5.3496 to £7.6736 and 926 ordinary shares were issued at HK$103.4401 per share in connection with the 157 exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans. Options over 7,870,495 ordinary shares lapsed. 6. 2,533,496 ordinary shares were issued at €11.3921 per share and 502,454 ordinary shares were issued at €12.8161 per share in connection with a Plan d’Epargne Entreprise for the benefit of non-UK resident employees of HSBC France and its subsidiaries. 7. Options over 22,626,714 ordinary shares were granted at nil consideration on 26 April 2006 to over 52,900 HSBC employees resident in nearly 60 countries and territories under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans. Discretionary share incentive plans 8. 9,767,102 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £3.3334 to £7.7984 per share in connection with the exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme. Options over 450,801 ordinary shares lapsed. 9. 37,817,808 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £6.91 to £9.642 per share in connection with the exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. Options over 5,536,526 ordinary shares lapsed. HSBC Finance 10. 3,424,742 ordinary shares were issued at US$9.60 per share in connection with the early settlement and maturity of HSBC Finance 8.875 per cent Adjustable Conversion-Rate Equity Security Units. 11. 643,520 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from US$16.06 to US$18.79 per share in connection with the vesting of Restricted Stock Rights under HSBC Finance share plans that have been converted into rights over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Share capital and reserves / Short term borrowings / Contractual obligations / Loan maturity Authority to repurchase ordinary shares 12. At the Annual General Meeting in 2006, shareholders renewed the authority for the Company to make market repurchases of up to 1,137,200,000 ordinary shares. The Directors have not exercised this authority. In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on 19 December 2005, HSBC Holdings will comply with the applicable law and regulation in the UK in relation to the holding of any shares in treasury and with the conditions of the waiver, in connection with any shares it may hold in treasury. Authority to allot shares 13. At the Annual General Meeting in 2006 shareholders renewed the authority for the Directors to allot new shares. The authority was to allot up to 2,274,400,000 ordinary shares, 10,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, 8,550,000 non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and 10,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each. Other than as described in paragraphs 1 to 6 and 8 to 11 above, the Directors did not allot any shares during 2006. Short-term borrowings HSBC includes short-term borrowings within customer accounts, deposits by banks and debt securities in issue and does not show short-term borrowings separately on the balance sheet. Short- term borrowings are defined by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) as Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings. HSBC’s only significant short-term borrowings are securities sold under agreements to repurchase and certain debt securities in issue. Additional information on these is provided in the tables below. Year ended 31 December Securities sold under agreements to repurchase Outstanding at 31 December ........................................................................... Average amount outstanding during the year ................................................. Maximum quarter-end balance outstanding during the year .......................... Weighted average interest rate during the year ............................................... Weighted average interest rate at the year-end ............................................... Short term bonds Outstanding at 31 December ........................................................................... Average amount outstanding during the year ................................................. Maximum quarter-end balance outstanding during the year .......................... Weighted average interest rate during the year ............................................... Weighted average interest rate at the year-end ............................................... Contractual obligations 2006 US$m 97,139 102,715 109,689 4.3% 4.6% 37,906 37,729 38,907 5.1% 4.8% 2005 US$m 75,745 74,143 78,590 3.6% 4.0% 40,642 31,908 40,642 4.6% 3.7% 2004 US$m 43,726 46,229 53,188 2.7% 2.9% 36,085 29,238 36,085 2.8% 2.5% The table below provides details of HSBC’s material contractual obligations as at 31 December 2006. Long-term debt obligations .......................................... Term deposits and certificates of deposit ..................... Capital (finance) lease obligations ............................... Operating lease obligations .......................................... Purchase obligations ..................................................... Short positions in debt securities and equity shares...... Pension obligations ....................................................... Payments due by period Less than 1 year US$m 1–5 years US$m More than 5 years US$m 94,334 188,520 41 799 611 55,289 1,153 340,747 120,642 20,819 21 2,311 648 5,948 2,272 152,661 80,358 – 645 1,198 – 10,050 6,188 98,439 Total US$m 295,334 209,339 707 4,308 1,259 71,287 9,613 591,847 158 Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis At 31 December 2006, the geographical analysis of loan maturity and interest sensitivity by loan type on a contractual repayment basis was as follows: Maturity of 1 year or less Loans and advances to banks ............................. Commercial loans to customers Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate and other property related ............ Non-bank financial institutions ...................... Governments .................................................. Other commercial ........................................... Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme ........................................................... Residential mortgages and other personal loans Loans and advances to customers ...................... Maturity after 1 year but within 5 years Loans and advances to banks ............................. Commercial loans to customers Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate and other property related ............ Non-bank financial institutions ...................... Governments .................................................. Other commercial ........................................... Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme ........................................................... Residential mortgages and other personal loans Loans and advances to customers ...................... Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks and commercial loans to customers: Fixed interest rate ........................................... Variable interest rate ...................................... Maturity after 5 years Loans and advances to banks .............................. Commercial loans to customers Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate and other property related ............ Non-bank financial institutions ...................... Governments .................................................. Other commercial ........................................... Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme ........................................................... Residential mortgages and other personal loans . Loans and advances to customers ...................... Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks and commercial loans to customers Fixed interest rate ........................................... Variable interest rate ...................................... Hong Kong US$m Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m Europe US$m North Latin America America US$m US$m Total US$m 74,381 50,306 26,913 17,673 9,974 179,247 67,619 17,021 35,616 1,256 37,976 159,488 – 37,027 196,515 270,896 12,560 6,442 1,221 265 2,059 22,547 451 10,791 33,789 84,095 20,839 4,210 2,071 1,114 5,220 33,454 – 11,107 44,561 71,474 4,098 7,309 11,105 115 8,025 30,652 – 49,495 80,147 97,820 6,378 1,128 1,095 486 2,371 11,458 – 7,298 18,756 28,730 111,494 36,110 51,108 3,236 55,651 257,599 451 115,718 373,768 553,015 2,066 53 250 166 135 2,670 3,992 9,034 348 286 2,629 3,867 3,875 797 491 2,542 5,662 7,867 932 81 2,070 16,289 11,572 16,612 2,916 798 486 2,548 1,238 7,986 – 4,088 12,074 12,209 4,036 4,085 8,121 35,909 32,976 5,947 3,814 18,088 96,734 1,410 116,672 214,816 217,486 19,751 79,653 99,404 – 54,970 71,582 71,748 3,299 13,479 16,778 26 2,525 3,295 1,244 3,537 221 24 733 5,759 – 127,746 133,505 133,531 1,301 4,484 5,785 743 224 52 909 513 2,441 – 3,909 6,350 8,875 857 4,109 4,966 14,706 18,445 2,149 1,940 13,992 51,232 2,217 239,678 293,127 296,422 12,191 42,335 54,526 – 8,255 19,827 20,077 2,195 9,627 11,822 354 490 908 58 311 929 2,696 – 11,391 14,087 14,441 1,078 1,972 3,050 19,472 11,402 3,384 408 9,609 44,275 – 42,271 86,546 88,612 10,142 36,199 46,341 1,410 7,088 24,787 24,840 79 16,263 16,342 390 – 11,936 9,848 1,055 696 10,129 33,664 – 79,450 113,114 113,504 8,925 25,129 34,054 293 3,928 763 – 1,688 6,672 2,217 17,182 26,071 26,071 30 6,641 6,671 159 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Deposits Deposits The following tables analyse the average amount of bank deposits, customer deposits and certificates of deposit (‘CDs’) and other money market instruments (which are included within ‘debt securities in issue’ in the balance sheet), together with the average interest rates paid thereon for each of the past three years. The geographical analysis of average deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies. The ‘Other’ category includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase. 2006 Average balance Average Deposits by banks Europe Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... Hong Kong Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... North America Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... Latin America Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... Total Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... US$m 9,814 8,368 27,447 23,396 69,025 1,031 2,428 2,016 362 5,837 1,618 1,960 3,645 2,157 9,380 767 3,033 3,543 699 8,042 702 96 1,732 683 3,213 13,932 15,885 38,383 27,297 95,497 rate % – 3.7 4.0 3.5 – 4.6 4.3 3.3 – 2.4 4.8 4.5 – 5.3 5.4 5.6 – 6.3 5.5 9.4 – 4.5 4.5 3.9 Year ended 31 December 2005 Average balance Average rate US$m % 14,252 9,418 28,021 16,111 67,802 2,054 3,104 2,012 218 7,388 2,164 1,442 4,375 761 8,742 1,334 3,647 2,406 38 7,425 49 117 1,810 1,075 3,051 19,853 17,728 38,624 18,203 94,408 – 2.9 3.0 3.6 – 3.5 3.2 2.3 – 1.9 4.3 5.4 – 3.6 6.0 5.3 – 7.7 6.4 8.9 – 3.1 3.5 4.1 2004 Average balance US$m Average rate % 14,746 9,237 22,029 22,870 68,882 1,752 2,484 1,016 416 5,668 1,641 1,013 4,410 1,146 8,210 1,670 3,025 1,861 4,436 10,992 291 221 1,553 747 2,812 20,100 15,980 30,869 29,615 96,564 – 1.5 2.8 2.5 – 1.2 1.6 1.7 – 2.3 3.1 2.7 – 1.4 3.0 1.8 – 5.4 4.1 5.6 – 1.5 2.9 2.4 160 Customer accounts Europe Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Savings ................................................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... Hong Kong Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Savings ................................................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Savings ................................................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... North America Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Savings ................................................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... Latin America Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Savings ................................................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... Total Demand and other – non-interest bearing ................................................ Demand – interest bearing ..................... Savings ................................................... Time ........................................................ Other ....................................................... CDs and other money market instruments Europe ............................................................ Hong Kong .................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ....................................... North America ............................................... Latin America ................................................ Year ended 31 December 2005 Average balance Average rate US$m % 28,501 146,484 46,248 48,201 10,967 280,401 13,365 91,723 50,281 14,054 15 169,438 11,825 27,721 31,584 10,484 1,895 83,509 13,627 11,723 52,458 21,759 2,549 102,116 – 2.4 3.3 3.9 2.7 – 0.9 2.4 2.7 6.7 – 1.7 3.3 3.5 3.9 – 1.9 1.6 3.6 4.5 5,583 6,341 10,980 2,529 1,429 26,862 – 1.2 15.2 5.6 17.5 72,901 283,992 191,551 97,027 16,855 662,326 27,778 1,599 7,467 19,566 4,657 61,067 – 1.8 3.3 3.7 4.4 5.8 3.1 6.2 3.1 6.4 5.0 2004 Average balance US$m Average rate % 37,184 128,249 37,846 47,941 15,167 266,387 13,508 94,629 46,817 12,015 106 167,075 8,592 24,480 27,171 7,597 2,866 70,706 18,735 10,730 51,780 12,267 13,119 106,631 – 2.0 2.5 3.1 2.2 – 0.1 1.0 1.6 4.7 – 1.2 2.9 2.1 1.2 – 1.1 1.3 2.1 1.6 4,201 5,973 7,115 1,973 4,281 23,543 – 1.1 11.5 3.6 7.4 82,220 264,061 170,729 81,793 35,539 634,342 24,684 10,031 6,804 17,224 3,668 62,411 – 1.2 2.2 2.6 2.5 2.6 3.3 4.4 1.8 4.1 2.9 2006 Average balance Average rate % – 2.7 3.9 4.2 4.1 – 2.4 3.8 3.6 3.9 – 2.1 4.3 4.5 3.5 – 2.9 2.8 5.4 2.0 – 1.6 11.3 5.9 13.4 – 2.6 4.1 4.5 4.6 US$m 33,000 173,150 50,525 59,374 9,249 325,298 12,362 88,754 58,883 20,454 51 181,153 13,107 29,816 42,153 10,246 2,233 97,555 13,662 14,406 65,216 21,124 3,339 117,747 7,995 5,438 16,512 7,665 2,145 39,757 80,126 311,564 233,289 118,863 17,666 761,510 48,238 1,191 6,621 23,472 318 4.2 3.5 5.6 4.6 10.7 79,840 4.5 161 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Certificates of deposit and other time deposits / Off-balance sheet arrangements Certificates of deposit and other time deposits At 31 December 2006, the maturity analysis of certificates of deposit and other wholesale time deposits, by remaining maturity, was as follows: Europe Certificates of deposit .......................... Time deposits: – banks .................................................. – customers ........................................... Hong Kong Certificates of deposit .......................... Time deposits: – banks .................................................. – customers ........................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific Certificates of deposit .......................... Time deposits: – banks .................................................. – customers ........................................... North America Certificates of deposit .......................... Time deposits: – banks .................................................. – customers ........................................... Latin America Certificates of deposit .......................... Time deposits: – banks .................................................. – customers ........................................... Total Certificates of deposit .......................... Time deposits: – banks .................................................. – customers ........................................... 3 months or less US$m 16,471 26,492 58,703 101,666 608 1,312 15,337 17,257 3,916 3,610 9,677 17,203 – 3,792 12,152 15,944 – 1,884 9,282 11,166 20,995 37,090 105,151 163,236 After 3 months but within 6 months After 6 months but within 12 months US$m US$m 1,721 3,089 3,684 8,494 738 88 300 1,126 986 1,165 490 2,641 – 255 1,317 1,572 – 492 546 1,038 3,445 5,089 6,337 170 1,611 1,625 3,406 1,999 64 293 2,356 855 109 223 1,187 – 345 1,709 2,054 – 321 1,089 1,410 3,024 2,450 4,939 After 12 months US$m Total US$m – 18,362 3,227 3,776 7,003 6,701 34 1,227 7,962 299 191 1,800 2,290 – – 1,669 1,669 389 817 689 1,895 7,389 4,269 9,161 34,419 67,788 120,569 10,046 1,498 17,157 28,701 6,056 5,075 12,190 23,321 – 4,392 16,847 21,239 389 3,514 11,606 15,509 34,853 48,898 125,588 209,339 14,871 10,413 20,819 The geographical analysis of deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies. The majority of certificates of deposit and time deposits are in amounts of US$100,000 and over or the equivalent in other currencies. 162 Off-balance sheet arrangements HSBC enters into certain off-balance sheet arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business, as described below. (i) Financial guarantees, letters of credit and similar undertakings Note 41 on the Financial Statements on page 396 describes various types of guarantees and discloses the maximum potential future payments under such arrangements. Credit risk associated with all forms of guarantees is assessed in the same manner as for on-balance sheet credit advances and, where necessary, provisions for assessed impairment are included in ‘Other provisions’. (ii) Commitments to lend Undrawn credit lines are disclosed in Note 41 on the Financial Statements on page 396. The majority by value of undrawn credit lines arise from ‘open to buy’ lines on personal credit cards, cheques issued to potential customers offering them a pre-approved loan, advised overdraft limits, and mortgage offers awaiting customer acceptance. HSBC generally has the right to change or terminate any conditions of a personal customer’s overdraft, credit card or other credit line upon notification to the customer. In respect of corporate commitments to lend, in most contracts HSBC’s position will be protected through restrictions on access to funding in the event of material adverse change. (iii) Credit derivatives HSBC uses credit derivatives through its principal dealing operations, acting as a principal counterparty to a broad range of users, structuring deals to produce risk management products for its customers, or making markets in certain products. Risk is typically controlled through entering into offsetting credit derivative contracts with other counterparties. HSBC manages the credit risk arising on buying and selling credit derivative protection by including the exposure to any credit risk that arises from such transactions within its overall credit limits structure to the relevant counterparty. The trading of credit derivatives is restricted to a small number of offices within the major centres which in management’s view have the control infrastructure and market skills to manage effectively the credit risk inherent in the products. Credit derivatives are also used for the management of credit risk in the Group’s loan portfolio. HSBC’s use of credit derivatives in this manner is not significant, however.The following table presents the notional amounts of credit derivatives protection bought and sold by HSBC: Notional amount of protection bought ..................................................................................... Notional amount of protection sold ......................................................................................... 540,229 569,599 At 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 249,347 262,393 The mismatch between these notional amounts is attributable to HSBC selling protection on large, diversified, predominantly investment grade portfolios (including the most senior tranches) and then hedging these positions by buying protection on the more subordinated tranches of the same portfolios. In addition, HSBC uses securities to hedge certain derivative positions. Consequently, while there is a mismatch in notional amounts of credit derivatives, the risk positions are largely matched. (iv) Special purpose and variable interest entities HSBC predominantly uses special purpose entities (‘SPEs’) or variable interest entities (‘VIEs’) to securitise loans and advances it has originated where this source of funding is cost effective. Such loans and advances generally remain on the balance sheet under IFRSs. HSBC also administers SPEs that have been established for the purpose of providing alternative sources of financing to HSBC’s customers. Such arrangements also enable HSBC to provide tailored investment opportunities for investors. These SPEs, commonly referred to as asset-backed or multi-seller conduits, purchase interests in a diversified pool of receivables from customers or in the market using finance provided by a third 163 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Financial Review (continued) Other financial information > Off balance sheet arrangements / Regulation and supervision party. The cash flows received by SPEs on pools of receivables are used to service the finance provided by investors. HSBC administers this arrangement, which facilitates diversification of funding sources and the tranching of credit risk. HSBC also typically provides part of the liquidity facilities to the entities, together with secondary credit enhancement. HSBC also has relationships with SPEs which offer management of investment funds, provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and facilitate capital funding through the issue of preference shares via partnerships. All SPEs used by HSBC are authorised centrally upon initial establishment to ensure appropriate purpose and governance. The activities of SPEs administered by HSBC are closely monitored by senior management. The use of SPEs is not a significant part of HSBC’s activities and HSBC is not reliant on the use of SPEs for any material part of its business operations or profitability. For a further discussion of HSBC’s involvement with SPEs and the accounting treatments under IFRSs and US GAAP, see Note 47(j) on the Financial Statements on page 429. 164 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk Regulation and supervision Regulation and supervision1 ....................... Risk management1 ...................................... Credit risk ................................................... Credit risk management2 ........................ Credit exposure3 ..................................... Credit quality3 ......................................... Impairment allowances and charges3 ...... HSBC Holdings2 ..................................... Risk elements in the loan portfolio1 ........ Liquidity and funding management ............ Policies and procedures2 ......................... Primary sources of funding3 ................... HSBC Holdings2 ..................................... Market risk management ............................ Value at risk3 .......................................... Trading portfolios2 .................................. Non-trading portfolios2 ........................... Sensitivity of net interest income1 ........... Structural foreign exchange exposures1 . HSBC Holdings3 ..................................... Residual value risk management1 ............... Operational risk management1 ................... Legal litigation risk1 ............................... Pension risk1 ............................................... Reputational risk management1 .................. Sustainability risk management1 ................ Risk management of insurance Page 165 170 171 171 176 192 197 211 211 213 213 213 215 216 216 218 219 221 223 223 224 225 225 226 227 227 operations2 .............................................. Life insurance business2 ........................... Non-life insurance business2 .................... Insurance risk2 ........................................ Financial risks2 ....................................... Market risk2 ............................................. Credit risk2 ............................................... Liquidity risk2 ......................................... Present value of in-force long-term insurance business2 ............................. Capital management and allocation ............ Capital management2 .............................. Capital measurement and allocation3 ..... Risk-weighted assets by principal 228 228 228 229 233 235 237 240 241 243 243 243 subsidiary1 ............................................ 247 1 Unaudited. 2 Audited. 3 Audited where indicated. Regulation and supervision (Unaudited) With listings of its ordinary shares in London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda, HSBC Holdings complies with the relevant requirements for listing and trading on each of these exchanges. In the UK, these are the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’); in Hong Kong, The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited; in the US, where the shares are traded in the form of ADSs, HSBC Holdings’ shares are registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission. As a consequence of its US listing, HSBC Holdings is also subject to the reporting and other requirements of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the New York Stock Exchange’s Listed Company Manual, in each case as applied to foreign private issuers. In France and Bermuda, HSBC Holdings is subject to the listing rules of Euronext, Paris and the Bermuda Stock Exchange applicable to companies with secondary listings. A statement of HSBC’s compliance with the code provisions of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council and with the Code on Corporate Governance Practices in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited is set out in the ‘Report of the Directors: Governance’ on page 248. HSBC’s operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by approximately 510 different central banks and regulatory authorities in those jurisdictions in which HSBC has offices, branches or subsidiaries. These authorities impose a variety of requirements and controls designed to improve financial stability and the transparency of financial markets and their contribution to economic growth. These regulations and controls cover, inter alia, capital adequacy, depositor protection, market liquidity, governance standards, customer protection (for example, fair lending practices, product design, and marketing and documentation standards), and social responsibility obligations (for example, anti- money laundering and anti-terrorist financing measures). In addition, a number of countries in which HSBC operates impose rules that affect, or place limitations on, foreign or foreign-owned or controlled banks and financial institutions. The rules include restrictions on the opening of local offices, branches or subsidiaries and the types of banking and non-banking activities that may be conducted by those local offices, branches or subsidiaries; restrictions on the acquisition of local banks or 165 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Regulation and supervision regulations requiring a specified percentage of local ownership; and restrictions on investment and other financial flows entering or leaving the country. The supervisory and regulatory regimes of the countries where HSBC operates will determine to some degree HSBC’s ability to expand into new markets, the services and products that HSBC will be able to offer in those markets and how HSBC structures specific operations. The FSA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis. In addition, each operating bank, finance company or insurance operation within HSBC is regulated by local supervisors. The primary regulatory authorities are those in the UK, Hong Kong and the US, the Group’s principal areas of operation. In June 2004, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision introduced a new capital adequacy framework to replace the 1988 Basel Capital Accord in the form of a final Accord (commonly known as ‘Basel II’). Details of the EU’s implementation of Basel II and how this will affect HSBC are set out on page 244. UK regulation and supervision UK banking and financial services institutions are subject to multiple regulations. The primary UK statute is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (‘FSMA’). Other UK primary and secondary banking legislation is derived from EU directives relating to banking, securities, insurance investment and sales of personal financial services. The FSA is responsible for authorising and supervising UK financial services institutions and regulates all HSBC’s businesses in the UK which require authorisation under the FSMA. These include retail banking, life and general insurance, pensions, mortgages, custody and branch share- dealing businesses, and treasury and capital markets activity. HSBC Bank is HSBC’s principal authorised institution in the UK. FSA rules establish the minimum criteria for authorisation for banks and financial services businesses in the UK. They also set out reporting (and, as applicable, consent) requirements with regard to large individual exposures and large exposures to related borrowers. In its capacity as supervisor of HSBC on a consolidated basis, the FSA receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets requirements for, HSBC as a whole. Further details on capital measurement are included in ‘Capital Management’ on pages 243 to 247. The FSA’s approach to capital requirements for UK insurers is to require minimum capital to be 166 calculated on two bases. First, firms must calculate their liabilities on a prudent basis and add a statutory solvency margin (Pillar 1). Secondly, firms must calculate their liabilities on a realistic basis then add to this their own calculation of risk-based capital. The sum of realistic reserves and risk-based capital (Pillar 2) is agreed with the FSA. Insurers are required to maintain capital equal to the higher of Pillars 1 and 2. The FSA has the right to object, on prudential grounds, to persons who hold, or intend to hold, 10 per cent or more of the voting power of a financial institution. The regulatory framework of the UK financial services system has traditionally been based on co-operation between the FSA and authorised institutions. The FSA monitors authorised institutions through ongoing supervision and the review of routine and ad hoc reports relating to financial and prudential matters. The FSA may periodically obtain independent reports, usually from the auditors of the authorised institution, as to the adequacy of internal control procedures and systems as well as procedures and systems governing records and accounting. The FSA meets regularly with HSBC’s senior executives to discuss HSBC’s adherence to the FSA’s prudential guidelines. They also regularly discuss fundamental matters relating to HSBC’s business in the UK and internationally, including areas such as strategic and operating plans, risk control, loan portfolio composition and organisational changes, including succession planning. UK depositors and investors are covered by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme, which deals with deposits with authorised institutions in the UK, investment business and contracts of insurance. Institutions authorised to accept deposits and conduct investment business are required to contribute to the funding of the scheme. In the event of the insolvency of an authorised institution, depositors are entitled to receive 100 per cent of the first £2,000 (US$3,927) of a claim plus 90 per cent of any further amount up to £33,000 (US$64,794) (the maximum amount payable being £31,700 (US$62,241)). Payments under the scheme in respect of investment business compensation are limited to 100 per cent of the first £30,000 (US$58,903) of a claim plus 90 per cent of any further amount up to £20,000 (US$39,269) (the maximum amount payable being £48,000 (US$94,246)). In addition, the Financial Services Compensation Scheme has been extended to cover mortgage advice and arranging, certain long term and general insurance products, and the provision of general advice and arranging services. Differing levels of compensation limits apply to each of these additional areas. The EU Savings Directive took effect on 1 July 2005. Under the directive, each member state other than Austria, Belgium, and Luxembourg is required to provide the tax authorities of each other member state with details of payments of interest or other similar income paid by a person within its jurisdiction to individuals resident in such other member state. For a transitional period beginning on the same date, Austria, Belgium, and Luxembourg have imposed a withholding tax on such income. The withholding tax rate is 15 per cent, increasing to 20 per cent from 2008 and 35 per cent from 2011. Subject to future conditions being met, Austria, Belgium, and Luxembourg may cease to apply the withholding tax and instead comply with the automatic exchange of information rules applicable to the other member states. These future conditions will depend on other key financial centres – Switzerland, Liechtenstein, San Marino, Andorra and the US – not exchanging information. These financial centres and several other European countries and related offshore territories have also entered into similar agreements to the Savings Directive with the EU states. Hong Kong regulation and supervision Banking in Hong Kong is subject to the provisions of the Banking Ordinance (the ‘Banking Ordinance’), and to the powers, functions and duties ascribed by the Banking Ordinance to the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (the ‘HKMA’). The principal function of the HKMA is to promote the general stability and effective working of the banking system in Hong Kong. The HKMA is responsible for supervising compliance with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. The Banking Ordinance gives power to the Chief Executive of Hong Kong to give directions to the HKMA and the Financial Secretary with respect to the exercise of their respective functions under the Banking Ordinance. The HKMA has responsibility for authorising banks, and has discretion to attach conditions to its authorisation. The HKMA requires that banks or their holding companies file regular prudential returns, and holds regular discussions with the management of the banks to review their operations. The HKMA may also conduct ‘on site’ examinations of banks, and in the case of banks incorporated in Hong Kong, of any local and overseas branches and subsidiaries. The HKMA requires all authorised institutions to have adequate systems of internal control and requires the institutions’ external 167 auditors, upon request, to report on those systems and other matters such as the accuracy of information provided to the HKMA. In addition, the HKMA may from time to time conduct tripartite discussions with banks and their external auditors. The HKMA, which may deny the acquisition of voting power of over 10 per cent in a bank, and may attach conditions to its approval thereof, can effectively control changes in the ownership and control of Hong Kong-incorporated financial institutions. In addition, the HKMA has the power to divest controlling interests in a bank from persons if they are no longer deemed to be fit and proper, if they may otherwise threaten the interests of depositors or potential depositors, or if they have contravened any conditions specified by the HKMA. The HKMA may revoke authorisation in the event of an institution’s non-compliance with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. These provisions require, among other things, the furnishing of accurate reports. The Banking Ordinance requires that banks submit to the HKMA certain returns and other information and establishes certain minimum standards and ratios relating to capital adequacy (see below), liquidity, capitalisation, limitations on shareholdings, exposure to any one customer, unsecured advances to persons affiliated with the bank and holdings of interests in land, with which banks must comply. Hong Kong fully implemented the capital adequacy standards established by the 1988 Basel Capital Accord. The Banking Ordinance currently provides that banks incorporated in Hong Kong maintain a capital adequacy ratio (calculated as the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the bank’s capital base to its risk-weighted exposure) of at least 8 per cent. For banks with subsidiaries, the HKMA is empowered to require that the ratio be calculated on a consolidated basis, or on both consolidated and unconsolidated bases. If circumstances require, the HKMA is empowered to increase the minimum capital adequacy ratio (to up to 16 per cent), after consultation with the bank. A deposit protection scheme came into force during 2006 pursuant to the Deposit Protection Scheme Ordinance. The Scheme only covers standard deposits held with licensed banks in Hong Kong subject to a maximum of HK$100,000 (US$12,860). The marketing of, dealing in and provision of advice and asset management services in relation to securities in Hong Kong are subject to the provisions of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Regulation and supervision Kong (the ‘Securities and Futures Ordinance’). Entities engaging in activities regulated by the Securities and Futures Ordinance are required to be licensed. The HKMA is the primary regulator for banks involved in the securities business, while the Securities and Futures Commission is the regulator for non-banking entities. In Hong Kong, insurance business is regulated under the Insurance Companies Ordinance and by the Insurance Authority of Hong Kong (‘IA’). The IA is responsible for the licensing of insurers and insurance brokers, although insurance business can also be licensed by the Confederation of Insurance Brokers (the ‘CIB’). Separately, insurance agents are licensed by the Hong Kong Federation of Insurers (the ‘HKFI’). Both the HKFI and the CIB have enacted Codes of Conduct for insurance agents and brokers respectively and can impose sanctions for misbehaviour or breach. HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited (‘INAH’) is licensed by the IA as an insurer. The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, which is authorised by the HKFI, acts as an agent for INAH, and HSBC Insurance Brokers (Asia-Pacific) Limited act as insurance brokers licensed by the CIB. US regulation and supervision HSBC is subject to extensive federal and state supervision and regulation in the US. Banking laws and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (‘OCC’) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (‘FDIC’) govern many aspects of HSBC’s US business. HSBC and its US operations are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board because HSBC is a ‘bank holding company’ under the US Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the ‘BHCA’). HSBC and HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’), formed to hold all of its North American operations, are ‘bank holding companies’ by virtue of their ownership and control of HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’), HSBC National Bank USA (‘HSBC Bank Maryland’), and HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A. (‘HSBC Bank Delaware’). These three banks are nationally chartered commercial banks and members of the Federal Reserve System. HSBC Bank Maryland is a new bank that opened for business on 30 October 2006. HSBC Bank Delaware opened on 1 July 2005, as an institution limited to trust activities. On 24 November 2006, having received federal deposit 168 insurance, it expanded to become a full-service commercial bank. HSBC also owns HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank Nevada’), a nationally chartered bank limited to credit card activities which is also a member of the Federal Reserve System. These four banks are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC and, as their deposits are insured by the FDIC, they are subject to relevant FDIC regulation. Both HSBC and HNAH are registered as financial holding companies (‘FHCs’) under the BHCA, enabling them to offer a broad range of financial products and services through their subsidiaries. HSBC’s and HNAH’s ability to engage in expanded financial activities as FHCs depend upon HSBC and HNAH continuing to meet certain criteria set forth in the BHCA, including requirements that their US depository institution subsidiaries, HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Bank Maryland, HSBC Bank Nevada and HSBC Bank Delaware, be ‘well capitalised’ and ‘well managed’, and that such institutions have achieved at least a satisfactory record in meeting community credit needs during their most recent examinations pursuant to the Community Reinvestment Act. These requirements also apply to Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A., in which HSBC and HNAH have a 20 per cent voting interest in equity capital and a 40 per cent economic interest. Each of these depository institutions achieved at least the required rating during their most recent examinations. At 31 December 2006, HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Bank Maryland, HSBC Bank Nevada, HSBC Bank Delaware and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. were each well capitalised and well managed under Federal Reserve Board regulations. In general under the BHCA, an FHC would be required, upon notice by the Federal Reserve Board, to enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to correct any failure to comply with the requirements to maintain FHC status. Until such deficiencies are corrected, the Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations on the US activities of an FHC and depository institutions under its control. If such deficiencies are not corrected, the Federal Reserve Board may require an FHC to divest its control of any subsidiary depository institution or to desist from certain financial activities in the US. HSBC and HNAH are generally prohibited under the BHCA from acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of more than 5 per cent of any class of voting shares of, or substantially all the assets of, or exercising control over, any US bank, bank holding company or many other types of depository institutions and/or their holding companies without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board and potentially other US banking regulatory agencies. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (‘GLBA’) and the regulations issued thereunder contain a number of other provisions that could affect HSBC’s operations and the operations of all financial institutions. One such provision relates to the financial privacy of consumers. In addition, the so-called ‘push-out’ provisions of GLBA narrow the exclusion of banks (including HSBC Bank USA, N.A. from the definitions of ‘broker’ and ‘dealer’ under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (‘Exchange Act’). The SEC has granted a series of temporary exemptions to delay the required implementation of these push-out provisions. The narrowed ‘dealer’ definition took effect in September 2003, and the narrowed ‘broker’ definition is currently expected to take effect no earlier than July 2007. As a result, it is likely that certain securities activities currently conducted by HSBC Bank USA will need to be restructured or transferred to one or more US-registered broker-dealer affiliates. The US is party to the 1988 Basel Capital Accord, and US banking regulatory authorities have adopted risk-based capital requirements for US banks and bank holding companies that are generally consistent with the Accord. In addition, US regulatory authorities have adopted ‘leverage’ capital requirements that generally require US banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum amount of capital in relation to their balance sheet assets (measured on a non-risk-weighted basis). The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides for extensive regulation of insured depository institutions (such as HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Bank Maryland, HSBC Bank Delaware, HSBC Bank Nevada and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A.), including requiring federal banking regulators to take ‘prompt corrective action’ with respect to FDIC-insured banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Bank Maryland, HSBC Bank Delaware, HSBC Bank Nevada and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A., like other FDIC-insured banks, may be required to pay assessments to the FDIC for deposit insurance under the FDIC’s Bank Insurance Fund. Under the FDIC’s risk-based system for setting deposit insurance assessments, an institution’s assessments vary according to the level of capital an institution holds, its deposit levels and other factors. The USA Patriot Act (‘Patriot Act’) imposes significant record keeping and customer identity requirements, expands the US federal government’s 169 powers to freeze or confiscate assets and increases the available penalties that may be assessed against financial institutions for failure to comply with obligations imposed on such institutions to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing. Pursuant to the Patriot Act, final regulations are in effect which impose anti-money laundering compliance obligations on financial institutions (a term which, for this purpose, includes insured US depository institutions, US branches and agencies of foreign banks, US broker-dealers and numerous other entities). Many of the anti-money laundering compliance requirements imposed by the Patriot Act and these implementing regulations are generally consistent with the anti-money laundering compliance obligations existing for banks prior to the Patriot Act. These include requirements to adopt and implement an anti-money laundering programme, report suspicious transactions and implement due diligence procedures for certain correspondent and private banking accounts. Certain other specific requirements of the Patriot Act were new compliance obligations. The passage of the Patriot Act and other recent events have resulted in heightened scrutiny of the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering compliance by federal and state bank examiners. If HSBC were to fail to maintain and implement adequate programmes to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and to comply with economic sanctions, or was found to be in breach of relevant laws and regulations, including by failing to observe economic sanctions, serious legal and reputational consequences for the Group could arise. HSBC takes its obligations to prevent money laundering and terrorist financing very seriously. HSBC has policies, procedures and training intended to ensure that its employees know and understand HSBC’s criteria for when a client relationship or business should be evaluated as higher risk. As part of its continuing evaluation of risk, HSBC monitors activities relating to Cuba, Iran, Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan and Syria. HSBC’s business activities include correspondent banking services to banks located in some of these countries and private banking services for nationals of, and clients domiciled in, some of the above countries. The Group has a small representative office in Tehran, Iran. The US State Department has designated such countries as state sponsors of terrorism, and US law generally prohibits US persons from doing business with such countries. HSBC is aware of initiatives by governmental entities and institutions in the US to adopt rules, regulations or policies prohibiting H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Regulation and supervision / Risk management / Credit risk transactions with or investments in entities doing business with such countries. HSBC does not believe its business activities with counterparties in, or directly relating to, such countries are material to its business, and such activities represented a very small part of total assets as of 31 December 2006 and total revenues for the year ended 31 December 2006. HSBC’s US insurance agency and underwriting operations are subject to regulatory supervision under the laws of the states in which they operate. Insurance laws and regulations vary from state to state but generally require forms and rates to be filed with, and approved by, the state insurance departments, and cover licensing of insurance companies; corporate governance; premiums and loss rates; dividend restrictions; types of insurance that may be sold; underwriting processes; permissible investments; reserve requirements; and insurance advertising and marketing practices. Each HSBC US insurance subsidiary undergoes periodic market conduct and financial examinations by the relevant state insurance departments, and HSBC’s insurance agencies and agents are subject to state licensing and registration requirements. Additionally, with respect to credit insurance, because it is sold in connection with a loan, state loan laws often contain requirements related to offering, cancelling and refunding credit insurance. Although insurance is not generally regulated by the federal government, certain federal regulations related to lending disclosures apply to the sale and cancellation of credit insurance. HSBC’s US consumer finance operations are subject to extensive state-by-state regulation in the US, and to laws relating to consumer protection (both in general, and in respect of ‘sub-prime’ lending operations, which have been subject to enhanced regulatory scrutiny); discrimination in extending credit; use of credit reports; privacy matters; disclosure of credit terms; and correction of billing errors. They also are subject to regulations and legislation that limit operations in certain jurisdictions. For example, limitations may be placed on the amount of interest or fees that a loan may bear, the amount that may be borrowed, the types of actions that may be taken to collect or foreclose upon delinquent loans or the information about a customer that may be shared. HSBC’s US consumer finance branch lending offices are generally licensed in those jurisdictions in which they operate. Such licences have limited terms but are renewable, and are revocable for cause. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may limit the ability of these licensed lenders to collect or enforce loan agreements made with consumers and may cause the 170 consumer finance lending subsidiary and/or its control person to be liable for damages and penalties. HSBC’s US credit insurance operations are subject to regulatory supervision under the laws of the states in which they operate. Regulations vary from state to state but generally cover licensing of insurance companies; premiums and loss rates; dividend restrictions; types of insurance that may be sold; permissible investments; policy reserve requirements; and insurance marketing practices. Certain US source payments to foreign persons may be subject to US withholding tax unless the foreign person is a ‘qualified intermediary’. A qualified intermediary is a financial intermediary which is qualified under the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and has completed the Qualified Intermediary Withholding Agreement with the Internal Revenue Service. Various HSBC operations outside the US are qualified intermediaries. Risk management (Unaudited) All HSBC’s activities involve analysis, evaluation, acceptance and management of some degree of risk or combination of risks. The most important types of risk are credit risk (which includes country and cross-border risk), liquidity risk, market risk, residual value risk, reputational risk, operational risk, pension risk, insurance risk and sustainability (environmental or social) risks. Market risk includes foreign exchange, interest rate and equity price risk. HSBC’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to- date administrative and information systems. HSBC regularly reviews its risk management policies and systems to reflect changes in markets, products and emerging best practice. Individual responsibility and accountability, instilled through training, are designed to deliver a disciplined, conservative and constructive culture of risk management and control. The Group Management Board formulates high level Group risk management policy under authority delegated by the Board of Directors. A separately convened Risk Management Meeting of the Group Management Board monitors risk and receives reports which allow it to review the effectiveness of HSBC’s risk management policies. The management of all risks that are significant to HSBC is discussed below. Given the distinct characteristics of the Group’s insurance businesses the management of their credit, liquidity and market risk along with insurance risk, is discussed separately in ‘Risk management of insurance operations’ section. Credit risk Credit risk management (Audited) Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. It arises principally from lending, trade finance, treasury and leasing business. Credit risk also arises when issuers of debt securities are downgraded and, as a result, the value of HSBC’s holdings of assets falls. HSBC has standards, policies and procedures dedicated to controlling and monitoring risk from all such activities. Within Group Head Office, a specialised function, Group Credit and Risk, is mandated to provide high-level centralised management of credit risk for HSBC worldwide. Group Credit and Risk is headed by a Group General Manager who reports to the Group Chief Executive. Its responsibilities include the following: • Formulating Group credit policies and • monitoring compliance with them. These policies are embodied in the HSBC standards with which all HSBC’s operating companies are required to comply, and consistent with which they must formulate and record in instruction manuals their detailed credit policies and procedures. Issuing policy guidelines to HSBC’s operating companies on the Group’s attitude toward, and appetite for, credit risk exposure to specified market sectors, activities and banking products. Each HSBC operating company and major business unit is required to base its own lending guidelines on HSBC’s standards, to regularly update them and disseminate them to its credit and lending executives. Group Credit and Risk controls HSBC’s exposures to the automotive and hedge fund sectors, and closely monitors exposures to others such as real estate and securities houses. When necessary, restrictions are imposed on new business or exposures in HSBC’s operating companies are capped. • Undertaking an independent review and objective assessment of risk. Group Credit and Risk assesses all commercial non-bank credit facilities and exposures – including those embedded in derivatives – that are originated, renewed or reviewed by HSBC’s operating 171 companies in excess of designated limits, prior to the facilities being committed to customers or transactions being undertaken. Operating companies may not confirm credit approval without this concurrence. • Monitoring the performance and management of retail portfolios across the Group and reviewing whether any adverse trends are being managed appropriately by Group businesses. • Controlling centrally exposures to sovereign entities, banks and other financial institutions. HSBC’s credit and settlement risk limits to counterparties in these sectors are approved centrally and globally managed by a dedicated unit within Group Credit and Risk, to optimise the use of credit availability and avoid excessive risk concentration. • Managing exposures to debt securities by establishing controls in respect of the liquidity of securities held for trading purposes and setting issuer limits for securities not held for trading. Separate portfolio limits are established for asset-backed securities and similar instruments. • Maintaining HSBC’s policy on large credit exposures, controlling these to ensure that exposure to any individual counterparty or group of closely related counterparties, or to individual geographic areas or industry sectors, does not become excessive in relation to the Group’s capital base and is kept within internal and regulatory limits. The approach is designed to be more conservative than internationally accepted regulatory standards. A dedicated unit within Group Credit and Risk manages this process, and also monitors HSBC’s intra-Group exposures to ensure that they are maintained within regulatory limits. The FSA has announced changes to the regime for managing intra-Group exposures, which will operate by reference to a ‘UK Integrated Group’ and a ‘Wider Integrated Group’. HSBC is developing plans to adopt the new regime in accordance with the FSA’s transition timetable. • Controlling cross-border exposures, through the imposition of country limits with sub-limits by maturity and type of business. Country limits are determined by taking into account economic and political factors, and applying local business knowledge. Transactions with countries deemed to be high risk are considered case by case. • Maintaining and developing HSBC’s risk ratings in order to categorise exposures H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Credit risk management meaningfully and facilitate focused management of the attendant risks. Historically, HSBC’s risk rating framework has consisted of a minimum of seven grades, taking into account the risk of default and the availability of security or other credit risk mitigation. A more sophisticated risk- rating framework for banks and other customers, based on default probability and loss estimates and comprising up to 22 categories, is now used in all major business units for the credit assessment of individually significant customers. It is increasingly being used for credit portfolio reporting at subsidiary level; work continues on integrating the framework into reporting structures to enable Board and external reporting on the new basis in 2008. This approach allows a more granular analysis of risk and trends. Rating methodology is based upon a wide range of financial analytics together with market data-based tools which are core inputs to the assessment of counterparty risk. Although automated risk-rating processes are increasingly in use, for the larger facilities ultimate responsibility for setting risk grades rests in each case with the final approving executive. • Reviewing the performance and effectiveness of operating companies’ credit approval processes. Regular reports are provided to Group Credit and Risk on the credit quality of local portfolios and corrective action is taken where necessary. • Reporting to senior executives on aspects of the HSBC credit risk portfolio. These executives, as well as the Risk Management Meeting, the Group Audit Committee and the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings, receive a variety of regular reports covering: – – – – – – – risk concentrations and exposure to market sectors; large customer group exposures; retail portfolio performance on a regional basis; specific segments of the portfolio, e.g. real estate, banks, and the automotive and hedge fund sectors, as well as ad hoc reviews; emerging market debt and impairment allowances; large impaired accounts and impairment allowances; country limits, cross-border exposures and impairment allowances; and 172 – causes of unexpected loss and lessons to be learned. • Managing and directing credit risk management systems initiatives. HSBC has a centralised database of large corporate, sovereign and bank facilities and is constructing a database covering all the Group’s credit assets. A systems-based credit application process for bank lending is operational throughout the Group and an electronic corporate credit application system is deployed in all of the Group’s major businesses. • Providing advice and guidance to HSBC’s operating companies in order to promote best practice throughout the Group on credit-related matters such as: – – – – – – – regulatory developments; implementing environmental and social responsibility policies; risk modelling; collective impairment allowances; new products; training courses; and credit risk reporting. • Acting on behalf of HSBC Holdings as the primary interface, for credit-related issues, with external parties including the Bank of England, the FSA, rating agencies, corporate analysts, trade associations and counterparts in the world’s major banks and non-bank financial institutions. Each operating company is required to implement credit policies, procedures and lending guidelines which conform to HSBC Group standards, with credit approval authorities delegated from the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings to the relevant Chief Executive Officer. In each major subsidiary, management includes a Chief Credit Officer or Chief Risk Officer who reports to the local Chief Executive Officer on credit-related issues and has a functional reporting line to the Group General Manager, Group Credit and Risk. Each operating company is responsible for the quality and performance of its credit portfolios and for monitoring and controlling all credit risks in its portfolios, including those subject to central approval by Group Credit and Risk. This includes managing its own risk concentrations by market sector, geography and product. Local systems are in place throughout the Group to enable operating companies to control and monitor exposures by customer and retail product segments. Special attention is paid to problem loans. When appropriate, specialist units are established by HSBC’s operating companies to provide customers with support in order to help them avoid default wherever possible. Periodic risk-based audits of operating companies’ credit processes and portfolios are undertaken by HSBC’s Internal Audit function. Audits include a consideration of the completeness and adequacy of credit manuals and lending guidelines; an in-depth analysis of a representative sample of accounts; an overview of homogeneous portfolios of similar assets to assess the quality of the loan book and other exposures; a consideration of any oversight or review work performed by Credit and Risk functions; review of model validation procedures; review of management objectives and a check that Group and local standards and policies are adhered to in the granting and management of credit facilities. Individual accounts are reviewed on a sample basis to ensure that risk grades are appropriate, that credit and collection procedures have been properly followed and that, when an account or portfolio evidences deterioration, impairment allowances are raised in accordance with the Group’s established processes. Internal Audit discusses with management risk ratings it considers to be inappropriate; its subsequent recommendations for revised grades must then normally be adopted. Collateral and other credit enhancements (Audited) Loans and advances It is HSBC’s policy to establish that loans are within the customer’s capacity to repay, rather than to rely excessively on security. Depending on the customer’s standing and the type of product, facilities may be unsecured. Nevertheless, collateral can be an important mitigant of credit risk. When appropriate, operating companies are required to implement guidelines on the acceptability of specific classes of collateral or credit risk mitigation, and determine suitable valuation parameters. Such parameters are expected to be conservative, reviewed regularly and supported by empirical evidence. Security structures and legal covenants are required to be subject to regular review to ensure that they continue to fulfil their intended purpose and remain in line with local market practice. The principal collateral types are as follows: • • in the personal sector, mortgages over residential properties; in the commercial and industrial sector, charges 173 • • • over business assets such as premises, stock and debtors; in the commercial real estate sector, charges over the properties being financed; in the financial sector, charges over financial instruments such as debt securities and equities in support of trading facilities; and credit derivatives are also used to manage credit risk in the Group’s loan portfolio, but are not significant. Other financial assets Collateral held as security for financial assets other than loans and advances is determined by the nature of the instrument. Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured with the exception of asset backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets. The ISDA Master Agreement is HSBC’s preferred agreement for documenting derivatives activity. It provides the contractual framework within which dealing activity across a full range of over-the-counter products is conducted, and contractually binds both parties to apply close-out netting across all outstanding transactions covered by an agreement if either party defaults or other pre- agreed termination events occur. It is common, and HSBC’s preferred practice, for the parties to execute a Credit Support Annex (‘CSA’) in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement. Under a CSA, collateral is passed between the parties to mitigate the market-contingent counterparty risk inherent in the outstanding positions. Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment in cash, securities or equities is made in the expectation of a corresponding receipt in cash, securities or equities. Daily settlement limits are established for each counterparty to cover the aggregate of all settlement risk arising from HSBC’s investment banking and markets transactions on any single day. Settlement risk on many transactions, particularly those involving securities and equities, is substantially mitigated when effected via assured payment systems, or on a delivery versus payment basis. Credit quality of loans and advances (Audited) HSBC’s credit risk rating processes are designed to highlight exposures which require closer management attention because of their greater probability of default and potential loss. Risk ratings H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Credit risk management are reviewed regularly and amendments, where necessary, are implemented promptly. The credit quality of unimpaired loans is assessed by reference to the Group’s standard credit rating system. Grades 1 and 2 include corporate facilities demonstrating financial condition, risk factors and capacity to repay that are good to excellent, residential mortgages with low to moderate loan to value ratios and other retail accounts which are maintained within product guidelines. Grade 3 represents satisfactory risk, and includes corporate facilities that require closer monitoring, mortgages with higher loan to value ratios, credit card exposures and other retail exposures which operate outside product guidelines without being impaired. Grades 4 and 5 include facilities that require varying degrees of special attention and all retail exposures that are progressively between 30 and 90 days past due. Grades 6 and 7 relate to impaired loans and advances. Impaired loans and advances For individually assessed accounts, loans are treated as impaired as soon as there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred. The criteria used by HSBC to determine that there is such objective evidence include, inter alia: • • • • • known cash flow difficulties experienced by the borrower; overdue contractual payments of either principal or interest; breach of loan covenants or conditions; the probability that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial realisation; and a significant downgrading in credit rating by an external credit rating agency. For accounts in portfolios of homogeneous loans, impairment allowances are calculated on a collective basis, as set out below. Impairment assessment (Audited) It is HSBC’s policy that each operating company make allowance for impaired loans promptly and on a consistent basis. Management regularly evaluates the adequacy of the established allowances for impaired loans by 174 conducting a detailed review of the loan portfolio, comparing performance and delinquency statistics with historical trends and assessing the impact of current economic conditions. Two types of impairment allowance are in place: individually assessed and collectively assessed. These are discussed below. Individually assessed impairment allowances These are determined by evaluating the exposure to loss, case by case, on all individually significant accounts and all other accounts that do not qualify for the collective assessment approach outlined below. In determining allowances on individually assessed accounts, the following factors are considered: • HSBC’s aggregate exposure to the customer; • • • • • • • • the viability of the customer’s business model and their capacity to trade successfully out of financial difficulties, generating sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations; the ability of the borrower to obtain, and make payments in, the currency of the loan if not denominated in local currency; the amount and timing of expected receipts and recoveries; the extent of other creditors’ commitments ranking ahead of, or pari passu with, HSBC and the likelihood of other creditors continuing to support the company; the complexity of determining the aggregate amount and ranking of all creditor claims and the extent to which legal and insurance uncertainties are evident; the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants) and likelihood of successful repossession; the likely dividend available on liquidation or bankruptcy; the likely deduction of any costs involved in recovering amounts outstanding, and • when available, the secondary market price of the debt. Group policy requires the level of impairment allowances on individual facilities that are above materiality thresholds to be reviewed at least semi- annually, and more regularly when individual circumstances require. The review normally encompasses collateral held (including re- confirmation of its enforceability) and an assessment of actual and anticipated receipts. For significant commercial and corporate debts, specialised loan ‘work-out’ teams with experience in insolvency and specific market sectors are used to assess likely losses on significant individual exposures. Individually assessed impairment allowances are only reversed when the Group has reasonable and objective evidence of a reduction in the established loss estimate. Collectively assessed impairment allowances Impairment is assessed on a collective basis in two circumstances: • • to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment; and for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant. Incurred but not yet identified impairment Individually assessed loans for which no evidence of impairment has been specifically identified on an individual basis are grouped together according to their credit risk characteristics. A collective loan loss allowance is calculated to reflect impairment losses incurred at the balance sheet date which will only be individually identified in the future. The collective impairment allowance is determined having taken into account: • • historical loss experience in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics (for example, by industry sector, risk rating or product segment); the estimated period between impairment occurring and the loss being identified and evidenced by the establishment of an appropriate allowance against the individual loan; and • management’s experienced judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience. The period between a loss occurring and its identification is estimated by local management for each identified portfolio. In general, the periods used vary between four and twelve months although, in exceptional cases, longer periods are warranted. The basis on which impairment allowances for incurred but not yet identified losses is established in 175 each reporting entity is documented and reviewed by senior Group Credit and Risk management to ensure conformity with Group policy. Homogeneous groups of loans Two methodologies are used to calculate impairment allowances where large numbers of relatively low- value assets are managed using a portfolio approach, typically: • • • low-value, homogeneous small business accounts in certain countries or territories; residential mortgages that have not been individually assessed; credit cards and other unsecured consumer lending products; and • motor vehicle financing. When appropriate empirical information is available, the Group uses roll rate methodology. This employs a statistical analysis of historical trends of default and the amount of consequential loss, based on the delinquency of accounts within a portfolio of homogeneous accounts. Other historical data and current economic conditions are also evaluated when calculating the appropriate level of impairment allowance required to cover inherent loss. In certain highly developed markets, models also take into account behavioural and account management trends revealed in, for example, bankruptcy and rescheduling statistics. When the portfolio size is small, or when information is insufficient or not reliable enough to adopt a roll rate methodology, a formulaic approach is used which allocates progressively higher percentage loss rates the longer a customer’s loan is overdue. Loss rates reflect the discounted expected future cash flows for a portfolio. In normal circumstances, historical experience is the most objective and relevant information from which to assess inherent loss within each portfolio. In circumstances where historical loss experience provides less relevant information about the inherent loss in a given portfolio at the balance sheet date – for example, where there have been changes in economic conditions or regulations – management considers the more recent trends in the portfolio risk factors which may not be adequately reflected in its statistical models and, subject to guidance from Group Credit and Risk, adjusts impairment allowances accordingly. Roll rates, loss rates and the expected timing of future recoveries are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Credit risk management / Exposure Collectively assessed allowances are generally calculated monthly and charges for new allowances, or reversals of existing allowances, are determined for each separately identified portfolio. Impairment allowances When impairment losses occur, HSBC reduces the carrying amount of loans and advances and held-to- maturity financial investments through the use of an allowance account. When impairment of available- for-sale financial assets occurs, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced directly. Loan write-offs Loans, and the related impairment allowances, are normally written off, either partially or in full, in the case of that portion of the loan amount not covered by the value of security, when there is no realistic prospect of further recovery; and in the case of secured balances, after proceeds from the realisation of security have been received. Unsecured consumer facilities are normally written off between 150 and 210 days overdue. In HSBC Finance, this period is generally extended to 300 days overdue (240 days for real estate secured products). Instances of write-off periods exceeding 360 days overdue are few, but can arise where certain consumer finance accounts are deemed collectible beyond this point or where, in a few countries, regulation or legislation constrain earlier write-off. In the event of bankruptcy, or analogous proceedings, write-off can occur earlier. Cross-border exposures Management assesses the vulnerability of countries to foreign currency payment restrictions when considering impairment allowances on cross-border exposures. This assessment includes an analysis of the economic and political factors existing at the time. Economic factors include the level of external indebtedness, the debt service burden and access to external sources of funds to meet the debtor country’s financing requirements. Political factors taken into account include the stability of the country and its government, threats to security, and the quality and independence of the legal system. Impairment allowances are applied to all qualifying exposures within these countries unless these exposures and the inherent risks are: • performing, trade-related and of less than one year’s maturity; • mitigated by acceptable security cover which is, other than in exceptional cases, held outside the country concerned; • • • in the form of securities held for trading purposes for which a liquid and active market exists, and which are measured at fair value daily; performing facilities with principal (excluding security) of US$1 million or below; or performing facilities with maturity dates shorter than three months. Credit exposure Maximum exposure to credit risk (Audited) Factors which had a direct impact on changes in HSBC’s maximum exposure to credit risk during 2006 related to the curtailment of growth in mortgage lending in the US in response to deteriorating conditions, and slowed growth in UK personal unsecured lending following an increase in personal bankruptcies and IVAs. Elsewhere, growth reflected underlying economic trends on a geographic basis. The following table presents the maximum exposure to credit risk of balance sheet and off balance sheet financial instruments, before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements unless such credit enhancements meet offsetting requirements as set out in Note 2(m) on the Financial Statements. For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount. For financial guarantees granted, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the maximum amount that HSBC would have to pay if the guarantees are called upon. For loan commitments and other credit related commitments that are irrevocable over the life of the respective facilities, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed facilities. 176 Maximum exposure to credit risk (Audited) Items in course of collection from other banks ................................................................................. Trading assets .................................................................................................................................... Treasury and other eligible bills .................................................................................................... Debt securities ................................................................................................................................ Loans and advances ....................................................................................................................... Financial assets designated at fair value ........................................................................................... Treasury and other eligible bills .................................................................................................... Debt securities ................................................................................................................................ Loans and advances ....................................................................................................................... Derivatives ......................................................................................................................................... Loans and advances to banks ............................................................................................................ Loans and advances to customers ..................................................................................................... Financial investments ........................................................................................................................ Treasury and other eligible bills .................................................................................................... Debt securities ................................................................................................................................ Other assets Endorsements and acceptances ..................................................................................................... Other .............................................................................................................................................. Financial guarantees .......................................................................................................................... Loan commitments and other credit related commitments1 ............................................................. Maximum exposure 2006 US$m 14,144 300,998 21,759 155,447 123,792 9,971 133 9,449 389 103,702 185,205 868,133 196,509 25,313 171,196 22,846 9,577 13,269 62,014 714,630 2005 US$m 11,300 212,706 12,746 117,659 82,301 6,513 53 5,705 755 73,928 125,965 740,002 174,823 25,042 149,781 18,954 7,973 10,981 66,805 654,343 At 31 December ................................................................................................................................. 2,478,152 2,085,339 1 The amount of the loan commitments shown above reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. In addition to those amounts, there is a further maximum possible exposure to credit risk of US$464,984 million (2005: US$313,629 million), reflecting the full take-up of such irrevocable loan commitments. The take-up of such offers is generally at modest levels. 2005 data have also been adjusted to ensure consistency with 2006 data for this disclosure. Concentration of exposure (Audited) Concentrations of credit risk exist when a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities, or operate in the same geographical areas or industry sectors and have similar economic characteristics so that their ability to meet contractual obligations is similarly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. Loans and advances (Unaudited) Loans and advances were well spread across both industry sectors and jurisdictions. At constant exchange rates, gross loans and advances to customers (excluding the finance sector and settlement accounts) grew by US$82 billion or 11 per cent during 2006. On the same basis, personal lending comprised 58 per cent of HSBC’s loan portfolio and 47 per cent of the growth in loans in 2006. Including the financial sector and settlement accounts, personal lending represented US$476 billion, or 54 per cent, of total loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2006. Within 177 this total, residential mortgages were US$265 billion and, at 30 per cent of total advances to customers, were the Group’s largest single sectoral concentration. Corporate, commercial and financial lending, including settlement accounts, comprised 46 per cent of gross lending to customers at 31 December 2006. The largest single industry concentrations were in non-bank financial institutions and commercial real estate lending, each of which amounted to 7 per cent of total gross lending to customers, broadly in line with 2005. Commercial, industrial and international trade lending grew strongly in 2006, notably to the service industry. This increased this class of lending by a percentage point to 18 per cent of total gross loans and advances to customers. Within this category the largest concentration of lending was to the service industry, which amounted to just over 5 per cent of total gross lending to customers. Advances to banks were widely distributed, principally to major institutions, and with no single exposure more than 5 per cent of total advances to banks. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk Credit risk > Exposure > 2006 Financial investments (Unaudited) At US$205 billion, total financial investments were 12 per cent higher than at the end of 2005. Investments of US$93 billion in corporate debt and other securities were the largest single concentration of these assets, representing 46 per cent of overall investments, compared with 53 per cent at 31 December 2005. HSBC’s holdings of corporate debt, asset-backed securities and other securities were spread across a wide range of issuers and geographical regions, with 72 per cent invested in securities issued by banks and other financial institutions. Investments in governments and government agencies of US$76 billion were 37 per cent of overall financial investments, 4 percentage points lower than in 2005. One third of these investments were held in treasury and other eligible bills. Gross loans and advances by industry sector (Unaudited) The insurance businesses had a diversified portfolio of debt and equity securities designated at fair value (US$18 billion) and debt securities classified as financial investments (US$10 billion). Securities held for trading (Unaudited) Total securities held for trading within trading assets were US$204 billion. The largest concentration of these assets was government and government agency securities, which amounted to US$94 billion, or 46 per cent of overall trading securities. This included US$22 billion of treasury and other eligible bills. Corporate debt and other securities were US$67 billion or 33 per cent of overall trading securities, 4 percentage points lower than in 2005. Included within this were US$36 billion of debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions. At 31 December 2005 US$m Constant currency effect US$m Movement on a constant currency basis US$m At 31 December 2006 US$m Loans and advances to customers Personal: Residential mortgages1 ............................................. Other personal2 ......................................................... Total personal ........................................................... Corporate and commercial: Commercial, industrial and international trade......... Commercial real estate ............................................. Other property-related .............................................. Government .............................................................. Other commercial3 .................................................... Total corporate and commercial .............................. Financial: Non-bank financial institutions ................................ Settlement accounts .................................................. Total financial .......................................................... Total loans and advances to customers ........................ Loans and advances to banks .................................... Total gross loans and advances .................................... 238,546 181,930 420,476 130,802 51,815 22,196 8,218 65,678 278,709 50,032 2,142 52,174 751,359 125,974 877,333 11,036 6,294 17,330 10,887 3,158 1,150 191 5,828 21,214 4,698 82 4,780 43,324 5,953 49,277 15,755 22,585 38,340 20,420 5,393 3,819 581 12,971 43,184 4,474 1,030 5,504 87,028 53,285 265,337 210,809 476,146 162,109 60,366 27,165 8,990 84,477 343,107 59,204 3,254 62,458 881,711 185,212 140,313 1,066,923 Includes Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans (US$4,078 million at 31 December 2006). 1 2 Other personal loans and advances include second lien mortgages and other property-related lending. 3 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 (Unaudited) The commentary below analyses the movement in lending on a constant currency basis noted in the table above compared with the position at 31 December 2005. On this basis, total loans and advances to customers grew by 11 per cent and gross loans and advances increased by 15 per cent. Geographically, total lending to personal customers was dominated by the diverse portfolios in North America (US$232 billion), the UK 178 (US$129 billion) and Hong Kong (US$39 billion). Collectively, these lending books accounted for 84 per cent of total lending to the personal sector, 3 percentage points lower than the 87 per cent level reported at 31 December 2005. Residential mortgages rose by US$16 billion, or 6 per cent, to US$265 billion, representing 30 per cent of total gross loans to customers at 31 December 2006. Residential mortgages include only first lien secured loans. In value terms, growth was greatest in the UK, where residential mortgages increased by 7 per cent to US$83 billion, and in North America, where mortgage balances rose by 6 per cent to US$124 billion. In the US, mortgage balances within HSBC Finance increased by 13 per cent to US$76 billion. In Hong Kong, mortgage balances rose by 1 per cent. In North America, growth in residential mortgage balances was attributable both to increases in non-prime lending originated through the branch- based consumer lending business and balances acquired from correspondent brokers and banks through the mortgage services business. In light of emerging evidence of unforeseen deterioration within the US mortgage services business in respect of originations made in 2005 and the first half of 2006, a wide range of initiatives was implemented to mitigate the impact on the affected portions of the business. Consequently, in the second half of the year, growth in real estate lending slowed, as the mortgage services business tightened its underwriting criteria, as detailed on page 189. Prime mortgage balances held in the US banking network also declined, as HSBC sold the majority of its new prime mortgage originations into the secondary market and increased its securitisation programme, which together augmented the normal run-off of balances. In Canada, mortgage balances rose, primarily due to a strong housing market and continued expansion of HSBC’s consumer finance business and core banking distribution channels. In the UK, mortgage balances rose by 7 per cent, primarily in the form of fixed rate mortgages as customers sought to insulate themselves from rising interest rates. Mortgage lending in France experienced strong growth, benefiting from competitive pricing and a marked improvement in brand awareness following the rebranding of the business in 2005. Residential mortgage balances in Hong Kong rose as increased marketing and product development contributed to HSBC raising its market share. This occurred despite a subdued housing 179 market, fierce competition and continuing reduction in assets from the suspended GHOS. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, mortgage balances fell by 6 per cent, as the sale of the broker-originated mortgage business in Australia offset modest growth in most other countries. Other personal lending grew by 12 per cent to US$211 billion at 31 December 2006, representing 24 per cent of gross loans and advances to customers. In North America, growth in other personal lending was largely driven by credit card activity and increased second lien mortgage balances. In the US, increased uptake of both prime and non-prime credit cards was driven by targeted marketing campaigns and the launch of several new co-branded cards. The credit card market continued to be highly competitive with many competitors relying on zero per cent offers to generate growth. HSBC, by contrast, reduced the amount of its equivalent offers and focused instead on increased marketing. In the first half of 2006, the US mortgage services business significantly increased the levels of second lien mortgages, continuing the growth of this loan type that was instigated in 2005. The rate of growth of the second lien mortgage book slowed in the latter half of the year as the deterioration of credit quality of the portfolio became apparent. This is discussed in further detail under mortgage lending in the US on page 189. The US motor vehicle finance portfolio also grew, due to increased volumes in both the dealer network and the consumer direct loan programme, dampened by the expiration of fixed- term loans and reduction in the level of incentives offered by car manufacturers. Other personal lending grew by 10 per cent in Europe. In the UK, unsecured personal loan balances declined, reflecting a policy decision to constrain growth to selected segments by tightening underwriting criteria. Credit card balances increased, driven by promotional and marketing campaigns, with strong growth in M&S branded credit cards. In Turkey, unsecured personal lending grew strongly reflecting the success of marketing initiatives and cross-sales with existing credit card clients. Promotional and marketing activity contributed towards a strengthening of HSBC’s position as the largest credit card issuer in Hong Kong, with over 4.6 million cards in force. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, other personal lending rose by 15 per cent. Credit card balances grew rapidly with an increase of over 1.2 million cards in circulation in 2006 following new product H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Exposure > 2006 / By industry sector launches in the Middle East, Sri Lanka and Singapore and marketing and incentive campaigns across the region. Other unsecured lending balances rose during 2006, partly as a result of expansion of HSBC’s consumer finance business in India, Australia and Indonesia. In Latin America, other personal lending showed significant growth, rising by 49 per cent, with cross-sales of the ‘Tu Cuenta’ product generating strong demand for credit cards in Mexico. Personal lending balances, excluding mortgages, rose by 25 per cent in Brazil, with increased vehicle finance lending benefiting from strengthened relationships with car dealers, and higher numbers of credit cards in issue following a number of campaigns designed to improve retention and utilisation. Loans and advances to corporate and commercial customers grew by 14 per cent to US$343 billion. Lending was primarily in Europe, which accounted for 57 per cent of advances, over three quarters of which was concentrated in the UK. In Europe, corporate and commercial advances rose by 9 per cent, driven by lending growth in the UK, France and Turkey. In the UK, there was firm growth in lending to the service industry and real estate and related construction businesses. In France, improved retention of existing clients and recruitment of new customers resulted in higher lending balances, while in Turkey expansion of the branch network, including dedicated SME centres, contributed to growth in commercial advances. In Hong Kong there was strong demand for credit from larger Commercial Banking customers in the property sector and from manufacturers with operations in mainland China seeking to fund expansion. New initiatives designed to increase commercial lending included a pre-approved lending scheme and a telesales campaign, which led to growth in SME lending and a doubling in the number of lending relationships in this segment. This strong growth in Commercial Banking lending was offset by the repayment of two large facilities by Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets clients. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, strong economic expansion in the Middle East led to greater demand for credit and regional lending balances rose in response to increases in regional trade flows and increased marketing activity. In North America, expansion into new regional markets, higher levels of marketing and the recruitment of additional SME relationship managers to meet customer demand contributed to growth in corporate and commercial lending balances. HSBC experienced strong growth in lending balances to SME businesses across Latin America due to favourable economic conditions. Additionally, in Mexico, strong demand for credit from the rapidly growing real estate and residential construction sectors contributed to greater levels of lending. The following tables analyse loans and advances by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary or, in the case of the operations of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank, HSBC Bank Middle East and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the lending branch. 180 Loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region (Audited) At 31 December 2006 Europe US$m Personal Residential mortgages1 ............ Other personal ......................... 91,534 67,214 Hong Kong US$m 28,743 10,396 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 17,478 13,275 Gross loans and advances to customers Latin America US$m US$m Gross loans by industry sector as a % of total gross loans % North America US$m 123,955 108,256 3,627 11,668 265,337 210,809 158,748 39,139 30,753 232,211 15,295 476,146 99,027 28,655 9,616 2,360 56,650 16,845 12,481 6,923 551 5,553 25,196 5,502 3,491 1,916 8,468 11,004 12,782 5,931 220 9,736 10,037 946 1,204 3,943 4,070 162,109 60,366 27,165 8,990 84,477 196,308 42,353 44,573 39,673 20,200 343,107 40,055 1,064 41,119 2,332 823 3,155 2,926 223 3,149 12,258 1,092 13,350 1,633 52 59,204 3,254 1,685 62,458 396,175 84,647 78,475 285,234 37,180 881,711 100.0 30.1 23.9 54.0 18.4 6.8 3.1 1.0 9.6 38.9 6.7 0.4 7.1 Corporate and commercial Commercial, industrial and international trade ............... Commercial real estate ............ Other property-related ............. Government ............................. Other commercial2 ................... Financial Non-bank financial institutions ........................... Settlement accounts ................. Total gross loans and advances to customers3 ............................ Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region ....................................... Impaired loans ............................. 5,847 454 44.9% 9.6% 8.9% 1,184 32.4% 4,822 4.2% 100.0% 1,478 13,785 Impaired loans as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers ................................. Impairment allowances outstanding against loans and advances4 .......................... Impairment allowances outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans4 .................... 1.5% 0.5% 1.5% 1.7% 4.0% 1.6% 3,676 365 901 7,247 1,389 13,578 62.9% 80.4% 76.1% 150.3% 94.0% 98.5% 1 Includes Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans (US$4,078 million at 31 December 2006). 2 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities. 3 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$74,518 million. 4 Impairment allowances include collective impairment allowances on collectively assessed loans and advances. Included in personal lending in North America are the following balances relating to the US: (Unaudited) At 31 December 2006 US$m Residential mortgages – HSBC Bank USA ........................................................................................ Residential mortgages – HSBC Finance ............................................................................................. Motor vehicle finance .......................................................................................................................... MasterCard/Visa credit cards .............................................................................................................. Private label cards ................................................................................................................................ Other unsecured personal lending ....................................................................................................... 31,589 75,903 13,146 29,269 16,645 41,214 2005 US$m 36,170 67,359 12,792 26,795 15,488 35,545 207,766 194,149 181 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Exposure > By industry sector Loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region (Audited) At 31 December 2005 (restated5) Europe US$m Personal Residential mortgages1 ............ Other personal ......................... 73,923 55,672 Hong Kong US$m 28,492 9,978 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 17,641 11,178 North America US$m 116,448 97,663 Gross loans and advances to customers Latin America US$m US$m Gross loans by industry sector as a % of total gross loans % 2,042 7,439 238,546 181,930 129,595 38,470 28,819 214,111 9,481 420,476 76,687 22,071 7,603 1,821 41,944 16,736 12,557 6,147 303 6,922 21,286 5,081 3,426 2,147 7,716 10,375 11,714 4,447 192 7,189 5,718 392 573 3,755 1,907 130,802 51,815 22,196 8,218 65,678 150,126 42,665 39,656 33,917 12,345 278,709 35,305 1,002 36,307 1,966 505 2,471 2,202 175 2,377 9,464 416 9,880 1,095 44 1,139 50,032 2,142 52,174 316,028 83,606 70,852 257,908 22,965 751,359 100.0 31.7 24.2 55.9 17.4 6.9 3.0 1.1 8.7 37.1 6.7 0.3 7.0 Corporate and commercial Commercial, industrial and international trade ............... Commercial real estate ............ Other property-related ............. Government ............................. Other commercial2 ................... Financial Non-bank financial institutions ........................... Settlement accounts ................. Total gross loans and advances to customers3 ............................ Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region ....................................... Impaired loans .............................. 5,068 506 42.1% 11.1% 9.4% 936 34.3% 3,710 3.1% 100.0% 1,226 11,446 Impaired loans as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers ................................. Impairment allowances outstanding against loans and advances4 .......................... Impairment allowances outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans4 .................... 1.6% 0.6% 1.3% 1.4% 5.3% 1.5% 3,491 398 836 5,349 1,283 11,357 68.9% 78.7% 89.3% 144.2% 104.6% 99.2% 1 Includes Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans (US$4,680 million at 31 December 2005). 2 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities. 3 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$66,020 million. 4 Impairment allowances include collective impairment allowances on collectively assessed loans and advances. 5 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 182 (Unaudited) At 31 December 2004 (restated6) Europe US$m 70,546 57,920 Hong Kong US$m 29,373 9,105 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 14,860 9,079 Gross loans and advances to customers US$m Gross loans by industry sector as a % of total gross loans % North America US$m Latin America US$m 111,455 78,984 1,613 4,917 227,847 160,005 128,466 38,478 23,939 190,439 6,530 387,852 55,018 18,917 6,850 3,663 34,185 14,132 10,388 5,959 615 7,294 19,177 4,232 3,350 1,432 7,015 9,544 9,712 4,266 1,174 5,173 4,005 220 324 3,643 1,484 101,876 43,469 20,749 10,527 55,151 118,633 38,388 35,206 29,869 9,676 231,772 30,901 4,476 35,377 1,932 596 2,528 2,297 305 2,602 16,624 8,431 25,055 575 11 586 52,329 13,819 66,148 33.3 23.3 56.6 14.9 6.3 3.0 1.5 8.1 33.8 7.6 2.0 9.6 282,476 79,394 61,747 245,363 16,792 685,772 100.0 41.2% 6,039 11.6% 696 9.0% 1,160 35.8% 3,555 2.4% 977 100.0% 12,427 2.1% 0.9% 1.9% 1.4% 5.8% 1.8% 4,036 320 785 4,106 770 10,017 66.8% 46.0% 67.7% 115.5% 78.8% 80.6% Personal Residential mortgages1 ........... Other personal ........................ Corporate and commercial Commercial, industrial and international trade .............. Commercial real estate ........... Other property-related ............ Government ............................ Other commercial2................... Financial Non-bank financial institutions .......................... Settlement accounts ................ Total gross loans and advances to customers3 ........... Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region ...................................... Impaired loans4,5 .......................... Impaired loans as a percentage of gross loans and advances4 ....... Specific provisions outstanding against loans and advances5 ... Specific provisions outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans4,5 ..................................... 1 Includes Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans (US$5,383 million at 31 December 2004). 2 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities. 3 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$56,222 million. 4 Net of suspended interest. 5 Included in North America are impaired loans of US$3,020 million and specific provisions of US$3,443 million in HSBC Finance; excluding HSBC Finance, specific provisions outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans was 54.6 per cent. 6 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 183 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Exposure > By industry sector Loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region (continued) (Unaudited) At 31 December 20032 (restated7) Europe US$m 51,721 42,041 Hong Kong US$m 29,954 7,420 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 12,101 7,135 North America US$m 76,485 73,717 Gross loans and advances to customers Latin America US$m US$m Gross loans by industry sector as a % of total gross loans % 1,493 3,832 171,754 134,145 93,762 37,374 19,236 150,202 5,325 305,899 49,468 15,517 5,416 2,462 24,239 10,966 8,548 5,075 927 6,754 14,892 3,149 2,597 1,450 5,735 7,265 7,699 3,850 375 5,682 3,077 175 202 4,376 1,620 85,668 35,088 17,140 9,590 44,030 97,102 32,270 27,823 24,871 9,450 191,516 21,226 3,068 24,294 4,921 556 5,477 2,027 188 2,215 8,588 4,767 13,355 329 15 344 37,091 8,594 45,685 31.6 24.7 56.3 15.7 6.5 3.2 1.8 8.1 35.3 6.8 1.6 8.4 215,158 75,121 49,274 188,428 15,119 543,100 100.0 Personal Residential mortgages1 ............ Other personal ......................... Corporate and commercial Commercial, industrial and international trade ............... Commercial real estate ............ Other property-related ............. Government ............................. Other commercial3 ................... Financial Non-bank financial institutions ........................... Settlement accounts ................. Total gross loans and advances to customers4 ............................ Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region ....................................... Non-performing loans6 ................. 5,701 1,671 39.6% 13.8% 9.1% 1,538 34.7% 4,889 2.8% 100.0% 1,251 15,050 Non-performing loans as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers5 ............ Specific provisions outstanding against loans and advances6 .... Specific provisions outstanding as a percentage of non- performing loans6 ..................... 2.6% 2.2% 3.1% 2.6% 8.3% 2.8% 3,554 629 981 4,660 1,054 10,878 62.3% 37.6% 63.8% 95.3% 84.3% 72.3% 1 Includes Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans (US$6,290 million at 31 December 2003). 2 Figures presented in this table were prepared in accordance with UK GAAP. 3 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities. 4 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$48,634 million. 5 Net of suspended interest. 6 Included in North America are non-performing loans of US$4,335 million and specific provisions of US$4,448 million in HSBC Finance; excluding HSBC Finance, specific provisions outstanding as a percentage of non-performing loans was 69.2 per cent. 7 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 184 (Unaudited) At 31 December 20022 (restated6) Europe US$m Personal Residential mortgages1 ............ Other personal ......................... 38,719 26,748 Hong Kong US$m 31,094 7,066 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 7,507 5,900 North America US$m 25,127 6,514 Gross loans and advances to customers Latin America US$m US$m Gross loans by industry sector as a % of total gross loans % 1,792 2,334 104,239 48,562 65,467 38,160 13,407 31,641 4,126 152,801 44,424 11,887 3,970 2,164 22,712 10,173 8,336 4,805 719 6,612 12,582 2,701 2,031 933 5,950 8,706 6,158 4,250 446 3,925 3,130 185 291 4,691 1,475 79,015 29,267 15,347 8,953 40,674 85,157 30,645 24,197 23,485 9,772 173,256 15,221 2,622 17,843 2,055 347 2,402 931 192 8,953 5,224 1,123 14,177 327 – 327 27,487 8,385 35,872 28.9 13.4 42.3 21.8 8.1 4.2 2.5 11.2 47.8 7.6 2.3 9.9 168,467 71,207 38,727 69,303 14,225 361,929 100.0 Corporate and commercial Commercial, industrial and international trade ............... Commercial real estate ............ Other property-related ............. Government ............................. Other commercial3 ................... Financial Non-bank financial institutions Settlement accounts ................. Total gross loans and advances to customers4 ............................ Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region........................................ Non-performing loans5 ................ 4,495 1,724 46.5% 19.7% 10.7% 2,055 19.2% 3.9% 100.0% 508 1,741 10,523 Non-performing loans as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers5 ............ Specific provisions outstanding 2.7% 2.4% 5.3% 0.7% 12.2% 2.9% against loans and advances ..... 2,774 688 1,321 222 1,601 6,606 Specific provisions outstanding as a percentage of non- performing loans5 ..................... 61.7% 39.9% 64.3% 43.7% 92.0% 62.8% 1 Includes Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans (US$7,255 million at 31 December 2002). 2 Figures presented in this table were prepared in accordance with UK GAAP. 3 Other commercial loans include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities. 4 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$9,950 million. 5 Net of suspended interest. 6 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 185 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Exposure > Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America / Banks / Financial assets Loans and advances to customers by principal area within Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America (Audited) Loans and advances (gross) Residential mortgages US$m Other personal US$m Property- related US$m Commercial, international trade and other US$m At 31 December 2006 Australia and New Zealand ................... India ....................................................... Indonesia ................................................ Japan ...................................................... Mainland China ..................................... Malaysia ................................................. Middle East ............................................ Singapore ............................................... South Korea ........................................... Taiwan ................................................... Thailand ................................................. Other ...................................................... 4,493 1,338 17 18 377 2,456 434 3,090 2,708 2,273 26 248 622 1,067 371 131 9 1,277 3,134 3,225 862 881 385 1,311 Total of Rest of Asia-Pacific ................. 17,478 13,275 Argentina ............................................... Brazil ...................................................... Mexico ................................................... Other ...................................................... Total of Latin America .......................... At 31 December 2005 (restated1) Australia and New Zealand ................... India ....................................................... Indonesia ................................................ Japan ...................................................... Mainland China ..................................... Malaysia ................................................. Middle East ............................................ Singapore ............................................... South Korea ........................................... Taiwan ................................................... Thailand ................................................. Other ...................................................... 22 211 1,801 1,593 3,627 5,912 1,139 13 14 358 2,223 258 2,811 2,585 2,094 23 211 314 6,579 3,353 1,422 11,668 694 545 338 139 11 871 2,320 3,395 460 1,057 220 1,128 Total of Rest of Asia-Pacific ................. 17,641 11,178 Argentina ............................................... Brazil ...................................................... Mexico ................................................... Other ...................................................... Total of Latin America .......................... 4 187 1,394 457 2,042 147 4,838 2,289 165 7,439 2,472 203 2 648 1,504 589 1,733 1,286 45 15 132 364 8,993 52 251 959 888 4,127 2,363 1,014 2,601 4,226 3,537 10,595 2,052 2,655 970 1,043 3,546 38,729 1,625 5,212 8,648 4,250 2,150 19,735 2,588 104 8 696 1,210 496 1,448 1,441 31 14 75 396 8,507 31 206 525 203 965 3,698 1,819 921 2,352 3,426 2,925 9,403 2,249 2,219 727 958 2,829 33,526 1,000 3,432 7,503 584 12,519 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. Total US$m 11,714 4,971 1,404 3,398 6,116 7,859 15,896 9,653 6,270 4,139 1,586 5,469 78,475 2,013 12,253 14,761 8,153 37,180 12,892 3,607 1,280 3,201 5,005 6,515 13,429 9,896 5,295 3,892 1,276 4,564 70,852 1,182 8,663 11,711 1,409 22,965 186 Loans and advances to banks by geographical region Europe US$m 76,837 44,369 56,063 51,806 39,398 Hong Kong US$m 50,359 42,751 45,710 38,639 33,359 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 27,517 19,559 14,890 12,948 10,708 At 31 December 2006 (audited) . At 31 December 2005 (audited)1.. At 31 December 2004 (unaudited)1 At 31 December 2003 (unaudited)1 At 31 December 2002 (unaudited)1 Gross loans and advances North America US$m Latin America US$m to banks US$m Impairment allowances2 US$m 17,865 10,331 20,911 6,852 5,188 12,634 8,964 5,892 6,955 6,868 185,212 125,974 143,466 117,200 95,521 (7) (9) (17) (24) (23) 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 2 2002 to 2004: provisions for bad and doubtful debts. Financial assets – net exposure to credit risk (Audited) In respect of certain financial assets, HSBC has legally enforceable rights to offset them with financial liabilities. However, in normal circumstances, there would be no intention of settling net, or of realising the financial assets and settling the financial liabilities simultaneously. Consequently, the financial assets are not offset against the respective financial liabilities for financial reporting purposes. However, the exposure to credit risk relating to the respective financial assets is mitigated as follows. At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 Carrying amount US$m Net exposure to credit risk1 US$m Offset US$m Carrying amount US$m Net exposure to credit risk1 US$m Offset US$m Loans and advances held at amortised cost Loans and advances to customers .................. Loans and advances to banks ......................... 868,133 185,205 (68,076) (455) 800,057 184,750 751,359 125,974 (48,495) (51) 702,864 125,923 1,053,338 (68,531) 984,807 877,333 (48,546) 828,787 Trading assets Treasury and other eligible bills ..................... Debt securities ................................................ Loans and advances to banks ......................... Loans and advances to customers .................. Financial assets designated at fair value Treasury and other eligible bills ..................... Debt securities ................................................ Loans and advances to banks ......................... Loans and advances to customers .................. 21,759 155,447 52,006 71,786 300,998 133 9,449 236 153 9,971 (16) (1,036) – (7,186) (8,238) 21,743 154,411 52,006 64,600 12,746 117,659 29,806 52,495 – – (19) (7,411) 12,746 117,659 29,787 45,084 292,760 212,706 (7,430) 205,276 – – – – – 133 9,449 236 153 9,971 53 5,705 124 631 6,513 – (464) – – (464) 53 5,241 124 631 6,049 Derivatives .......................................................... 103,702 (62,741) 40,961 73,928 (46,060) 27,868 Financial investments Treasury and other similar bills ...................... Debt securities ................................................ 25,313 171,196 196,509 (30) (1) (31) 25,283 171,195 25,042 149,781 196,478 174,823 – – – 25,042 149,781 174,823 Other assets Endorsements and acceptances ...................... 9,577 (187) 9,390 7,973 (9) 7,964 1,674,095 (139,728) 1,534,367 1,353,276 (102,509) 1,250,767 1 Excluding the value of any collateral held or other credit enhancements. 187 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Exposure > Debt securities / Areas of special interest Debt securities and other bills by rating agency designation (Audited) The following table presents an analysis by rating agency designation of debt and similar securities, other than loans, based on Standard and Poor’s ratings or their equivalent. Debt securities with short-term ratings are reported against the long-term rating of the issuer of the short-term debt securities. If major rating agencies have different ratings for the same debt securities, the securities are reported against the lower rating. Treasury bills US$m Other eligible bills US$m Debt securities US$m At 31 December 2006 AAA .............................................................................. AA – to AA + ............................................................... A – to A + ..................................................................... Lower than A – ............................................................. Unrated ......................................................................... Supporting liabilities under linked insurance and investment contracts and investment contracts with DPF1 .................................................................. Of which issued by: – governments ......................................................... – local authorities .................................................... – corporates ............................................................. – other ...................................................................... Of which classified as: – trading assets ........................................................ – financial instruments designated at fair value ..... – available-for-sale securities ................................. – held-to-maturity investments ............................... At 31 December 20052 AAA .............................................................................. AA – to AA + ............................................................... A – to A + ..................................................................... Lower than A – ............................................................. Unrated ......................................................................... Of which issued by: – governments ......................................................... – local authorities .................................................... – corporates ............................................................. – other ...................................................................... Of which classified as: – trading assets ........................................................ – financial instruments designated at fair value ..... – available-for-sale securities ................................. – held-to-maturity investments ............................... 20,360 15,478 8,146 1,208 1,134 54 46,380 44,941 370 – 1,069 46,380 21,751 133 24,451 45 46,380 16,798 3,089 11,147 3,287 2,563 36,884 19,634 16,646 7 597 36,884 12,649 53 23,974 208 36,884 282 247 91 205 – – 825 – – 68 757 825 8 – 817 – 825 381 264 110 202 – 957 – – 84 873 957 97 – 860 – 957 146,087 77,578 66,408 21,240 20,475 4,304 336,092 120,369 8,704 122,980 84,039 336,092 155,447 9,449 161,870 9,326 336,092 113,429 62,684 46,538 23,359 27,135 273,145 91,279 10,516 63,384 107,966 273,145 117,659 5,705 141,699 8,082 273,145 Total US$m 166,729 93,303 74,645 22,653 21,609 4,358 383,297 165,310 9,074 123,048 85,865 383,297 177,206 9,582 187,138 9,371 383,297 130,608 66,037 57,795 26,848 29,698 310,986 110,913 27,162 63,475 109,436 310,986 130,405 5,758 166,533 8,290 310,986 1 For securities supporting liabilities under linked insurance and investment contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (DPF), financial risks are substantially borne by the policyholders. 2 Securities supporting liabilities under linked insurance and investment contracts and investment contracts with DPF are analysed across the rating agency designations. 188 Areas of special interest Mortgage lending products (Unaudited) HSBC underwrites first lien residential mortgages, as well as loans secured by second lien mortgages which are reported within ‘Other personal lending’ in the market sector analysis. In addition to capital or principal repayment mortgages that may be subject to either fixed or variable interest rates, HSBC responds to customer needs by periodically testing and underwriting an increasing range of mortgage products designed to meet the growing demand for flexible house purchase loans. Interest-only mortgages, including endowment mortgages which are most prevalent in the UK, allow customers to pay only the interest that accrues on the loan, with the principal sum repaid at a later stage. In many cases, customers contribute to an endowment or other investment policy that should, on maturity, provide sufficient capital to repay the principal amount. Alternatively, customers may repay the principal of their loan from the proceeds of the sale of the property on which the loan is secured or from other repayment sources ‘Affordability’ mortgages include all products where the customer’s monthly payments are maintained at a low or fixed level in early periods using discounted or fixed interest rates, or an interest-only introductory period, before resetting to a higher variable rate or a capital repayment profile in later years. The US has, in recent years seen a significant change in the structure of borrowing products in the sub-prime mortgage market. In particular, affordability mortgages have grown faster than more traditional fixed rate mortgages. These have included interest-only, stated income (low documentation), adjustable rate with alternative payment options (known as option ARMs), negatively amortising and layered risk loans, the latter of which includes secondary loans. The growth of affordability mortgages has occurred simultaneously with gradually rising loan-to-value ratios. Stated income loans have a lesser income documentation requirement during the underwriting process and, accordingly, carry a higher risk. Interest-only loans allow customers to pay only accruing interest for a period of time, and provide customers with repayment flexibility. Adjustable-rate mortgages are loans where the interest rate is periodically adjusted based on an index. Secondary loans which are, for example, drawn down to finance the costs of relocation and property acquisition, are also increasingly common. As a consequence of US consumer demand for affordability mortgages, this segment of the US loan portfolio experienced rapid growth in 2005, continuing into 2006. HSBC does not offer, and does not anticipate offering, option ARMs or other negative amortisation products. As with all lending, HSBC underwrites in accordance with criteria that consider the particular terms of the loan and prices affordability products in a manner designed to compensate for the higher risk that exists in these products, notably the increase in payments required at the end of the introductory interest-only period or following the rate reset date. The following table shows the level of mortgage products in the various portfolios of HSBC Finance and the rest of the HSBC Group. At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 HSBC Finance1 US$m Other US$m Total US$m HSBC Finance1 US$m Other US$m Total US$m Total mortgage lending2 ...................................... 95,915 192,583 288,498 81,131 176,022 257,153 Interest-only (including endowment) mortgages Affordability mortgages, including ARMs ......... Other ................................................................... Total interest only and affordability lending ...... – 29,536 – 29,536 33,190 60,739 295 33,190 90,275 295 94,224 123,760 – 23,971 – 23,971 27,418 57,669 388 27,418 81,640 388 85,475 109,446 As a percentage of total mortgage lending ......... 30.8% 48.9% Second lien mortgages ........................................ 19,265 As a percentage of total mortgage lending ......... 20.1% Negative equity2 ................................................. Other loan to value ratios greater than 90 per cent3 ......................................................................... 12,343 44,450 56,793 As a percentage of total mortgage lending ......... 59.2% 5,093 2.6% 2,454 20,870 23,324 12.1% 42.9% 24,358 29.5% 48.6% 42.6% 14,975 4,889 19,864 8.4% 18.5% 2.8% 7.7% 14,797 65,320 80,117 27.8% 14,160 33,302 2,336 22,680 16,496 55,982 47,462 25,016 72,478 58.5% 14.2% 28.2% 189 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Exposure > Areas of special interest / Cross-border distribution 1 HSBC Finance includes lending in Canada and the UK and excludes loans transferred to HSBC USA Inc. 2 Total mortgage lending includes residential mortgages and second lien mortgage lending included within ‘Other personal lending’. 3 Loan to value ratios are generally based on values at origination date. Mortgage lending in the US (Unaudited) Mortgage lending in the US includes loans and advances to customers with a first lien interest over a property. These balances are secured and are reported within residential mortgages. Loans with only a second lien are reported in other personal lending. The commentary that follows discusses both residential mortgages and second lien loans included within other personal lending. HSBC continues to monitor a range of trends affecting the US mortgage lending industry. Housing markets in a large part of the US have been affected by a general slowing in the rate of appreciation in property values, or an actual decline in some markets, while the period of time properties remain unsold has increased. In addition, the ability of some borrowers to service their adjustable-rate mortgages (‘ARM’s) has been compromised as interest rates have risen, increasing the amounts payable on their loans as prices reset higher under their contracts. The effect of interest rate adjustments on first mortgages are also estimated to have had a direct impact on borrowers’ ability to repay any additional second lien mortgages taken out on the same properties. Similarly, as interest-only mortgages leave the interest-only payment period, rising payment obligations are expected to strain the ability of borrowers to make the increased payments. Studies published in the US, and HSBC’s own experience, indicate that mortgages originated throughout the industry in 2005 and 2006 are performing worse than loans originated in prior periods. The effects of these recent trends have been concentrated in the mortgage services business (‘mortgage services’), which purchases first and second lien mortgages from a network of over 220 third party lenders. As detailed in the table below, this business has approximately US$49.5 billion of loans and advances to personal customers, 10.4 per cent of the Group’s gross loans and advances to personal customers. In 2005 and continuing into the first six months of 2006, second lien mortgage loans in mortgage services increased significantly as a percentage of total loans acquired compared with prior periods. During the second quarter of 2006 HSBC began to experience deterioration in the credit performance of mortgages acquired in 2005 by mortgage services in the second lien and portions of the first lien portfolios. The deterioration continued in the third 190 quarter of 2006 and began to affect second and first lien loans acquired in that year. Further deterioration in the fourth quarter of 2006 was largely in the first lien adjustable-rate and second lien portfolios. HSBC also determined that a significant number of its second lien customers have underlying adjustable-rate first mortgages that face repricing in the near-term which, based on experience, are estimated to adversely affect the probability of repayment on the related second lien mortgage. As numerous interest rate rises have occurred as credit has tightened and there has been either a slowdown in the rate of appreciation of properties or a decline in their value, it is estimated that the probability of default on adjustable-rate first mortgages subject to repricing, and on any second lien mortgage loans that are subordinate to adjustable-rate first liens, is greater than has been experienced in the past. As a result, loan impairment charges relating to the mortgage services portfolio have increased significantly. Accordingly, while overall credit performance, as measured by delinquency and write-off rates, has performed broadly in line with industry trends across other parts of the US mortgage portfolio, higher delinquency and losses have been reported in mortgage services, largely in the aforementioned loans originated in 2005 and 2006. A number of steps have been taken to mitigate risk in the affected parts of the portfolio. These include enhanced segmentation and analytics to identify the higher risk portions of the portfolio, and increased collections capacity. HSBC is restructuring or modifying loans in accordance with defined policies if it believes that customers will continue to pay the restructured or modified loan. Also, customers who have adjustable- rate mortgage loans nearing the first reset, and who are expected to be the most affected by a rate adjustment, are being contacted in order to assess their ability to make the higher payment and, as appropriate, refinance or modify their loans. Furthermore, HSBC has slowed growth in this portion of the portfolio by implementing repricing initiatives in selected segments of the originated loans and tightening underwriting criteria, especially for second lien, stated income (low documentation) and other higher risk segments. These actions, combined with normal attrition, resulted in a net reduction in loans and advances in mortgage services during the second half of 2006. It is expected that this portfolio will remain under pressure as the loans originated in 2005 and 2006 season. It is also expected that this portfolio will run off faster than in the past as originations in it will be limited in 2007 and beyond. Accordingly, the increasing trend in overall delinquency and write-offs in mortgage services is expected to continue. US mortgage loan balances (Unaudited) The following table summarises mortgage balance information for the mortgage services and consumer lending businesses within Personal Financial Services in the US. Mortgages include first lien residential mortgages, and second lien mortgage lending which is reported within ‘Other personal lending’ in the market sector analysis. At 31 December 2006, the outstanding balance of interest-only loans in the US mortgage services business was US$6.3 billion, or 1.3 per cent of the Group’s gross loans and advances to personal customers, a rise of 22 per cent compared with US$5.2 billion, or 1.2 per cent of loans in 2005. The outstanding balance of adjustable rate mortgages in the US mortgage services business at 31 December 2006 was US$20.8 billion, 4.4 per cent of the Group’s gross loans and advances to personal customers, a rise of 9 per cent compared with the end of 2005. In 2007, approximately US$13.2 billion of adjustable rate mortgage loans will reach their first interest rate reset, of which US$2.5 billion relate to HSBC USA Inc and US$10.7 billion to HSBC Finance, within which US$9.9 billion is mortgage services, the remainder consumer lending. In 2008, a further US$8.7 billion of adjustable-rate mortgage loans will reset for the first time, of which US$3.6 billion relate to HSBC USA Inc and US$5.1 billion to HSBC Finance, within which US$3.8 billion is mortgage services, the remainder consumer lending. Adjustable rate mortgages in HSBC USA Inc. are largely prime balances. The balance of stated income mortgages was approximately US$14.4 billion at the end of 2006, or 3 per cent of Group’s gross loans and advances to personal customers. At the end of 2005, the outstanding balance was US$9.6 billion, or 2.3 per cent of loans. Of these amounts, US$11.8 billion and US$7.3 billion at the end of 2006 and 2005, respectively, relate to HSBC Finance mortgage services. There were no stated income mortgages in consumer lending in either period. The remainder of the stated income balances are held by HSBC USA Inc. (Unaudited) Year ended 31 December 2006 Year ended 31 December 2005 Mortgage services US$m Consumer lending US$m Other mortgage lending US$m Mortgage Consumer services US$m lending US$m Other mortgage lending US$m Fixed rate ............................................................ Adjustable-rate .................................................... Total .................................................................... First lien .............................................................. Second lien ......................................................... Total .................................................................... Adjustable-rate .................................................... Interest-only ........................................................ Total adjustable-rate ........................................... 22,358 27,114 49,472 39,404 10,068 49,472 20,795 6,319 27,114 42,371 3,528 45,899 39,399 6,500 45,899 3,528 – 3,528 7,655 24,817 32,472 28,780 3,692 32,472 16,251 8,566 24,817 20,088 24,211 44,299 36,278 8,021 44,299 19,037 5,174 24,211 36,187 1,796 37,983 33,242 4,741 37,983 1,796 – 1,796 6,507 29,110 35,617 32,286 3,331 35,617 19,473 9,637 29,110 Country distribution of outstandings and cross-border exposures (Unaudited) HSBC controls the risk associated with cross-border lending, essentially that foreign currency will not be made available to local residents to make payments, through a centralised structure of internal country limits which are determined by taking into account relevant economic and political factors. Exposures to individual countries and cross-border exposure in aggregate are kept under continual review. The following table summarises the aggregate of in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings by type of borrower to countries which individually represent in excess of 1 per cent of HSBC’s total assets. The classification is based on the country of residence of the borrower but also recognises the transfer of country risk in respect of third party guarantees, eligible collateral held and residence of the head office when the borrower is a branch. In accordance with the Bank of England Country Exposure Report (Form CE) guidelines, 191 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Exposure / Credit quality > Loans and advances outstandings comprise loans and advances (excluding settlement accounts), amounts receivable under finance leases, acceptances, commercial bills, certificates of deposit, and debt and equity securities (net of short positions), and exclude accrued interest and intra-HSBC exposures. In-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings (Unaudited) At 31 December 2006 UK ................................................................................... Germany ......................................................................... US ................................................................................... France ............................................................................. The Netherlands .............................................................. Italy ................................................................................. At 31 December 2005 UK ................................................................................... US ................................................................................... Germany ......................................................................... France ............................................................................. The Netherlands .............................................................. Italy ................................................................................. At 31 December 2004 UK ................................................................................... US ................................................................................... Germany ......................................................................... France ............................................................................. Italy ................................................................................. The Netherlands .............................................................. Hong Kong ..................................................................... At 31 December 2006, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings to counterparties in Australia and Hong Kong of between 0.75 per cent and 1 per cent of total assets. The aggregate in-country foreign currency and cross- border outstandings were Australia: US$17.5 billion; Hong Kong: US$15.5 billion. At 31 December 2005, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings to counterparties in Hong Kong, Australia and Canada of between 0.75 per cent and 1 per cent of total assets. The aggregate in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings were Hong Kong: US$14.6 billion; Australia: US$12.5 billion; Canada: US$11.7 billion. At 31 December 2004, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings to counterparties in Australia and Canada of between 0.75 per cent and 1 per cent of total assets. The aggregate in-country foreign currency and cross- border outstandings were Australia: US$12.7 billion; Canada: US$11.8 billion. Government and official institutions US$bn Banks US$bn Other US$bn Total US$bn 24.8 23.7 9.5 22.1 14.4 4.7 19.6 10.2 21.6 11.5 11.9 4.4 19.7 9.2 17.8 11.1 5.7 9.1 1.6 – 18.9 12.7 2.4 2.1 12.5 3.7 11.1 12.7 4.7 2.6 10.6 3.8 13.3 10.4 3.7 9.7 2.2 1.1 33.5 2.0 16.2 6.1 3.9 1.4 16.2 17.1 3.3 5.4 4.4 3.5 24.5 14.0 4.0 4.6 2.1 4.2 10.3 58.3 44.6 38.4 30.6 20.4 18.6 39.5 38.4 37.6 21.6 18.9 18.5 48.0 36.5 32.2 19.4 17.5 15.5 13.0 Credit quality The following tables reflect broadly stable credit quality across the majority of the Group’s businesses. However, loans and advances in grades 1-3 (satisfactory risk) declined to 91.7 per cent (2005: 96.4 per cent) of loans and advances to customers neither past due nor impaired. This was mainly due to the transfer of the US mortgage services book of US$44.5 billion to grades 4 and 5 to reflect increased scrutiny of this portfolio for the reasons explained on page 189. Excluding this realignment, satisfactory risk across the remainder of the Group showed a marginally improving trend. The deterioration in quality in US first lien and second lien mortgages (and, to a lesser extent, UK personal unsecured portfolios) also reflected in an increase in the proportion of customer loans and advances which were past due but not impaired to 1.28 per cent (2005: 1.17 per cent). Credit quality of loans and advances to banks was stable. 192 Loans and advances Distribution of loans and advances by credit quality (Audited) Loans and advances: – neither past due nor impaired ................................ – past due but not impaired ...................................... – impaired ................................................................. At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 Loans and advances to customers US$m Loans and advances to banks US$m 856,681 11,245 13,785 881,711 185,125 72 15 185,212 Loans and advances to customers US$m 731,116 8,797 11,446 751,359 Loans and advances to banks US$m 125,930 22 22 125,974 Distribution of loans and advances neither past due nor impaired (Audited) The credit quality of the portfolio of loans and advances that were neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to the Group’s standard credit grading system, as described on page 173. The following information is based on that system: Grades: 1 to 3 – satisfactory risk ........................................... 4 – watch list and special mention ........................... 5 – sub-standard but not impaired ............................ At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 Loans and advances to customers US$m Loans and advances to banks US$m 785,946 62,557 8,178 856,681 184,059 1,040 26 185,125 Loans and advances to customers US$m 705,036 19,950 6,130 731,116 Loans and advances to banks US$m 125,324 555 51 125,930 This analysis excludes loans and advances graded 1-5 that are contractually past due. The HSBC Finance mortgage services portfolio of US$44.5 billion included in the above table is reported in grades 4 and 5. Loans and advances which were past due but not impaired (Audited) Examples of exposures designated past due but not considered impaired include loans fully secured by cash collateral, residential mortgages in arrears more than 90 days, but where the value of collateral is sufficient to repay both the principal debt and all potential interest for at least one year, and short-term trade facilities past due more than 90 days for technical reasons such as delays in documentation, but where there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the counterparty. Past due up to 29 days .................................................. Past due 30 – 59 days ................................................... Past due 60 – 89 days ................................................... Past due 90 – 179 days ................................................. Past due over 180 days but less than 1 year ................. At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 Loans and advances to customers US$m Loans and advances to banks US$m Loans and advances to customers US$m Loans and advances to banks US$m 6,625 1,875 822 9,322 1,764 159 11,245 72 – – 72 – – 72 4,837 1,743 583 7,163 1,368 266 8,797 22 – – 22 – – 22 This ageing analysis includes past due loans and advances that have collective impairment allowances set aside to cover credit losses on loans which are in the early stages of arrears. 193 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Credit quality > Loans and advances > 2006 Impaired loans and advances (Audited) Total impaired loans and advances to: – banks ........................................................................................................................................... – customers .................................................................................................................................... At 31 December 2006 US$m 15 13,785 13,800 Total allowances cover as a percentage of impaired loans and advances ........................................ 98.4% Impaired customer loans and impairment allowances by geographical region (Audited) 2005 US$m 22 11,446 11,468 99.1% Europe ........................................................................... Hong Kong ................................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ...................................................... North America .............................................................. Latin America ............................................................... At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 (restated1) Impaired loans US$m 5,847 454 1,184 4,822 1,478 13,785 Impairment allowances US$m 3,676 365 901 7,247 1,389 13,578 Impaired loans US$m Impairment allowances US$m 5,068 506 936 3,710 1,226 3,491 398 836 5,349 1,283 11,446 11,357 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. The total gross amount of impaired loans and advances to customers as at 31 December 2006 was US$13,785 million (2005: US$11,446 million), of which US$5,833 million (2005: US$4,960 million) related to individually impaired loans and advances and US$7,952 million (2005: US$6,486 million) related to portfolios of homogeneous loans and advances. The following table presents an analysis of individually impaired loans by industry sector and by geographical region: Individually impaired loans and advances to customers (Audited) Europe US$m Hong Kong US$m Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m Gross impaired loans and advances to customers US$m % of total gross impaired loans1 % Latin America US$m At 31 December 2006 ................. Individually impaired loans and advances to customers: – personal ............................... – commercial and corporate ... At 31 December 2005 (restated2). Individually impaired loans and advances to customers: – personal ............................... – commercial and corporate ... 975 3,056 4,031 655 2,562 3,217 231 176 407 256 198 454 118 531 649 119 629 748 173 248 421 – 330 330 1 324 325 5 206 211 1,498 4,335 5,833 1,035 3,925 4,960 25.7 74.3 100.0 20.9 79.1 100.0 1 Gross impaired loans by industry sector as a percentage of total gross impaired loans. 2 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 194 some US$340 million. In the Middle East, the 8 per cent rise in impaired loans reflected lending growth. Impaired loans declined in most other countries, reflecting buoyant regional economies. In North America there was a rise of 30 per cent in impaired loans, to US$4,822 million at 31 December 2006. Growth was substantially driven by credit deterioration in second lien, some portions of first lien and adjustable-rate mortgages in the US mortgage services book, as detailed on page 189. This was partly offset by the non-recurrence of significant loan impairment allowances which were raised in 2005 as a result of hurricane Katrina and increased levels of bankruptcy filings in the fourth quarter of the year. As a consequence of this latter factor, HSBC experienced bankruptcies significantly below long-term trends in the first half of 2006. Continuing assessments of the financial impact of hurricane Katrina on HSBC Finance’s customers living in the Katrina Federal Emergency Management Agency designated Individual Assistance disaster areas resulted in a downwards revision of the estimate of credit loss exposure in the first half of 2006. In contrast to the accelerated credit weakness witnessed in the mortgage services business, the trend of credit delinquency across the majority of the other portfolios, including mortgage balances originated through the branch-based consumer lending business, rose modestly, driven by growing portfolio maturity and a higher mix of credit card receivables following the Metris acquisition. In Canada, impaired loans increased as a small number of commercial customers in the manufacturing sector were adversely affected by the stronger Canadian dollar. In Latin America, impaired loans increased by 14 per cent to US$1,478 million, partly due to acquisitions in 2006 and partly to a higher amount of personal lending. Growth was mainly in Mexico and Brazil. In Mexico, impaired loans rose through strong growth in lending to personal and commercial customers, particularly the small and middle market sectors. In Brazil, impaired loans rose by 6 per cent, reflecting lending growth and some continuing credit stress, in part mitigated through tightened underwriting criteria introduced during 2005 and 2006. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 (Unaudited) Total impaired loans to customers were US$13,785 million at 31 December 2006, an increase of 20 per cent since the end of 2005. At constant currency the growth was 14 per cent and, at 31 December 2006, impaired loans as a percentage of gross customer loans and advances were 1.56 per cent (2005: 1.52 per cent). The US represented 9 percentage points of overall growth and 33 per cent of total impaired customer loans at 31 December 2006. The commentary that follows is based on constant exchange rates. In Europe, impaired loans rose by 4 per cent to US$5,847 million in 2006. In the UK, impaired loans grew by 11 per cent over the same period. The UK market remained challenging, with pressure on consumers through high levels of personal indebtedness, compounded by interest rate rises. These effects were to an extent masked by the growing prevalence of personal bankruptcies and IVAs, at the completion of which any unpaid balances are written off. UK commercial and corporate lending remained broadly stable. In France, impaired loans fell mainly as a result of more active portfolio management, including the sale of a portfolio of substantially impaired debt and, in Turkey, higher impaired balances were broadly in line with growth in customer advances; the credit environment in these countries was relatively stable. Impaired loans in Hong Kong were 10 per cent lower at US$454 million at 31 December 2006. HSBC responded to moderate volatility in its loan portfolio by launching a number of initiatives to strengthen credit management and risk monitoring procedures, in order to improve the credit quality of its portfolio. As a result, the number of newly impaired loans fell and an increased number of loans were written off. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, impaired loans increased by 23 per cent to US$1,184 million. In Taiwan, delinquency problems emerged in the middle of 2005, centred on a relatively small number of highly leveraged consumers. This prompted a range of regulatory changes aimed at avoiding a financial crisis, the most significant being the introduction of a government debt negotiation mechanism by which banks were instructed to make available deferred repayment terms at discounted rates. The consequence of this was to widen considerably the group of debtors seeking relief and increase substantially HSBC’s impaired loans to 195 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Credit quality / Impairment allowances and charges Interest forgone on impaired loans (Audited) Interest income that would have been recognised under the original terms of impaired and restructured loans amounted to approximately US$104 million in 2006, compared with US$275 million in 2005 and US$280 million in 2004. Interest income from such loans of approximately US$276 million was recorded in 2006, compared with US$120 million in 2005. Renegotiated loans (Audited) Restructuring activity is designed to manage customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid foreclosure or repossession. Such activities include extended payment arrangements, approved external debt management plans, deferring foreclosure, modification, loan rewrites and/or deferral of payments pending a change in circumstances. Following restructuring, an overdue consumer account is normally reset from delinquent to current status. Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of local management, indicate that repayment will probably continue. These policies are required to be kept under continual review and their application varies according to the nature of the market, the product, and the availability of empirically based data. When empirical evidence indicates an increased propensity to default on restructured accounts, the use of roll rate methodology ensures this factor is taken into account when calculating impairment allowances. Renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired totalled US$20.7 billion at 31 December 2006 (2005: US$18.1 billion). Restructuring is most commonly applied to consumer finance portfolios. The largest concentration is in the US, and amounts to US$16.7 billion (2005: US$14.2 billion) or 81 per cent (2005: 79 per cent) of the total renegotiated loans. The increase was substantially driven by credit deterioration in second lien, some portions of first lien, and adjustable-rate mortgages in the US mortgage services book as detailed on page 189. The majority of restructured amounts arise from secured lending. Collateral and other credit enhancements obtained (Audited) HSBC obtained assets by taking possession of collateral held as security, or calling upon other credit enhancements, as follows: (Audited) Nature of assets Residential property ................. Commercial and industrial property ................................ Other ........................................ Carrying amount obtained in: 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 1,716 1,171 6 215 26 138 1,937 1,335 Repossessed properties are made available for sale in an orderly fashion, with the proceeds used to reduce or repay the outstanding indebtedness. Where excess funds are available after the debt has been repaid, they are available either for other secured lenders with lower priority or are returned to the customer. HSBC does not generally occupy repossessed properties for its business use. The majority of repossessed properties arose in HSBC Finance. 196 Impairment allowances and charges Movement in allowance accounts for total loans and advances (Audited) Individually Collectively assessed US$m assessed US$m At 1 January 2006 ............................................................................................ Amounts written off ........................................................................................ Recoveries of loans and advances written off in previous years .................... Charge to income statement ............................................................................ Exchange and other movements ...................................................................... At 31 December 2006 ..................................................................................... At 1 January 2005 ............................................................................................ Amounts written off ........................................................................................ Recoveries of loans and advances written off in previous years .................... Charge to income statement ............................................................................ Exchange and other movements ...................................................................... At 31 December 2005 ...................................................................................... 2,679 (1,023) 128 458 330 2,572 3,728 (1,102) 199 518 (664) 2,679 Impairment allowances as a percentage of loans and advances to customers (Unaudited) Total impairment allowances to gross lending1 Individually assessed impairment allowances .................................................................................. Collectively assessed impairment allowances .................................................................................. 1 Net of reverse repo transactions, settlement accounts and stock borrowings. 8,687 (8,450) 651 10,089 36 11,013 8,906 (7,941) 295 7,342 85 8,687 At 31 December 2006 % 0.30 1.28 1.58 Total US$m 11,366 (9,473) 779 10,547 366 13,585 12,634 (9,043) 494 7,860 (579) 11,366 2005 % 0.36 1.18 1.54 197 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Impairment allowances > 2006 / 2005 Movement in impairment allowances by industry segment and by geographical region The following tables show details of the movements in HSBC’s impairment allowances by location of lending office for each of the past five years. A discussion of the material movements in the loan impairment charges by region follows these tables. (Audited) Impairment allowances at 1 January (restated3) . Amounts written off Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. Charge to income statement1 Banks ............................................................... Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Governments ................................................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. Foreign exchange and other movements ............ Impairment allowances at 31 December ............ Europe US$m 3,499 (454) (70) (20) (116) (2) (2,044) (2,706) 25 15 1 24 3 357 425 – 246 41 (7) (13) 23 24 1,826 2,140 325 3,683 Impairment allowances against banks: – individually assessed .................................... 7 Impairment allowances against customers: – individually assessed .................................... – collectively assessed2 ................................... Impairment allowances at 31 December ............ Impairment allowances against customers as a percentage of loans and advances to customers: – individually assessed .................................... – collectively assessed .................................... At 31 December .................................................. 1,725 1,951 3,683 % 0.44 0.49 0.93 2006 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North Latin America US$m America US$m 837 5,349 1,283 Total US$m 11,366 (782) (111) (39) (260) (628) (7,653) (9,473) 88 21 11 54 19 586 779 (3) 503 75 (6) (37) 86 1,096 8,833 10,547 366 (97) (21) (1) (31) (595) (4,188) (4,933) 20 3 10 9 7 36 85 – 107 19 (4) (1) 18 1,039 5,620 6,798 (52) 7,247 (96) (6) – (103) (21) (827) (1,053) 27 – – 19 – 90 136 (2) 124 6 6 (23) 66 29 734 940 83 1,389 13,585 – – 7 109 7,138 7,247 % 238 1,151 1,389 % 2,565 11,013 13,585 % (79) (8) (11) (7) (7) (454) (566) 11 3 – 2 1 77 94 (1) (14) 3 (1) – (19) – 544 512 24 901 – 362 539 901 % Hong Kong US$m 398 (56) (6) (7) (3) (3) (140) (215) 5 – – – 8 26 39 – 40 6 – – (2) 4 109 157 (14) 365 – 131 234 365 % 0.15 0.28 0.43 0.46 0.69 1.15 0.04 2.50 2.54 0.64 3.10 3.74 0.29 1.25 1.54 1 See table below ‘Net impairment charge to income statement by geographical region’. 2 Collectively assessed impairment allowances are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the allowance. Consequently, the collectively assessed impairment allowances booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the Rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong. 3 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 198 (Audited) Impairment allowances at 1 January .................. 4,851 Europe US$m Amounts written off Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ...................... Other commercial ........................................... Residential mortgages .................................... Other personal ................................................ Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Other commercial ........................................... Residential mortgages .................................... Other personal ................................................ Net charge/(release) to income statement1 Banks .............................................................. Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ...................... Governments .................................................. Other commercial ........................................... Residential mortgages .................................... Other personal ................................................ Foreign exchange and other movements ............ Impairment allowances at 31 December ............ (345) (67) (3) (108) (14) (2,267) (2,804) 10 5 6 1 62 84 (5) 354 59 (14) 4 (21) 5 1,602 1,984 (616) 3,499 Impairment allowances against banks: – individually assessed ................................... 8 Impairment allowances against customers: – individually assessed ................................... – collectively assessed2 .................................. Impairment allowances at 31 December ............ Impairment allowances against customers as a percentage of loans and advances to customers: – individually assessed ................................... – collectively assessed .................................... At 31 December .................................................. 1,575 1,916 3,499 % 0.50 0.61 1.11 Hong Kong US$m 504 (157) (23) – – (2) (112) (294) 4 – 1 9 31 45 – 199 – (1) – (32) (25) 5 146 (3) 398 – 173 225 398 % 2005 (restated3) Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m Latin America US$m Total US$m 960 5,231 1,088 12,634 (79) (11) – (6) (6) (227) (329) 17 1 2 1 61 82 (2) (72) 1 – – (1) 7 203 136 (12) 837 1 500 336 837 % (81) (14) (10) (14) (456) (4,338) (4,913) 37 2 38 – 70 147 – 32 (6) 9 2 (18) 592 4,308 4,919 (35) 5,349 (11) (2) – (66) (30) (594) (703) 8 1 42 7 78 136 – 75 2 – – 46 26 526 675 87 (673) (117) (13) (194) (508) (7,538) (9,043) 76 9 89 18 302 494 (7) 588 56 (6) 6 (26) 605 6,644 7,860 (579) 1,283 11,366 – – 9 221 5,128 5,349 % 0.09 1.99 2.08 214 1,069 1,283 % 0.93 4.65 5.58 2,683 8,674 11,366 % 0.36 1.16 1.52 0.21 0.27 0.48 0.71 0.47 1.18 1 See table below ‘Net impairment charge to income statement by geographical region’. 2 Collectively assessed impairment allowances are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the allowance. Consequently, the collectively assessed impairment allowances booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the Rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong. 3 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 199 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Provisions for bad and doubtful debts > 2004 / 2003 Movement in provisions by industry segment and by geographical region (Unaudited) Provisions at 1 January ....................................... IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January ........... Amounts written off Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ...................... Other commercial ........................................... Residential mortgages .................................... Other personal ................................................ Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ...................... Other commercial ........................................... Residential mortgages .................................... Other personal ................................................ Net charge to profit and loss account1 Banks .............................................................. Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ...................... Governments .................................................. Other commercial ........................................... Residential mortgages .................................... Other personal ................................................ General provisions .......................................... Foreign exchange and other movements ............ Provisions at 31 December ................................. Europe US$m 4,435 (2) (298) (30) (14) (209) (10) (770) (1,331) 27 3 3 5 1 97 136 (7) 180 21 18 – (65) 3 1,035 (162) 1,023 551 4,812 Provisions against banks: – specific provisions ....................................... 14 Provisions against customers: – specific provisions ....................................... – general provisions2 ...................................... Provisions at 31 December ................................. : Provisions against customers as a percentage of loans and advances to customers – specific provisions ....................................... – general provisions ....................................... At 31 December .................................................. 4,036 762 4,812 % 1.43 0.27 1.70 Hong Kong US$m 1,055 (34) (35) (55) (2) (33) (52) (125) (302) 10 – – 3 12 22 47 – (56) (15) (3) – (29) (14) 120 (223) (220) (24) 522 – 320 202 522 % 0.40 0.25 0.65 2004 (restated3) Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m 1,181 (21) 5,665 – Latin America US$m 1,379 (1) Total US$m 13,715 (58) (623) (106) (20) (498) (561) (7,036) (8,844) 118 17 3 85 31 659 913 (10) 179 (22) 15 1 (168) 482 6,216 (498) 6,195 638 (65) (1) (185) (28) (404) (683) 39 – – 45 9 63 156 (2) 12 1 – – (35) (5) 303 (2) 272 (53) 1,070 12,559 – 770 300 1,070 % 4.58 1.79 6.37 17 10,017 2,525 12,559 % 1.46 0.37 1.83 (164) (17) (1) (42) (8) (171) (403) 4 10 – 14 1 41 70 (1) 52 (28) (1) – (18) 4 142 (48) 102 14 943 3 785 155 943 % 1.27 0.25 1.52 (61) (3) (3) (29) (463) (5,566) (6,125) 38 4 – 18 8 436 504 – (9) (1) 1 1 (21) 494 4,616 (63) 5,018 150 5,212 – 4,106 1,106 5,212 % 1.67 0.45 2.12 1 See table below ‘Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts by geographical region’. 2 General provisions are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the provision. Consequently, the general provision booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the Rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong. 3 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 200 (Unaudited) Provisions at 1 January ....................................... Amounts written off Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. Net charge to profit and loss account1 Banks ............................................................... Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ....................................................... Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Governments ................................................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. General Provisions .......................................... Foreign exchange and other movements2 ........... Europe US$m 3,668 (338) (31) (3) (54) (4) (472) (902) 25 3 2 49 1 62 142 (6) 286 15 (1) – 216 – 482 (118) 874 653 Hong Kong US$m 1,143 (71) (12) (13) (65) (121) (302) (584) 16 – – 4 6 16 42 – (3) (18) 1 – 78 102 271 (31) 400 54 2003 (restated4) Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m Latin America US$m 1,496 642 2,191 (201) (18) (21) (42) (16) (147) (445) 18 4 5 11 1 35 74 3 (45) (8) (17) 1 (4) 23 116 16 85 (29) (102) (3) – (80) (292) (3,992) (4,469) 20 2 4 10 2 292 330 – 77 (1) (5) – 55 422 3,950 59 4,557 4,605 5,665 (304) (115) (30) (54) (242) (311) (1,056) 3 – – 7 3 9 22 – 61 1 (1) – (6) 5 164 (47) 177 45 Total US$m 9,140 (1,016) (179) (67) (295) (675) (5,224) (7,456) 82 9 11 81 13 414 610 (3) 376 (11) (23) 1 339 552 4,983 (121) 6,093 5,328 Provisions at 31 December ................................. 4,435 1,055 1,181 1,379 13,715 Provisions against banks: – specific provisions ....................................... 20 Provisions against customers: – specific provisions ....................................... – general provisions3 ....................................... Provisions at 31 December ................................. Provisions against customers as a percentage of loans and advances to customers – specific provisions ....................................... – general provisions ........................................ At 31 December .................................................. 3,554 861 4,435 % 1.65 0.40 2.05 – 629 426 4 981 196 1,055 1,181 – – 24 4,660 1,005 5,665 1,054 325 1,379 10,878 2,813 13,715 % % % % % 0.84 0.57 1.41 1.99 0.40 2.39 2.47 0.53 3.00 6.97 2.15 9.12 2.00 0.52 2.52 1 See table below ‘Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts by geographical region’. 2 Other movements include amounts of US$129 million in Europe and US$4,524 million in North America transferred in on the acquisition of HSBC Finance Corporation, and of US$116 million in Latin America transferred in on the acquisition of Lloyds TSB Group’s Brazilian businesses and assets. 3 General provisions are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the provision. Consequently, the general provision booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the Rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong. 4 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 201 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Provisions for bad and doubtful debts > 2002 / Impairment charges > 2006 / 2005 Movement in provisions by industry segment and by geographical region (continued) (Unaudited Provisions at 1 January ....................................... 3,067 Europe US$m Amounts written off Banks ............................................................... Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ........................................................ Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Governments ................................................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ........................................................ Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. Net charge to profit and loss account1 Banks ............................................................... Commercial, industrial and international trade Real estate ........................................................ Non-bank financial institutions ....................... Governments ................................................... Other commercial ............................................ Residential mortgages ..................................... Other personal ................................................. General provisions ........................................... Foreign exchange and other movements2 ........... – (161) (31) (4) (1) (54) (2) (199) (452) 15 6 – 7 1 29 58 (2) 345 (4) 3 (1) 50 – 243 (65) 569 426 Hong Kong US$m 1,408 – (59) (18) (11) – (11) (109) (328) (536) 1 – – 3 7 14 25 – (22) 9 (14) – (22) 70 322 (97) 246 – – (255) (88) (2) – (116) (7) (132) (600) 4 2 1 14 – 31 52 – 38 (11) (29) – (22) 11 93 9 89 3 2002 (restated4) Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m Latin America US$m 1,952 708 1,048 Total US$m 8,183 (1) (595) (150) (31) (1) (352) (130) (851) (1) (34) (4) (2) – (22) (10) (96) (169) (2,111) 2 – – – – 8 28 14 1 33 8 96 10 180 – 41 2 11 4 178 10 96 (166) 176 1,126 2,191 (2) 480 1 (11) (2) 299 87 820 (351) 1,321 1,567 9,140 – 23 – (86) (9) (12) – (149) (2) (96) (354) 6 6 – 9 – 14 35 – 78 5 18 (5) 115 (4) 66 (32) 241 12 642 – 222 420 642 Provisions at 31 December ................................. 3,668 1,143 1,496 Provisions against banks: – specific provisions ........................................ 23 Provisions against customers: – specific provisions ........................................ – general provisions3 ....................................... Provisions at 31 December ................................. Provisions against customers as a percentage of loans and advances to customers: – specific provisions ........................................ – general provisions ........................................ At 31 December .................................................. 2,774 871 3,668 % 1.65 0.52 2.17 – 688 455 1,143 % 0.97 0.64 1.61 – 1,321 175 1,496 % 3.42 0.45 3.87 1,601 590 2,191 % % 0.32 0.61 0.93 11.25 4.15 15.40 6,606 2,511 9,140 % 1.83 0.69 2.52 1 See table below ‘Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts by geographical region’. 2 Other movements include amounts transferred in on the acquisition of HSBC Mexico of US$1,704 million. 3 General provisions are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the provision. Consequently, the general provision booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the Rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong. 4 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 202 Net loan impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region (Unaudited) Year ended 31 December 2006 Europe US$m Hong Kong US$m Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m Latin America US$m Individually assessed impairment allowances New allowances .............................................. Release of allowances no longer required ..... Recoveries of amounts previously written off Collectively assessed impairment allowances New allowances net of allowance releases .... Recoveries of amounts previously written off Total charge for impairment losses .................... Banks ............................................................. Customers ...................................................... Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances .................................................. 31 December 2006 Impaired loans .................................................... Impairment allowances ....................................... 715 (439) (33) 243 2,285 (388) 1,897 2,140 – 2,140 % 93 (45) (14) 34 150 (27) 123 157 – 157 % 138 (130) (28) (20) 599 (67) 532 512 (1) 513 % 229 (61) (39) 129 6,715 (46) 6,669 6,798 – 6,798 122 (36) (14) 72 991 (123) 868 940 (2) 942 % % % 0.45 0.12 0.48 2.24 1.89 0.99 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 5,858 3,683 454 365 1,188 901 4,822 7,247 1,478 1,389 13,800 13,585 (Unaudited) Year ended 31 December 2005 (restated1) Individually assessed impairment allowances New allowances .............................................. Release of allowances no longer required ..... Recoveries of amounts previously written off Collectively assessed impairment allowances New allowances .............................................. Release of allowances no longer required ..... Recoveries of amounts previously written off Total charge for impairment losses .................... Banks ............................................................. Customers ...................................................... Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances .................................................. 31 December 2005 Impaired loans .................................................... Impairment allowances ....................................... Europe US$m 1,029 (648) (21) 360 2,013 (326) (63) 1,624 1,984 (5) 1,989 % Hong Kong US$m 200 (123) (18) 59 159 (45) (27) 87 146 – 146 % Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m Latin America US$m 299 (42) (101) 156 5,072 (264) (45) 4,763 4,919 – 4,919 56 (19) (25) 12 842 (67) (112) 663 675 – 675 131 (166) (34) (69) 339 (86) (48) 205 136 (2) 138 % % % % 0.55 0.12 0.15 1.83 2.11 0.90 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 5,081 3,499 506 398 945 837 3,710 5,349 1,226 1,283 11,468 11,366 Total US$m 1,297 (711) (128) 458 10,740 (651) 10,089 10,547 (3) 10,550 Total US$m 1,715 (998) (199) 518 8,425 (788) (295) 7,342 7,860 (7) 7,867 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 203 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Charge to P&L Account > 2004 to 2002 / Impairment charges > 2006 Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts by geographical region (continued) (Unaudited) Specific provisions New provisions ............................................... Release of provisions no longer required ...... Recoveries of amounts previously written off General provisions .............................................. Total bad and doubtful debt charge .................... Banks ............................................................. Customers ...................................................... Bad and doubtful debt charge as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances .................................................. 31 December 2004 Non-performing loans ........................................ Provisions ........................................................... (Unaudited) Specific provisions New provisions ............................................... Release of provisions no longer required ...... Recoveries of amounts previously written off General provisions .............................................. Total bad and doubtful debt charge .................... Banks ............................................................. Customers ...................................................... Bad and doubtful debt charge as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances .................................................. 31 December 2003 Non-performing loans ........................................ Provisions ........................................................... Year ended 31 December 2004 (restated1) Hong Kong US$m 237 (187) (47) 3 (223) (220) – (220) % Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 419 (199) (70) 150 (48) 102 (1) 103 % North America US$m Latin America US$m 5,690 (105) (504) 5,081 (63) 5,018 – 5,018 479 (49) (156) 274 (2) 272 (2) 274 Total US$m 8,872 (1,266) (913) 6,693 (498) 6,195 (10) 6,205 % % % Europe US$m 2,047 (726) (136) 1,185 (162) 1,023 (7) 1,030 % 0.36 (0.28) 0.17 1.88 1.20 0.91 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 6,039 4,798 696 522 1,160 940 3,555 5,212 977 1,070 12,427 12,542 Year ended 31 December 2003 (restated1) Europe US$m Hong Kong US$m 1,485 (351) (142) 992 (118) 874 (6) 880 % 655 (182) (42) 431 (31) 400 – 400 % Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 412 (269) (74) 69 16 85 3 82 % North America Latin America US$m US$m 4,907 (80) (329) 4,498 59 4,557 – 4,557 318 (71) (23) 224 (47) 177 – 177 Total US$m 7,777 (953) (610) 6,214 (121) 6,093 (3) 6,096 % % % 0.41 0.53 0.17 2.33 0.79 1.12 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 5,701 4,415 1,671 1,055 1,538 1,177 4,889 5,665 1,251 1,379 15,050 13,691 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 204 (Unaudited) Specific provisions New provisions ............................................... Release of provisions no longer required ...... Recoveries of amounts previously written off General provisions Argentine additional provision ........................... Other ................................................................... Total bad and doubtful debt charge .................... Customers ....................................................... Bad and doubtful debt charge as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances .................................................. 31 December 2002 Non-performing loans ........................................ Provisions ........................................................... Year ended 31 December 2002 (restated1) Europe US$m Hong Kong US$m 963 (271) (58) 634 – (65) (65) 569 569 % 528 (160) (25) 343 – (97) (97) 246 246 % Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 400 (268) (52) 80 – 9 9 89 89 % North America Latin America US$m US$m 380 (72) (35) 273 – (32) (32) 241 241 407 (55) (10) 342 (196) 30 (166) 176 176 Total US$m 2,678 (826) (180) 1,672 (196) (155) (351) 1,321 1,321 % % % 0.34 0.35 0.23 0.32 0.83 0.36 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 4,495 3,645 1,724 1,143 2,055 1,496 508 642 1,741 2,191 10,523 9,117 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. Year ended 31 December 2006 compared with year ended 31 December 2005 (Unaudited) Loan impairment charges increased by US$2,687 million, or 34 per cent, compared with 2005. Acquisitions accounted for US$309 million of the rise, mainly Metris in the US. On an underlying basis the increase was 30 per cent. Personal Financial Services continued to dominate loan impairments, representing 94 per cent of the Group’s charge. On a constant currency basis, the key trends were as follows. New allowances for loan impairment charges of US$12,037 million increased by 27 per cent compared with 2005. Releases and recoveries of allowances were broadly in line with 2005. In Europe, new loan impairment charges rose by 9 per cent compared with 2005 to US$3,000 million. A challenging credit environment in UK unsecured lending, which began to deteriorate in the middle of 2005, was the primary cause of the increase, although this was partly mitigated by continued benign corporate and commercial impairment experience. Personal bankruptcies and the use of IVAs have been on a rising trend since the introduction of legislation in 2004 that eased filing requirements, and this was further exacerbated by 205 the recent active marketing of bankruptcy and IVA relief through the media by debt advisors. Additionally, a rise in unemployment, which began in the middle of 2005, and modest rises in interest rates added to the strain on some personal customers. In response, HSBC tightened underwriting controls in the second half of 2005, reduced its market share of unsecured personal lending and changed the product mix of new business towards lower-risk customers. In 2006 there were early signs of improvement in more recent unsecured lending. New loan impairment charges also rose in Turkey, by 30 per cent, mainly due to growth in unsecured credit card and personal lending as overall credit quality remained stable. In France, new charges fell, reflecting a stable credit environment and the reduction in charges following the sale of a consumer finance business in the second half of 2005. Releases and recoveries in Europe of US$860 million were 17 per cent higher than in 2005. Increases in the UK were partially offset by a decline in France. In the UK, increased resources deployed on collection activities combined with a rise in sales of delinquent debt were reflected in significantly higher recoveries. The non-recurrence H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Impairment charges > 2006 / 2005 of several significant recoveries in 2005 led to a large fall in France. In Hong Kong, new loan impairment charges declined by 22 per cent to US$243 million, reflecting the non-recurrence of an individual charge in 2005 for a large commercial customer. This was partly offset by a rise in credit card impairments as a result of a rise in balances. Overall, credit quality remained stable as strong economic growth and low levels of unemployment continued. Releases and recoveries fell by 49 per cent to US$86 million, again mainly as a result of fewer individual impairment releases in the corporate and commercial sector and the non-recurrence of mortgage lending recoveries in 2005, following improvement in the property market since 2004. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, there was an 88 per cent rise in new impairment charges to US$737 million. This was an improvement on the situation in the first half of 2006, when new impairment charges were 111 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. The year-on-year increase was largely due to Taiwan and, to a lesser extent, Indonesia. During the first half of 2006, new government regulations placing restrictions on collection activity, combined with the popularity of renegotiation schemes offering the opportunity to waive interest and postpone principal payments, led to a sharp rise in credit card defaults, for which a full year charge of US$200 million was recorded. In the second half of 2006, this problem had begun to moderate and new impairment charges were 31 per cent lower than in the first half. In Indonesia, increased loan impairment charges in the personal sector reflected legislation which introduced higher minimum payment rules and a reduction in fuel subsidies. There were further rises in the Middle East, largely due to loan growth. Elsewhere in the region, credit quality was stable. Releases and recoveries in the region fell by 11 per cent to US$225 million. The fall was mainly in Malaysia and was partly offset by a rise in commercial releases and recoveries in the Middle East. In North America, new loan impairment charges rose by 36 per cent. Excluding Metris, new charges increased by 30 per cent. Credit deterioration, mainly in second lien, some portions of first lien and adjustable-rate mortgages acquired from third party correspondents through HSBC’s mortgage services business, were the primary cause of the rise in new charges. As the housing market in the US slowed through 2006 and interest rates rose, delinquency trends on both second lien and portions 206 of first lien mortgages originated in 2005 and 2006 were higher than for loans made in previous years. In addition, the extra payment obligations arising from the repricing of adjustable-rate mortgages to higher rates added to the assessed impairment of the correspondent portfolio, in particular in respect of second lien mortgages ranking behind adjustable- rate first lien mortgages. As interest rate adjustments will be occurring in an environment of lower home value appreciation and tightening credit, it is estimated that the probability of default on adjustable-rate first mortgages subject to repricing, and on any second lien mortgage loans that are subordinate to an adjustable-rate first lien, will be greater than has been experienced in the past. As a result, loan impairment charges relating to the mortgage services portfolio have increased significantly. In the second half of 2006, HSBC took action to tighten credit criteria in the mortgage services operation as detailed on page 189. As a consequence, balances in mortgage services declined compared with 30 June 2006. Notwithstanding the credit weakness witnessed in the mortgage services business, credit delinquency in the majority of the other portfolios, including mortgage balances originated through the branch- based consumer lending business, rose modestly, driven by portfolio ageing and an increased proportion of credit card loans following the Metris acquisition. Partially offsetting factors included the effects of a decline in bankruptcy filings, especially in the first half of 2006 following the spike in the fourth quarter of 2005, low unemployment and the non-recurrence of charges relating to hurricane Katrina. HSBC in the US closely monitors the two- month-and-over contractual delinquency ratio (being the ratio of two or more months delinquent accounts to gross loans and advances), as management views this as an important indicator of future write-offs. Details are disclosed below. The rise in the total ratio was chiefly as a result of the mortgage services business. The increase in the US was partly offset by a small decline in new loan impairment charges in Canada, as the strong economy continued to underpin good credit quality. Releases and recoveries in North America decreased by 23 per cent to US$146 million due to the non-recurrence of recoveries in the US. In Latin America, new impairment charges rose by 24 per cent to US$1,113 million in 2006. This increase was chiefly attributable to Mexico and, to a lesser extent, Brazil. Strong growth in personal and commercial lending in Mexico resulted in higher new charges. In Brazil, new charges rose by 11 per cent, a significant reduction from the 52 per cent rise reported in 2005, as credit quality improved following enhancements made to underwriting procedures during 2005 and 2006. Latin American releases and recoveries went up by 7 per cent, largely in Mexico as a result of more stable political and economic conditions. Year ended 31 December 2005 compared with year ended 31 December 2004 (Unaudited) Loan impairment charges were US$7,860 million, an increase of 27 per cent compared with 2004. Acquisitions accounted for US$107 million of the rise and US$498 million reflected the non-recurrence of the general provision release in 2004. The total charge remained dominated by the personal sector, with losses in these portfolios representing 92 per cent of the Group’s net loan impairment charge. On a constant currency basis, the trends were as follows. New allowances for loan impairment charges were US$10,140 million, an increase of 13 per cent compared with 2004. Releases and recoveries of allowances increased by 4 per cent to US$2,280 million. Including a general provision release of US$498 million in 2004, releases and recoveries decreased by 15 per cent. In Europe, growth in UK personal lending and a weakening in credit quality were the principal causes of a 50 per cent increase in new loan impairment charges to US$3,042 million in 2005. Slower economic growth and weaker employment conditions were compounded by a change in legislation in 2004 that relaxed conditions for personal bankruptcies, which rose to record highs by the final quarter of 2005. In response to these trends in the personal portfolio, HSBC tightened underwriting controls, focusing more on existing relationships and changing the product mix towards lower risk customers. These actions, together with further centralisation of underwriting approvals and revised reward programmes, assisted in mitigating the rate of growth in new impairment charges towards the end of 2005. In the commercial sector, there were a number of individually significant new charges raised in the fourth quarter, as well as a higher rate of new allowances. Although credit charges remained low by historic standards, the trend is progressively moving back to more normal levels. Elsewhere in Europe, France and Italy saw declines in new allowances, due to the sale of a consumer 207 finance subsidiary during the year and the non- recurrence of corporate charges, respectively. In Turkey, new allowances have increased in line with the growth in the personal loan portfolio. Releases and recoveries in Europe were US$1,058 million, an increase of 23 per cent. Including a general provision release of US$162 million in 2004, releases and recoveries were broadly in line. Increased releases in Turkey, largely reflecting higher volumes offset the non- recurrence of the general provision release in Switzerland. New impairment allowances in Hong Kong were US$359 million, a rise of 51 per cent. This was partially attributable to a small number of individual allowances for corporate and commercial customers. However, overall credit quality improved, evidenced by a decline in impaired loans as a proportion of gross advances, reflecting a strong economy with low unemployment. Releases and recoveries in Hong Kong declined by 53 per cent, including the non-recurrence of a general provision release of US$223 million in 2004. Excluding this, releases and recoveries fell by 9 per cent to US$213 million as the significant number of large corporate releases in 2004 was not repeated. The general provision release last year reflected a review of historical loss experience and the improved market environment. The effect of strong growth in advances in the Rest of Asia-Pacific produced an 11 per cent rise in new impairment allowances to US$470 million. In particular, increased allowances in Taiwan were driven by a combination of loan growth and an increase in credit card delinquency. There were further increases in Indonesia and the Philippines due to growth in advances, with credit quality stable in both countries. These were partially offset by declines in mainland China and Singapore. In general, across the region, advances to customers rose and credit quality improved. Non-performing assets, as a percentage of advances, fell across most major countries. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, releases and recoveries rose by 6 per cent to US$334 million, including the US$48 million general provision release in 2004. Excluding this, releases and recoveries were 24 per cent higher than 2004. There were higher releases and recoveries across most countries in the region reflecting the strong economic environment, although in Malaysia and Singapore there were declines, due to the non- recurrence of the general provision releases in 2004. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Impairment charges > 2005 / Loan delinquency in the US New loan impairment allowances in North America declined by 6 per cent. This was despite loan growth, and the additional credit allowances raised in relation to hurricane Katrina, and accelerated bankruptcy filings in the second half of the year ahead of new legislation in the US. A portion of the increase in bankruptcies was an acceleration of write-offs that would have otherwise been experienced in future periods. In an effort to assist customers affected by hurricane Katrina, HSBC initiated various programmes, including extended payment arrangements. The reduction in the charge also reflected the non-recurrence of a US$47 million charge in 2004, following the adoption of FFIEC write-off policies relating to retail and credit card balances. Excluding these factors, credit quality improved year on year, reflecting an improving economic environment. This contributed to the fall in new impairment allowances, which was only partially offset by increased requirements due to loan growth. HSBC has benefited from the shift in the balance of the consumer lending business towards higher credit quality customers. HSBC Finance monitors the two- month-and-over contractual delinquency ratio closely, as management views it as an important indicator of future write-offs. The ratio declined from 4.0 per cent at 31 December 2004 to 3.6 per cent at 30 June 2005, rising to 3.7 per cent at 31 December 2005. Lending in the US is primarily in the personal sector. Credit quality in the commercial portfolio was stable in 2005. The favourable trends in the US were partially offset by rises in new allowances in Canada which were largely driven by personal loan growth in recent years, with an improvement in underlying credit quality. Releases and recoveries in North America were modestly lower than in 2005. Including the 2004 general provision release of US$45 million, releases and recoveries declined by 31 per cent. In the US, a rise in releases reflected an improved credit environment and a strong economy. Under IFRSs, from 1 January 2005 certain recoverable amounts were incorporated into the loan impairment charge directly resulting in lower reported recoveries. There were further decreases in Bank of Bermuda, following the non-recurrence of the general provision release in 2004. These declines were offset by a more than five-fold increase in releases in Canada, where better credit quality was driven by improved economic conditions, particularly in the resource-driven economy of western Canada. In Latin America, new impairment allowances in Brazil were the principal cause of a 60 per cent rise in new charges to US$898 million in 2005. In Brazil, significant growth of 24 per cent in gross advances, coupled with deteriorating credit quality in the consumer finance business, were the main contributing factors to this increase. Lending growth combined with a move into the low-income segment, where finances have been stretched by higher interest rates, drove higher delinquency. Changes were made to underwriting procedures during the year, to improve the credit quality of new business. This resulted in a falling impairment charge to asset ratio towards the end of the year. In Mexico, new allowances also rose, chiefly due to lending growth. New allowances in Argentina were in line with 2004. Releases and recoveries in Latin America were broadly in line with 2004. Recoveries in Brazil rose as a result of improved collections, compounded by higher releases as a result of greater volumes of advances. In Mexico, releases and recoveries declined following the non-recurrence of a large number of recoveries in 2004. Releases in Argentina fell as impaired loans reduced. The combined fall in Argentina and Mexico offset the rise in Brazil. 208 Loan delinquency in the US (Unaudited) The following table summarises two-months-and-over contractual delinquency (as a percentage of loans and advances) within Personal Financial Services in the US: (Unaudited) 31 December 2006 30 September 2006 % % Residential mortgages ... Second lien mortgage lending ....................... Vehicle finance1 ............. Credit card2 .................... Private label ................... Personal non-credit card Total2 .............................. 2.59 2.24 4.02 3.16 4.48 2.83 9.05 3.70 2.74 3.21 4.46 2.88 8.23 3.30 Quarter ended 31 March 2006 % 31 December 2005 % 30 September 2005 % 30 June 2005 % 31 March 2005 % 1.86 1.79 2.27 4.28 2.60 7.70 2.84 2.06 1.62 3.28 3.46 2.41 8.58 2.99 1.76 1.67 1.65 1.38 3.10 4.06 2.54 8.28 2.81 1.53 3.12 3.67 2.52 7.99 2.71 1.68 2.76 3.91 2.70 8.18 2.75 30 June 2006 % 1.95 1.88 2.82 4.09 2.84 7.56 2.91 Residential mortgages and second lien mortgage lending two-months-and-over contractual delinquency (as a per cent of loans and advances) for the mortgage services and consumer lending portfolios comprised the following: (Unaudited) 31 December 2006 30 September 2006 % % Mortgage services: – first lien ..................... – second lien ............... Total mortgage services . Consumer lending: – first lien ..................... – second lien ............... Total consumer lending . 4.52 5.71 4.76 2.08 3.08 2.22 3.76 3.67 3.74 1.92 2.03 1.93 Quarter ended 30 June 2006 % 31 March 2006 % 31 December 2005 % 3.11 2.35 2.94 1.87 1.76 1.86 2.90 1.83 2.68 1.90 2.61 2.00 3.20 1.91 2.97 2.31 2.07 2.28 30 September 2005 % 2.78 1.46 2.57 2.27 2.04 2.24 30 June 2005 % 2.68 1.66 2.55 2.32 2.37 2.32 31 March 2005 % 2.60 2.02 2.54 2.41 2.45 2.42 1 In December 2006, the vehicle finance business changed its write-off policy to provide that the principal balance of vehicle loans in excess of the estimated net realisable value will be written-off 30 days (previously 90 days) after the financed vehicle has been repossessed if it remains unsold, unless it becomes 150 days contractually delinquent, at which time such excess will be written off. This resulted in a one-time acceleration of write-off which totalled US$24 million in December 2006. In connection with this policy change the vehicle finance business also changed its methodology for reporting two-months-and-over contractual delinquency to include loan balances associated with repossessed vehicles which have not yet been written down to net realisable value. This resulted in an increase of 42 basis points to the vehicle finance delinquency ratio and an increase of 3 basis points to the total consumer delinquency ratio. Prior period amounts have been restated to conform to the current year presentation. 2 In December 2005, the acquisition of Metris was completed which included loans and advances of US$5.3 billion. This event had a significant impact on this ratio. Excluding the loans and advances from the Metris acquisition from the December 2005 calculation, the consumer delinquency ratio for the credit card portfolio was 3.71 per cent and total consumer delinquency was 3.00 per cent. 209 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Impairment losses / HSBC Holdings / Risk elements Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers (Unaudited) Europe % Hong Kong % Rest of Asia-Pacific % North America Latin America % % Year ended 31 December 2006 New allowances net of allowance releases ........ Recoveries............................................................ 0.87 (0.14) 0.23 (0.05) 0.80 (0.13) Impairment allowances ....................................... Total charge for impairment losses .................... Amount written off net of recoveries ................. 0.73 0.73 0.77 0.18 0.18 0.20 0.67 0.67 0.62 Year ended 31 December 2005 (restated1) New allowances net of allowance releases ........ Recoveries............................................................ Impairment allowances ....................................... Total charge for impairment losses .................... Amount written off net of recoveries ................. Year ended 31 December 2004 (restated1) New provisions ................................................... Releases and recoveries ...................................... Net charge for specific provisions ...................... Total provisions charged .................................... Amount written off net of recoveries ................. Year ended 31 December 2003 (restated1) New provisions ................................................... Releases and recoveries ...................................... 0.76 (0.03) 0.24 (0.06) 0.33 (0.13) 0.73 0.73 1.00 0.78 (0.33) 0.45 0.39 0.46 0.18 0.18 0.31 0.31 (0.30) 0.01 (0.29) 0.33 0.20 0.20 0.37 0.77 (0.49) 0.28 0.19 0.61 0.76 (0.25) 0.89 (0.30) 0.96 (0.80) Net charge for specific provisions ...................... Total provisions charged .................................... Amount written off net of recoveries ................. 0.51 0.45 0.39 0.59 0.54 0.73 0.16 0.20 0.86 Year ended 31 December 2002 (restated1) New provisions ................................................... Releases and recoveries ...................................... 0.62 (0.21) 0.75 (0.26) 1.13 (0.90) Net charge for specific provisions ...................... Total provisions charged .................................... Amount written off net of recoveries ................. 0.41 0.37 0.25 0.49 0.35 0.72 0.23 0.25 1.55 2.52 (0.03) 2.49 2.49 1.77 2.15 (0.07) 2.08 2.08 2.02 2.61 (0.28) 2.33 2.31 2.57 3.06 (0.25) 2.81 2.84 2.58 0.50 (0.14) 0.36 0.32 0.42 3.95 (0.50) 3.45 3.45 3.36 3.97 (0.68) 3.29 3.29 2.77 3.09 (1.32) 1.77 1.64 3.41 2.22 (0.65) 1.57 1.23 7.20 7.05 (1.13) 5.92 3.05 2.74 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. Total % 1.49 (0.10) 1.39 1.39 1.15 1.25 (0.09) 1.16 1.16 1.26 1.41 (0.35) 1.06 0.99 1.26 1.60 (0.32) 1.28 1.25 1.40 0.78 (0.29) 0.49 0.38 0.56 210 HSBC Holdings (Audited) HSBC Holdings manages its credit risk by limiting its exposure to transactions with its subsidiary undertakings. HSBC Holdings’ maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 December 2006, excluding collateral or other credit enhancements, was as tabulated below. No collateral or other credit enhancements were held by HSBC Holdings in respect of its transactions with subsidiary undertakings. HSBC Holdings’ financial assets are held with subsidiaries of HSBC, primarily those domiciled in Europe and North America. 2006 Off-balance sheet exposure US$m Carrying value US$m Maximum exposure US$m 2005 Off-balance sheet Carrying value US$m exposure US$m Maximum exposure US$m 1,599 – 1,599 968 – 968 Derivatives .......................................................... Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings ................................................... 14,456 3,967 18,423 14,092 3,663 17,755 Financial investments – debt securities of HSBC undertakings ....................................... Guarantees .......................................................... 3,316 – 19,371 – 17,605 21,572 3,316 17,605 40,943 3,256 – 18,316 – 36,877 40,540 3,256 36,877 58,856 attributable to the US and, to a lesser extent, Mexico. In the US, the credit deterioration in the mortgage services business was the principal cause of the rise and in Mexico the increase was partly volume driven. Impaired loans (Unaudited) In accordance with IFRSs, interest income continues to be recognised on assets that have been written down as a result of an impairment loss. In the following tables, HSBC presents information on its impaired loans and advances which are designated in accordance with the policy described above. Impaired loans are consistent with the ‘non- accrual basis’ classification used in US GAAP and in prior years. For further information on impaired loans refer to page 174. Potential problem loans (Unaudited) Credit risk elements also cover potential problem loans. These are loans where information about borrowers’ possible credit problems causes management serious doubts about the borrowers’ ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. There are no potential problem loans other than those identified in the table of risk elements set out below, and as discussed in ‘areas of special interest’ above, including ARMs and stated income products. Risk elements in the loan portfolio (Unaudited) The disclosure of credit risk elements under the following headings reflects US accounting practice and classifications: • • • loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis; accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal; and troubled debt restructurings not included in the above. Troubled debt restructurings (Unaudited) US GAAP requires separate disclosure of any loans whose terms have been modified because of problems with the borrower to grant concessions other than are warranted by market conditions. These are classified as ‘troubled debt restructurings’ and are distinct from the normal restructuring activities in personal loan portfolios described in ‘Renegotiated loans’ on page 196. Disclosure of troubled debt restructurings may be discontinued after the first year if the debt performs in accordance with the new terms. Troubled debt restructurings were broadly in line with 2005. Unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more (Unaudited) Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more increased by 18 per cent. The rise was largely 211 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Credit risk > Risk elements / Liquidity and funding > Policies / Primary sources of funding Risk elements (Unaudited) The following table provides an analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolios at 31 December for the past five years: Impaired loans Europe ......................................................... Hong Kong ................................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific .................................... North America ............................................ Latin America ............................................. Troubled debt restructurings Europe ......................................................... Hong Kong ................................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific .................................... North America ............................................ Latin America ............................................. Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest Europe ......................................................... Hong Kong ................................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific .................................... North America ............................................ Latin America ............................................. Risk elements on loans Europe ......................................................... Hong Kong ................................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific .................................... North America ............................................ Latin America ............................................. Assets held for resale Europe ......................................................... Hong Kong ................................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific .................................... North America ............................................ Latin America .............................................. Total risk elements Europe ......................................................... Hong Kong ................................................. Rest of Asia-Pacific .................................... North America ............................................ Latin America ............................................. 2006 US$m 5,858 454 1,188 4,822 1,478 At 31 December (restated1) 2005 US$m 5,081 506 945 3,710 1,226 2004 US$m 6,053 696 1,172 3,600 932 2003 US$m 5,680 1,670 1,519 4,177 1,170 2002 US$m 4,479 1,707 2,008 491 1,657 13,800 11,468 12,453 14,216 10,342 360 189 73 1,712 915 3,249 237 79 78 1,364 165 1,923 6,455 722 1,339 7,898 2,558 239 198 121 1,417 878 2,853 592 74 40 924 4 1,634 5,912 778 1,106 6,051 2,108 213 436 56 1,600 830 3,135 68 67 56 1,171 – 1,362 6,334 1,199 1,284 6,371 1,762 335 571 68 1,569 1,041 41 396 89 3 670 3,584 1,199 34 205 45 1,252 2 1,538 6,049 2,446 1,632 6,998 2,213 16 193 33 40 9 291 4,536 2,296 2,130 534 2,336 18,972 15,955 16,950 19,338 11,832 30 42 17 916 91 1,096 6,485 764 1,356 8,814 2,649 205 49 31 571 103 959 6,117 827 1,137 6,622 2,211 27 75 21 664 44 831 6,361 1,274 1,305 7,035 1,806 32 2 30 720 74 858 6,081 2,448 1,662 7,718 2,287 26 17 54 17 84 198 4,562 2,313 2,184 551 2,420 Loan impairment allowances as a percentage of risk elements on loans ..... 71.6 71.2 74.1 70.9 % % % % % 77.2 20,068 16,914 17,781 20,196 12,030 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. 212 Liquidity and funding management (Audited) Liquidity risk is the risk that HSBC does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations when they fall due, or will have to do so at excessive cost. This risk can arise from mismatches in the timing of cash flows. Funding risk (a particular form of liquidity risk) arises when the necessary liquidity to fund illiquid asset positions cannot be obtained at the expected terms and when required. The objective of HSBC’s liquidity and funding management is to ensure that all foreseeable funding commitments and deposit withdrawals can be met when due, and that wholesale market access is co-ordinated and cost effective. It is HSBC’s objective to maintain a diversified and stable funding base comprising core retail and corporate customer deposits and institutional balances. This is augmented by wholesale funding and portfolios of highly liquid assets which are diversified by currency and maturity, with the objective of enabling HSBC to respond quickly and smoothly to unforeseen liquidity requirements. HSBC requires operating entities to maintain a strong liquidity position and to manage the liquidity profile of their assets, liabilities and commitments with the objective of ensuring that cash flows are appropriately balanced and all obligations are met when due. Policies and procedures (Audited) The management of liquidity and funding is primarily carried out locally in the operating companies of HSBC in accordance with practices and limits set by the Group Management Board. These limits vary by local financial unit to take account of the depth and liquidity of the market in which the entity operates. It is HSBC’s general policy that each banking entity should be self- sufficient with regards to funding its own operations. Exceptions are permitted to facilitate the efficient funding of certain short-term treasury requirements and start-up operations or branches which do not have access to local deposit markets, all of which are funded under clearly defined internal and regulatory guidelines and limits from HSBC’s largest banking operations. These internal and regulatory limits and guidelines serve to place formal limitations on the transfer of resources between HSBC entities and are necessary to reflect the broad range of currencies, markets and time zones within which HSBC operates. 213 The Group’s liquidity and funding management process includes: • projecting cash flows by major currency and considering the level of liquid assets necessary in relation thereto; • monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal and regulatory requirements; • maintaining a diverse range of funding sources with adequate back-up facilities; • managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities; • maintaining debt financing plans; • monitoring depositor concentration in order to avoid undue reliance on large individual depositors and ensuring a satisfactory overall funding mix; and • maintaining liquidity and funding contingency plans. These plans identify early indicators of stress conditions and describe actions to be taken in the event of difficulties arising from systemic or other crises, while minimising adverse long-term implications for the business. Primary sources of funding (Audited) Current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of HSBC’s funding. HSBC places considerable importance on maintaining the stability of these deposits. The stability of deposits, which are a primary source of funding, depends upon maintaining depositor confidence in HSBC’s capital strength and liquidity, and on competitive and transparent deposit-pricing strategies. HSBC also accesses professional markets in order to provide funding for non-banking subsidiaries that do not accept deposits, to maintain a presence in local money markets and to optimise the funding of asset maturities not naturally matched by core deposit funding. In aggregate, HSBC’s banking entities are liquidity providers to the inter-bank market, placing significantly more funds with other banks than they borrow. The main operating subsidiary that does not accept deposits is HSBC Finance, which funds itself principally through taking term funding in the professional markets and through the securitisation of assets. At 31 December 2006, US$150 billion (2005: US$132 billion) of HSBC Finance’s liabilities were drawn from professional markets, utilising a H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Liquidity and funding > Primary sources of funding / HSBC Holdings range of products, maturities and currencies to avoid undue reliance on any particular funding source. Of total liabilities of US$1,746 billion at 31 December 2006 (2005: US$1,404 billion), funding from customers amounted to US$911 billion (2005: US$810 billion), of which US$872 billion (2005: US$773 billion) was contractually repayable within one year. However, although the contractual repayments of many customer accounts are on demand or at short notice, in practice short-term deposit balances remain stable as inflows and outflows broadly match. Cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities (Audited) At 31 December 2006 Deposits by banks ......................................................... Customer accounts ........................................................ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ................. Debt securities in issue ................................................. Subordinated liabilities ................................................. Other financial liabilities .............................................. At 31 December 2005 Deposits by banks ......................................................... Customer accounts ........................................................ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ................. Debt securities in issue ................................................. Subordinated liabilities ................................................. Other financial liabilities .............................................. On demand US$m 29,609 535,695 8,990 919 – 14,824 590,037 21,672 424,880 6,258 1,487 – 12,922 467,219 Due within 3 months US$m 55,239 301,847 1,103 80,288 285 35,494 474,256 29,937 254,354 1,365 64,824 714 14,871 366,065 Due between 3 and 12 months US$m Due between 1 and 5 years US$m 8,462 47,560 2,855 38,831 1,296 1,978 100,982 11,026 40,813 4,603 51,538 2,453 971 111,404 6,356 25,155 36,194 102,069 11,221 1,543 182,538 7,619 29,619 34,244 118,109 14,583 109 204,283 Due after 5 years US$m 4,893 5,420 52,222 51,171 30,764 878 145,348 4,259 6,531 73,534 24,823 30,555 689 140,391 For information on the contractual maturity of gross loan commitments, see Note 41 on the Financial Statements. The balances in the above table will not agree directly to the balances in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, related to both principal as well as those associated with all future coupon payments. Liabilities in trading portfolios have not been analysed by contractual maturity because trading assets and liabilities are typically held for short periods of time. Assets available to meet these liabilities, and to cover outstanding commitments (2006: US$715 billion; 2005: US$642 billion), included cash, central bank balances, items in the course of collection and treasury and other bills (2006: US$87 billion; 2005: US$75 billion); loans to banks (2006: US$237 billion; 2005: US$156 billion), including US$179 billion (2005: US$121 billion) repayable within one year; and loans to customers (2006: US$940 billion; 2005: US$793 billion), including US$360 billion (2005: US$313 billion) repayable within one year. In the normal course of business, a proportion of customer loans contractually repayable within one year will be extended. In addition, HSBC held debt securities marketable at a value of US$336 billion (2005: US$273 billion). Of these assets, some US$93 billion (2005: US$98 billion) of debt securities and treasury and other bills were pledged to secure liabilities. HSBC would meet unexpected net cash outflows by selling securities and accessing additional funding sources such as interbank or asset-backed markets. A key measure used by the Group for managing liquidity risk is the ratio of net liquid assets to customer liabilities. Generally, liquid assets comprise cash balances, short-term interbank deposits and highly-rated debt securities available for immediate sale and for which a deep and liquid market exists. Net liquid assets are liquid assets less all wholesale market funds, and all funds provided by customers deemed to be professional, maturing in the next 30 days. The definition of a professional customer takes account of the size of the customer’s total deposits. Minimum liquidity ratio limits are set for each bank operating entity. Limits reflect the local market 214 place, the diversity of funding sources available, and the concentration risk from large depositors. Compliance with entity level limits is monitored by Group Finance in Head Office and reported regularly to the Risk Management Meeting. Ratio of net liquid assets to customer liabilities (Unaudited) Although consolidated data is not utilised in the management of HSBC’s liquidity, the consolidated liquidity ratio figures of net liquid assets to customer liabilities shown in the following table provide a useful insight into the overall liquidity position of the Group’s banking entities. Year ended 31 December 2005 % 2006 % Year-end ...................................... Maximum .................................... Minimum .................................... Average ....................................... 20.6 22.1 17.1 19.3 17.1 17.5 14.4 16.3 HSBC Holdings (Audited) HSBC Holdings’ primary sources of cash are interest and capital receipts from its subsidiaries, which it deploys in short-term bank deposits or liquidity funds. HSBC Holdings’ primary uses of cash are investments in subsidiaries, interest payments to debt holders and dividend payments to shareholders. On an ongoing basis, HSBC Holdings replenishes its liquid resources through the receipt of interest on, and repayment of, intra-group loans, from dividends paid by subsidiaries and from interest earned on its own liquid funds. The ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance monies to HSBC Holdings depends, among other things, on their respective regulatory capital requirements, statutory reserves, and financial and operating performance. HSBC actively manages the cash flows from its subsidiaries to optimise the amount of cash held at the holding company level, and expects to continue doing so in the future. The wide range of HSBC’s activities means that HSBC Holdings is not dependent on a single source of profits to fund its dividends. Together with its accumulated liquid assets, HSBC Holdings believes that planned dividends and interest from subsidiaries will enable it to meet anticipated cash obligations. Also, in usual circumstances, HSBC Holdings has full access to capital markets on normal terms. Cash flows payable by HSBC Holdings under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities (Audited) At 31 December 2006 Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings ................... Financial liabilities designated at fair value ............ Subordinated liabilities ............................................ Other financial liabilities ......................................... At 31 December 2005 Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings ................... Financial liabilities designated at fair value ............ Subordinated liabilities ............................................ Other financial liabilities ......................................... On demand US$m Due within 3 months US$m Due between 3 and 12 months US$m Due between 1 and 5 years US$m 109 – – 13 122 664 – – 13 677 221 177 158 1,608 2,164 176 140 107 1,278 1,701 88 532 473 – 1,093 1,060 420 321 – 1,801 3,025 4,039 2,525 – 9,589 1,654 3,442 2,771 – 7,867 Due after 5 years US$m 5 21,029 23,327 8 44,369 521 20,382 15,638 7 36,548 At 31 December 2006, the short-term liabilities of HSBC Holdings totalled US$1,919 million (2005: US$3,191 million), including US$1,507 million in respect of the proposed third interim dividend for 2006 (2005: US$1,193 million). Short-term assets of US$7,738 million (2005: US$5,599 million) consisted mainly of cash at bank of US$729 million (2005: US$756 million) and loans and advances to HSBC undertakings of US$6,886 million (2005: US$4,661 million). 215 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Market risk > Value at risk Market risk management (Audited) Value at risk (‘VAR’) (Audited) The objective of HSBC’s market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures in order to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market profile consistent with the Group’s status as a premier provider of financial products and services. Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices will reduce HSBC’s income or the value of its portfolios. Credit risk is discussed separately in the Credit risk section on page 171. HSBC separates exposures to market risk into either trading or non-trading portfolios. Trading portfolios include those positions arising from market-making, proprietary position-taking and other marked-to-market positions so designated. The contribution of the marked-to-market positions so designated but not held with trading intent is disclosed separately. Non-trading portfolios primarily arise from the interest rate management of HSBC’s retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities. The management of market risk is principally undertaken in Global Markets using risk limits approved by the Group Management Board. Limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with market liquidity being a principal factor in determining the level of limits set. Traded Credit and Market Risk, an independent unit within Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, develops the Group’s market risk management policies and measurement techniques. Each major operating entity has an independent market risk control function which is responsible for measuring market risk exposures in accordance with the policies defined by Traded Credit and Market Risk, and monitoring and reporting these exposures against the prescribed limits on a daily basis. Each operating entity is required to assess the market risks which arise on each product in its business and to transfer these risks to either its local Global Markets unit for management, or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’). The aim is to ensure that all market risks are consolidated within operations which have the necessary skills, tools, management and governance to manage such risks professionally. One of the principal tools used by HSBC to monitor and limit market risk exposure is VAR. VAR is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. The VAR models used by HSBC are predominantly based on historical simulation. The historical simulation models derive plausible future scenarios from historical market rate time series, taking account of inter-relationships between different markets and rates, for example, between interest rates and foreign exchange rates. The models also incorporate the impact of option features in the underlying exposures. The historical simulation models used by HSBC incorporate the following features: • • potential market movements are calculated with reference to data from the last two years; historical market rates and prices are calculated with reference to foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, equity prices and the associated volatilities; • VAR is calculated to a 99 per cent confidence level; and • VAR is calculated for a one-day holding period. HSBC routinely validates the accuracy of its VAR models by backtesting the actual daily profit and loss results, adjusted to remove non-modelled items such as fees and commissions, against the corresponding VAR numbers. Statistically, HSBC would expect to see losses in excess of VAR only one per cent of the time over a one-year period. The actual number of excesses over this period can therefore be used to gauge how well the models are performing. Although a valuable guide to risk, VAR should always be viewed in the context of its limitations. For example: • • the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature; the use of a 1-day holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or hedged in one day. This may not fully reflect the market risk 216 arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a 1-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully; • the use of a 99 per cent confidence level, by definition, does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence; and • VAR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and therefore does not necessarily reflect intra-day exposures. HSBC recognises these limitations by augmenting its VAR limits with other position and sensitivity limit structures. Additionally, HSBC applies a wide range of stress testing, both on individual portfolios and on the Group’s consolidated positions. HSBC’s stress-testing regime provides senior management with an assessment of the financial impact of identified extreme events on the market risk exposures of HSBC. The VAR, for both trading and non-trading portfolios, for Global Markets was as follows: Value at risk (Audited) At 31 December .............................. Average ........................................... Minimum ......................................... Maximum......................................... 2006 US$m 67.3 74.3 39.4 137.5 2005 US$m 128.5 174.1 108.2 248.8 Total VAR at 31 December 2006 fell compared with 31 December 2005. The major cause of this was a reduction in risk positions arising from the Group’s balance sheet management activities. The daily VAR, for both trading and non-trading portfolios, for HSBC Global Markets was as follows: Daily total VAR for Global Markets (US$m) (Unaudited) The histograms below illustrate the frequency of daily revenue arising from Global Markets’ trading, balance sheet management and other trading activities. The average daily revenue earned therefrom in 2006 was US$21.3 million, compared with US$18.7 million in 2005. The standard deviation of these daily revenues was US$11.4 million compared with US$10.4 million in 2005. The standard deviation measures the variation of daily revenues about the mean value of those revenues. An analysis of the frequency distribution of daily revenue shows that there were two days with negative revenue during 2006 and three days in 2005. The most frequent result was a daily revenue of between US$16 million and US$20 million with 46 occurrences. Daily distribution of Global Markets’ trading, balance sheet management and other trading revenues (Unaudited) Year ended 31 December 2006 Number of days Revenues (US$m) (cid:31) Profit and loss frequency Year ended 31 December 2005 Number of days (cid:31) Profit and loss frequency Revenues (US$m) 217 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Market risk > Value at risk / Trading portfolios / Non-trading portfolios Fair value and price verification control (Audited) Where certain financial instruments are carried on the Group’s balance sheet at fair values, the valuation and the related price verification processes are subject to independent validation across the Group. Financial instruments which are accounted for on a fair value basis include assets held in the trading portfolio, financial instruments designated at fair value, obligations related to securities sold short, all derivative financial instruments and available-for- sale securities. The determination of fair values is therefore a significant element in the reporting of the Group’s Global Markets activities. Responsibility for determining accounting policies and procedures governing valuation and validation ultimately rests with independent finance functions which report functionally to the Group Finance Director. All significant valuation policies, and any changes thereto, must be approved by senior finance management. HSBC’s governance of financial reporting requires that Financial Control departments across the Group are independent of the risk-taking businesses, with the Finance functions having ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values included in the financial statements, and for ensuring that the Group’s policies comply with all relevant accounting standards. Trading portfolios (Audited) HSBC’s control of market risk is based on a policy of restricting individual operations to trading within Total trading VAR by risk type (Audited) a list of permissible instruments authorised for each site by Traded Credit and Market Risk, enforcing rigorous new product approval procedures, and of restricting trading in the more complex derivative products only to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems. In addition, at both portfolio and position levels, market risk in trading portfolios is monitored and controlled using a complementary set of techniques. These include VAR and, for interest rate risk, present value of a basis point movement in interest rates, together with stress and sensitivity testing and concentration limits. These techniques quantify the impact on capital of defined market movements. Total trading VAR for Global Markets at 31 December 2006 was US$32.6 million (2005: US$32.7 million). The VAR from positions taken without trading intent was US$4.7 million (2005: US$6.9 million), the principal components of which were hedges that failed to meet the strict documentation and testing requirements of IAS 39 (i.e. ‘non-qualifying’ hedges) and other positions transacted as economic hedges but which also did not qualify for hedge accounting. HSBC’s policy on hedging is to manage economic risk in the most appropriate way without regard as to whether hedge accounting is available, within limits regarding the potential volatility of reported earnings. Trading VAR is further analysed below by risk type, by positions taken with trading intent and by positions taken without trading intent: At 31 December 2006 .................................................. At 31 December 2005 ................................................... Average 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Minimum 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Maximum 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Interest rate US$m 26.0 33.8 33.9 37.3 18.3 24.3 53.6 76.9 Equity US$m 11.8 4.7 6.5 5.5 2.6 2.3 11.8 10.9 Total US$m 32.6 32.7 33.3 37.3 20.9 23.5 52.3 73.2 Foreign exchange and commodity US$m 7.3 4.6 6.3 6.9 2.6 2.9 12.7 12.4 218 Positions taken with trading intent – VAR by risk type (Audited) At 31 December 2006 .................................................. At 31 December 2005 ................................................... Average 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Minimum 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Maximum 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Foreign exchange and commodity US$m 7.3 4.6 6.3 6.9 2.6 2.9 12.7 12.4 Positions taken without trading intent – VAR by risk type (Audited) Foreign exchange and commodity US$m – – – – – – – – At 31 December 2006 .................................................. At 31 December 2005 ................................................... Average 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Minimum 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Maximum 2006 .......................................................................... 2005 .......................................................................... Non-trading portfolios (Audited) The principal objective of market risk management of non-trading portfolios is to optimise net interest income. Market risk in non-trading portfolios arises principally from mismatches between the future yield on assets and their funding cost, as a result of interest rate changes. Analysis of this risk is complicated by having to make assumptions on optionality in certain product areas, for example, mortgage prepayments, and from behavioural assumptions regarding the economic duration of liabilities which are contractually repayable on demand, for example, current accounts. The prospective change in future net interest income from non-trading portfolios will be reflected in the current realisable value of these positions, should they be sold or closed prior to maturity. In order to manage this risk optimally, market risk in non- trading portfolios is transferred to Global Markets or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local ALCO. 219 Interest rate US$m 27.9 28.4 31.7 33.3 18.3 25.5 49.6 49.0 Interest rate US$m 4.7 6.9 5.6 8.6 2.5 1.4 10.5 24.5 Equity US$m 11.8 4.7 6.5 5.5 2.6 2.3 11.8 10.9 Total US$m 30.2 30.1 31.6 33.5 19.9 25.7 48.2 46.7 Equity US$m Total US$m – – – – – – – – 4.7 6.9 5.6 8.6 2.5 1.4 10.5 24.5 The transfer of market risk to books managed by Global Markets or supervised by ALCO is usually achieved by a series of internal deals between the business units and these books. When the behavioural characteristics of a product differ from its contractual characteristics, the behavioural characteristics are assessed to determine the true underlying interest rate risk. Local ALCOs are required to regularly monitor all such behavioural assumptions and interest rate risk positions, to ensure they comply with interest rate risk limits established by the Group Management Board. As noted above, in certain cases, the non-linear characteristics of products cannot be adequately captured by the risk transfer process. For example, both the flow from customer deposit accounts to alternative investment products and the precise prepayment speeds of mortgages will vary at different interest rate levels. In such circumstances, simulation modelling is used to identify the impact of varying scenarios on valuations and net interest income. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Market risk > Non-trading portfolios / Sensitivity of NII Once market risk has been consolidated in Global Markets or ALCO-managed books, the net exposure is typically managed through the use of interest rate swaps within agreed limits. The principal non-trading risks which are not included in VAR for Global Markets (see ‘Value at risk’ above) are detailed below. Non-trading risks not included in Global Markets VAR (Audited) HSBC Finance US$m Mortgage servicing rights US$m Capital instruments US$m At 31 December 2006 ............................................................................................. At 31 December 2005 .............................................................................................. Average 2006 ..................................................................................................................... 2005 ..................................................................................................................... Minimum 2006 ...................................................................................................................... 2005 ..................................................................................................................... Maximum 2006 ...................................................................................................................... 2005 ..................................................................................................................... 11.6 13.5 15.5 13.4 6.8 6.2 23.9 41.6 3.2 3.9 2.9 3.2 2.5 2.4 3.9 4.0 87.4 65.0 72.1 70.3 58.8 62.3 87.4 78.2 Market risk within HSBC Finance primarily arises from mismatches between future behaviouralised asset yields and their funding costs and associated derivatives. The sub-prime mortgage portfolio is a sub-set of this portfolio of behaviouralised assets. This non-trading risk is principally managed by controlling the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios. hedge the economic exposure arising from MSRs are always measured at fair value, but the MSRs themselves are measured for accounting purposes at the lower of amortised cost and valuation. It is, therefore, possible for an economically hedged position not to be shown as such in the accounts, when the hedge shows a loss but the MSRs cannot be revalued above cost to reflect the related profit. HSBC’s policy is to hedge the economic risk. VAR limits are set to control the total market VAR limits are set to control the exposure to risk exposure of HSBC Finance. MSRs and MSRs hedges. Market risk arising in the prime residential mortgage business of HSBC Bank USA is primarily managed by a specialist function within the business, under guidelines established by HSBC Bank USA’s ALCO. A range of risk management tools is applied to hedge the sensitivity arising from movements in interest rates. The key element of market risk within the US prime mortgage business relates to the prepayment options embedded in US prime mortgages, which affect the sensitivity of the value of mortgage servicing rights (‘MSRs’) to interest rate movements and the net interest margin on mortgage assets. MSRs represent the economic value of the right to receive fees for performing specified residential mortgage servicing activities. They are sensitive to interest rate movements because lower rates accelerate the prepayment speed of the underlying mortgages and therefore reduce the value of the MSRs. The reverse is true for rising rates. HSBC uses a combination of interest rate-sensitive derivatives and debt securities to help protect the economic value of MSRs. An accounting asymmetry can arise in this area because the derivatives used to Market risk arises on fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC. These securities are managed as capital instruments and include non-cumulative preference shares, non-cumulative perpetual preferred securities and fixed rate subordinated debt. Market risk arising in HSBC’s insurance businesses is discussed in ‘Risk management of insurance operations’ on pages 228 to 242. Market risk also arises within HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows. This risk principally derives from the pension schemes holding equities against their future pension obligations. The risk is that market movements in equity prices could result in assets which are insufficient over time to cover the level of projected liabilities. Management, together with the trustees who act on behalf of the pension scheme beneficiaries, assess the level of this risk using reports prepared by independent external actuaries. 220 The present value of HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans’ liabilities was US$32.2 billion at 31 December 2006, compared with US$27.7 billion at 31 December 2005. Assets of the defined benefit schemes at 31 December 2006 comprised: equity investments 30 per cent (46 per cent at 31 December 2005); debt securities 56 per cent (33 per cent at 31 December 2005) and other (including property) 14 per cent (21 per cent at 31 December 2005). (See Note 7 on the Financial Statements). Sensitivity of net interest income (Unaudited) A principal part of HSBC’s management of market risk in non-trading portfolios is to monitor the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios (simulation modelling). HSBC aims, through its management of market risk in non-trading portfolios, to mitigate the impact of prospective interest rate movements which could reduce future net interest income, while balancing the cost of such hedging activities on the current net revenue stream. For simulation modelling, businesses use a combination of scenarios relevant to local businesses and local markets and standard scenarios which are Sensitivity of projected net interest income (Unaudited) required throughout HSBC. The standard scenarios are consolidated to illustrate the combined pro forma effect on HSBC’s consolidated portfolio valuations and net interest income. The table below sets out the impact on future net interest income of an incremental 25 basis points parallel fall or rise in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 January 2007. Assuming no management actions, a series of such rises would decrease planned net interest income for 2007 by US$578 million (2006: US$525 million), while a series of such falls would increase planned net interest income by US$511 million (2006: US$474 million). These figures incorporate the impact of any option features in the underlying exposures. Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, HSBC groups its interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose interest rates are considered likely to move together. The sensitivity of projected net interest income, on this basis, is as follows: US dollar bloc US$m Rest of Americas bloc US$m Hong Kong dollar bloc US$m Rest of Asia bloc US$m Sterling bloc US$m Euro bloc US$m Total US$m Change in 2007 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves of: +25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter ...................... –25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter ...................... Change in 2006 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves of: +25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter ...................... –25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter ...................... (342) 249 (448) 402 53 (53) 74 (72) (32) 52 (18) 20 18 (14) 28 (39) (163) (112) (578) 164 113 511 (47) 51 (114) (525) 112 474 The interest rate sensitivities set out in the table above are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The figures represent the effect of the pro forma movements in net interest income based on the projected yield curve scenarios and the Group’s current interest rate risk profile. This effect, however, does not incorporate actions that would be taken by Global Markets or in the business units to mitigate the impact of this interest rate risk. In reality, Global Markets seeks proactively to change the interest rate risk profile to minimise losses and optimise net revenues. The projections above also assume that interest rates of all maturities move by the same amount and, therefore, do not reflect the potential impact on net interest income of some rates changing while others remain unchanged. The projections make other simplifying assumptions too, including that all positions run to maturity. 221 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Market risk > Sensitivity of NII / Structural foreign exchange / HSBC Holdings HSBC’s exposure to the effect of movements in interest rates on its net interest income arise in three main areas: core deposit franchises, HSBC Finance and Global Markets. • Core deposit franchises: these are exposed to changes in the value of deposits raised and spreads on wholesale funds. In a low interest rate environment, the value of core deposits increases as interest rates rise and decreases as interest rates fall. This risk is asymmetrical in a very low interest rate environment, however, as there is limited room to lower deposit pricing in the event of interest rate reductions. • HSBC Finance offsets the sensitivity of the core deposit franchises to interest rate reductions. This arises from the fact that HSBC Finance has a substantial fixed rate, real estate secured, lending portfolio which is primarily funded with interest rate sensitive short-term liabilities. • Residual interest rate risk is managed within Global Markets. This reflects the Group’s policy of transferring all interest rate risk to Global Markets to be managed within defined limits and with flexibility as to the instruments used. The main influences on the sensitivity of the Group’s net interest income to the changes in interest rates tabulated above are as follows: • Global Markets decreased its exposure to US dollar assets in non-trading portfolios and the average life of certain assets in HSBC Finance fell as they neared expected maturity, both of which contributed to the decreased sensitivity in this currency to both rising and falling rates. • Growth in sterling net trading assets, the funding for which is generally sourced from short-term retail deposits and recorded in net interest income but the income from which is recorded in net trading income, has contributed to the increased sensitivity to both rising and falling rates in this currency. • Global Markets also reduced its exposure to euro assets in non-trading portfolios which decreased the net interest income sensitivity in this currency. However, this decrease was offset by an increase in euro net trading assets. It can be seen from the above that projecting the movement in net interest income from prospective changes in interest rates is a complex interaction of structural and managed exposures. In a rising rate environment, the most critical exposures are those managed within Global Markets. HSBC monitors the sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements on a monthly basis by assessing the expected reduction in valuation of available-for-sale portfolios and cash flow hedges due to parallel movements of plus or minus 100 basis points in all yield curves. The table below describes the sensitivity of HSBC’s reported reserves to these movements at the end of 2006 and 2005 and the maximum and minimum month-end figures during these years: Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements (Unaudited) At 31 December 2006 + 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves.......................................... As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity ................................................. - 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves........................................... As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity ................................................. At 31 December 2005 + 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves.......................................... As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity ................................................. - 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves........................................... As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity ................................................. Maximum impact US$m Minimum impact US$m (2,015) (1.9%) 1,944 1.8% (2,655) (2.8%) 2,543 2.7% (1,358) (1.3%) 1,270 1.2% (1,918) (2.0%) 1,877 2.0% US$m (1,558) (1.4%) 1,456 1.3% (1,918) (2.0%) 1,877 2.0% 222 The sensitivities are illustrative only and are these hedges in the year ended 31 December 2006. based on simplified scenarios. The table shows interest rate risk exposures arising in available-for- sale portfolios and from cash flow hedges which are marked-to-market through reserves. These particular exposures form only a part of the Group’s overall interest rate exposures. The accounting treatment under IFRSs of the Group’s remaining interest rate exposures, while economically largely offsetting the exposures shown in the above table, does not require revaluation movements to go to reserves. Structural foreign exchange exposures (Unaudited) Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net investments in subsidiaries, branches or associated undertakings, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than the US dollar. Exchange differences on structural exposures are recorded in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense. The main operating (or functional) currencies in which HSBC’s business is transacted are the US dollar, the Hong Kong dollar, sterling, the euro, the Mexican peso, the Brazilian real and the Chinese renminbi. As the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the dominant currency bloc in which HSBC’s operations transact business, HSBC Holdings prepares its consolidated financial statements in US dollars. HSBC’s consolidated balance sheet is, therefore, affected by exchange differences between the US dollar and all the non- US dollar functional currencies of underlying subsidiaries. HSBC hedges structural foreign exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. HSBC’s structural foreign exchange exposures are managed with the primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that HSBC’s consolidated capital ratios, and the capital ratios of individual banking subsidiaries, are protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates. This is usually achieved by ensuring that, for each subsidiary bank, the ratio of structural exposures in a given currency to risk- weighted assets denominated in that currency is broadly equal to the capital ratio of the subsidiary in question. Selective hedges were in place during 2006. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts which are accounted for under IFRSs as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, or by financing with borrowings in the same currencies as the functional currencies involved. There was no ineffectiveness arising from 223 There was no material effect from exchange differences on HSBC’s capital ratios during the year. HSBC Holdings (Audited) As a financial services holding company, HSBC Holdings has limited market risk activity. Its activities predominantly involve maintaining sufficient capital resources to support the Group’s diverse activities; allocating these capital resources across the Group’s businesses; earning dividend and interest income on its investments in the Group’s businesses; providing dividend payments to HSBC Holdings’ equity shareholders and interest payments to providers of debt capital; and maintaining a supply of short-term cash resources. It does not take proprietary trading positions. The objectives of HSBC Holdings’ market risk management are to minimise income statement volatility arising from short-term cash balances and funding positions; to minimise the market risk arising from long-term investments and long-term liabilities; and to protect distributable reserves from any adverse market risk variables. Market risk for HSBC Holdings is monitored by its Structural Positions Review Group. The main market risks to which HSBC Holdings is exposed are interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. HSBC Holdings is exposed to interest rate risk on debt capital investments in, and loans to, subsidiary undertakings; on debt capital issues; and on short-term cash resources. Certain loans to subsidiary undertakings of a capital nature that are not denominated in the functional currency of either the provider or the recipient are accounted for as financial assets. Changes in the carrying amount of these assets due to exchange differences are taken directly to the income statement. These loans, and the associated foreign exchange exposures, are eliminated on a Group consolidated basis. Revaluations due to foreign exchange rate movements affecting loans to subsidiary undertakings of a capital nature which are denominated in the functional currency of either the borrower or the recipient, are taken directly to reserves. Equity investments in subsidiary undertakings are accounted for on a cost basis and are not revalued following movements in exchange rates. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Market risk > HSBC Holdings / Residual value risk / Operational risk > Legal litigation risk Total VAR arising within HSBC Holdings in 2006 and 2005 was as follows: net interest income to future changes in yield curves. (Audited) Foreign exchange US$m Interest rates US$m Total US$m At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 30.8 26.1 61.4 36.1 Average 2006 ...................... 2005 ...................... 27.4 24.0 43.6 33.7 Minimum 2006 ...................... 2005 ...................... 23.2 22.0 30.7 29.6 Maximum 2006 ...................... 2005 ...................... 32.0 26.1 61.4 45.9 66.4 51.4 49.2 48.9 34.8 42.6 66.4 56.6 The increase in Total VAR during 2006 is due mainly to fixed rate debt capital issues in the period. (Unaudited) A principal tool in the management of market risk is the projected sensitivity of HSBC Holdings’ (Unaudited) Change in 2007 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves of: + 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter .. – 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter .. Change in 2006 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves of: + 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter... – 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter... HSBC Holdings’ principal exposure to changes in its net interest income from movements in interest rates arises on short-term cash balances, floating rate loans advanced to subsidiary undertakings and fixed rate debt capital securities in issue which have been swapped to floating rate. The interest rate sensitivities tabulated above are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The figures represent the effect of pro forma movements in net interest income based on the projected yield curve scenarios and HSBC Holdings’ current interest rate risk profile. They do not take into account the effect of actions that could be taken to mitigate this interest rate risk, however. Although new fixed rate capital issues have caused an increase in VAR as disclosed above, the new issues have not materially impacted the net interest income sensitivity for the 12 months from The table below sets out the effect on HSBC Holdings’ future net interest income of an incremental 25 basis point parallel fall or rise in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 January 2006. Assuming no management action, a series of such rises would increase HSBC Holdings’ planned net interest income for 2007 by US$8 million (2006: decrease of US$7 million) while a series of such falls would decrease planned net interest income by US$8 million (2006: increase of US$7 million). These figures incorporate the impact of any option features in the underlying exposures. Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, HSBC groups its interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose interest rates are considered likely to move together. The sensitivity of projected net interest income, on this basis, is described as follows: US dollar bloc US$m Sterling bloc US$m Euro bloc US$m Total US$m (7) 7 (18) 18 6 (6) 5 (5) 9 (9) 6 (6) 8 (8) (7) 7 1 January 2007 as the funds received have generally been used to increase long-term investments in subsidiaries. Residual value risk management (Unaudited) A significant part of a lessor’s return from operating leases is dependent upon its management of residual value risk. This arises from operating lease transactions to the extent that the values recovered from disposing of leased assets or re-letting them at the end of the lease terms (the ‘residual values’) differ from those projected at the inception of the leases. The business regularly monitors residual value exposure by reviewing the recoverability of the residual value projected at lease inception. This entails considering the potential of re-letting of operating lease assets and their projected disposal 224 proceeds at the end of their lease terms. Provision is made to the extent that the carrying values of leased assets are impaired through residual values not being fully recoverable. The net book value of equipment leased to customers on operating leases by the Group includes projected residual values at the end of current lease terms, to be recovered through re-letting or disposal in the following periods: (Unaudited) Within 1 year ............................. Between 1-2 years ..................... Between 2-5 years ..................... More than 5 years ...................... Total exposure ........................... 2006 US$m 200 414 379 1,996 2,989 2005 US$m 355 152 313 1,684 2,504 Operational risk management (Unaudited) Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from fraud, unauthorised activities, error, omission, inefficiency, systems failure or external events. It is inherent in every business organisation and covers a wide spectrum of issues. HSBC manages this risk through a controls- based environment in which processes are documented, authorisation is independent and transactions are reconciled and monitored. This is supported by an independent programme of periodic reviews undertaken by Internal Audit, and by monitoring external operational risk events, which ensure that HSBC stays in line with industry best practice and takes account of lessons learned from publicised operational failures within the financial services industry. HSBC has codified its operational risk management process by issuing a high level standard, supplemented by more detailed formal guidance. This explains how HSBC manages operational risk by identifying, assessing, monitoring, controlling and mitigating the risk, rectifying operational risk events, and implementing any additional procedures required for compliance with local regulatory requirements. The processes undertaken to manage operational risk are determined by reference to the scale and nature of each HSBC operation. The HSBC standard covers the following: • operational risk management responsibility is assigned to senior management within each business operation; • information systems are used to record the identification and assessment of operational 225 risks and to generate appropriate, regular management reporting; assessments are undertaken of the operational risks facing each business and the risks inherent in its processes, activities and products. Risk assessment incorporates a regular review of identified risks to monitor significant changes; operational risk loss data is collected and reported to senior management at the business unit level. Aggregate operational risk losses are recorded and details of incidents above a materiality threshold are reported to Group Head Office. A regular report on operational losses is made to Group Audit Committee and the Risk Management Meeting; and risk mitigation, including insurance, is considered where this is cost-effective. • • • In each of HSBC’s subsidiaries, local management is responsible for implementing HSBC standards on operational risk throughout their operations and, where deficiencies are evident, rectifying them within a reasonable timeframe. Subsidiaries acquired by HSBC are required to assess, plan and implement the standard’s requirements within an agreed timescale. HSBC maintains and tests contingency facilities to support operations in the event of disasters. Additional reviews and tests are conducted in the event that any HSBC office is affected by a business disruption event to incorporate lessons learned in the operational recovery from those circumstances. HSBC has requested all country managers to prepare plans for the operation of their businesses, with reduced staffing levels, should a flu pandemic occur. Legal litigation risk (Unaudited) Each operating company is required to implement policies, procedures and guidelines in respect of the management and control of legal risk which conform to HSBC standards. Legal risk falls within the definition of operational risk and includes contractual risk, legislative risk, intellectual property risk and litigation risk. Litigation risk is the risk of: • • failing to act appropriately in response to a claim made against any HSBC company; or being unable to successfully defend a claim brought against any HSBC company; or • HSBC being unable to take action to enforce its rights through the courts. HSBC has a dedicated global legal function which is responsible for managing legal risk. This H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Operational risk > Legal litigation risk / Pension risk / Reputational risk / Sustainability risk comprises the provision of legal advice and support in resisting claims and legal proceedings against HSBC companies, including analysis of legal issues and the management of any litigation, as well as in respect of non-routine debt recoveries or other litigation against third parties. The Head Office Legal department oversees the global legal function and is headed by a Group General Manager who reports to the Group Chairman. There are Legal departments in 40 of the countries in which HSBC operates which have primary responsibility for identifying and assessing legal risk and advising local management in their respective jurisdictions on these matters. There is also a regional level Legal function in each of Europe, North America, Latin America, the Middle East and Asia-Pacific. HSBC policy requires operating companies to notify the appropriate in-house Legal department immediately any litigation is either threatened or commenced against the Group or an employee. Claims which exceed US$1.5 million, must be advised immediately to the appropriate regional Legal department. Claims where the amount exceeds US$5 million, where the action is by the regulatory authority, the proceedings are criminal, or any claim that might materially affect the Group’s reputation must immediately be advised to the Head Office Legal department. Such matters are then advised to the Risk Management Meeting of the Group Management Board in a monthly paper. HSBC policy also requires that an exception report must be made to the local compliance function and escalated to the Head of Group Compliance in respect of any breach which has given rise to a fine and/or costs levied by a court of law or regulatory body where the amount is US$1,500 or more and material or significant issues are reported to the Risk Management Meeting of the Group Management Board and/or the Group Audit Committee. In addition, operating companies are required to submit returns detailing outstanding claims which exceed US$10 million or which may be sensitive to the reputation of HSBC for reporting to the Group Audit Committee and the Board of HSBC Holdings, and disclosure in the Interim Report and Annual Report and Accounts if appropriate. Pension risk (Unaudited) HSBC operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, as described in Note 7 on the Financial Statements. Some of these pension plans 226 are defined benefit plans, of which the largest is the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme. The benefits payable under the defined benefit plans are typically a function of salary and length of service. In order to fund these benefits, sponsoring group companies (and in some instances, employees) make regular contributions in accordance with advice from actuaries and in consultation with the scheme’s Trustees (where relevant). The defined benefit plans invest these contributions in a range of investments designed to meet their long-term liabilities. A deficit in a defined benefit plan may arise from a number of factors, including: • • • investments delivering a return below that required to provide the projected plan benefits. This could arise, for example, when there is a fall in the market value of equities, or when increases in long-term interest rates cause a fall in the value of fixed income securities held; a change in either interest rates or inflation which causes an increase in the value of the scheme liabilities; and scheme members living longer than expected (known as longevity risk). The plan’s investment strategy is determined in the light of the market risk inherent in the investments and the consequential impact on potential future contributions. Ultimate responsibility for investment strategy rests with either the Trustees or, in certain circumstances, a Management Committee. The degree of independence of the Trustees from HSBC differs in different jurisdictions. For example, the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, which accounts for over 80 per cent of the net liability of the Group’s pension plans, is overseen by a corporate Trustee. To assist this scheme’s Trustee, HSBC has proposed a number of techniques for applying the Group’s existing asset and liability management strategy and related monitoring mechanisms to the market risks inherent in the scheme. These techniques include: • • • • regular assessments of funding positions; regular reviews of investment performance against market benchmarks; half-yearly reviews of the pension schemes’ effect on the Group’s financial statements; alignment of investment strategy with the liability profile of the pension scheme; and • hedging strategies to address inflation and the interest rate risk inherent within the schemes. In order to mitigate the risk of investments under-performing and the adverse effect of changes in long-term interest rates and inflation, the Trustee has agreed to a programme of initiatives including changing the asset mix and entering into long-term interest rate and inflation swaps. Reputational risk management (Unaudited) HSBC regularly updates its policies and procedures for safeguarding against reputational and operational risks. This is an evolutionary process which takes account of The Association of British Insurers’ guidance on best practice when responding to environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) risks. The safeguarding of HSBC’s reputation is of paramount importance to its continued prosperity and is the responsibility of every member of staff. HSBC has always aspired to the highest standards of conduct and, as a matter of routine, takes account of reputational risks to its business. Reputational risks can arise from ESG issues or as a consequence of operational risk events. As a banking group, HSBC’s good reputation depends upon the way in which it conducts its business, but it can also be affected by the way in which clients, to whom it provides financial services, conduct themselves. The training of Directors on appointment includes reputational matters. Reputational risks, including ESG matters, are considered and assessed by the Board, the Group Management Board, the Risk Management Meeting, subsidiary company boards, board committees and/or senior management during the formulation of policy and the establishment of HSBC standards. Standards on all major aspects of business are set for HSBC and for individual subsidiaries, businesses and functions. These policies, which form an integral part of the internal control systems, are communicated through manuals and statements of policy and are promulgated through internal communications and training. The policies cover ESG issues and set out operational procedures in all areas of reputational risk, including money laundering deterrence, environmental impact, anti- corruption measures and employee relations. The policy manuals address risk issues in detail and co- operation between Head Office departments and businesses is required to ensure a strong adherence to HSBC’s risk management system and its corporate responsibility practices. 227 Internal controls are an integral part of how HSBC conducts its business. HSBC’s manuals and statements of policy are the foundation of these internal controls. There is a strong process in place to ensure controls operate effectively. Any significant failings are reported through the control mechanisms, internal audit and compliance functions to subsidiary company audit committees and to the Group Audit Committee, which keeps under review the effectiveness of the system of internal controls and reports regularly to HSBC Holdings’ Board. In addition, all HSBC businesses and major functions are required to review their control procedures and to make regular reports about any losses arising from operational risks. Sustainability risk management (Unaudited) Sustainability risks arise from the provision of financial services to companies or projects which run counter to the needs of sustainable development; in effect this risk arises when the environmental and social effects outweigh economic benefits. Within Group Head Office, a separate function, Group Sustainable Development, is mandated to manage these risks globally. Its risk management responsibilities include: • • • • formulating sustainability risk policies. This includes oversight of HSBC’s Sustainability Risk Standards, management of the Equator Principles for project finance lending, and sector-based sustainability policies covering those sectors with high environmental or social impacts (forestry, freshwater infrastructure, chemicals, energy, mining and metals, and defence-related lending); undertaking an independent review of transactions where sustainability risks are assessed to be high, and supporting HSBC’s operating companies to assess similar risks of a lower magnitude; building and implementing systems-based processes to ensure consistent application of policies, reduce the costs of sustainability risk reviews and capture management information to measure and report on the effect of HSBC’s lending and investment activities on sustainable development; and providing training and capacity building within HSBC’s operating companies to ensure sustainability risks are identified and mitigated on a consistent basis and to either HSBC’s own standards, or international standards or local regulations, whichever the higher. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Insurance operations > Life insurance / Non-life insurance / Insurance risk Risk management of insurance operations (Audited) Within its service proposition, HSBC offers its customers a wide range of insurance products, many of which complement other bank and consumer finance products. Both life and non-life insurance is underwritten, principally in the UK, Hong Kong, Mexico, Brazil, the US and Argentina. Life insurance business (Audited) There are a number of major sub-categories of life assurance business, of which the main ones are discussed below: Life insurance contracts with discretionary participation features allow policyholders to participate in the profits generated from such business in addition to providing cover on death. The largest portfolio, which is in Hong Kong, is a book of endowment and whole-life policies, with annual bonuses awarded to policyholders. Market risk is managed in conjunction with other risks through the investment policy and adjustment to bonus rates. In practice this means that the majority of the market risk is borne by policyholders. The main risk associated with this product is the value of assigned assets falling below that required to support benefit payments. HSBC manages this risk by conducting regular actuarial investigations on the sustainability of the bonus rates. Credit life insurance provides protection in the event of death or unemployment. Credit life insurance business is written for banking and finance products. The insurance risk relates to mortality and morbidity risk which is restricted to the duration of the loans advanced. Claims experience is required to be monitored and premium rates adjusted accordingly. Annuities are contracts providing regular payments of income from capital investment for either a fixed period or during the annuitant’s lifetime. Deferred annuities are those whose payments to the annuitant begin at a designated future date while, for immediate annuities, payments begin on inception of the policy. The principal risks of annuity business relate to mortality and market risk, the latter arising from the need to match investments to the anticipated cash flow profile of the policies. The investment strategy seeks to match the anticipated cash flow profile, and the mortality risk is regularly monitored. 228 Term assurance provides cover in the event of death. Critical illness cover provides cover in the event of critical illness. The major components of the ‘Term assurance and other long-term contracts’ category are term assurance and critical illness policies written in the UK. The principal risks are in respect of mortality and morbidity. These risks are managed through a combination of underwriting practices, premium adjustment in light of changes in experience and reinsurance. Linked life insurance business pays benefits to the policyholder which is typically determined by reference to the value of the investments supporting the policy. For linked life insurance business, the market risk is substantially borne by policyholders. The principal risk retained by HSBC relates to expenses incurred in managing this product. They are recovered by management charges deducted from the policyholder over the lifetime of the policy. However, if the policy is terminated early, deductions made to that point may be less than the costs incurred for managing the product. This risk is mitigated by retaining the ability to apply charges on early surrender. Mortality, disability and morbidity risks can also arise with this product and are managed by applying the techniques set out above for non-linked lines of business. Non-life insurance business (Audited) Non-life insurance contracts include motor, fire and other damage, accident and health, repayment protection and commercial and liability business. Within accident and health insurance, potential accumulations of personal accident risks are mitigated by the purchase of catastrophe reinsurance. Motor insurance business covers vehicle damage and liability for personal injury. Reinsurance protection is required to be arranged where necessary to avoid excessive exposure to larger losses, particularly those relating to personal injury claims. Fire and other damage business is written in all major markets, most significantly in Europe. The predominant focus in most markets is insurance for home and contents while cover for selected commercial customers is largely written in Asian and Latin American markets. Portfolios at risk from catastrophic losses are required to be protected by reinsurance in accordance with information obtained from professional risk-modelling organisations. A very limited portfolio of liability business is written in major markets. Following the disposal of the non-life insurance portfolio in Brazil in 2005, credit non-life business now represents the largest single class and is concentrated in the US and the UK. This business is originated in conjunction with the provision of loans. Insurance risk (Audited) The principal insurance risk faced by HSBC is that the cost of claims combined with acquisition and administration costs may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income. HSBC manages its insurance risks through the application of formal underwriting, reinsurance and claims procedures designed to ensure compliance with regulations. The Group manages insurance risk by diversifying insurance business by type and geography and by focusing on risks that are straightforward to manage which, in the main, are related to core underlying banking activities (for example, credit life products). The following tables provide an analysis of the insurance risk exposures by geography and by type of business. These tables demonstrate the Group’s diversification of risk. Personal lines tend to be higher volume and with lower individual value than commercial lines, which further diversifies the risk. Compared to non-life business, life business tends to be longer term in nature and frequently involves an element of savings and investment in the contract. Separate tables are therefore provided for life and non-life business, reflecting their very distinct risk characteristics. The life insurance risk table provides an analysis of insurance liabilities as the best available overall measure of the insurance exposure. The table for non-life business uses written premiums as representing the best available measure of risk exposure. Both life and non-life business insurance risks are controlled through high level procedures set centrally, and can be supplemented with procedures set locally which take account of specific local market conditions and regulatory requirements. For example, central authorisation is required to write certain classes of business, with restrictions applying particularly to commercial and liability non-life insurance. For life business in particular, local ALCOs monitor the risk exposures. As indicated in the specific comments relating to particular classes, use is also made of reinsurance as a means of further mitigating exposure, in particular to aggregations of catastrophe risk. Analysis of life insurance risk – policyholder liabilities (Audited) At 31 December 2006 Life (non-linked) Insurance contracts with DPF1 ....................... Credit life ........................................................ Annuities ........................................................ Term assurance and other long-term contracts ..................................................... Total life (non-linked) ........................................ Life (linked) ........................................................ Investment contracts with DPF1 ......................... Europe US$m 195 130 271 1,134 1,730 1,270 – Hong Kong US$m 6,001 – – 75 6,076 765 – Life insurance policyholders’ liabilities ............. 3,000 6,841 At 31 December 2005 (restated2) Life (non-linked) Insurance contracts with DPF1 ........................... Credit life ........................................................ Annuities ........................................................ Term assurance and other long-term contracts ..................................................... Total life (non-linked) ........................................ Life (linked) ........................................................ Investment contracts with DPF1 ......................... 155 156 202 1,063 1,576 1,201 – 3,886 – – 68 3,954 536 – Life insurance policyholders’ liabilities ............. 2,777 4,490 229 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North Latin America US$m America US$m Total US$m 193 – 26 89 308 402 20 730 152 – 22 82 256 332 9 597 – 200 1,106 – 1,306 – – – – 1,370 236 1,606 1,248 – 6,389 330 2,773 1,534 11,026 3,685 20 1,306 2,854 14,731 – 196 1,075 – 1,271 – – – – 1,091 221 1,312 826 – 4,193 352 2,390 1,434 8,369 2,895 9 1,271 2,138 11,273 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Insurance operations > Insurance risk 1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) give policyholders the contractual right to receive, as a supplement to their guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that may be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits, but whose amount and timing is determined by HSBC. These additional benefits are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool of contracts or assets, or the profit of the company issuing the contracts. 2 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to Latin America. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. (Audited) The above table of life insurance policyholders’ liabilities provides an overall summary of the life insurance activity across the Group. For life insurance business, insurance risk varies considerably depending on the type of business. The principal risks are mortality, morbidity, lapse and surrender, investment/market risk and expense levels. As indicated above, the geographic and product diversity of HSBC’s life insurance business assists in mitigating the exposure to insurance risk. This can be supplemented at the operating subsidiary level by additional underwriting and claims handling procedures. Mortality and morbidity risks are primarily mitigated through medical underwriting and the ability in a number of cases to amend the premium in light of changes in experience. The risk associated with lapses and surrenders is generally mitigated by the application of surrender charges. Market risk is usually mitigated through a combination of directing the investment policy to match liabilities and sharing risk with policyholders. In the case of unit-linked business, market risk is generally borne by policyholders, while for life business with a discretionary participation feature, it is shared with policyholders through the management of bonuses. Analysis of non-life insurance risk – net written insurance premiums1 (Audited) Europe US$m Hong Kong US$m Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North Latin America US$m America US$m Total US$m 2006 Accident and health ............................................ Motor .................................................................. Fire and other damage ........................................ Liability ............................................................... Credit (non-life) .................................................. Marine, aviation and transport ............................ Other non-life insurance contracts ..................... Total net written insurance premiums ................ 2005 (restated2) Accident and health ............................................ Motor .................................................................. Fire and other damage ........................................ Liability ............................................................... Credit (non-life) .................................................. Marine, aviation and transport ............................ Other non-life insurance contracts ..................... Total net written insurance premiums ................ 26 185 221 1 264 1 13 711 33 192 251 229 225 – 10 940 97 15 22 13 – 11 24 182 67 20 34 17 – 16 29 183 5 13 5 2 – 3 – 28 3 11 3 2 – 4 – 23 – – 2 8 173 – 37 220 3 4 5 91 202 – 17 322 10 157 9 24 – 12 20 232 6 302 61 14 – 22 12 417 138 370 259 48 437 27 94 1,373 112 529 354 353 427 42 68 1,885 1 Net written insurance premiums represent gross written premiums less gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers. 2 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to Latin America. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. (Audited) The above table of non-life net written insurance premiums provides an overall summary of the non-life insurance activity of the Group. The main risks associated with non-life business are underwriting risk and claims experience risk. Underwriting risk is the risk that HSBC does not charge premiums appropriate to the cover provided and claims experience risk is the risk that portfolio experience is worse than expected. HSBC manages these risks through pricing (for example, imposing restrictions and deductibles in the policy terms and conditions), product design, risk selection, claims handling, investment strategy and reinsurance policy. The majority of non-life insurance contracts 230 are renewable annually and the underwriters have the right to refuse renewal or to change the terms and conditions of the contract at the time. A key aspect of risk management in the insurance business, in particular the life insurance business, is the need to match assets and liabilities. Models are used to assess the impact of a range of future scenarios on the value of financial assets and associated liabilities. The results of the modelling are used by ALCOs to determine how the assets should be matched with liabilities. Of particular importance for a number of lines of business, such as annuities, is the need to match the expected pattern of cash flow which, in some cases, can extend for many years. The following table shows the composition of assets and liabilities and demonstrates that there was an appropriate level of matching at the end of 2006. It may not always be possible to achieve complete matching of asset and liability durations, partly because there is uncertainty over the receipt of all future premiums and partly because the duration of liabilities may exceed the duration of the longest available dated fixed interest investments. Balance sheet of insurance operations by type of contract (Audited) Insurance contracts Investment contracts Contracts with DPF1 US$m Unit- linked Annuities US$m US$m Term assurance2 US$m Non-life US$m Unit- linked US$m Other US$m Other assets3 US$m Total US$m At 31 December 2006 Financial assets: – trading assets ............ – financial assets designated at fair value – derivatives ................ – financial investments – other assets ............... Total financial assets ......... Reinsurance assets ............. PVIF .................................. Other assets and – – – – 117 – – 39 156 1,418 96 3,842 794 6,150 2 – 2,998 417 – 52 3,467 58 – 366 – 1,223 719 2,308 271 – 950 – 390 138 1,478 773 – 94 – 1,554 712 2,477 665 – 10,041 363 – 222 10,626 – – 1,597 3 1,441 428 3,469 – – 974 – 2,173 632 3,818 48 1,549 18,438 879 10,623 3,697 33,793 1,817 1,549 investment properties .... 538 203 395 356 215 154 204 614 2,679 Total assets ........................ 6,690 3,728 2,974 2,607 3,357 10,780 3,673 6,029 39,838 Financial liabilities designated at fair value . Liabilities under investment contracts carried at amortised cost ............... Liabilities under insurance contracts ........................ Deferred tax ...................... Other liabilities ................. – – – – 6,389 – – 3,685 – – Total liabilities .................. 6,389 3,685 Shareholders’ equity ......... Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity4 .... – – – – 2,773 – – 2,773 – – – 1,864 – – 1,864 – – 10,003 3,275 – 13,278 – 2,939 – – – – – – 216 – 216 20 – – – 403 2,322 17,670 403 2,322 2,939 10,003 3,511 2,725 33,889 – – – 5,949 5,949 6,389 3,685 2,773 1,864 2,939 10,003 3,511 8,674 39,838 231 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Insurance operations > Insurance risk / Financial risks Insurance contracts Investment contracts Contracts with DPF1 US$m Unit- linked US$m Annuities US$m Term assurance2 US$m Non-life US$m Unit- linked US$m Other US$m Other assets3 US$m Total US$m – – – 1,005 57 2,581 635 4,278 2 – 2,132 426 – 268 2,826 69 – 52 – 1,272 828 2,152 193 – 49 947 – 339 182 1,517 612 – 58 – – 170 277 14 – 1,230 619 1,921 669 – 6,995 1 – 174 7,170 – – 1,415 4 1,527 376 3,322 – – 1,488 – 1,896 1,098 4,652 40 1,400 14,048 488 8,845 4,180 27,838 1,585 1,400 At 31 December 2005 Financial assets: – trading assets ............ – financial assets designated at fair value – derivatives ................ – financial investments – other assets ............... Total financial assets ......... Reinsurance assets ............. PVIF .................................. Other assets and investment properties ... 18 9 45 33 329 1 – 760 1,195 Total assets ........................ 4,298 2,904 2,390 2,162 2,919 7,171 3,322 6,852 32,018 Financial liabilities designated at fair value . Liabilities under insurance contracts ........................ Deferred tax ...................... Other liabilities ................. Total liabilities .................. Shareholders’ equity ......... Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity4 .... – – – – – 7,156 3,289 – 10,445 4,193 – – 4,193 – 2,895 – – 2,895 – 2,390 – – 2,390 – 1,786 – – 1,786 – 2,871 – – 2,871 – – – – 9 – – – 322 2,125 14,144 322 2,125 7,156 3,298 2,447 27,036 – – 4,982 4,982 4,193 2,895 2,390 1,786 2,871 7,156 3,298 7,429 32,018 1 Discretionary participation features. 2 Term assurance includes credit life insurance. 3 Other assets comprise solvency and unencumbered assets. 4 Excludes assets, liabilities and shareholders’ funds of associate insurance companies Erisa S.A. and Ping An Insurance. Balance sheet of insurance underwriting operations by geographical region (Audited) At 31 December 2006 Financial assets: – trading assets ............................................... – financial assets designated at fair value ...... – derivatives ................................................... – financial investments ................................... – other assets .................................................. Total financial assets .......................................... Reinsurance assets PVIF .................................................................... Other assets and investment properties .............. Europe US$m – 11,750 720 1,190 689 14,349 1,560 798 619 Hong Kong US$m – 4,120 159 5,621 1,312 11,212 47 697 1,297 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North Latin America America US$m US$m Total US$m – 733 – 67 108 908 25 54 34 – – – 2,433 940 3,373 93 – 273 156 1,835 – 1,312 648 3,951 92 – 456 Total assets ......................................................... 17,326 13,253 1,021 3,739 4,499 Financial liabilities designated at fair value ....... Liabilities under investment contracts carried at amortised cost ................................. Liabilities under insurance contracts .................. Deferred tax ........................................................ Other liabilities ................................................... 9,069 4,164 – 4,624 251 1,475 – 7,084 123 337 Total liabilities .................................................... 15,419 11,708 Shareholders’ equity ........................................... 1,907 1,545 45 – 790 10 20 865 156 Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity1 .......... 17,326 13,253 1,021 – – – 2,010 – 195 2,205 1,534 3,739 216 3,162 19 295 3,692 807 4,499 232 156 18,438 879 10,623 3,697 33,793 1,817 1,549 2,679 39,838 13,278 216 17,670 403 2,322 33,889 5,949 39,838 At 31 December 2005 (restated2) Financial assets: – trading assets ............................................... – financial assets designated at fair value ...... – derivatives ................................................... – financial investments ................................... – other assets .................................................. Europe US$m – 9,276 386 1,053 886 Total financial assets .......................................... 11,601 Reinsurance assets PVIF .................................................................... Other assets and investment properties .............. 1,293 796 307 Hong Kong US$m – 3,164 102 4,429 1,512 9,207 48 557 64 Total assets ......................................................... 13,997 9,876 Financial liabilities designated at fair value ....... Liabilities under insurance contracts .................. Deferred tax ........................................................ Other liabilities ................................................... 6,375 4,284 237 1,374 Total liabilities .................................................... 12,270 Shareholders’ equity ........................................... Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity1 .......... 1,727 13,997 3,874 4,724 83 123 8,804 1,072 9,876 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North Latin America America US$m US$m Total US$m – 545 – 60 157 762 24 47 19 852 42 655 9 21 727 125 852 – – – 2,334 1,133 3,467 153 – 244 277 1,063 – 969 492 2,801 67 – 561 277 14,048 488 8,845 4,180 27,838 1,585 1,400 1,195 3,864 3,429 32,018 – 2,102 (17) 335 2,420 1,444 3,864 154 2,379 10 272 2,815 614 3,429 10,445 14,144 322 2,125 27,036 4,982 32,018 1 Excludes assets, liabilities and shareholders’ funds of associate insurance companies Erisa S.A. and Ping An Insurance. 2 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to Latin America. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13 on the Financial Statements. Financial risks (Audited) HSBC’s insurance businesses are exposed to a range of financial risks, including market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The nature and management of these risks is described below. Underwriting subsidiaries are exposed to financial risk, for example, when the proceeds from financial assets are not sufficient to fund the obligations arising from non-linked insurance and investment contracts. Certain insurance-related activities undertaken by HSBC subsidiaries such as insurance broking, insurance management (including captive management), and insurance, pensions and annuities administration and intermediation, are exposed to financial risk but not to a significant extent. In addition to policies provided for Group-wide application, insurance underwriting subsidiaries may have risk management procedures which reflect local market conditions and regulatory requirements. Where appropriate they should also comply with HSBC’s banking risk management procedures, though, like the use of one day VAR measures, they are not all suitable for insurance and, therefore, are not applied. Most of HSBC’s insurance underwriting subsidiaries are owned and primarily managed by banking subsidiaries. Their activities are subject to a variety of central and local level controls, and to external regulatory monitoring. In many jurisdictions, local regulatory requirements prescribe the type, quality and concentration of assets that HSBC’s insurance underwriting subsidiaries must maintain to meet insurance liabilities. Within each subsidiary, ALCOs are responsible for the management of financial risks within local requirements and ensure compliance with the control framework and risk appetite established centrally. The following table analyses the assets held in HSBC’s insurance underwriting subsidiaries at 31 December 2006 by type of liability, and provides a view of the exposure to financial risk: 233 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Insurance operations > Financial risks / Market risk Financial assets held by insurance underwriting operations (Audited) Life linked Life non-linked insurance1 US$m insurance2 US$m insurance3 US$m Other assets4 US$m At 31 December 2006 Non-life Trading assets Debt securities ...................................... – – 117 Financial assets designated at fair value Treasury bills ........................................ Debt securities ...................................... Equity securities ................................... Financial investments Held-to-maturity: Treasury bills and similar ................ Debt securities .................................. Available-for-sale: Treasury bills .................................... Other eligible bills ............................ Debt securities .................................. Equity securities ............................... 54 4,304 8,681 13,039 – – – – – – – – Derivatives................................................. Other financial assets6 .............................. 780 274 24 2,492 1,815 4,331 – 5,585 5,585 14 – 1,284 13 1,311 99 2,079 14,093 13,405 55 32 7 94 44 279 323 102 355 738 36 1,231 – 712 2,477 Life linked Life non-linked At 31 December 2005 Non-life insurance3 US$m insurance2 US$m (Audited) Trading assets Treasury bills......................................... Debt securities ...................................... Financial assets designated at fair value Treasury bills ........................................ Debt securities ...................................... Equity securities ................................... Financial investments Held-to-maturity: Debt securities .................................. Available-for-sale: Treasury bills .................................... Other eligible bills ............................ Debt securities .................................. Equity securities ............................... Derivatives................................................. Other financial assets ................................ insurance1 US$m – – – 9 2,374 6,744 9,127 – – – – – – – 427 442 9,996 – 49 49 26 2,118 1,275 3,419 4,603 4,603 – – 1,116 – 1,116 61 2,021 11,269 21 37 58 – 4 10 14 157 157 70 447 556 – 1,073 – 619 1,921 1 Comprises life linked insurance contracts and linked long-term investment contracts. 2 Comprises life non-linked insurance contracts and non-linked long-term investment contracts. 3 Comprises non-life insurance contracts. 234 39 – 934 40 974 – 333 333 141 145 1,415 139 1,840 – 632 3,818 Other assets4 US$m 103 67 170 17 745 726 1,488 226 226 101 116 1,437 16 1,670 – 1,098 4,652 Total5 US$m 156 133 7,762 10,543 18,438 44 6,197 6,241 257 500 3,437 188 4,382 879 3,697 33,793 Total5 US$m 124 153 277 52 5,241 8,755 14,048 4,986 4,986 171 563 3,109 16 3,859 488 4,180 27,838 4 Comprises solvency and unencumbered assets. 5 Excludes financial assets of insurance underwriting associates, Erisa, S.A. and Ping An Insurance. 6 Comprises mainly loans and advances to banks and cash. In life linked insurance, premium income less charges levied is invested in unit-linked funds. HSBC manages the financial risk of this product by holding appropriate assets in segregated funds or portfolios to which the liabilities are linked. This substantially transfers the financial risk to the policyholder. The assets held to support life linked liabilities represented 41.7 per cent of the total financial assets of HSBC’s insurance underwriting subsidiaries at the end of 2006 (2005: 35.9 per cent). Market risk (Audited) Market risk can be further sub-categorised into interest rate risk, equity risk and foreign exchange risk. Each of these categories is discussed further below. Interest rate risk (Audited) HSBC’s insurance underwriting subsidiaries are exposed to interest rate risk when there is a mismatch in terms of duration or yields between the assets and liabilities. Examples of interest rate risk exposure are as follows: • a fall in market interest rates results in lower yields on the assets supporting guaranteed investment returns payable to policyholders; and • a rise in market interest rates results in a reduction in the value of the fixed income securities portfolio which may result in losses if, as a result of an increase of the level of surrenders, the corresponding fixed income securities have to be sold. HSBC manages the interest rate risk arising from its insurance underwriting subsidiaries by establishing limits centrally. These govern the sensitivity of the net present values of expected cash flows from subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities to a one basis point parallel upward shift in the discount curve used to calculate values. Adherence to these limits is monitored by local ALCOs. Interest rate risk is also assessed by measuring the impact of defined movements in interest yield curves on the profits after tax and net assets of the insurance underwriting subsidiaries. An immediate and permanent movement in interest yield curves as at 31 December 2006 in all territories in which HSBC’s insurance subsidiaries operate would have the following impact on the profit for the year and net assets at that date: (Audited) 2006 2005 + 100 basis points shift in yield curves ........................ – 100 basis points shift in yield curves ......................... The interest rate sensitivities set out above are illustrative only and employ simplified scenarios. It should be noted that the effects may not be linear and therefore the results cannot be extrapolated. The sensitivities do not incorporate actions that could be taken by management to mitigate the effect of the interest rate movements, nor do they take account of any resultant changes in policyholder behaviour. Impact on profit for the year US$m (13) 24 Impact on net assets US$m (111) 103 Impact on profit for the year US$m (46) 63 Impact on net assets US$m (122) 181 held to liability requirements. In addition, a provision is established when analysis indicates that, over the life of the contracts, the returns from the designated assets may not be adequate to cover the related liabilities. The guarantees offered to policyholders in respect of certain insurance products are divided into broad categories as follows: The majority of interest rate exposure arises within insurance underwriting subsidiaries in the UK, the US and Hong Kong. • • HSBC’s insurance underwriting subsidiaries are also exposed to the risk that the yield on assets held may fall short of the return guaranteed on certain contracts issued to policyholders. This investment return guarantee risk is managed by matching assets annuities in payment; deferred annuities: these consist of two phases – the savings and investing phase, and the retirement income phase; 235 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Insurance operations > Market risk / Credit risk • • annual return: the annual return is guaranteed to be no lower that a specified rate. This can be the investment return credited to the policyholder every year (referred to as a ‘hard’ guarantee), or the average annual investment return credited to the policyholder over the life of the policy, which can be either the maturity date or the surrender date of the contract (referred to as a ‘soft’ guarantee); capital: policyholders are guaranteed to receive no less than the premiums paid less expenses, or a cash payment or series of cash payments whose amounts are at least equal to those defined within the policy; and Policyholders’ liabilities (Audited) • market performance: policyholders receive an investment return which is guaranteed to be within a prescribed range of average investment returns earned by predetermined market participants on the specified product. The table below shows, in respect of each category of guarantee, the total policyholders’ liabilities established for guaranteed products, the range of investment returns implied by the guarantees, and the range of current yields of the investment portfolios supporting the guarantees. 2006 Investment returns implied by guarantee1 % Policy- holders’ liabilities US$m 1,240 420 640 6,379 508 1,196 3,723 0.0 – 7.0 0.0 – 6.0 6.0 – 9.0 0.0 – 3.0 3.0 – 6.0 0.0 n/a Current yields % 5.2 – 18.6 3.9 – 8.6 5.7 3.3 – 4.5 3.8 – 7.9 2.9 – 4.1 n/a 2005 Investment returns implied by guarantee1 % Policy- holders’ liabilities US$m Current yields % 1,063 408 674 4,362 581 1,168 2,938 0.0 – 4.2 4.0 – 13.0 6.1 – 8.6 0.0 – 6.0 6.0 – 9.0 5.7 0.0 – 3.0 3.5 – 5.6 3.0 – 6.0 3.5 – 11.5 2.9 – 5.6 n/a 0.0 n/a Annuities in payment .......................................... Deferred annuities .............................................. Deferred annuities .............................................. Annual return ...................................................... Annual return ...................................................... Capital ................................................................. Market performance2 .......................................... 1 Excluding guarantees from associate insurance companies Erisa, S.A. and Ping An Insurance. 2 There is no specific investment return implied by market performance guarantees because the guarantees are expressed as lying within prescribed ranges of average market returns. HSBC manages the annual return and capital guarantees of annuities by seeking to match their risk exposure with bonds which produce a return at least equal to the investment return implied by the guarantee. Provision is made for anticipated shortfalls, generally calculated by recourse to stress testing of the likely outcomes. The main risk arising from these guarantees is reinvestment risk, which arises primarily when the duration of the policy extends beyond the maturity dates of the available bonds. Future reinvestment yields may be less than the investment rates implied by the guarantee. A certain number of these products have been discontinued, including the deferred annuity portfolio in HSBC Finance where, as highlighted in the above table, the current portfolio yield is less than the guarantee. For this block of business, a purchase accounting reserve was made when HSBC Finance was acquired to mitigate the impact of the disparity in yields. In addition, in the UK there is an annuity portfolio where the risk is fully reinsured. For market performance guarantee business in the table above, HSBC seeks to match the composition of the investment portfolio with the composition of the average investment portfolio of the other market participants. These are published by the regulator monthly. Liabilities have also been established to cover any potential shortfall. Equity risk (Audited) HSBC manages the equity risk arising from its holdings of equity securities centrally by setting limits on the maximum market value of equities that each insurance underwriting subsidiary may hold. Equity risk is also monitored by estimating the effect of predetermined movements in equity prices on the profit and total net assets of the insurance underwriting subsidiaries. The following table illustrates the impact on the aggregated profit for the year and net assets of a reasonably possible 10 per cent variance in equity prices: 236 (Audited) 2006 2005 10 per cent increase in equity prices ............................ 10 per cent decrease in equity prices ............................ Impact on profit for the year US$m 93 (86) Impact on net assets US$m 95 (87) Impact on profit for the year US$m 61 (45) Impact on net assets US$m 62 (46) These equity sensitivities are illustrative only other than the currencies of the liabilities. and employ simplified scenarios. It should be noted that the effects may not be linear and therefore the results cannot be extrapolated. They do not allow for the effect of management actions which may mitigate the equity price decline, nor for any resultant changes, such as in policyholder behaviour, that might accompany such a fall. Foreign exchange risk (Audited) HSBC’s insurance underwriting subsidiaries are exposed to this risk when the assets supporting insurance liabilities are denominated in currencies (Audited) 10 per cent increase in US dollar exchange rate .......... 10 per cent decrease in US dollar exchange rate ......... These sensitivities to movements in the US dollar are for illustrative purposes only and employ simplified scenarios applied to US dollar positions only. It should be noted that the effects may not be linear and therefore the results of the stress testing cannot be extrapolated. They do not allow for actions that could be taken by management to mitigate the effect of exchange differences, nor for any subsequent changes in policyholder behaviour. Credit risk (Audited) In the context of the Group’s insurance underwriting business, the exposure to credit risk primarily arises from the invested assets held and the reinsurance contracts. HSBC’s insurance underwriting subsidiaries are exposed to credit risk in respect of their investment portfolios and their reinsurance transactions. Management of HSBC’s underwriting insurance subsidiaries is responsible for the quality and HSBC manages the foreign exchange risk arising from its insurance underwriting subsidiaries centrally, by establishing limits on the net positions by currency and the total net short position that each insurance subsidiary may hold. The risk is also monitored by tracking the effect of predetermined exchange differences on the total profit and net assets of the insurance underwriting subsidiaries. The following table illustrates the impact on the aggregated profit for the year and net assets of a reasonably possible 10 per cent variance in the US dollar exchange rate: 2006 2005 Impact on profit for the year US$m (10) 10 Impact on net assets US$m (10) 10 Impact on profit for the year US$m 5 (5) Impact on net assets US$m 5 (5) performance of the investment portfolios. Investment guidelines are set at Group level. Local subsidiary ALCOs set investment parameters appropriate to the local environment within the framework of the Group guidelines and review investment performance and compliance with the guidelines. The assessment of the creditworthiness of issuers and counterparties is based primarily upon internationally recognised credit ratings and other publicly available information. In addition, to reduce the impact of individual entity or industry sector failures, centrally determined issuer and industry sector concentration limits are complied with. Investment credit exposures are aggregated and reported to HSBC’s Group Credit and Risk function. Credit quality (Audited) The following table presents the analysis of treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities within HSBC’s insurance business by rating agency designation based on Standard and Poor’s ratings or equivalent: 237 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Insurance operations > Credit risk Treasury bills US$m Other eligible bills US$m Debt securities US$m (Audited) At 31 December 2006 Supporting liabilities under non-linked insurance contracts AAA ......................................................................... AA– to AA+ ............................................................. A– to A+ ................................................................... Lower than A– .......................................................... Unrated ..................................................................... Supporting shareholders’ funds1 AAA ......................................................................... AA– to AA+ ............................................................. A– to A+ ................................................................... Lower than A– .......................................................... Unrated ..................................................................... Total2 AAA ......................................................................... AA– to AA+ ............................................................. A– to A+ ................................................................... Lower than A– .......................................................... Unrated ..................................................................... Of which issued by: – government ............................................................ – local authorities ..................................................... – corporates .............................................................. – other ....................................................................... Of which classified as: – trading assets ......................................................... – financial instruments designated at fair value ....... – available-for-sale securities ................................... – held-to-maturity investments ................................ Total US$m 4,238 4,204 1,880 667 132 11,121 1,174 911 692 201 29 3,007 5,412 5,115 2,572 868 161 3,876 3,994 1,880 667 110 10,527 918 903 692 180 28 2,721 4,794 4,897 2,572 847 138 13,248 14,128 2,825 69 9,740 614 13,248 156 3,458 3,437 6,197 13,248 3,205 69 10,240 614 14,128 156 3,537 4,194 6,241 14,128 145 210 – – – 355 137 8 – – – 145 282 218 – – – 500 – – 500 – 500 – – 500 – 500 217 – – – 22 239 119 – – 21 1 141 336 – – 21 23 380 380 – – – 380 – 79 257 44 380 238 (Audited) At 31 December 2005 Supporting liabilities under non-linked insurance contracts AAA ......................................................................... AA– to AA+ ............................................................. A– to A+ ................................................................... Lower than A– .......................................................... Unrated ..................................................................... Supporting shareholders’ funds1 AAA ......................................................................... AA– to AA+ ............................................................. A– to A+ ................................................................... Lower than A– .......................................................... Unrated ..................................................................... Total2 AAA ......................................................................... AA– to AA+ ............................................................. A– to A+ ................................................................... Lower than A– .......................................................... Unrated ..................................................................... Of which issued by: – government ............................................................ – local authorities ..................................................... – corporates .............................................................. – other ....................................................................... Of which classified as: – trading assets ......................................................... – financial instruments designated at fair value ....... – available-for-sale securities ................................... – held-to-maturity investments ................................ Treasury bills US$m Other eligible bills US$m Debt securities US$m 117 – – – – 117 221 – – – – 221 338 – – – – 338 338 – – – 338 124 43 171 – 338 224 223 – – – 447 109 7 – – – 116 333 230 – – – 563 – – – 563 563 – – 563 – 563 3,367 3,372 1,459 382 60 8,640 892 606 787 183 7 2,475 4,259 3,978 2,246 565 67 11,115 2,224 76 8,424 391 11,115 153 2,867 3,109 4,986 11,115 Total US$m 3,708 3,595 1,459 382 60 9,204 1,222 613 787 183 7 2,812 4,930 4,208 2,246 565 67 12,016 2,562 76 8,424 954 12,016 277 2,910 3,843 4,986 12,016 1 Shareholders’ funds comprise solvency and unencumbered assets. 2 Excludes treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities held by insurance underwriting associates Erisa, S.A. and Ping An Insurance. (Audited) Credit risk also arises when part of the insurance risk incurred by HSBC is assumed by reinsurers. The credit risk exposure for reinsurers is monitored centrally. The split of liabilities ceded to reinsurers and outstanding reinsurance recoveries, analysed by Standard and Poor’s reinsurance credit rating data or their equivalent, was as follows: 239 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Insurance operations > Credit risk / Liquidity risk / PVIF (Audited) At 31 December 2006 AAA .............................................................................. AA– to AA .................................................................... A– to A+ ....................................................................... Lower than A– .............................................................. Unrated ......................................................................... Total1 ............................................................................. At 31 December 2005 AAA .............................................................................. AA– to AA .................................................................... A– to A+ ....................................................................... Lower than A– .............................................................. Unrated ......................................................................... Total1 ............................................................................. Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts Linked insurance contracts US$m Non-linked insurance contracts US$m Total US$m Reinsurance debtors US$m 10 33 – 15 – 58 7 29 8 25 – 69 106 812 586 37 170 116 845 586 52 170 1,711 1,769 61 735 536 68 76 68 764 544 93 76 1,476 1,545 – 37 5 3 3 48 – 5 27 2 6 40 1 Excludes reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts and reinsurance debtors of insurance underwriting associates Erisa, S.A. and Ping An Insurance. Liquidity risk (Audited) It is an inherent characteristic of almost all insurance contracts that there is uncertainty over the amount and the timing of settlement of claims liabilities that may arise, and this leads to liquidity risk. As part of the management of this exposure, estimates are prepared for most lines of insurance business of cash flows expected to arise from insurance funds at the balance sheet date. The estimates always include future renewal premiums and new business cash flows. As indicated by the asset and liability table for insurance business, and the analysis of insurance risk of the Group, a significant proportion of the Group’s non-life insurance business is viewed as short term, Expected maturity of insurance contract liabilities (Audited) with the settlement of claims expected to occur within one year of the period of risk. There is a greater spread of anticipated duration for the life business where, in a large proportion of cases, the liquidity risk is borne in conjunction with policyholders (wholly in the case of unit-linked business). To ensure adequate cash resources are available to meet short-term requirements that can arise as a consequence of large claims events, the insurance operations have an objective to manage liquidity on a prudent basis. The following table shows the expected maturity of insurance contract liabilities at 31 December 2006. At 31 December 2006 Non-life insurance .................................... Life insurance (non-linked) ...................... Life insurance (linked) ............................. Investment contracts with DPF ................ At 31 December 2005 Non-life insurance .................................... Life insurance (non-linked) ...................... Life insurance (linked) ............................. Investment contracts with DPF ................ Expected cash flows (undiscounted) Within 1 year US$m 1-5 years US$m 5-15 years Over 15 years US$m US$m 1,679 387 236 – 2,302 1,422 401 145 (1) 1,967 1,136 1,258 793 20 3,207 1,149 786 628 11 2,574 118 5,034 1,517 – 6,669 130 3,779 1,205 – 5,114 6 5,191 1,172 1 6,370 170 4,208 947 – 5,325 Total US$m 2,939 11,870 3,718 21 18,548 2,871 9,174 2,925 10 14,980 240 Remaining contractual maturity of long-term investment contract liabilities (Audited) At 31 December 2006 Remaining contractual maturity: – due within 1 year ...................................................................................... – due between 1 and 5 years ....................................................................... – due between 5 and 10 years ..................................................................... – due after 10 years ..................................................................................... – undated2 .................................................................................................... At 31 December 2005 Remaining contractual maturity: – due within 1 year ...................................................................................... – due between 1 and 5 years ....................................................................... – due between 5 and 10 years ..................................................................... – due after 10 years ..................................................................................... – undated2 .................................................................................................... Liabilities under investment contracts by insurance underwriting subsidiaries1 Linked investment contracts US$m Non-linked investment contracts US$m 274 1,238 856 3,312 4,323 10,003 118 1,043 683 2,431 2,881 7,156 265 45 – – 3,181 3,491 11 185 – – 3,093 3,289 Total US$m 539 1,283 856 3,312 7,504 13,494 129 1,228 683 2,431 5,974 10,445 1 Excludes investment contracts by insurance underwriting associates Erisa, S.A. and Ping An Insurance. 2 In most cases, policyholders have the option to terminate their contracts at any time and receive the surrender values of their policies. These may be significantly lower than the amounts shown above. Present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’) (Audited) The HSBC life insurance business is accounted for using the embedded value approach, which, inter alia, provides a comprehensive framework for the evaluation of insurance and related risks. The value of the PVIF asset at 31 December 2006 was US$1,549 million (2005: US$1,400 million). The present value of the shareholders’ interest in the profits expected to emerge from the book of in-force policies at 31 December can be stress-tested to Sensitivity of PVIF to changes in economic assumptions (Audited) assess the ability of the life business book to withstand adverse developments. A key feature of the life insurance business is the importance of managing the assets, liabilities and risks in a coordinated fashion rather than individually. This reflects the greater interdependence of these three elements for life insurance than is generally the case for non-life insurance. The following table shows the effect on the PVIF of reasonably possible changes in the main economic assumptions across all insurance underwriting subsidiaries: + 100 basis points shift in risk-free rate ............................................................................................ – 100 basis points shift in risk-free rate ............................................................................................ + 100 basis points shift in risk discount rate ..................................................................................... – 100 basis points shift in risk discount rate ..................................................................................... PVIF at 31 December 2006 US$m 130 (141) (64) 70 2005 US$m 90 (100) (54) 57 (Audited) The effects on PVIF shown above are illustrative only and employ simplified scenarios. It should be noted that the effects may not be linear and so the results of the stress-testing cannot be extrapolated. In calculating the various scenarios, all other assumptions are left unchanged except for testing the effect of the shift in the risk-free rate, when consequential changes to investment returns, risk discount rate and bonus rates are also incorporated. In practice, certain correlations between the above items may be observed. In addition the scenarios do not incorporate actions that could be taken by management to mitigate effects nor do they take account of consequential changes in policyholder behaviour. 241 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Insurance operations > PVIF / Capital management and allocation The following table shows the movements recorded during the year in respect of PVIF and the net assets of insurance operations: Movements in PVIF and net assets of insurance operations (Audited) At 1 January ........................................................ Value of new business written during the year1 . Movements arising from in-force business: – expected return ............................................ – experience variances2 .................................. – change in operating assumptions ................ Investment return variances ................................ Changes in investment assumptions ................... Return on net assets ............................................ Exchange differences and other ......................... Capital transactions ............................................ 2006 Net assets of insurance operations US$m 3,582 – – – – – – 752 95 (29) PVIF US$m 1,400 254 (233) 31 (17) 13 3 – 98 – Total US$m 4,982 254 (233) 31 (17) 13 3 752 193 (29) 2005 Net assets of insurance operations US$m PVIF US$m 1,493 289 (181) 15 (121) 19 – – (114) – 2,695 – – – – – – 1,062 (90) (85) 3,582 Total US$m 4,188 289 (181) 15 (121) 19 – 1,062 (204) (85) 4,982 At 31 December .................................................. 1,549 4,400 5,949 1,400 1 Value of net new business during the year is the present value of the projected stream of profits from the business. 2 Experience variances include the effect of the difference between demographic, expense and persistency assumptions used in the previous PVIF calculation and actual experience observed during the year. Non-economic assumptions (Audited) The sensitivity of profit for the year to, and net assets at, 31 December 2006 to reasonably possible changes in conditions at 31 December 2006 across all insurance underwriting subsidiaries was as follows: 2006 Impact on profit for the year US$m Impact on net assets US$m 2005 Impact on profit for the year US$m Impact on net assets US$m 20% increase in claims costs ........................................ 20% decrease in claims costs ....................................... 10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates ........ 10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates ....... 50% increase in lapse rates ........................................... 50% decrease in lapse rates .......................................... 10% increase in expense rates ...................................... 10% decrease in expense rates ..................................... (118) 118 (8) 15 10 22 (23) 23 (118) 118 (8) 15 10 22 (23) 23 (82) 81 (8) 18 (17) 56 (20) 19 (78) 78 (9) 18 (14) 51 (20) 19 242 Capital management and allocation Capital management (Audited) It is HSBC’s policy to maintain a strong capital base to support the development of its business and to meet regulatory capital requirements at all times. In addition, the level of capital held by HSBC Holdings and other major subsidiaries, particularly HSBC Finance, is determined by its rating targets. HSBC currently uses a benchmark minimum tier 1 capital ratio of 8.25 per cent for the purposes of its long- term capital planning. HSBC recognises the impact on shareholder returns of the level of equity capital employed within HSBC and seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the advantages and flexibility afforded by a strong capital position and the higher returns on equity possible with greater leverage. An annual Group capital plan is prepared and approved by the Board with the objective of maintaining both the optimal amount of capital and the mix between the different components of capital. The Group’s policy is to hold capital in a range of different forms and from diverse sources and all capital raising is agreed with major subsidiaries as part of their individual and the Group’s capital management process. Major subsidiaries would usually raise their own non-equity tier 1 capital and subordinated debt in accordance with the Group’s guidelines regarding market and investor concentration, cost, market conditions, timing and maturity profile. The subordinated debt requirements of other HSBC companies are met internally. Each subsidiary manages its own capital within the context of the approved annual Group capital plan, which determines levels of risk-weighted asset growth and the optimal amount and mix of capital required to support planned business growth. As part of HSBC’s capital management policy, capital generated in excess of planned requirements is returned to HSBC Holdings, normally by way of dividends. HSBC Holdings is primarily a provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own capital issuance and profit retentions. HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the composition of its capital and that of its investment in subsidiaries. The principal forms of capital are included in the following balances on the consolidated balance sheet: called up share capital, share premium account, other reserves, retained earnings, and 243 subordinated liabilities. Capital also includes the collective impairment allowances held in respect of loans and advances. Capital measurement and allocation (Audited) The FSA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis and, as such, receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, HSBC as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor their capital adequacy requirements. In most jurisdictions, non- banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities. Since 1988, when the governors of the Group of Ten central banks agreed to guidelines for the international convergence of capital measurement and standards, known as the Basel Capital Accord (Basel I), the banking supervisors of HSBC’s major banking subsidiaries have exercised capital adequacy supervision within a broadly similar framework. In implementing the EU’s Banking Consolidation Directive, the FSA requires each bank and banking group to maintain an individually prescribed ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets taking into account both balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet transactions. Under the EU’s Capital Adequacy Directive, the FSA allows banks to calculate capital requirements for market risk in the trading book using VAR techniques. HSBC complied with the FSA’s capital adequacy requirements throughout 2006 and 2005. HSBC’s capital is divided into two tiers: • Tier 1 capital comprises shareholders’ funds, innovative tier 1 securities and minority interests in tier 1 capital, after adjusting for items reflected in shareholders’ funds which are treated differently for the purposes of capital adequacy. The book values of goodwill and intangible assets are deducted in arriving at tier 1 capital. • Tier 2 capital comprises qualifying subordinated loan capital, collective impairment allowances, minority and other interests in tier 2 capital and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties. Various limits are applied to elements of the capital base. The amount of innovative tier 1 securities cannot exceed 15 per cent of overall tier 1 capital, qualifying tier 2 capital cannot exceed tier 1 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Capital management and allocation > Capital measurement > Future developments capital, and qualifying term subordinated loan capital may not exceed 50 per cent of tier 1 capital. There are also limitations on the amount of collective impairment allowances which may be included as part of tier 2 capital. From the total of tier 1 and tier 2 capital are deducted the carrying amounts of unconsolidated investments, investments in the capital of banks, and certain regulatory items. Changes to the definition of capital came into force on 1 January 2007 and further details are provided under ‘Future developments’ below. Banking operations are categorised as either trading book or banking book and risk-weighted assets are determined accordingly. Banking book risk-weighted assets are measured by means of a hierarchy of risk weightings classified according to the nature of each asset and counterparty, taking into account any eligible collateral or guarantees. Banking book off-balance sheet items giving rise to credit, foreign exchange or interest rate risk are assigned weights appropriate to the category of the counterparty, taking into account any eligible collateral or guarantees. Trading book risk-weighted assets are determined by taking into account market- related risks such as foreign exchange, interest rate and equity position risks, and counterparty risk. Future developments Basel II (Audited) The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘the Basel Committee’) has published a new framework for calculating minimum capital requirements. Known as ‘Basel II’, it will replace the 1988 Basel Capital Accord. Basel II is structured around three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The supervisory objectives for Basel II are to promote safety and soundness in the financial system and maintain at least the current overall level of capital in the system; enhance competitive equality; constitute a more comprehensive approach to addressing risks; and focus on internationally active banks. With respect to pillar one minimum capital requirements, Basel II provides three approaches, of increasing sophistication, to the calculation of credit risk regulatory capital. The most basic, the standardised approach, requires banks to use external credit ratings to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties, and groups other counterparties into broad categories and applies standardised risk weightings to these categories. In the next level, the internal ratings-based foundation approach, allows banks to calculate their credit risk 244 regulatory capital requirement on the basis of their internal assessment of the probability that a counterparty will default, but with quantification of exposure and loss estimates being subject to standard supervisory parameters. Finally, the internal ratings- based advanced approach, will allow banks to use their own internal assessment of not only the probability of default but also the quantification of exposure at default and loss given default. Basel II also introduces capital requirements for operational risk and, again, contains three levels of sophistication. The capital required under the basic indicator approach will be a simple percentage of gross revenues, whereas under the standardised approach it will be one of three different percentages of gross revenues allocated to each of eight defined business lines. Finally, the advanced measurement approach uses banks’ own statistical analysis and modelling of operational risk data to determine capital requirements. The EU Capital Requirements Directive (‘CRD’) recast the Banking Consolidation Directive and the Capital Adequacy Directive and will be the means by which Basel II will be implemented in the EU. The CRD was formally adopted by the Council and European Parliament on 14 June 2006 and it requires EU Member States to bring implementing provisions into force on 1 January 2007. In the case of the provisions relating to the implementation of the internal ratings-based advanced approach to credit risk and the advanced measurement approach to operational risk, implementation becomes available 1 January 2008. In October 2006, the FSA published the General Prudential Sourcebook (‘GENPRU’) and the Prudential Sourcebook for Banks, Building Societies and Investment Firms (‘BIPRU’), which take effect from 1 January 2007 and implement the CRD in the UK. GENPRU introduces changes to the definition of capital and the methodology for calculating capital ratios. Changes include relaxation of the rules regarding the deduction of investments in other banks capital and proportional rather than full consolidation of associates. In addition, certain deductions from capital, previously taken from total capital will be deducted 50 per cent each from tier 1 and tier 2 for Pillar 3 disclosure purposes. BIPRU introduces the Basel II requirements for the calculation of capital requirements as well as changes to the consolidation regime, the trading book definition and various ancillary provisions. In respect of counterparty risk in the trading book, certain changes have been introduced with effect from 1 January 2007. Otherwise, transitional provisions regarding the implementation of capital requirements calculations mean that, in general, unless firms notify the FSA to the contrary, they continue to apply the existing capital requirements calculations until 1 January 2008. Thereafter, HSBC proposes to adopt the IRB advanced approach for the majority of its business. A rollout plan is in place to extend coverage of the advanced approach over the succeeding three years, leaving a small residue of exposures on the standardised approach. For individual banking subsidiaries, the timing and manner of implementation of Basel II varies by jurisdiction and the requirements are set by local banking supervisors. The application of Basel II across HSBC’s geographically diverse businesses, which operate in a large number of different regulatory environments, represents a significant logistical and technological challenge, and an extensive programme of implementation projects is currently in progress. Basel II permits local discretion in a number of areas for determination by local regulators. The extent to which requirements will diverge, coupled with how the FSA and the local host regulators in the other countries in which Source and application of tier 1 capital (Unaudited) HSBC operates interact will be key factors in completing implementation of Basel II. As these factors emerge, HSBC continues to assess the effect of Basel II on its capital ratios. One example of continuing regulatory uncertainty relates to the US, where banking supervisory authorities have yet to produce final rules. They are now expected to be published in 2007. The US authorities have decided to apply the advanced credit and operational risk methodologies of Basel II only to the largest US banks and holding companies, although other banks may decide to opt in. HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (HSBC’s highest level US bank holding company in the US, which holds all HSBC’s major US operating subsidiaries and HSBC Canada) has been mandated to comply with these rules. For smaller US banks, the US banking authorities are considering applying an updated version of the existing Basel I rules (dubbed Basel Ia). The Basel Ia rules may also be used in the determination of Basel II capital floors during the transition period (2009-11). Movement in tier 1 capital At 1 January ......................................................................................................................................... Consolidated profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company .......................................... Dividends ............................................................................................................................................. Add back: shares issued in lieu of dividends .................................................................................. Increase in goodwill and intangible assets deducted .......................................................................... Preference shares issued ...................................................................................................................... Ordinary shares issued ......................................................................................................................... Other (including exchange differences) .............................................................................................. At 31 December ................................................................................................................................... Movement in risk-weighted assets At 1 January ......................................................................................................................................... Movements .......................................................................................................................................... At 31 December ................................................................................................................................... 2006 US$m 74,403 15,789 (8,769) 2,525 (3,668) – 1,015 6,547 87,842 827,164 111,514 938,678 2005 US$m 67,259 15,081 (7,750) 1,811 (1,631) 1,405 690 (2,462) 74,403 759,210 67,954 827,164 245 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk (continued) Capital management and allocation > Capital measurement Capital structure (Unaudited) Composition of regulatory capital Tier 1 capital Shareholders’ funds ......................................................................................................................... Minority interests and preference shares ........................................................................................ Innovative tier 1 securities .............................................................................................................. Less : Goodwill capitalised and intangible assets ................................................................................. Other regulatory adjustments ...................................................................................................... Total qualifying tier 1 capital .......................................................................................................... Tier 2 capital Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities ........................................................................................................... Collective impairment allowances .................................................................................................. Perpetual subordinated liabilities .................................................................................................... Term subordinated liabilities .......................................................................................................... Minority interests in tier 2 capital ................................................................................................... Total qualifying tier 2 capital .......................................................................................................... Unconsolidated investments ........................................................................................................... Investments in other banks .............................................................................................................. Other deductions ............................................................................................................................. 2006 US$m 108,352 7,413 9,932 (36,489) (1,366) 87,842 2,982 11,077 3,396 30,677 425 48,557 (7,512) (1,419) (394) 2005 US$m 92,432 6,741 9,383 (32,821) (1,332) 74,403 1,593 8,749 3,640 24,519 425 38,926 (6,437) (1,147) (296) Total regulatory capital ................................................................................................................... 127,074 105,449 Risk-weighted assets Banking book ....................................................................................................................................... Trading book ........................................................................................................................................ Total ..................................................................................................................................................... Risk-weighted assets were included in the totals above in respect of: – contingent liabilities ..................................................................................................................... – commitments ................................................................................................................................ Capital ratios Total capital ......................................................................................................................................... Tier 1 capital ........................................................................................................................................ 857,198 81,480 938,678 44,704 58,569 % 13.5 9.4 762,037 65,127 827,164 43,333 51,288 % 12.8 9.0 The above figures were computed in accordance with the EU Banking Consolidation Directive. Tier 1 capital increased by US$13.4 billion. Retained profits contributed US$7.0 billion, shares issued, including shares issued in lieu of dividends, contributed US$3.5 billion and exchange differences added US$4.6 billion. These increases were partly offset by an increase in goodwill and intangible assets, which are deducted from capital, of US$3.7 billion, and is mainly due to the acquisition of Grupo Banistmo as well as the weakening of the US dollar against the pound sterling and the euro. Total risk-weighted assets increased by US$112 billion, or 13.5 per cent. The increase mainly reflects growth in the loan book and trading positions. At constant currency, risk-weighted asset growth was 8.9 per cent. 246 Risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary (Unaudited) In order to give an indication of how HSBC’s capital is deployed, the table below analyses the disposition of risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary. The risk-weighted assets are calculated using FSA rules and exclude intra-HSBC items. Risk-weighted assets Hang Seng Bank ................................................................................................................................ The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and other subsidiaries ..................................... The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation ......................................................................... HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) ........................................................................................ HSBC France ..................................................................................................................................... HSBC Bank and other subsidiaries ................................................................................................... HSBC Bank ....................................................................................................................................... HSBC Finance ................................................................................................................................... HSBC Bank Canada .......................................................................................................................... HSBC Bank USA and other subsidiaries .......................................................................................... HSBC North America ........................................................................................................................ HSBC Mexico .................................................................................................................................... HSBC Bank Middle East ................................................................................................................... HSBC Bank Malaysia ........................................................................................................................ HSBC Latin American operations ..................................................................................................... Grupo Banistmo ................................................................................................................................. Bank of Bermuda ............................................................................................................................... HSBC Holdings sub-group ................................................................................................................ Other .................................................................................................................................................. 2006 US$m 43,607 137,685 181,292 26,476 60,406 273,146 360,028 141,589 35,674 140,062 317,325 15,406 17,977 7,201 20,236 6,434 4,370 876 7,533 938,678 2005 US$m 45,525 123,906 169,431 21,224 54,684 221,355 297,263 129,282 30,275 123,829 283,386 13,166 14,682 5,991 15,736 – 4,195 780 22,534 827,164 247 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance Biographies > Directors Corporate Governance Report ...................... Directors ....................................................... Adviser to the Board .................................... Secretary ....................................................... Group Managing Directors ........................... Group General Managers ............................. Board of Directors ........................................ The Board ................................................. Corporate governance codes .................... Board committees ..................................... Internal control ......................................... Directors’ interests .................................... Employees .................................................... Employee involvement .............................. Employment of disabled persons .............. Remuneration policy.................................. Employee share plans ............................... Subsidiary company share plans ............... Employee compensation and benefits ....... Corporate responsibility ............................... Investing in sustainability ......................... Community involvement ............................ Health and safety ...................................... Supplier payment policy ........................... Donations ................................................. Corporate responsibility reporting ........... Shareholders ................................................. Dividends for 2006 ................................... Dividends for 2007 ................................... Communication with shareholders ........... Notifiable interests in share capital .......... Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares .......... Annual General Meeting ........................... Page 248 248 251 251 251 252 254 254 257 259 262 264 265 266 266 266 267 271 275 276 276 277 277 277 277 278 278 278 278 278 278 279 279 Corporate Governance Report The information set out on pages 248 to 290 and information incorporated by reference constitutes the Corporate Governance Report of HSBC Holdings. Directors S K Green, Group Chairman Age 58. An executive Director since 1998; Group Chief Executive from 2003 to 26 May 2006. Joined HSBC in 1982. Chairman of HSBC Bank plc, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. Deputy Chairman of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. A Director of HSBC France and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Group Treasurer from 1992 to 1998. Executive Director, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets from 1998 to 2003. Chairman of The British Bankers’ Association. * The Baroness Dunn, DBE, Deputy Chairman and senior non-executive Director Age 67. An executive Director of John Swire & Sons Limited and a Director of Swire Pacific Limited. A non-executive Director since 1990 and a non- executive Deputy Chairman since 1992. A member of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1981 to 1996. A Patron of the UK Foundation of the University of British Columbia, a registered charity. A member of the Asia Task Force. A former Senior Member of the Hong Kong Executive Council and Legislative Council. † Sir Brian Moffat, OBE, Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director Age 68. A non-executive Director since 1998 and a non-executive Deputy Chairman since 2001. Chairman of the Group Audit Committee and of the Nomination Committee. From the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, will cease to be the senior independent non-executive Director, a member and Chairman of the Group Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of Macsteel Global BV. Former Chairman of Corus Group plc and a former member of the Court of the Bank of England. M F Geoghegan, CBE, Group Chief Executive Age 53. An executive Director since 2004. Joined HSBC in 1973. Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, N.A. and HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank Canada. A Director and, since 6 March 2006, Deputy Chairman of HSBC Bank plc. A Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC France, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. and HSBC National Bank USA. President of HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo from 1997 to 2003 248 and responsible for all of HSBC’s business throughout South America from 2000 to 2003. Chief Executive of HSBC Bank plc from 2004 to 6 March 2006. A non-executive Director and Chairman of Young Enterprise. † The Rt Hon the Lord Butler of Brockwell, KG, GCB, CVO Age 69. Master, University College, Oxford. A non- executive Director since 1998. Chairman of the Corporate Responsibility Committee and the HSBC Global Education Trust. A member of the Nomination Committee until the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007. A non-executive Director of Imperial Chemical Industries plc. A member of the International Advisory Board of Marsh McLennan Inc. Chaired the UK Government Review of Intelligence on Weapons of Mass Destruction in 2004. Secretary of the Cabinet and Head of the Home Civil Service in the United Kingdom from 1988 to 1998. † R K F Ch’ien, CBE (retiring on 25 May 2007) Age 55. Chairman of CDC Corporation and of its subsidiary, China.com Inc. A non-executive Director since 1998. A member of the Group Audit Committee. Non-executive Chairman of HSBC Private Equity (Asia) Limited and a non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited since 1997. Non-executive Chairman of MTR Corporation Limited and a non- executive Director of Convenience Retail Asia Limited, Inchcape plc, VTech Holdings Limited and The Wharf (Holdings) Limited. † J D Coombe Age 61. Chairman of Hogg Robinson plc. A non- executive Director since March 2005. A member of the Group Audit Committee and, since 1 June 2006, a member of the Remuneration Committee. A non- executive Director of Home Retail Group plc and a member of the Supervisory Board of Siemens AG. A member of The Code Committee of the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers. A trustee of the Royal Academy Trust. Former executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline plc. A former Chairman of The Hundred Group of Finance Directors and a former member of the Accounting Standards Board. † R A Fairhead Age 45. Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Financial Times Group Limited and a Director of Pearson plc. A non-executive Director since 2004. A member, and from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, Chairman of the Group Audit Committee. A non-executive Director of The Economist Newspaper Limited. Finance Director of Pearson plc until 12 June 2006. Former Executive Vice President, Strategy and Group Control of Imperial Chemical Industries plc. D J Flint, CBE, Group Finance Director Age 51. Joined HSBC as an executive Director in 1995. Non-executive Chairman of HSBC Finance Corporation. A non-executive Director of BP p.l.c. and a member of the Consultative Committee of the Large Business Advisory Board of HM Revenue & Customs. Chaired the Financial Reporting Council’s review of the Turnbull Guidance on Internal Control. Served on the Accounting Standards Board and the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Board from 2001 to 2004. A former partner in KPMG. † W K L Fung, OBE Age 58. Group Managing Director of Li & Fung Limited. A non-executive Director since 1998. A member of the Corporate Responsibility Committee and, until the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, of the Remuneration Committee. A non-executive Director and, since May 2005, Deputy Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. A non-executive Director of CLP Holdings Limited, Integrated Distribution Services Group Limited, Convenience Retail Asia Limited, Shui On Land Limited and VTech Holdings Limited. A member of the Hong Kong Trade Development Council. A former non-executive Director of Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. Former Chairman of the Hong Kong General Chamber of Commerce, the Hong Kong Exporters’ Association and the Hong Kong Committee for the Pacific Economic Co-operation Council. † S Hintze (retiring on 25 May 2007) Age 62. Former Chief Operating Officer of Barilla S.P.A. A non-executive Director since 2001. A member of the Corporate Responsibility Committee and of the Remuneration Committee. A non- executive Director of Premier Foods plc. A former non-executive Director of Safeway plc and the Society of Genealogists, a registered charity. A 249 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Biographies > Directors / Senior management former Senior Vice President of Nestlé S.A. With Mars Incorporated from 1972 to 1993, latterly as Executive Vice President of M&M/Mars in New Jersey. † J W J Hughes-Hallett Age 57. Chairman of John Swire & Sons Limited. A non-executive Director since 1 March 2005. A member of the Group Audit Committee since 1 June 2006 and, from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, a member of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1999 to 2004. A non-executive Director and formerly Chairman of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited and Swire Pacific Limited. A director of China Festival 2008. A trustee of the Dulwich Picture Gallery, the Hong Kong Maritime Museum and the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation. A member of the Governing Body of the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. † Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, KCMG Age 66. Chairman of Anglo American plc. A non- executive Director since 2001. Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Corporate Responsibility Committee. A non- executive Director of Accenture Limited, a Governor of Nuffield Hospitals and President of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Chairman of the Global Business Coalition on HIV/AIDS and the Global Compact Foundation. A former Director and Chairman of The ‘Shell’ Transport and Trading Company, plc and former Chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors of the Royal Dutch/Shell Group of Companies. † G Morgan Age 61. A non-executive Director since 1 October 2006 and, from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, a member of the Remuneration Committee. A Director of SNC-Lavalin Group Inc., and Alcan Inc. A member of the Board of Trustees of The Fraser Institute and the Energy Advisory Board of Accenture Limited. A non-executive Director of HSBC Bank Canada until 18 April 2006. Founding President and Chief Executive Officer of EnCana Corporation until December 2005 and Vice Chairman from December 2005 to 24 October 2006. † S W Newton Age 65. Chairman of The Real Return Group Company Limited. A non-executive Director since 2002 and, from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, a member of the Group Audit Committee. A Member of the Advisory Board of the East Asia Institute and of the Investment Board at Cambridge University. A Member of The Wellcome Trust Investment Committee. Founder of Newton Investment Management, from which he retired in 2002. † S M Robertson Age 66. Non-executive Chairman of Rolls-Royce Group plc and the founder member of Simon Robertson Associates LLP. A non-executive Director since 3 January 2006. From the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, to be the senior independent non-executive Director and a member of the Nomination Committee. A non- executive Director of Berry Bros. & Rudd Limited, The Economist Newspaper Limited and The Royal Opera House Covent Garden Limited. Chairman of Trustees of the Royal Academy Trust and the Ernest Kleinwort Charitable Trust. A trustee of the Eden Project and of the Royal Opera House Endowment Fund. A former Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International. Former Chairman of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson and a former non-executive Director of Inchcape plc, Invensys plc and the London Stock Exchange. * H Sohmen, OBE (retiring on 25 May 2007) Age 67. Chairman of Bergesen Worldwide Limited, Bergesen Worldwide Offshore Limited and Bergesen Worldwide Gas ASA. Chairman and President of BW Corporation Limited (formerly World-Wide Shipping Group Limited). A non- executive Director since 1990. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1984 to 2005 and Deputy Chairman from 1996 to May 2005. Former Chairman of The International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation Limited. † Sir Brian Williamson, CBE Age 62. Chairman of Electra Private Equity plc. A non-executive Director since 2002. A member and, from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, Chairman of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of Resolution plc. A member of the Supervisory Board of Euronext NV. A senior adviser to Fleming Family and Partners. Former Chairman of London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange, Gerrard Group plc and Resolution Life Group Limited. A former non- executive Director of the Financial Services Authority and of the Court of The Bank of Ireland. 250 Adviser to the Board A A Flockhart D J Shaw Age 60. An Adviser to the Board since 1998. Solicitor. A partner in Norton Rose from 1973 to 1998. A Director of The Bank of Bermuda Limited, HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA and, since May 2006, a non-executive Director of Shui On Land Limited. Secretary R G Barber Age 56. Group Company Secretary. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. Joined HSBC in 1980. Company Secretary of HSBC Holdings plc since 1990. Corporation Secretary of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1986 to 1992 and Company Secretary of HSBC Bank plc from 1994 to 1996. * Non-executive Director † Independent non-executive Director Group Managing Directors C C R Bannister Age 48. Group Managing Director, Insurance. A Group Managing Director since 1 August 2006. Joined HSBC in 1994. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001. Chairman of HSBC Insurance Holdings Limited since November 2006. Deputy Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. from 1996 to 1998 and Chief Executive Officer, Group Private Banking from 1998 to 2006. V H C Cheng, OBE Age 58. Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. A Group Managing Director since May 2005. Joined HSBC in 1978. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1995. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hang Seng Bank Limited from 1998 to 2005. C-H Filippi Age 54. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC France. A Group Managing Director since 2004. A Director of HSBC Bank plc. A member of the Supervisory Board of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Joined HSBC France in 1987 having previously held senior appointments in the French civil service. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001. Global Head of Corporate and Institutional Banking from 2001 to 2004. 251 Age 55. President and Group Managing Director, Latin America and the Caribbean. A Group Managing Director since 1 October 2006. Joined HSBC in 1974. Appointed a Group General Manager and Chief Executive Officer, Mexico in 2002. Chief Executive Officer HSBC Thailand from 1992 to 1994. Managing Director of The Saudi British Bank from 1997 to 1999 and Senior Executive Vice- President, Commercial Banking, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. from 1999 to 2002. S T Gulliver Age 47. Head of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets and Group Investment Businesses. A Group Managing Director since 2004. Director of HSBC Bank plc, HSBC USA Inc. and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Joined HSBC in 1980. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. Head of Treasury and Capital Markets in Asia-Pacific from 1996 to 2002, Head of Global Markets from 2002 to 2003, and Co-Head of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets from 2003 to May 2006. D H Hodgkinson Age 56. Group Chief Operating Officer. A Group Managing Director since 26 May 2006 and Chairman of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited since 24 July 2006. Joined HSBC in 1969. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. Managing Director of The Saudi British Bank from 1999 to 2003. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited from 2003 to May 2006. D D J John Age 56. Chief Executive, HSBC Bank plc. A Group Managing Director since 6 March 2006. Joined HSBC Bank plc in 1971. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad from 1999 to 2002. Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Bank plc from 2003 to May 2005 and Deputy Chief Executive from May 2005 to 6 March 2006. Y A Nasr Age 52. Group Managing Director, Strategic Investments since 1 October 2006. A Director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. A Group Managing Director since 2004. Joined HSBC in 1976. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1998. President and Chief Executive Officer of H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Biographies > Senior management HSBC Bank Canada from 1997 to 1999. President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank USA from 1999 to 2003. President, HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo from 2005 to 2006. Group General Managers E Alonso Age 51. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo. Joined HSBC in 1997. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. P Y Antika Age 46. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Turkey. Joined HSBC in 1990. Appointed a Group General Manager in August 2005. R J Arena Age 58. Group General Manager, Global e-business. Joined HSBC in 1999. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. R E T Bennett Age 55. Group General Manager, Legal and Compliance. Joined HSBC in 1979. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1998. N S K Booker Age 48. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited. Joined HSBC in 1981. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2004. T M Detelich Age 50. President, Consumer and Mortgage Lending, HSBC Finance Corporation. Joined HSBC Finance Corporation in 1976. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. J D Garner Age 37. Group General Manager, Personal Financial Services and Direct Businesses, HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 2004. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. J L Gordon Age 54. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Canada. Joined HSBC in 1987. Appointed a Group General Manager in August 2005. K M Harvey Age 46. Group General Manager and Group Chief Information Officer. Joined HSBC Finance Corporation in 1989. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2004. A M Keir Age 48. Global Co-Head Commercial Banking. Joined HSBC in 1981. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. N L Kidwai Age 49. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC India. Joined HSBC in 2002. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. P W Boyles M J W King Age 51. Group General Manager, Human Resources. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 January 2006. Age 50. Group General Manager, Internal Audit. Joined HSBC in 1986. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2002. D C Budd P J Lawrence Age 53. Chief Operating Officer and Executive Director, HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 1972. Appointed a Group General Manager in May 2005. Z J Cama Age 59. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. Joined HSBC in 1968. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001. Age 45. Head of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, USA. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. and HSBC USA Inc. Joined HSBC in 1982. Appointed a Group General Manager in August 2005. M Leung Age 54. Global Co-Head Commercial Banking. Joined HSBC in 1978. Appointed a Group General Manager in August 2005. 252 A M Mahoney B Robertson Age 52. Group General Manager, Credit and Risk. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. M R P Smith, OBE Age 50. Chief Executive Officer, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Chairman, Hang Seng Bank Limited. Joined HSBC in 1978. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. P A Thurston Age 53. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Mexico. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. P T S Wong Age 55. Executive Director, Hong Kong and Mainland China, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Joined HSBC in February 2005. Appointed a Group General Manager in April 2005. Age 44. Group General Manager and Head of Network, HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 1983. Appointed a Group General Manager on 24 November 2006. B P McDonagh Age 48. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Finance Corporation and Chief Operating Officer, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Joined HSBC in 1979. Appointed a Group General Manager in August 2005. C M Meares Age 49. Chief Executive Officer, Group Private Banking. Joined HSBC in 1980. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 November 2006. W G Menezes Age 61. Group Executive, Card Services, HSBC Finance Corporation. Joined HSBC in 1996. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. K Newman Age 49. Senior Executive Vice President, Personal Financial Services, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. Joined HSBC in 1989. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. R C F Or Age 57. Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive, Hang Seng Bank Limited and Director, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Joined HSBC in 1972. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. K Patel Age 58. Group General Manager, Chief Executive Officer, Africa. Joined HSBC in 1984. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. R C Picot Age 49. Group Chief Accounting Officer. Joined HSBC in 1993. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. M J Powell Age 45. Head of Global Markets. Joined HSBC in 1984. Appointed a Group General Manager on 1 October 2006. 253 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Board of Directors > The Board Board of Directors The Board The objective of the management structures within HSBC, headed by the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings and led by the Group Chairman, is to deliver sustainable value to shareholders. Implementation of the strategy set by the Board is delegated to the Group Management Board under the leadership of the Group Chief Executive. HSBC Holdings has a unitary Board of Directors. The authority of each Director is exercised in Board Meetings where the Board acts collectively as a unit. At 5 March 2007 the Board comprises the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director and 15 non-executive Directors. The names and brief biographical particulars of the Directors are listed on pages 248 to 250. The Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director are employees who carry out executive functions in HSBC in addition to their duties as Directors. Non-executive Directors are not HSBC employees and do not participate in the daily business management of HSBC. Non-executive Directors bring an external perspective, constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy, scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance. The non- executive Directors have a wealth of experience across a number of industries and business sectors, including the leadership of large, complex multinational enterprises. The roles of non-executive Directors as members of Board committees are set out on pages 259 to 262. It is estimated that non- executive Directors spend 24 days per annum on HSBC business after an induction phase, with Committee members devoting significant additional time. The Board sets the strategy for HSBC through the five-year strategic plan and approves the annual operating plans presented by management for the achievement of the strategic objectives. The annual operating plans ensure the efficient disposition of HSBC’s resources for the achievement of these objectives. The Board delegates the management and day-to-day running of HSBC to the Group Management Board but retains to itself approval of certain matters including annual plans and performance targets, procedures for monitoring and control of operations, the authority or the delegation of authority to approve credit, market risk limits, acquisitions, disposals, investments, capital expenditure or realisation or creation of a new venture, specified senior appointments, and any 254 substantial change in balance sheet management policy. The Directors who served during the year were Sir John Bond, Lord Butler, R K F Ch’ien, J D Coombe, Baroness Dunn, R A Fairhead, D J Flint, W K L Fung, M F Geoghegan, S K Green, S Hintze, J W J Hughes-Hallett, A W Jebson, Sir John Kemp-Welch, Sir Brian Moffat, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, G Morgan, S W Newton, S M Robertson, H Sohmen and Sir Brian Williamson. Sir John Bond, A W Jebson and Sir John Kemp- Welch retired as Directors at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting held on 26 May 2006. S M Robertson was appointed a Director on 3 January 2006, G Morgan was appointed a Director on 1 October 2006 and J F Gil Díaz was appointed a Director on 2 January 2007 and resigned on 5 March 2007. The Board of Directors meets regularly and Directors receive information between meetings about the activities of committees and developments in HSBC’s business. Seven Board meetings were held during 2006. Lord Butler, R K F Ch’ien, J D Coombe, Baroness Dunn, D J Flint, M F Geoghegan, S K Green, S Hintze, Sir Brian Moffat, S M Robertson, H Sohmen and Sir Brian Williamson attended all of the Board meetings. R A Fairhead, W K L Fung, J W J Hughes-Hallett, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart and S W Newton attended six of the Board meetings. Sir John Bond and A W Jebson attended the four Board meetings held before they ceased to be Directors. Sir John Kemp-Welch attended three of the four Board meetings held before he ceased to be a Director. G Morgan attended the one Board meeting held following his appointment. During 2006, the non-executive Directors and the Group Chairman met twice without the presence of the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director. In addition, the non-executive Directors met once without Sir John Bond when he was Group Chairman to discuss his performance and on one other occasion without S K Green, following his appointment as Group Chairman. In addition to the meetings of the principal Committees referred to in the following pages, eleven other meetings of Committees of the Board were held during the year to discharge business delegated by the Board. All Directors attended the 2006 Annual General Meeting. Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive The roles of Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are separated and held by experienced full-time Directors. S K Green succeeded Sir John Bond as Group Chairman at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting on 26 May 2006 and M F Geoghegan succeeded S K Green as Group Chief Executive. Sir Brian Moffat, the senior independent non-executive Director and the Chairman of the Nomination Committee, wrote to shareholders regarding these appointments. He explained that the decision by the Board to appoint S K Green as Group Chairman was made after a thorough selection process. This was conducted by the Nomination Committee, assisted by external advisers, and included extensive benchmarking against external candidates. The Committee considered carefully the requirements of the position in terms of HSBC’s size, geographical spread and complexity; the need for full time executive commitment and experience of international banking at the highest level; and took account of the need for the Group Chairman to have a wide range of skills, the capacity for strategic thinking and the ability to sustain and enhance the Group’s corporate character. The Committee also took into consideration the need for the Group Chairman to be able to work closely and effectively with the Group Chief Executive, to have the authority to run the Board and to have the personal standing to represent HSBC externally at the highest level. Job specifications for the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive, setting out their respective authorities and responsibilities, have been agreed by the Board. The Nomination Committee came to the unanimous conclusion that S K Green was the outstanding candidate. S K Green joined HSBC in 1982. He was Group Treasurer from 1992 to 1998, and Executive Director, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets from 1998 to 2003, when he was appointed Group Chief Executive. He has worked in Hong Kong, New York, the Middle East and London, and has immense international experience and knowledge of HSBC. The Committee concluded that S K Green is superbly well qualified to serve as Group Chairman. His principal commitment outside HSBC is as Chairman of The British Bankers’ Association. S K Green’s successor as Group Chief Executive was M F Geoghegan, who led HSBC Bank, HSBC’s principal subsidiary in the UK, from 2004 to March 2006. He too is highly qualified for his position as Group Chief Executive and his 255 appointment also had the unanimous support of the Board. Mr Geoghegan has over 33 years’ experience with HSBC and has worked in 10 countries in North and South America, Asia, the Middle East and Europe. The Directors believed strongly that these appointments were in the best interests of the shareholders. The appointments had the unanimous support of the Directors and were made after consulting with representatives of major institutional investors and explaining the succession planning and independent external search process. S K Green and M F Geoghegan stood for re-election at the 2006 Annual General Meeting and were both re-elected ahead of taking up their new roles from the conclusion of that meeting. Nowadays, success in financial services depends in a large measure on the relative strengths of competing management teams. Planning management succession is key to this, has long been established in the Group and the plan is regularly reviewed by the non-executive Directors. Furthermore, HSBC is a remarkable organisation with a distinctive character and culture. The business is managed through international teamwork and HSBC believes this is best achieved by management continuity and amongst colleagues who have similar values. By way of example, the top 45 executives have a combined service of over 1,000 years with HSBC, although four of these executives have joined the Group in the last six years, thus ensuring there is a balance of new talent to help run the business. Board balance and independence of Directors The Board considers all of the non-executive Directors to be independent in character and judgement. Baroness Dunn and H Sohmen have served on the Board for more than nine years, however, and in that respect only, do not meet the usual criteria for independence set out in the UK Combined Code on corporate governance. The Board has therefore determined Lord Butler, R K F Ch’ien, J D Coombe, R A Fairhead, W K L Fung, S Hintze, J W J Hughes-Hallett, Sir Brian Moffat, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, G Morgan, S W Newton, S M Robertson, and Sir Brian Williamson to be independent. In reaching its determination of each non-executive Director’s independence the Board has concluded that there are no relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect a Director’s judgement and any relationships or circumstances which could appear to do so were considered not to be material. From the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, Lord Butler, H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Board of Directors > The Board / Corporate governance codes W K L Fung and Sir Brian Moffat will each have served on the Board for more than nine years and, in that respect only, will not meet the usual criteria for independence set out in the UK Combined Code on corporate governance. When determining independence the Board considers that calculation of the length of service of a non-executive Director begins on the date of his or her first election by shareholders as a Director of HSBC Holdings. Given the complexity and geographical spread of HSBC’s business, the experience of previous service on a subsidiary company board can be a considerable benefit to HSBC and does not detract from a Director’s independence. In accordance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, each non-executive Director determined by the Board to be independent has provided an annual confirmation of his or her independence to HSBC Holdings. Information, induction and ongoing development The Board regularly reviews reports on progress against financial objectives, on business developments and on investor and external relations and receives reports from the Chairmen of Board Committees and from the Group Chief Executive. The Board receives regular reports and presentations on strategy and developments in the customer groups and principal geographical areas. Regular reports are also provided to the Board, the Group Audit Committee and the Group Management Board on credit exposures and the loan portfolio, asset and liability management, liquidity, litigation and compliance and reputational issues. The agenda and supporting papers are distributed in advance of all Board and Committee meetings to allow time for appropriate review and to facilitate full discussion at the meetings. All Directors have full and timely access to all relevant information and may take independent professional advice if necessary. The Directors have free and open contact with management at all levels. Group Managing Directors and Group General Managers meet informally with Directors after Board meetings. Board offsite visits are made each year to enable Directors to see at first hand the operations of subsidiary companies in local environments and to meet management, employees and customers. In 2006 the Board visited Istanbul, Hong Kong and Shenzhen. Full, formal and tailored induction programmes, with particular emphasis on internal controls, are 256 arranged for newly appointed Directors. The programmes consist of a series of meetings with other Directors and senior executives to enable new Directors to receive information and familiarise themselves with HSBC’s strategy, operations and internal controls. Prior to their appointment, each Director receives comprehensive guidance on the duties and liabilities of a Director of HSBC Holdings. Opportunities to update and develop skills and knowledge, through externally run seminars and through briefings by senior executives, are provided to all Directors. Performance evaluation MWM Consulting was commissioned to undertake an independent performance evaluation of the Board, its committees and individual Directors. The evaluation examined those key areas where the Board requires clarity in order to provide high level oversight, including: the strategic process; key business drivers and performance milestones; the global economic environment and competitive context in which HSBC operates; the risks faced by the business; board dynamics, capability and alignment; reputation; and information flows. The report on the evaluation has been reviewed by the Board and has been used by the non-executive Directors, led by Sir Brian Moffat, in their evaluation of the performance of the Group Chairman. The review concluded that the Board and its committees were functioning effectively. It is the intention of the Board of HSBC Holdings to continue to review its performance and that of its Directors annually. Retirement and re-election of Directors Lord Butler, R K F Ch’ien, Baroness Dunn, R A Fairhead, W K L Fung, S Hintze, Sir Brian Moffat, G Morgan and H Sohmen will retire at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. With the exception of R K F Ch’ien, S Hintze and H Sohmen, who are to retire, they offer themselves for re-election. Following the performance evaluation of the Board, the Group Chairman has confirmed that the Directors standing for re-election at the Annual General Meeting continue to perform effectively and to demonstrate commitment to their roles. Brief biographical particulars of all Directors including those seeking re-election at the Annual General Meeting, are given on pages 248 to 250. Relations with shareholders The Board ensures all Directors, including non- executive Directors, develop an understanding of the views of major shareholders through attendance at analyst presentations and other meetings with institutional investors and their representative bodies. The Board also met with representatives of institutional shareholders in 2006 to discuss corporate governance matters. The Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive and the Group Finance Director hold regular meetings with institutional investors and report to the Board on those meetings. Sir Brian Moffat, Deputy Chairman and, until the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, senior independent non-executive Director, is available to shareholders should they have concerns which contact through the normal channels of Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director or other executives has failed to resolve or for which such contact would be inappropriate. From the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, S M Robertson will be senior independent non-executive Director. The senior independent non- executive Director may be contacted through the Group Company Secretary at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ. Indemnification of Directors, relevant audit information and contracts of significance The Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings provide that Directors are entitled to be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against claims from third parties in respect of certain liabilities arising in connection with the performance of their functions, in accordance with the provisions of the UK Companies Act 1985. Such indemnity provisions of this nature have been in place during the financial year but have not been utilised by the Directors. Each person who is a director at the date of approval of this report confirms that so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company's auditor is unaware; and the director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a director in order to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company's auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given pursuant to section 234ZA of the UK Companies Act 1985 and should be interpreted in accordance therewith and subject to the provisions thereof. 257 None of the Directors had, during the year or at the end of the year, a material interest, directly or indirectly, in any contract of significance with HSBC Holdings or any of its subsidiary undertakings. Corporate Governance Codes HSBC is committed to high standards of corporate governance. HSBC Holdings has complied with the applicable code provisions of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council (‘the Combined Code’) throughout the year, save for code provision A.2.2 as the Group Chairman did not on appointment meet the Combined Code’s independence criteria. On 26 May 2006 S K Green, who had previously served as Group Chief Executive, became Group Chairman. In accordance with the provisions of the Combined Code, the Board consulted major shareholders in advance of the appointment. Sir Brian Moffat, the senior independent non-executive Director and the Chairman of the Nomination Committee, wrote to all shareholders to explain the Board’s decision and the reasons for the appointment. These are described on page 255. HSBC Holdings has complied with all applicable code provisions of the Code on Corporate Governance Practices in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited throughout the year. The Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities by Directors that complies with The Model Code in the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and with The Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (‘Hong Kong Model Code’) set out in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited has granted certain waivers from strict compliance with the Hong Kong Model Code, primarily to take into account accepted practices in the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans. Following a specific enquiry, each Director has confirmed he or she has complied with the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities throughout the year. Differences in HSBC Holdings/New York Stock Exchange corporate governance practices Under the New York Stock Exchange’s (‘NYSE’) corporate governance rules for listed companies, as a NYSE-listed foreign private issuer, HSBC Holdings H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Board of Directors > Corporate governance codes / Board committees must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies subject to NYSE listing standards. HSBC Holdings believes the following to be the significant differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies. US companies listed on the NYSE are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The Listing Rules of the UK Financial Services Authority require each listed company incorporated in the UK to include in its Annual Report and Accounts a narrative statement of how it has applied the principles of the Combined Code and a statement as to whether or not it has complied with the code provisions of the Combined Code throughout the accounting period covered by the Annual Report and Accounts. A company that has not complied with the Code provisions, or complied with only some of the Code provisions or (in the case of provisions whose requirements are of a continuing nature) complied for only part of an accounting period covered by the report, must specify the Code provisions with which it has not complied, and (where relevant) for what part of the reporting period such non-compliance continued, and give reasons for any non-compliance. As stated above, HSBC Holdings complied throughout 2006 with the applicable code provisions of the Combined Code, save with respect to the appointment of the current Group Chairman, as referred to above. The Combined Code does not require HSBC Holdings to disclose the full range of corporate governance guidelines with which it complies. Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee, composed entirely of independent directors. In addition to identifying individuals qualified to become board members, this committee must develop and recommend to the board a set of corporate governance principles. HSBC’s Nomination Committee, which follows the requirements of the Combined Code, includes a majority of members who are independent. All members of the Committee are non-executive Directors and three of the four members, including the Committee chairman, are independent non- executive Directors. The Committee’s terms of reference do not require the Committee to develop and recommend corporate governance principles for HSBC Holdings. As stated above, HSBC Holdings is subject to the corporate governance principles of the Combined Code. Pursuant to NYSE listing standards, non- management directors must meet on a regular basis 258 without management present and independent directors must meet separately at least once per year. During 2006, HSBC Holdings’ non-executive Directors met twice as a group with the Group Chairman, but without the Group Chief Executive or Group Finance Director present, and met twice as a group without the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive or Group Finance Director present. HSBC Holdings’ practice, in this regard, complies with the Combined Code. In accordance with the requirements of the Combined Code, HSBC Holdings discloses in its annual report how the Board, its committees and the Directors are evaluated and the results of the evaluation (on page 256) and it provides extensive information regarding Directors’ compensation in the Directors’ Remuneration Report (on pages 280 to 289). The terms of reference of HSBC Holdings’ Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees. NYSE listing standards require US companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. In addition to the Group Business Principles and Values, which apply to the employees of all HSBC companies, pursuant to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act the Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive, as the principal executive officers, and to the Group Finance Director and Group Chief Accounting Officer. HSBC Holdings’ Code of Ethics is available on www.hsbc.com/codeofethics or from the Group Company Secretary at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ. If the Board amends or waives the provisions of the Code of Ethics, details of the amendment or waiver will appear at the same website address. During 2006 HSBC Holdings made no amendments to its Code of Ethics and granted no waivers from its provisions. The Group Business Principles and Values are available on www.hsbc.com/businessprinciplesandvalues. Under NYSE listing rules applicable to US companies, independent directors must comprise a majority of the board of directors. Currently, over half of HSBC Holdings’ Directors are independent. Under the Combined Code the HSBC Holdings Board determines whether a director is independent in character and judgement and whether there are relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the director’s judgement. Under the NYSE rules a director cannot qualify as independent unless the board affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the listed company; in addition the NYSE rules prescribe a list of circumstances in which a director cannot be independent. The Combined Code requires a company’s board to assess director independence by affirmatively concluding that the director is independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of independent judgement. Lastly, a chief executive officer of a US company listed on the NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance standards. In accordance with NYSE listing rules applicable to foreign private issuers, HSBC Holdings’ Group Chairman is not required to provide the NYSE with this annual compliance certification. However, in accordance with rules applicable to both US companies and foreign private issuers, the Group Chairman is required promptly to notify the NYSE in writing after any executive officer becomes aware of any material non-compliance with the NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to HSBC Holdings. Since July 2005 HSBC Holdings has been required to submit annual and interim written affirmations of compliance with applicable NYSE corporate governance standards, similar to the affirmations required of NYSE listed US companies. Board committees The Board has appointed a number of committees consisting of certain Directors, Group Managing Directors and, in the case of the Corporate Responsibility Committee, certain co-opted non- director members. The following are the principal committees: Group Management Board The Group Management Board meets regularly and operates as a general management committee under the direct authority of the Board. The objective of the Group Management Board is to maintain a reporting and control structure whereby all of the line operations of HSBC are accountable to individual members of the Group Management Board who report to the Group Chief Executive who in turn reports to the Group Chairman. The members of the Group Management Board are M F Geoghegan (Chairman) and D J Flint, both of whom are executive Directors, and C C R Bannister, V H C Cheng, C-H Filippi, A A Flockhart, S T Gulliver, D H Hodgkinson, D D J John and 259 Y A Nasr, all of whom are Group Managing Directors. The Group Management Board exercises the powers, authorities and discretions of the Board in so far as they concern the management and day-to-day running of HSBC Holdings in accordance with such policies and directions as the Board may from time to time determine. Matters reserved for approval by the Board are described on page 254. Following each meeting the Group Chief Executive reports to the Board on the Group Management Board’s activities. Group Audit Committee The Group Audit Committee meets regularly with HSBC’s senior financial, internal audit, credit, legal and compliance management and the external auditor to consider HSBC Holdings’ financial reporting, the nature and scope of audit reviews and the effectiveness of the systems of internal control and compliance. The members of the Group Audit Committee throughout 2006 were Sir Brian Moffat (Chairman), R K F Ch’ien, J D Coombe and R A Fairhead. J W J Hughes-Hallett was appointed a member of the Committee on 1 June 2006. Sir John Kemp-Welch ceased to be a member of the Committee on 26 May 2006. From the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, Sir Brian Moffat will cease to be Chairman and a member of the Committee, R A Fairhead will become Chairman of the Committee and S W Newton will become a member of the Committee. All members of the Committee are independent non-executive Directors. The Board has determined that Sir Brian Moffat, R K F Ch’ien, R A Fairhead, J D Coombe and J W J Hughes-Hallett are independent according to SEC criteria, and that Sir Brian Moffat, R A Fairhead, J D Coombe and J W J Hughes-Hallett may be regarded as audit committee financial experts for the purposes of section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and as having recent and relevant financial experience. Appointments to the Committee are made for periods of up to three years, extendable by no more than two additional three-year periods, so long as members continue to be independent. Formal and tailored induction programmes are held for newly appointed Committee members and appropriate training is provided on an ongoing and timely basis. There were seven meetings of the Group Audit Committee during 2006. R K F Ch’ien, J D Coombe, H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Board of Directors > Board committees R A Fairhead and Sir Brian Moffat attended all of the meetings; Sir John Kemp-Welch attended two of the three meetings held before his retirement and J W J Hughes-Hallett attended each of the four meetings held following his appointment. At each meeting, the Committee has the opportunity to meet with the external auditor, without management present, to facilitate the discussion of any matter relating to its remit and any issue arising from the audit. Similar arrangements have been adopted for the Committee to meet with the internal auditor. The terms of reference of the Committee, which are reviewed annually, are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees. To ensure consistency of scope and approach by subsidiary company audit committees, the Group Audit Committee has established core terms of reference to guide subsidiary company boards when adopting terms of reference for their audit committees. The Committee receives bi-annual confirmations from subsidiary company audit committees relating to the financial statements and internal control procedures of those subsidiaries. The Group Audit Committee is accountable to the Board and assists it in meeting its responsibilities for maintaining an effective system of internal control and compliance and for meeting its external financial reporting obligations. The Committee is directly responsible on behalf of the Board for the selection, oversight and remuneration of the external auditor. The Committee receives frequent comprehensive reports from the Group General Manager Credit and Risk, the Head of Group Compliance, the Group General Manager, Legal and Compliance, the Group General Manager Internal Audit and the Head of Group Security and receives periodic presentations from other functional heads and line management. Regular comprehensive reports on the work of the internal audit function are submitted to the Committee. These reports include reports on frauds and special investigations and summaries of internal audit findings, regulatory reports and external auditors’ reports. The Committee monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the internal audit function and receives summaries of periodic peer reviews of HSBC’s internal audit functions around the world. HSBC has adopted the Principles of the International Institute of Internal Auditors, which include a periodic external quality assurance review of the internal audit function. The first such review will be undertaken in 2007. 260 The Committee undertakes an annual review of the effectiveness of HSBC’s system of internal control. This is described on page 262. The Committee receives regular updates on changes in law, regulations and accounting standards and practices and the preparations being made to respond to those requirements. During 2006, the Committee received regular updates on the preparations for the review of internal financial reporting controls required by section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the implementation of the Basel 2 capital adequacy requirements and the actions taken to implement the recommendations of the Corrigan Report on reducing the risks of, and limiting the damage caused by, systemic financial shocks. The report, issued by the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group focused on risk management, risk monitoring and enhanced transparency in financial institutions. The Committee reports on its activities at each Board meeting and, twice annually, produces a written summary of its activities. The Committee has approved procedures for the receipt, retention and handling of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters. The Committee receives regular reports regarding the nature, investigation and resolution of material complaints and concerns from the Head of Group Compliance. The Committee reviews and monitors the external auditor's independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into consideration relevant professional and regulatory requirements. The Committee reviews the strategy and approves the terms for the engagement of the external auditor for the audit of the Annual Report and Accounts. Regular reports on the progress of the audit facilitate the Committee’s assessment of the effectiveness of the audit. The Committee receives reports from the external auditor on its own policies and procedures regarding independence and quality control and oversees the appropriate rotation of audit partners within the external auditor. The external auditor provides the Committee with an annual confirmation of its independence in accordance with industry standards. On the recommendation of the Committee the Board has approved a policy for the employment by HSBC of former employees of the external auditor or its affiliates. The Committee monitors this policy through the receipt of periodic reports of those former employees of the external auditor employed by HSBC and the number of former employees of the external auditor currently employed in senior positions in HSBC. The reports enable the Committee to consider whether there has been any impairment, or appearance of impairment, of the auditor’s judgement or independence in respect of the audit. The Group Audit Committee has established policies for the pre-approval of specific services that may be provided by the principal auditor, KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliates (‘KPMG’). These policies are kept under review and amended as necessary to meet the dual objectives of ensuring that HSBC benefits in a cost effective manner from the cumulative knowledge and experience of its auditor, whilst also ensuring that the auditor maintains the necessary degree of independence and objectivity. These pre-approval policies apply to all services where HSBC Holdings or any of its subsidiaries pays for the service, or is a beneficiary or addressee of the service and has selected or influenced the choice of KPMG. All services entered into with KPMG during 2006 were pre-approved by the Committee or were entered into under pre-approval policies established by the Committee. A quarterly update on non-audit services provided by KPMG is presented to the Committee. The pre-approved services relate to regulatory reviews, agreed-upon procedures reports, other types of attestation reports, the provision of advice and other non-audit services allowed under SEC independence rules. They fall into the categories of audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. All services provided by KPMG relating to the implementation of section 404 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act were specifically pre-approved by the Group Audit Committee. An analysis of the remuneration paid in respect of audit and non-audit services provided by KPMG for each of the last three years is disclosed in Note 8 on the Financial Statements on page 331. The Committee has recommended to the Board that KPMG Audit Plc be reappointed auditor at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. Remuneration Committee The role of the Remuneration Committee and its membership are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 280. Nomination Committee The Nomination Committee is responsible for leading the process for Board appointments and for identifying and nominating, for approval by the Board, candidates for appointment to the Board. Before recommending an appointment to the Board, the Committee evaluates the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board and, in the light of this, identifies the role and capabilities required for a particular appointment. Candidates are considered on merit against these criteria. Care is taken to ensure that appointees have enough time to devote to HSBC. Prospective Directors are asked to identify any significant other commitments and confirm they have sufficient time to discharge what is expected of them. All Directors are subject to election by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting following their appointment and to re- election at least every three years. The members of the Nomination Committee throughout 2006 were Sir Brian Moffat (Chairman), Lord Butler, Baroness Dunn and Sir Brian Williamson. From the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2007, Sir Brian Williamson will become Chairman of the Committee in succession to Sir Brian Moffat, Lord Butler will cease to be a member of the Committee and J W J Hughes-Hallett and S M Robertson will become members of the Committee. There were four Nomination Committee meetings during 2006, each of which was attended by all members. Following each meeting the Committee reports to the Board on its activities. The terms of reference of the Committee are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees. The appointments of J F Gil Díaz, G Morgan and S M Robertson as non-executive Directors were made on the advice and recommendation of the Nomination Committee. J F Gil Díaz, former Secretary of Finance and Public Credit in Mexico, and G Morgan, a director of HSBC Bank Canada for nine years, were identified by the Nomination Committee and so neither an external consultancy nor open advertising was used in connection with their appointments. The terms and conditions of appointments of non-executive Directors are available for inspection at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ and will be made available for 15 minutes before the Annual General Meeting and during the Meeting itself. 261 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Board of Directors > Board committees / Internal control As set out on page 255, the Committee conducted the selection process which recommended to the Board that S K Green succeed Sir John Bond as Group Chairman at the conclusion of the 2006 Annual General Meeting and that M F Geoghegan succeed S K Green as Group Chief Executive. The Committee makes recommendations to the Board concerning: plans for succession for both executive and non-executive Directors; the appointment of any Director to executive or other office; suitable candidates for the role of senior independent non-executive Director; the re-election by shareholders of Directors retiring by rotation; the renewal of the terms of office of non-executive Directors; membership of Board Committees, in consultation with the Group Chairman and the chairman of such committees as appropriate; any matters relating to the continuation in office of any Director at any time; Directors’ fees and committee fees for the Company; and appointments and re- appointments to the Boards of Directors of major subsidiary companies as appropriate. The Committee regularly reviews the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience required) of the Board and makes recommendations to the Board as appropriate. It keeps under review the leadership needs of HSBC, with a view to ensuring the continued ability of HSBC to compete effectively in the marketplace. The Board has satisfied itself that the Nomination Committee has in place appropriate plans for orderly succession to the Board and senior management positions as well as procedures to ensure an appropriate balance of skills and experience within HSBC and on the Board. Corporate Responsibility Committee The Corporate Responsibility Committee is responsible for overseeing corporate responsibility and sustainability policies, principally environmental, social and ethical matters and for advising the Board, committees of the Board and executive management on such matters. The terms of reference of the Committee are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees. The members of the Committee throughout 2006 were Lord Butler (Chairman), W K L Fung, S Hintze and Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, each of whom is an independent non- executive Director, and G V I Davis, E M Diggory and Lord May, who are non-director members of the Committee. There were five meetings of the Corporate Responsibility Committee during 2006. Following 262 each meeting the Committee reports to the Board on its activities. Further information will be in HSBC’s Corporate Responsibility Report 2006, available in May 2007. Internal control The Directors are responsible for internal control in HSBC and for reviewing its effectiveness. Procedures have been designed for safeguarding assets against unauthorised use or disposition; for maintaining proper accounting records; and for the reliability of financial information used within the business or for publication. Such procedures are designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement, errors, losses or fraud. The procedures also enable HSBC Holdings to discharge its obligations under the Handbook of Rules and Guidance issued by the Financial Services Authority, HSBC’s lead regulator. The key procedures that the Directors have established are designed to provide effective internal control within HSBC and accord with the Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Such procedures for the ongoing identification, evaluation and management of the significant risks faced by HSBC have been in place throughout the year and up to 5 March 2007, the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts 2006. In the case of companies acquired during the year, the internal controls in place are being reviewed against HSBC’s benchmarks and integrated into HSBC’s processes. HSBC’s key internal control procedures include the following: • Authority to operate the various subsidiaries is delegated to their respective chief executive officers within limits set by the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings. Sub-delegation of authority from the Board to individuals requires these individuals, within their respective delegation, to maintain a clear and appropriate apportionment of significant responsibilities and to oversee the establishment and maintenance of systems of controls appropriate to the business. The appointment of executives to the most senior positions within HSBC requires the approval of the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings. • Functional, operating, financial reporting and certain management reporting standards are established by Group Head Office management committees, for application across the whole of HSBC. These are supplemented by operating standards set by functional and local management as required for the type of business and geographical location of each subsidiary. • Systems and procedures are in place in HSBC to identify, control and report on the major risks including credit, changes in the market prices of financial instruments, liquidity, operational error, breaches of law or regulations, unauthorised activities and fraud. Exposure to these risks is monitored by risk management committees, asset and liability committees and executive committees in subsidiaries and by the Group Management Board for HSBC as a whole. A risk management meeting of the Group Management Board, chaired by the Group Finance Director, is held each month. These risk management meetings address asset and liability management issues. Minutes of the risk management meetings of the Group Management Board are submitted to the Group Audit Committee and to the Board of Directors. • A Disclosure Committee has been established to review material disclosures made by HSBC Holdings for any errors, misstatements or omissions. The membership of the Disclosure Committee, which is chaired by the Group Company Secretary, includes the heads of the finance, legal, credit and risk, compliance, corporate communications, investor relations and internal audit functions. • Processes are in place to identify new risks from changes in market practices or customer behaviours which could expose HSBC to heightened risk of loss or reputational damage. During 2006 additional attention was directed towards evolving best practice in the areas of internet banking, counterparty risk management policy following the publication of the Corrigan report in July 2005; best practice guidance emerging on liquidity management from the Institute of International Finance; the implications of a slowing housing market in the US coupled with rising payment obligations under adjustable rate mortgages; and the implications of changed customer behaviour in the UK regarding seeking protection from credit obligations. • Periodic strategic plans are prepared for customer groups, global product groups, key 263 support functions and certain geographies within the framework of the Group Strategic Plan. Operating plans are prepared and adopted by all HSBC companies annually, setting out the key business initiatives and the likely financial effects of those initiatives. • Centralised functional control is exercised over all computer system developments and operations. Common systems are employed for similar business processes wherever practicable. Credit and market risks are measured and reported on in subsidiaries and aggregated for review of risk concentrations on a Group-wide basis. • Responsibilities for financial performance against plans and for capital expenditure, credit exposures and market risk exposures are delegated with limits to line management in the subsidiaries. In addition, functional management in Group Head Office is responsible for setting policies, procedures and standards in the following areas of risk: credit risk; market risk; liquidity risk; operational risk; IT risk; insurance risk; accounting risk; tax risk; legal and regulatory compliance risk; human resources risk; reputational risk and purchasing risk; and for certain global product lines. • Policies to guide subsidiary companies and management at all levels in the conduct of business to safeguard the Group’s reputation are established by the Board of HSBC Holdings and the Group Management Board, subsidiary company boards, board committees or senior management. Reputational risks can arise from environmental, social or governance issues, or as a consequence of operational risk events. As a banking group, HSBC’s good reputation depends upon the way in which it conducts its business but it can also be affected by the way in which clients, to which it provides financial services, conduct their business. • The internal audit function, which is centrally controlled, monitors the effectiveness of internal control structures across the whole of HSBC. The work of the internal audit function is focused on areas of greatest risk to HSBC as determined by a risk-based approach. The head of this function reports to the Group Chairman and the Group Audit Committee. • Management is responsible for ensuring that recommendations made by the internal audit function are implemented within an appropriate and agreed timetable. Confirmation to this effect must be provided to internal audit. Management H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Board of Directors > Internal control / Directors’ interests / Employees must also confirm annually to internal audit that offices under their control have taken or are in the process of taking the appropriate actions to deal with all significant recommendations made by external auditors in management letters or by regulators following regulatory inspections. The Group Audit Committee has kept under review the effectiveness of this system of internal control and has reported regularly to the Board of Directors. The key processes used by the Committee in carrying out its reviews include: regular business and operational risk assessments; regular reports from the heads of key risk functions including Internal Audit and Compliance; the production annually of reviews of the internal control framework applied at Group Head Office and major operating subsidiary level measured against HSBC benchmarks, which cover all internal controls, both financial and non-financial; semi-annual confirmations from chief executives of principal subsidiary companies as to whether there have been any material losses, contingencies or uncertainties caused by weaknesses in internal controls; internal audit reports; external audit reports; prudential reviews; and regulatory reports. In addition, where unexpected losses have arisen or where incidents have occurred which indicate gaps in the control HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 framework or in adherence to Group policies, the Group Audit Committee has reviewed special reports, prepared at the instigation of management, which analyse the cause of the issue, the lessons learned and the actions proposed by management to address the issue. The Directors, through the Group Audit Committee, have conducted an annual review of the effectiveness of HSBC’s system of internal control covering all material controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls and risk management systems. The Group Audit Committee has received confirmation that management has taken or is taking the necessary action to remedy any failings or weaknesses identified through the operation of HSBC’s framework of controls. Directors’ interests According to the registers of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 325 of the Companies Act 1985 and section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the Directors of HSBC Holdings at the year-end had the following interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares and loan capital of HSBC and its associated corporations: At 31 December 2006 At 1 January 2006 Beneficial owner Child under 18 or spouse 49,835 42,195 170,210 81,726 328,000 73,536 295,148 2,037 2,119,229 11,632 10,840 5,391 33,7993 3,370,147 52,055 6,000 147,875 76,984 328,000 113,525 356,441 2,037 – – 5,000 5,631 5,177 – – – – – – – – – – – 840 – – 1,326,278 Trustee – 33,7992 28,6502 27,963 – – – – 1,668,9862 – 5,0002 – 33,7992 – 16,543 17,281 – – R K F Ch’ien ........ J D Coombe ......... Baroness Dunn ..... D J Flint ............... W K L Fung ......... M F Geoghegan ... S K Green ............. S Hintze ................ J W J Hughes- Hallett ................ Sir Brian Moffat ... Sir Mark Moody-Stuart .... S W Newton ......... S M Robertson ..... H Sohmen ............ Sir Brian Williamson ........ Jointly with another person – – – – – – 45,355 – – 12,149 Percentage of ordinary shares in issue Total interests1 Other – – – – – – – – – – 52,055 39,799 176,525 104,947 328,000 113,525 401,796 2,037 1,668,986 12,149 – – – – – – – – 2,105,9894 10,840 5,631 38,976 3,432,267 – 17,281 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.00 1 Details of executive Directors’ other interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 arising from employee share plans are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 288 to 289. At 31 December 2006, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong of D J Flint, M F Geoghegan and S K Green in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 (each of which represents less than 0.02 per cent of the shares in issue), including interests arising through employee share plans are: D J Flint – 817,055; M F Geoghegan – 778,298; and S K Green – 1,405,974. 2 Non-beneficial. 3 Interests at 3 January 2006 – date of appointment. 4 Interests held by private investment companies. 264 S K Green has an interest as beneficial owner in €75,000 of HSBC Holdings plc 5½ per cent Subordinated Notes 2009 which he held throughout the year. As a Director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse), S K Green has an interest as beneficial owner in one share of CHF1,000, which he held throughout the year. S K Green has waived his rights to receive dividends on the share and has undertaken to transfer the share to HSBC on ceasing to be a Director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse). As Directors of HSBC France, S K Green and M F Geoghegan each have an interest as beneficial owner in one share of €5 in that company, which they held throughout the year. The Directors have waived their rights to receive dividends on these HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 shares and have undertaken to transfer these shares to HSBC on ceasing to be Directors of HSBC France. No Directors held any short positions as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Save as stated above and in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of HSBC or any associated corporation at the beginning or at the end of the year, and none of the Directors or members of their immediate family was awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures during the year. Since the end of the year, the interests of each of the following Directors have increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against their name: R K F Ch’ien .................................................................................................... J D Coombe ..................................................................................................... Baroness Dunn ................................................................................................. D J Flint ........................................................................................................... M F Geoghegan ............................................................................................... S K Green ........................................................................................................ Sir Brian Moffat................................................................................................ S W Newton...................................................................................................... S M Robertson ................................................................................................. Sir Brian Williamson........................................................................................ Beneficial owner 4161 471 1,1821 6422 – 2,8774 – 451 411 1381 Jointly with another person Beneficiary of a trust – – – 2231 – – 971 – – – – – – 5,6733 5,3143 8,0073 – – – – 1 Scrip dividend. 2 Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (568 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through regular monthly contributions (27 shares), the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the plan (8 shares) and by the automatic reinvestment of dividend income by an Individual Savings Account and Personal Equity Plan manager (39 shares). 3 Scrip dividend on awards held under The HSBC Share Plan and the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000. 4 Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (2,842 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through normal monthly contributions (27 shares) and the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the plan (8 shares). There have been no other changes in Directors’ interests from 31 December 2006 to the date of this Report. Any subsequent changes up to the last practicable date before the publication of the ‘Notice of Annual General Meeting’ will be set out in the notes to that Notice. At 31 December 2006, Directors and Senior Management held, in aggregate, beneficial interests in 17,333,485 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares (0.2 per cent of the issued ordinary shares). At 31 December 2006, executive Directors and Senior Management held, in aggregate, options to subscribe for 4,585,589 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme, HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans and HSBC Finance 1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. These options are exercisable between 2007 and 2014 at prices ranging from £5.3496 to £9.1350 per share, and US$10.66 to US$21.37 per share. Employees At 31 December 2006, HSBC’s customers were served by 312,000 full and part-time employees worldwide, compared with 284,000 at 31 December 2005 and 253,000 at 31 December 2004. The main centres of employment are the UK with approximately 57,000 employees; the US 50,000; Brazil 29,000; Hong Kong 28,000; India 27,000; Mexico 24,000 and France 15,000. HSBC negotiates with recognised unions. The highest concentrations 265 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Employees > Remuneration policy / Share plans of union membership are in Brazil, France, India, Malaysia, Malta, Mexico, the Philippines, Singapore and the UK. It is the policy to maintain well- developed communications and consultation programmes. HSBC has not experienced any material disruptions to its operations from labour disputes during the past five years. In support of its strategy, HSBC focuses on attracting, developing and motivating the very best individuals and on encouraging talent internally. HSBC places employees’ engagement with the business central to people management. With a proven link to superior business performance, this is beneficial to shareholders, colleagues and customers alike. Emphasis is placed on performance management and differentiated rewards that are competitive in their market, valuing those who contribute over time. In addition, a continuing focus on policies that encourage an inclusive working environment and the availability of career opportunities for all is critical to HSBC being an employer of choice. HSBC seeks to maintain an employee profile that reflects its customer base. HSBC operates in a highly competitive and international business environment and HSBC’s diverse workforce represents a significant competitive advantage. The broad cultural mix and increasing cross-border mobility of its employees enables HSBC to resource operations with individuals who have detailed knowledge of local markets and of HSBC globally, in order to enhance customer service and improve productivity. HSBC recruits from a broad cross-section of society and encourages the sharing of individual perspectives and ideas through collective leadership development events, training and global secondments. Increasingly HSBC recognises its role as an employer in a wider context and is developing its commitment to employee health issues, involvement in community and not-for-profit organisations and flexible working opportunities. As rising global education levels and advances in technology improve, the Group’s access to previously untapped resources and the profile of HSBC’s employees continues to change. Job losses in some countries may arise but HSBC has a good record of communicating honestly and openly, treating people with respect and reassigning people wherever possible. HSBC attaches great importance to cultivating its own talent. Resources have been set aside to ensure a supply of talented individuals to meet business needs, with support provided for these employees in the form of career enhancement and 266 personal development programmes. HSBC invests in succession planning and developing a talent pipeline from graduate hires through to senior management. In addition, HSBC recognises that there are lessons to be learned from other successful businesses, and will recruit from other organisations where appropriate. Employee involvement HSBC Holdings continues to regard communication with its employees as a key aspect of its policies. Information is given to employees about employment matters and about the financial and economic factors affecting HSBC’s performance through management channels, an intranet site accessible to all HSBC’s employees worldwide, in- house magazines and by way of attendance at internal seminars and training programmes. Employees are encouraged to discuss operational and strategic issues with their line management and to make suggestions aimed at improving performance. The involvement of employees in the performance of HSBC is further encouraged through participation in bonus and share plans as appropriate. About half of all HSBC employees now participate in one or more of HSBC’s employee share plans. Employment of disabled persons HSBC Holdings continues to be committed to providing equal opportunities to employees. The employment of disabled persons is included in this commitment and the recruitment, training, career development and promotion of disabled persons is based on the aptitudes and abilities of the individual. Should employees become disabled during employment, every effort is made to continue their employment and, if necessary, appropriate training is provided. Remuneration policy As with most businesses, HSBC’s performance depends on the quality and commitment of its people. Accordingly, the Board’s stated strategy is to attract, retain and motivate the very best people. In a business that is based on trust and relationships, HSBC’s broad policy is to look for people who want to make a long-term career with the organisation since trust and relationships are built over time. Remuneration is an important component in people’s decisions on which company to join, but it is not the only one; it is HSBC’s experience that people are attracted to an organisation with good values, fairness, the potential for success and the scope to develop a broad, interesting career. In line with the overall principles applied by the Remuneration Committee as described on page 280 in the Directors’ Remuneration Report: • • employees’ salaries are reviewed annually in the context of individual and business performance, market practice, internal relativities and competitive market pressures. Allowances and benefits are largely determined by local market practice; employees participate in various bonus arrangements. The level of performance-related variable pay depends upon the performance of constituent businesses and the individual concerned. Variable bonus plans emphasise revenue growth whilst retaining a strong link to expense control; other key measures taken into account in determining individual bonus levels include customer relationships; employee engagement; full utilisation of professional skills; and adherence to HSBC’s ethical standards, lending guidelines, internal controls and procedures. Bonus ranges are reviewed in the context of prevailing market practice; and • HSBC has a long history of paying close attention to its customers in order to provide value for shareholders. This has been achieved by ensuring that the interests of HSBC and its employees are aligned with those of its shareholders and that HSBC’s approach to risk management serves the interests of all. Accordingly, employees are encouraged to participate in the success they help to create, through participating in the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans and in local share ownership and profit-sharing arrangements. Employee share plans To help align the interests of employees with those of shareholders, share options are granted under all- employee share plans and discretionary awards of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares are made under The HSBC Share Plan. There have been no awards of discretionary share options since 30 September 2005. Set out on pages 267 to 275 are particulars of outstanding employee share options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment 267 Ordinance. The options were granted at nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled during the year. Employee share plans are subject to the following limits on the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares that may be subscribed for. In any 10-year period not more than 10 per cent of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue from time to time (approximately 1,159 million HSBC Holdings ordinary shares at 5 March 2007) may in aggregate become issuable pursuant to the grant of options or be issued other than pursuant to options under all-employee share plans. In any 10-year period not more than 5 per cent of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue from time to time (approximately 579 million HSBC Holdings ordinary shares on 5 March 2007) may in aggregate be put under option under The HSBC Share Plan or be issuable pursuant to the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, the HSBC Executive Share Option Scheme, the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 or The HSBC Share Plan. The number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares that may be issued on exercise of all options granted on or after 27 May 2005 under The HSBC Share Plan and any other plans must not exceed 1,119,000,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, The HSBC Share Plan, HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme there were options outstanding over 277,129,598 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares at 31 December 2006. Particulars of options over HSBC Holdings shares held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on page 288 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report. The impact on earnings per share of granting share options which are to be satisfied by the issue of new shares is shown in diluted earnings per share on the face of the consolidated income statement, with further details disclosed in Note 12 on the Financial Statements on page 339. The effect on basic earnings per share of exercising all outstanding share options would be to dilute it by 0.58 per cent. All-employee share option plans The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International are all-employee share plans under which eligible HSBC employees (those employed within the Group on the first working day of the year of grant) may be granted options to H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Employees > Share plans acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Employees may make contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of one, three or five years which may be used on the first, third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. Alternatively, the employee may elect to have the savings, plus (where applicable) any interest or bonus, repaid in cash. Options granted over a one-year period will be exercisable within three months following the first anniversary of the commencement of the savings contract. Options granted over three or five-year periods will be exercisable within six months following the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract. In the case of redundancy, retirement on grounds of injury or ill health, retirement at or after normal retirement age, the transfer of the employing business to another party, or a change of control of the employing company, options may be exercised before completion of the relevant savings contract. Under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings- HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Related Share Option Plan: International the option exercise price is determined by reference to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, then applying a discount of 20 per cent (except for the options awarded before 2001 and the one-year options awarded under the US sub-plan where a 15 per cent discount is applied). The exercise period of the options awarded under all-employee share plans may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, for example on retirement, and may be extended in certain circumstances, for example on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to six months beyond the normal exercise period. The closing price per HSBC Holdings ordinary share on 25 April 2006, the day before options were awarded in 2006 under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International, was £9.51. The all-employee share option plans will terminate on 27 May 2015 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plans at an earlier date. Date of award Exercise price (£) Exercisable from Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 Options awarded during year Options exercised during year1 Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 10 Apr 2000 11 Apr 2001 2 May 2002 2 May 2002 23 Apr 2003 23 Apr 2003 21 Apr 2004 21 Apr 2004 24 May 2005 24 May 2005 26 April 2006 26 April 2006 6.0299 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 6.7536 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007 6.3224 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 6.3224 1 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2008 5.3496 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007 5.3496 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009 6.4720 1 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2008 6.4720 1 Aug 2009 31 Jan 2010 6.6792 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009 6.6792 1 Aug 2010 31 Jan 2011 7.6736 1 Aug 2009 31 Jan 2010 7.6736 1 Aug 2011 31 Jan 2012 158,530 3,328,356 31,777 3,806,022 6,880,460 11,791,276 3,550,033 5,728,480 4,582,892 5,753,115 – – – – – – – – – – – – 4,921,297 3,657,158 122,451 3,218,343 21,408 89,337 6,507,643 189,669 88,312 57,961 48,556 22,598 2,866 495 36,079 50,592 10,369 164,249 194,905 600,452 351,525 374,733 574,736 400,587 265,285 105,978 – 59,421 – 3,552,436 177,912 11,001,155 3,110,196 5,295,786 3,959,600 5,329,930 4,653,146 3,550,685 1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.68. HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International To encourage greater participation in the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International, two amendments were approved at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. The first was the introduction of the facility to save and have option prices expressed in US dollars, Hong Kong dollars and euros as well as in pounds sterling. Where applicable in the tables below, the US dollars, Hong Kong dollars and euro exercise prices were converted from the sterling exercise price at the prevailing exchange rates. The second amendment gives individuals the choice of options over one year in addition to three and five year terms. The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.70. 268 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award Exercise price (£) Exercisable From Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 Options awarded during year Options exercised during year Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 10 Apr 2000 11 Apr 2001 2 May 2002 2 May 2002 23 Apr 2003 23 Apr 2003 8 May 2003 8 May 2003 21 Apr 2004 21 Apr 2004 10 May 2004 10 May 2004 24 May 2005 24 May 2005 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 6.0299 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 6.7536 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007 6.3224 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 6.3224 1 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2008 5.3496 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007 5.3496 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009 5.3496 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007 5.3496 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009 6.4720 1 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2008 6.4720 1 Aug 2009 31 Jan 2010 6.4720 1 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2008 6.4720 1 Aug 2009 31 Jan 2010 6.6792 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009 6.6792 1 Aug 2010 31 Jan 2011 7.6736 1 Aug 2007 31 Oct 2007 7.6736 1 Aug 2009 31 Jan 2010 7.6736 1 Aug 2011 31 Jan 2012 460,231 1,275,370 121,795 1,099,581 10,459 10,488 15,488,310 6,009,197 49,524 12,365 9,235,596 3,096,929 11,986,110 3,949,607 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 903,056 2,390,318 537,775 143,034 1,058,761 30,328 8,016 3,312 – 13,601,113 26,376 – – 54,635 5,144 25,562 7,422 1,156 500 317,197 175,756 91,467 28,044 7,147 – 1,576,819 155,787 2,454 – 567,666 138,309 1,004,484 198,269 41,291 65,039 – 40,853 – 1,063,521 – 10,488 310,378 5,827,034 47,070 12,365 8,613,295 2,953,476 10,956,064 3,743,916 860,609 2,324,779 – 19,663 518,112 Date of award Exercise price (US$) Exercisable From Exercisable until 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 14.16211 1 Aug 2007 31 Oct 2007 13.3290 1 Aug 2007 31 Oct 2007 13.3290 1 Aug 2009 31 Jan 2010 13.3290 1 Aug 2011 31 Jan 2012 Options at 1 January 2006 Options awarded during year Options exercised during year – – – – 636,783 117,957 1,832,362 505,502 – – – – Options lapsed during year 44,965 5,297 83,216 27,026 Options at 31 December 2006 591,818 112,660 1,749,146 478,476 1 Exercisable at a 15 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date. Date of award Exercise price (€) Exercisable From Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 11.0062 1 Aug 2007 31 Oct 2007 11.0062 1 Aug 2009 31 Jan 2010 11.0062 1 Aug 2011 31 Jan 2012 – – – Date of award Exercise price (HK$) Exercisable From Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 Options awarded during year 43,261 191,017 40,967 Options awarded during year 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 26 Apr 2006 103.4401 1 Aug 2007 31 Oct 2007 103.4401 1 Aug 2009 31 Jan 2010 103.4401 1 Aug 2011 31 Jan 2012 – – – 1,368,901 4,337,651 1,142,709 Options exercised during year – – – Options exercised during year 34 570 322 Options lapsed during year 1,215 2,160 1,397 Options lapsed during year 73,021 81,320 31,996 Options at 31 December 2006 42,046 188,857 39,570 Options at 31 December 2006 1,295,846 4,255,761 1,110,391 Performance Share awards and Restricted Share awards Note 9 on the Financial Statements on pages 332 to 338 gives details about share-based payments, including awards of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares made in 2006. The HSBC Share Plan was approved at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. Awards of Performance Shares are made under this Plan to executive Directors and other senior executives. The performance conditions for awards of Performance Shares are described under ‘Long-term incentive plan’ on page 281. The Remuneration Committee has determined that for awards made from 2007, Performance Share awards will be directed to those senior executives who can influence the performance conditions, being the Group Chairman and members and attendees of the Group Management Board. 269 Holdings Group Share Option Plan. In 2006 there were still some 35,000 high performing employees (approximately the top 20 per cent of performers) below senior management who had received share option awards under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan in 2003. Further details were given on page 216 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. The Remuneration Committee favours the use of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares and, following the introduction of The HSBC Share Plan in 2005, has not granted discretionary share options on any widespread basis. There are locations, and there may be particular circumstances in the future, however, where option grants may be appropriate. No options were awarded in 2006. The maximum value of options which may be granted to an employee in any one year under The HSBC Share Plan (when taken together with any Performance Share awards made under The HSBC Share Plan) is 700 per cent of the employee’s annual salary at the date of grant. The exercise price of options granted under The HSBC Share Plan, and previously under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, is the higher of the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days prior to the grant of the option or the market value of the ordinary shares on the date of grant of the option. The exercise price of options granted under the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme was the market value of the ordinary shares on the business day prior to the grant of the option. The HSBC Share Plan will terminate on 27 May 2015 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the Plan at an earlier date. The exercise period of the options awarded under discretionary share incentive plans may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, for example on retirement and may be extended in certain circumstances, for example on the death of a participant the executors may exercise the option up to twelve months beyond the normal exercise period. H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Employees > Share plans / Subsidiary company share plans Awards of Restricted Shares are made to other employees below the level of the Group Management Board based on performance, potential and retention requirements or as part of deferral of annual bonus. Restricted Share awards comprise a number of shares to which the employee will become entitled, normally after three years, subject to the individual remaining in employment. All awards of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares will be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares. Discretionary share option plans Prior to 2005, awards of discretionary share options were made under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme to employees, based on performance criteria and potential. The vesting of these options was subject to the attainment of pre- determined relative TSR performance criteria, except within HSBC France (which was acquired in 2000) where performance criteria were phased in. Under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan the maximum value of options which could have been granted to an employee in any one year (together with any Performance Share awards under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000) was 150 per cent of the employee’s annual salary at the date of grant plus any bonus paid for the previous year (or in exceptional circumstances 225 per cent). Under the HSBC Executive Share Option Scheme the maximum value of options which could have been granted to an employee in any one year was four times the employee’s relevant earnings. Subject to attainment of the relative TSR performance condition where applicable, options are generally exercisable between the third and tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Employees of a subsidiary that is sold or transferred out of HSBC may exercise options awarded under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan or the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme within six or twelve months respectively of the sale or transfer regardless of whether the performance condition is met. Subject to the attainment of relative TSR performance conditions the options are exercisable up to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. In light of the sustained performance and shareholder returns over the three year period to March 2006, the Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion to waive the relative TSR performance condition in respect of the 2003 awards under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. This waiver did not apply to awards with relative TSR performance conditions which were granted to senior executives under the French sub-plan of the HSBC 270 HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme1 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award 1 Apr 1996 24 Mar 1997 12 Aug 1997 16 Mar 1998 29 Mar 1999 10 Aug 1999 31 Aug 1999 3 Apr 2000 Exercise price (£) Exercisable from Exercisable until 1 Apr 1999 1 Apr 2006 3.3334 5.0160 24 Mar 2000 24 Mar 2007 7.7984 12 Aug 2000 12 Aug 2007 6.2767 16 Mar 2001 16 Mar 2008 6.3754 3 Apr 2002 29 Mar 2009 7.4210 10 Aug 2002 10 Aug 2009 7.8710 31 Aug 2002 31 Aug 2009 3 Apr 2010 7.4600 3 Apr 2003 Options at 1 January 2006 208,269 572,819 14,625 1,063,611 17,004,786 117,908 4,000 13,268,990 Options exercised during year2 182,769 366,745 5,625 376,177 5,059,192 5,850 – 3,770,744 Options lapsed during year 25,500 18,000 – 9,000 136,624 12,000 – 249,677 Options at 31 December 2006 – 188,074 9,000 678,434 11,808,970 100,058 4,000 9,248,569 1 The HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme expired on 26 May 2000. No options have been granted under the Scheme since that date. 2 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.72. HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan1 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award 4 Oct 2000 23 Apr 2001 30 Aug 2001 7 May 2002 30 Aug 2002 2 May 2003 29 Aug 2003 3 Nov 2003 30 Apr 2004 27 Aug 2004 20 Apr 2005 Exercise price (£) Exercisable from Exercisable until 9.6420 8.7120 8.2280 8.4050 7.4550 6.9100 8.1300 9.1350 8.2830 8.6500 8.3620 4 Oct 2003 23 Apr 2004 30 Aug 2004 7 May 2005 30 Aug 2005 2 May 2006 29 Aug 2006 3 Nov 2006 30 Apr 2007 27 Aug 2007 30 Apr 2008 4 Oct 2010 23 Apr 2011 30 Aug 2011 7 May 2012 30 Aug 2012 2 May 2013 29 Aug 2013 3 Nov 2013 30 Apr 2014 27 Aug 2014 20 Apr 2015 Options at 1 January 2006 371,885 39,241,828 262,955 44,268,052 410,625 52,831,030 555,080 4,069,800 60,216,608 337,760 7,416,895 Options exercised during year2 43,406 9,285,643 80,762 11,008,002 48,025 17,190,284 100,186 – 61,500 – – Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 7,303 555,716 3,000 758,353 1,000 1,099,160 9,000 814,000 2,227,604 5,290 56,100 321,176 29,400,469 179,193 32,501,697 361,600 34,541,586 445,894 3,255,800 57,927,504 332,470 7,360,795 1 The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan expired on 26 May 2005. No options have been granted under the Plan since that date. 2 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.69. The HSBC Share Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award 21 Jun 2005 30 Sep 2005 Exercise price (£) Exercisable from Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 8.794 21 Jun 2008 21 Jun 2009 9.170 30 Sep 2008 30 Sep 2015 552,526 74,985 Options exercised during year – – Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 – – 552,526 74,985 Subsidiary company share plans HSBC France and its subsidiaries When it was acquired in 2000, HSBC France and its subsidiary company, HSBC Private Bank France, operated employee share option plans under which options could be granted over their respective shares. No further options will be granted under either of these companies’ plans. The following are details of options to acquire shares in HSBC France and HSBC Private Bank France. 271 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Employees > Subsidiary company share plans HSBC France shares of €5 Date of award 9 May 1996 7 May 1997 29 Apr 1998 7 Apr 1999 12 Apr 2000 Exercise price (€) Exercisable Exercisable Options at 1 January from until 2006 Options exercised during year1 Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 20061 35.52 9 May 1998 9 May 2006 7 Jun 2000 7 May 2007 37.05 7 Jun 2000 29 Apr 2008 73.50 7 Jun 2000 81.71 7 Apr 2009 1 Jan 2002 12 Apr 2010 142.50 44,500 162,000 285,244 475,502 765,750 44,500 96,000 93,090 91,900 119,625 – – – – – – 66,000 192,154 383,602 646,125 1 Following exercise of the options, the HSBC France shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as for the acquisition of HSBC France (13 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC France share). At 31 December 2006, The HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1) held 15,316,328 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC France shares arising from the exercise of these options. HSBC Private Bank France shares of €2 Date of award 21 Dec 1999 9 Mar 2000 15 May 2001 1 Oct 2002 Exercise price (€) Exercisable Exercisable Options at 1 January from until 2006 Options exercised during year1 Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 20061 10.84 21 Dec 2000 21 Dec 2009 12.44 27 Jun 2004 31 Dec 2010 20.80 15 May 2002 15 May 2011 1 Oct 2012 2 Oct 2005 22.22 91,150 82,160 229,275 195,075 34,020 54,534 74,250 32,000 – – – – 57,130 27,626 155,025 163,075 1 Following exercise of the options, the HSBC Private Bank France shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 1.83 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Private Bank France share. At 31 December 2006, The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 held 1,085,323 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC Private Bank France shares arising from the exercise of these options. HSBC Finance and its subsidiaries Following the acquisition of HSBC Finance in 2003, all outstanding options and equity-based awards over HSBC Finance common shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the share exchange offer for the acquisition of HSBC Finance (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Finance common share) and the exercise prices per share were adjusted accordingly. No further options will be granted under any of these plans. All outstanding options and other equity-based awards over HSBC Finance common shares granted before 14 November 2002, being the date the transaction was announced, vested on completion of the acquisition. Options and equity-based awards granted on or after 14 November 2002 will be exercisable on their original terms, save that they have been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio. The following are details of options and equity- based awards to acquire shares in HSBC Holdings. At 31 December 2006, the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 and the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 (No.2) held 8,670,335 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and 198,665 American Depositary Shares (‘ADSs’), each of which represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which may be used to satisfy the exercise of employee share options. 272 HSBC Finance: 1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award 11 Nov 1996 14 May 1997 10 Nov 1997 15 Jun 1998 1 Jul 1998 9 Nov 1998 17 May 1999 3 Jun 1999 31 Aug 1999 8 Nov 1999 30 Jun 2000 8 Feb 2000 13 Nov 2000 12 Nov 2001 20 Nov 2002 Exercise Exercisable Exercisable Options at 1 January price (US$) from until 2006 Options exercised during year1 Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 1 Jul 2008 1 Jul 1999 11.43 11 Nov 1997 11 Nov 2006 11.29 14 May 1998 14 May 2007 14.60 10 Nov 1998 10 Nov 2007 17.08 15 Jun 1999 15 Jun 2008 19.21 13.71 9 Nov 1999 9 Nov 2008 16.99 17 May 2000 17 May 2009 16.32 3 Jun 2009 3 Jun 2000 13.96 31 Aug 2000 31 Aug 2009 16.96 8 Nov 2000 8 Nov 2009 15.70 30 Jun 2001 30 Jun 2010 8 Feb 2010 13.26 18.40 13 Nov 2001 13 Nov 2010 21.37 12 Nov 2002 12 Nov 2011 10.66 20 Nov 20032 20 Nov 2012 8 Feb 2001 607,225 180,567 3,388,670 802,500 80,250 4,543,154 334,375 200,625 345,077 4,869,841 26,846 66,875 6,379,208 7,571,322 6,357,805 607,225 60,189 2,781,413 – – 2,501,013 – 200,625 8,026 86,939 – – 30,094 – 3,219,228 – 20,063 33,573 – – 26,750 – – 5,350 53,500 – – 53,500 56,978 13,375 – 100,315 573,684 802,500 80,250 2,015,391 334,375 – 331,701 4,729,402 26,846 66,875 6,295,614 7,514,344 3,125,202 1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.77. 2 25 per cent of the original award is exercisable on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of award. May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement. HSBC Finance: 1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan1 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award 15 Nov 2002 20 Nov 2002 2 Dec 2002 16 Dec 2002 20 Dec 2002 2 Jan 2003 15 Jan 2003 3 Feb 2003 14 Feb 2003 3 Mar 2003 Vesting from2 Vesting until2 15 Nov 2005 20 Nov 2005 2 Dec 2005 16 Dec 2005 20 Dec 2005 2 Jan 2006 15 Jan 2006 3 Feb 2006 14 Feb 2006 3 Mar 2006 15 Nov 2007 20 Nov 2007 2 Dec 2007 16 Dec 2007 20 Dec 2007 2 Jan 2008 15 Jan 2008 3 Feb 2008 14 Feb 2008 3 Mar 2008 Rights at 1 January 2006 Rights vested during year3 Rights lapsed during year Rights at 31 December 2006 4,817 1,132,606 7,137 23,902 91,853 1,338 31,432 9,501 147,393 1,338 2,408 562,572 3,121 11,771 – 445 10,473 3,157 49,128 445 – 31,007 893 357 3,567 – – – – – 2,409 539,027 3,123 11,774 88,286 893 20,959 6,344 98,265 893 1 Awards of Restricted Stock Rights which represent a right to receive shares for nil consideration if the employee remains in the employment of HSBC Finance at the date of vesting. 2 Restricted Stock Rights vest one third on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date of award. May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement. 3 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which rights vested was £9.83. Beneficial Corporation: 1990 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award 20 Nov 1996 14 Nov 1997 19 Nov 1997 1 Dec 1997 Exercise Exercisable Exercisable Options at 1 January price (US$) from until 2006 Options exercised during year1 Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 7.86 9.20 9.39 9.68 20 Nov 1997 20 Nov 2006 14 Nov 1998 14 Nov 2007 19 Nov 1998 19 Nov 2007 1 Dec 1998 1 Dec 2007 244,175 131,248 383,946 49,218 244,175 – 74,721 – – – – – – 131,248 309,225 49,218 1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.77. 273 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Employees > Subsidiary company share plans / Employee compensation Beneficial Corporation: BenShares Equity Participation Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award 31 Jan 1997 15 Nov 1997 Exercise Exercisable Exercisable Options at 1 January price (US$) from until 2006 Options exercised during year1 Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 9.87 31 Jan 1998 31 Jan 2007 11.04 15 Nov 1998 15 Nov 2007 36,391 48,719 15,457 12,312 821 821 20,113 35,586 1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.73. Renaissance Holdings, Inc: Amended and Restated 1997 Incentive Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award 31 Oct 1997 1 Jan 1998 1 Oct 1998 1 Jan 1999 Exercise Exercisable Exercisable Options at 1 January price (US$) from until 2006 Options exercised during year Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 1.25 31 Oct 1998 31 Oct 2007 1 Jan 2008 1.25 1 Oct 2008 1.74 1 Jan 2009 2.24 1 Jan 1999 1 Oct 1999 1 Jan 2000 1,325 1,424 803 5,024 – – – – – – – – 1,325 1,424 803 5,024 Bank of Bermuda plans Following the acquisition of Bank of Bermuda in 2004, all outstanding options over Bank of Bermuda shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares based on the consideration of US$40 for each Bank of Bermuda share and the average closing price of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, for the five business days preceding the closing date of the acquisition. No further options will be granted under any of these plans. All outstanding options over Bank of Bermuda shares vested on completion of the acquisition. The following are details of options to acquire shares in HSBC Holdings. At 31 December 2006, the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 held 2,266,949 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be used to satisfy the exercise of these options. Bank of Bermuda: Executive Share Option Plan 1997 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award Exercise price (US$) Exercisable from Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 Options exercised during year1 Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 1 Jul 1998 23 Feb 1999 3 Aug 1999 4 Feb 2000 1 Jun 2000 31 Jul 2000 11 Jan 2001 1 Jul 1999 9.61 1 Jul 2008 7.40 23 Feb 2000 23 Feb 2009 7.10 3 Aug 2000 3 Aug 2009 4 Feb 2001 4 Feb 2010 7.21 1 Jun 2010 1 Jun 2001 7.04 10.11 31 Jul 2001 31 Jul 2010 14.27 11 Jan 2002 11 Jan 2011 67,813 11,684 9,331 57,136 61,649 46,239 161,829 – – – 16,951 – 18,495 – – – – – – – – 67,813 11,684 9,331 40,185 61,649 27,744 161,829 1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.61. 274 Bank of Bermuda: Share Option Plan 2000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award Exercise price (US$) Exercisable from Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 Options exercised during year1 Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 11 Jan 2001 6 Feb 2001 29 Mar 2001 16 Apr 2001 6 Jun 2001 16 Jul 2001 28 Aug 2001 26 Sep 2001 30 Jan 2002 5 Feb 2002 5 Feb 2002 10 Jul 2002 4 Feb 2003 21 Apr 2003 14.27 11 Jan 2002 11 Jan 2011 6 Feb 2011 6 Feb 2002 16.41 15.39 29 Mar 2002 29 Mar 2011 15.57 16 Apr 2002 16 Apr 2011 18.35 6 Jun 2011 6 Jun 2002 16.87 16 Jul 2002 16 Jul 2011 15.39 28 Aug 2002 28 Aug 2011 12.79 26 Sep 2002 26 Sep 2011 15.60 30 Jan 2003 30 Jan 2012 5 Feb 2012 5 Feb 2003 16.09 16.41 5 Feb 2012 5 Feb 2003 15.84 10 Jul 2003 10 Jul 2012 10.69 4 Feb 2013 4 Feb 2004 11.85 21 Apr 2004 21 Apr 2013 134,857 799,334 270 539 8,091 158,485 13,486 448,945 1,226 1,051,814 1,383 12,260 199,345 48,853 – 140,524 – – – 81,438 – 10,360 – 172,382 1,383 – 59,687 28,013 – 28,164 – – – 62,117 – – – 14,050 – – – – 134,857 630,646 270 539 8,091 14,930 13,486 438,585 1,226 865,382 – 12,260 139,658 20,840 1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.68. Bank of Bermuda: Directors’ Share Option Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 Date of award Exercise price (US$) Exercisable from Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 Options exercised during year Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 22 Sep 1999 20 Sep 2000 28 Mar 2001 3 Apr 2002 30 Apr 2003 8.02 22 Sep 2000 22 Sep 2009 11.31 20 Sep 2001 20 Sep 2010 15.76 28 Mar 2002 28 Mar 2011 3 Apr 2012 3 Apr 2003 16.01 12.23 30 Apr 2004 30 Apr 2013 7,706 9,440 15,508 29,424 9,808 – – – – – 4,624 5,394 2,697 4,904 4,904 3,082 4,046 12,811 24,520 4,904 Number of Employees 1 1 1 1 1 £4,500,001 – £4,600,000 ............................. £5,900,001 – £6,000,000 ............................. £6,400,001 – £6,500,000 ............................. £7,900,001 – £8,000,000 ............................. £10,400,001 – £10,500,000 .......................... The aggregate remuneration of Directors and Senior Management for the year ended 31 December 2006 was US$84,316,000. The aggregate amount set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for Directors and Senior Management for the year ended 31 December 2006 was US$2,862,389. Executive Directors and members of Senior Management are generally subject to notice periods of up to 12 months and a normal retirement age of 65. The new UK pensions tax regime introduced by the Finance Act 2004 means that the current pension arrangements may cease to be tax effective for some UK employees. The changes became effective on 6 April 2006. In anticipation of these changes, the Employee compensation and benefits Note 7 on the Financial Statements on pages 320 to 331 gives details about employee compensation and benefits including pension plans. Set out below is information in respect of the five individuals who are not Directors of HSBC Holdings whose emoluments (excluding commissions or bonuses related to the revenue or profits generated by employees individually or collectively with others engaged in similar activities) were the highest in HSBC for the year ended 31 December 2006. Basic salaries, allowances and benefits in kind .......................................................... Pension contributions .................................. Bonuses paid or receivable .......................... Inducements to join paid or receivable ....... Compensation for loss of office: – contractual ........................................... Total ............................................................. Total (US$000) ............................................ £000 1,708 226 19,847 2,012 11,521 35,314 65,001 Their emoluments are within the following bands: 275 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Corporate Responsibility Remuneration Committee established some principles when formulating its policy response: assist the Group’s customers to embrace sustainability in their businesses; 1 the cost of pension provision should not increase; 2 HSBC should not compensate individuals for changes in the tax regime; and 3 HSBC should make available an effective alternative form of reward where current pension provision is no longer tax effective. Corporate Responsibility Corporate Responsibility is the term used at HSBC to describe the Group’s approach to meeting a wide range of non-financial responsibilities which, although not generally enshrined as legal or regulatory requirements, constitute behaviour expected of the Group by its stakeholders, including shareholders, customers and employees. Insofar as these expectations concern HSBC’s impact on the environmental, social and economic well-being of the world at large, Corporate Responsibility influences the Group’s response to encouraging sustainable development. Investing in sustainability HSBC seeks to meet society’s expectations by managing all aspects of its business ethically, responsibly and in an increasingly sustainable way. The Group’s key business values include a commitment to the highest personal standards of integrity at all levels and to honesty, transparency and fair dealing in all its business activities. In recent years HSBC has intensified its efforts to embed sustainability into the way it manages risk and business development opportunities. This acknowledges that HSBC’s continuing financial success depends, in part, on its ability to identify and address non-financial considerations which are material to the business. Recognising that HSBC’s core financial services businesses have the potential to exert the most influence over sustainability issues, a Group Sustainable Development unit was formed in 2005 to work closely with these businesses in all customer groups to help them to manage sustainability risks and to pursue opportunities in environmental markets worldwide. The unit reports directly to the Group Chief Operating Officer. Group Sustainable Development has three main objectives: • business development – helping HSBC to identify and develop business opportunities that 276 • • risk management – providing a policy framework to manage and reduce sustainability risks arising from HSBC’s lending and investment businesses; and advice – providing policy and guidance for management on sustainability issues as they affect HSBC’s corporate real estate portfolio and supply chain. HSBC aims for consistency in the implementation of its sustainable development strategy across all Group businesses. The United Nations set Millennium Development Goals of resisting climate change, achieving water purity, encouraging biodiversity and alleviating poverty. HSBC has identified four themes as relevant to its response. These are risk management (policies and processes); business development (carbon, water, forestry and microfinance); operations (buildings, travel, suppliers and IT); and philanthropy (education and environment). In pursuing its strategy, HSBC Holdings expanded the Group Sustainable Development unit in 2006 to build on existing initiatives and focus on business development opportunities related to the United Nation’s four development goals. In 2005, HSBC was the first major banking organisation in the world to become carbon neutral. This was achieved by a three-stage carbon management plan: to manage and reduce the Group’s direct emissions; to reduce the carbon intensity of the electricity HSBC uses by buying ‘green’ electricity where feasible; and to offset the remaining carbon dioxide emissions by purchasing carbon credits. During 2006, HSBC’s leadership position in managing its carbon footprint attracted wide-ranging public interest and led to a marked growth in business opportunities presented to the Group in areas such as energy efficiency, low carbon technologies and renewable energy. In recognition of this, and to help clients respond to the challenges and opportunities of creating a lower carbon economy, HSBC launched its carbon finance strategy in 2006. In essence, HSBC will continue to support fossil fuel electricity generation (within the parameters of the Equator Principles and sector-specific risk policies) while working with clients to promote clean energy generation and energy-efficient/renewable energy technologies. HSBC’s approach to business opportunity is complemented by its management of risk. The Group’s Sustainable Risk Advisory Unit has published policies laying down minimum standards for lending and investment covering relationships with clients in energy, forest land and products, freshwater infrastructure and the chemicals industry, all focusing on how HSBC’s involvement in these environmentally sensitive industries can contribute to sustainable development. Community involvement HSBC sees value and opportunity from aligning its longstanding commitment to the environment with its core strategic themes. In 2006, for example, the HSBC Global Education Trust launched ‘Future First’, a five-year programme designed to help street children, children in care and orphans, under which HSBC’s operations around the world will collaborate with local charitable organisations to make a lasting and beneficial difference by supporting projects that bring these children into the mainstream of society. The programme complements HSBC’s sustainable business development focus on poverty, for which a microfinance strategy was developed during 2006. In recognition of its leadership in merging social, environmental and business objectives, HSBC was named as overall winner in the first Financial Times Sustainable Banking Awards in 2006. The awards, in association with the International Finance Corporation, drew 90 entries from 48 financial institutions around the world. In addition to initiatives noted above, HSBC highlighted ‘Investing in Nature’, its US$50 million, five-year eco-partnership with Earthwatch Institute, WWF and Botanic Gardens Conservation International. Also in 2006, HSBC’s Group Head Office building in London achieved an overall rating of ‘Excellent’ for site management and operation under the Environmental Assessment Method run by the Building Research Establishment, the UK’s leading environmental standards authority. Health and safety The maintenance of appropriate health and safety standards throughout HSBC remains a key responsibility of all managers and HSBC is committed to managing actively all health and safety risks associated with its business. HSBC’s objectives are to identify, remove, reduce or control material risks of fires and of accidents or injuries to employees and visitors. Health and Safety Policies, Group standards and procedures are set by Group Corporate Real Estate and are implemented by Health, Safety and Fire 277 Co-ordinators based in each country in which HSBC operates. Despite the considerable international pressure on terrorist networks over the past few years, the global threat from terrorism persists. HSBC remains committed to maintaining its preparedness and to ensuring the highest standards of health and safety wherever in the world it operates. Group Security provides regular risk assessments in areas of increased risk to assist management in judging the level of terrorist threat. In addition, Regional Security functions conduct regular security reviews to ensure measures to protect HSBC staff, buildings, assets and information are appropriate for the level of threat. Supplier payment policy HSBC Holdings subscribes to the Better Payment Practice Code for all suppliers, the four principles of which are: to agree payment terms at the outset and stick to them; to explain payment procedures to suppliers; to pay bills in accordance with any contract agreed with the supplier or as required by law; and to tell suppliers without delay when an invoice is contested and settle disputes quickly. Copies of, and information about, the Code are available from: The Department of Trade and Industry, 1 Victoria Street, London SW1H 0ET; and the internet at www.dti.gov.uk/publications. It is HSBC Holdings’ practice to organise payment to its suppliers through a central accounts function operated by its subsidiary, HSBC Bank. Included in the balance with HSBC Bank is the amount due to trade creditors which, at 31 December 2006, represented 20 days’ average daily purchases of goods and services received from such creditors, calculated in accordance with the Companies Act 1985, as amended by Statutory Instrument 1997/571. Donations During the year, HSBC made charitable donations totalling US$86.3 million. Of this amount, US$32.8 million was given for charitable purposes in the UK. No political donations were made during the year. At the Annual General Meeting in 2003, shareholders gave authority for HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank to make EU political donations and incur EU political expenditure up to a maximum aggregate sum of £250,000 and £50,000 respectively over a four-year period as a precautionary measure H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) Corporate Responsibility / Shareholders in light of the wide definitions in The Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000. These authorities have not been used. Corporate responsibility reporting HSBC provides information in its Corporate Responsibility Report 2006 and website (www.hsbc.com/cr) on the extent to which it has complied with its environmental, social and ethical policies. Aspects covered include: how HSBC is implementing and applying the Equator Principles to manage the environmental and social risks in project finance; employee diversity; environmental management; and health and safety. HSBC is using the guidelines of the Global Reporting Initiative in producing its Corporate Responsibility Report 2006. Third party scrutiny of the assertions made in the report is provided through an assurance process conducted by Den Norske Veritas. HSBC also participates in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index, FTSE4Good and Business in the Community’s Environment Index. HSBC’s Corporate Responsibility Report 2006 will be available at www.hsbc.com/crreport from May 2007. Shareholders Dividends for 2006 First, second and third interim dividends for 2006, each of US$0.15 per ordinary share, were paid on 6 July 2006, 4 October 2006, and 18 January 2007 respectively. Note 11 on the Financial Statements gives more information on the dividends declared in 2006. On 5 March 2007, the Directors declared a fourth interim dividend for 2006 of US$0.36 per ordinary share in lieu of a final dividend, which will be payable to ordinary shareholders on 10 May 2007 in cash in US dollars, or in sterling or Hong Kong dollars at exchange rates to be determined on 30 April 2007, with a scrip dividend alternative. As the fourth interim dividend for 2006 was declared after the balance sheet date it has not been included as a creditor at 31 December 2006. The reserves available for distribution at 31 December 2006 are US$12,045 million. A quarterly dividend of US$15.50 per 6.20 per cent non-cumulative US dollar preference share, Series A (‘Series A dollar preference share’), equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Share, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A dollar preference share was paid on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December 2006. Dividends for 2007 The proposed timetables for the interim dividends in respect of 2007 on the ordinary shares of US$0.50 are given in the Shareholder Information section on page 436. A quarterly dividend of US$15.50 per Series A dollar preference share equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Share, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A dollar preference share was declared on 12 February 2007 for payment on 15 March 2007. Communication with shareholders Communication with shareholders is given high priority. Extensive information about HSBC’s activities is provided in the Annual Report and Accounts, Annual Review and the Interim Report which are sent to shareholders and are available on www.hsbc.com. There is regular dialogue with institutional investors and enquiries from individuals on matters relating to their shareholdings and the business of HSBC are welcomed and are dealt with in an informative and timely manner. All shareholders are encouraged to attend the Annual General Meeting or the informal meeting of shareholders held in Hong Kong to discuss the progress of HSBC. Notifiable interests in share capital According to the register maintained by HSBC Holdings up to 20 January 2007 pursuant to section 211 of the Companies Act 1985: • Legal and General Investment Management Limited gave notice on 11 June 2002 that it had an interest on 10 June 2002 in 284,604,788 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 3.01 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date; and • Barclays PLC gave notice on 6 December 2006 that it had an interest on 29 November 2006 in 438,557,151 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 3.79 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date. Since 20 January 2007, no disclosures of major shareholdings have been made to the Company pursuant to the requirements of the Financial Services Authority Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5. 278 There are no notifiable interests in the equity Resolutions to receive the Annual Report share capital recorded in the register maintained under section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. In compliance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at least 25 per cent of the total issued share capital of HSBC Holdings has been held by the public at all times during 2006 and up to the date of this Report. Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares Except for dealings as intermediaries by HSBC Bank, HSBC Financial Products (France) and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, which are members of a European Economic Area exchange, neither HSBC Holdings nor any subsidiary undertaking has bought, sold or redeemed any securities of HSBC Holdings during the year ended 31 December 2006. Annual General Meeting The Annual General Meeting of HSBC Holdings will be held at the Barbican Hall, Barbican Centre, London EC2 on Friday 25 May 2007 at 11.00am. and Accounts and to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the re-election of Directors and the reappointment of KPMG Audit Plc as Auditor will be submitted to the Annual General Meeting. KPMG Audit Plc has expressed its willingness to continue in office and the Group Audit Committee and the Board have recommended that they be reappointed. Resolutions will also be submitted to the Annual General Meeting to renew the authorities for the allotment of shares, the disapplication of pre-emption rights, the purchase of ordinary shares, the scrip dividend alternative, political donations and expenditure, and to seek approval for shareholder electronic communications pursuant to the Companies Act 2006 and for changes to the articles of association. A live webcast of the Annual General Meeting will be available on www.hsbc.com. From shortly after the conclusion of the Meeting until 30 June 2007 a recording of the proceedings will be available on www.hsbc.com. On behalf of the Board S K Green, Group Chairman 5 March 2007 279 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Directors’ Remuneration Report Remuneration Committee / Principles / Executive Directors Page Remuneration policy (not audited) Remuneration Committee ............................. Overall principles .......................................... Executive Directors ....................................... Salary ......................................................... Annual cash bonus ..................................... Long-term incentive plan ........................... 2007 awards ........................................... Performance conditions ......................... Arrangements from 2001-2004 .............. Total Shareholder Return ....................... Pensions ..................................................... Service contracts ........................................ Other directorships .................................... Non-executive Directors ............................... Fees ........................................................... Remuneration review (audited) Directors’ emoluments .................................. Pensions ........................................................ Share plans .................................................... 280 280 280 281 281 281 281 281 283 283 284 284 284 285 285 286 286 287 Moody-Stuart attended all of these meetings and W K L Fung attended six meetings. Sir John Kemp- Welch attended three of the four meetings held before his retirement. J D Coombe attended each of the three meetings held following his appointment. Towers Perrin, a firm of specialist human resources consultants, has been appointed by the Committee to provide independent advice on executive remuneration issues. As a global firm, Towers Perrin also provides other remuneration, actuarial and retirement consulting services to various parts of HSBC. Other than the provision of expert advice in these areas to the Remuneration Committee and to HSBC, Towers Perrin has no connection with HSBC. Other consultants are used from time to time on specific issues. During the year the Group Chief Executive provided regular briefings to the Remuneration Committee. The Committee received advice from the Group General Manager, Human Resources, P W Boyles, the Senior Executive, Group Reward Management, P M Wood and the Head of Group Performance and Reward, J Beadle. Remuneration Committee Overall principles The Remuneration Committee meets regularly to consider human resource issues, particularly terms and conditions of employment, remuneration, retirement benefits, the development of high potential employees and key succession planning. Within the authority delegated by the Board, the Committee is responsible for approving the remuneration policy of HSBC including the terms of bonus plans, share plans and other long-term incentive plans and for agreeing the individual remuneration packages of executive Directors and other senior Group employees. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration. Following each meeting the Committee reports to the Board on its activities. The terms of reference of the Committee are available at www.hsbc.com/ boardcommittees. The members of the Remuneration Committee throughout 2006 were Sir Mark Moody-Stuart (Chairman), W K L Fung and S Hintze. Sir John Kemp-Welch was a member of the Committee until 26 May 2006. J D Coombe was appointed a member of the Committee on 1 June 2006. From the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting to be held in 2007, W K L Fung and S Hintze will retire as members of the Committee and G Morgan will become a member of the Committee. There were seven meetings of the Remuneration Committee during 2006. S Hintze and Sir Mark In carrying out its responsibilities, the Remuneration Committee applies the following key principles: • • • • to ensure that the total remuneration package (salary, bonus, long-term incentive awards and other benefits) is competitive in relation to comparable organisations in each of the markets in which HSBC operates; to offer fair and realistic salaries with an important element of variable pay, differentiated by performance; through awards of shares to recognise high performance, retain key talent and provide alignment with the interests of shareholders; and to follow a policy of moving progressively from defined benefit to defined contribution pension schemes. Executive Directors Consistent with the principles applied by the Committee, there are four key components to executive Directors’ remuneration: • • • • salary; annual cash bonus; long-term incentives; and pension. 280 To ensure that the executive Directors’ remuneration packages are competitive having regard to the broad international nature of the Group and the scope of its activities, the Remuneration Committee considers market data on senior executive remuneration arrangements within organisations that are considered key competitors. As far as the executive Directors are concerned, these are FTSE30 companies with significant international operations and other major European and where appropriate US parented banks. Remuneration policy for executive Directors is intended to provide competitive rates of base salary but with the potential for the majority of the value of the remuneration package to be delivered in the form of both short and long-term incentives. This typically results in base salary comprising around 30 per cent of total direct pay and the remaining 70 per cent split between annual bonus and the expected value of Performance Share awards. The policy adopted in 2006 will also apply in 2007. It is however, kept under regular review and where appropriate, shareholders will be consulted about any proposed changes in policy for subsequent years. Any such changes will also be described in future reports on Directors’ remuneration. Performance against these key measures may result in discretionary cash bonuses of up to 250 per cent of basic salary for executive Directors. The table below shows the awards made to the current executive Directors in 2006 in respect of 2005 and in 2007 in respect of 2006. D J Flint ........................ M F Geoghegan ............ S K Green ...................... 2007 £000 500 1,750 1,750 2006 £000 500 1,819 1,750 Long-term incentive plan In 2005 the vesting of Performance Share awards was made more challenging and highly geared to performance than under the previous arrangements. Under The HSBC Share Plan vesting is now based on two independent measures, relative TSR and growth in earnings per share, both of which are considered by the Remuneration Committee to be key measures of the Group’s overall business success. Awards under The HSBC Share Plan can be up to a maximum of seven times salary. Individual awards being made in 2007 are set out in the table below. Each component of executive Directors’ remuneration is explained below. 2007 awards Salary The Committee reviews salary levels for executive Directors each year and any adjustments made take into account the individual’s performance in the job as well as competitive rates of pay found in comparator organisations. The table below shows base salaries in 2006 and with effect from 1 March 2007 or, in the case of M F Geoghegan, 1 June 2007. 2007 £000 700 1,070 1,250 2006 £000 575 1,000 1,250 D J Flint ........................ M F Geoghegan ............ S K Green ..................... Annual cash bonus Cash bonuses for executive Directors are based primarily upon performance measured against a number of key financial targets for the Group. An assessment of individual performance, customer satisfaction and measures of employee engagement are also factors taken into account in determining bonuses for executive Directors. D J Flint .......................... M F Geoghegan .............. S K Green ........................ Face value 2007 £000 2,200 5,000 3,750 Total ................................ 10,950 2006 £000 1,600 2,000 2,500 6,100 It is to be noted that all of the shares will only be released to participants if both performance conditions are fully met. The ‘expected value’ of these awards is 44 per cent of the face value. Performance conditions Awards of Performance Shares under The HSBC Share Plan are divided into two equal parts subject to separate performance conditions measured over a three-year performance period (‘the performance period’): • the Total Shareholder Return award (‘TSR award’): one half of the award of Performance Shares will be subject to a relative TSR measure. TSR is defined as the growth in share value and declared dividend income during the relevant period. In calculating TSR, dividend income is assumed to be reinvested in the 281 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued) Executive Directors • underlying shares. As the comparator group includes companies listed on overseas markets, a common currency is used to ensure that TSR is measured on a consistent basis; and the earnings per ordinary share award (‘EPS award’): the other half of the Performance Share award will be based upon the absolute growth in EPS achieved by HSBC Holdings. For this purpose, EPS means the profit attributable to the shareholders (expressed in US dollars), divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue and held outside the Group during the year in question. The TSR award is based on HSBC’s ranking against a comparator group of 28 major banks. The comparator group will generally comprise the largest banks in the world measured in terms of market capitalisation, but also having regard to the geographic spread and the nature of the activities of each bank. The Remuneration Committee will use these criteria in selecting any replacements to the comparator group that may be necessary during the performance period, for example because a bank ceases to exist or to be quoted or if its relevance to HSBC as a comparator significantly diminishes. The TSR comparator group during 2006 and also at 5 March 2007 comprises ABN AMRO Holding N.V., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A, Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A., Bank of America Corporation, The Bank of New York Company, Inc., Barclays PLC, BNP PARIBAS S.A., Citigroup Inc., Crédit Agricole S.A., Credit Suisse Group, Deutsche Bank AG, HBOS plc, JPMorgan Chase & Co., Lloyds TSB Group plc, Mitsubishi Tokyo Financial Group, Inc., Mizuho Financial Group, Inc., Morgan Stanley, National Australia Bank Limited, Royal Bank of Canada, The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Société Générale, Standard Chartered PLC, UBS AG, UniCredito Italiano S.p.A., US Bancorp, Wachovia Corporation, Wells Fargo & Company and Westpac Banking Corporation. The extent to which the TSR award will vest will be determined on a sliding scale based on HSBC Holdings’ relative TSR ranking against the comparator group. For TSR performance in line with the bank ranked 14th, only 30 per cent of the conditional TSR award will vest; if HSBC’s performance is in line with or above the bank ranked 7th in the ranked list all of the TSR award shares will vest. Vesting between the 14th and 7th ranked banks will be based on HSBC’s position against the ranked 282 list. In simple terms, the percentage vesting will start at 30 per cent and will rise in 10 per cent increments for each position that HSBC achieves higher than the 14th bank in the ranked list until full vesting is achieved for TSR performance equal to or greater than the 7th bank in the ranked list. Where HSBC’s performance falls between these incremental steps, account will be taken of HSBC’s TSR performance relative to the banks immediately above and below it. For example, if HSBC’s TSR falls half way between the bank ranked 12th (where, a release of 50 per cent of the TSR award would occur) and the bank ranked 13th (where a release of 40 per cent of the TSR award would occur), then the actual proportion of the TSR award released would be 45 per cent, i.e. half way between 40 per cent and 50 per cent. For the EPS award, the base measure will be EPS for the financial year preceding that in which the award is made (‘the base year’). EPS will then be compared with the base year over three consecutive financial years commencing with the year in which the award is made. Incremental EPS will be calculated by expressing as a percentage of the EPS of the base year the difference each year of the three- year performance period between the EPS of that year and the EPS of the base year (with a negative percentage for any year in which the EPS is less than the EPS of the base year). These percentages will then be aggregated to arrive at the total incremental EPS for the performance period. In the event that the published EPS for the base year is restated during the performance period to adjust for changes in accounting standards, that restated EPS will be used for the purposes of the EPS performance condition. The percentage of the conditional EPS award vesting will depend upon the absolute growth in EPS achieved over the three years. 30 per cent of the EPS award will vest if the incremental EPS over the performance period is 24 per cent or more. The percentage of shares vesting will rise on a straight line proportionate basis to 100 per cent if HSBC’s incremental EPS over the performance period is 52 per cent or more. No element of the TSR award will vest if over the three-year performance period HSBC’s TSR is below that of the bank ranked 14th in the comparator group list and no element of the EPS award will vest if HSBC’s incremental EPS over the performance period is less than 24 per cent. To the extent that the performance conditions have not been met at the third anniversary, the shares awarded will be forfeited. of award. The test is due to be applied again in March 2007 in respect of the 2003 awards. If it is passed, full vesting and transfer of the shares will take place on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, i.e. in March 2008. If it fails it will be subject to a final test in March 2008. For awards made in 2004 the performance conditions are the same but, if the performance test is not passed at the third anniversary, i.e. in March 2007, the shares will be forfeited. In addition to these performance conditions, none of the outstanding awards will vest unless the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that, during the performance period, HSBC has achieved sustained growth. The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to recommend early release of shares awarded in certain circumstances, for example, retirement, redundancy or ill health. When events occur which cause the Remuneration Committee to consider that the performance conditions have become unfair or impractical, the right is reserved for the Committee to amend or substitute the performance conditions. Whilst the Committee decided that options granted in 2003 under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan to employees below senior executive level could vest in March 2006 notwithstanding the failure to achieve the TSR performance condition, the awards of Performance Shares made in 2003 under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 to the 400 or so most senior executives of the Group continue to be subject to the pre-established TSR benchmark performance conditions, as set out above. Total Shareholder Return Graphs 1 to 4 below show HSBC Holdings’ TSR performance against the following: • Graph 1: the benchmark TSR for Performance Shares awarded in March 2003; • Graph 2: The Financial Times-Stock Exchange FTSE 100; • Graph 3: The Morgan Stanley Capital International (‘MSCI’) World Index; and • Graph 4: The MSCI Financials Index. In addition, awards will not vest unless the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that HSBC Holdings’ financial performance has shown a sustained improvement in the period since the award date. In determining whether HSBC has achieved a sustained improvement in performance the Remuneration Committee will take account of all relevant factors but in particular comparisons against the comparator group in areas such as revenue growth and mix, cost efficiency, credit performance, cash return on cash invested, dividend performance and total shareholder return. Following the three-year performance period, the conditions applying to awards of Performance Shares under The HSBC Share Plan will be tested and vesting will take place shortly afterwards. Shares released will include additional shares equivalent to the value of the dividends payable on the vested shares over the performance period, where permitted by the laws of the relevant jurisdiction. If events occur which cause the Remuneration Committee to consider that a performance condition has become unfair or impractical, the right is reserved to the Remuneration Committee, if it considers it appropriate to do so, to amend, relax or waive the condition. Awards will vest in full immediately in cases of death. In the event of redundancy, retirement on grounds of injury or ill health, early retirement by agreement, normal retirement and where a participant ceases to be employed by HSBC, awards will normally vest at the end of the vesting period on a time-apportioned basis to the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied. In the event of a change of control, awards will normally vest immediately and on a time-apportioned basis to the extent that the TSR performance condition has been satisfied. Awards will normally be forfeited if the participant is dismissed for cause or resigns from HSBC. In all these circumstances the Committee retains discretion to ensure fair and reasonable treatment. Arrangements from 2001-2004 Between 2001 and 2004, awards of Performance shares were made under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000. Vesting was linked to the attainment of predetermined TSR targets over a three-year period from the date of the award. For awards made in 2003 the initial performance period was three years but the performance target was not achieved at the third anniversary of the date 283 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued) Executive Directors / Non-executive Directors Graph 1: HSBC TSR and Benchmark TSR Graph 5: HSBC TSR and FTSE 100 Index Graph 2: HSBC TSR and FTSE 100 Index Source: Datastream Pensions Graph 3: HSBC TSR and MSCI World Index The normal retirement age for executive Directors is 65. The pension entitlements earned by the executive Directors during the year are set out on pages 286 and 287. Service contracts HSBC’s policy is to employ executive Directors on one-year rolling contracts although, on recruitment, longer initial terms may be approved by the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee will, consistent with the best interests of the Group, seek to minimise termination payments. Each executive Director has a rolling service contract with a notice period of 12 months for either party save that D J Flint’s contract provides for nine months notice to be given by Mr Flint. There are no provisions for compensation upon early termination of any executive Directors’ service contracts. The dates of executive Directors’ service Graph 4: HSBC TSR and MSCI Financials Index contracts are as follows: Contract date Sir John Bond1 ................................... 14 July 1994 D J Flint ............................................. 29 September 1995 25 May 2004 M F Geoghegan ................................. 9 March 1998 S K Green ........................................... A W Jebson1 ....................................... 14 January 2000 1 Retired as a Director on 26 May 2006. Other directorships Executive Directors, if so authorised by either the Nomination Committee or the Board, may accept appointments as non-executive Directors of suitable companies which are not part of HSBC. Approval will not be given for executive Directors to accept a non-executive directorship of more than one FTSE 100 company. When considering a non-executive appointment, the Nomination Committee or Board will take into account the expected time commitment Pursuant to the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002, graph 5 below shows HSBC Holdings’ TSR performance against the FTSE 100 Index, for the five-year period ended 31 December 2006. The FTSE 100 has been chosen as this is a recognised broad equity market index of which HSBC Holdings is a member. 284 of such appointment. The time commitment for executive Directors’ external appointments will be reviewed as part of the annual Board review. Any remuneration receivable in respect of an external appointment is normally paid to HSBC, unless otherwise approved by the Remuneration Committee. Sir John Bond retained his fees as a non- executive Director of the Ford Motor Company, which were provided partly in the form of restricted shares, which become unrestricted over a period of five years. During the period from 1 January to 26 May 2006, when Sir John Bond retired as a Director of HSBC Holdings, the fees received were US$32,000 in cash and US$48,000 deferred into Ford common stock units. In addition, Ford provided US$200,000 of life assurance and US$500,000 of accidental death or dismemberment insurance. The life assurance can be continued after retirement from the board or Sir John Bond could elect to have it reduced to US$100,000 and receive US$15,000 a year for life. The accidental death or dismemberment insurance ends upon retirement from the board. Non-executive Directors Non-executive Directors are appointed for fixed terms not exceeding three years, subject to their re-election by shareholders at subsequent Annual General Meetings. Non-executive Directors have no service contract and are not eligible to participate in HSBC’s share plans. Non-executive Directors’ terms of appointment will expire as follows: in 2007, R K F Ch’ien, S Hintze and H Sohmen; in 2008, Lord Butler, Baroness Dunn, J D Coombe, W K L Fung, J W J Hughes-Hallett and Sir Brian Moffat; in 2009, S W Newton, S M Robertson and Sir Brian Williamson; and in 2010, R A Fairhead, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart and G Morgan. Fees Non-executive Directors’ fees are regularly reviewed and compared with other large international companies. The current fee, which was approved by shareholders in 2006, is £65,000 per annum. In addition, non-executive Directors receive the following fees: Chairman, Audit Committee ...................... Member, Audit Committee ......................... £50,000 p.a. £20,000 p.a. During 2006, seven meetings of the Group Audit Committee were held. Chairman, Remuneration Committee ......... Member, Remuneration Committee ........... £40,000 p.a. £20,000 p.a. During 2006, seven meetings of the Remuneration Committee were held. Chairman, Nomination Committee ............ Member, Nomination Committee ............... £30,000 p.a. £20,000 p.a. During 2006, four meetings of the Nomination Committee were held. Chairman, Corporate Responsibility Committee .............................................. £30,000 p.a. Member, Corporate Responsibility Committee .............................................. £20,000 p.a. During 2006, five meetings of the Corporate Responsibility Committee were held. 285 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued) Directors emoluments / Pensions / Share plans Directors’ emoluments (Audited) The emoluments of the Directors of HSBC Holdings for 2006 were as follows: Fees £000 Salary Allowance1 £000 £000 Benefits in kind2 £000 Bonuses3 £000 – – – – – 115 200 97 85 85 136 105 77 44 145 125 16 65 65 – 85 602 563 939 1,170 227 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 275 375 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 16 17 19 14 7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1,458 500 1,5356 1,750 573 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Total 2006 £000 2,076 1,355 2,868 2,934 807 115 200 97 85 85 136 105 77 44 145 125 16 65 65 – 85 Total 2005 £000 4,479 1,190 671 2,529 1,547 90 187 53 70 70 117 85 46 85 115 85 – 55 – 16 70 Executive Directors4 Sir John Bond5 ................. D J Flint ........................... M F Geoghegan ............... S K Green ........................ AW Jebson5 ..................... Non-executive Directors Lord Butler ...................... R K F Ch’ien7 .................. J D Coombe ..................... Baroness Dunn ................. R A Fairhead .................... W K L Fung8 .................... S Hintze ........................... J W J Hughes-Hallett ....... Sir John Kemp-Welch5 .... Sir Brian Moffat ............... Sir Mark Moody-Stuart ... G Morgan9 ....................... S W Newton ..................... S M Robertson10 .............. H Sohmen11 ...................... Sir Brian Williamson ....... Total12 .............................. Total (US$000) ................ 1,445 2,660 3,501 6,444 650 1,196 73 134 5,816 10,705 11,485 21,139 15,541 28,233 1 Executive allowance paid to fund personal pension arrangements. 2 Benefits in kind for executive Directors include provision of company car, medical insurance, other insurance cover, accountancy advice and travel assistance. 3 These discretionary bonuses are in respect of 2006. 4 Each of the executive Directors waived their right to receive a fee from HSBC Holdings (2006: £27,083; 2005: £55,000). 5 Retired as a Director on 26 May 2006. 6 In return for the prior waiver of part of his bonus, an employer contribution has been made into a pension arrangement for M F Geoghegan equal to £215,000 (2005: £1,818,750) which would otherwise have been paid. 7 Includes fees as non-executive Chairman of HSBC Private Equity (Asia) Limited and as a non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. 8 Includes fee as a non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. 9 Appointed as a Director on 1 October 2006. 10 Appointed as a Director on 3 January 2006. 11 H Sohmen has elected to waive any fees payable to him by HSBC Holdings (2006: £65,000; 2005: £55,000). 12 Total emoluments for 2005 include the emoluments of Directors who retired in that year. Pensions (Audited) S K Green ceased membership of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme on 5 April 2006. From 6 April 2006 Mr Green has been entitled to receive benefits from an Employer-Funded Retirement Benefits Scheme (EFRBS). The benefits from the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme will be calculated based on completed service to the date of opting out and on pensionable salary calculated at the date employment with HSBC Holdings plc ceases. The intention of this arrangement is to provide benefits to Mr Green that would be broadly comparable to an accrual rate of one-thirtieth of pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service. M F Geoghegan ceased membership of the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme on 31 March 2006. From 1 April 2006 Mr Geoghegan transferred all past service benefits into the HSBC Asia Holdings Pension Plan, on a defined contribution basis (see below). An employer contribution was made to the HSBC Asia Holdings Pension Plan in respect of 2006 of £215,000 (2005: £1,818,750) arising entirely from a bonus sacrifice. There were no other employer contributions made to this plan. From 1 April 2006 Mr Geoghegan has 286 received an executive allowance of 50 per cent of annual basic salary to fund personal pension arrangements. From 1 January 2006 to 31 March 2006 D J Flint received an executive allowance of 30 per cent of annual basic salary which was paid to fund personal pension arrangements. In addition, for the same period, Mr Flint participated in the HSBC Holdings plc Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on a defined contribution basis with an employer contribution of £26,594 (2005: £92,500). The intention of this arrangement was to provide benefits broadly comparable to an accrual rate of one-thirtieth of pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service. From 1 April 2006 the FURBS was closed and, to ensure that pension arrangements for Mr Flint remain broadly comparable, the executive allowance was increased to 55 per cent of annual basic salary. Accrued annual pension at 31 December Increase in accrued pension during Sir John Bond2 ..... M F Geoghegan4 . S K Green ........... A W Jebson2 ........ 2006 £000 494 – 586 214 Increase in accrued pension during 2006, excluding any increase for inflation £000 2006 £000 Transfer value of accrued pension at 31 December 20051 £000 Transfer value of accrued pension at 31 December 20061 £000 Increase of transfer value of accrued pension (less personal contributions) in 20061 £000 Transfer value (less personal contributions) at 31 December 2006 relating to increase in accrued pensions during 2006, excluding any increase for inflation1 £000 583 14 251 13 49 – 239 10 10,667 12,495 5,758 3,231 11,4103 – 11,0825 5,287 743 – 5,324 2,056 947 – 4,513 254 1 The transfer value represents a liability of HSBC’s pension funds and not a sum paid or due to the individual; it cannot therefore meaningfully be added to annual remuneration. 2 Sir John Bond and A W Jebson retired as employees on 31 May 2006. The accrued annual pension at 31 December 2006 is the same amount as was put into payment on 31 May 2006 following their retirement. Sir John Bond elected to receive a lump sum payment on his retirement, as allowed under the rules of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme. The accrued pension at 31 December 2006 for Sir John Bond is therefore lower than would have been the case had he not opted to receive a lump sum payment. 3 The increase in accrued pension during 2006 has been calculated as the difference between the accrued pension as at 31 December 2006 (ignoring the reduction to the accrued pension due to the exchange of some pension for a lump sum payment on retirement) and the accrued pension as at 31 December 2005. The actual post commutation pension in payment at the year end is lower than the accrued pension at the start of the year due to the exchange of pension for a lump sum payment on retirement. 4 As noted above, on 31 March 2006 M F Geoghegan ceased membership of, and the accrual of benefits under, the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme. As required by the rules of the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme, M F Geoghegan made personal contributions towards his pension of £4,308 in respect of 2006. At 31 December 2005 M F Geoghegan was entitled to a pension of £557,000 per annum and at 31 March 2006 he was entitled to a pension of £571,000 per annum, an increase in accrued pension entitlement during the period of £14,000 per annum (£10,000 per annum excluding any increase for inflation). The increase in the transfer value of the accrued pension (less personal contributions) from 31 December 2005 to 31 March 2006 was £419,000. The transfer value (less personal contributions) at 31 March 2006 relating to the increase in accrued pension during 2006, excluding any increase for inflation, was £216,000. M F Geoghegan transferred all his benefits out of the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme on 31 March 2006 with a transfer payment from the Scheme of £12,918,000 into the HSBC Asia Holdings Pension Plan on a defined contribution basis. There were no pension liabilities under the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme for M F Geoghegan at 31 December 2006. 5 Increase in transfer value reflects increase in base salary in 2006, following S K Green’s new role as Group Chairman. The following unfunded pension payments, in respect of which provision has been made, were made during 2006 to five former Directors of HSBC Holdings: B H Asher .................................. C F W de Croisset ...................... R Delbridge ................................ Sir Brian Pearse ......................... Sir William Purves ..................... 2006 £ 93,812 183,652 134,934 56,269 99,310 567,977 2005 £ 90,465 178,344 130,120 54,261 95,767 548,957 The payments in respect of R Delbridge and Sir Brian Pearse were made by HSBC Bank plc as former Directors of that bank. The payment in respect of C F W de Croisset was made by HSBC France as a former Director of that bank. Share plans (Audited) At 31 December 2006, the undernamed Directors held Performance Share awards and options to acquire the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares set against their respective names. The options awarded under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan before 2001 were exercised at a 15 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the 287 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued) Share plans invitation date and those awarded since 2001 are exercisable at a 20 per cent discount. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong the options are categorised as ‘unlisted physically settled equity derivatives’. No options were awarded or lapsed during the year and except as otherwise indicated, no options were exercised during the year. There are no performance criteria conditional upon which the outstanding options are exercisable. The market value of the ordinary shares at 29 December 2006 was £9.31. The highest and HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 (Audited) lowest market values during the year were £10.28 and £9.14. Market value is the mid-market price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, Performance Share awards under The HSBC Share Plan and the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 are categorised as ‘the interests of a beneficiary of a Trust’. Date of award Exercise price (£) Exercisable from1 Exercisable until Options at 1 January 2006 Options exercised during year Options lapsed during year Options at 31 December 2006 D J Flint ................. 2 May 2002 M F Geoghegan ..... 10 Apr 2000 S K Green .............. 23 Apr 2003 6.3224 1 Aug 2007 6.0299 1 Aug 2005 5.3496 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2008 31 Jan 2006 31 Jan 2009 2,617 559 3,070 – 5332 – – 262 – 2,617 – 3,070 1 May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement. 2 Options over 533 shares were exercised on 31 January 2006 and options over 26 shares lapsed on that date. At the date of exercise, the market value per share was £9.34. The HSBC Share Plan HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 (Audited) Year in which awards may vest Awards at 1 January 2006 Date of award Sir John Bond ......... 27 May 2005 D J Flint .................. M F Geoghegan ...... S K Green ............... 27 May 2005 6 Mar 2006 27 May 2005 6 Mar 2006 27 May 2005 6 Mar 2006 A W Jebson ............. 27 May 2005 2008 2008 2009 2008 2009 2008 2009 2008 474,353 177,883 – 237,177 – 296,471 – 167,803 Awards made during year1 – – 161,458 – 201,823 – 252,278 – Monetary value of awards made during year £000 Awards at 31 December 20062 – – 1,600 – 2,000 – 2,500 – 495,521 185,821 167,220 247,761 209,025 309,701 261,280 175,291 Vesting of these Performance Share awards is subject to the performance conditions described on page 281 being satisfied. 1 At the date of the award, 6 March 2006, the market value per share was £9.895. 2 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends. HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 (Audited) Sir John Bond ............ Date of award 12 Mar 2001 8 Mar 2002 5 Mar 2003 4 Mar 2004 Year in which awards may vest 2006 2007 2008 2009 Awards at 1 January 2006 91,276 136,679 182,406 263,574 Awards vested during year1 92,0632 141,5973 188,9694 273,0584 Monetary value of awards vested during year £000 Awards at 31 December 20061 914 1,318 1,759 2,583 – – – – 288 D J Flint ..................... M F Geoghegan ......... S K Green .................. A W Jebson ................ Date of award 12 Mar 2001 8 Mar 2002 5 Mar 2003 4 Mar 2004 12 Mar 2001 8 Mar 2002 5 Mar 2003 4 Mar 2004 12 Mar 2001 8 Mar 2002 5 Mar 2003 4 Mar 2004 12 Mar 2001 8 Mar 2002 5 Mar 2003 4 Mar 2004 Year in which awards may vest Awards at 1 January 2006 Awards vested during year1 Monetary value of awards vested during year £000 Awards at 31 December 20061 2006 2007 2008 2009 2006 2007 2008 2009 2006 2007 2008 2009 2006 2007 2008 2009 65,198 86,324 124,367 130,532 39,119 43,162 58,040 97,899 91,276 107,905 124,367 179,481 78,237 100,712 124,368 130,532 65,7602 – – – 39,4562 – – – 92,0632 – – – 78,9112 104,3353 – – 653 – – – 392 – – – 914 – – – 783 993 – – – 90,176 129,917 136,357 – 45,089 60,630 102,268 – 112,720 129,917 187,490 – – 127,7545 134,0865 Vesting of these Performance Share awards is subject to the attainment of predetermined TSR targets over a three-year period from the date of the award. Full vesting and transfer of the shares will not generally occur until the fifth anniversary of the date of award. A benchmark for HSBC Holdings’ TSR, weighted by market capitalisation, was established which takes account of the TSR performance of: (1) a peer group of nine banks weighted by market capitalisation which were considered most relevant to HSBC in terms of size and international scope. For performance periods up to and including the one beginning in 2003, this group comprised ABN AMRO Holding N.V., The Bank of East Asia, Limited, Citigroup Inc., Deutsche Bank AG, JPMorgan Chase & Co., Lloyds TSB Group plc, Mitsubishi Tokyo Financial Group Inc., Oversea-Chinese Banking Corporation Limited and Standard Chartered PLC. To be more relevant to HSBC in terms of size and international scope, this peer group was amended for conditional awards made in 2004 by the replacement of Lloyds TSB Group plc, Oversea-Chinese Banking Corporation Ltd., Mitsubishi Tokyo Financial Group Inc. and The Bank of East Asia, Limited with Bank of America Corporation, The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A. and UBS AG; (2) the five largest banks from each of the US, the UK, continental Europe and the Far East, other than any within (1) above, weighted by market capitalisation; and (3) the banking sector of the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index, excluding any within (1) or (2) above, weighted by market capitalisation. By combining the weighted average TSR for each of the above three groups and weighting that average so that 50 per cent is applied to (1), 25 per cent is applied to (2) and 25 per cent is applied to (3), a single TSR benchmark for market comparison was determined. The benchmark was chosen to reward the delivery of sustained financial growth of HSBC Holdings and to align the interests of participants with those of shareholders. The extent to which each award will vest will be determined by reference to HSBC Holdings’ TSR measured against the TSR benchmark. If HSBC Holdings’ TSR over the performance period exceeds the benchmark TSR, awards with a value, at the date of grant, of up to 100 per cent of the individual’s earnings (base salary and bonus in respect of the previous performance year), will vest. For higher value awards, the greater of 50 per cent of the award or the number of shares equating at the date of grant to 100 per cent of the individual’s earnings, will vest at this level of performance. If HSBC Holdings’ TSR over the performance period places it within the upper quartile of the ranked list of the banks comprising the benchmark, these higher value awards will vest in full. For performance between the median and the upper quartile, vesting will be on a straight-line basis. If the upper quartile performance level is achieved at the third anniversary of the date of award then an additional award equal to 20 per cent of the initial Performance Share award will be made and will vest at the same time as the original award to which it relates. Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends. 1 2 The performance tests set out above were met in 2004 and the shares have vested. At the date of vesting, 13 March 2006, the market value per share was £9.925. The market value per share at the date of the award, 12 March 2001, was £8.62. 3 Retired as a Director on 26 May 2006. The awards held at the date of retirement that had passed the performance condition set out above vested immediately. Consequently, the 2002 awards were released to Sir John Bond on 14 June 2006 when the market value per share was £9.31 and to A W Jebson on 30 June 2006 when the market value per share was £9.515. The market value per share at the date of the award, 8 March 2002, was £8.34. In line with the previous practice for executives who had worked significantly beyond retirement age, and where the awards had passed the performance condition at the time of originally planned retirement, the Remuneration Committee agreed that the Performance Share awards held by Sir John Bond at retirement should vest in full without time prorating. Consequently, the 2003 award vested on 14 June 2006 when the market value per share was £9.31. The 2004 award vested in two tranches: the first on 16 June 2006 (200,000 shares) when the market value per share was £9.37; and the second on 31 July 2006 (73,058 shares) when the market value per share was £9.71. The market values per share at the dates of the awards, 5 March 2003 and 4 March 2004, were £6.70 and £8.515 respectively. Interests at date of retirement as a Director (26 May 2006). 4 5 On behalf of the Board 5 March 2007 Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, Chairman of Remuneration Committee 289 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in relation to Financial Statements The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with the Auditors’ statement of their responsibilities set out in their report on pages 291 and 292, is made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the Directors and of the Auditors in relation to the financial statements. The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the consolidated financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) and holding company financial statements for HSBC Holdings (the ‘parent company’) in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements on the same basis. The Directors are also required to present additional information for US Shareholders. Accordingly these financial statements are framed to meet both UK and US requirements to give a consistent view to all shareholders. The Group and parent company financial statements are required by law and IFRSs as adopted by the EU to present fairly the financial position of the Group and the parent company and the performance for that period; the Companies Act 1985 provides in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation. In preparing each of the Group and parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to: • select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; • make judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and • state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU. The Directors are required to prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is not appropriate. Since the Directors are satisfied that the Group has the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future, the financial statements continue to be prepared on the going concern basis The Directors have responsibility for ensuring that sufficient accounting records are kept that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 1985. The Directors have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors also have responsibility for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and the Corporate Governance statement on pages 248 to 289 that comply with that law and those regulations. The Directors have responsibility for the maintenance and integrity of the Annual Report and Accounts as they appear on the company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. On behalf of the Board R G Barber, Secretary 5 March 2007 290 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of HSBC Holdings plc We have audited the Group and parent company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) of HSBC Holdings plc for the year ended 31 December 2006 which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group and parent Company Balance Sheets, the Group and parent Cash Flow Statements, the Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense, the Company Statement of Changes in Equity and the related notes. These financial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited. This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors Remuneration Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 290. Our responsibility is to audit the financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). We report to you our opinion as to whether the financial statements give a true and fair view and whether the financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report to you whether in our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with the financial statements. In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the company has not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed. We review whether the Corporate Governance Statement reflects the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 2003 Combined Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not. We are not required to consider whether the board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. We read the other information contained in the Annual Report and Accounts 2006 and consider whether it is consistent with the audited financial statements. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. Basis of audit opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited. It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgments made by the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s and company’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited. 291 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of HSBC Holdings plc (continued) Opinion In our opinion: • • • • the Group financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2006 and of its profit for the year then ended; the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1985, of the state of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2006; the financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation; and the information given in the Directors' Report is consistent with the financial statements. KPMG Audit Plc Chartered Accountants Registered Auditor 5 March 2007 292 32 Subordinated liabilities .......................... 33 Fair value of financial instruments ........ 34 Maturity analysis of assets and Page 378 382 liabilities ............................................. 35 Foreign exchange exposures .................. 36 Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets ............................... 37 Minority interests ................................... 38 Called up share capital ........................... 39 Equity .................................................... 40 Notes on the cash flow statement .......... 41 Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and financial guarantee contracts ............................. 42 Lease commitments ............................... 43 Litigation ............................................... 44 Related party transactions ...................... 45 Events after the balance sheet date ........ 46 UK and Hong Kong accounting 383 385 386 387 387 392 395 396 398 399 399 402 requirements ....................................... 403 47 Differences between IFRSs and US GAAP ................................................ 403 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Financial Statements Page Financial Statements Consolidated income statement ..................... Consolidated balance sheet ........................... Consolidated statement of recognised income and expenses ................................. Consolidated cash flow statement ................. HSBC Holdings balance sheet ...................... HSBC Holdings statement of changes in total equity ................................................. HSBC Holdings cash flow statement ............ Notes on the Financial Statements 1 Basis of preparation ............................... 2 Summary of significant accounting 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 policies ............................................... 304 3 Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value ....................... 4 Net earned insurance premiums ............. 5 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities ............................................. 6 Net operating income ............................. 7 Employee compensation and benefits .... 8 Auditors’ remuneration .......................... 9 Share-based payments ........................... 10 Tax expense ........................................... 11 Dividends ............................................... 12 Earnings per share .................................. 13 Segment analysis ................................... By geographical region ...................... By customer group ............................. 14 Analysis of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement value ............................. 15 Trading assets ........................................ 16 Financial assets designated at fair value ................................................... 17 Derivatives ............................................. 18 Financial investments ............................ 19 Securitisations and other structured 317 318 318 319 320 331 332 338 339 339 340 340 344 346 350 351 352 356 transactions ......................................... 359 20 Interests in associates and joint ventures .............................................. 21 Goodwill and intangible assets .............. 22 Impairment of assets other than financial instruments .......................... 23 Property, plant and equipment ............... 24 Investments in subsidiaries .................... 25 Other assets ............................................ 26 Trading liabilities ................................... 27 Financial liabilities designated at fair value ................................................... 28 Debt securities in issue .......................... 29 Other liabilities ...................................... 30 Liabilities under insurance contracts ..... 31 Provisions .............................................. 360 362 364 366 368 371 371 372 372 373 374 377 293 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Financial Statements (continued) Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2006 Notes Interest income .................................................................................... Interest expense ................................................................................... Net interest income .............................................................................. Fee income ........................................................................................... Fee expense .......................................................................................... Net fee income ..................................................................................... Trading income excluding net interest income ................................... Net interest income on trading activities ............................................. Net trading income .............................................................................. Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value ........ Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities .. Gains less losses from financial investments ...................................... Dividend income .................................................................................. Net earned insurance premiums .......................................................... Other operating income ....................................................................... 3 4 2006 US$m 75,879 (41,393) 34,486 21,080 (3,898) 17,182 5,619 2,603 8,222 657 – 969 340 5,668 2,546 2005 US$m 60,094 (28,760) 31,334 17,486 (3,030) 14,456 3,656 2,208 5,864 1,034 – 692 155 5,436 2,733 2004 US$m 50,471 (19,372) 31,099 15,902 (2,954) 12,948 2,786 – 2,786 – 1,012 540 622 5,368 1,613 Total operating income ..................................................................... 70,070 61,704 55,988 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities ......................................................................................... 5 (4,704) (4,067) (4,635) Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .......................................................... Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ................. Net operating income ........................................................................ Employee compensation and benefits ................................................. General and administrative expenses .................................................. Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment ........ Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets............................... 6 7 8 23 Total operating expenses ................................................................... Operating profit ................................................................................. Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................................... 20 Profit before tax ................................................................................. Tax expense ......................................................................................... 10 Profit for the year .............................................................................. Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company .................. Profit attributable to minority interests ............................................... Basic earnings per ordinary share ....................................................... Diluted earnings per ordinary share .................................................... Dividends per ordinary share .............................................................. 12 12 11 65,366 (10,573) 54,793 (18,500) (12,823) (1,514) (716) (33,553) 21,240 846 22,086 (5,215) 16,871 15,789 1,082 US$ 1.40 1.39 0.76 57,637 (7,801) 49,836 (16,145) (11,183) (1,632) (554) (29,514) 20,322 644 20,966 (5,093) 15,873 15,081 792 US$ 1.36 1.35 0.69 51,353 (6,191) 45,162 (14,523) (9,739) (1,731) (494) (26,487) 18,675 268 18,943 (4,685) 14,258 12,918 1,340 US$ 1.18 1.17 0.63 The accompanying notes on pages 301 to 434, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on pages 165 to 247, and the ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 111 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements. 294 Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2006 Notes 2006 US$m ASSETS Cash and balances at central banks ........................................................................................ Items in the course of collection from other banks ................................................................ Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness ........................................................... Trading assets ......................................................................................................................... Financial assets designated at fair value ................................................................................ Derivatives .............................................................................................................................. Loans and advances to banks ................................................................................................. Loans and advances to customers .......................................................................................... Financial investments ............................................................................................................. Interests in associates and joint ventures ............................................................................... Goodwill and intangible assets ............................................................................................... Property, plant and equipment ................................................................................................ Other assets ............................................................................................................................. Prepayments and accrued income .......................................................................................... 15 16 17 33 33 18 20 21 23 25 12,732 14,144 13,165 328,147 20,573 103,702 185,205 868,133 204,806 8,396 37,335 16,424 33,444 14,552 2005 US$m 13,712 11,300 12,554 232,909 15,046 73,928 125,965 740,002 182,342 7,249 33,200 15,206 26,596 11,961 Total assets ............................................................................................................................. 1,860,758 1,501,970 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Liabilities Hong Kong currency notes in circulation .............................................................................. Deposits by banks ................................................................................................................... Customer accounts .................................................................................................................. Items in the course of transmission to other banks ................................................................ Trading liabilities .................................................................................................................... Financial liabilities designated at fair value ........................................................................... Derivatives .............................................................................................................................. Debt securities in issue ........................................................................................................... Retirement benefit liabilities .................................................................................................. Other liabilities ....................................................................................................................... Liabilities under insurance contracts ...................................................................................... Accruals and deferred income ................................................................................................ Provisions ................................................................................................................................ Subordinated liabilities ........................................................................................................... Total liabilities ........................................................................................................................ Equity Called up share capital ............................................................................................................ Share premium account .......................................................................................................... Other reserves ......................................................................................................................... Retained earnings ................................................................................................................... Total shareholders’ equity ...................................................................................................... Minority interests .................................................................................................................... Total equity ............................................................................................................................. 33 33 26 27 17 28 7 29 30 31 32 38 39 39 39 37 13,165 99,694 896,834 12,625 226,608 70,211 101,478 230,325 5,555 29,824 17,670 16,310 2,859 22,672 12,554 69,727 739,419 7,022 174,365 61,829 74,036 188,072 4,869 26,515 14,144 12,689 1,966 16,537 1,745,830 1,403,744 5,786 7,789 29,380 65,397 108,352 6,576 114,928 5,667 6,896 23,646 56,223 92,432 5,794 98,226 Total equity and liabilities ...................................................................................................... 1,860,758 1,501,970 The accompanying notes on pages 301 to 434, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on pages 165 to 247, and the ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 111 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements. S K Green, Group Chairman 295 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Financial Statements (continued) Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense for the year ended 31 December 2006 Available-for-sale investments: – fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity ................................................. – fair value gains transferred to income statement on disposal or impairment .............................................................................................. Cash flow hedges: – fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity ................................................. – fair value gains transferred to income statement .................................... Share of changes in equity of associates and joint ventures ........................... Exchange differences ....................................................................................... Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans ........................................................ Tax on items taken directly to equity .............................................................. Total income and expense taken to equity during the year ............................. Profit for the year ............................................................................................. Total recognised income and expense for the year ......................................... Effect of change in accounting policy IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 20051 ......................................... Total recognised income and expense for the year attributable to: – shareholders of the parent company ....................................................... – minority interests .................................................................................... 2006 US$m 1,582 (644) 1,554 (2,198) 20 4,675 (78) 4,911 (44) 4,867 16,871 21,738 – 21,738 20,527 1,211 21,738 2005 US$m 2004 US$m (400) (240) (92) (106) 161 (4,257) (812) (5,746) 437 (5,309) 15,873 10,564 (8,824) 1,740 9,912 652 10,564 – – – – – 3,720 (731) 2,989 319 3,308 14,258 17,566 – 17,566 15,743 1,823 17,566 1 For an explanation of the IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 2005, see Note 46 on the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. The accompanying notes on pages 301 to 434, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on pages 165 to 247, and the ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 111 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements. 296 Consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2006 Cash flows from operating activities Profit before tax .......................................................................................... 22,086 20,966 18,943 Notes 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m Adjustments for: – non-cash items included in profit before tax ...................................... 40 – change in operating assets ................................................................... 40 – change in operating liabilities ............................................................. 40 – elimination of exchange differences1 .................................................. – net gain from investing activities ........................................................ – share of profits in associates and joint ventures ................................. – dividends received from associates ..................................................... – contribution paid to defined benefit pension schemes ........................ – tax paid ................................................................................................ Net cash from operating activities .............................................................. Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of financial investments .............................................................. Proceeds from the sale of financial investments ........................................ Purchase of property, plant and equipment ................................................ Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment .......................... Net purchase of intangible assets ............................................................... Net cash outflow from acquisition of and increase in stake of subsidiaries ............................................................................................. Net cash inflow from disposal of subsidiaries ........................................... Net cash outflow from acquisition of and increase in stake of associates ............................................................................................ Proceeds from disposal of associates ......................................................... Net cash used in investing activities .......................................................... Cash flows from financing activities Issue of ordinary share capital .................................................................... Issue of preference shares ........................................................................... Net purchases and sales of own shares for market-making and investment purposes ............................................................................... Purchases of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards ......................................................................................... On exercise of share options ...................................................................... Increase in non-equity minority interests ................................................... Subordinated loan capital issued ................................................................ Subordinated loan capital repaid ................................................................ Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company ............................. Dividends paid to minority interests: – equity ................................................................................................... – non-equity ............................................................................................ Net cash used in financing activities .......................................................... Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ........................... Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January ..................................................... Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents .................. Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December ............................................... 40 14,956 (173,269) 237,378 (12,114) (2,014) (846) 97 (547) (4,946) 80,781 (286,316) 273,774 (2,400) 2,504 (852) (1,185) 62 (585) 874 (14,124) 1,010 374 46 (575) 173 – 5,948 (903) (5,927) (710) – (564) 66,093 141,307 8,086 215,486 11,404 (91,753) 72,212 2,580 (692) (644) 114 (2,547) (4,619) 7,021 (378,103) 368,696 (2,887) 620 (849) (1,662) 705 (2,569) 422 (15,627) 690 1,298 (55) (766) 277 – 2,093 (1,121) (5,935) (508) – (4,027) (12,633) 160,956 (7,016) 141,307 11,406 (133,143) 175,503 (7,783) (540) (268) 127 (564) (3,784) 59,897 (330,917) 315,437 (2,830) 371 (108) (2,431) 27 (2,122) 212 (22,361) 581 – 98 (345) 159 1,480 6,021 (1,740) (4,425) (664) (548) 617 38,153 117,558 5,245 160,956 1 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense. The accompanying notes on pages 301 to 434, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on pages 165 to 247, and the ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 111 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements. 297 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Financial Statements (continued) HSBC Holdings balance sheet at 31 December 2006 Notes 2006 US$m 2005 US$m ASSETS Cash at bank and in hand: – balances with HSBC undertakings ................................................................................. Derivatives .............................................................................................................................. Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings .......................................................................... Financial investments ............................................................................................................. Investments in subsidiaries ..................................................................................................... Property, plant and equipment ................................................................................................ Other assets ............................................................................................................................. Prepayments and accrued income .......................................................................................... Total assets ............................................................................................................................. LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Liabilities Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings .................................................................................. Financial liabilities designated at fair value ........................................................................... Derivatives .............................................................................................................................. Other liabilities ....................................................................................................................... Accruals and deferred income ................................................................................................ Deferred tax ............................................................................................................................ Subordinated liabilities ........................................................................................................... Total liabilities ........................................................................................................................ Equity Called up share capital ............................................................................................................ Share premium account .......................................................................................................... Merger reserve and other reserves ......................................................................................... Other reserves ......................................................................................................................... Retained earnings ................................................................................................................... Total equity ............................................................................................................................. Total equity and liabilities ...................................................................................................... 17 33 24 33 27 17 29 31 32 38 729 1,599 14,456 3,614 62,356 1 91 41 82,887 3,100 14,070 177 1,517 111 – 8,423 27,398 5,786 7,789 28,942 2,384 10,588 55,489 82,887 756 968 14,092 3,517 58,038 1 171 19 77,562 4,075 13,370 286 1,203 95 70 5,236 24,335 5,667 6,896 28,942 2,221 9,501 53,227 77,562 The accompanying notes on pages 301 to 434, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on pages 165 to 247, and the ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 111 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements. S K Green, Group Chairman 298 HSBC Holdings statement of changes in total equity for the year ended 31 December 2006 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 5,667 5,587 Called up share capital At 1 January .................................................................................................................................. Shares issued in connection with the early settlement of HSBC Finance 8.875 per cent Adjustable Conversion-Rate Equity Security Units .................................................................. Shares issued under employee share plans ................................................................................... Shares issued in lieu of dividends ................................................................................................. 2 38 79 At 31 December ............................................................................................................................ 5,786 Share premium account At 1 January .................................................................................................................................. Shares issued under employee share plans ................................................................................... Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon .................................................. New share capital subscribed, net of costs ................................................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................................................ 6,896 975 (82) – 7,789 – 28 52 5,667 4,881 662 (52) 1,405 6,896 Merger reserve and other reserves At 1 January and 31 December ..................................................................................................... 28,942 28,942 Other reserves Available-for-sale fair value reserve At 1 January .................................................................................................................................. IFRSs transition adjustments at 1 January 20051 .......................................................................... Fair value changes taken to equity2 ............................................................................................... Tax on items taken directly to equity2 .......................................................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................................................ Share-based payment reserve At 1 January .................................................................................................................................. Exercise of HSBC share options ................................................................................................... Charge to the income statement in respect of equity settled share-based payment transactions ................................................................................................................. Shares/options granted to employees of subsidiaries under employee share awards ................... Other movements ........................................................................................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................................................ Other paid-in capital At 1 January .................................................................................................................................. Exercise of HSBC share options ................................................................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................................................ Total other reserves at 31 December ................................................................................................. Retained earnings At 1 January .................................................................................................................................. IFRSs transition adjustments at 1 January 20051 .......................................................................... Profit for the year attributable to shareholders ............................................................................. Dividends to shareholders of the parent company ........................................................................ Amounts arising on shares in lieu of dividends ............................................................................ Own shares adjustments ................................................................................................................ Tax on share based payments ........................................................................................................ Exchange differences and other movements2 ............................................................................... At 31 December3 ........................................................................................................................... 337 – (121) 30 246 1,234 (381) 58 293 (2) 1,202 650 286 936 2,384 9,501 – 7,139 (8,769) 2,528 157 9 23 10,588 – 464 (184) 57 337 1,329 (328) 12 219 2 1,234 411 239 650 2,221 8,959 (317) 6,816 (7,750) 1,811 87 – (105) 9,501 1 For an explanation of the IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 2005, see Note 46 on the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. 2 The total net expense taken directly to equity during the year was US$59 million (2005: US$232 million). 3 Retained earnings include 35,639,856 (US$544 million) of own shares held to fund employee share plans (2005: 49,217,589, US$701 million). The accompanying notes on pages 301 to 434, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on pages 165 to 247, and the ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 111 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements. 299 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Financial Statements (continued) HSBC Holdings cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2006 Cash flows from operating activities Profit before tax ...................................................................................................................... 6,974 6,541 Notes 2006 US$m 2005 US$m Adjustments for: – non-cash items included in profit before tax .................................................................. – change in operating assets ............................................................................................... – change in operating liabilities ......................................................................................... – elimination of exchange differences1 .............................................................................. – net gain from investing activities .................................................................................... – tax received ..................................................................................................................... 40 40 40 Net cash from operating activities .......................................................................................... Cash flows from investing activities Proceeds from the sale of financial investments .................................................................... Net cash outflow from acquisition of and increase in stake of subsidiaries .......................... Net cash inflow from disposal of subsidiaries ....................................................................... Net cash used in investing activities ...................................................................................... Cash flows from financing activities Issue of ordinary share capital ................................................................................................ Issue of preference shares ....................................................................................................... Purchases of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards .............................. On exercise of share options .................................................................................................. Subordinated loan capital issued ............................................................................................ Subordinated loan capital repaid ............................................................................................ Dividends paid ........................................................................................................................ Net cash used in financing activities ...................................................................................... Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ....................................................... Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January ................................................................................. Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December ............................................................................ 40 58 (1,827) 1,056 (29) (8) 219 6,443 – (4,440) – (4,440) 1,010 – (46) 127 2,806 – (5,927) (2,030) (27) 756 729 13 3,563 (4,400) (123) – 158 5,752 303 (4,093) 1,063 (2,727) 690 1,405 (39) 67 1,647 (350) (5,935) (2,515) 510 246 756 1 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense. The accompanying notes on pages 301 to 434, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on pages 165 to 247, and the ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 111 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements. 300 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements Note 1 1 Basis of preparation (a) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as published by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2006, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2006 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements, and there was no difference in application to HSBC between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB. IFRSs comprise accounting standards issued by the IASB and its predecessor body and interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and its predecessor body. The significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. They have been applied consistently, except for: • IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ (‘IAS 32’), IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (‘IAS 39’) and IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ (‘IFRS 4’) have been applied for the first time from 1 January 2005. Where disclosed, the 2004 comparative information has been prepared on the basis of HSBC’s previous accounting policies disclosed in Note 46g on the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005; • HSBC has adopted ‘Amendment to IAS 39: The Fair Value Option’, ‘Amendment to IAS 19 Employee Benefits: Actuarial Gains and Losses, Group Plans and Disclosures’, ‘Amendment to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements: Capital Disclosures’ and IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’ with effect from 1 January 2005; • No comparative information for disclosures required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ has been presented for 2004 as permitted for entities applying the standard for annual periods beginning before 1 January 2006; and • During 2006, HSBC changed how certain of its geographical operating segments are managed and their performance assessed. As a result, a new segment, Latin America and the Caribbean (‘Latin America’), was formed from the Group’s businesses previously reported under South America, and those in Mexico and Panama which had been previously reported as part of the North America geographical segment. All prior period comparative data have been restated to conform to the current year presentation. On 1 January 2006, HSBC adopted ‘Amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 4 – Financial Guarantee Contracts’, ‘Amendment to IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates – Net Investment in a Foreign Operation’, and ‘Amendment to IAS 39 – Cash Flow Hedge Accounting of Forecast Intragroup Transactions’. The application of these amendments had no significant effect on the consolidated or separate financial statements. On 1 January 2006, HSBC adopted ‘IFRIC 7: Applying the Restatement Approach under IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’, ‘IFRIC 8 Scope of IFRS 2’ and ‘IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives’ ahead of their effective dates. The application of these interpretations had no significant effect on the consolidated or separate financial statements. (b) Differences between IFRSs and US GAAP, and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards A discussion of the significant differences between IFRSs and US GAAP and a reconciliation to US GAAP of certain amounts is contained in Note 47. As stated in Note 46, there are no significant differences between IFRSs and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards. The Notes on the Financial Statements, taken together with the Report of the Directors, include the aggregate of all disclosures necessary to satisfy IFRSs, Hong Kong and US reporting requirements. (c) Presentation of information Disclosures under IFRS 4 and IFRS 7 relating to the nature and extent of risks have been included in the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on pages 165 to 247. 301 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 1 Capital disclosures under IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ have been included in the audited sections of ‘Capital management and allocation’ on pages 243 to 247. As a result of the Companies (Disclosure of Auditor Remuneration) Regulations 2005 coming into force, the presentation and the level of detail of the information disclosed in Note 8 has changed compared with the prior year. Comparative information has been provided on a consistent basis with the current year presentation as required by IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’. In publishing the parent company financial statements here together with the Group financial statements, HSBC Holdings has taken advantage of the exemption in section 230 of the Companies Act 1985 not to present its individual income statement and related notes that form a part of these financial statements. HSBC has taken advantage of the exemption under Regulation 7 of the Partnerships and Unlimited Companies (Accounts) Regulations 1993 from certain partnerships that are consolidated by HSBC presenting their own individual financial statements under IFRSs. The functional currency of HSBC Holdings plc is US dollars, which is also the presentational currency of the consolidated financial statements of HSBC. (d) Comparative information As required by US GAAP, these consolidated financial statements include two years of comparative information for the consolidated income statement, consolidated cash flow statement, consolidated statement of recognised income and expense, and related notes on the financial statements, with certain exceptions in respect of the 2004 comparative information, as explained in (a) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards above. (e) Use of estimates and assumptions The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future conditions. Use of available information and application of judgement are inherent in the formation of estimates. Actual results in the future may differ from those reported. In this regard, management believes that the critical accounting policies where judgement is necessarily applied are those which relate to loan impairment, goodwill impairment and the valuation of financial instruments (see Critical Accounting Policies on pages 111 to 115). Further information about key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty, are set out in the notes on these financial statements. (f) Consolidation The consolidated financial statements of HSBC comprise the financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries made up to 31 December, with the exception of the banking and insurance subsidiaries of HSBC Bank Argentina, whose financial statements are made up to 30 June annually to comply with local regulations. Accordingly, HSBC uses their audited interim financial statements, drawn up to 31 December annually. Newly acquired subsidiaries are consolidated from the date that HSBC gains control. The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by HSBC. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given at the date of exchange, together with costs directly attributable to that acquisition. The acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the business acquired, the difference is recognised immediately in the income statement. Entities that are controlled by HSBC are consolidated until the date that control ceases. In the context of Special Purpose Entities (‘SPEs’), the following circumstances may indicate a relationship in which, in substance, HSBC controls and, consequently, consolidates an SPE: • the activities of the SPE are being conducted on behalf of HSBC according to its specific business needs so that HSBC obtains benefits from the SPE’s operation; • HSBC has the decision-making powers to obtain the majority of the benefits of the activities of the SPE or, 302 by setting up an ‘autopilot’ mechanism, HSBC has delegated these decision-making powers; • HSBC has rights to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPE and therefore may be exposed to risks incident to the activities of the SPE; or • HSBC retains the majority of the residual or ownership risks related to the SPE or its assets in order to obtain benefits from its activities. All intra-HSBC transactions are eliminated on consolidation. The consolidated financial statements of HSBC also include the attributable share of the results and reserves of joint ventures and associates. These are based on financial statements made up to 31 December, with the exception of the Bank of Communications Limited, Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited, and Industrial Bank Company Limited which are included on the basis of financial statements made up for the twelve months to 30 September. These are equity accounted three months in arrears in order to meet the requirements of the Group’s reporting timetable. HSBC has taken into account changes in the period from 1 October to 31 December that would have materially affected its results. (g) Future accounting developments IFRSs At 31 December 2006, HSBC had adopted all IFRSs and Interpretations that had been issued by the IASB and IFRIC, and endorsed by the EU. There are currently no IFRSs or Interpretations that have been issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU which become effective after 31 December 2006 that have not been adopted by HSBC. Standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB but not endorsed by the EU IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ (‘IFRS 8’), which replaces IAS 14 ‘Segment Reporting’ (‘IAS 14’), was issued on 30 November 2006 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. This standard specifies how an entity should report information about its operating segments, based on information about the components of the entity that management uses to make operating decisions. HSBC currently presents two sets of segments in accordance with IAS 14, one geographical and one based on customer groups, which reflect the way the businesses of the Group are managed. HSBC currently expects to adopt IFRS 8 with effect from 1 January 2009, and will accordingly present segmental information which reflects the operating segments used to make operating decisions at that time. IFRIC 10 ‘Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment’ (‘IFRIC 10’) was issued on 20 July 2006 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 November 2006. IFRIC 10 states that any impairment losses recognised in an interim financial statement in respect of goodwill under IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’, or certain financial assets under IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition & Measurement’ must not be reversed in subsequent interim or annual financial statements. HSBC will adopt IFRIC 10 from 1 January 2007, though it is not expected to have a significant effect. IFRIC 11 ‘Group and Treasury Share Transactions’ (‘IFRIC 11’) was issued on 30 November 2006 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 March 2007. IFRIC 11 requires a share-based payment arrangement in which an entity receives goods or services as consideration for its own equity-instruments to be accounted for as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction, regardless of how the equity instruments required are obtained. The Interpretation also provides guidance on whether share-based payment arrangements in which suppliers of goods or services of an entity are provided with equity instruments of the entity’s parent, should be accounted for as cash-settled or equity-settled in the entity’s financial statements. HSBC applies IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ in the same manner as set out in IFRIC 11, therefore there will be no impact for HSBC. IFRIC 12 ‘Service Concession Arrangements’ (‘IFRIC 12’) was issued on 30 November 2006 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2008. IFRIC 12 provides guidance on service concession arrangements by which a government or other public sector entity grants contracts for the supply of public services to private sector operators. IFRIC 12 addresses how service concession operators should apply existing IFRSs to account for the obligations they undertake and the rights they receive in service concession arrangements. IFRIC 12 is unlikely to have a material effect on HSBC. 303 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 2 US GAAP Future accounting developments in respect of US GAAP are set out on page 433. 2 Summary of significant accounting policies (a) Interest income and expense Interest income and expense for all financial instruments except for those classified as held for trading or designated at fair value (other than debt securities issued by HSBC and derivatives managed in conjunction with such debt securities issued) are recognised in ‘Interest income’ and ‘Interest expense’ in the income statement using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a way of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or a financial liability (or groups of financial assets or financial liabilities) and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments through the expected life of the financial instrument or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, HSBC estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument but not future credit losses. The calculation includes all amounts paid or received by HSBC that are an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument, including transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. Interest on impaired financial assets is calculated by applying the original effective interest rate of the financial asset to the carrying amount as reduced by any allowance for impairment. (b) Non interest income Fee income HSBC earns fee income from a diverse range of services provided to its customers. Fee income is accounted for as follows: − − − income earned on the execution of a significant act is recognised as revenue when the act is completed (for example, fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third party, such as the arrangement for the acquisition of shares or other securities); income earned from the provision of services is recognised as revenue as the services are provided (for example, asset management, portfolio and other management advisory and service fees); and income which forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate (for example, certain loan commitment fees) and recorded in ‘Interest income’ (Note 2a). Net trading income Net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading, together with related interest income, expense and dividends. Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. Interest income and expense and dividend income arising on these financial instruments are also included, except for debt securities issued and derivatives managed in conjunction with debt securities issued. Interest on these instruments is presented in ‘Interest expense’. Dividend income Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for equity securities. 304 (c) Segment reporting HSBC is organised into five geographical regions, Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, North America and Latin America, and manages its business through four customer groups: Personal Financial Services; Commercial Banking, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets; and Private Banking. The main items reported in the ‘Other’ segment are the income and expenses of wholesale insurance operations, certain property activities, unallocated investment activities including hsbc.com, centrally held investment companies and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. Segment income and expenses include transfers between geographical regions and transfers between customer groups. These transfers are conducted on arm’s length terms and conditions. (d) Determination of fair value All financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price, i.e. the fair value of the consideration given or received. In certain circumstances, however, the initial fair value may be based on other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, without modification or repackaging, or on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets. Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for assets held and offer prices for liabilities issued. When independent prices are not available, fair values are determined by using valuation techniques which refer to observable market data. These include comparison with similar instruments where market observable prices exist, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. For certain derivatives, fair values may be determined in whole or in part using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are not supported by prices from current market transactions or observable market data. A number of factors such as bid-offer spread, credit profile and model uncertainty are taken into account, as appropriate, when fair values are calculated using valuation techniques. If the fair value of a financial asset measured at fair value becomes negative, it is recorded as a financial liability until its fair value becomes positive, at which time it is recorded as a financial asset, or it is extinguished. (e) Loans and advances to banks and customers Loans and advances to banks and customers include loans and advances originated by HSBC which are not classified either as held for trading or designated at fair value. Loans and advances are recognised when cash is advanced to borrowers. They are derecognised when either borrowers repay their obligations, or the loans are sold or written off, or substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred. They are initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less impairment losses. (f) Loan impairment Losses for impaired loans are recognised promptly when there is objective evidence that impairment of a loan or portfolio of loans has occurred. Impairment losses are calculated on individual loans and on loans assessed collectively. Losses expected from future events, no matter how likely, are not recognised. Individually assessed loans At each balance sheet date, HSBC assesses on a case-by-case basis whether there is any objective evidence that a loan is impaired. This procedure is applied to all accounts that are considered individually significant. In determining impairment losses on these loans, the following factors are considered: – HSBC’s aggregate exposure to the customer; – the viability of the customer’s business model and their capability to trade successfully out of financial difficulties and generate sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations; – the amount and timing of expected receipts and recoveries; 305 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 2 – – – – – – the likely dividend available on liquidation or bankruptcy; the extent of other creditors’ commitments ranking ahead of, or pari passu with, HSBC and the likelihood of other creditors continuing to support the company; the complexity of determining the aggregate amount and ranking of all creditor claims and the extent to which legal and insurance uncertainties are evident; the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants) and likelihood of successful repossession; the likely deduction of any costs involved in recovery of amounts outstanding; the ability of the borrower to obtain, and make payments in, the currency of the loan if not denominated in local currency; and – when available, the secondary market price of the debt. Impairment losses are calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows of a loan at its original effective interest rate, and comparing the resultant present value with the loan’s current carrying amount. Any loss is charged in the income statement. The carrying amount of impaired loans on the balance sheet is reduced through the use of an allowance account. Collectively assessed loans Impairment is assessed on a collective basis in two circumstances: – to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment; and – for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant. Incurred but not yet identified impairment Individually assessed loans for which no evidence of loss has been specifically identified on an individual basis are grouped together according to their credit risk characteristics for the purpose of calculating an estimated collective loss. This reflects impairment losses incurred at the balance sheet date which will only be individually identified in the future. The collective impairment allowance is determined after taking into account: – – historical loss experience in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics (for example, by industry sector, loan grade or product); the estimated period between impairment occurring and the loss being identified and evidenced by the establishment of an appropriate allowance against the individual loan; and – management’s experienced judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience. The period between a loss occurring and its identification is estimated by local management for each identified portfolio. Homogeneous groups of loans For homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, two alternative methods are used to calculate allowances on a portfolio basis: − When appropriate empirical information is available, HSBC utilises roll rate methodology. This methodology employs statistical analyses of historical trends of delinquency and default to estimate the likelihood that loans will progress through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately prove irrecoverable. The estimated loss is the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate of the portfolio, and the carrying amount of the portfolio. Current economic conditions are also evaluated when calculating the appropriate level of allowance required to cover inherent loss. In certain highly developed markets, sophisticated models also take into account behavioural and account management trends as revealed in, for example, bankruptcy and rescheduling statistics. 306 − In other cases, when the portfolio size is small or when information is insufficient or not reliable enough to adopt a roll rate methodology, HSBC adopts a formulaic approach which allocates progressively higher percentage loss rates the longer a customer’s loan is overdue. Loss rates are calculated from the discounted expected future cash flows from a portfolio. In normal circumstances, historical experience provides the most objective and relevant information from which to assess inherent loss within each portfolio. In certain circumstances, historical loss experience provides less relevant information about the inherent loss in a given portfolio at the balance sheet date, for example, where there have been changes in economic, regulatory or behavioural conditions, such that the most recent trends in the portfolio risk factors are not fully reflected in the statistical models. In these circumstances, such risk factors are taken into account when calculating the appropriate level of impairment allowances by adjusting the impairment allowances derived solely from historical loss experience. Roll rates, loss rates and the expected timing of future recoveries are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate. Loan write-offs Loans (and the related impairment allowance accounts) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery of these amounts and, for collateralised loans, when the proceeds from realising the security have been received. Reversals of impairment If the amount of an impairment loss decreases in a subsequent period, and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the excess is written back by reducing the loan impairment allowance account accordingly. The reversal is recognised in the income statement. Assets acquired in exchange for loans Non-financial assets acquired in exchange for loans as part of an orderly realisation are recorded as assets held for sale and reported in ‘Other assets’. The asset acquired is recorded at the lower of its fair value (less costs to sell) and the carrying amount of the loan (net of impairment allowance) at the date of exchange. No depreciation is charged in respect of assets held for sale. Any subsequent write-down of the acquired asset to fair value less costs to sell is recognised in the income statement, in ‘Other operating income’. Any subsequent increase in the fair value less costs to sell, to the extent this does not exceed the cumulative write down, is also recognised in ‘Other operating income’, together with any realised gains or losses on disposal. Renegotiated loans The impairment of personal loans is generally subject to collective assessment. Personal loans whose terms have been renegotiated are no longer considered past due but are treated as new loans only after the minimum required number of payments required under the new arrangements has been received. Loans subject to individual impairment assessment, whose terms have been renegotiated, are subject to ongoing review to determine whether they remain impaired or should be considered past due. (g) Trading assets and trading liabilities Treasury bills, debt securities, equity shares and short positions in securities are classified as held for trading if they have been acquired principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term, or they form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking. These financial assets or financial liabilities are recognised on trade date, when HSBC enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to purchase or sell securities, and are normally derecognised when either sold (assets) or extinguished (liabilities). Measurement is initially at fair value, with transaction costs taken to the income statement. Subsequently, their fair values are remeasured, and all gains and losses from changes therein are recognised in the income statement in ‘Net trading income’ as they arise. 307 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 2 (h) Financial instruments designated at fair value Financial instruments, other than those held for trading, are classified in this category if they meet one or more of the criteria set out below, and are so designated by management. HSBC may designate financial instruments at fair value when the designation: – eliminates or significantly reduces valuation or recognition inconsistencies that would otherwise arise from measuring financial assets or financial liabilities, or recognising gains and losses on them, on different bases. Under this criterion, the main classes of financial instruments designated by HSBC are: Long-term debt issues – The interest payable on certain fixed rate long-term debt securities issued has been matched with the interest on ‘receive fixed/pay variable’ interest rate swaps as part of a documented interest rate risk management strategy. An accounting mismatch would arise if the debt securities issued were accounted for at amortised cost, because the related derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognised in the income statement. By designating the long-term debt at fair value, the movement in the fair value of the long-term debt will also be recognised in the income statement. Financial assets and financial liabilities under investment contracts – Liabilities to customers under linked contracts are determined based on the fair value of the assets held in the linked funds, with changes recognised in the income statement. Liabilities to customers under other types of investment contracts would be measured at amortised cost. If no designation was made for the assets relating to the customer liabilities they would be classified as available-for-sale and the changes in fair value would be recorded directly in equity. These financial instruments are managed on a fair value basis and management information is also prepared on this basis. Designation at fair value of the financial assets and liabilities under investment contracts allows the changes in fair values to be recorded in the income statement and presented in the same line. – applies to groups of financial assets, financial liabilities or combinations thereof that are managed, and their performance evaluated, on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and where information about the groups of financial instruments is reported to management on that basis. Under this criterion, certain financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance contracts are the main class of financial instrument so designated. HSBC has documented risk management and investment strategies designed to manage such assets at fair value, taking into consideration the relationship of assets to liabilities in a way that mitigates market risks. Reports are provided to management on the fair value of the assets. Fair value measurement is also consistent with the regulatory reporting requirements under the appropriate regulations for these insurance operations. – relates to financial instruments containing one or more embedded derivatives that significantly modify the cash flows resulting from those financial instruments, including certain debt issues and debt securities held. The fair value designation, once made, is irrevocable. Designated financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when HSBC enters into the contractual provisions of the arrangements with counterparties, which is generally on trade date, and are normally derecognised when sold (assets) or extinguished (liabilities). Measurement is initially at fair value, with transaction costs taken directly to the income statement. Subsequently, the fair values are remeasured, and gains and losses from changes therein are recognised in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. The amount of change during the period, and cumulatively, in the fair value of designated financial liabilities and loans and advances that is attributable to changes in their credit risk is determined as the amount of change in the fair value that is not attributable to changes in market conditions that give rise to market risk. (i) Financial investments Treasury bills, debt securities and equity shares intended to be held on a continuing basis, other than those designated at fair value (Note 2h), are classified as ‘available-for-sale’ or ‘held-to-maturity’. Financial investments are recognised on trade date, when HSBC enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to purchase securities, and are normally derecognised when either the securities are sold or the borrowers repay their obligations. (i) Available-for-sale securities are initially measured at fair value plus direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value, and changes therein are recognised in equity in the 308 ‘Available-for-sale reserve’ (Note 39) until the securities are either sold or impaired. When available-for- sale securities are sold, cumulative gains or losses previously recognised in equity are recognised in the income statement as ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’. Interest income is recognised on available-for-sale securities using the effective interest rate method, calculated over the asset’s expected life. Premiums and/or discounts arising on the purchase of dated investment securities are included in the calculation of their effective interest rates. Dividends are recognised in the income statement when the right to receive payment has been established. At each balance sheet date an assessment is made of whether there is any objective evidence of impairment in the value of a financial asset or group of assets. This usually arises when circumstances are such that an adverse effect on future cash flows from the asset or group of assets can be reliably estimated. If an available-for-sale security is impaired, the cumulative loss (measured as the difference between the asset’s acquisition cost (net of any principal repayments and amortisation) and its current fair value, less any impairment loss on that asset previously recognised in the income statement) is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement. Reversals of impairment losses are subject to contrasting treatments depending on the nature of the instrument concerned: – – if the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases in a subsequent period, and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in the income statement, the impairment loss is reversed through the income statement; impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement. (ii) Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that HSBC positively intends, and is able, to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity investments are initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses. (j) Sale and repurchase agreements (including stock lending and borrowing) When securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain on the balance sheet and a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Securities purchased under commitments to sell (‘reverse repos’) are not recognised on the balance sheet and the consideration paid is recorded in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ or ‘Loans and advances to customers’ as appropriate. The difference between the sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and recognised over the life of the agreement. Securities lending and borrowing transactions are generally secured, with collateral taking the form of securities or cash advanced or received. The transfer of securities to counterparties is not normally reflected on the balance sheet. Cash collateral advanced or received is recorded as an asset or a liability respectively. Securities borrowed are not recognised on the balance sheet. If they are sold on to third parties, an obligation to return the securities is recorded as a trading liability and measured at fair value, and any gains or losses are included in ‘Net trading income’. (k) Derivatives and hedge accounting Derivatives are recognised initially, and are subsequently remeasured, at fair value. Fair values of exchange- traded derivatives are obtained from quoted market prices. Fair values of over-the-counter derivatives are obtained using valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models. In the normal course of business, the fair value of a derivative on initial recognition is the transaction price (that is, the fair value of the consideration given or received). In certain circumstances, however, the fair value will be based on other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, without modification or repackaging, or on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets, such as interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates. When such evidence exists, HSBC recognises a trading gain or loss on inception of the derivative. When unobservable market data have a significant impact on the valuation of derivatives, the entire initial difference in fair value indicated by the valuation model from the 309 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 2 transaction price is not recognised immediately in the income statement but is recognised over the life of the transaction on an appropriate basis, or when the inputs become observable, or the transaction matures or is closed out. Derivatives may be embedded in other financial instruments, for example, a convertible bond with an embedded conversion option. Embedded derivatives are treated as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not clearly and closely related to those of the host contract; the terms of the embedded derivative are the same as those of a stand-alone derivative; and the combined contract is not held for trading or designated at fair value. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes therein recognised in the income statement. Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive, or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. Derivative assets and liabilities arising from different transactions are only offset if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of offset exists, and the parties intend to settle the cash flows on a net basis. The method of recognising fair value gains and losses depends on whether derivatives are held for trading or are designated as hedging instruments, and if the latter, the nature of the risks being hedged. All gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives held for trading are recognised in the income statement. When derivatives are designated as hedges, HSBC classifies them as either: (i) hedges of the change in fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments (‘fair value hedges’); (ii) hedges of the variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a forecast transaction (‘cash flow hedges’); or (iii) hedges of net investments in a foreign operation (‘net investment hedges’). Hedge accounting is applied to derivatives designated as hedging instruments in a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge provided certain criteria are met. Hedge accounting At the inception of a hedging relationship, HSBC documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, its risk management objective and its strategy for undertaking the hedge. HSBC also requires a documented assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether or not the hedging instruments, primarily derivatives, that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes attributable to the hedged risks in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. Interest on designated qualifying hedges is included in ‘Net interest income’. Fair value hedge Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments are recorded in the income statement, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or group thereof that are attributable to the hedged risk. If a hedging relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised to the income statement based on a recalculated effective interest rate over the residual period to maturity, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case, it is released to the income statement immediately. Cash flow hedge The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity within the cash flow hedging reserve. Any gain or loss in fair value relating to an ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement in the periods in which the hedged item will affect profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity until the forecast transaction is eventually recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement. 310 Net investment hedge Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. A gain or loss on the effective portion of the hedging instrument is recognised in equity; a gain or loss on the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement on the disposal of the foreign operation. Hedge effectiveness testing To qualify for hedge accounting, HSBC requires that at the inception of the hedge and throughout its life, each hedge must be expected to be highly effective (prospective effectiveness), and demonstrate actual effectiveness (retrospective effectiveness) on an ongoing basis. The documentation of each hedging relationship sets out how the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed. The method an HSBC entity adopts for assessing hedge effectiveness will depend on its risk management strategy. For prospective effectiveness, the hedging instrument must be expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period for which the hedge is designated. For actual effectiveness to be achieved, the changes in fair value or cash flows must offset each other in the range of 80 per cent to 125 per cent. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement in ‘Net trading income’. Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting All gains and losses from changes in the fair values of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. These gains and losses are reported in ‘Net trading income’, except where derivatives are managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value (other than derivatives managed in conjunction with debt securities issued by the Group), in which case gains and losses are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. The interest on derivatives managed in conjunction with debt securities issued by the Group which are designated at fair value is recognised in ‘Interest expense’. All other gains and losses on these derivatives are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. (l) Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities Financial assets are derecognised when the right to receive cash flows from the assets has expired; or when HSBC has transferred its contractual right to receive the cash flows of the financial assets, and either – – substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred; or substantially all the risks and rewards have neither been retained nor transferred but control is not retained. Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished, that is when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. (m) Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. (n) Subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures HSBC Holdings’ investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any impairment losses. Reversals of impairment losses are recognised in the income statement if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the investment. Investments in associates and interests in joint ventures are recognised using the equity method, initially stated at cost, including attributable goodwill, and are adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in HSBC’s share of net assets. 311 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 2 Profits on transactions between HSBC and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of HSBC’s interest in the respective associates or joint ventures. Losses are also eliminated to the extent of HSBC’s interest in the associates or joint ventures unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. (o) Goodwill and intangible assets (i) Goodwill arises on business combinations, including the acquisition of subsidiaries, and interests in joint ventures and associates, when the cost of acquisition exceeds the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. By contrast, if HSBC’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of an acquired business is greater than the cost of acquisition, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement. Intangible assets are recognised separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, and their fair value can be measured reliably. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment testing is performed at least annually by comparing the present value of the expected future cash flows from a business with the carrying amount of its net assets, including attributable goodwill. Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses which are charged to the income statement. Goodwill on acquisitions of interests in joint ventures and associates is included in ‘Interests in associates and joint ventures’. At the date of disposal of a business, attributable goodwill is included in HSBC’s share of net assets in the calculation of the gain or loss on disposal. (ii) Intangible assets include the value of in-force long-term insurance business, computer software, trade names, mortgage servicing rights, customer lists, core deposit relationships, credit card customer relationships and merchant or other loan relationships. Intangible assets are subject to impairment review if there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. – – Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life, or are not yet ready for use, are tested for impairment annually. This impairment test may be performed at any time during the year, provided it is performed at the same time every year. An intangible asset recognised during the current period is tested before the end of the current year. Intangible assets that have a finite useful life, except for the value of in-force long-term insurance business, are stated at cost less amortisation and accumulated impairment losses and are amortised over their estimated useful lives. Estimated useful life is the lower of legal duration and expected useful life. The amortisation of mortgage servicing rights is included within ‘Net fee income’. For the accounting policy governing the value of in-force long-term insurance business see Note 2(x). (iii) Intangible assets are amortised over their finite useful lives, generally on a straight line basis, as follows: Trade names ......................................................................................................................................... Mortgage servicing rights .................................................................................................................... Purchased software ............................................................................................................................... Internally generated software ............................................................................................................... Customer/merchant relationships ......................................................................................................... Other ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 years between 5 and 30 years between 3 and 5 years between 3 and 5 years between 3 and 10 years generally 10 years (p) Property, plant and equipment Land and buildings are stated at historical cost, or fair value at the date of transition to IFRSs (‘deemed cost’), less any impairment losses and depreciation calculated to write off the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows: – – freehold land is not depreciated; freehold buildings are depreciated at the greater of two per cent per annum on a straight-line basis or over their remaining useful lives; and 312 – leasehold buildings are depreciated over the unexpired terms of the leases, or over their remaining useful lives. Equipment, fixtures and fittings (including equipment on operating leases where HSBC is the lessor) are stated at cost less any impairment losses and depreciation calculated on a straight-line basis to write off the assets over their useful lives, which run to a maximum of 35 years but are generally between five years and 20 years. Property, plant and equipment is subject to an impairment review if there are events or changes in circumstances which indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. HSBC holds certain properties as investments to earn rentals or for capital appreciation, or both. Investment properties are included in the balance sheet at fair value with changes therein recognised in the income statement in the period of change. Fair values are determined by independent professional valuers who apply recognised valuation techniques. (q) Finance and operating leases Agreements which transfer to counterparties substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of assets, but not necessarily legal title, are classified as finance leases. When HSBC is a lessor under finance leases the amounts due under the leases, after deduction of unearned charges, are included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ or ‘Loans and advances to customers’ as appropriate. Finance income receivable is recognised in ‘Net interest income’ over the periods of the leases so as to give a constant rate of return on the net investment in the leases. When HSBC is a lessee under finance leases, the leased assets are capitalised and included in ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and the corresponding liability to the lessor is included in ‘Other liabilities’. A finance lease and its corresponding liability are recognised initially at the fair value of the asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. Finance charges payable are recognised in ‘Net interest income’ over the period of the lease based on the interest rate implicit in the lease so as to give a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. All other leases are classified as operating leases. When acting as lessor, HSBC includes the assets subject to operating leases in ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and accounts for them accordingly. Impairment losses are recognised to the extent that residual values are not fully recoverable and the carrying value of the equipment is thereby impaired. When HSBC is the lessee, leased assets are not recognised on the balance sheet. Rentals payable and receivable under operating leases are accounted for on a straight-line basis over the periods of the leases and are included in ‘General and administrative expenses’ and ‘Other operating income’ respectively. (r) Income tax Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in shareholders’ equity, in which case it is recognised in shareholders’ equity. Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable profit for the year, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when HSBC intends to settle on a net basis and the legal right to offset exists. Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and the amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates expected to apply in the periods in which the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise in the same tax reporting group and relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority, and when a legal right to offset exists in the entity. Deferred tax relating to actuarial gains and losses on post-employment benefits is recognised directly in equity. From 1 January 2005, deferred tax relating to fair value remeasurement of available-for-sale investments and 313 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 2 cash flow hedging instruments which are charged or credited directly to equity, is also credited or charged directly to equity and is subsequently recognised in the income statement when the deferred fair value gain or loss is recognised in the income statement. (s) Pension and other post-employment benefits HSBC operates a number of pension and other post-employment benefit plans throughout the world. These plans include both defined benefit and defined contribution plans and various other post-employment benefits such as post-employment health-care. Payments to defined contribution plans and state-managed retirement benefit plans, where HSBC’s obligations under the plans are equivalent to a defined contribution plan, are charged as an expense as they fall due. The costs recognised for funding defined benefit plans are determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with annual actuarial valuations performed on each plan. Actuarial differences that arise are recognised in shareholders’ equity and presented in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense in the period in which they arise. Past service costs are recognised immediately to the extent that the benefits have vested, and are otherwise recognised on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits vest. Current service costs and any past service costs, together with the unwinding of the discount on plan liabilities less the expected return on plan assets, are charged to operating expenses. The defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet represents the present value of defined benefit obligations adjusted for unrecognised past service costs and reduced by the fair value of plan assets. Any net defined benefit surplus is limited to unrecognised past service costs plus the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan. The costs of providing other defined post-employment benefits, such as post-employment health-care, are accounted for on the same basis as defined benefit pension plans. (t) Equity compensation plans Shares awarded to an employee on joining HSBC that are made available immediately, with no vesting period attached to the award, are expensed immediately. When an inducement is awarded to an employee on commencement of employment with HSBC, and the employee must complete a specified period of service before the inducement vests, the expense is spread over the period to vesting. The expense of share options is recognised over the vesting period, and is determined by reference to the fair value of the options on grant date, and the effect of any non-market vesting conditions such as option lapses. An option may lapse if, for example, an employee ceases to be employed by HSBC before the end of the vesting period. Estimates of future such employee departures are taken into account when accruing the cost during the service period. The expense relating to shares awarded as bonuses in respect of past service, by which an employee is required to complete a specified period of future service to be entitled to the award, is spread over the period of service rendered to the vesting date. The compensation expense charged to the income statement is credited to the share-based payment reserve over the vesting period of the shares and options. If awards of shares and options lapse during the vesting period due to an employee leaving employment with HSBC, the charge to date is reversed to the income statement. If an award lapses due to an employee leaving a plan but not employment with HSBC or due to HSBC cancelling or modifying a plan, this is accounted for as an acceleration of vesting with full immediate recognition of the outstanding charge in the income statement. If awards of shares or options lapse after they have fully vested, the amount in respect of the award charged to the share-based payment reserve is transferred to retained earnings. (u) Foreign currencies Items included in the financial statements of each of HSBC’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements of HSBC are presented in US dollars, which is the Group’s presentation currency. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in the functional currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into 314 the functional currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Any resulting exchange differences are included in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the rate of exchange at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the rate of exchange at the date the fair value was determined. Any exchange component of a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is recognised directly in equity if the gain or loss on the non-monetary item is recognised directly in equity. Any exchange component of a gain or loss on a non- monetary item is recognised directly in the income statement if the gain or loss on the non-monetary item is recognised in the income statement. In the consolidated financial statements, the assets, including related goodwill where applicable, and liabilities of branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose functional currency is not US dollars, are translated into the Group’s presentation currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The results of branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose functional currency is not US dollars are translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the reporting period. Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of opening foreign currency net investments, and exchange differences arising from retranslation of the result for the reporting period from the average rate to the exchange rate prevailing at the period end, are recognised in equity in the ‘foreign exchange reserve’. Exchange differences on a monetary item that is part of a net investment in a foreign operation are recognised in the income statement of the separate financial statements. In consolidated financial statements these exchange differences are recognised in the foreign exchange reserve in shareholders’ equity. On disposal of a foreign operation, exchange differences relating thereto and previously recognised in reserves are recognised in the income statement. (v) Provisions Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle a current legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Contingent liabilities, which include certain guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security, are possible obligations that arise from past events whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of HSBC. Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the financial statements but are disclosed unless they are remote. (w) Financial guarantee contracts Liabilities under financial guarantees contracts which are not classified as insurance contracts, are recorded initially at their fair value, which is generally the fee received or receivable. Subsequently, the financial guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the initial fair value, less cumulative amortisation, and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligations. HSBC Holdings has issued financial guarantees to other Group entities. Where these guarantees have been classified as insurance contracts, they are measured consistently with insurance liabilities. (x) Insurance contracts Through its insurance subsidiaries, HSBC issues contracts to customers that contain insurance risk, financial risk or a combination thereof. A contract under which HSBC accepts significant insurance risk from another party by agreeing to compensate that party on the occurrence of a specified uncertain future event, is classified as an insurance contract. An insurance contract may also transfer financial risk, but is accounted for as an insurance contract if the insurance risk is significant. Insurance contracts are accounted for as follows: Premiums Gross insurance premiums for non-life insurance business are reported as income over the term of the insurance contracts based on the proportion of risks borne during the accounting period. The unearned premium (the proportion of the business underwritten in the accounting year relating to the period of risk after the balance sheet date) is calculated on a daily or monthly pro rata basis. 315 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 2 and 3 Premiums for life insurance contracts are accounted for when receivable, except in unit-linked insurance contracts where premiums are accounted for when liabilities are established. Reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same accounting period as the premiums for the direct insurance contracts to which they relate. Claims and reinsurance recoveries Gross insurance claims for non-life insurance contracts include paid claims and movements in outstanding claims liabilities. Gross insurance claims for life insurance contracts reflect the total cost of claims arising during the year, including claim handling costs and any policyholder bonuses allocated in anticipation of a bonus declaration. Claims arising during the year include maturities, surrenders and death claims. Maturity claims are recognised when due for payment. Surrenders are recognised when paid or at an earlier date on which, following notification, the policy ceases to be included within the calculation of the related insurance liabilities. Death claims are recognised when notified. Reinsurance recoveries are accounted for in the same period as the related claim. Liabilities under insurance contracts Outstanding claims liabilities for non-life insurance contracts are based on the estimated ultimate cost of all claims incurred but not settled at the balance sheet date, whether reported or not, together with related claim- handling costs and a reduction for the expected value of salvage and other recoveries. Liabilities for claims incurred but not reported are made on an estimated basis, using appropriate statistical techniques. Liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts are calculated by each life insurance operation based on local actuarial principles. Liabilities under unit-linked life insurance contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value which is calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices. Present value of in-force long-term insurance business The value placed on insurance contracts that are classified as long-term insurance business and are in force at the balance sheet date is recognised as an asset. The present value of in-force long-term insurance business is determined by discounting future cash flows expected to emerge from business currently in force using appropriate assumptions in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates and levels of expenses and a risk discount rate that reflects the risk premium attributable to the respective long-term insurance business. Movements in the present value of in-force long-term insurance business are included in ‘Other operating income’ on a gross of tax basis. (y) Investment contracts Customer liabilities under non-linked and unit-linked investment contracts and the linked financial assets are designated at fair value, and the movements in fair value are recognised in the income statement in ‘Net income from financial investments designated at fair value’. Premiums receivable and amounts withdrawn are accounted for as increases or decreases in the liability recorded in respect of investment contracts. Liabilities under unit-linked investment contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value which is calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices. Investment management fees receivable are recognised in the income statement over the period of the provision of the investment management services, in ‘Net fee income’. The incremental costs directly related to the acquisition of new investment contracts or renewing existing investment contracts are deferred and amortised over the period during which the investment management services are provided. 316 (z) Debt securities issued and deposits by customers and banks Financial liabilities are recognised when HSBC enters into the contractual provisions of the arrangements with counterparties, which is generally on trade date, and initially measured at fair value, which is normally the consideration received net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred. Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities, other than those measured at fair value through profit or loss and financial guarantees, is at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method to amortise the difference between proceeds net of directly attributable transaction costs and the redemption amount over the expected life of the debt. (aa)Share capital Shares are classified as equity when there is no contractual obligation to transfer cash or other financial assets. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of equity instruments are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax. HSBC Holdings plc shares held by HSBC are recognised in ‘Total shareholders’ equity’ as a deduction from retained earnings until they are cancelled. When such shares are subsequently sold, reissued or otherwise disposed of, any consideration received is included in ‘Total shareholders’ equity’, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and related income tax effects. (ab)Cash and cash equivalents For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Such investments are normally those with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, and include cash and balances at central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills, loans and advances to banks, items in the course of collection from or in transmission to other banks, and certificates of deposit. 3 Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value includes: • • • all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value, including liabilities under investment contracts; all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value; and interest income, interest expense and dividend income in respect of: – – financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value; and derivatives managed in conjunction with the above, except for interest expense arising on HSBC’s issued debt securities, together with the interest element of derivatives managed in conjunction with them, which are recognised in ‘Interest expense’. Net income/(expense) arising on: – financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts ............. – other financial assets designated at fair value ...................................................................... – derivatives managed in conjunction with financial assets designated at fair value ............. – liabilities to customers under investment contracts .............................................................. – HSBC’s issued debt securities1 ............................................................................................. – derivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC’s issued debt securities ........................... – other financial liabilities designated at fair value ................................................................. – derivatives managed in conjunction with other financial liabilities designated at fair value ............................................................................................................................... Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value .............................................. 2006 US$m 1,552 217 57 1,826 (1,008) (277) 242 (125) (1) (1,169) 657 2005 US$m 1,760 90 17 1,867 (1,126) 1,795 (1,392) (112) 2 (833) 1,034 317 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 4, 5 and 6 1 Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of HSBC’s issued debt securities may arise from changes in HSBC’s own credit risk. In 2006, HSBC recognised a US$388 million loss on changes in the fair value of these instruments arising from changes in HSBC’s own credit risk (2005: loss US$70 million). 4 Net earned insurance premiums Non-life insurance US$m Life insurance (non-linked) US$m Life insurance (linked) US$m Investment contracts with discretionary participation features US$m 2006 Gross written premiums ............................ Movement in unearned premiums ............ Gross earned premiums ............................ Gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers .............................................. Reinsurers’ share of movement in unearned premiums .............................. Reinsurers’ share of gross earned premiums .............................................. Net earned insurance premiums ............... 2005 Gross written premiums ............................ Movement in unearned premiums ............ Gross earned premiums ............................ Gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers .............................................. Reinsurers’ share of movement in unearned premiums .............................. Reinsurers’ share of gross earned premiums .............................................. Net earned insurance premiums ............... 1,824 122 1,946 (451) (48) (499) 1,447 2,364 (225) 2,139 (479) 60 (419) 1,720 3,640 14 3,654 (274) – (274) 3,380 3,441 2 3,443 (277) – (277) 3,166 848 (1) 847 (14) – (14) 833 768 (210) 558 (20) – (20) 538 8 – 8 – – – 8 12 – 12 – – – 12 5 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities Non-life insurance US$m Life insurance (non-linked) US$m Life insurance (linked) US$m Investment contracts with discretionary participation features US$m 2006 Claims, benefits and surrenders paid ........ Movement in liabilities ............................. Gross claims incurred and movement in liabilities ............................................... Reinsurers’ share of claims, benefits and surrenders paid ..................................... Reinsurers’ share of movement in liabilities ............................................... Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities .......................... Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities ............................................... 889 10 899 (228) 57 (171) 814 2,207 495 651 3,021 1,146 (154) (54) (208) (9) 20 11 728 2,813 1,157 – 6 6 – – – 6 Total US$m 6,320 135 6,455 (739) (48) (787) 5,668 6,585 (433) 6,152 (776) 60 (716) 5,436 Total US$m 2,198 2,874 5,072 (391) 23 (368) 4,704 318 2005 Claims, benefits and surrenders paid ........ Movement in liabilities ............................. Gross claims incurred and movement in Non-life insurance US$m Life insurance (non-linked) US$m 966 72 621 1,683 liabilities ............................................... 1,038 2,304 Investment contracts with discretionary participation features US$m Life insurance (linked) US$m 357 445 802 (11) (11) (22) (146) 2 (144) (111) 191 80 894 2,384 780 Total US$m 1,944 2,209 4,153 (268) 182 (86) 4,067 – 9 9 – – – 9 Reinsurers’ share of claims, benefits and surrenders paid ..................................... Reinsurers’ share of movement in liabilities ............................................... Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities .......................... Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities ............................................... 6 Net operating income Net operating income is stated after the following items of income, expense, gains and losses: Income Interest recognised on impaired financial assets ............................................................................... Fees earned on financial assets or liabilities not held for trading nor designated at fair value, other than fees included in effective interest rate calculations on these types of assets and liabilities ........................................................................................................................................ Fees earned on trust and other fiduciary activities where HSBC holds or invests assets on behalf of its customers ................................................................................................................... Income from listed investments1 ....................................................................................................... Income from unlisted investments2 ................................................................................................... 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 284 120 11,182 2,909 7,304 9,192 9,077 2,912 6,819 5,001 Expense Interest on financial instruments, excluding interest on financial liabilities held for trading or designated at fair value ............................................................................................................. (38,158) (26,627) Fees payable on financial assets or liabilities not held for trading nor designated at fair value, other than fees included in effective interest rate calculations on these types of assets and liabilities ........................................................................................................................................ Fees payable relating to trust and other fiduciary activities where HSBC holds or invests assets on behalf of its customers ................................................................................................... Gains/(losses) Gain /(loss) on disposal or settlement of loans and advances ........................................................... Net impairment loss on loans and advances ...................................................................................... Net (charge)/reversal of impairment allowances in respect of available-for-sale financial investments ........................................................................................................................................................ Gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment and non-financial investments ....................... 1 Income from listed investments at 31 December 2004 was US$5,166 million. 2 Income from unlisted investments at 31 December 2004 was US$3,521 million. (1,826) (103) 24 (10,547) (21) 781 (1,357) (238) (12) (7,860) 42 703 319 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 7 7 Employee compensation and benefits Wages and salaries ........................................................................................... Social security costs ......................................................................................... Post-employment benefits ............................................................................... 2006 US$m 16,186 1,194 1,120 18,500 2005 US$m 14,008 1,072 1,065 16,145 2004 US$m 12,374 973 1,176 14,523 The average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year was as follows: Europe .............................................................................................................. Hong Kong ...................................................................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ......................................................................................... North America ................................................................................................. Latin America .................................................................................................. 2006 84,170 27,328 68,182 57,654 58,863 2005 (restated1) 2004 (restated1) 82,638 25,699 50,605 51,518 54,825 80,930 25,070 37,211 49,832 51,684 Total ................................................................................................................. 296,197 265,285 244,727 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13. Post-employment benefit plans HSBC pension plans HSBC operates some 166 pension plans throughout the world, covering 76 per cent of HSBC’s employees, with a total pension cost of US$1,058 million (2005: US$1,007 million; 2004: US$1,111 million), of which US$668 million (2005: US$546 million; 2004: US$485 million) relates to plans outside the UK. Progressively, HSBC has been moving to defined contribution plans for all new employees. The pension cost for defined contribution plans, which cover 35 per cent of HSBC’s employees, was US$456 million (2005: US$389 million; 2004: US$351 million). Both HSBC’s and, where relevant and appropriate, the trustees’ long-term investment objectives for defined benefit plans are: • • to limit the risk of the assets failing to meet the liability of the plans over the long-term; and to maximise returns consistent with an acceptable level of risk so as to control the long-term costs of the defined benefit plans. Both HSBC and, where relevant and appropriate, the trustees, consider that the investment policy should be consistent with meeting their mutual overall long-term investment objectives. In pursuit of these long-term objectives, an overall benchmark is established for the allocation of the defined benefit plan assets between asset classes. In addition, each permitted asset class has its own benchmarks, such as stock market or property valuation indices and desired levels of out-performance where relevant. This is intended to be reviewed at least triennially within 18 months of the date at which the actuarial valuation is made, or more frequently if circumstances or local legislation so require. The process generally involves an extensive asset and liability review. The Group’s defined benefit plans, which cover 41 per cent of HSBC’s employees, are predominantly funded plans with assets which, in the case of most of the larger plans, are held in trust or similar funds separate from HSBC. The plans are reviewed at least annually or in accordance with local practice and regulations by qualified actuaries. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligations and related current service costs vary according to the economic conditions of the countries in which they are situated. The largest plan exists in the UK, where the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme covers employees of HSBC Bank plc and certain other employees of HSBC. This plan comprises a funded defined benefit plan (‘the principal plan’) which is closed, and a defined contribution plan which was established on 1 July 1996 for new employees. In 2006, HSBC and the Trustee of the principal plan agreed to change the investment strategy in order to reduce the investment risk. This involved switching from a largely equity-based strategy to a strategy largely based on holding bonds together with a more diverse range of investments. At the same time the principal plan entered into swap arrangements 320 whereby the principal plan is committed to making LIBOR related interest payments in exchange for cash flows paid into the plan, based on a projection of the future benefit payments from the principal plan. The asset allocation for the new strategy is: Equities ................................................................................................................................................................................ Bonds ................................................................................................................................................................................... Alternative assets1 ................................................................................................................................................................ Property ................................................................................................................................................................................ Cash ..................................................................................................................................................................................... % 12.5 50.0 12.5 10.0 15.0 100.0 1 Alternative assets include emerging market bonds, loans, and infrastructure assets. At 31 December 2006, significant progress had been made towards the new strategy and swap arrangements were in place. The latest actuarial investigation of the principal plan was made at 31 December 2005, by C G Singer, Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries, of Watson Wyatt Limited. At that date, the market value of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme’s assets was US$18,072 million (including assets relating to the defined benefit plan, the defined contribution plan, and additional voluntary contributions). The market value of the plan assets represented 89 per cent of the amount expected to be required, on the basis of the assumptions adopted, to provide the benefits accrued to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings, and the resulting deficit amounted to US$2,065 million. The method adopted for this investigation was the projected unit method. The expected cash flows from the plan were projected by reference to the Retail Price Index (‘RPI’) swap break-even curve at 31 December 2005. Salary increases were assumed to be 1 per cent per annum above RPI and inflationary pension increases, subject to a minimum of 0 per cent and a maximum of 5 per cent, were assumed to be in line with RPI. The projected cash flows were discounted at the LIBOR swap curve at 31 December 2005 plus a margin for the expected return on the investment strategy of 110 basis points per annum. The mortality experience of the plan’s pensioners over the three year period since the previous valuation was analysed and the mortality assumption set on the basis of this with allowances for medium cohort improvements on the PA92 series of tables from the valuation date. In anticipation of the results of the 2005 investigation, on 22 December 2005 HSBC Bank plc made an additional contribution of US$1,746 million to the principal plan in order to reduce the deficit of the plan. Following receipt of the valuation results, HSBC agreed with the Trustee to meet a schedule of additional future funding payments, as set out below: 2007 ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 2012 ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 2013 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2014 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... US$m 589 913 913 913 HSBC considers that the contributions set out above are sufficient to meet the deficit as at 31 December 2005 over the agreed period. HSBC also decided to make ongoing contributions to the principal plan in respect of the accrual of benefits of defined benefit section members at the rate of 36 per cent of pensionable salaries from 1 January 2007, until the completion of the next actuarial valuation, due at 31 December 2008. During 2006 HSBC paid contributions at the rate of 20 per cent of pensionable salaries. A further 2 per cent of pensionable salaries is being paid over the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2014 to make good the difference in contributions during 2006. As part of the 31 December 2005 valuation, calculations were also carried out as to the amount of assets that might be needed to meet the liabilities if the plan was discontinued and the members’ benefits bought out with an insurance company (although in practice this may not be possible for a plan of this size) or the Trustee continued to run the plan without the support of HSBC. The amount required under this approach is estimated to be US$26,700 million as at 31 December 2005. In estimating the solvency position for this purpose, a more prudent assumption about future mortality was made than for the assessment of the ongoing position and it was assumed that the Trustee would alter the investment strategy to be an appropriately matched portfolio of cash and interest and inflation swaps. An explicit allowance for expenses was also included. 321 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 7 The benefits payable from the defined benefit plan are expected to be as shown in the chart below: Benefit payments (US$m) In Hong Kong, the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme covers employees of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and certain other employees of HSBC. The plan comprises a funded defined benefit plan (which provides a lump sum on retirement but which is now closed to new members) and a defined contribution plan. The latter was established on 1 January 1999 for new employees. The latest valuation of the defined benefit plan was made at 31 December 2004 and was performed by E Chiu, Fellow of the Society of Actuaries of the United States of America, of HSBC Life (International) Limited, a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings. At that date, the market value of the defined benefit plan’s assets was US$942 million. On an ongoing basis, the actuarial value of the plan’s assets represented 115 per cent of the benefits accrued to members, after allowing for expected future increases in salaries, and the resulting surplus amounted to US$121 million. On a wind-up basis, the actuarial value of the plan’s assets represented 128 per cent of the members’ vested benefits, based on current salaries, and the resulting surplus amounted to US$206 million. The actuarial method used was the projected unit credit method and the main assumptions used in this valuation were a discount rate of 4 per cent per annum and long-term salary increases of 3 per cent per annum (with short-term deviation from 2005 to 2008). The HSBC North America (U.S.) Retirement Income Plan was formed with effect from the close of business on 31 December 2004 by the merger of the HSBC Bank USA Pension Plan and the Household International Retirement Income Plan. This plan covers employees of HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance, and certain other employees of HSBC. It comprises a final average pay plan (now closed to new participants) and a cash balance plan. All new employees participate in the cash balance plan. The first full actuarial valuation of the merged plan was made at 1 January 2005 by Pedro Nebres, Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and Dan Kutliroff, Enrolled Actuary, of Mercer Human Resource Consulting. Both are members of the American Academy of Actuaries. At that date, the market value of the merged plan’s assets was US$2,305 million. The actuarial value of the assets represented 137 per cent of the benefits accrued to members, after allowing for expected future increases in earnings. The resulting surplus amounted to US$622 million. The method employed for this valuation was the projected unit credit method and the main assumptions used were a discount rate of 8 per cent per annum and average salary increases of 3.75 per cent per annum. The Internal Revenue Service granted formal approval for changes in funding method due to the merger of pension plans on 23 August 2006. The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, The HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme, and the HSBC North America (U.S.) Retirement Income Plan cover 37 per cent of HSBC’s employees. HSBC healthcare benefits plans HSBC also provides post-employment healthcare benefits under plans in the UK, the US, Canada, Mexico, France and Brazil, the majority of which are unfunded. Post-employment healthcare benefits plans are accounted for in the same manner as defined benefit pension plans. The plans are reviewed at least annually or in accordance with local practice and regulations by qualified actuaries. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligation and related current service cost vary according to the economic conditions of the countries in which they are situated. Total healthcare cost was US$62 million (2005: US$58 million; 2004: US$65 million). 322 Year of ultimate rate n/a n/a 2014 n/a n/a 2016 n/a 2012 n/a n/a rate % 7.0 n/a 5.0 n/a 6.75 5.5 6.0 4.9 n/a n/a Year of ultimate rate n/a n/a 2013 n/a n/a 2016 n/a 2009 n/a n/a rate % 6.7 n/a 5.0 n/a 7.3 6.5 6.0 4.5 n/a n/a Post-employment defined benefit plans’ principal actuarial financial assumptions The principal actuarial financial assumptions used to calculate the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans at 31 December 2006, were as follows. These assumptions will also form the basis for measuring periodic costs under the plans in 2007: Healthcare cost trend Discount rate Inflation rate Rate of increase for pensions1 Rate of pay increase Initial rate Ultimate UK .......................................... Hong Kong ............................. US .......................................... Jersey ...................................... Mexico ................................... Brazil ...................................... France ..................................... Canada ................................... Switzerland ............................ Germany ................................. % 5.1 3.75 5.9 5.1 8.0 10.75 4.5 5.19 2.25 4.5 % 3.0 n/a 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.5 2.0 2.5 1.5 2.0 % 3.0 n/a n/a 3.0 2.0 4.5 2.0 n/a n/a 2.0 % 4.0 3.0 3.75 4.75 4.0 4.5 3.0 3.47 2.25 3.0 % 7.0 n/a 10.5 n/a 6.75 11.0 6.0 9.9 n/a n/a 1 Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pension. The principal actuarial financial assumptions used to calculate the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans at 31 December 2005, were as follows. These assumptions also formed the basis for measuring periodic costs under the plans in 2006: Healthcare cost trend Discount rate Inflation rate Rate of increase for pensions1 Rate of pay increase Initial rate Ultimate UK .......................................... Hong Kong ............................. US .......................................... Jersey ...................................... Mexico ................................... Brazil ...................................... France ..................................... Canada ................................... Switzerland ............................ Germany ................................. % 4.75 4.2 5.7 4.75 8.90 11.75 4.1 5.25 2.25 4.0 % 2.7 n/a 2.5 2.7 3.75 5.5 2.0 2.5 1.5 2.0 % 2.7 n/a n/a 2.7 3.75 5.5 2.0 n/a n/a 2.0 % 3.72 5.0 3.75 4.45 4.5 5.5 3.0 3.0 2.25 3.0 % 6.7 n/a 10.4 n/a 7.3 12.5 6.0 7.3 n/a n/a 1 Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pension. 2 The 2005 and 2004 rate of pay increase assumptions disclosed have been increased from 3.2 per cent to 3.7 per cent to reflect an age- related promotional salary scale that was included in the obligation calculation but not in the disclosed assumption. HSBC determines the discount rates to be applied to its obligations in consultation with the plans’ local actuaries, on the basis of current average yields of high quality (AA rated or equivalent) debt instruments, with maturities consistent with those of the defined benefit obligations. The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on historical market returns adjusted for additional factors such as the current rate of inflation and interest rates. The principal actuarial financial assumptions used to calculate the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans at 31 December 2004, which formed the basis for measuring the 2005 periodic costs, were as follows: 323 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 7 Healthcare cost trend Discount rate Inflation rate Rate of increase for pensions1 Rate of pay increase Initial rate Ultimate UK .......................................... Hong Kong ............................ US .......................................... Jersey ..................................... Mexico ................................... Brazil ...................................... France .................................... Canada ................................... Switzerland ............................ Germany ................................. % 5.3 4.0 6.0 5.3 10.75 11.75 4.5 6.0 3.25 4.5 % 2.7 n/a 2.5 2.7 5.0 5.0 2.0 2.5 1.5 1.5 % 2.7 n/a n/a 2.7 5.0 5.0 2.0 n/a n/a 1.5 % 3.72 5.0 3.75 4.45 6.50 5.0 3.5 3.0 2.25 2.5 % 7.7 n/a 11.6 n/a 8.68 10.5 6.0 7.7 n/a n/a Year of ultimate rate n/a n/a 2009 n/a n/a 2015 n/a 2009 n/a n/a rate % 7.7 n/a 5.9 n/a 8.68 6.0 6.0 4.6 n/a n/a 1 Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pension. 2 The 2005 and 2004 rate of pay increase assumptions disclosed have been increased from 3.2 per cent to 3.7 per cent to reflect an age- related promotional salary scale that was included in the obligation calculation but not in the disclosed assumption. Mortality assumptions are increasingly significant in measuring the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans, particularly given the maturity of the plans. The mortality tables and average life expectancy at 65 used at 31 December 2006 were as follows: Mortality table UK .......................................................................... PA921 Hong Kong ............................................................ n/a US .......................................................................... RP 2000 projected to 2005 Jersey ..................................................................... PA921 Mexico ................................................................... GAM83 Brazil ...................................................................... RP 2000 imp 2006 France .................................................................... TG 05 Canada pension plans ............................................ Between UP94 C2015 and UP94 C2027 Canada healthcare plan .......................................... UP94 C2025 Switzerland ............................................................ EVK2000 and BVG2000 Life expectancy at age 65 for a male member currently: Aged 65 Aged 45 Life expectancy at age 65 for a female member currently: Aged 65 Aged 45 20.3 n/a 21.6 n/a 23.3 n/a 24.6 n/a 18.7 20.3 16.6 18.9 22.8 19.0 and 20.0 19.8 17.6 and 17.8 18.7 21.6 16.6 20.5 25.6 19.0 and 20.0 19.8 17.6 and 17.8 20.9 23.3 16.6 21.0 26.3 21.6 and 22.1 22.0 20.4 and 21.1 20.9 24.6 16.6 21.9 29.1 21.6 and 22.1 22.0 20.4 and 21.1 24.9 Germany ................................................................. Heubeck 2005 G 18.1 20.8 22.2 1 PA92 with standard improvements to 2005 and medium cohort improvements thereafter. The mortality tables and average life expectancy at 65 used at 31 December 2005 were as follows: Mortality table UK .......................................................................... PA92U2005 Hong Kong ............................................................ n/a US .......................................................................... RP 2000 imp 2005 Jersey ..................................................................... PA92C2036 Mexico ................................................................... GAM83 Brazil ...................................................................... AT83 France .................................................................... TPG93 Canada pension plans ............................................ UP94 C2012 Canada healthcare plan .......................................... GAM94M/F Switzerland ............................................................ EVK2000 Germany ................................................................. Heubeck 2005 G and UP94 C2027 Life expectancy at age 65 for a male member currently: Life expectancy at age 65 for a female member currently: Aged 65 Aged 45 Aged 65 Aged 45 19.53 n/a 17.90 20.83 16.56 18.51 23.02 18.65 and 19.84 17.88 17.6 18.06 20.89 n/a 17.90 20.83 16.56 18.51 25.32 18.65 and 19.84 17.88 17.6 20.84 22.57 n/a 20.25 23.75 16.56 21.89 23.02 21.37 and 22.00 21.32 20.4 22.20 23.86 n/a 20.25 23.75 16.56 21.89 25.32 21.37 and 22.00 21.32 20.4 24.85 324 Actuarial assumption sensitivities The discount rate is sensitive to changes in market conditions arising during the reporting period. The mortality rates used are sensitive to experience from the plan member profile. The following table shows the effect of changes in these and the other key assumptions on the principal plan: Discount rate Change in pension obligation at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps increase ...................................................................... Change in pension obligation at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps decrease ..................................................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps increase .......................................................................................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps decrease .......................................................................................................... Rate of inflation Change in pension obligation at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps increase ...................................................................... Change in pension obligation at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps decrease ..................................................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps increase .......................................................................................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps decrease .......................................................................................................... Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pensions Change in pension obligation at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps increase ...................................................................... Change in pension obligation at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps decrease ..................................................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps increase .......................................................................................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps decrease .......................................................................................................... Rate of pay increase Change in pension obligation at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps increase ...................................................................... Change in pension obligation at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps decrease ..................................................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps increase .......................................................................................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps decrease .......................................................................................................... Mortality Change in pension obligation from each additional year of longevity assumed ................................................................ HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m (1,086) 1,147 (20) 22 1,147 (1,086) 88 (77) 909 (872) 57 (55) 287 (275) 31 (27) 756 The following table shows the effect of changes in the discount rate and in mortality rates on plans other than the principal plan: Change in pension obligations at 31 December 2006 from a 25bps increase in discount rate .......................................... Change in 2007 pension cost from a 25bps increase in discount rate ................................................................................ Increase in pension obligation from each additional year of longevity assumed ............................................................... (276) (5) 167 Other plans US$m 325 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 7 Defined benefit pension plans The calculation of the net liability under the Group’s defined benefit pension plans is set out below together with the expected rates of return and plan assets used to measure the net defined benefit pension costs in each subsequent year. HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme Other plans At 31 December 2006 Equities ......................................................................... Bonds ............................................................................ Property ......................................................................... Other ............................................................................. Fair value of plan assets ............................................... Present value of funded obligations ............................. Present value of unfunded obligations ......................... Defined benefit obligation ............................................ Effect of limit on plan surpluses ................................... Unrecognised past service cost ..................................... Net liability ................................................................... Equities ......................................................................... Bonds ............................................................................ Property ......................................................................... Other ............................................................................. Fair value of plan assets ............................................... Present value of funded obligations ............................. Present value of unfunded obligations ......................... Defined benefit obligation ............................................ Effect of limit on plan surpluses ................................... Unrecognised past service cost ..................................... Net liability ................................................................... Expected rates of return % 8.0 5.3 7.0 4.3 Expected rates of return % 8.1 5.7 7.0 4.6 Value US$m 5,046 12,189 2,056 1,296 20,587 (24,332) – (24,332) – – (3,745) HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme Other plans At 31 December 2005 Expected rates of return % 8.0 4.3 6.5 3.6 Expected rates of return % 8.6 5.2 6.5 4.6 Value US$m 8,181 5,234 1,540 2,441 17,396 (20,587) – (20,587) – – (3,191) Value US$m 3,209 3,302 138 467 7,116 (7,534) (382) (7,916) (9) 1 (808) Value US$m 2,749 2,539 97 971 6,356 (6,687) (415) (7,102) (7) 3 (750) Plan assets include US$87 million (2005: US$80 million) of equities issued by HSBC and US$188 million (2005: US$53 million) of other assets issued by HSBC. Additionally, the fair value of plan assets include derivatives entered into with the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme with a negative fair value of US$273 million at 31 December 2006 (2005: nil). The principal plan holds a diversified portfolio of investments to meet future cash flow liabilities arising from accrued benefits as they fall due to be paid. The Trustee of the principal plan is required to produce a written statement of investment principles (‘SIP’). The SIP sets out the principles governing how decisions about investments are made. 326 Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations 2006 2005 At 1 January .................................................................. Current service cost ...................................................... Interest cost ................................................................... Contributions by employees ......................................... Actuarial losses ............................................................. Benefits paid ................................................................. Past service cost – vested immediately ......................... Past service cost – unvested benefits ............................ Acquisitions .................................................................. Reduction in liabilities resulting from curtailments ..... Liabilities extinguished on settlements ........................ Exchange differences .................................................... At 31 December ............................................................ Changes in the fair value of plan assets HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m 20,587 456 1,055 – 30 (696) – – – – – 2,900 24,332 Other plans US$m 7,102 304 366 28 211 (386) 9 – 10 (5) (21) 298 7,916 HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m 19,988 383 981 – 1,968 (540) – – 84 – – (2,277) 20,587 2006 2005 At 1 January .................................................................. Expected return on plan assets ...................................... Contributions by HSBC ................................................ – normal .................................................................... – special .................................................................... Contributions by employees ......................................... Experience gains ........................................................... Benefits paid ................................................................. Acquisitions .................................................................. Assets distributed on curtailments ................................ Assets distributed on settlements .................................. Exchange differences .................................................... HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m 17,396 1,169 240 240 – – – (696) – – – 2,478 At 31 December ............................................................ 20,587 Other plans US$m 6,356 421 193 160 33 28 203 (343) – (4) (14) 276 7,116 HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m 15,105 954 1,986 240 1,746 – 1,623 (540) 58 – – (1,790) 17,396 Other plans US$m 6,501 283 333 14 506 (338) (3) 3 – (4) (6) (187) 7,102 Other plans US$m 5,823 401 448 156 292 14 78 (287) – – (3) (118) 6,356 The actual return on plan assets for the year ended 31 December 2006 was US$1,793 million (2005: US$3,056 million). HSBC expects to make US$1,229 million of contributions to defined benefit pension plans during 2007. Benefits expected to be paid from the plans to retirees over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are: HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme ................... Other significant plans ........................................ 2007 US$m 662 344 2008 US$m 693 361 2009 US$m 707 380 2010 US$m 750 389 2011 US$m 2012-2017 US$m 779 422 4,865 2,385 327 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 7 Total expense recognised in the income statement in ‘Employee compensation and benefits’ 2006 2005 2004 HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m Current service cost .................... Interest cost ................................. Expected return on plan assets ... Past service cost .......................... (Gains)/losses on curtailments .... Total expense .............................. 456 1,055 (1,169) – – 342 Summary Other plans US$m 304 366 (421) 11 – 260 HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m 383 981 (954) – – 410 Other plans US$m 283 333 (401) (3) (4) 208 HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m 348 921 (927) – 242 584 2006 2005 2004 HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m Defined benefit obligation........... Fair value of plan assets .............. (24,332) 20,587 Net deficit ................................... (3,745) Experience gains/(losses) on plan liabilities ......................... Experience gains on plan assets . Losses from changes in 540 – actuarial assumptions ............. (570) Total net actuarial gains/ Other plans US$m (7,916) 7,116 (800) (167) 203 (44) HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m (20,587) 17,396 (3,191) 70 1,623 (2,038) (losses) .................................... (30) (8) (345) Other plans US$m (7,102) 6,356 (746) (113) 78 (393) (428) HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme US$m (19,988) 15,105 (4,883) 401 506 (1,357) (450) Other plans US$m 257 326 (382) (8) (17) 176 Other plans US$m (6,501) 5,823 (678) (42) 3 (243) (282) Actuarial gains and losses represent experience adjustments on plan assets and liabilities as well as adjustments arising from changes in actuarial assumptions. Total cumulative actuarial losses recognised in equity at 31 December 2006 were US$1,543 million (2005: US$1,505 million). The total effect of the limit on plan surpluses recognised within actuarial losses in equity during 2006 was a US$2 million loss (2005: US$4 million gain). Post-employment healthcare benefits plans Equities ......................................................................... Bonds ............................................................................ Fair value of plan assets ............................................... Present value of funded obligations ............................. Present value of unfunded obligations ......................... Defined benefit obligation ............................................ Unrecognised past service cost ..................................... Net liability ................................................................... 2006 Expected rates of return % 14.5 8.5 2005 Expected rates of return % 12.0 8.5 Value US$m 40 93 133 (219) (887) (1,106) (29) (1,002) Value US$m 32 75 107 (178) (826) (1,004) (31) (928) 328 Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations At 1 January ....................................................................................................................................... Current service cost ........................................................................................................................... Interest cost ........................................................................................................................................ Contributions by employees .............................................................................................................. Actuarial losses .................................................................................................................................. Benefits paid ...................................................................................................................................... Past service cost: – vested immediately ..................................................................................................................... – unvested benefits ........................................................................................................................ Reduction in liabilities resulting from curtailments .......................................................................... Liabilities extinguished on settlements ............................................................................................. Exchange differences ......................................................................................................................... 2006 US$m 1,004 19 64 2 37 (52) 1 – (9) (1) 41 2005 US$m 982 18 63 6 44 (50) (13) (29) – – (17) At 31 December ................................................................................................................................. 1,106 1,004 Changes in the fair value of plan assets 2006 US$m 2005 US$m At 1 January ....................................................................................................................................... Expected return on plan assets .......................................................................................................... Contributions by HSBC ..................................................................................................................... Experience gains/(losses) .................................................................................................................. Benefits paid ...................................................................................................................................... Assets distributed on curtailments ..................................................................................................... Exchange differences ......................................................................................................................... At 31 December ................................................................................................................................. 107 11 39 (1) (20) (1) (2) 133 79 10 19 1 (7) – 5 107 The actual return on plan assets for the year ended 31 December 2006 was US$10 million (2005: US$11 million). HSBC expects to make US$19 million of contributions to post-employment healthcare benefit plans during 2007. Benefits expected to be paid from the plans to retirees over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are: 2007 US$m 2008 US$m 2009 US$m 2010 US$m 2011 US$m 2012-2017 US$m Significant plans ................................................. 47 49 53 55 57 320 Total expense recognised in the income statement in ‘Employee compensation and benefits’ 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m Current service cost ......................................................................................... Interest cost ...................................................................................................... Expected return on plan assets ........................................................................ Past service cost ............................................................................................... Losses on curtailments ..................................................................................... Losses on settlements ...................................................................................... Total expense ................................................................................................... 19 64 (11) (1) (8) (1) 62 18 63 (10) (13) – – 58 17 58 (8) (2) – – 65 329 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 7 and 8 Summary Defined benefit obligation ............................................................................... Fair value of plan assets .................................................................................. Net deficit ........................................................................................................ Experience gains/(losses) on plan liabilities ................................................... Experience gains/(losses) on plan assets ......................................................... Gains/(losses) from changes in actuarial assumptions .................................... Total net actuarial gains/(losses) ...................................................................... 2006 US$m (1,106) 133 (973) (12) (1) (25) (38) 2005 US$m (1,004) 107 (897) 19 1 (63) (43) 2004 US$m (982) 79 (903) (15) – 20 5 Actuarial gains and losses represent experience adjustments on plan assets and liabilities as well as adjustments arising from changes in actuarial assumptions. Total cumulative net actuarial losses recognised in equity at 31 December 2006 were US$76 million (2005: US$38 million). The actuarial assumptions of the healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts recognised. A one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects on amounts recognised in 2006: 1% increase US$m 1% decrease US$m Increase/(decrease) of the aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost ........................... Increase/(decrease) of defined benefit obligation ............................................................................. 8 103 (6) (111) HSBC Holdings Employee compensation and benefit expense in respect of HSBC Holdings’ employees in 2006 amounted to US$193 million (2005: US$166 million). The average number of persons employed by HSBC Holdings during 2006 was 505 (2005: 433). Employees of HSBC Holdings who are members of defined benefit pension plans are principally members of either the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme or the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme. There is no contractual or stated policy for charging the net defined benefit cost to HSBC Holdings, which is recognised in the consolidated accounts of HSBC in the note above. HSBC Holdings pays contributions to plans in accordance with schedules determined by the Trustees following consultation with qualified actuaries. Directors’ emoluments The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of HSBC Holdings, computed in accordance with Part I of Schedule 6 of the Companies Act, were: Fees .................................................................................................................. Salaries and other emoluments ........................................................................ Bonuses ............................................................................................................ Gains on the exercise of share options ............................................................ Vesting of Restricted Share Plan awards ........................................................ 2006 US$000 2,660 7,774 10,705 21,139 3 18,975 2005 US$000 2,100 12,869 13,264 28,233 17 24,221 2004 US$000 2,713 9,721 17,288 29,722 14,078 9,598 In addition, there were payments under retirement benefit agreements with former Directors of US$1,045,448 (2005: US$996,098). The provision at 31 December 2006 in respect of unfunded pension obligations to former Directors amounted to US$17,759,454 (2005: US$16,458,975). During the year, aggregate contributions to pension schemes in respect of Directors were US$889,241 (2005: US$4,819,759), including US$395,740 (2005: US$3,304,081) arising from a Director’s waiver of bonus. Discretionary bonuses for Directors are based on a combination of individual and corporate performance and are determined by the Remuneration Committee. Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options and conditional 330 awards under the Restricted Share Plan 2000 and The HSBC Share Plan are included in the ‘Directors’ Remuneration Report’ on pages 280 to 289. 8 Auditors’ remuneration Auditors’ remuneration in relation to statutory audit amounted to US$44.7 million (2005: US$47.0 million; 2004: US$41.7 million). The following fees were payable by HSBC to the Group’s principal auditor, KPMG Audit Plc and its associates (together ‘KPMG’): Audit fees for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit: – fees relating to current year ..................................................................... – fees relating to prior year ........................................................................ Fees payable to KPMG for other services provided to HSBC: – audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries, pursuant to legislation ............................ – other services pursuant to legislation1 .................................................... – tax services .............................................................................................. – services relating to information technology ............................................ – services related to corporate finance transactions .................................. – all other services ...................................................................................... Total fees payable ............................................................................................ 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2004 US$m 2.7 – 2.7 40.4 15.4 2.0 0.6 1.6 4.1 64.1 66.8 2.8 0.2 3.0 42.5 29.2 2.6 – 0.3 5.0 79.6 82.6 2.3 0.7 3.0 36.6 13.4 6.2 – 1.6 4.7 62.5 65.5 1 Including fees paid to KPMG in respect of work relating to preparation for reporting under section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of US$2.2 million (2005: US$11.7 million; 2004: US$4.1 million). Other accounting firms have been paid a total of US$8.3 million (2005: US$16.7 million; 2004: US$6.6 million) for work on this project. No fees were payable by HSBC to KPMG for the following types of services: internal audit services, valuation and actuarial services, services related to litigation, and services related to recruitment and remuneration. ‘Audit fees for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit’ are fees payable to KPMG Audit Plc for the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings. They exclude amounts payable for the statutory audit of HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries which have been included in ‘Fees payable to KPMG for other services provided to HSBC’. The following is a description of the types of services included in ‘Fees payable to KPMG for other services provided to HSBC’: Audit related services – – ‘Audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation’ includes fees payable to KPMG for the statutory audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries. ‘Other services pursuant to legislation’ include services for assurance and other services that are in relation to statutory and regulatory filings, including comfort letters and interim reviews. Tax services – ‘Tax services’ include tax compliance services and tax advisory services. Other services – – – ‘Services relating to information technology’ include advice on IT security and business continuity and performing agreed upon IT testing procedures. ‘Services related to corporate finance transactions’ include fees payable to KPMG for transaction-related work, including US debt issuances. ‘All other services’ include other assurance and advisory services such as translation services, ad-hoc accounting advice and review of financial models. 331 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 8 and 9 The following fees were payable by HSBC’s associated pension schemes to KPMG: Audit fees ......................................................................................................... Tax services ..................................................................................................... All other services ............................................................................................. Total fees payable ............................................................................................ 2006 US$’000 2005 US$’000 2004 US$’000 581 23 23 627 550 17 5 572 536 11 5 552 No fees were payable by HSBC’s associated pension schemes to KPMG for the following types of services: other services pursuant to legislation, services relating to information technology, internal audit services, valuation and actuarial services, services related to litigation, services related to recruitment and remuneration, and services related to corporate finance transactions. In addition to the above, KPMG estimate they have been paid fees of US$2.1 million (2005: US$4.5 million; 2004: US$4.0 million) by parties other than HSBC but where HSBC is connected with the contracting party and therefore may be involved in appointing KPMG. These fees arise from services such as auditing mutual funds managed by HSBC and reviewing the financial position of corporate concerns which borrow from HSBC. Fees payable to KPMG for non-audit services for HSBC Holdings are not disclosed separately because such fees are disclosed on a consolidated basis for HSBC Group. 9 Share-based payments During 2006, US$854 million was charged to the income statement in respect of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (2005: US$540 million; 2004: US$450 million). This expense was based on the fair value of the share- based payment transactions when contracted. All of the expense arose under employee share awards made within HSBC’s reward structures. Calculation of fair values Fair values of share options/awards, measured at the date of grant of the option/award, are calculated using a binomial lattice model methodology that is based on the underlying assumptions of the Black-Scholes model. When modelling options/awards with vesting dependent on HSBC’s Total Shareholder Return over a period, these performance targets are incorporated into the model using Monte Carlo simulation. The expected life of options depends on the behaviour of option holders, which is incorporated into the option model consistent with historic observable data. The fair values calculated are inherently subjective and uncertain due to the assumptions made and the limitations of the model used. The significant weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the options granted were as follows: HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan 2006 Risk-free interest rate1 (%) ............... Expected life2 (years) ........................ Expected volatility3 (%) .................... Share price at grant date (£) .............. 2005 Risk-free interest rate1 (%) ............... Expected life2 (years) ........................ Expected volatility3 (%) .................... Share price at grant date (£) .............. – – – – 4.6 7.8 20 8.30 1-year Savings- Related Share Option Plan 4.7 1 17 9.54 – – – – 3-year Savings- Related Share Option Plans 5-year Savings- Related Share Option Plans The HSBC Share Plan 4.8 3 17 9.54 4.3 3 20 8.68 4.7 5 17 9.54 4.3 5 20 8.68 – – – – 4.3 5 20 8.37 1 The risk-free rate was determined from the UK gilts yield curve for the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan awards and UK Savings-Related Share Option Plans. A similar yield curve was used for the International Savings-Related Share Option Plans. 2 Expected life is not a single input parameter but a function of various behavioural assumptions. 3 Expected volatility is estimated by considering both historic average share price volatility and implied volatility derived from traded options over HSBC shares of similar maturity to those of the employee options. 332 Expected dividends have been incorporated into the valuation model for options and shares, where applicable. The expected US dollar denominated dividend growth was determined to be 9 per cent for the first year (2005: 12 per cent) and 8 per cent thereafter (2005: 8 per cent), consistent with consensus analyst forecasts. The HSBC Share Plan The HSBC Share Plan was adopted by HSBC Holdings in 2005. Under this Plan Performance Share awards, Restricted Share awards and Share Option awards may be made. The aim of The HSBC Share Plan is to align the interests of executives to the creation of shareholder value and recognise individual performance and potential. Awards are also made under this plan for recruitment and retention purposes. Performance Share awards Performance Share awards are made to executive Directors and other senior executives taking into account individual performance in the prior year. Performance Share awards are divided into two equal parts for testing attainment against pre-determined benchmarking. One half of the award is subject to a Total Shareholder Return measure, based on HSBC’s ranking against a comparator group of 28 major banks. The other half of the award is subject to an earnings per share target. For each element of the award, shares would be released to the employee according to a sliding scale from 30 to 100 per cent of the award, dependent upon the scale of achievement against the benchmarks and provided that the minimum criteria for each performance measure has been met. Shares will be released after three years to the extent that the performance conditions are satisfied. Outstanding at 1 January ................................................................................................................... Additions during the year1 .................................................................................................................. Forfeited in the year ........................................................................................................................... 2006 Number (000’s) 5,077 5,312 (22) Outstanding at 31 December ............................................................................................................. 10,367 1 Additions during the year include 1,413,650 shares awarded to employees of HSBC Holdings (2005: 3,453,884). 2005 Number (000’s) – 5,077 – 5,077 The weighted average fair value of shares awarded by HSBC for Performance Share awards in 2006 was US$9.72 (2005: US$9.02). Restricted Share awards Restricted Share awards are made to other employees based on performance, potential and retention requirements, for recruitment or as part of deferral of annual bonus. The awards vest between one and three years from date of award. Outstanding at 1 January ................................................................................................................... Additions during the year1 .................................................................................................................. Released in the year ........................................................................................................................... Forfeited in the year ........................................................................................................................... 2006 Number (000’s) 5,106 41,440 (1,685) (1,441) Outstanding at 31 December ............................................................................................................. 43,420 1 Additions during the year include 324,884 shares awarded to employees of HSBC Holdings (2005: 823). 2005 Number (000’s) – 5,285 (179) – 5,106 The weighted average fair value of shares awarded by HSBC for Restricted Share Awards in 2006 was US$17.65 (2005: US$16.66). 333 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 9 Share options Share options were granted in 2005 under the Rules of The HSBC Share Plan to employees in France based on their performance in the previous year. The share options are subject to the corporate performance condition, which consists of an absolute earnings per share measure and a Total Shareholder Return measure, based on HSBC Holdings’ ranking against a comparator group of 28 major banks. The options vest after three years and are exercisable up to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, after which they will lapse. Outstanding at 1 January .............................................. Granted in the year ....................................................... Forfeited in the year ...................................................... Outstanding at 31 December ........................................ 2006 2005 Weighted average exercise price £ 8.84 – – 8.84 Number (000’s) 628 – – 628 Weighted average exercise price £ – 8.84 – 8.84 Number (000’s) – 628 – 628 The fair value of options granted in 2005 was US$2.29. No options were awarded in 2006. The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at the balance sheet date is 3.3 years (2005: 4.3 years). None of these options are exercisable at the balance sheet date. Savings-related share option plans The savings-related share option plans invite eligible employees to enter into savings contracts to save up to £250 per month (or equivalent in US dollars, Hong Kong dollars or euros), with the option to use the savings to acquire shares. The aim of the plan is to align the interests of all employees to the creation of shareholder value. The options are exercisable within three months following the first anniversary of the commencement of a one-year savings contract or within six months following either the third or the fifth anniversary of the commencement of three-year or five- year savings contracts. The exercise price is set at a 20 per cent (2005: 20 per cent) discount to the market value at the date of grant (except for the one-year options granted under the US sub-plan where a 15 per cent discount is applied). Outstanding at 1 January .............................................. Granted in the year ....................................................... Exercised in the year...................................................... Forfeited in the year ...................................................... Outstanding at 31 December ........................................ 2006 2005 Weighted average exercise price £ 6.07 7.63 5.61 6.26 6.58 Number1 (000’s) 98,416 22,627 (25,336) (7,870) 87,837 Weighted average exercise price £ 5.92 6.68 6.06 6.06 6.07 Number1 (000’s) 109,722 26,995 (29,693) (8,608) 98,416 1 The above includes HSBC Holdings employee options of 606,205 outstanding at 1 January 2006 (2005: 599,322), 112,181 options granted in the year (2005: 136,100) and 689,603 options outstanding at 31 December 2006 (2005: 606,205). The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year as at the date of grant was US$3.45 (2005: US$3.76). The exercise price range and weighted average remaining contractual life for options outstanding at the balance sheet date, were as follows: Exercise price range (£)...................................................................................................................... Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) ....................................................................... Of which exercisable: Number (000’s) ............................................................................................................................. Weighted average exercise price (£) ............................................................................................. 2006 2005 5.35 – 8.07 1.76 5.35 - 6.75 1.89 671 5.35 772 6.09 The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$17.55 (2005: US$16.56). 334 HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 Performance Share awards made under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 (the ‘Restricted Share Plan’) Performance Share awards under the Restricted Share Plan were granted to Senior Executives from 2000 to 2004. The aim of the plan was to align the interests of executives to the creation of shareholder value. This was achieved by setting certain Total Shareholder Return targets against a peer group of major banks which must normally be attained in order for the awards to vest. No further awards will be made under this Plan following adoption of The HSBC Share Plan in 2005 other than from reinvested scrip dividends. Outstanding at 1 January ................................................................................................................... Additions during the year1 ................................................................................................................. Released in the year ........................................................................................................................... Forfeited in the year ........................................................................................................................... Outstanding at 31 December ............................................................................................................. 2006 Number (000’s) 14,970 520 (3,050) (112) 12,328 2005 Number (000’s) 17,044 710 (2,455) (329) 14,970 1 Additions during the year comprise reinvested scrip dividends, and include nil shares awarded to employees of HSBC Holdings (2005: 321,279). The weighted average remaining vesting period as at 31 December 2006 was 1.53 years (2005: 2.14 years). Restricted share awards made under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 Restricted shares were awarded to eligible employees after taking into account the employee’s performance in the prior year, potential and retention requirements. Restricted shares are also awarded as part deferral of annual bonus or for recruitment purposes. Shares are awarded without corporate performance conditions and are generally released to employees between one and three years after the award was made, providing the employees have remained continuously employed by HSBC for this period. Outstanding at 1 January ................................................................................................................... Additions during the year1 ................................................................................................................. Released in the year ........................................................................................................................... Forfeited in the year ........................................................................................................................... Outstanding at 31 December ............................................................................................................. 2006 Number (000’s) 58,427 1,499 (19,224) (2,032) 38,670 2005 Number (000’s) 46,021 34,439 (21,007) (1,026) 58,427 1 Additions during the year comprise reinvested scrip dividends, and include 41,951 shares awarded to employees of HSBC Holdings (2005: 384,797). The weighted average fair value of shares awarded by HSBC for Restricted Share Awards in 2005 was US$15.88. No awards were made in 2006. The weighted average remaining vesting period as at 31 December 2006 was 0.84 years (2005: 1.09 years). HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan was a long-term incentive plan under which certain HSBC employees between 2000 and 2005 were awarded share options. The aim of the plan was to align the interests of those higher performing employees to the creation of shareholder value. This was achieved by setting certain Total Shareholder Return targets which must normally be attained in order for the awards to vest. Options were granted at market value and are normally exercisable between the third and tenth anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to vesting conditions. Any options granted after May 2005 will be made under the Rules of The HSBC Share Plan. 335 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 9 Outstanding at 1 January .............................................. Granted in the year ....................................................... Exercised in the year ..................................................... Forfeited in the year ...................................................... Outstanding at 31 December ........................................ 2006 2005 Weighted average exercise price £ 8.06 – 7.80 8.29 8.09 Number1 (000’s) 209,982 – (37,817) (5,537) 166,628 Weighted average exercise price £ 8.07 8.36 8.49 8.00 8.06 Number1 (000’s) 220,670 7,470 (11,764) (6,394) 209,982 1 The above includes HSBC Holdings employee awards of 2,537,647 options outstanding at 1 January 2006 (2005: 2,624,133), zero options granted in the year (2005:3,775) and 2,189,156 options outstanding at 31 December 2006 (2005: 2,537,647). The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2006 was US$3.09. No options were granted in 2006. The number of options, weighted average exercise price, and the weighted average remaining contractual life for options outstanding at the balance sheet date, analysed by exercise price range, were as follows: 2006 2005 Exercise price range (£)................................................. 6.00 – 8.00 8.01 – 10.00 6.00 – 8.00 8.01 – 10.00 Number (000’s) ............................................................. Weighted average exercise price (£) ............................ Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) .. Of which exercisable: Number (000’s) ........................................................ Weighted average exercise price (£) ........................ 34,903 6.92 4.74 34,903 6.92 131,725 8.40 7.17 66,104 8.58 53,242 6.91 5.63 411 7.46 156,741 8.45 7.05 84,145 8.55 The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$17.65 (2005: US$16.18). After consideration of the performance and shareholder returns over the period between 2003 and 2005, the Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion to waive the Total Shareholder Return performance condition in respect of the awards made under this plan in 2003. As a result, a charge of US$135 million was recognised in 2006, reflecting the incremental fair value granted measured at the date the performance condition was waived. This was measured using a binomial lattice model methodology that is based on the underlying assumptions of the Black-Scholes model, as described above in ‘Calculation of fair values’. A risk-free interest rate of 4.3 per cent was used, with all other inputs to the model consistent with those used to value the other share options and awards made during 2006. HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme The HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme was a long-term incentive scheme under which certain senior HSBC employees were awarded share options before the adoption of the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan in 2000. The aim of the plan was to align the interests of those higher performing senior employees to the creation of shareholder value. This was achieved by setting certain Total Shareholder Return targets to be attained in order for the awards to vest. Options were granted at market value and were exercisable between the third and tenth anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to vesting conditions. No awards have been made under this plan since 2000 and the remaining unexercised options are summarised below: Outstanding at 1 January .............................................. Exercised in the year ..................................................... Forfeited in the year ...................................................... Outstanding at 31 December ........................................ 2006 2005 Weighted average exercise price £ 6.78 6.69 5.94 6.82 Number1 (000’s) 32,255 (9,767) (451) 22,037 Weighted average exercise price £ 6.76 6.67 7.31 6.78 Number1 (000’s) 43,977 (11,206) (516) 32,255 1 The above includes HSBC Holdings employee awards of 712,922 options outstanding at 1 January 2006 (2005: 864,327) and 751,936 options outstanding at 31 December 2006 (2005: 712,922). 336 The weighted average fair value of options as at the last date of grant during 2000 was US$5.26. The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$17.65 (2005: US$16.18). The number of options, weighted average exercise price and the weighted average remaining contractual life for options outstanding at the balance sheet date, analysed by exercise price range, were as follows: 2006 2005 Exercise price range (£) ................................................. 2.17 – 6.00 6.01 – 7.87 2.17 – 6.00 6.01 – 7.87 Number (000’s) ............................................................. Weighted average exercise price (£) ............................ Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) ... Of which exercisable: Number (000’s) ........................................................ Weighted average exercise price (£) ........................ 252 5.02 – 252 5.02 22,234 6.84 2.64 22.234 6.84 781 4.57 0.97 781 4.57 31,474 6.83 3.64 31,474 6.83 HSBC France and subsidiary company plans Before its acquisition by HSBC in 2000, HSBC France and certain of its subsidiaries operated employee share plans under which share options were granted over their respective shares. Options over HSBC France shares granted between 1994 and 1999 vested upon announcement of HSBC’s intent to acquire HSBC France and were therefore included in the valuation of HSBC France. HSBC France granted 909,000 options in 2000 after the public announcement of the acquisition and these options did not vest as a result of the change in control. The options were subject to continued employment and vested on 1 January 2002. The HSBC France shares obtained on exercise of the options are exchangeable for HSBC’s ordinary shares of US$0.50 each in the same ratio as the Exchange Offer for Crédit Commercial de France shares (13 ordinary shares of US$0.50 for each HSBC France share). Options were granted at market value and are exercisable within 10 years of the date of grant. Outstanding at 1 January .............................................. Exercised in the year ..................................................... Outstanding at 31 December ........................................ 2006 2005 Number (000’s) 766 (120) 646 Exercise price € 142.5 142.5 142.5 Number (000’s) 860 (94) 766 Exercise price € 142.5 142.5 142.5 The remaining contractual life for options outstanding at the balance sheet date was 3.3 years (2005: 4.3 years). The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$17.64 (2005: US$16.18). At the date of its acquisition in 2000, certain of HSBC France’s subsidiary companies also operated employee share option plans under which options could be granted over their respective shares. On exercise of certain of these options, the subsidiary shares are exchanged for HSBC ordinary shares. The total number of HSBC ordinary shares exchanged under such arrangements in 2006 was 356,491 (2005: 821,466). HSBC Finance Corporation Upon acquisition, HSBC Finance Corporation share options previously granted were converted to share options over HSBC ordinary shares of US$0.50 each at a rate of 2.675 HSBC share options (the same ratio as the Exchange Offer for HSBC Finance Corporation) for each HSBC Finance Corporation share option. Options granted under HSBC Finance Corporation’s own share option schemes prior to the announcement of the acquisition by HSBC in November 2002 vested as options over HSBC shares upon acquisition by HSBC. Options granted after the announcement of the acquisition in November 2002 but prior to its completion on 28 March 2003, generally vest equally over 4 years and expire 10 years from the date of grant. Information with respect to share options granted under the HSBC Finance Corporation’s pre-acquisition scheme was as follows: 337 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 9, 10, 11 and 12 HSBC Finance Corporation share options outstanding at 1 January ........................................... Exercised in the year ..................................................... Forfeited in the year ...................................................... Outstanding at 31 December ........................................ Of which exercisable .................................................... 2006 2005 Number (000’s) 6,358 (3,219) (13) 3,126 3,126 Exercise price US$ 10.66 10.66 10.66 10.66 10.66 Number (000’s) 7,112 (754) – 6,358 5,520 Exercise price US$ 10.66 10.66 – 10.66 10.66 The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$17.65 (2005: US$16.18). 10 Tax expense Current tax United Kingdom corporation tax charge – on current year profit .................. United Kingdom corporation tax charge – adjustments in respect of prior years .................................................................................................... Overseas tax – on current year profit .............................................................. Overseas tax – adjustments in respect of prior years ...................................... Deferred tax Origination and reversal of temporary differences ......................................... Effect of changes in tax rates .......................................................................... Adjustments in respect of prior years .............................................................. 2006 US$m 772 (122) 4,600 (48) 5,202 (51) – 64 13 Tax expense ..................................................................................................... 5,215 2005 US$m 663 29 4,103 (110) 4,685 506 8 (106) 408 5,093 2004 US$m 848 (132) 2,877 (21) 3,572 1,204 (15) (76) 1,113 4,685 The UK corporation tax rate applying to HSBC Holdings and its subsidiary undertakings was 30 per cent (2005: 30 per cent; 2004: 30 per cent). Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of US$751 million (2005: US$639 million; 2004: US$539 million). Subsidiaries in Hong Kong provided for Hong Kong profits tax at the rate of 17.5 per cent (2005: 17.5 per cent; 2004: 17.5 per cent) on the profits for the year assessable in Hong Kong. Other overseas subsidiaries and overseas branches provided for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operate. The following table reconciles the tax expense which would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate: Analysis of tax expense Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 30% (2005 and 2004: 30% ) .................. 6,626 30.0 6,290 30.0 5,683 30.0 2006 US$m % 2005 US$m % 2004 US$m % Effect of taxing overseas profits in principal locations at different rates ....... Tax-free gains ............................................. Adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities .................................................. Low income housing tax credits1 ............... Other items .................................................. Deductible innovative tier 1 capital expense presented below profit before tax ........................................................... Effect of profit in associates and joint ventures .................................................. Tax expense ................................................ (568) (199) (106) (108) (177) (2.6) (0.9) (0.5) (0.5) (0.8) (342) (220) (187) (110) (145) (1.6) (1.0) (0.9) (0.5) (0.8) (347) (64) (229) (95) 9 (1.8) (0.3) (1.2) (0.5) (0.1) – – – – (192) (1.0) (253) 5,215 (1.1) 23.6 (193) (0.9) 5,093 24.3 (80) 4,685 (0.4) 24.7 1 Low income housing tax credits arise in the US and are designed to encourage the provision of rental housing for low income households. 338 In addition to the amount charged to the income statement, the aggregate amount of current and deferred tax, relating to items that are taken directly to equity, was a US$44 million reduction in equity (2005: US$437 million; 2004: US$319 million – both increases in equity). 11 Dividends Dividends to shareholders of the parent company were as follows: 2006 2005 2004 Per share US$ Total US$m Settled in scrip US$m Per share US$ Total US$m Settled in scrip US$m Per share US$ Total US$m Settled in scrip US$m Dividends declared on ordinary shares Fourth interim dividend in respect of previous year .......................................... 0.310 3,513 1,542 0.270 3,007 431 – – – First interim dividend in respect of current year ............................................. 0.150 1,712 248 0.140 1,563 677 0.130 1,425 747 Second interim dividend in respect of current year ............................................. 0.150 1,724 515 0.140 1,574 311 0.130 1,436 746 Third interim dividend in respect of current year ............................................. Third interim dividend in respect of previous year ......................................................... Quarterly dividends on preference share capital March dividend ........................................... June dividend ............................................... September dividend ..................................... December dividend...................................... 0.150 1,730 223 0.140 1,585 392 0.130 1,444 255 – – – – – – 0.240 2,627 346 0.760 8,679 2,528 0.690 7,729 1,811 0.630 6,932 2,094 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 62.00 22 23 22 23 90 – – – 14.29 14.29 – – – 21 21 – – – – – – – – – – The Directors declared after the end of the year a fourth interim dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2006 of US$0.36 per ordinary share, a distribution of US$4,171 million. The fourth interim dividend will be payable on 10 May 2007 to shareholders on the Register at the close of business on 23 March 2007. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of the fourth interim dividend. 12 Earnings per share Basic earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the earnings of US$15,699 million (2005: US$15,060 million; 2004: US$12,918 million) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, excluding own shares held, outstanding in 2006 of 11,210 million (2005: 11,038 million; 2004: 10,907 million). Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company .............................. Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity ........................... Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company .......... 2006 US$m 15,789 (90) 15,699 2005 US$m 15,081 (21) 15,060 2004 US$m 12,918 – 12,918 Diluted earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares (including share options outstanding not yet exercised), by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on ordinary conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares in 2006 of 11,320 million (2005: 11,171 million; 2004: 11,054 million). The effect of dilutive share options and share awards on the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue was as follows: 339 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 12 and 13 Average number of shares in issue .................................................................. Dilutive share options and share awards ......................................................... – Savings-related Share Option Plan .......................................................... – Executive Share Option Scheme .............................................................. – Group Share Option Plan ......................................................................... – Restricted and performance share awards ................................................ – HSBC France share options ..................................................................... – HSBC Finance share options ................................................................... Average number of shares in issue assuming dilution .................................... Number of shares (millions) 2006 11,210 110 27 10 28 32 8 5 11,320 2005 11,038 133 22 11 14 70 10 6 11,171 2004 10,907 147 38 12 13 63 13 8 11,054 Of the total number of employee share options and share awards existing at 31 December 2006, 20 million were anti- dilutive (2005: 121 million; 2004: 70 million). 13 Segment analysis In the following segmental analysis, the benefit of shareholders’ funds impacts the analysis only to the extent that these funds are actually allocated to businesses in the segment by way of intra-HSBC capital and funding structures. By geographical region Geographical information is classified by the location of the principal operations of the subsidiary undertaking, or, for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank, HSBC Bank Middle East, HSBC Finance and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the branch responsible for reporting the results or advancing the funds. Due to the nature of HSBC’s structure, the analysis of profits shown below includes intra-HSBC items between geographical regions with the elimination shown in a separate column. The Rest of Asia-Pacific geographical segment includes the Middle East, India and Australasia. Shared costs are included in segments on the basis of the actual recharges made. During 2006, HSBC changed how certain of its geographical segments are managed and their performance assessed. As a result, a new segment, Latin America and the Carribean (‘Latin America’), was formed from the Group’s businesses previously reported under South America, and those in Mexico and Panama which had been previously reported as part of the North America geographical segment. All prior period comparative data have been restated to conform to the current year presentation. Total assets Europe .............................................................................................................. Hong Kong ...................................................................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ......................................................................................... North America ................................................................................................. Latin America .................................................................................................. Total liabilities Europe .............................................................................................................. Hong Kong ...................................................................................................... Rest of Asia-Pacific ......................................................................................... North America ................................................................................................. Latin America .................................................................................................. At 31 December 2006 US$m 828,701 272,428 167,668 511,190 80,771 % 44.6 14.6 9.0 27.5 4.3 At 31 December 2005 (restated) US$m % 636,703 235,376 142,014 432,490 55,387 42.4 15.7 9.4 28.8 3.7 1,860,758 100.0 1,501,970 100.0 At 31 December 2006 US$m 778,635 258,028 161,388 477,310 70,469 % 44.7 14.8 9.2 27.3 4.0 At 31 December 2005 (restated) US$m % 594,953 223,093 136,892 401,686 47,120 42.4 15.9 9.8 28.5 3.4 1,745,830 100.0 1,403,744 100.0 340 Profit before tax Interest income ............................ Interest expense .......................... Net interest income ..................... Fee income .................................. Fee expense ................................. Net fee income ............................ Trading income excluding net interest income ........................ Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income ..................... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums .. Other operating income .............. Europe US$m 25,249 (16,960) 8,289 9,583 (2,475) 7,108 2,842 1,687 4,529 144 624 183 1,298 1,428 Hong Kong US$m 11,097 (6,412) 4,685 2,448 (392) 2,056 924 (307) 617 260 162 61 2,628 834 Year ended 31 December 2006 Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m Latin America US$m 7,693 (4,646) 3,047 1,912 (290) 1,622 935 246 27,959 (13,691) 14,268 5,611 (845) 4,766 617 741 1,181 1,358 79 41 5 174 765 (63) 58 85 492 922 7,289 (3,092) 4,197 1,975 (345) 1,630 301 236 537 237 84 6 1,076 91 7,858 Intra- HSBC items US$m (3,408) 3,408 – (449) 449 – – – – – – – – (1,494) (1,494) Total US$m 75,879 (41,393) 34,486 21,080 (3,898) 17,182 5,619 2,603 8,222 657 969 340 5,668 2,546 70,070 Total operating income ............ 23,603 11,303 6,914 21,886 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policy- holders’ liabilities ................... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ............................... Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............. Net operating income1 .............. Total operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortisation) ........................... Depreciation of property, plant and equipment ........................ Amortisation of intangible assets ....................................... (531) (2,699) (192) (259) (1,023) – (4,704) 23,072 8,604 6,722 21,627 6,835 (1,494) 65,366 (2,155) 20,917 (172) 8,432 (512) 6,210 (6,796) 14,831 (938) 5,897 – (10,573) (1,494) 54,793 (12,811) (3,002) (3,412) (9,669) (3,923) 1,494 (31,323) (173) (70) (4,166) 1,731 4 1,735 2,017 84 – – (1,514) (716) 1,494 (33,553) – – – – – 21,240 846 22,086 4,983 8,396 (124) (12) (284) (240) (3,548) (10,193) 2,662 4,638 30 4,668 899 541 865 3,527 235 6,322 5,592 618 15,694 (863) 5,873 24 – (1,494) 54,793 – (762) (298) Total operating expenses .......... (13,871) Operating profit ........................ 7,046 Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .. (72) Profit before tax ........................ 6,974 Other disclosures: Capital expenditure incurred2 ..... Investment in associates and joint ventures .......................... 1,508 1,321 (171) (96) (3,269) 5,163 19 5,182 324 128 1 Net operating income: External .................................. Inter-segment .......................... 19,664 1,253 7,970 462 2 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 341 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 13 Europe US$m Interest income ............................ Interest expense .......................... 21,023 (12,802) Net interest income ..................... 8,221 Fee income .................................. Fee expense ................................. 8,081 (1,782) Net fee income ............................ 6,299 Trading income excluding net interest income ....................... 1,660 Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ 1,376 Net trading income ..................... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. 3,036 362 439 63 1,599 1,603 Total operating income ............... 21,622 Year ended 31 December 2005 (restated) Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 5,673 (3,261) 2,412 1,619 (279) 1,340 753 107 860 58 18 5 155 335 North America US$m Latin America US$m 22,189 (8,894) 13,295 4,605 (653) 3,952 250 635 885 434 47 41 477 642 6,133 (2,791) 3,342 1,481 (290) 1,191 220 317 537 186 80 5 871 286 5,183 19,773 6,498 Hong Kong US$m 7,419 (3,355) 4,064 1,967 (293) 1,674 773 (227) 546 (6) 108 41 2,334 805 9,566 Intra- HSBC items US$m (2,343) 2,343 – (267) 267 – – – – – – – – (938) (938) Total US$m 60,094 (28,760) 31,334 17,486 (3,030) 14,456 3,656 2,208 5,864 1,034 692 155 5,436 2,733 61,704 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policy- holders’ liabilities ................... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............. Net operating income1 ................ Total operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortisation) ........................... Depreciation of property, plant and equipment ........................ Amortisation of intangible assets ....................................... (912) (234) Total operating expenses ............ (12,639) Operating profit .......................... 6,236 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Other disclosures: Capital expenditure incurred2 ..... Investment in associates and joint ventures .......................... 1 Net operating income: 120 6,356 1,892 1,733 (818) (2,059) (166) (232) (792) – (4,067) 20,804 7,507 5,017 19,541 5,706 (938) 57,637 (1,929) 18,875 (146) 7,361 (134) 4,883 (4,916) 14,625 (676) 5,030 – (938) (7,801) 49,836 (11,493) (2,586) (2,648) (8,276) (3,263) 938 (27,328) (168) (113) (2,867) 4,494 23 4,517 249 108 (107) (7) (2,762) 2,121 453 2,574 (307) (175) (8,758) 5,867 48 5,915 191 1,826 5,362 43 (138) (25) (3,426) 1,604 – 1,604 315 3 – – (1,632) (554) 938 (29,514) – – – – – 20,322 644 20,966 4,473 7,249 External .................................. Inter-segment .......................... 18,300 575 7,001 360 4,636 247 14,860 (235) 5,039 (9) – (938) 49,836 – 2 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 342 Interest income ............................ Interest expense .......................... Net interest income ..................... Fee income .................................. Fee expense ................................. Net fee income ............................ Trading income ........................... Net investment income on assets backing policyholders’ liabilities ......... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums Other operating income .............. Europe US$m 18,360 (9,262) 9,098 7,546 (1,566) 5,980 997 571 154 558 1,875 1,175 Total operating income ............... 20,408 Year ended 31 December 2004 (restated) Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m 4,149 (2,089) 2,060 1,287 (246) 1,041 494 32 17 3 97 146 North America US$m Latin America US$m 19,483 (5,696) 13,787 4,115 (918) 3,197 509 – 147 32 450 341 4,174 (1,658) 2,516 1,226 (199) 1,027 127 95 47 2 699 46 3,890 18,463 4,559 Hong Kong US$m 5,133 (1,495) 3,638 1,964 (261) 1,703 659 314 175 27 2,247 536 9,299 Intra- HSBC items US$m (828) 828 – (236) 236 – – – – – – (631) (631) Total US$m 50,471 (19,372) 31,099 15,902 (2,954) 12,948 2,786 1,012 540 622 5,368 1,613 55,988 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policy- holders’ liabilities ................... Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions ..... Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions .............. Net operating income1 ................ Total operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortisation) ........................... Depreciation of property, plant (1,628) (2,154) (82) (236) (535) – (4,635) 18,780 7,145 3,808 18,227 4,024 (631) 51,353 (1,033) 17,747 220 7,365 (89) 3,719 (5,036) 13,191 (253) 3,771 – (631) (6,191) 45,162 (10,783) (2,256) (1,984) (7,448) (2,422) 631 (24,262) and equipment ........................ (1,095) Amortisation of intangible assets ....................................... (150) Total operating expenses ............ (12,028) Operating profit .......................... 5,719 Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures .. Profit before tax .......................... Other disclosures: Capital expenditure incurred2 ..... Investment in associates and joint ventures .......................... 1 Net operating income: 37 5,756 2,001 896 (168) (134) (2,558) 4,807 23 4,830 234 97 (99) (4) (2,087) 1,632 215 1,847 (266) (201) (7,915) 5,276 (8) 5,268 114 1,913 2,392 46 (103) (5) (2,530) 1,241 1 1,242 366 9 – – (1,731) (494) 631 (26,487) – – – – – 18,675 268 18,943 4,628 3,440 External .................................. Inter-segment .......................... 17,463 284 7,052 313 3,569 150 13,261 (70) 3,817 (46) – (631) 45,162 – 2 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 343 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 13 By customer group HSBC’s operations include a number of shared support services and head office functions. The costs of these functions are allocated to customer groups, where appropriate, on a systematic and consistent basis. In addition, a number of income and expense items include the effect of financial transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business between customer groups co-operating within the integrated HSBC Group. The following analysis includes inter-segment amounts within each customer group with the elimination shown in a separate column. Total assets Personal Financial Services ............................................................................. Commercial Banking ....................................................................................... Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets .................................................. Private Banking ............................................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ At 31 December 2006 US$m 546,568 213,450 994,436 73,026 33,278 % 29.4 11.5 53.5 3.9 1.7 At 31 December 2005 US$m % 484,314 175,120 755,056 59,827 27,653 32.2 11.7 50.3 4.0 1.8 Total assets ....................................................................................................... 1,860,758 100.0 1,501,970 100.0 Profit before tax Year ended 31 December 2006 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Net interest income/(expense) .... 26,076 Net fee income ............................ 8,762 7,514 3,207 Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income . Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense) ..... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. 391 220 611 739 78 31 5,130 782 204 20 224 (22) 44 6 258 250 3,168 3,718 4,890 (379) 4,511 20 534 235 73 1,378 Private Banking US$m 1,011 1,323 362 2 364 1 166 5 – 61 Total operating income ............ 42,209 11,481 13,637 2,931 Intra- HSBC items US$m (2,658) – – 2,658 2,658 Other US$m (625) 172 (228) 82 (146) (81) – 147 63 207 3,254 2,991 – – – (3,179) (3,179) Total US$m 34,486 17,182 5,619 2,603 8,222 657 969 340 5,668 2,546 70,070 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policy- holders’ liabilities ................... Net operating income1 ............... Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income2 .............. (9,949) 27,895 Operating expenses ..................... (18,818) Operating profit/(loss) .............. 9,077 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit/(loss) before tax .............. Capital expenditure incurred3 ..... 380 9,457 2,150 (4,365) 37,844 (96) (62) 11,385 13,575 – 2,931 (181) 2,810 – (3,179) (4,704) 65,366 (697) 10,688 (4,979) 5,709 288 5,997 1,083 119 13,694 (7,991) 5,703 103 5,806 1,021 (33) 2,898 (1,685) 1,213 1 1,214 45 (13) 2,797 (3,259) (462) 74 (388) 684 – (3,179) (10,573) 54,793 3,179 (33,553) – – – – 21,240 846 22,086 4,983 1 Net operating income before loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions. 2 Net operating income: External .................................. Inter-segment .......................... 23,238 4,657 9,692 996 20,034 (6,340) 1,661 1,237 168 2,629 – (3,179) 54,793 – 3 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 344 Year ended 31 December 2005 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Net interest income/(expense) .... 23,351 Net fee income ............................ 7,313 6,310 2,876 Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income . Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities ................ Net trading income/(expense) ..... Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value ........... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums .. Other operating income .............. 360 214 574 574 19 16 4,864 729 150 (3) 147 (12) 9 9 236 327 3,001 2,967 2,919 306 3,225 67 475 79 76 1,621 Private Banking US$m 848 1,080 317 – 317 (1) 45 9 – 68 Total operating income ............... 37,440 9,902 11,511 2,366 Intra- HSBC items US$m (1,704) – – 1,704 1,704 – – – – (2,646) (2,646) Total US$m 31,334 14,456 3,656 2,208 5,864 1,034 692 155 5,436 2,733 61,704 Other US$m (472) 220 (90) (13) (103) 406 144 42 260 2,634 3,131 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policy- holders’ liabilities ................... Net operating income1 ................ Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income2 ................ (7,537) 26,187 Operating expenses ..................... (16,427) Operating profit/(loss) ................ 9,760 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Capital expenditure incurred3 ..... 144 9,904 1,583 (3,716) 33,724 (118) 9,784 (54) 11,457 – 2,366 (179) 2,952 – (2,646) (4,067) 57,637 (547) 9,237 (4,453) 4,784 177 4,961 411 272 11,729 (6,838) 4,891 272 5,163 1,783 12 2,378 (1,466) 912 – 912 102 (1) 2,951 (2,976) (25) 51 26 594 – (2,646) (7,801) 49,836 2,646 (29,514) – – – – 20,322 644 20,966 4,473 1 Net operating income before loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions. 2 Net operating income: External .................................. Inter-segment .......................... 25,000 1,187 8,258 979 13,998 (2,269) 1,668 710 912 2,039 – (2,646) 49,836 – 3 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 345 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 13 and 14 Year ended 31 December 2004 Personal Financial Services US$m Commercial Banking US$m Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets US$m Private Banking US$m Net interest income ..................... 21,422 Net fee income ............................ Trading income ........................... Net investment income on assets backing policy- holders’ liabilities ................... Gains less losses from financial investments ............................. Dividend income ......................... Net earned insurance premiums . Other operating income .............. 6,406 320 635 79 16 3,652 360 Total operating income ............... 32,890 4,875 2,645 234 324 6 37 1,072 513 9,706 3,994 2,764 1,935 9 197 548 86 1,029 718 962 257 – 39 5 – 24 10,562 2,005 Intra- HSBC items US$m – – – – – – – (2,363) (2,363) Total US$m 31,099 12,948 2,786 1,012 540 622 5,368 1,613 55,988 Other US$m 90 171 40 44 219 16 558 2,050 3,188 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities ......... Net operating income1 ................ Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions ........................ Net operating income2 ................ (6,500) 23,437 Operating expenses ..................... (15,009) Operating profit .......................... 8,428 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ................... Profit before tax .......................... Capital expenditure incurred3 ..... 69 8,497 1,415 (2,953) 29,937 (1,264) 8,442 (59) – 10,503 2,005 (359) 2,829 – (4,635) (2,363) 51,353 (200) 8,242 (4,220) 4,022 35 4,057 614 499 11,002 (5,809) 5,193 95 5,288 1,919 11 2,016 (1,319) 697 – 697 142 (1) – (6,191) 2,828 (2,363) 45,162 (2,493) 2,363 (26,487) 335 69 404 538 – – – – 18,675 268 18,943 4,628 1 Net operating income before loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions. 2 Net operating income: External .................................. Inter-segment .......................... 22,760 677 7,419 823 12,239 (1,237) 1,704 312 1,040 1,788 – (2,363) 45,162 – 3 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 14 Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an ongoing basis either at fair value or at amortised cost. The summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2 describes how the classes of financial instruments are measured, and how income and expenses, including fair value gains and losses, are recognised. The following table analyses the carrying amounts of the financial assets and liabilities by category as defined in IAS 39 and by balance sheet heading. 346 s e v i t a v i r e D s e v i t a v i r e D l a i c n a n i F d e t a n g i s e d d e t a n g i s e d d n a s t e s s a 6 0 0 2 r e b m e c e D 1 3 t A w o l f h s a c s a e u l a v r i a f s a t a s e i t i l i b a i l - e l b a l i a v A g n i g d e h g n i g d e h d e s i t r o m a e l a s - r o f d n a s n a o L - o t - d l e H y t i r u t a m d e t a n g i s e D r o f d l e H m $ S U m $ S U m $ S U m $ S U m $ S U m $ S U m $ S U m $ S U s t n e m u r t s n i s t n e m u r t s n i t s o c s e i t i r u c e s s e l b a v i e c e r s e i t i r u c e s e u l a v r i a f t a g n i d a r t C B S H l a t o T m $ S U 2 3 7 , 2 1 4 4 1 , 4 1 5 6 1 , 3 1 3 7 5 , 0 2 7 4 1 , 8 2 3 2 0 7 , 3 0 1 5 0 2 , 5 8 1 3 3 1 , 8 6 8 6 0 8 , 4 0 2 5 0 3 , 3 2 5 3 7 , 2 1 – – – – – – – – – – 9 4 7 , 3 1 0 2 – – – – – – – – – – 7 4 6 , 6 8 7 , 1 9 4 7 , 3 1 0 2 5 6 1 , 3 1 4 9 6 , 9 9 5 2 6 , 2 1 4 3 8 , 6 9 8 8 0 6 , 6 2 2 1 1 2 , 0 7 8 7 4 , 1 0 1 5 2 3 , 0 3 2 6 7 6 , 5 2 7 5 0 , 5 1 2 7 6 , 2 2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 7 3 , 1 5 1 3 5 4 3 , 4 1 7 , 1 3 7 3 , 1 5 1 3 3 8 8 , 2 0 3 , 1 – – – – – – – 2 3 7 , 2 1 4 4 1 , 4 1 5 0 3 , 3 2 5 3 7 , 2 1 6 1 9 , 2 6 – 4 9 6 , 9 9 5 2 6 , 2 1 4 3 8 , 6 9 8 – – – 6 7 6 , 5 2 7 5 0 , 5 1 2 7 6 , 2 2 5 2 3 , 0 3 2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 5 6 1 , 3 1 5 0 2 , 5 8 1 3 3 1 , 8 6 8 – – 5 3 4 , 5 9 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 7 3 , 9 – – – – – – – – – – 3 7 5 , 0 2 – – – – – – – – – 2 5 7 , 9 9 7 4 1 , 8 2 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b l a r t n e c t a s e c n a l a b d n a h s a C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b r e h t o m o r f n o i t c e l l o c f o e s r u o c e h t n i s m e t I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s s e n d e t b e d n i f o s e t a c i f i t r e c t n e m n r e v o G g n o K g n o H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t e s s a g n i d a r T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e u l a v r i a f t a d e t a n g i s e d s t e s s a l a i c n a n i F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e v i t a v i r e D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s r e m o t s u c o t o t s e c n a v d a d n a s n a o L s e c n a v d a d n a s n a o L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t n e m t s e v n i l a i c n a n i F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t e s s a r e h t O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e m o c n i d e u r c c A s t e s s A l a i c n a n i F 5 3 4 , 5 9 1 3 0 5 , 6 6 0 , 1 1 7 3 , 9 3 7 5 , 0 2 9 9 8 , 7 2 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t e s s a l a i c n a n i f l a t o T – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 5 6 1 , 3 1 5 6 1 , 3 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 2 , 0 7 – – – – – – – – – – 0 9 7 , 9 9 8 0 6 , 6 2 2 – – – – . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n o i t a l u c r i c n i s e t o n y c n e r r u c g n o K g n o H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b y b s t i s o p e D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t n u o c c a r e m o t s u C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b r e h t o o t n o i s s i m s n a r t f o e s r u o c e h t n i s m e t I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e i t i l i b a i l g n i d a r T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e u l a v r i a f t a d e t a n g i s e d s e i t i l i b a i l l a i c n a n i F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e v i t a v i r e D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e u s s i n i s e i t i r u c e s t b e D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e i t i l i b a i l r e h t O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s l a u r c c A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e i t i l i b a i l d e t a n i d r o b u S s e i t i l i b a i L l a i c n a n i F 1 1 2 , 0 7 8 9 3 , 6 2 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e i t i l i b a i l l a i c n a n i f l a t o T 347 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 14 s e v i t a v i r e D s e v i t a v i r e D d e t a n g i s e d d e t a n g i s e d l a i c n a n i F d n a s t e s s a 5 0 0 2 r e b m e c e D 1 3 t A s t n e m u r t s n i s t n e m u r t s n i t s o c m $ S U m $ S U m $ S U g n i g d e h g n i g d e h d e s i t r o m a m $ S U e l a s - r o f s e i t i r u c e s w o l f h s a c s a e u l a v r i a f s a t a s e i t i l i b a i l - e l b a l i a v A m $ S U d n a s n a o L s e l b a v i e c e r m $ S U - o t - d l e H y t i r u t a m s e i t i r u c e s m $ S U d e t a n g i s e D e u l a v r i a f t a g n i d a r t m $ S U r o f d l e H C B S H l a t o T m $ S U 2 1 7 , 3 1 0 0 3 , 1 1 4 5 5 , 2 1 6 4 0 , 5 1 8 2 9 , 3 7 9 0 9 , 2 3 2 5 6 9 , 5 2 1 2 0 0 , 0 4 7 2 4 3 , 2 8 1 6 9 5 , 6 2 1 6 9 , 1 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8 2 5 , 3 9 4 1 5 1 3 , 6 4 4 , 1 8 2 5 , 3 9 4 1 4 5 5 , 2 1 7 2 7 , 9 6 2 2 0 , 7 9 1 4 , 9 3 7 5 6 3 , 4 7 1 9 2 8 , 1 6 6 3 0 , 4 7 2 7 0 , 8 8 1 5 1 5 , 6 2 9 8 6 , 2 1 7 3 5 , 6 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6 7 1 , 1 1 7 4 5 6 7 , 2 8 3 , 1 6 7 1 , 1 1 7 4 1 8 9 , 9 5 0 , 1 – – – – – – – 2 1 7 , 3 1 0 0 3 , 1 1 6 9 5 , 6 2 1 6 9 , 1 1 9 6 5 , 3 6 – – – – 2 2 0 , 7 7 2 7 , 9 6 9 1 4 , 9 3 7 5 1 5 , 6 2 9 8 6 , 2 1 7 3 5 , 6 1 2 7 0 , 8 8 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 4 5 5 , 2 1 5 6 9 , 5 2 1 2 0 0 , 0 4 7 – – 7 2 8 , 3 7 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 5 1 5 , 8 – – – – – – – – – – 6 4 0 , 5 1 – – – – – – – – – 1 5 2 , 0 7 9 0 9 , 2 3 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b l a r t n e c t a s e c n a l a b d n a h s a C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b r e h t o m o r f n o i t c e l l o c f o e s r u o c e h t n i s m e t I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s s e n d e t b e d n i f o s e t a c i f i t r e c t n e m n r e v o G g n o K g n o H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t e s s a g n i d a r T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e u l a v r i a f t a d e t a n g i s e d s t e s s a l a i c n a n i F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e v i t a v i r e D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b o t s e c n a v d a d n a s n a o L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s r e m o t s u c o t s e c n a v d a d n a s n a o L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t n e m t s e v n i l a i c n a n i F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t e s s a r e h t O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e m o c n i d e u r c c A s t e s s A l a i c n a n i F 7 2 8 , 3 7 1 1 2 5 , 8 7 8 5 1 5 , 8 6 4 0 , 5 1 0 6 1 , 3 0 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t e s s a l a i c n a n i f l a t o T – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 4 5 5 , 2 1 4 5 5 , 2 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 9 2 8 , 1 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 9 8 3 , 2 7 5 6 3 , 4 7 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n o i t a l u c r i c n i s e t o n y c n e r r u c g n o K g n o H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b y b s t i s o p e D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t n u o c c a r e m o t s u C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s k n a b r e h t o o t n o i s s i m s n a r t f o e s r u o c e h t n i s m e t I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e i t i l i b a i l g n i d a r T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e u l a v r i a f t a d e t a n g i s e d s e i t i l i b a i l l a i c n a n i F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e v i t a v i r e D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e u s s i n i s e i t i r u c e s t b e D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e i t i l i b a i l r e h t O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s l a u r c c A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e i t i l i b a i l d e t a n i d r o b u S s e i t i l i b a i L l a i c n a n i F 9 2 8 , 1 6 4 5 7 , 6 4 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e i t i l i b a i l l a i c n a n i f l a t o T . 348 HSBC Holdings Financial Assets Cash at bank and in hand .................................... Derivatives .......................................................... Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings ...... Financial investments ......................................... Other assets ......................................................... Total financial assets .......................................... Financial Liabilities Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings .............. Financial liabilities designated at fair value ....... Derivatives .......................................................... Subordinated liabilities ....................................... Other liabilities ................................................... Accruals .............................................................. Total financial liabilities ..................................... Financial Assets Cash at bank and in hand .................................... Derivatives .......................................................... Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings ...... Financial investments ......................................... Other assets ......................................................... Total financial assets .......................................... Financial Liabilities Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings .............. Financial liabilities designated at fair value ....... Derivatives .......................................................... Subordinated liabilities ....................................... Other liabilities ................................................... Accruals .............................................................. Total financial liabilities ..................................... At 31 December 2006 Held for trading US$m Designated at fair value US$m Loans and receivables US$m Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost US$m Available- for-sale securities US$m – 1,599 – – – 1,599 – – 177 – – – 177 – – – – – – – – 14,456 – – 14,456 – 14,070 – – – – 14,070 – – – – – – – – – – 3,614 – 3,614 – – – – – – – 729 – – – 25 754 3,100 – – 8,423 1 111 11,635 At 31 December 2005 Held for trading US$m Designated at fair value US$m Loans and receivables US$m – 968 – – – 968 – – 286 – – – 286 – – – – – – – – 14,092 – – 14,092 – 13,370 – – – – 13,370 – – – – – – – Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost US$m Available- for-sale securities US$m – – – 3,517 – 3,517 – – – – – – – 756 – – – 25 781 4,075 – – 5,236 3 95 9,409 Total US$m 729 1,599 14,456 3,614 25 20,423 3,100 14,070 177 8,423 1 111 25,882 Total US$m 756 968 14,092 3,517 25 19,358 4,075 13,370 286 5,236 3 95 23,065 349 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 15 and 16 15 Trading assets Trading assets: – not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties ........................................................................ – which may be repledged or resold by counterparties ..................................................................... Treasury and other eligible bills ........................................................................................................ Debt securities ................................................................................................................................... Equity securities ................................................................................................................................ Loans and advances to banks ............................................................................................................ Loans and advances to customers ..................................................................................................... 2006 US$m 273,507 54,640 328,147 21,759 155,447 27,149 204,355 52,006 71,786 328,147 2005 US$m 171,274 61,635 232,909 12,746 117,659 20,203 150,608 29,806 52,495 232,909 The following table provides an analysis of trading securities which are valued at market value and the net gains/ (losses) resulting from trading activities: US Treasury and US Government agencies ................. UK Government ............................................................ Hong Kong Government .............................................. Other government ......................................................... Asset-backed securities ................................................ Corporate debt and other securities .............................. Equity securities ........................................................... 2006 Fair value US$m Gains/ (losses) US$m 8,348 6,176 8,759 70,747 15,781 67,395 27,149 204,355 91 77 4 232 3 (27) (30) 350 2005 Fair value US$m 12,094 3,225 6,529 49,852 3,361 55,344 20,203 150,608 Gains/ (losses) US$m (21) 2 (16) 280 (24) 324 (117) 428 Included within the above figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$36,153 million (2005: US$16,888 million). The following table analyses trading securities between those listed on a recognised exchange and those that are unlisted: Fair value at 31 December 2006 Listed on a recognised exchange1 ................................ Unlisted ......................................................................... Fair value at 31 December 2005 Listed on a recognised exchange1 ................................ Unlisted ......................................................................... Treasury and other eligible bills US$m 1,373 20,386 21,759 7,174 5,572 12,746 Debt securities US$m 112,403 43,044 155,447 95,994 21,665 117,659 Equity securities US$m 25,337 1,812 27,149 17,728 2,475 20,203 Total US$m 139,113 65,242 204,355 120,896 29,712 150,608 1 Included within listed investments are US$4,309 million (2005: US$2,049 million) of investments listed in Hong Kong. 350 The following table summarises HSBC’s trading portfolios by valuation methodology: Assets Liabilities Trading securities % Derivatives % Trading securities – short positions % Derivatives % At 31 December 2006 Fair value based on: Quoted market prices ................................................ Internal models with significant observable market parameters ................................................ Internal models with significant unobservable market parameters ................................................ At 31 December 2005 Fair value based on: Quoted market prices ................................................ Internal models with significant observable market parameters ................................................ Internal models with significant unobservable market parameters ................................................ 16 Financial assets designated at fair value 82.2 17.8 – 100.0 87.6 12.4 – 100.0 1.9 96.3 1.8 100.0 6.0 91.5 2.5 100.0 Treasury and other eligible bills ........................................................................................................ Debt securities ................................................................................................................................... Equity securities ................................................................................................................................. Loans and advances to banks ............................................................................................................ Loans and advances to customers ...................................................................................................... Fair value at 31 December 2006 Listed on a recognised exchange1 ................................. Unlisted ......................................................................... Fair value at 31 December 2005 Listed on a recognised exchange1 ................................. Unlisted ......................................................................... Treasury and other eligible bills US$m Debt securities US$m 133 – 133 41 12 53 4,939 4,510 9,449 3,012 2,693 5,705 93.2 6.8 – 100.0 96.0 4.0 – 100.0 2006 US$m 133 9,449 10,602 236 153 20,573 Equity securities US$m 9,212 1,390 10,602 7,192 1,341 8,533 1 Included within listed investments are US$1,014 million of investments listed in Hong Kong (2005: US$932 million). 2.6 96.5 0.9 100.0 5.7 92.4 1.9 100.0 2005 US$m 53 5,705 8,533 124 631 15,046 Total US$m 14,284 5,900 20,184 10,245 4,046 14,291 351 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 16 and 17 The following table provides an analysis of securities designated at fair value: US Treasury and US Government agencies ...................................................................................... UK Government ................................................................................................................................. Hong Kong Government ................................................................................................................... Other government .............................................................................................................................. Asset-backed securities ..................................................................................................................... Corporate debt and other securities ................................................................................................... Equities .............................................................................................................................................. Market value 2006 US$m 92 1,359 216 2,131 274 5,510 10,602 20,184 2005 US$m 86 1,164 171 1,358 193 2,786 8,533 14,291 Included within the above figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$2,438 million (2005: US$1,703 million). 17 Derivatives Fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC At 31 December 2006 Foreign exchange ................................................ Interest rate ......................................................... Equities ............................................................... Credit derivatives ................................................ Commodity and other ......................................... Gross total fair values ......................................... Netting ................................................................ Total .................................................................... At 31 December 2005 Foreign exchange ................................................ Interest rate ......................................................... Equities ............................................................... Credit derivatives ................................................ Commodity and other ......................................... Gross total fair values ......................................... Netting ................................................................ Total .................................................................... Trading US$m 30,648 52,664 10,767 8,237 1,304 103,620 21,082 44,323 4,833 3,585 1,077 74,900 Assets Hedging US$m 2,399 1,551 – – – 3,950 263 3,414 – – – 3,677 Total US$m 33,047 54,215 10,767 8,237 1,304 107,570 (3,868) 103,702 21,345 47,737 4,833 3,585 1,077 78,577 (4,649) 73,928 Trading US$m (28,837) (52,927) (11,647) (8,611) (1,636) (103,658) (20,794) (46,580) (4,713) (3,509) (1,442) (77,038) Liabilities Hedging US$m (394) (1,287) (7) – – (1,688) (81) (1,566) – – – (1,647) Total US$m (29,231) (54,214) (11,654) (8,611) (1,636) (105,346) 3,868 (101,478) (20,875) (48,146) (4,713) (3,509) (1,442) (78,685) 4,649 (74,036) Fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC Holdings with subsidiaries Foreign exchange .......................................................... Interest rate ................................................................... Gross total fair values ................................................... Year ended 31 December 2006 Trading Assets US$m 1,557 42 1,599 Liabilities US$m – 177 177 2005 Trading Assets US$m 896 72 968 Liabilities US$m 144 142 286 Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of underlying items such as equities, bonds, interest rates, foreign exchange, credit spreads, commodities and equity or other indices. Derivatives enable users to increase, reduce or alter exposure to credit or market risks. HSBC makes markets in derivatives for its customers and uses derivatives to manage its exposure to credit and market risks. Derivatives are carried at fair value and shown in the balance sheet as separate totals of assets and liabilities. Asset values represent the cost to HSBC of replacing all transactions with a fair value in HSBC’s favour assuming that all 352 HSBC’s relevant counterparties default at the same time, and that transactions can be replaced instantaneously. Liability values represent the cost to HSBC’s counterparties of replacing all their transactions with HSBC with a fair value in their favour if HSBC were to default. Derivative assets and liabilities on different transactions are only set off if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of set-off exists and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis. Use of derivatives HSBC transacts derivatives for three primary purposes: to create risk management solutions for clients, for proprietary trading purposes, and to manage and hedge HSBC’s own risks. Derivatives (except for derivatives which are designated as effective hedging instruments as defined in IAS 39) are held for trading. The held for trading classification includes two types of derivatives: those used in sales and trading activities, and those used for risk management purposes but which for various reasons do not meet the qualifying criteria for hedge accounting. The second category includes derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value. These activities are described more fully below. HSBC’s derivative activities give rise to significant open positions in portfolios of derivatives. These positions are managed constantly to ensure that they remain within acceptable risk levels, with matching deals being utilised to achieve this where necessary. When entering into derivative transactions, HSBC employs the same credit risk management procedures to assess and approve potential credit exposures that are used for traditional lending. Trading derivatives Most of HSBC’s derivative transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them to take, transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading activities in derivatives are entered into principally for the purpose of generating profits from short-term fluctuations in price or margin. Positions may be traded actively or be held over a period of time to benefit from expected changes in exchange rates, interest rates, equity prices or other market parameters. Trading includes market-making, positioning and arbitrage activities. Market-making entails quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants for the purpose of generating revenues based on spread and volume; positioning means managing market risk positions in the expectation of benefiting from favourable movements in prices, rates or indices; arbitrage involves identifying and profiting from price differentials between markets and products. As mentioned above, other derivatives classified as held for trading include non-qualifying hedging derivatives, ineffective hedging derivatives and the components of hedging derivatives that are excluded from assessing hedge effectiveness. Non-qualifying hedging derivatives are entered into for risk management purposes but do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting. These include derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value. Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in ‘Net trading income’, except for derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value, where gains and losses are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’, together with the gains and losses on the hedged items. Changes in the fair values of trading derivatives are inclusive of contractual interest. Changes in the fair value of derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value are included in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ inclusive of contractual interest unless the derivatives are managed with debt securities in issue, in which case the contractual interest is shown in interest payable with the interest payable on the issued debt. Substantially all of HSBC Holdings’ derivatives entered into with HSBC undertakings are managed in conjunction with financial liabilities designated at fair value. 353 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 17 Contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes by product type Foreign exchange .......................................................... Interest rate ................................................................... Equities ......................................................................... Credit derivatives .......................................................... Commodity and other .................................................... HSBC HSBC Holdings 2006 US$m 2,182,005 9,843,601 207,016 1,109,828 30,532 13,372,982 2005 US$m 1,721,456 6,731,721 101,364 511,741 38,458 9,104,740 2006 US$m 9,869 5,304 – – – 15,173 2005 US$m 10,224 5,304 – – – 15,528 Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs The amount that has yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement relating to the difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the amount that would have arisen had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is as follows: Unamortised balance at 1 January ..................................................................................................... Deferral on new transactions ............................................................................................................. Recognised in the income statement during the period: – amortisation ................................................................................................................................ – subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable ......................................................... – maturity or termination ............................................................................................................... Exchange differences ......................................................................................................................... Unamortised balance at 31 December ............................................................................................... 2006 US$m 252 283 (59) (226) (53) 17 214 2005 US$m 73 340 (56) (64) (25) (16) 252 Hedging instruments HSBC uses derivatives (principally interest rate swaps) for hedging purposes in the management of its own asset and liability portfolios and structural positions. This enables HSBC to optimise the overall cost to the Group of accessing debt capital markets, and to mitigate the market risk which would otherwise arise from structural imbalances in the maturity and other profiles of its assets and liabilities. The accounting treatment of hedge transactions varies according to the nature of the instrument hedged and the type of hedge transactions. Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they are fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or investment hedges. These are described under the relevant headings below: Contract amounts of derivatives held for hedging purposes by product type Foreign exchange .......................................................... Interest rate ................................................................... Equities .......................................................................... At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 Cash flow hedge US$m 21,765 201,635 – 223,400 Fair value hedge US$m 2,985 24,279 30 27,294 Cash flow hedge US$m 16,940 174,875 – 191,815 Fair value hedge US$m 2,699 19,745 – 22,444 With respect to exchange rate and interest rate contracts, the notional or contractual amounts of these instruments indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk. Fair value hedges HSBC’s fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate long-term financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. For qualifying fair value hedges, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and in the fair value of the item in relation to the risk being hedged are recognised in income. If the hedge relationship is terminated, the fair value adjustment to the hedged item continues to be reported as part of the basis of the item and is amortised to income as a yield adjustment over the remainder of the hedging period. 354 The fair values of outstanding derivatives designated as fair value hedges at 31 December 2006 were assets of US$201 million (2005: US$149 million) and liabilities of US$315 million (2005: US$471 million). Gains or losses arising from fair value hedges Gains/(losses): – on hedging instruments ............................................................................................................. – on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk ................................................................. 2006 US$m 8 8 16 2005 US$m 81 (67) 14 Cash flow hedges HSBC’s cash flow hedges consist principally of interest rate and cross-currency swaps that are used to protect against exposures to variability in future interest cash flows on non-trading assets and liabilities which bear interest at variable rates or which are expected to be re-funded or reinvested in the future. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities on the basis of their contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate principal balances and interest cash flows across all portfolios over time form the basis for identifying gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges of forecast transactions. Gains and losses are initially recognised directly in equity, in the cash flow hedging reserve, and are transferred to the income statement when the forecast cash flows affect the income statement. At 31 December 2006, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated as cash flow hedges of forecast transactions were assets of US$3,749 million (2005: US$3,528 million) and liabilities of US$1,364 million (2005: US$1,062 million). The schedule of forecast principal balances on which the expected interest cash flows arise as at 31 December 2006 is as follows: At 31 December 2006 Cash inflows from assets .............................................. Cash outflows from liabilities ...................................... Net cash outflows ......................................................... At 31 December 2005 Cash inflows from assets .............................................. Cash outflows from liabilities ...................................... Net cash outflows ......................................................... 3 months or less US$m More than 3 months but less than 1 year US$m 5 years or less but more than 1 year US$m More than 5 years US$m 61,649 (96,852) (35,203) 54,355 (80,744) (26,389) 51,471 (91,868) (40,397) 37,270 (64,622) (27,352) 22,271 (60,712) (38,441) 31,664 (47,918) (16,254) 496 (8,093) (7,597) 1,474 (1,799) (325) This table reflects the interest rate refixing profile of the underlying hedged items and 2005 balances have been adjusted to ensure consistency with the 2006 balances for this disclosure. The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognised immediately in the income statement. During the year to 31 December 2006, a loss of US$122 million (2005: US$96 million) was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness. Hedges of net investments in foreign operations HSBC’s consolidated balance sheet is affected by exchange differences between the US dollar and all the non-US dollar functional currencies of subsidiaries. HSBC hedges structural foreign exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts which are accounted for as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, or by financing with borrowings in the same currencies as the functional currencies involved. 355 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 17 and 18 At 31 December 2006, the fair values of outstanding financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations were liabilities of US$254 million (2005: US$114 million). The ineffectiveness recognised in ‘Net trading income’ in the year ended 31 December 2006 that arose from hedges in foreign operations was nil (2005: nil). Sensitivity of fair values to changing significant assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives Fair values of certain derivatives recognised in the financial statements may be determined in whole or in part using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are not supported by prices from current market transactions or observable market data. In these instances, the net fair value recorded in the financial statements is the sum of three components: – – – the value given by application of a valuation model, based upon HSBC’s best estimate of the most appropriate model inputs; any fair value adjustments to account for market features not included within the valuation model (for example, bid-mid spreads, counterparty credit spreads and/or market data uncertainty); and inception profit, or an unamortised element thereof, not recognised immediately in the income statement in accordance with Note 2(k). As the valuation models are based upon assumptions, changing the assumptions changes the resultant estimate of fair value. HSBC performs various sensitivity analyses on its valuation assumptions. The potential effect of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions in valuation models has been quantified as a reduction in assets of approximately US$72 million (2005: US$77 million) using less favourable assumptions, and an increase in assets of approximately US$69 million (2005: US$73 million) using more favourable assumptions. The ranges of reasonably possible alternative assumptions are established by application of professional judgement to an analysis of the data available to support each assumption. The total amount of the change in fair value estimated using a valuation technique that was recognised in the year ended 31 December 2006 was a loss of US$195 million (2005: US$129 million). 18 Financial investments HSBC Financial investments: – not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties ................................................................... – which may be repledged or resold by counterparties ............................................................... 2006 US$m 197,055 7,751 204,806 Treasury and other eligible bills ................................... – available-for-sale .................................................. – held-to-maturity .................................................... Debt securities .............................................................. – available-for-sale .................................................. – held-to-maturity .................................................... Equity securities ........................................................... – available-for-sale .................................................. 2006 2005 Carrying amount US$m 25,313 25,268 45 171,196 161,870 9,326 8,297 8,297 Fair value US$m 25,313 25,268 45 171,498 161,870 9,628 8,297 8,297 Carrying amount US$m 25,042 24,834 208 149,781 141,699 8,082 7,519 7,519 2005 US$m 176,301 6,041 182,342 Fair value US$m 25,042 24,834 208 149,962 141,699 8,263 7,519 7,519 Total financial investments ........................................... 204,806 205,108 182,342 182,523 356 Amortised cost US$m Gross unrealised gains US$m Gross unrealised losses US$m At 31 December 2006 US Treasury ................................................................... US Government agencies .............................................. US Government sponsored entities .............................. UK Government ............................................................ Hong Kong Government .............................................. Other government ......................................................... Asset-backed securities ................................................. Corporate debt and other securities .............................. Equities ......................................................................... At 31 December 2005 US Treasury ................................................................... US Government agencies .............................................. US Government sponsored entities .............................. UK Government ............................................................ Hong Kong Government .............................................. Other government ......................................................... Asset-backed securities ................................................. Corporate debt and other securities .............................. Equities ......................................................................... At 31 December 2004 US Treasury ................................................................... US Government agencies .............................................. US Government sponsored entities .............................. UK Government ............................................................ Hong Kong Government .............................................. Other government ......................................................... Asset-backed securities ................................................. Corporate debt and other securities .............................. Equities ......................................................................... 10,219 6,004 14,010 7,515 1,085 37,828 26,752 93,217 6,295 202,925 9,015 4,173 16,099 7,658 4,429 34,623 2,893 96,018 6,414 181,322 7,998 9,657 10,093 11,510 5,274 36,393 13,367 84,477 6,563 185,332 5 40 74 10 1 475 9 363 2,010 2,987 5 52 82 83 2 317 8 452 1,111 2,112 25 91 133 1 88 543 28 1,061 1,136 3,106 (21) (76) (285) (23) (6) (105) (11) (269) (8) (804) (23) (52) (292) (1) (23) (87) (12) (415) (6) (911) (22) (94) (48) (2) – (290) (6) (136) (10) (608) Fair value US$m 10,203 5,968 13,799 7,502 1,080 38,198 26,750 93,311 8,297 205,108 8,997 4,173 15,889 7,740 4,408 34,853 2,889 96,055 7,519 182,523 8,001 9,654 10,178 11,509 5,362 36,646 13,389 85,402 7,689 187,830 Included within the above figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$86,649 million (2005: US$68,954 million). The fair value of these was US$86,596 million (2005: US$68,933 million). Carrying amount at 31 December 2006 Listed on a recognised exchange ........................ Unlisted ............................................................... Carrying amount at 31 December 2005 Listed on a recognised exchange ........................ Unlisted ............................................................... Treasury and other eligible bills available- for-sale US$m Treasury and other eligible bills held-to- maturity US$m Debt securities available- for-sale US$m Debt securities held-to- maturity US$m 1,861 23,407 25,268 6,610 18,225 24,835 45 – 45 207 – 207 58,216 103,654 161,870 62,187 79,512 141,699 3,590 5,736 9,326 4,022 4,060 8,082 Equity securities US$m 2,937 5,360 8,297 Total US$m 66,649 138,157 204,806 3,394 4,125 76,420 105,922 7,519 182,342 The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities as at 31 December 2006 was US$3,663 million (2005: US$4,143 million). Included within listed investments were US$1,179 million (2005: US$1,246 million) of investments listed in Hong Kong. 357 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 18 and 19 The maturities of investment securities at carrying value are analysed as follows: Remaining contractual maturity of total debt securities: 1 year or less .................................................................................................................................. 5 years or less but over 1 year ....................................................................................................... 10 years or less but over 5 years ................................................................................................... over 10 years ................................................................................................................................. 63,932 55,145 12,015 40,104 At 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 50,991 56,956 10,902 30,932 Remaining contractual maturity of debt securities available for sale: 1 year or less .................................................................................................................................. 5 years or less but over 1 year ....................................................................................................... 10 years or less but over 5 years ................................................................................................... over 10 years ................................................................................................................................. Remaining contractual maturity of debt securities held to maturity: 1 year or less .................................................................................................................................. 5 years or less but over 1 year ....................................................................................................... 10 years or less but over 5 years ................................................................................................... over 10 years ................................................................................................................................. 171,196 149,781 63,382 53,497 8,827 36,164 50,559 55,531 8,636 26,973 161,870 141,699 550 1,648 3,188 3,940 9,326 432 1,425 2,266 3,959 8,082 The following table provides an analysis of contractual maturities and weighted average yields of investment debt securities as at 31 December 2006: Within one year Amount Yield % US$m After one year but within five years Amount Yield % US$m After five years but within ten years Amount Yield % US$m After ten years Amount Yield % US$m 199 409 3.95 4.81 1,463 461 3.65 5.30 125 100 4.38 5.10 22 4,449 4.97 5.13 145 769 265 11,790 4,554 2.97 3.87 2.22 4.06 4.79 927 1,324 205 11,907 1,228 2.78 5.26 2.75 8.00 5.65 1,533 – 194 2,175 1,928 2.66 – 4.88 7.07 5.24 9,560 – – 1,274 19,042 4.85 – – 7.54 5.45 Available-for-sale US Treasury agencies .................... US Government agencies .............. US Government-sponsored agencies ..................................... UK Government ............................. Hong Kong Government ............... Other governments ........................ Asset-backed securities ................. Corporate debt and other securities .................................... 44,875 3.93 36,046 5.41 2,512 4.53 2,487 5.18 Total amortised cost ....................... Total carrying value ....................... 63,006 63,382 53,561 53,497 8,567 8,827 36,834 36,164 Held-to-maturity US Treasury agencies .................... US Government agencies .............. US Government-sponsored agencies ..................................... UK Government ............................. Hong Kong Government ............... Other governments ........................ Asset-backed securities ................. Corporate debt and other securities .................................... Total amortised cost ....................... Total carrying value ....................... 3 1 5.88 7.05 2 – 6 126 – 6.99 – 8.01 4.20 – 3 9 5.06 6.98 26 4 4.23 8.66 77 570 5.11 6.49 8 – 21 135 – 7.35 – 3.95 5.95 – 93 – – 130 – 6.10 – – 4.84 – 1,741 – 8 594 – 5.90 – 5.21 4.94 – 412 3.96 1,472 4.73 2,935 4.83 950 4.92 550 550 1,648 1,648 3,188 3,188 3,940 3,940 The maturity distributions of asset-backed securities are presented in the above table based upon contractual maturity dates. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities in the above table is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income for the year ended 31 December 2006 by the book amount of available-for-sale debt securities at that date. The yields do not include the effect of related derivatives. 358 19 Securitisations and other structured transactions HSBC enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which it transfers recognised financial assets directly to third parties or to special purpose entities. These transfers may give rise to the full or partial derecognition of the financial assets concerned. – – Full derecognition occurs when HSBC transfers its contractual right to receive cash flows from the financial assets, or retains the right but assumes an obligation to pass on the cash flows from the asset, and transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. The risks include credit, interest rate, currency, prepayment and other price risks. Partial derecognition occurs when HSBC sells or otherwise transfers financial assets in such a way that some but not substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred but control is retained. These financial assets are recognised on the balance sheet to the extent of HSBC’s continuing involvement. The majority of financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition are (i) debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements or (ii) equity securities lent under securities lending agreements. The following table analyses the carrying amount of financial assets that did not qualify for derecognition during 2006 and 2005, and their associated financial liabilities: Nature of transaction Repurchase agreements ................................................ Securities lending agreements ...................................... 2006 2005 Carrying amount of transferred assets US$m 67,558 12,908 80,466 Carrying amount of associated liabilities US$m 66,127 12,469 78,596 Carrying amount of transferred assets1 US$m 62,663 4,138 66,801 Carrying amount of associated liabilities1 US$m 62,880 4,281 67,161 1 2005 amounts for repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements have been reclassified to ensure a consistent presentation with 2006 balances for this disclosure. A small proportion of financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition relate to loans, credit cards, debt securities and trade receivables that have been securitised under arrangements by which HSBC retains a continuing involvement in such transferred assets. Continuing involvement may entail retaining the rights to future cash flows arising from the assets after investors have received their contractual terms (for example, interest rate strips); providing subordinated interest; liquidity support; continuing to service the underlying asset; or entering into derivative transactions with the securitisation vehicles. As such, HSBC continues to be exposed to risks associated with these transactions. The rights and obligations that HSBC retains from its continuing involvement in securitisations are initially recorded as an allocation of the fair value of the financial asset between the part that is derecognised and the part that continues to be recognised on the date of transfer. The following analyses the carrying amount of financial assets to the extent of HSBC’s continuing involvement that qualified for partial derecognition during the year, and their associated liabilities: Carrying amount of assets (original) ................................................................................................. Carrying amount of assets (currently recognised) ............................................................................. Carrying amount of associated liabilities .......................................................................................... Securitisations at 31 December 2006 US$m 20,095 599 306 2005 US$m 6,731 256 256 359 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 20 20 Interests in associates and joint ventures Principal associates of HSBC Listed Bank of Communications Co., Limited ........................ Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited .......................................................... The Saudi British Bank Limited ................................... At 31 December 2006 Carrying amount US$m 2,710 2,037 978 5,725 Fair value US$m 11,065 6,825 4,700 22,590 At 31 December 2005 Carrying amount US$m 2,480 1,837 772 5,089 Fair value US$m 4,143 2,274 8,800 15,217 Issued equity capital At 31 December 2006 HSBC’s interest in equity capital Country of incorporation Listed PRC1 Bank of Communications Co., Limited ............................................................... PRC1 Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited .................................... The Saudi British Bank Limited .......................................................................... Saudi Arabia Unlisted Barrowgate Limited2,3........................................................................................... British Arab Commercial Bank Limited ............................................................. Hong Kong England France Erisa S.A. ............................................................................................................. Mexico Financiera Independencia S.A. de C.V. .............................................................. Industrial Bank Company Limited3,4 ................................................................... PRC1 Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A5 ................................................................ United States 19.90% 19.90% 40.00% RMB45,804m RMB6,195m SR3,750m 24.64% 46.51% 49.99% 19.90% 15.98% 20.00% – US$81m £32m fully paid £5m nil paid €115m MXP64m RMB3,999m – AEA Investors (Cayman) I LP6,7 HSBC PE European No. 2 LP7,8 Montagu III LP7,8 Ortigas & Company LP9 Private Equity Portfolio (Investment) LP Inc7,8 1 People’s Republic of China. 2 Issued equity capital is less than HK$1 million. 3 Investment held through Hang Seng Bank Limited, a 62.14 per cent owned subsidiary of HSBC. 4 Industrial Bank Company Limited listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange on 5 February 2007. 5 Issued equity capital is less than US$1 million. 6 Venture Capital Limited partnership. Address of principal place of business is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, Walker House, 87 Mary Street, PO Box 908GT, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands. 7 Limited partnership where the group owns more than 50 per cent but does not have control due to the limitations within these types of entities. 8 Limited partnership. Address of principal place of business is 68 Upper Thames Street, London EC4V 3PE. 9 Limited partnership. Address of principal place of business is 9/F Ortigas Building, Ortigas Avenue, Pasig City, Philippines. All the above investments in associates are owned by subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings. On 6 February 2006, HSBC disposed of its 21.16 per cent shareholding in the Cyprus Popular Bank Limited (trading as Laiki Group). HSBC had US$4,747 million (2005: US$4,317 million) of investments in associates and joint ventures listed in Hong Kong. For the year ended 31 December 2006, HSBC’s share of associates and joint ventures tax on profit was US$279 million (2005: US$225 million), which is included within share of profit in associates and joint ventures in the income statement. 360 Summarised aggregate financial information on associates HSBC’s share of: – assets ........................................................................................................................................... – liabilities ..................................................................................................................................... – revenues ...................................................................................................................................... – profit after tax .............................................................................................................................. 2006 US$m 83,096 77,446 5,521 823 2005 US$m 63,347 58,883 3,330 546 HSBC’s share of associates’ contingent liabilities amounted to US$13,824 million at 31 December 2006 (2005: US$7,818 million). No matters arose where HSBC was severally liable. HSBC’s 15.98 per cent investment in Industrial Bank Company Limited was equity accounted with effect from May 2004, reflecting HSBC’s significant influence over this associate. HSBC’s significant influence was established as a result of representation on the Board of Directors, and in accordance with the Technical Support and Assistance Agreements, HSBC is assisting in the development of financial and operating policies. HSBC’s 19.9 per cent investment in Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited was equity accounted with effect from 31 August 2005, reflecting HSBC’s significant influence over this associate. HSBC’s significant influence was established as a result of the acquisition of an additional participation of 9.91 per cent on 31 August 2005, for a consideration of US$1,039 million. HSBC’s significant influence on Bank of Communications Co., Limited was established as a result of representation on the Board of Directors, and in accordance with the Technical Support and Assistance Agreements, HSBC is assisting in the development of financial and operating policies and a number of staff have been seconded to assist in this process. The statutory accounting reference date of Bank of Communications Co., Limited, Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited and Industrial Bank Company Limited is 31 December. For the year ended 31 December 2006, these companies were included on the basis of financial statements made up for the twelve months to 30 September 2006, taking into account changes in the subsequent period from 1 October 2006 to 31 December 2006 that would have materially affected their results. HSBC also has a 100 per cent interest in the issued preferred stock (less than US$1 million) of Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. HSBC has a 40 per cent economic interest in Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. by virtue of the joint agreement under which HSBC’s equity capital and preferred stock interests are being held. HSBC acquired 19.9 per cent of Financiera Independencia S.A. de C.V. on 20 June 2006. The investment was equity accounted from that date, reflecting HSBC’s significant influence over this associate. Principal interests in joint ventures HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited ......................................... Saudi Arabia Country of incorporation At 31 December 2006 Principal activity Investment banking HSBC’s interest in equity capital Issued equity capital 60% SR50m HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited has been established as a joint venture between HSBC and The Saudi British Bank, operating from July 2006. The ownership of HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited is split between HSBC, with 60 per cent, and The Saudi British Bank, with 40 per cent. The strategic financial and operating decisions of HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited require unanimous consent of HSBC and The Saudi British Bank. 361 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 20 and 21 Summarised aggregate financial information on joint ventures 2006 US$m 2005 US$m HSBC’s share of: – current assets .............................................................................................................................. – non-current assets ....................................................................................................................... – current liabilities ......................................................................................................................... – non-current liabilities ................................................................................................................. – income ........................................................................................................................................ – expenses ...................................................................................................................................... 125 107 98 87 102 79 95 55 34 107 118 20 21 Goodwill and intangible assets Goodwill and intangible assets includes goodwill arising on business combinations, the present value of in-force long-term insurance business, and other intangible assets. Goodwill Europe US$m Hong Kong US$m Rest of Asia- Pacific US$m North America US$m Latin America US$m Cost At 1 January 2006 ....................................... Additions .................................................... Exchange differences .................................. Other changes ............................................. At 31 December 2006 ................................. Cost (restated1) At 1 January 2005 ....................................... Additions .................................................... Disposals ..................................................... Exchange differences .................................. Other changes ............................................. At 31 December 2005 ................................. 13,777 29 1,428 – 15,234 15,873 108 (70) (2,137) 3 13,777 120 – 4 – 124 120 1 – (1) – 120 270 34 25 (4) 325 284 4 – (17) (1) 270 12,424 55 – 48 12,527 11,594 534 (3) 328 (29) 12,424 2,634 1,608 20 – 4,262 2,491 13 – 185 (55) 2,634 1 In 2006, Mexico and Panama were reclassified from the North America segment to the Latin America segment. Comparative information has been restated accordingly. See Note 13. The addition to goodwill in Latin America related principally to the acquisition of Grupo Banistmo, S.A. on 23 November 2006. The present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’) Movement on the PVIF At 1 January ....................................................................................................................................... IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 20051 ................................................................................ Addition from current year new business ......................................................................................... Movement from in-force business ..................................................................................................... Exchange differences and other movements ..................................................................................... At 31 December ................................................................................................................................. 2006 US$m 1,400 – 254 (203) 98 1,549 Total US$m 29,225 1,726 1,477 44 32,472 30,362 660 (73) (1,642) (82) 29,225 2005 US$m 1,877 (384) 289 (268) (114) 1,400 1 For an explanation of the IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 2005, see Note 46 on the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. 362 PVIF-specific assumptions The key assumptions used in the computation of PVIF for HSBC’s main life insurance operations were: Risk free rate ................................................................. Risk discount rate ......................................................... Expenses inflation.......................................................... 2006 UK % Hong Kong % 4.30 8.00 3.40 3.73 11.00 3.00 2005 UK % 3.90 8.00 3.20 Hong Kong % 4.19 11.00 3.00 The PVIF represents the value of the shareholder’s interest in the in-force business of the life insurance operations. The calculation of the PVIF is based upon assumptions that take into account risk and uncertainty. To project these cash flows, a variety of assumptions regarding future experience is made by each insurance operation which reflect local market conditions and management’s judgement of local future trends. Some of the Group’s insurance operations incorporate risk margins separately into the projection assumptions for each product, while others incorporate risk margins into the overall discount rate. This is reflected in the wide range of risk discount rates applied. Other intangible assets The analysis of the movement of intangible assets, excluding the PVIF, was as follows: Trade names US$m Mortgage servicing rights US$m Internally generated software US$m Purchased software US$m Customer/ merchant relation- ships US$m Other US$m Total US$m 43 – 15 – – (1) – 57 (15) (7) – – – 1 – (21) 979 99 – – – – – 1,078 (560) (59) – – – – – (619) 2,094 589 – (3) – 150 41 2,871 (1,301) (345) (25) – – (97) (4) (1,772) 295 70 6 (21) – 17 278 645 (170) (107) (3) 20 – (13) (153) (426) 1,034 96 195 – (71) 28 373 1,655 (173) (137) (56) – 71 (1) (24) (320) 373 3 114 (1) – 39 (349) 179 (24) (36) – – – (4) 51 (13) 4,818 857 330 (25) (71) 233 343 6,485 (2,243) (691) (84) 20 71 (114) (130) (3,171) 36 459 1,099 219 1,335 166 3,314 Cost At 1 January 2006 ....................... Additions1 ................................... Acquisition of subsidiaries ......... Disposals ..................................... Amounts written-off ................... Exchange differences .................. Other changes ............................. At 31 December 2006.................. Accumulated amortisation At 1 January 2006 ....................... Charge for the year2 .................... Impairment .................................. Disposals ..................................... Amounts written-off ................... Exchange differences .................. Other changes ............................. At 31 December 2006 ................. Net carrying amount at 31 December 2006 .................. 363 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 21 and 22 Trade names US$m Mortgage servicing rights US$m Internally generated software US$m Purchased software US$m Customer/ merchant relation- ships US$m Cost At 1 January 2005 ....................... Additions1 ................................... Acquisition of subsidiaries ......... Disposals ..................................... Exchange differences .................. Other changes ............................. At 31 December 2005 ................. Accumulated amortisation At 1 January 2005 ....................... Charge for the year2 .................... Disposals ..................................... Exchange differences .................. Other changes ............................. 41 – – – 2 – 43 (8) (6) – (1) – At 31 December 2005 ................. (15) Net carrying amount at 791 136 – – 2 50 979 (474) (27) – 1 (60) (560) 1,823 420 – – (104) (45) 2,094 (1,064) (354) – 123 (6) (1,301) 210 49 – (63) (19) 118 295 (115) (76) 29 (37) 29 (170) 764 13 271 (15) (72) 73 1,034 (95) (99) – 5 16 (173) Other US$m 393 8 – (1) (44) 17 373 (7) (19) – 2 – (24) Total US$m 4,022 626 271 (79) (235) 213 4,818 (1,763) (581) 29 93 (21) (2,243) 31 December 2005 ................. 28 419 793 125 861 349 2,575 1 At 31 December 2006, HSBC had US$23 million (2005: US$56 million) of contractual commitments to acquire intangible assets. 2 The amortisation charge for the year is recognised within the income statement under ‘Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets’, with the exception of the amortisation of mortgage servicing rights that is charged to net fee income. 22 Impairment of assets other than financial instruments During 2006 there was no impairment of goodwill (2005: nil; 2004: nil). Impairment testing in respect of goodwill is performed annually by comparing the recoverable amount of cash generating units (‘CGUs’) determined at 1 July 2006 based on a value in use calculation. That calculation uses cash flow estimates based on management’s cash flow projections, extrapolated in perpetuity using a nominal long-term growth rate based on current GDP and inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates. Cash flows are extrapolated in perpetuity due to the long-term perspective within the Group of the business units making up the CGUs. The discount rate used is based on the cost of capital HSBC allocates to investments in the countries within which the CGU operates. The cost of capital assigned to an individual CGU and used to discount its future cash flows can have a significant effect on its valuation. The cost of capital percentage is generally derived from an appropriate capital asset pricing model, which itself depends on inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables including the risk-free rate in the country concerned and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are established on the basis of management judgement. Management judgement is required in estimating the future cash flows of the CGUs. These values are sensitive to the cash flows projected for the periods for which detailed forecasts are available, and to assumptions regarding the long- term sustainable pattern of cash flows thereafter. While the acceptable range within which underlying assumptions can be applied is governed by the requirement for resulting forecasts to be compared with actual performance and verifiable economic data in future years, the cash flow forecasts necessarily and appropriately reflect management’s view of future business prospects. The following CGUs include in their carrying value goodwill that is a significant proportion of total goodwill reported by HSBC. These CGUs do not carry on their balance sheets any intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill. 364 2006 2005 Goodwill at 1 July 2006 US$m Discount rate % Nominal growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections % Goodwill at 1 July 2005 US$m Discount rate % Nominal growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections % Cash Generating Unit Personal Financial Services – Europe ................ Commercial Banking – Europe .......................... Private Banking – Europe ................................... Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets – Europe ............................................................. Personal Financial Services – North America .... 4,149 2,948 4,417 3,792 12,205 10.6 10.2 10.0 8.2 10.0 5.0 4.5 4.2 4.5 5.8 Total goodwill in the CGUs listed above ........... 27,511 3,515 2,913 3,701 3,694 10,451 24,274 10.2 9.9 10.0 10.1 10.0 4.3 3.9 3.2 4.0 6.1 There was no evidence of impairment arising from this review. The only circumstances where a reasonably possible change in key assumptions might have caused an impairment loss to be recognised was in respect of Private Banking Europe where a fall of 0.9 per cent in the long-term growth rate beyond the initial cash flow projections, or an increase of 0.8 per cent in the discount rate would have caused an impairment loss to be recognised. Recognising this, the calculation of the value in use for Private Banking – Europe, based on discounted projected cash flows, has been additionally benchmarked against market transactions in private banking companies in Europe to ensure the carrying value is supportable. At 1 July 2006, aggregate goodwill of US$2,833 million had been allocated to CGUs that were not considered individually significant. These CGUs do not carry on their balance sheets any intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill. 365 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 23 23 Property, plant and equipment HSBC Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings US$m Long leasehold land and buildings US$m Short leasehold land and buildings1 US$m Equipment, fixtures and fittings2 US$m Equipment on operating leases US$m Cost or fair value At 1 January 2006 ............................................... Additions at cost4 ................................................ Acquisition of subsidiaries ................................. Fair value adjustments ........................................ Disposals ............................................................. Transfers ............................................................. Exchange differences .......................................... Other changes ..................................................... At 31 December 2006 ......................................... Accumulated depreciation At 1 January 2006 ............................................... Depreciation charge for the year ........................ Disposals ............................................................. Transfers ............................................................. Exchange differences .......................................... Other changes ..................................................... At 31 December 2006 ......................................... 4,828 376 189 64 (407) – 287 (6) 5,331 (252) (85) 30 – (28) (7) (342) 2,235 24 – 77 (421) (38) 102 (43) 1,936 (132) (46) 2 1 (8) 15 (168) 2,265 253 17 23 (66) 38 65 (21) 2,574 (604) (131) 59 (1) (40) (6) (723) Net carrying amount at 31 December 2006 ........ 4,989 1,768 1,851 Cost or fair value At 1 January 2005 ............................................... Additions at cost4 ................................................ Acquisition of subsidiaries ................................. Fair value adjustments ........................................ Disposals ............................................................. Transfers ............................................................. Exchange differences .......................................... Other changes ..................................................... At 31 December 2005 ......................................... Accumulated depreciation At 1 January 2005 ............................................... Depreciation charge for the year ........................ Disposals ............................................................. Exchange differences .......................................... Other changes ..................................................... At 31 December 2005 ......................................... 4,384 601 10 48 (224) 30 (245) 224 4,828 (204) (76) 6 18 4 (252) Net carrying amount at 31 December 2005 ........ 4,576 2,153 142 – 95 (87) – (82) 14 2,235 (74) (55) – 5 (8) (132) 2,103 2,252 124 5 58 (77) (30) (55) (12) 2,265 (590) (101) 51 35 1 (604) 1,661 8,639 1,473 55 – (972) – 633 (126) 9,702 (5,418) (1,075) 915 – (401) 5 (5,974) 3,728 8,722 1,269 14 – (542) – (445) (379) 8,639 (5,375) (1,082) 431 285 323 (5,418) 3,221 Total3 US$m 22,931 2,400 262 164 (1,894) – 1,561 42 25,466 (7,725) (1,514) 1,095 – (667) (231) (9,042) 4,964 274 1 – (28) – 474 238 5,923 (1,319) (177) 89 – (190) (238) (1,835) 4,088 16,424 6,117 751 – – (359) – (660) (885) 4,964 (1,761) (318) 243 182 335 (1,319) 23,628 2,887 29 201 (1,289) – (1,487) (1,038) 22,931 (8,004) (1,632) 731 525 655 (7,725) 3,645 15,206 Leasehold land and buildings are considered to be held under finance lease contracts where the value of the land cannot reliably be separated from the value of the lease, and the respective contracts do not meet the criteria for classification as operating leases. 1 Including assets held on finance leases with a net book value of US$11 million (2005: US$7 million). 2 Including assets held on finance leases with a net book value of US$450 million (2005: US$327 million). 3 Including assets with a net book value of US$425 million (2005: US$13 million) pledged as security for liabilities. 4 At 31 December 2006, HSBC had US$1,380 million (2005: US$1,256 million) of contractual commitments to acquire property, plant and equipment. 366 Included within ‘Short leasehold land and buildings’ are the following amounts in respect of assets classed as improvements to buildings, which are carried at depreciated historical cost: 2006 Cost US$m Accumulated depreciation US$m 2005 Cost US$m Accumulated depreciation US$m At 1 January .................................................................. Additions ...................................................................... Disposals ....................................................................... Depreciation charge for the year .................................. Impairment loss recognised .......................................... Exchange differences .................................................... Other changes ............................................................... At 31 December ............................................................ Net carrying amount at 31 December ........................... Investment properties 1,026 218 (67) – – 63 37 1,277 926 (315) – 47 (35) (3) (37) (8) (351) 993 124 (58) – – (52) 19 1,026 711 The composition of the investment properties at fair value in the year was as follows: Freehold land and buildings US$m Long leasehold land and buildings US$m Short leasehold land and buildings US$m Fair value At 1 January 2006 .......................................................... Additions at cost ............................................................ Disposals ........................................................................ Fair value adjustments ................................................... Exchange differences ..................................................... Other changes ................................................................ At 31 December 2006 .................................................... At 1 January 2005 .......................................................... Additions at cost ............................................................ Disposals ........................................................................ Fair value adjustments ................................................... Exchange differences ..................................................... Other changes ................................................................ 1,438 179 (178) 64 42 (12) 1,533 704 455 (47) 48 (8) 286 At 31 December 2005 .................................................... 1,438 477 – (371) 77 12 (21) 174 250 137 (3) 95 (4) 2 477 255 – (8) 23 – (28) 242 209 – (12) 58 – – 255 (347) – 36 (22) – 32 (14) (315) Total US$m 2,170 179 (557) 164 54 (61) 1,949 1,163 592 (62) 201 (12) 288 2,170 Investment properties are valued on an open market value basis as at 31 December each year by independent professional valuers who have recent experience in the location and type of properties. Investment properties in Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region and mainland China, which represent 25 per cent by value of HSBC’s investment properties subject to revaluation, were valued by DTZ Debenham Tie Leung Limited, which is a member of the Hong Kong Institute of Surveyors. As a result of the revaluation, the net book value of investment properties increased by US$164 million (2005: surplus of US$201 million), which was credited to the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2006. HSBC Holdings had no investment properties at 31 December 2006 or 2005. Included within ‘Other operating income’ was rental income of US$153 million (2005: US$116 million) earned by HSBC on its investment properties. Direct operating expenses of US$61 million (2005: US$39 million) incurred in respect of the investment properties during the year were recognised in ‘General and administrative expenses’. Direct operating expenses arising in respect of investment properties that did not generate rental income during 2006 amounted to nil (2005: US$3 million). HSBC recognised US$144 million (2005: US$10 million) as contractual obligations to purchase, construct, develop, maintain or enhance investment properties. 367 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 23 and 24 HSBC properties leased to customers HSBC properties leased to customers included US$470 million at 31 December 2006 (2005: US$646 million) let under operating leases, net of accumulated depreciation of US$53 million (2005: US$42 million). None was held by HSBC Holdings. 24 Investments in subsidiaries Principal subsidiary undertakings of HSBC Holdings At 31 December 2006 HSBC’s interest in equity capital % Country of incorporation or registration Issued equity capital Europe HFC Bank Limited .......................................................................................... HSBC Investments (UK) Limited ................................................................... HSBC Asset Finance (UK) Limited ................................................................ HSBC Bank A.S. ............................................................................................. HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c. .................................................................................. HSBC Bank Middle East Limited ................................................................... HSBC Bank plc ................................................................................................ HSBC France ................................................................................................... HSBC Guyerzeller Bank AG ........................................................................... HSBC Insurance Brokers Limited ................................................................... HSBC Life (UK) Limited ................................................................................ HSBC Private Bank (Guernsey) Limited ........................................................ HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A. ................................................................... HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited .................................................................. HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG ................................................................... Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank Limited ................................................................................ HSBC Insurance (Asia) Limited ...................................................................... HSBC Life (International) Limited ................................................................. The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited ......................... Rest of Asia-Pacific HSBC Bank Australia Limited ........................................................................ HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E. ............................................................................... HSBC Investments (Taiwan) Limited ............................................................. HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad ......................................................................... North America The Bank of Bermuda Limited ........................................................................ HSBC Bank Canada ........................................................................................ HSBC Bank USA, N.A. ................................................................................... HSBC Finance Corporation ............................................................................. HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. ........................................................................... HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc. ..................................................... Latin America HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. ............................................................................ HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. – Banco Múltiplo ..................................................... HSBC La Buenos Aires Seguros S.A. ............................................................. HSBC Mexico S.A. .......................................................................................... HSBC Seguros (Brasil) S.A. ............................................................................ Maxima S.A. AFJP .......................................................................................... Primer Banco del Istmo, S.A. .......................................................................... England England England Turkey Malta Jersey England France Switzerland England England Guernsey Switzerland England Germany Hong Kong Hong Kong Bermuda Hong Kong Australia Egypt Taiwan Malaysia Bermuda Canada United States United States United States United States Argentina Brazil Argentina Mexico Brazil Argentina Panama 100 100 100 100 70.03 100 100 99.99 100 100 100 100 100 100 78.60 £109m £37m £265m TRL277m Lm36m US$431m £797m €378m SFr95m £2.8m £94m US$22m SFr683m £177m €70m 62.14 100 100 100 HK$9,559m HK$125m HK$327m HK$22,494m 100 94.53 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 A$811m E£1,073m TWD788m RM$114m US$30m C$1,125m US$2m US$3,038m –1 –1 99.99 100 99.53 99.99 97.94 59.99 99.39 ARS1,103m BRL2,147m ARS44m MXP3,930m BRL350m ARS200m US$576m 1 Issued equity capital is less than US$1 million. 2 Details of the debt, subordinated debt and preference shares issued by the principal subsidiaries to parties external to the Group are included in the Notes 28 ‘Debt securities in issue’, 32 ‘Subordinated liabilities’ and 37 ‘Minority interests’ respectively. All the above subsidiaries are included in the HSBC consolidated financial statements. 368 Details of all HSBC companies will be annexed to the next Annual Return of HSBC Holdings filed with the UK Registrar of Companies. All the above make their financial statements up to 31 December except for HSBC Bank Argentina S.A., HSBC La Buenos Aires Seguros S.A. and Maxima S.A. AFJP, whose financial statements are made up to 30 June annually. The principal countries of operation are the same as the countries of incorporation except for HSBC Bank Middle East Limited which operates mainly in the Middle East, and HSBC Life (International) Limited which operates mainly in Hong Kong. Subsidiaries which experience significant restrictions on their ability to transfer funds to HSBC in the form of cash dividends or to repay loans and advances During 2006 and 2005, none of the Group’s subsidiaries has experienced significant restrictions on paying dividends or repaying loans and advances. Subsidiaries where HSBC owns less than 50 per cent of the voting rights Subsidiary 2006 Beijing HSBC Insurance Brokers Limited HSBC’s interest in equity capital % Description of relationship that gives HSBC control 24.9 HSBC has the right to appoint the majority of the board, therefore has management control. HSBC Insurance Brokers (India) Private Limited 25.9 HSBC has the right to appoint the majority of the board, HSBC Private Equity Fund 3 HSBC Global Technology Alpha Fund 2005 Beijing HSBC Insurance Brokers Limited therefore has management control. 38.8 23.9 HSBC is the fund manager and controls the fund. The fund is a ‘Wider Purpose Fund’ and consolidation is required under IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’. 24.9 HSBC has the right to appoint the majority of the board, therefore has management control. HSBC Insurance Brokers (India) Private Limited 25.9 HSBC has the right to appoint the majority of the board, HSBC Private Equity Fund 3 HSBC Continental European Alpha Fund therefore has management control. 38.8 6.1 HSBC is the fund manager and controls the fund. The fund is a ‘Wider Purpose Fund’ and consolidation is required under IAS 27. HSBC Global Technology Alpha Fund 48.7 The fund is a ‘Wider Purpose Fund’ and consolidation is required under IAS 27. Investments where HSBC owns 20 per cent or more of the voting rights but does not classify the investment as a subsidiary, joint venture or associate Investment 2005 Zhong-Run Company Limited HSBC’s interest in equity capital % Description of relationship that results in HSBC accounting for entity as an investment 25.0 Entity is held by a venture capital organisation which is exempt from classifying investments as associates under IAS 28. In 2006 there were no significant investments where HSBC owned 20 per cent or more of the voting rights but did not classify the investment as a subsidiary, joint venture or associate. Acquisitions HSBC made the following acquisitions of subsidiaries or business operations in 2006, which were accounted for using the purchase method: On 23 November 2006 HSBC acquired 99.98 per cent of Grupo Banistmo, S.A. (‘Banistmo’) for a total consideration of US$1,968 million, comprising US$1,773 million in cash and US$195 million in contingent consideration. The contingent consideration is in respect of a binding offer to preference shareholders for the purchase of their 369 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 24, 25 and 26 preference shares within one year after acquisition. Banistmo is a leading banking group in Central America and has operations in Panama, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Honduras and Nicaragua. The post-acquisition profit of Banistmo was US$1 million. Goodwill of US$1,450 million arose from this acquisition. The goodwill on the Banistmo acquisition represents value obtainable from synergies with HSBC, expertise HSBC brings to the proposition and the access to the Central American market that the acquisition provides to the Group. HSBC also made the following acquisitions of significant subsidiaries or business operations in 2006, which were accounted for using the purchase method: (i) On 30 April 2006 HSBC acquired the entire share capital of BNL Inversiones Argentinas S.A., the holding company of the bank Banca Nazionale del Lavoro S.A., which had net liabilities of US$3 million, for a cash consideration of US$155 million. Goodwill of US$158 million arose on acquisition. (ii) On 4 October 2006 HSBC acquired the entire share capital of Solstice Capital Group Inc. for a cash consideration of US$50 million. Goodwill of US$46 million arose on acquisition. (iii) On 4 September 2006 HSBC acquired the Australian custody business from Westpac Banking Corporation for a total consideration of US$105 million, comprising US$91 million in cash and US$14 million contingent consideration. Goodwill of US$32 million arose on acquisition. The fair values of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the companies acquired during the year, which relate principally to Banistmo, were as follows: At date of acquisition Cash and balances at central banks ............................................................................................... Items in the course of collection from other banks ....................................................................... Trading assets ................................................................................................................................ Loans and advances to banks ........................................................................................................ Loans and advances to customers ................................................................................................. Financial investments .................................................................................................................... Interests in associates and joint ventures ...................................................................................... Intangible assets ............................................................................................................................ Property, plant and equipment ...................................................................................................... Prepayments and accrued income ................................................................................................. Other assets .................................................................................................................................... Deposits by banks .......................................................................................................................... Customer accounts ........................................................................................................................ Items in the course of transmission to other banks ....................................................................... Debt securities in issue .................................................................................................................. Retirement benefit liabilities ......................................................................................................... Provisions ...................................................................................................................................... Other liabilities ............................................................................................................................... Liabilities under insurance contracts issued .................................................................................. Accruals and deferred income ....................................................................................................... Subordinated liabilities .................................................................................................................. Less: minority interests ................................................................................................................. Net assets acquired ........................................................................................................................ Goodwill attributable: Subsidiaries (Note 21) ............................................................................................................... Total consideration including costs of acquisition ....................................................................... Carrying value immediately prior to acquisition US$m 244 91 29 1,473 7,031 1,227 16 169 260 111 575 (1,706) (7,652) (119) (238) (10) (72) (550) (72) (73) (93) (134) 507 Fair value US$m 244 91 29 1,473 7,031 1,224 16 330 262 111 582 (1,706) (7,652) (119) (238) (10) (154) (550) (72) (73) (93) (134) 592 1,686 2,278 Included within provisions above are US$46 million of contingent liabilities recognised on acquisition. In addition to the above, there were other minor acquisitions and increases in investment in subsidiaries which increased goodwill by US$40 million. 370 In addition to cash and balances at central banks, items in the course of collection from other banks and items in the course of transmission to other banks, included in the assets and liabilities acquired above are cash and cash equivalents of US$736 million. 25 Other assets Bullion ............................................................................................................................................... Assets held for sale ............................................................................................................................ Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts (Note 30) ................................................. Current taxation recoverable ............................................................................................................. Deferred taxation (Note 31) ............................................................................................................... Endorsements and acceptances .......................................................................................................... Other accounts ................................................................................................................................... Assets held for sale Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale Interests in associates ........................................................................................................................ Property, plant and equipment ........................................................................................................... Receivables ........................................................................................................................................ Other .................................................................................................................................................. Total assets classified as held for sale ............................................................................................... 2006 US$m 3,145 1,826 1,769 380 3,241 9,577 13,506 33,444 2006 US$m 25 1,149 634 18 1,826 2005 US$m 2,358 959 1,545 496 2,665 7,973 10,600 26,596 2005 US$m 162 774 23 – 959 Property, plant and equipment The property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale is the result of repossession of property that had been pledged as collateral by customers. These assets are disposed of within 12 months of acquisition. Neither a gain nor loss was recognised on reclassifying these assets as held for sale. The majority arose within the geographical segment North America. Receivables The receivables classified as held for sale in 2006 relate mainly to a residential mortgage book in New Zealand for which an agreement to negotiate the sale was entered into in January 2007. Neither a gain nor loss was recognised on reclassifying these assets as held for sale. These assets are presented within the geographical segment Rest of Asia-Pacific. 26 Trading liabilities Deposits by banks .............................................................................................................................. Customer accounts ............................................................................................................................. Other debt securities in issue ............................................................................................................. Other liabilities – net short positions ................................................................................................. 2006 US$m 32,040 89,166 34,115 71,287 2005 US$m 20,829 59,864 26,976 66,696 226,608 174,365 371 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 27, 28 and 29 27 Financial liabilities designated at fair value HSBC Deposits by banks and customer accounts ........................................................................................ Liabilities to customers under investment contracts ......................................................................... Debt securities in issue (Note 28) ...................................................................................................... Subordinated liabilities (Note 32) ..................................................................................................... Preference shares (Note 32) ............................................................................................................... 2006 US$m 577 13,278 33,167 18,503 4,686 70,211 2005 US$m 253 10,445 28,338 18,447 4,346 61,829 The carrying amount at 31 December 2006 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$1,257 million (2005: US$1,899 million) higher than the contractual amount at maturity. At 31 December 2006, the accumulated amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was US$1,535 million (2005: US$1,144 million). HSBC Holdings Subordinated liabilities (Note 32): – owed to third parties ................................................................................................................... – owed to HSBC undertakings ...................................................................................................... 2006 US$m 9,839 4,231 14,070 2005 US$m 9,315 4,055 13,370 The carrying amount at 31 December 2006 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$551 million (2005: US$910 million) higher than the contractual amount at maturity. At 31 December 2006, the accumulated amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was US$335 million (2005: US$398 million). 28 Debt securities in issue Bonds and medium term notes .......................................................................................................... Other debt securities in issue ............................................................................................................. Of which debt securities in issue reported as: – trading liabilities ......................................................................................................................... – financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 27) ............................................................... 2006 US$m 203,404 94,203 297,607 (34,115) (33,167) 230,325 2005 US$m 165,773 77,613 243,386 (26,976) (28,338) 188,072 Certain debt securities in issue are managed on a fair value basis as part of HSBC’s interest rate risk management policies. The hedged portion of these debt securities is presented within the balance sheet caption ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’, with the remaining portion included within ‘Trading liabilities’. The following table analyses the carrying amount of bonds and medium term notes in issue at 31 December with original maturities greater than one year: 372 Fixed rate Debentures – 8.375%: due 2007 ....................................................................................................... Secured financing: 1.14% to 3.99%: due 2007 ............................................................................................................ 4.00% to 4.99%: due 2007 to 2010 ............................................................................................... 5.00% to 5.99%: due 2007 to 2011 ............................................................................................... 6.00% to 6.99%: due 2007 to 2011 ............................................................................................... 7.00% to 7.99%: due 2007 to 2011 ............................................................................................... 8.00% to 8.99%: due 2007 to 2011 ............................................................................................... Other fixed rate senior debt: 2.15% to 3.99%: due 2007 to 2066 ............................................................................................... 4.00% to 4.99%: due 2007 to 2046 ............................................................................................... 5.00% to 5.99%: due 2007 to 2016 ............................................................................................... 6.00% to 6.99%: due 2007 to 2036 ............................................................................................... 7.00% to 7.99%: due 2007 to 2032 ............................................................................................... 8.00% to 9.99%: due 2007 to 2015 ............................................................................................... 10.00% or higher: due 2007 to 2010 ............................................................................................. Variable interest rate Secured financings – 5.00% to 9.99%: due 2007 to 2009 ................................................................ FHLB advances – 5.00% to 5.99%: due 2007 to 2036 ..................................................................... Other variable interest rate senior debt – 2.16% to 9.99%: due 2007 to 2036 ................................. Structured notes Interest rate linked ............................................................................................................................. Equity, equity index or credit linked ................................................................................................. 2006 US$m 100 195 1,730 6,096 – 98 215 17,326 17,759 34,191 16,196 6,692 1,665 399 2005 US$m 101 1,669 5,090 843 41 141 – 10,527 32,295 21,302 25,356 12,450 2,743 890 102,662 113,448 23,212 5,000 63,504 91,716 379 8,647 9,026 15,601 5,000 24,374 44,975 2,748 4,602 7,350 Total bonds and medium term notes ................................................................................................. 203,404 165,773 29 Other liabilities Amounts due to investors in funds consolidated by HSBC ................................................................... Current taxation ............................................................ Obligations under finance leases .................................. Dividend declared and payable by HSBC Holdings .... Endorsements and acceptances ..................................... Other liabilities ............................................................. Obligations under finance leases falling due: – within 1 year .......................................................... – between 1 and 5 years ........................................... – over 5 years ........................................................... HSBC 2006 US$m 966 1,805 707 1,507 9,577 15,262 29,824 41 21 645 707 2005 US$m 683 1,640 639 1,193 8,033 14,327 26,515 25 54 560 639 HSBC Holdings 2006 US$m 2005 US$m – – – 1,507 – 10 1,517 – – – – – – – 1,193 – 10 1,203 – – – – 373 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 30 30 Liabilities under insurance contracts Non-life insurance liabilities Unearned premium provision .......................................................................... Notified claims ................................................................................................. Claims incurred but not reported ..................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Life insurance policyholders’ liabilities Life (non-linked) .............................................................................................. Investment contracts with discretionary participation features1 ...................... Life (linked) ..................................................................................................... Total liabilities under insurance contracts ....................................................... Non-life insurance liabilities Unearned premium provision .......................................................................... Notified claims ................................................................................................. Claims incurred but not reported ..................................................................... Other ................................................................................................................ Life insurance policyholders’ liabilities Life (non-linked) .............................................................................................. Investment contracts with discretionary participation features1 ...................... Life (linked) ..................................................................................................... Total liabilities under insurance contracts ....................................................... 2006 Reinsurers’ share US$m (176) (355) (58) (76) (665) (1,046) – (58) (1,104) (1,769) 2005 Reinsurers’ share US$m (202) (335) (130) (2) (669) (807) – (69) (876) (1,545) Gross US$m 1,262 949 460 268 2,939 11,026 20 3,685 14,731 17,670 Gross US$m 1,346 872 424 229 2,871 8,369 9 2,895 11,273 14,144 Net US$m 1,086 594 402 192 2,274 9,980 20 3,627 13,627 15,901 Net US$m 1,144 537 294 227 2,202 7,562 9 2,826 10,397 12,599 1 Though investment contracts with discretionary participation features are financial instruments, HSBC continued to treat them as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4. 374 The movement of liabilities under insurance contracts during the year ended 31 December 2006 was as follows: Non-life insurance liabilities Unearned premium provision At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Gross written premiums ................................................................................... Gross earned premiums ................................................................................... Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................... Notified and incurred but not reported claims At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Notified claims ............................................................................................ Claims incurred but not reported ................................................................. Claims paid in current year .............................................................................. Claims incurred in respect of current year ...................................................... Claims incurred in respect of prior years ........................................................ Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................... Notified claims ............................................................................................ Claims incurred but not reported ................................................................. Other ................................................................................................................ Total non-life insurance liabilities ................................................................... Unearned premium provision At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Gross written premiums ................................................................................... Gross earned premiums ................................................................................... Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................... Notified and incurred but not reported claims At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Notified claims ............................................................................................ Claims incurred but not reported ................................................................. Claims paid in current year .............................................................................. Claims incurred in respect of current year ...................................................... Claims incurred in respect of prior years ........................................................ Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................... Notified claims ............................................................................................ Claims incurred but not reported ................................................................. Other ................................................................................................................ Total non-life insurance liabilities ................................................................... 2006 Reinsurers’ share US$m (202) (451) 499 (22) (176) (465) (335) (130) 228 (147) (24) (5) (413) (355) (58) (76) (665) 2005 Reinsurers’ share US$m (217) (479) 419 75 (202) (463) (408) (55) 146 (150) 6 (4) (465) (335) (130) (2) (669) Gross US$m 1,346 1,824 (1,946) 38 1,262 1,296 872 424 (889) 680 219 103 1,409 949 460 268 2,939 Gross US$m 1,250 2,364 (2,139) (129) 1,346 1,360 871 489 (966) 1,070 (32) (136) 1,296 872 424 229 2,871 Net US$m 1,144 1,373 (1,447) 16 1,086 831 537 294 (661) 533 195 98 996 594 402 192 2,274 Net US$m 1,033 1,885 (1,720) (54) 1,144 897 463 434 (820) 920 (26) (140) 831 537 294 227 2,202 375 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 30 and 31 Life insurance policyholders’ liabilities Life (non-linked) At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Benefits paid .................................................................................................... Claims incurred ................................................................................................ Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... 2006 Reinsurers’ share US$m (807) 154 (208) (185) Gross US$m 8,369 (814) 3,021 450 At 31 December ............................................................................................... 11,026 (1,046) Investment contracts with discretionary participation features At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Claims incurred ................................................................................................ Foreign exchange and other movements ......................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................... Life (linked) At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Benefits paid .................................................................................................... Claims incurred ................................................................................................ Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................... 9 6 5 20 2,895 (495) 1,146 139 3,685 – – – – (69) 9 11 (9) (58) Net US$m 7,562 (660) 2,813 265 9,980 9 6 5 20 2,826 (486) 1,157 130 3,627 Total policyholders’ liabilities ......................................................................... 14,731 (1,104) 13,627 Life (non-linked) At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Benefits paid .................................................................................................... Claims incurred ................................................................................................ Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................... Investment contracts with discretionary participation features At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Claims incurred ................................................................................................ At 31 December ............................................................................................... Life (linked) At 1 January ..................................................................................................... Benefits paid .................................................................................................... Claims incurred ................................................................................................ Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... At 31 December ............................................................................................... 2005 Reinsurers’ share US$m (1,049) 111 80 51 (807) – – – (73) 11 (22) 15 (69) Gross US$m 6,860 (621) 2,304 (174) 8,369 – 9 9 2,523 (357) 802 (73) 2,895 Net US$m 5,811 (510) 2,384 (123) 7,562 – 9 9 2,450 (346) 780 (58) 2,826 Total policyholders’ liabilities ......................................................................... 11,273 (876) 10,397 The claims incurred represent the aggregate of all events giving rise to additional policyholders’ liabilities in the year. These include death claims, surrenders, lapses, the setting up of liability to policyholders at the initial inception of the policy, the declaration of bonuses and other amounts attributable to policyholders. 376 31 Provisions Total provisions at 31 December 2006 were US$2,859 million (2005: US$1,966 million), of which US$1,096 million (2005: US$530 million) relates to deferred tax and US$1,763 million (2005: US$1,436 million) relates to other provisions. Deferred taxation HSBC Temporary differences: – retirement benefits ....................................... – loan impairment allowances ........................ – assets leased to customers ........................... – revaluation of property ................................ – accelerated capital allowances .................... – other short-term timing differences ............. Unused tax losses ............................................... Provision for tax on profit remitted from overseas .......................................................... Total US$m 1,599 2,775 (1,676) (469) (80) (71) 180 (112) 2,146 2006 Deferred tax asset US$m Deferred tax liability US$m 169 2,607 (82) (166) 91 657 59 1,430 168 (1,594) (303) (171) (728) 121 Total US$m 1,621 2,220 (1,342) (339) (55) (107) 223 2005 Deferred tax asset US$m Deferred tax liability US$m 1,537 1,899 (1,250) 61 (5) 247 176 84 321 (92) (400) (50) (354) 47 (86) (530) (93) (19) (86) – 3,242 (1,096) 2,135 2,665 The amount of temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the balance sheet is US$1,067 million (2005: US$835 million). Of this amount, US$876 million (2005: US$458 million) has no expiry date and US$191 million (2005: US$377 million) is scheduled to expire within 10 years. HSBC Holdings Temporary differences: – short-term timing differences ....................................................................................................... – fair valued assets and liabilities ................................................................................................... – share-based payments ................................................................................................................... Provision for tax on profit remitted from overseas ............................................................................. Deferred tax asset/(liability) 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 1 10 24 – 35 (5) – – (65) (70) The deferred tax asset at 31 December 2006 is included within ‘Other assets’ on the balance sheet. Deferred tax is not recognised on temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and branches because earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in the case of subsidiaries and no further tax is expected to arise in the foreseeable future in the case of branches. The total of such relevant temporary differences amounted to US$22,424 million (2005: US$15,367 million). There are no deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the balance sheet. Other provisions At 1 January ....................................................................................................................................... IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 20051 ................................................................................ Additional provisions/increase in provisions2 ................................................................................... Acquisition of subsidiaries ................................................................................................................ Provisions utilised ............................................................................................................................. Amounts reversed .............................................................................................................................. Exchange differences and other movements ..................................................................................... At 31 December ................................................................................................................................. 2006 US$m 1,436 – 652 54 (379) (154) 154 1,763 2005 US$m 2,636 (1,033) 637 – (327) (310) (167) 1,436 377 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 31 and 32 1 For an explanation of the IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 2005, see Note 46 on the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. 2 The increase in ‘other provisions’ includes unwinding of discounts of US$8 million (2005: US$11 million) in relation to vacant space provisions and US$19 million (2005: US$23 million) in relation to Brazilian provisions for civil and fiscal labour claims. Included within ‘Other provisions’ are: (i) Provisions for onerous property contracts of US$106 million (2005: US$149 million), of which US$71 million (2005: US$74 million) relates to discounted future costs associated with leasehold properties that became vacant as a consequence of HSBC’s move to Canary Wharf in 2002. The provisions cover rent voids while finding new tenants, shortfalls in expected rent receivable compared with rent payable, and the cost of refurbishing the buildings to attract tenants. Uncertainties arise from movements in market rents, delays in finding new tenants and the timing of rental reviews. (ii) Labour, civil and fiscal litigation provisions in HSBC’s Brazil operations of US$282 million (2005: US$235 million). These relate to labour and overtime litigation claims brought by employees after leaving the bank. The provisions are based on the expected number of departing employees, their individual salaries and historical trends. The timing of the settlement of these claims is uncertain. (iii) Provisions of US$749 million (2005: US$652 million) have been made in respect of costs arising from contingent liabilities and contractual commitments (Note 41), including guarantees of US$64 million (2005: US$55 million) and commitments of US$93 million (2005: US$122 million). 32 Subordinated liabilities HSBC Subordinated liabilities At amortised cost ........................................................................................................................... – subordinated liabilities .............................................................................................................. – preferred securities .................................................................................................................... Designated at fair value (Note 27) ................................................................................................ – subordinated liabilities .............................................................................................................. – preferred securities .................................................................................................................... Subordinated liabilities HSBC Holdings ............................................................................................................................. Other HSBC ................................................................................................................................... Carrying amount 2006 US$m 22,672 17,296 5,376 23,189 18,503 4,686 45,861 14,271 31,590 45,861 2005 US$m 16,537 11,546 4,991 22,793 18,447 4,346 39,330 10,765 28,565 39,330 378 HSBC’s subordinated borrowings Amounts owed to third parties by HSBC Holdings (see below) ................................................. Other HSBC subordinated borrowings €1,400m £700m US$1,350m US$1,200m £600m US$1,250m €800m US$1,000m £500m €750m US$1,000m US$1,000m £500m £500m US$900m €600m €600m US$750m £350m £350m US$750m £350m €500m £300m £300m US$500m US$450m £225m US$300m US$300m £150m US$300m BRL608m US$250m BRL500m US$250m US$200m US$200m US$200m US$200m US$200m US$500m US$300m £150m US$200m US$200m 5.3687% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities1 ..................... 5.844% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities2 ....................... 9.547% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities, Series 11 ........ Primary capital subordinated undated floating rate notes .................................... 4.75% subordinated notes 2046 ............................................................................ 4.61% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities1 ......................... Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20163 ................................................... 5.875% subordinated notes 2034 .......................................................................... 5.375% subordinated notes 2033 .......................................................................... 5.13% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities1 ......................... 4.625% subordinated notes 2014 .......................................................................... 5.911% trust preferred securities 20355 ................................................................ 8.208% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities1 ....................... 4.75% callable subordinated notes 20204 ............................................................. 10.176% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities, Series 21 ...... 4.25% Callable subordinated notes 20169 ............................................................ 8.03% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities1 ......................... Undated floating rate primary capital notes .......................................................... 5.375% Callable subordinated step-up notes 20306 ............................................. 5% Callable subordinated notes 20238 ................................................................. 5.625% subordinated notes 2035 .......................................................................... Callable subordinated variable coupon notes 20177 ............................................. Callable subordinated floating rate notes 202010 .................................................. 5.862% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities2 ....................... 6.5% subordinated notes 2023 .............................................................................. Undated floating rate primary capital notes .......................................................... Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20163 ................................................... 6.25% subordinated notes 2041 ............................................................................ 7.65% subordinated notes 202511 .......................................................................... 6.95% subordinated notes 2011 ............................................................................ 8.625% step-up undated subordinated notes12 ...................................................... Undated floating rate primary capital notes Series 3 ............................................ Subordinated debentures 2008 .............................................................................. 5.875% subordinated notes 2008 .......................................................................... Subordinated Certificates of Deposits 2016 ......................................................... 7.20% subordinated debentures 2097 ................................................................... 7.53% capital securities 2026 ............................................................................... 7.75% subordinated notes 2009 ............................................................................ 7.808% capital securities 2026 ............................................................................. 6.625% subordinated notes 2009 .......................................................................... 8.38% capital securities 2027 ............................................................................... 7.625% subordinated notes 2006 .......................................................................... 7% subordinated notes 2006 ................................................................................. 9.25% step-up undated subordinated notes .......................................................... 7.50% trust preferred securities 2031 ................................................................... 8.25% trust preferred securities 2031 ................................................................... Other subordinated liabilities each less than US$200m ....................................... 2006 US$m 14,271 2005 US$m 10,765 1,918 1,374 1,336 1,205 1,160 1,158 1,052 1,048 1,043 1,011 998 991 982 942 900 801 790 750 701 687 685 675 658 599 585 501 448 438 373 326 304 300 285 243 234 217 209 205 200 197 191 – – – – – 2,870 1,653 1,205 1,350 1,207 – 1,250 – 1,017 940 885 997 990 861 861 900 731 708 752 647 613 737 635 588 558 509 502 – 384 358 326 277 302 261 240 – 216 202 207 200 198 200 507 300 268 202 200 2,621 31,590 45,861 28,565 39,330 Subordinated loan capital is repayable at par on maturity, but some is repayable prior to maturity at the option of the borrower, generally with the consent of the Financial Services Authority, and, where relevant, the local banking regulator, and in certain cases at a premium over par. Interest rates on the floating rate loan capital are related to interbank offered rates. On the remaining subordinated loan capital, interest is payable at fixed rates up to 10.176 per cent. 1 See Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities, note (a) Guaranteed by HSBC Holdings. 2 See Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities, note (b) Guaranteed by HSBC Bank. 379 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 32 3 The interest margin on the €800m and US$450m callable subordinated floating rate notes 2016 increases by 0.5 per cent from March 2011 and July 2011, respectively. 4 The interest rate on the 4.75 per cent callable subordinated notes 2020 changes in September 2015 to three-month sterling LIBOR plus 0.82 per cent. 5 The distributions on the trust preferred securities change in November 2015 to three-month dollar LIBOR plus 1.926 per cent. 6 The interest rate on the 5.375 per cent callable subordinated step-up notes 2030 changes in November 2025 to three month sterling LIBOR plus 1.50 per cent. 7 The interest rate on the callable subordinated variable coupon notes 2017 is fixed at 5.75 per cent until June 2012. Thereafter, the rate per annum is the sum of the gross redemption yield of the then prevailing five-year UK gilt plus 1.70 per cent. 8 The interest rate on the 5 per cent callable subordinated notes 2023 changes in March 2018 to become the rate per annum which is the sum of the gross redemption yield of the prevailing five-year UK gilt plus 1.80 per cent. 9 The interest rate on the 4.25 per cent callable subordinated notes changes in March 2011 to three-month EURIBOR plus 1.05 per cent. 10 The interest margin on the callable subordinated floating notes 2020 increases by 0.5 per cent from September 2015. 11 The 7.65 per cent subordinated notes 2025 are repayable at the option of each of the holders in May 2007. 12 The interest rate on the 8.625 per cent step-up updated subordinated notes changes in December 2007 to become, for each successive five year period, the rate per annum which is the sum of the yield on the then five year benchmark UK gilt plus 1.87 per cent. Footnotes 3 to 12 (excluding footnote 11) all relate to notes that are repayable at the option of the borrower on the date of the change of the interest rate, and at subsequent interest rate reset dates and interest payment dates in some cases, subject to the prior consent of the Financial Services Authority and, where relevant, the local banking regulator. Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities (a) Guaranteed by HSBC Holdings The seven issues of Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities (footnote 1) were made by Jersey limited partnerships and are guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, by HSBC Holdings. The proceeds of the issues were on-lent to HSBC Holdings by the limited partnerships by issue of subordinated notes. The Preferred Securities qualify as innovative tier 1 capital for HSBC. The Preferred Securities, together with the guarantee, are intended to provide investors with rights to income and capital distributions and distributions upon liquidation of HSBC Holdings that are equivalent to the rights that they would have had if they had purchased non-cumulative perpetual preference shares of HSBC Holdings. The Preferred Securities are perpetual, but redeemable in 2014, 2010, 2013, 2016, 2015, 2030 and 2012 respectively at the option of the general partner of the limited partnerships. If not redeemed, the distributions payable step-up and become floating rate or, for the sterling issue, for each successive five-year period the sum of the then five-year benchmark UK gilt plus a margin. There are limitations on the payment of distributions if prohibited under UK banking regulations or other requirements, if a payment would cause a breach of HSBC’s capital adequacy requirements, or if HSBC Holdings has insufficient distributable reserves (as defined). HSBC Holdings has covenanted that if it is prevented under certain circumstances from paying distributions on the Preferred Securities in full, it will not pay dividends or other distributions in respect of its ordinary shares, or effect repurchase or redemption of its ordinary shares, until after a distribution has been paid in full. If (i) HSBC’s total capital ratio falls below the regulatory minimum ratio required, or (ii) the Directors expect that, in view of the deteriorating financial condition of HSBC Holdings, (i) will occur in the near term, then the Preferred Securities will be substituted by Preference Shares of HSBC Holdings having economic terms which are in all material respects equivalent to those of the Preferred Securities and the guarantee taken together. (b) Guaranteed by HSBC Bank The two issues of Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities (footnote 2) were made by Jersey limited partnerships and are guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, by HSBC Bank. The proceeds of the issues were on-lent to HSBC Bank by the limited partnerships by issue of subordinated notes. The Preferred Securities qualify as innovative tier 1 capital for HSBC and for HSBC Bank on a solo and consolidated basis and, together with the guarantee, are intended to provide investors with rights to income and capital distributions and distributions upon liquidation of HSBC Bank that are equivalent to the rights they would have had if they had purchased non-cumulative perpetual preference shares of HSBC Bank. The two issues of Preferred Securities are perpetual, but redeemable in 2031 and 2020, respectively, at the option of the general partner of the limited partnerships. If not redeemed the distributions payable step-up and become floating rate. The same limitations on the payment of distributions apply to HSBC Bank as to HSBC, as described above. HSBC Bank has provided a similar covenant to that provided by HSBC Holdings, also as described above. 380 If (i) any of the two issues of Preferred Securities are outstanding in November 2048 or April 2049, respectively, or (ii) the total capital ratio of HSBC Bank on a solo and consolidated basis falls below the regulatory minimum ratio required, or (iii) in view of the deteriorating financial condition of HSBC Bank, the Directors expect (ii) to occur in the near term, then the Preferred Securities will be substituted by Preference Shares of HSBC Bank having economic terms which are in all material respects equivalent to those of the Preferred Securities and the guarantee taken together. HSBC Holdings Subordinated liabilities: – at amortised cost ......................................................................................................................... – designated at fair value ............................................................................................................... HSBC Holdings subordinated borrowings Amounts owed to third parties €2,000m US$2,000m US$1,400m €1,000m £650m US$1,000m €700m US$750m US$750m £250m US$488m €300m US$222m Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20141 ................................................... 6.5% subordinated notes 2036 .............................................................................. 5.25% subordinated notes 2012 ............................................................................ 5.375% subordinated notes 2012 .......................................................................... 5.75% subordinated notes 2027 ............................................................................ 7.5% subordinated notes 2009 .............................................................................. 3.625% callable subordinated notes 20202 ............................................................ Callable subordinated floating rate note 20161 .................................................... Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20151 ................................................... 9.875% subordinated bonds 20183 ........................................................................ 7.625% subordinated notes 2032 .......................................................................... 5.5% subordinated notes 2009 .............................................................................. 7.35% subordinated notes 2032 ............................................................................ Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings €1,400m US$1,350m US$1,250m €750m £500m US$900m €600m 5.3687% fixed/floating subordinated notes 2043 – HSBC Capital Funding (Euro 2) LP ..................................................................... 9.547% subordinated step-up cumulative notes 2040 – HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 1) LP .................................................................. 4.61% fixed/floating subordinated notes 2043 – HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 2) LP .................................................................. 5.13% fixed/floating subordinated notes 2044 – HSBC Capital Funding (Euro 3) LP. .................................................................... 8.208% subordinated step-up cumulative notes 2040 – HSBC Capital Funding (Sterling 1) LP ................................................................ 10.176% subordinated step-up cumulative notes 2040 – HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 1) LP .................................................................. 8.03% subordinated step-up cumulative notes 2040 – HSBC Capital Funding (Euro 1) LP ..................................................................... 2006 US$m 8,423 14,070 22,493 2005 US$m 5,236 13,370 18,606 Amounts falling due after more than 1 year 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2,648 2,056 1,401 1,394 1,365 1,088 888 750 749 637 609 418 268 2,374 – 1,421 1,322 1,267 1,115 831 – 749 595 482 390 219 14,271 10,765 1,995 1,332 1,187 1,049 974 900 785 8,222 22,493 1,878 1,331 1,185 992 853 900 702 7,841 18,606 1 The interest margins on the callable subordinated floating rate notes 2014, 2015 and 2016 increase by 0.5 per cent from September 2009, March 2010 and October 2011 respectively. The notes are repayable from their step up date at the option of the borrower, subject to the prior consent of the Financial Services Authority. 2 The interest rate on the 3.625 per cent callable subordinated notes 2020 changes in June 2015 to become three-month EURIBOR plus 0.93 per cent. The notes may be redeemed at par from June 2015 at the option of the borrower, subject to the prior consent of the Financial Services Authority. 3 The interest rate on the 9.875 per cent subordinated bonds 2018 changes in April 2013 to become the higher of (i) 9.875 per cent or (ii) the sum of the yield on the relevant benchmark treasury stock plus 2.5 per cent. The bonds may be redeemed in April 2013 at par and redemption has also been allowed from April 1998, subject to the prior consent of the Financial Services Authority, for an amount based on the redemption yields of the relevant benchmark treasury stocks. 381 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 33 and 34 33 Fair values of financial instruments HSBC The following table provides an analysis of the fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet: Assets Loans and advances to banks ....................................... Loans and advances to customers ................................. Financial investments: Treasury and other eligible bills ..................................................... Financial investments: debt securities .......................... Liabilities Deposits by banks ......................................................... Customer accounts ........................................................ Debt securities in issue ................................................. Subordinated liabilities ................................................. 2006 Carrying amount US$m 185,205 868,133 45 9,326 99,694 896,834 230,325 22,672 Fair value US$m 185,151 864,320 45 9,628 99,691 896,429 231,189 22,468 2005 Carrying amount US$m 125,965 740,002 208 8,082 69,727 739,419 188,072 16,537 Fair value US$m 126,218 739,439 208 8,263 69,540 739,316 188,401 16,380 The methods used to determine fair values for financial instruments for the purpose of measurement and disclosure are set out in Note 2(d). The majority of HSBC’s financial instruments carried at fair value are valued using quoted market prices, or valuation techniques based on observable market data. Observable market prices are not, however, available for many of HSBC’s financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value. The fair values of the assets and liabilities in the table above are determined as follows: (i) Loans and advances to banks and customers The fair values of personal and commercial loans and advances are estimated by discounting anticipated cash flows (including interest at contractual rates). Performing loans are grouped, as far as possible, into homogeneous pools segregated by maturity and coupon rates. In general, cash flows are discounted using current market rates for instruments with similar maturity, repricing and credit risk characteristics. For fixed rate loans, assumptions are made on the expected prepayment rates appropriate to the type of loan. Conforming residential mortgages in the US are treated differently because there is an established market for the related asset-backed securities. In such cases, fair value is estimated by reference to quoted market prices for loans with similar characteristics and maturities. For impaired commercial loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows over the time period they are expected to be recovered. (ii) Financial investments Held-to-maturity treasury and other eligible bills and debt securities are initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses. The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are determined using valuation techniques that take into consideration future earnings streams and valuations of equivalent quoted securities. (iii) Deposits by banks and customer accounts Deposits by banks and customer accounts are grouped by residual maturity. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying either market rates, where applicable, or current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. 382 (iv) Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities Fair values are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices for similar instruments. The fair values presented in the table above are stated at a specific date and may be significantly different from the amounts which will actually be paid or received on the maturity or settlement dates of the instruments. In many cases, it would not be possible to realise immediately the estimated fair values. Accordingly, these fair values do not represent the value of these financial instruments to HSBC as a going concern. The fair values of intangible assets, such as values placed on portfolios of core deposits, credit card and customer relationships, are not included above, because they are not financial instruments. As other entities may use different valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values, comparisons of fair values between entities may not be meaningful and users are advised to exercise caution when using this data. The following table lists those financial instruments for which their carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value because, for example, they are short term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently: Assets Cash and balances at central banks Items in the course of collection from other banks Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness Endorsements and acceptances Short-term receivables within ‘Other assets’ Accrued income Liabilities Hong Kong Government currency notes in circulation Items in the course of transmission to other banks Endorsements and acceptances Short-term payables within ‘Other liabilities’ Accruals HSBC Holdings Assets Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings ................ Liabilities Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings ........................ Subordinated liabilities ................................................. 34 Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 2006 Carrying amount US$m Fair value US$m 2005 Carrying amount US$m Fair value US$m 14,456 14,537 14,092 12,252 3,100 8,423 3,155 9,439 4,075 5,236 3,728 6,493 The following is an analysis, by remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date, of asset and liability line items that represent amounts expected to be recovered or settled in under one year, and after one year. Trading assets and liabilities are excluded because they are not held for collection or settlement over the period of contractual maturity. 383 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 34 and 35 HSBC Assets Financial assets designated at fair value .......................................................... Loans and advances to banks1 ......................................................................... Loans and advances to customers .................................................................... Financial investments ...................................................................................... Other financial assets ....................................................................................... Liabilities Deposits by banks ............................................................................................ Customer accounts ........................................................................................... Financial liabilities designated at fair value .................................................... Debt securities in issue .................................................................................... Other financial liabilities ................................................................................. Subordinated liabilities .................................................................................... Assets Financial assets designated at fair value .......................................................... Loans and advances to banks1 ......................................................................... Loans and advances to customers .................................................................... Financial investments ...................................................................................... Other financial assets ....................................................................................... Liabilities Deposits by banks ............................................................................................ Customer accounts ........................................................................................... Financial liabilities designated at fair value .................................................... Debt securities in issue .................................................................................... Other financial liabilities ................................................................................. Subordinated liabilities .................................................................................... At 31 December 2006 Due after more than one year US$m 16,838 5,965 507,942 116,958 6,422 654,125 10,651 24,953 68,801 118,703 2,197 22,346 247,651 At 31 December 2005 Due after more than one year US$m 13,509 4,578 438,821 103,103 134 560,145 8,864 27,102 54,975 87,436 799 16,224 Total US$m 20,573 185,205 868,133 204,806 27,255 1,305,972 99,694 896,834 70,211 230,325 28,135 22,672 1,347,871 Total US$m 15,046 125,965 740,002 182,342 12,723 1,076,078 69,727 739,419 61,829 188,072 11,364 16,537 195,400 1,086,948 Due within one year US$m 3,735 179,240 360,191 87,848 20,833 651,847 89,043 871,881 1,410 111,622 25,938 326 1,100,220 Due within one year US$m 1,537 121,387 301,181 79,239 12,589 515,933 60,863 712,317 6,854 100,636 10,565 313 891,548 1 Loans and advances to banks includes US$147,512 million (2005: US$100,527 million) which is repayable on demand or at short notice. 384 HSBC Holdings Assets Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings ................................................... Financial investments ...................................................................................... Other assets ...................................................................................................... Prepayments and accrued income ................................................................... Liabilities Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings ........................................................... Financial liabilities designated at fair value .................................................... Other liabilities ................................................................................................ Accruals and deferred income ......................................................................... Subordinated liabilities .................................................................................... Assets Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings ................................................... Financial investments ...................................................................................... Other assets ...................................................................................................... Prepayments and accrued income ................................................................... Liabilities Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings ........................................................... Financial liabilities designated at fair value .................................................... Other liabilities ................................................................................................ Accruals and deferred income ......................................................................... Subordinated liabilities .................................................................................... 35 Foreign exchange exposures Structural foreign exchange exposures At 31 December 2006 Due within one year US$m Due after more than one year US$m 6,886 – 91 32 7,009 301 – 1,507 111 – 1,919 7,570 3,614 – 9 11,193 2,799 14,070 10 – 8,423 25,302 At 31 December 2005 Due after more than one year US$m Due within one year US$m 4,661 – 171 11 4,843 1,900 – 1,196 95 – 3,191 9,431 3,517 – 8 12,956 2,175 13,370 7 – 5,236 20,788 Total US$m 14,456 3,614 91 41 18,202 3,100 14,070 1,517 111 8,423 27,221 Total US$m 14,092 3,517 171 19 17,799 4,075 13,370 1,203 95 5,236 23,979 HSBC’s structural foreign exchange exposures are represented by the net asset value of its foreign exchange equity and subordinated debt investments in subsidiary undertakings, branches, joint ventures and associates. Gains or losses on structural foreign exchange exposures are taken to reserves. HSBC’s management of its structural foreign exchange exposures is discussed in the ‘Report of the Directors: The Management of Risk’ on page 223. In its separate financial statements, HSBC Holdings recognises its foreign exchange gains and losses on structural foreign exchange exposures in the income statement. 385 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 35, 36, 37 and 38 Net structural foreign exchange exposures Currency of structural exposure Euros .................................................................................................................................................. Sterling ............................................................................................................................................... Chinese renminbi ............................................................................................................................... Mexican pesos ................................................................................................................................... Hong Kong dollars ............................................................................................................................. Canadian dollars ................................................................................................................................ Brazilian reais .................................................................................................................................... Swiss francs ....................................................................................................................................... UAE dirhams ..................................................................................................................................... Indian rupees ...................................................................................................................................... Turkish lira ......................................................................................................................................... Malaysian ringgit ............................................................................................................................... Korean won ........................................................................................................................................ Australian dollars ............................................................................................................................... Singapore dollars ............................................................................................................................... Japanese yen ...................................................................................................................................... Egyptian pounds ................................................................................................................................ Thai baht ............................................................................................................................................ Taiwanese dollars .............................................................................................................................. Saudi riyals1 ....................................................................................................................................... Maltese lira ........................................................................................................................................ Philippine pesos ................................................................................................................................. Argentine pesos2 ................................................................................................................................ Chilean pesos ..................................................................................................................................... Costa Rican colon .............................................................................................................................. New Zealand dollars .......................................................................................................................... Indonesia rupiah ................................................................................................................................. Qatari rial ........................................................................................................................................... Honduran lempira .............................................................................................................................. Omani rial .......................................................................................................................................... South African rand ............................................................................................................................. Others, each less than US$100 million .............................................................................................. Total ................................................................................................................................................... 2006 US$m 21,202 18,562 5,678 4,536 4,461 3,284 2,684 2,495 1,647 1,575 970 876 769 692 411 338 325 305 299 286 269 213 211 189 162 158 155 150 148 114 106 839 74,109 2005 US$m 18,821 15,615 5,135 3,777 2,945 2,926 2,174 1,957 1,111 1,182 919 705 506 609 334 252 234 234 298 347 250 176 (85) 187 – 141 188 98 – 78 106 611 61,831 1 After deducting sales of Saudi riyals amounting to US$750 million (2005: US$480 million) in order to manage the foreign exchange risk of the investments. 2 The negative net investment in Argentine pesos in 2005 reflects the deficiency in domestic net assets following the pesification of certain balances formerly denominated in US dollars. 36 Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets Financial assets pledged to secure liabilities are as follows: Treasury bills and other eligible securities ........................................................................................ Loans and advances to banks ............................................................................................................ Loans and advances to customers ...................................................................................................... Debt securities ................................................................................................................................... Equity shares ...................................................................................................................................... Other .................................................................................................................................................. 6,480 934 63,956 106,652 11,634 390 190,046 Assets pledged at 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 7,607 1,310 36,590 89,973 5,137 537 141,154 These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard lending, and stock borrowing and lending activities. 386 Collateral accepted as security for assets The fair value of financial assets accepted as collateral that HSBC is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default is US$188,008 million (2005: US$138,303 million). The fair value of financial assets accepted as collateral that have been sold or repledged was US$135,998 million (2005: US$97,113 million). HSBC is obliged to return equivalent securities. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard stock borrowing and lending activities. 37 Minority interests Minority interests attributable to holders of ordinary shares in subsidiaries .................................... Preference shares issued by subsidiaries ........................................................................................... Total minority interests ...................................................................................................................... Preference shares issued by subsidiaries US$575m US$518m US$374m US$374m CAD175m CAD175m US$150m US$150m US$125m 6.36% non-cumulative preferred stock, Series B1 .................................................. Floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series F2 ........................................ Floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series G3......................................... 6.50% non-cumulative preferred stock, Series H3 .................................................. Non-cumulative redeemable class 1 preferred shares, Series C4............................. Non-cumulative class 1 preferred shares, Series D4 ............................................... Depositary shares each representing 25% interest in a share of adjustable rate cumulative preferred stock, Series D5 ............................................. Cumulative preferred stock6 .................................................................................... Dutch auction rate transferable securities preferred stock, Series A and B7........... 2006 US$m 4,026 2,550 6,576 2006 US$m 559 518 374 374 150 150 150 150 125 2005 US$m 3,618 2,176 5,794 2005 US$m 559 518 374 – 150 150 150 150 125 2,550 2,176 1 The series B preferred stock is redeemable, at the option of HSBC Finance Corporation, in whole or part, from 24 June 2010 at par. 2 The series F preferred stock is redeemable at par, at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or part, on any dividend payment date on or after 7 April 2010. 3 The series G and Series H preferred stock are redeemable at par, at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or part, at any time from 1 January 2011 and 1 July 2011, respectively. 4 The Series C and Series D preferred stock are redeemable at a declining premium above par, at the option of HSBC Bank Canada, in whole or part, from 30 June 2010 and 31 December 2010, respectively. 5 The preferred stock has been redeemable, at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or part, from 1 July 1999 at par. 6 The preferred stock is redeemable, at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or part, at any time on or after 1 October 2007 at par. 7 The preferred stock of each series is redeemable, at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or part, on any dividend payment date at par. All redemptions are subject to the prior consent of the Financial Services Authority and, where relevant, the local banking regulator. 38 Called up share capital Authorised The authorised ordinary share capital of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 2006 and 2005 was US$7,500 million divided into 15,000 million ordinary shares of US$0.50 each. At 31 December 2006 and 2005, the authorised preference share capital of HSBC Holdings was 10 million non- cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, 10 million non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each, and 10 million non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each. At 31 December 2006 and 2005, the authorised non-voting deferred share capital of HSBC Holdings was £301,500 divided into 301,500 non-voting deferred shares of £1 each. 387 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 38 Issued HSBC Holdings ordinary shares ....................................................................................................... 2006 US$m 5,786 Number HSBC Holdings ordinary shares At 1 January 2006 .............................................................................................................................. Shares issued in connection with the maturity of HSBC Finance 8.875 per cent Adjustable Conversion-Rate Equity Security Units ............................................. Shares issued under HSBC Finance share plans ............................................................................... Shares issued under HSBC employee share plans ............................................................................ Shares issued in lieu of dividends ..................................................................................................... 11,333,603,942 3,424,742 643,520 75,956,784 158,578,747 At 31 December 2006 ........................................................................................................................ 11,572,207,735 At 1 January 2005 .............................................................................................................................. Shares issued in connection with the early settlement of HSBC Finance 8.875 per cent Adjustable Conversion-Rate Equity Security Units ............................................. Shares issued under HSBC Finance share plans ............................................................................... Shares issued under HSBC employee share plans ............................................................................ Shares issued in lieu of dividends ..................................................................................................... 11,172,075,550 324,726 878,224 56,363,536 103,961,906 2005 US$m 5,667 US$m 5,667 2 – 38 79 5,786 5,587 – – 28 52 At 31 December 2005 ........................................................................................................................ 11,333,603,942 5,667 All ordinary shares confer identical rights in respect of capital, dividends, voting and otherwise. HSBC Holdings preference shares At 1 January 2006 and 31 December 2006 ....................................................................................... 1,450,000 At 1 January 2005 .............................................................................................................................. Issue of non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each ........................................................... At 31 December 2005 ........................................................................................................................ – 1,450,000 1,450,000 – – – – Number US$m Dividends on HSBC Holdings non-cumulative dollar preference shares are paid quarterly at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will not declare a dividend on the preference shares if payment of the dividend would cause HSBC Holdings not to meet the applicable capital adequacy requirements of the FSA or the profit of HSBC Holdings available for distribution as dividends are not sufficient to enable HSBC Holdings to pay in full both dividends on the preference shares and dividends on any other shares that are scheduled to be paid on the same date and that have an equal right to dividends. HSBC Holdings may not declare or pay dividends on any class of its shares ranking lower in the right to dividends than the preference shares nor redeem nor purchase in any manner any of its other shares ranking equal with or lower than the preference shares unless it has paid in full, or set aside an amount to provide for payment in full, the dividends on the preference shares for the then- current dividend period. The preference shares carry no rights to conversion into ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings. Holders of the preference shares will only be entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of shareholders of HSBC Holdings if the dividend payable on the preference shares has not been paid in full for four consecutive dividend payment dates. In such circumstances, holders of preference shares will be entitled to vote on all matters put to general meetings until such time as HSBC Holdings shall have paid a full dividend on the preference shares. HSBC Holdings may redeem the preference shares in whole at any time on or after 16 December 2010, with the consent of the FSA. The 301,500 non-voting deferred shares were in issue throughout 2005 and 2006 and are held by a subsidiary undertaking of HSBC Holdings. Holders of the non-voting deferred shares are not entitled to receive dividends on these shares. In addition, on winding-up or other return of capital, holders are entitled to receive the amount paid up on their shares after distribution to ordinary shareholders of the amount of £10,000,000 in respect of each ordinary share held by them. Details of the options outstanding to subscribe for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme, the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans are given in Note 9. In aggregate, options outstanding under these plans is as follows: 388 31 December 2006 ............................................... Number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares 267,265,027 6,661,998 270,473 Period of exercise Exercise price 2007 to 2015 2007 to 2012 2007 to 2012 £5.0160 – £9.642 HK$103.4401 €11.0062 US$13.3290 – US$14.1621 2,932,100 2007 to 2012 31 December 2005 ................................................ 31 December 2004 ................................................ 341,281,540 374,369,127 2006 to 2015 2005 to 2014 £2.1727 – £9.642 £2.1727 – £9.642 Following the acquisition of HSBC France in 2000, outstanding employee share options over HSBC France shares vested. On exercise of the options, the HSBC France shares are exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as for the acquisition of HSBC France (13 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC France share). During 2006, 445,115 (2005: 435,784) HSBC France shares were issued following the exercise of employee share options and exchanged for 5,786,495 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, such shares being delivered from The HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1) (2005: 5,665,192 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares). During 2006, no options over HSBC France shares lapsed (2005: nil). During 2006, there were no (2005: 1,500) HSBC France shares previously issued following the exercise of employee share options that were exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares (2005: 19,500 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares). There were 1,287,881 HSBC France employee share options exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares outstanding at 31 December 2006 (2005: 1,732,996). At 31 December 2006, The HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1) held 15,316,328 (2005: 21,102,823) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC France shares arising from the exercise of options. HSBC France options effectively outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under this arrangement are as follows: Number of HSBC France shares exchangeable for HSBC Holdings 31 December 2006 ............................................... 31 December 2005 ................................................ 31 December 2004 ................................................ 1,287,881 1,732,996 2,170,280 2007 to 2010 2006 to 2010 2005 to 2010 €37.05 – €142.50 €35.52 – €142.50 €32.78 – €142.50 ordinary shares Period of exercise Exercise price There also exist outstanding options over the shares of HSBC Private Bank France, a subsidiary of HSBC France which are exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, the details of which are set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 271 and 272 and summarised below. On exercise of options over shares of HSBC Private Bank France, the HSBC Private Bank France shares are exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 1.83 HSBC Holdings shares for each HSBC Private Bank France share. During 2006, 194,804 (2005: 473,400) HSBC Private Bank France shares were issued following the exercise of employee share options and exchanged for 356,472 (2005: 841,291) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, such shares being delivered from The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (Private Banking France). During 2006, no options over HSBC Private Bank France shares lapsed (2005: 59,875). During 2006, 6,000 (2005: 1,150) HSBC Private Bank France shares previously issued following the exercise of employee share options were exchanged for 10,980 (2005: 2,104) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. At 31 December 2006, 8,819 (2005: 14,819) HSBC Private Bank France shares were in issue and will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of the awards of the options. There were 402,856 HSBC Private Bank France employee share options exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares outstanding at 31 December 2006 (2005: 597,660). At 31 December 2006, The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 held 1,085,323 (2005: 1,452,775) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC Private Bank France shares arising from the exercise of options. HSBC Private Bank France options (including shares issued but not exchanged) effectively outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under this arrangement are as follows: 389 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 38 Number of HSBC Private Bank France shares exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares Period of exercise Exercise price 31 December 2006 ............................................... 31 December 2005 ................................................ 31 December 2004 ................................................. 411,675 612,479 1,132,060 2007 to 2012 2006 to 2012 2005 to 2012 €10.84 – €22.22 €10.84 – €22.22 €10.84 – €22.22 On the acquisition of Banque Hervet in 2001, Banque Hervet shares were held in a Plan d’Epargne Entreprise on behalf of Banque Hervet employees to vest and be released to employees over a 5 year period. It was agreed to exchange these Banque Hervet shares, on vesting, for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 3.46 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each Banque Hervet share. During 2006, 163,369 (2005: 7,670) Banque Hervet shares were released in connection with the vesting of interests in the Plan d’Epargne Entreprise and exchanged for 565,151 (2005: 26,539) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, such shares being delivered from The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (Banque Hervet). At 31 December 2006, The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (Banque Hervet) held no (2005: 586,213) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Banque Hervet shares to be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under this arrangement were as follows: 31 December 2006 ............................................................................................... 31 December 2005 ................................................................................................ 31 December 2004 ................................................................................................. – 169,416 177,086 Number of Banque Hervet shares exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares Period of vesting – 2006 2005 – 2006 Following the acquisition of HSBC Finance Corporation in 2003, all outstanding options and equity-based awards over HSBC Finance Corporation common shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the share exchange offer for HSBC Finance Corporation (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Finance Corporation common share) and the exercise prices per share adjusted accordingly. During 2006, options over 10,484,937 (2005: 3,563,020) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were exercised and 9,781,228 (2005: 2,638,816) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares delivered from The HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 and the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 (No.2) to satisfy the exercise of these options. During 2006, options over 300,555 (2005: 152,936) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares lapsed. At 31 December 2006, The HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 and the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 (No.2) held a total of 8,670,335 (2005: 9,173,100) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and 198,665 (2005: 2,198,829) ADSs, each of which represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which may be used to satisfy the exercise of these options and equity-based awards under the HSBC Finance Corporation share plans. Options and equity-based awards outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Finance Corporation share plans are as follows: 31 December 2006 ............................................... 31 December 2005 ................................................ 31 December 2004 ................................................ Number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares 27,322,438 38,107,930 41,823,886 Period of exercise Exercise price 2007 to 2012 2006 to 2012 2005 to 2021 nil – US$21.37 nil – US$21.37 nil – US$25.40 Prior to its acquisition by HSBC Holdings, HSBC Finance Corporation issued 8.875 per cent Adjustable Conversion- Rate Equity Security Units (‘Units’) which included a contract under which the holder agreed to purchase, for US$25 each, HSBC Finance Corporation common shares on 15 February 2006, with an option for early settlement. The Units which remained outstanding following the acquisition of HSBC Finance Corporation were converted into contracts to purchase HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Units exercised at maturity, 15 February 2006, entitled the holder to receive a number of shares based on the market value of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares at the time, which was 2.6041 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each Unit. During 2006, 3,424,742 (2005: 324,726) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were issued in connection with the maturity of 1,315,140 (2005: 124,698) Units. 390 The maximum number of Units outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were as follows: 31 December 2006 ............................................... 31 December 2005 ................................................ 31 December 2004 ................................................ Number of Units exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares – 1,315,140 1,439,838 Period of exercise Exercise price – 2006 2005 to 2006 – US$8.00 – US$9.60 US$8.00 – US$9.60 Following the acquisition of Bank of Bermuda in 2004, all outstanding employee share options over Bank of Bermuda shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares based on the consideration of US$40 for each Bank of Bermuda share and the average closing price of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, for the five business days preceding the closing date of the acquisition. During 2006, options over 529,233 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were exercised (2005: 459,091) and delivered from the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 to satisfy the exercise of these options. During 2006, options over 126,854 (2005: 744,421) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares lapsed. At 31 December 2006, the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 held 2,266,949 (2005: 2,796,182) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be used to satisfy the exercise of options. Options outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the Bank of Bermuda share plans are as follows: 31 December 2006 ............................................... 31 December 2005 ................................................ 31 December 2004 ................................................ Number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares 2,710,368 3,366,455 4,569,967 Period of exercise Exercise price 2007 to 2013 2006 to 2013 2005 to 2013 US$7.04 – US$18.35 US$7.04 – US$18.35 US$3.86 – US$18.35 The maximum obligation at 31 December 2006 to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under all of the above option arrangements, together with Performance Share and Restricted Share awards under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 and The HSBC Share Plan, was 404,348,508 (2005: 486,436,966). The total number of shares at 31 December 2006 held by employee benefit trusts that may be used to satisfy such obligations to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares was 133,346,569 (2005: 130,812,676). 391 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 39 l a t o T y t i u q e m $ S U 5 1 0 , 1 6 2 2 , 8 9 5 2 5 , 2 1 7 8 , 6 1 ) 9 2 5 ( ) 4 5 5 , 9 ( 0 2 ) 8 7 ( 5 7 6 , 4 6 3 1 , 3 ) 2 4 8 , 2 ( 1 6 4 5 8 3 3 1 ) 4 4 ( – 9 5 4 m $ S U 4 s t s e r e t n i y t i r o n i M 4 9 7 , 5 – – ) 5 8 7 ( 2 8 0 , 1 – – 4 1 4 8 2 6 – – ) 2 2 ( ) 9 ( – ) 3 0 1 ( 9 5 4 l a t o T - e r a h s ’ s r e d l o h y t i u q e m $ S U 5 1 0 , 1 2 3 4 , 2 9 5 2 5 , 2 9 8 7 , 5 1 ) 9 2 5 ( ) 9 6 7 , 8 ( 0 2 ) 2 9 ( 1 9 5 , 4 4 7 0 , 3 ) 0 2 8 , 2 ( 1 6 4 5 8 6 3 2 ) 5 3 ( – – 6 0 0 2 s e v r e s e r r e h t O 3 e v r e s e r r e g r e M m $ S U m $ S U e v r e s e r m $ S U e v r e s e r t n e m y a p e g n a h c x e 4 e v r e s e r g n i g d e h m $ S U m $ S U e v r e s e r e u l a v r i a f - e r a h S d e s a b n g i e r o F w o l f h s a C e l a s - r o f - e l b a l i a v A 8 5 0 , 1 2 5 3 5 , 1 ) 4 8 2 ( 3 3 2 4 0 1 , 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8 3 ) 3 2 6 ( – 4 5 8 5 4 3 ) 8 3 ( – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6 2 – 5 6 5 , 4 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – ) 8 ( 0 6 5 , 1 ) 9 1 2 , 2 ( 9 8 ) 1 0 6 ( 4 1 5 , 1 – – 2 8 – 3 2 3 – – ) 9 ( ) 3 ( ) 9 8 ( – – m $ S U 3 2 2 , 6 5 8 2 5 , 2 9 8 7 , 5 1 ) 9 2 5 ( ) 9 6 7 , 8 ( 0 2 ) 2 9 ( 6 4 4 , 4 – – 4 8 6 – ) 2 0 1 ( ) 5 5 3 ( ) 6 4 4 , 4 ( – m $ S U 5 7 9 6 9 8 , 6 ) 2 8 ( – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e R e r a h S 1 m u i m e r p e r a h s l a t i p a c m $ S U p u d e l l a C 7 6 6 , 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y r a u n a J 1 t A 0 4 9 7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s n a l p e r a h s e e y o l p m e r e d n u d e u s s i s e r a h S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 n o e r e h t g n i s i r a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r a e y e h t r o f t i f o r P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s r e d l o h e r a h s o t s d n e d i v i D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t n e m t s u j d a s e r a h s n w O s t n u o m a d n a s d n e d i v i d f o u e i l n i d e u s s i s e r a h S n i y t i u q e n i y l t c e r i d d e s i n g o c e r s e g n a h c f o e r a h S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e r u t n e v t n i o j r o s e t a i c o s s a f o y t i u q e e h t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s n a l p t i f e n e b d e n i f e d n o ) s e s s o l ( / s n i a g l a i r a u t c A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e c n e r e f f i d e g n a h c x E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y t i u q e o t n e k a t s n i a g e u l a v r i a F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 t n e m e t a t s e m o c n i e h t o t d e r r e f s n a r t s t n u o m A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s d r a w a e r a h s C B S H f o e s i c r e x E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t n e m y a p d e s a b - e r a h s d e l t t e s y t i u q e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t n e m e v o m r e h t O . . . . . . . y t i u q e m o r f d e r r e f s n a r t r o o t y l t c e r i d n e k a t s m e t i n o x a T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s r e f s n a r T , s n o i t i s i u q c a n o g n i s i r a t s e r e t n i y t i r o n i m n i e s a e r c n i t e N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e c n a u s s i l a t i p a c d n a s l a s o p s i d f o t c e p s e r n i t n e m e t a t s e m o c n i e h t o t e g r a h C 8 2 9 , 4 1 1 6 7 5 , 6 2 5 3 , 8 0 1 8 5 0 , 1 2 1 1 1 , 2 7 0 3 , 4 ) 1 0 1 ( 5 0 0 , 2 7 9 3 , 5 6 9 8 7 , 7 6 8 7 , 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r e b m e c e D 1 3 t A t c e p s e r n i n o i l l i m 8 6 7 , 2 1 $ S U d n a F C C f o t c e p s e r n i n o i l l i m 0 9 2 , 8 $ S U f o e c n e r e f f i d e u l a v r i a f e h t s t n u o c c a d e t a d i l o s n o c s ’ C B S H n I . y l n o e u l a v l a n i m o n r i e h t t a d e d r o c e r e r e w d e u s s i s e r a h s e h t d n a 3 0 0 2 n i n o i t a r o p r o C e c n a n i F C B S H d n a 0 0 0 2 n i e c n a r F C B S H , 2 9 9 1 n i c l p k n a B C B S H f o n o i t i s i u q c a e h t f o t c e p s e r n i n e k a t s a w 5 8 9 1 t c A s e i n a p m o C e h t f o 1 3 1 n o i t c e S r e d n u f e i l e r m u i m e r p e r a h s y r o t u t a t S 3 e e y o l p m e n i h t i w s e i r a i c i f e n e b r o s r e d l o h y c i l o p f o t i f e n e b e h t r o f s d n u f t n e m e r i t e r s t i , s s e n i s u b e c n a r u s n i s ’ C B S H n i h t i w d l e h s e r a h s n w o f o ) n o i l l i m 7 0 1 , 2 $ S U ( 0 7 8 , 3 0 6 , 5 3 1 e d u l c n i s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e R . s t e k r a M l a b o l G n i s e i t i v i t c a g n i k a m - t e k r a m e h t d n a , s n a l p s u n o b r o s e m e h c s e r a h s e e y o l p m e r e d n u d e r e v i l e d e b o t d e t c e p x e s e r a h s f o t n e m e l t t e s e h t r o f s t s u r t . r a e y e h t g n i r u d d e r r u c n i s t s o c e u s s i n o i l l i m 3 $ S U f o n o i t c u d e d e h t s e d u l c n i m u i m e r p e r a h S 1 2 . ’ e m o c n i g n i d a r t t e N ‘ o t n e k a t n o i l l i m 9 1 7 , 1 $ S U d n a ’ e m o c n i t s e r e t n i t e N ‘ o t n e k a t n o i l l i m 9 7 4 $ S U e d u l c n i s e g d e h w o l f h s a c f o t c e p s e r n i t n e m e t a t s e m o c n i e h t o t d e r r e f s n a r t s t n u o m A 4 . e v r e s e r r e g r e m a s i n o i t a r o p r o C e c n a n i F C B S H f o e h t t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n o i l l i m 9 6 4 , 3 $ S U g n i d u l c n i , 8 9 9 1 y r a u n a J 1 o t r o i r p s e i r a i d i s b u s f o s n o i t i s i u q c a f o t c e p s e r n i s e v r e s e r t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n e e b s a h n o i l l i m 8 3 1 , 5 $ S U o t g n i t n u o m a l l i w d o o g e v i t a l u m u C . s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e r t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n e e b s a h n o i l l i m 9 6 6 , 1 $ S U f o e c n a l a b e h T . c l p k n a B C B S H f o n o i t i s i u q c a e h t n o g n i s i r a e v r e s e r r e g r e m y t i u q E 9 3 392 l a t o T y t i u q e m $ S U 0 9 6 ) 4 2 8 , 8 ( 7 9 1 , 9 9 1 1 8 , 1 5 0 4 , 1 ) 1 3 4 ( ) 9 3 4 , 8 ( 3 7 8 , 5 1 1 6 1 ) 2 1 8 ( ) 7 5 2 , 4 ( ) 2 9 4 ( ) 6 4 3 ( ) 8 7 1 ( 0 4 5 ) 2 4 3 ( – 7 3 4 m $ S U y t i r o n i M s t s e r e t n i 5 7 6 , 3 1 ) 7 7 0 , 0 1 ( – – – 2 9 7 ) 9 8 6 ( – – 8 ) 2 7 ( ) 8 7 ( ) 4 1 ( – – – – 6 1 3 3 2 , 2 6 2 2 , 8 9 3 3 2 , 2 4 9 7 , 5 l a t o T - e r a h s y t i u q e m $ S U ’ s r e d l o h 0 9 6 3 5 2 , 1 2 2 5 , 5 8 1 1 8 , 1 5 0 4 , 1 ) 1 3 4 ( ) 0 5 7 , 7 ( 1 8 0 , 5 1 1 6 1 ) 0 2 8 ( ) 5 8 1 , 4 ( ) 4 1 4 ( ) 2 3 3 ( ) 8 7 1 ( 0 4 5 ) 2 4 3 ( – – 1 2 4 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 4 e v r e s e r r e g r e M m $ S U e v r e s e r m $ S U 8 5 0 , 1 2 9 4 3 , 1 5 0 0 2 s e v r e s e r r e h t O - e r a h S d e s a b n g i e r o F w o l f h s a C e l a s - r o f - e l b a l i a v A t n e m y a p e g n a h c x e g n i g d e h e u l a v r i a f e v r e s e r m $ S U 6 8 6 5 1 2 , 3 – 0 1 4 e v r e s e r m $ S U e v r e s e r m $ S U – 9 1 9 , 1 – – – – – – 7 2 1 – – 4 1 – – ) 1 8 4 ( – – 0 4 5 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – ) 8 6 5 ( – – ) 4 1 ( ) 7 1 6 , 3 ( – – – – – – – – ) 1 4 ( ) 3 6 ( ) 6 0 1 ( – – – ) 8 ( 1 4 – 3 3 2 – – – – – – – – ) 1 4 1 ( ) 1 5 3 ( ) 6 2 2 ( – – ) 0 0 4 ( 2 6 1 1 4 1 – 3 s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e R m $ S U e r a h S 2 m u i m e r p m $ S U – ) 2 6 7 , 1 ( 2 3 4 , 9 4 – 1 1 8 , 1 ) 8 5 5 ( ) 0 5 7 , 7 ( 1 8 0 , 5 1 1 6 1 ) 0 2 8 ( ) 9 4 4 , 3 ( – – 3 0 3 – 8 5 – 7 6 2 9 4 4 , 3 – 2 6 6 1 8 8 , 4 ) 2 5 ( 5 0 4 , 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8 2 2 5 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – e r a h s l a t i p a c m $ S U 7 8 5 , 5 p u d e l l a C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y r a u n a J 1 t A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 0 0 2 y r a u n a J 1 t a t n e m t s u j d a n o i t i s n a r t s S R F I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s n a l p e r a h s e e y o l p m e r e d n u d e u s s i s e r a h S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n o e r e h t g n i s i r a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 s t s o c f o t e n , d e b i r c s b u s l a t i p a c e r a h s w e N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r a e y e h t r o f t i f o r P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s r e d l o h e r a h s o t s d n e d i v i D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t n e m t s u j d a s e r a h s n w O n i y t i u q e n i y l t c e r i d d e s i n g o c e r s e g n a h c f o e r a h S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e r u t n e v t n i o j r o s e t a i c o s s a f o y t i u q e e h t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s n a l p t i f e n e b d e n i f e d n o ) s e s s o l ( / s n i a g l a i r a u t c A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e c n e r e f f i d e g n a h c x E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y t i u q e o t n e k a t s e s s o l e u l a v r i a F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 t n e m e t a t s e m o c n i e h t o t d e r r e f s n a r t s t n u o m A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s d r a w a e r a h s C B S H f o e s i c r e x E s t n u o m a d n a s d n e d i v i d f o u e i l n i d e u s s i s e r a h S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t n e m y a p d e s a b - e r a h s d e l t t e s y t i u q e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t n e m e v o m r e h t O f o t c e p s e r n i t n e m e t a t s e m o c n i e h t o t e g r a h C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y t i u q e m o r f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s r e f s n a r T , s n o i t i s i u q c a n o g n i s i r a t s e r e t n i y t i r o n i m n i e s a e r c n i t e N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e c n a u s s i l a t i p a c d n a s l a s o p s i d d e r r e f s n a r t r o o t y l t c e r i d n e k a t s m e t i n o x a T 393 n i n o i l l i m 8 6 7 , 2 1 $ S U d n a e c n a r F C B S H f o t c e p s e r n i n o i l l i m 0 9 2 , 8 $ S U f o e c n e r e f f i d e u l a v r i a f e h t s t n u o c c a d e t a d i l o s n o c s ’ C B S H n I . y l n o e u l a v l a n i m o n r i e h t t a d e d r o c e r e r e w d e u s s i s e r a h s e h t d n a 3 0 0 2 n i n o i t a r o p r o C e c n a n i F C B S H d n a 0 0 0 2 n i e c n a r F C B S H , 2 9 9 1 n i c l p k n a B C B S H f o n o i t i s i u q c a e h t f o t c e p s e r n i n e k a t s a w 5 8 9 1 t c A s e i n a p m o C e h t f o 1 3 1 n o i t c e S r e d n u f e i l e r m u i m e r p e r a h s y r o t u t a t S 4 e e y o l p m e n i h t i w s e i r a i c i f e n e b r o s r e d l o h y c i l o p f o t i f e n e b e h t r o f s d n u f t n e m e r i t e r s t i , s s e n i s u b e c n a r u s n i s ’ C B S H n i h t i w d l e h s e r a h s n w o f o ) n o i l l i m 9 3 9 , 1 $ S U ( 1 6 0 , 9 0 3 , 8 0 1 e d u l c n i s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e R . s t e k r a M l a b o l G n i s e i t i v i t c a g n i k a m - t e k r a m e h t d n a , s n a l p s u n o b r o s e m e h c s e r a h s e e y o l p m e r e d n u d e r e v i l e d e b o t d e t c e p x e s e r a h s f o t n e m e l t t e s e h t r o f s t s u r t . 5 0 0 2 s t n u o c c A d n a t r o p e R l a u n n A e h t n i s t n e m e t a t S l a i c n a n i F e h t n o 6 4 e t o N e e s , 5 0 0 2 y r a u n a J 1 t a t n e m t s u j d a n o i t i s n a r t s S R F I e h t f o n o i t a n a l p x e n a r o F . r a e y e h t g n i r u d d e r r u c n i s t s o c e u s s i f o n o i l l i m 0 4 $ S U f o n o i t c u d e d e h t s e d u l c n i m u i m e r p e r a h S 1 2 3 . ’ e m o c n i g n i d a r t t e N ‘ o t n e k a t n o i l l i m 5 $ S U d n a ’ e m o c n i t s e r e t n i t e N ‘ o t n e k a t n o i l l i m 1 0 1 $ S U e d u l c n i s e g d e h w o l f h s a c f o t c e p s e r n i t n e m e t a t s e m o c n i e h t o t d e r r e f s n a r t s t n u o m A 5 . e v r e s e r r e g r e m a s i n o i t a r o p r o C e c n a n i F C B S H f o t c e p s e r e h t t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n o i l l i m 9 6 4 , 3 $ S U g n i d u l c n i , 8 9 9 1 y r a u n a J 1 o t r o i r p s e i r a i d i s b u s f o s n o i t i s i u q c a f o t c e p s e r n i s e v r e s e r t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n e e b s a h n o i l l i m 8 3 1 , 5 $ S U o t g n i t n u o m a l l i w d o o g e v i t a l u m u C . s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e r t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n e e b s a h n o i l l i m 9 6 6 , 1 $ S U f o e c n a l a b e h T . c l p k n a B C B S H f o n o i t i s i u q c a e h t n o g n i s i r a e v r e s e r r e g r e m 2 3 4 , 2 9 8 5 0 , 1 2 5 3 5 , 1 ) 4 8 2 ( 4 0 1 , 1 3 2 2 , 6 5 6 9 8 , 6 7 6 6 , 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r e b m e c e D 1 3 t A H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 39 and 40 l a t o T y t i u q e m $ S U m $ S U y t i r o n i M s t s e r e t n i l a t o T - e r a h s y t i u q e m $ S U ’ s r e d l o h 3 e v r e s e r r e g r e M m $ S U - e r a h S d e s a b e v r e s e r m $ S U t n e m y a p 2 e v r e s e r m $ S U n g i e r o F e g n a h c x e 4 0 0 2 s e v r e s e r r e h t O 3 5 8 , 4 8 5 0 1 , 1 1 8 4 7 , 3 7 8 5 0 , 1 2 0 3 1 , 1 – 0 8 5 7 0 6 , 2 8 5 2 , 4 1 ) 8 0 1 , 8 ( ) 7 0 6 ( ) 1 3 7 ( 0 2 7 , 3 ) 5 8 ( 0 5 4 9 1 3 – – – – ) 2 2 ( 5 0 5 0 4 3 , 1 ) 4 9 1 , 1 ( – – – 1 4 9 , 1 1 4 9 , 1 – 0 8 5 7 0 6 , 2 8 1 9 , 2 1 ) 4 1 9 , 6 ( ) 7 0 6 ( ) 9 0 7 ( 5 1 2 , 3 ) 5 8 ( 0 5 4 9 1 3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – ) 1 ( – – – – – – 5 3 2 0 5 4 ) 5 6 4 ( – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 5 1 2 , 3 – – 7 0 6 , 2 8 1 9 , 2 1 ) 4 1 9 , 6 ( ) 2 4 8 ( ) 9 0 7 ( – – – 0 8 3 9 1 3 – ) 0 8 ( 5 5 5 – – – – – – – – – 1 5 2 0 8 – – – – – – – – – 1 s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e R m $ S U e r a h S m $ S U m u i m e r p 3 7 6 , 1 4 6 0 4 , 4 e r a h s l a t i p a c m $ S U 1 8 4 , 5 p u d e l l a C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y r a u n a J 1 t A t n e c r e p 5 7 8 . 8 e c n a n i F C B S H e h t h t i w n o i t c e n n o c n i d e m e e d e r / d e u s s i s e r a h S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s t i n U y t i r u c e S y t i u q E e t a R - n o i s r e v n o C e l b a t s u j d A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s n a l p e r a h s e e y o l p m e r e d n u d e u s s i s e r a h S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n o e r e h t g n i s i r a s t n u o m a d n a s d n e d i v i d f o u e i l n i d e u s s i s e r a h S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r a e y e h t r o f t i f o r P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s r e d l o h e r a h s o t s d n e d i v i D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t n e m t s u j d a s e r a h s n w O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s n a l p t i f e n e b d e n i f e d n o ) s e s s o l ( / s n i a g l a i r a u t c A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e c n e r e f f i d e g n a h c x E . . . . . . . . . . s t n e m y a p d e s a b - e r a h s d e l t t e s y t i u q e f o t c e p s e r n i t n e m e t a t s e m o c n i e h t o t e g r a h C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s d r a w a e r a h s C B S H f o e s i c r e x E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y t i u q e m o r f d e r r e f s n a r t r o o t y l t c e r i d n e k a t s m e t i n o x a T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e c n a u s s i l a t i p a c d n a s l a s o p s i d , s n o i t i s i u q c a n o t s e r e t n i y t i r o n i m n i e s a e r c n i t e N 394 7 9 1 , 9 9 5 7 6 , 3 1 2 2 5 , 5 8 8 5 0 , 1 2 9 4 3 , 1 5 1 2 , 3 2 3 4 , 9 4 1 8 8 , 4 7 8 5 , 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r e b m e c e D 1 3 t A s t s u r t e e y o l p m e n i h t i w s e i r a i c i f e n e b r o s r e d l o h y c i l o p f o t i f e n e b e h t r o f s d n u f t n e m e r i t e r s t i , s s e n i s u b e c n a r u s n i s ’ C B S H n i h t i w d l e h s e r a h s n w o f o ) n o i l l i m 4 2 4 , 1 $ S U ( 9 9 9 , 5 5 2 , 6 3 e d u l c n i s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e R 1 n i n o i l l i m 8 6 7 , 2 1 $ S U d n a e c n a r F C B S H f o t c e p s e r n i n o i l l i m 0 9 2 , 8 $ S U f o e c n e r e f f i d e u l a v r i a f e h t s t n u o c c a d e t a d i l o s n o c s ’ C B S H n I . y l n o e u l a v l a n i m o n r i e h t t a d e d r o c e r e r e w d e u s s i s e r a h s e h t d n a 3 0 0 2 n i n o i t a r o p r o C e c n a n i F C B S H d n a 0 0 0 2 n i e c n a r F C B S H , 2 9 9 1 n i c l p k n a B C B S H f o n o i t i s i u q c a e h t f o t c e p s e r n i n e k a t s a w 5 8 9 1 t c A s e i n a p m o C e h t f o 1 3 1 n o i t c e S r e d n u f e i l e r m u i m e r p e r a h s y r o t u t a t S . s t e k r a M l a b o l G n i s e i t i v i t c a g n i k a m - t e k r a m e h t d n a , s n a l p s u n o b r o s e m e h c s e r a h s e e y o l p m e r e d n u d e r e v i l e d e b o t d e t c e p x e s e r a h s f o t n e m e l t t e s e h t r o f . ’ s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e R ‘ n i d e s i n g o c e r s t n u o m a f o n o i t a l s n a r t e r e h t n o g n i s i r a s e c n e r e f f i d e g n a h c x e t e N 2 3 . e v r e s e r r e g r e m a s i n o i t a r o p r o C e c n a n i F C B S H f o t c e p s e r e h t t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n o i l l i m 9 6 4 , 3 $ S U g n i d u l c n i , 8 9 9 1 y r a u n a J 1 o t r o i r p s e i r a i d i s b u s f o s n o i t i s i u q c a f o t c e p s e r n i s e v r e s e r t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n e e b s a h n o i l l i m 8 3 1 , 5 $ S U o t g n i t n u o m a l l i w d o o g e v i t a l u m u C . s g n i n r a e d e n i a t e r t s n i a g a d e g r a h c n e e b s a h n o i l l i m 9 6 6 , 1 $ S U f o e c n a l a b e h T . c l p k n a B C B S H f o n o i t i s i u q c a e h t n o g n i s i r a e v r e s e r r e g r e m 40 Notes on the cash flow statement Non-cash items included in profit before tax Depreciation, amortisation and impairment ............... Revaluations on investment property ......................... Share-based payment expense .................................... Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries ............... Provisions for liabilities and charges .......................... Impairment of financial investments .......................... Charge for defined benefit pension schemes .............. Accretion of discounts and amortisation of premiums Change in operating assets 2006 US$m 2,528 (164) 854 11,331 498 21 664 (776) 14,956 HSBC 2005 US$m HSBC Holdings 2004 US$m 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 2,213 (201) 540 8,295 327 – 676 (446) 2,225 (99) 450 7,104 1,181 (105) 825 (175) 11,404 11,406 – – 58 – – – – – 58 11 – 13 – – (11) – 13 2006 US$m HSBC 2005 US$m HSBC Holdings 2004 US$m 2006 US$m Change in loans to HSBC undertakings ..................... Change in prepayments and accrued income ............. Change in net trading securities and net derivatives .. Change in loans and advances to banks ..................... Change in loans and advances to customers .............. Change in financial assets designated at fair value .... Change in other assets ................................................ – (2,478) (13,620) (11,505) (132,987) (4,883) (7,796) (173,269) – 7,121 4,940 307 (80,150) (15,048) (8,923) – (5,329) 2,695 10,825 (139,072) – (2,262) (91,753) (133,143) (1,060) (22) (740) – – – (5) (1,827) 2005 US$m 2,544 (14) 1,052 – – – (19) 3,563 Change in operating liabilities Change in accruals and deferred income .................... Change in deposits by banks ...................................... Change in customer accounts ..................................... Change in debt securities in issue ............................... Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value Change in other liabilities ........................................... Cash and cash equivalents Cash at bank with HSBC undertakings ...................... Cash and balances at central banks ............................ Items in the course of collection from other banks .... Loans and advances to banks of one month or less ... Treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months ............................................ Less: items in the course of transmission to other banks ................................................................................. 2006 US$m 3,549 28,378 149,849 42,253 8,382 4,967 237,378 2006 US$m – 12,732 14,144 162,998 HSBC 2005 US$m (3,810) (14,328) 46,394 (19,047) 61,837 1,166 72,212 HSBC 2005 US$m – 13,712 11,300 100,527 38,237 22,790 32,317 (12,625) (7,022) (5,301) Total cash and cash equivalents ................................. 215,486 141,307 160,956 395 HSBC Holdings 2004 US$m 2006 US$m 2,578 12,187 104,877 52,256 – 3,605 175,503 16 – – – 700 340 1,056 2005 US$m (77) – – – 12,448 (16,771) (4,400) HSBC Holdings 2004 US$m 2006 US$m 2005 US$m – 9,944 6,338 117,658 729 – – – – – 729 756 – – – – – 756 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 40 and 41 Total interest paid by HSBC during the year was US$47,794 million (2005: US$33,974 million; 2004: US$19,038 million). Total interest received by HSBC during the year was US$85,143 million (2005: US$65,799 million; 2004: US$49,021 million). Total dividends received by HSBC during the year were US$1,525 million (2005: US$808 million; 2004: US$640 million). 41 Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and financial guarantee contracts Contingent liabilities and financial guarantee contracts Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit pledged as collateral security1: – 1 year and under ............................................... – over 1 year ........................................................ Other contingent liabilities ....................................... Commitments Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions ........................................................... Forward asset purchases and forward forward deposits placed ..................................................... Undrawn note issuing and revolving underwriting facilities .......................................... Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend: – 1 year and under ............................................... – over 1 year ........................................................ 1 Including financial guarantee contracts. HSBC 2006 US$m 2005 US$m HSBC Holdings 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 42,427 34,983 330 77,740 9,659 2,077 213 584,167 118,514 714,630 28,152 29,323 152 57,627 8,090 2,179 468 527,506 103,398 641,641 – 17,605 – 17,605 – – – 2,920 1,047 3,967 – 36,877 – 36,877 – – – 2,517 1,146 3,663 The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts of third party off-balance sheet transactions, the amounts relating to other contingent liabilities and the nominal principal amounts relating to financial guarantee contracts. Contingent liabilities and commitments are mainly credit-related instruments which include non-financial guarantees and commitments to extend credit. Contractual amounts represent the amounts at risk should contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. Since a significant portion of guarantees and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the contractual amounts is not representative of future liquidity requirements. At 31 December 2006, HSBC had US$1,259 million (2005: US$1,218 million) of capital commitments contracted but not provided for and US$289 million (2005: US$333 million) of capital commitments authorised but not contracted for. Guarantees (including financial guarantee contracts) HSBC provides guarantees and similar undertakings on behalf of both third party customers and other entities within the HSBC Group. These guarantees are generally provided in the normal course of HSBC’s banking business. The principal types of guarantees provided, and the maximum potential amount of future payments which HSBC could be required to make at 31 December 2006, were as follows: 396 At 31 December 2006 At 31 December 2005 Guarantees by HSBC Holdings in favour of other HSBC Group entities US$m Guarantees by HSBC Holdings in favour of other HSBC Group entities US$m Guarantees in favour of third parties US$m Guarantees in favour of third parties US$m 22,746 17,605 19,080 36,877 4,535 5,514 8,070 592 7,301 28,627 25 77,410 – – – – – – – 17,605 3,649 5,302 6,355 595 6,640 15,709 145 57,475 – – – – – – – 36,877 Guarantee type Financial guarantee contracts1 ...................................... Standby letters of credit which are financial guarantee contracts2 .................................................. Other direct credit substitutes3 ...................................... Performance bonds4 ...................................................... Bid bonds4 ..................................................................... Standby letters of credit related to particular transactions4 .............................................................. Other transaction-related guarantees4 ........................... Other items .................................................................... 1 Financial guarantees are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. The amounts in the above table are nominal principal amounts. 2 Standby letters of credit which are financial guarantee contracts are irrevocable obligations on the part of HSBC to pay third parties when customers fail to make payments when due. 3 Other direct credit substitutes include re-insurance letters of credit and trade-related letters of credit issued without provision for the issuing entity to retain title to the underlying shipment. 4 Performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and other transaction-related guarantees are undertakings by which the obligation on HSBC to make payment depends on the outcome of a future event. The amounts disclosed in the above table reflect HSBC’s maximum exposure under a large number of individual guarantee undertakings. The risks and exposures arising from guarantees are captured and managed in accordance with HSBC’s overall credit risk management policies and procedures. Approximately half of the above guarantees have a term of less than one year. Guarantees with terms of more than one year are subject to HSBC’s annual credit review process. Joint ventures HSBC and its operations are contingently liable with respect to lawsuits and other matters that arise in the normal course of business. Management is of the opinion that while it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these contingencies, their eventual outcome is not expected to materially affect the Group’s financial position and operations. In relation to joint ventures, HSBC had no contingent liabilities, incurred jointly or otherwise. HSBC had no capital commitments incurred jointly or otherwise in relation to its interests in joint ventures. Post-employment benefit obligations HSBC had no contingent liabilities relating to post-employment benefits. 397 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 42, 43 and 44 42 Lease commitments Finance lease commitments HSBC leases land and buildings (including branches) and equipment from third parties under finance lease arrangements to support its operations. Total future minimum payments: – no later than one year ................................................................................................................ – later than one year and no later than five years ........................................................................ – later than five years ................................................................................................................... Less: future interest charges .............................................................................................................. Present value of finance lease commitments ..................................................................................... 2006 US$m 60 145 707 912 (205) 707 2005 US$m 50 152 630 832 (193) 639 At 31 December 2006, future minimum sublease payments of US$163 million (2005: US$26 million) are expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at the balance sheet date. Operating lease commitments At 31 December 2006, HSBC was obligated under a number of non-cancellable operating leases for properties, plant and equipment on which the future minimum lease payments extend over a number of years. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases: – no later than one year ........................................... – later than one year and no later than five years ... – later than five years .............................................. 2006 Land and buildings US$m Equipment US$m 2005 Land and buildings US$m Equipment US$m 789 2,290 1,198 4,277 10 21 – 31 712 1,730 1,452 3,894 32 24 – 56 In 2006, US$781 million (2005: US$704 million; 2004: US$588 million) was charged to ‘General and administrative expenses’ in respect of lease and sublease agreements, of which US$762 million (2005: US$683 million; 2004: US$567 million) related to minimum lease payments, US$19 million (2005: US$21 million; 2004: US$21 million) to contingent rents, and nil (2005: nil; 2004: nil) to sublease payments. The contingent rent represents escalation payments made to landlords for operating, tax and other escalation expenses. Finance lease receivables HSBC leases a variety of assets to third parties under finance leases, including transport assets (such as aircraft), property and general plant and machinery. At the end of lease terms, assets may be sold to third parties or leased for further terms. Lessees may participate in any sales proceeds achieved. Lease rentals arising during the lease terms will either be fixed in quantum or be varied to reflect changes in, for example, tax or interest rates. Rentals are calculated to recover the cost of assets less their residual value, and earn finance income. 398 Lease receivables: – no later than one year ...... – later than one year and no later than five years .... – later than five years ......... Total future minimum payments US$m 2006 Unearned finance income US$m Present value US$m Total future minimum payments US$m 2005 Unearned interest income US$m Present value US$m 2,305 (460) 1,845 2,170 (266) 1,904 7,207 9,206 18,718 (1,400) (2,944) (4,804) 5,807 6,262 13,914 5,908 8,369 16,447 (1,329) (3,109) (4,704) 4,579 5,260 11,743 At 31 December 2006, unguaranteed residual values of US$212 million (2005: US$68 million) had been accrued, and the accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments receivable amounted to US$28 million (2005: US$15 million). During the year, a total of US$59 million (2005: nil) was received as contingent rents and recognised within ‘Other operating income’. Operating lease receivables HSBC leases a variety of different assets to third parties under operating lease arrangements, including transport assets (such as rolling stock), property and general plant and machinery. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases: – no later than one year ........................................... – later than one year and no later than five years ... – later than five years .............................................. 43 Litigation 2006 Land and buildings US$m Equipment US$m 2005 Land and buildings US$m Equipment US$m 47 17 12 76 808 1,561 573 2,942 71 160 153 384 397 1,136 456 1,989 HSBC is party to legal actions in a number of jurisdictions including the UK, Hong Kong and the US, arising out of its normal business operations. HSBC considers that none of the actions is regarded as material, and none is expected to result in a significant adverse effect on the financial position of HSBC, either individually or in the aggregate. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made in respect of such litigation. HSBC has not disclosed any contingent liability associated with these legal actions because it is not practicable to do so. 44 Related party transactions The Group’s related parties include associates, joint ventures, post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of HSBC employees, key management personnel, close family members of key management personnel and entities which are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced, or for which significant voting power is held, by key management personnel or their close family members. Transactions with Directors and other key management personnel Key management personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of HSBC Holdings, being the members of the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings and Group Managing Directors. 399 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 44 Compensation of Directors and other key management personnel Short-term employee benefits ............................................................................................................ Post-employment benefits ................................................................................................................. Share-based payment ......................................................................................................................... HSBC 2006 US$m 76 3 61 140 2005 US$m 71 2 21 94 Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving Directors and others Particulars of transactions, arrangements and agreements entered into by subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings with Directors and connected persons and companies controlled by them and with officers of HSBC Holdings, disclosed pursuant to section 232 of the Companies Act 1985, were as follows: Directors and connected persons and companies controlled by them1 ................................................. Loans ............................................................................. Credit cards ................................................................... Guarantees .................................................................... Officers2,3 ...................................................................... Loans ............................................................................. Credit cards ................................................................... Guarantees .................................................................... 2006 2005 Number of persons Balance at 31 December US$000 Number of persons Balance at 31 December US$000 85 12 407,176 317 21,751 16,706 687 23 76 37 279,297 250 10,622 42,857 352 164 Further information on related party transactions, disclosed pursuant to the requirements of IAS 24, is shown below. The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest amount outstanding during the year is considered the most meaningful information to represent the amount of the transactions and the amount of outstanding balances during the year. 1 All of the Directors are key management personnel of HSBC Holdings. The aggregate of the highest amounts outstanding during 2006 of loans, credit card transactions and guarantees with HSBC for the Directors and close members of their family and companies that they control, jointly control or significantly influence, or for which significant voting power is held were US$550,175,512, US$696,444 and US$24,929,062 respectively (2005: US$495,990,427, US$617,259 and US$16,775,779 respectively). 2 Included within Officers are non-Director members of the key management personnel of HSBC Holdings. During 2006, 17 non-Director key management personnel and close members of their family and companies that they control, jointly control or significantly influence, or for which significant voting power is held entered into loan, credit card transactions and guarantees with HSBC (2005: 13 persons). The aggregate of the highest amounts outstanding during 2006 of loans, credit card transactions and guarantees with HSBC for the non-Director key management personnel and close members of their family and companies that they control, jointly control or significantly influence, or for which significant voting power is held were US$32,429,961, US$941,114 and US$22,747 respectively (2005: US$30,116,609, US$287,888 and US$20,385 respectively). The aggregate of the balances of loans and credit card transactions and guarantees with HSBC outstanding at 31 December 2006 for the non-Director key management personnel and close members of their family and companies that they control, jointly control or significantly influence, or for which significant voting power is held were US$16,418,110, US$658,890 and US$22,747 respectively (2005: US$20,166,452, US$66,467 and US$20,385 respectively). 3 For 2006, Officers comprise ten Group Managing Directors, the Group Chief Accounting Officer and the Group Company Secretary. For 2005, Officers comprised six Group Managing Directors, 30 Group General Managers and the Group Company Secretary. Particulars of Directors’ transactions are recorded in a register held at the Registered Office of HSBC Holdings which is available for inspection by members for 15 days prior to the HSBC Holdings Annual General Meeting and at the Annual General Meeting itself. Some of the transactions were connected transactions, as defined by the Rules Governing The Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited but were exempt from any disclosure requirements under the provisions of those Rules. The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features. 400 Shareholdings and options of Directors and other key management personnel Number of options over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares made under employee share plans held by Directors and other key management personnel .............................................................. Number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares held beneficially and non-beneficially by Directors and other key management personnel ........................................................................... At 31 December 2006 (000’s) 2005 (000’s) 4,563 20,912 25,475 14,217 24,304 38,521 Transactions with other related parties of HSBC Associates and joint ventures The Group provides certain banking and financial services to associates and joint ventures. Details of the interests in associates and joint ventures are given in Note 20. Transactions and balances during the year with associates and joint ventures were as follows: Amounts due from joint ventures: – unsubordinated ...................................................... Amounts due from associates: – subordinated .......................................................... – unsubordinated ...................................................... Amounts due to joint ventures ...................................... Amounts due to associates ............................................ 2006 2005 Highest balance during the year1 US$m Balance at 31 December1 US$m Highest balance during the year1 US$m Balance at 31 December1 US$m 746 52 586 1,384 1,490 892 2,382 80 15 376 471 58 506 564 539 63 1,133 1,735 1,382 161 1,543 539 29 333 901 1,382 133 1,515 1 The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to represent transactions during the year. The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third party counterparties. Pension funds At 31 December 2006, US$15.1 billion (2005: US$19.4 billion) of HSBC pension fund assets were under management by HSBC companies. Fees of US$49 million (2005: US$50 million) were earned by HSBC companies for these management services. HSBC’s pension funds had placed deposits of US$348 million (2005: US$252 million) with its banking subsidiaries. The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third party counterparties. HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme entered into swap transactions with HSBC to manage the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of the liabilities. At 31 December 2006, the gross notional value of the swaps was US$14.5 billion, the swaps had a negative fair value of US$273 million to the scheme and HSBC had delivered collateral of US$265 million to the scheme in respect of these swaps. All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid-offer spreads. In order to satisfy diversification requirements, the Trustee has requested special collateral provisions for the swap transactions between HSBC and the scheme. The collateral agreement stipulates that the scheme never posts collateral to HSBC. Collateral is posted to the scheme by HSBC at an amount that the Trustee is highly confident would be sufficient to replace the swaps in the event of default by HSBC Bank plc. 401 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Notes 44, 45, 46 and 47 With the exception of the special collateral arrangements detailed above, all other aspects of the swap transactions between HSBC and the scheme are on substantially the same terms as comparable transactions with third party counterparties. HSBC International Staff Retirements Benefits Scheme entered into swap transactions with HSBC to manage the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of the liabilities and selected assets. At 31 December 2006, the gross notional value of the swaps was US$1.2 billion (2005: US$1.0 billion), and the swaps had a net positive fair value of US$14 million to the scheme (2005: US$53 million). HSBC Holdings Details of HSBC Holdings’ principal subsidiaries are shown in Note 24. Transactions and balances during the year with subsidiaries were as follows: Subsidiaries Assets Cash at bank .................................................................. Derivatives .................................................................... Loans and advances ...................................................... Financial investments ................................................... Investments in subsidiaries ........................................... Total related party assets .............................................. Liabilities Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings ........................ Derivatives .................................................................... Subordinated liabilities: – cost ......................................................................... – fair value ................................................................ Total related party liabilities ......................................... Guarantees .................................................................... 2006 2005 Highest balance during the year1 US$m Balance at 31 December1 US$m Highest balance during the year1 US$m Balance at 31 December1 US$m 784 1,599 14,935 3,426 62,356 83,100 4,279 385 3,991 4,231 12,886 36,877 729 1,599 14,456 3,316 62,356 82,456 3,100 177 3,991 4,231 11,499 17,605 756 1,795 17,282 6,240 58,038 84,111 7,352 286 3,997 4,498 16,133 41,455 756 968 14,092 3,256 58,038 77,110 4,075 286 3,786 4,055 12,202 36,877 1 The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to represent transactions during the year. The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and are on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third party counterparties, with no exceptions in respect of loans and advances to subsidiaries (exceptions in 2005: US$3,296 million), and exceptions of US$640 million (2005: US$3,235 million) in respect of loans from HSBC undertakings to HSBC Holdings made at an agreed zero per cent interest. Some employees of HSBC Holdings are members of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, which is sponsored by a separate Group company. HSBC Holdings incurs a charge for these employees equal to the contributions paid into the scheme on their behalf. Disclosure in relation to the scheme is made in Note 7 to the accounts. 45 Events after the balance sheet date As a consequence of inviting proposals for a sale and leaseback of 8 Canada Square, London, under an operating lease arrangement, the property has been reclassified as a non-current asset held for sale after 31 December 2006. This is in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’. The reclassification was made at carrying value, with no financial impact on the income statement. At 31 December 2006, the carrying amount of the property, included in ‘Property, plant and equipment’, was US$742 million and the carrying amount of the long leasehold land, included in ‘Prepayments and accrued income’, was US$210 million. The building and leasehold interest are included in the assets of the Europe geographical segment and the ‘Other’ customer group segment. 402 On 1 March 2007, Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China Limited (‘Ping An Insurance’), an associate of HSBC, issued 1,150 million new shares for a total consideration of RMB38,870 million (approximately US$4,920 million). HSBC did not subscribe for any additional shares and, as a result, its interest in the equity of Ping An Insurance decreased from 19.9 per cent to 16.8 per cent. While the Group’s interest has reduced, the assets of Ping An Insurance have substantially increased as a result of this issue. Consequently, it is expected that this transaction would result in an increase in HSBC’s share of underlying net assets of Ping An Insurance. A fourth interim dividend for 2006 of US$0.36 per share (US$4,171 million) (2005: US$0.31 per share, US$3,513 million) was declared by the Directors after 31 December 2006. These accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 March 2007 and authorised for issue. 46 UK and Hong Kong accounting requirements The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs. There would be no significant differences had they been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards. 47 Differences between IFRSs and US GAAP The consolidated financial statements of HSBC are prepared in accordance with IFRSs which differ significantly in certain respects from US GAAP. The following is a summary of the significant differences applicable to HSBC. Shareholders’ interest in the long-term insurance fund IFRSs • IFRS 4 permits entities to continue to account for insurance contracts under previous GAAP until a comprehensive standard relating to the measurement of insurance liabilities is developed. • Under UK GAAP and, hence, current IFRSs, the value placed on insurance contracts that are classified as long- term insurance business and are in force at the balance sheet date is recognised as an asset. The present value of in-force long-term insurance business is determined by discounting future cash flows expected to emerge from business currently in force using appropriate assumptions in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates and levels of expenses and a risk discount rate that reflects the risk premium attributable to the respective long-term insurance business. • Movements in the present value of in-force long-term insurance business are included in ‘Other operating income’ on a gross of tax basis. US GAAP • The net present value of future earnings is not recognised. Acquisition costs and fees are deferred and amortised in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (‘SFAS’) 97 ‘Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-duration Contracts and for Realised Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments’. Impact • Under US GAAP, shareholders' equity is lower than under IFRSs because the present value of in-force long-term insurance business is not recognised. • This effect is partly offset by the treatment of acquisition costs, which are deferred and amortised under US GAAP but are written off immediately as an expense of long-term insurance business under IFRSs. Pension costs IFRSs • IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (‘IAS 19’) requires pension liabilities to be assessed on the basis of current actuarial valuations performed on each plan, and pension assets to be measured at fair value. The net pension surplus or deficit, representing the difference between plan assets and liabilities, is recognised on the balance sheet. 403 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 • In accordance with IAS 19 (revised 2006), HSBC has elected to record all actuarial gains and losses on the pension surplus or deficit in the year in which they occur within the ‘Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense’. US GAAP • SFAS 87, ‘Employers’ Accounting for Pensions’, prescribes a similar method of actuarial valuation for pension liabilities and requires the measurement of plan assets at fair value. • SFAS 158 ‘Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)’ (SFAS 158), was adopted by HSBC as at 31 December 2006 and aligns the US GAAP balance sheet treatment with IFRSs by requiring the funded status of HSBC’s benefit plan (the difference between plan assets at fair value and the plan benefit obligations) to be recognised on the balance sheet. • In 2005, when the value of benefits accrued based on employee service up to the balance sheet date (the accumulated benefit obligation) exceeded the value of plan assets, HSBC recognised an additional minimum pension liability to the extent that the excess was greater than any accrual already established for unfunded pension costs. • SFAS 87 does not permit recognition of all actuarial gains and losses in a statement other than the primary income statement. As permitted by US GAAP, HSBC uses the 'corridor method', whereby actuarial gains and losses outside a certain range are recognised in the income statement in equal amounts over the remaining service lives of current employees. That range is 10 per cent of the greater of plan assets and plan liabilities. The remaining additional minimum pension liability and the transition to SFAS 158 are recognised directly in Other comprehensive income (‘OCI’). Impact • Net income under US GAAP is lower than under IFRSs as a result of the amortisation of the amount by which actuarial losses exceed gains beyond the 10 per cent 'corridor'. Stock-based compensation IFRSs • IFRS 2, ‘Share-based Payment’, requires that when annual bonuses are paid in restricted shares and the employee must remain with the employer for a fixed period in order to receive the shares, the fair value of the award is expensed over that period. US GAAP • For awards made before 1 July 2005, SFAS 123, ‘Accounting for Stock-based Compensation’, (‘SFAS 123’) requires that compensation cost be recognised over the period(s) in which the related employee services are rendered. HSBC has interpreted this service period as the period to which the bonus relates. • For 2005 bonuses awarded in early 2006, HSBC will follow SFAS 123 (revised 2004) ‘Share-based Payment’ (‘SFAS 123R’). SFAS 123R is consistent with IFRS 2 in requiring that restricted bonuses are expensed over the period the employee must remain with HSBC. However, SFAS 123R only applies to awards made after the date of adoption, which for HSBC is 1 July 2005. Impact • Some of the bonuses awarded in respect of 2002, 2003 and 2004 were recognised over the relevant vesting period and were, therefore, expensed in ‘Net income’ under IFRSs during 2005 and 2006. Under US GAAP, these awards were expensed in the years for which they were granted. 2005 and 2006 bonuses will be expensed over the vesting period under both IFRSs and US GAAP. Net income was, therefore, higher under US GAAP in 2005 and 2006. • IFRSs and US GAAP are now largely aligned and this transition difference will be eliminated over the next few years. 404 Goodwill, purchase accounting and intangible assets IFRSs • Prior to 1998, goodwill under UK GAAP was written off against equity. HSBC did not elect to reinstate this goodwill on its balance sheet upon transition to IFRSs. From 1 January 1998 to 31 December 2003, goodwill was capitalised and amortised over its useful life. The carrying amount of goodwill existing at 31 December 2003 under UK GAAP was carried forward under the transition rules of IFRS 1 from 1 January 2004, subject to certain adjustments. • IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ requires that goodwill should not be amortised but should be tested for impairment at least annually at the cash generating unit level by applying a test based on recoverable amounts. • Quoted securities issued as part of the purchase consideration are valued for the purpose of determining the cost of the acquisition at their market price on the date the transaction is completed. US GAAP • Up to 30 June 2001, goodwill acquired was capitalised and amortised over its useful life, which could not exceed 25 years. The amortisation of previously acquired goodwill ceased with effect from 31 December 2001. • Quoted securities issued as part of the purchase consideration are fair valued for the purpose of determining the cost of acquisition at their average market price over a reasonable period before and after the date on which the terms of the acquisition are agreed and announced. Impact • Total goodwill and shareholders’ equity are both higher under US GAAP than under IFRSs because, under US GAAP, (i) pre-1998 goodwill is included on the balance sheet and (ii) the amortisation of goodwill ceased on 31 December 2001 compared with 31 December 2003 under IFRSs. • However, goodwill on the acquisition of HSBC Finance in March 2003 is lower under US GAAP than under IFRSs. This is principally the result of differences in the accounting for securitisations and intangibles. Under IFRSs, previously recognised gains on the sale of assets to securitisation vehicles are eliminated and the securitised assets are recognised on balance sheet. However, because HSBC elected not to restate business combinations prior to 1 January 2004 on transition to IFRSs, a significant amount of intangible assets arising on acquisition were not recognised for IFRSs purposes. Under US GAAP, recognition of these assets was required. • Offsetting this was the recognition of a deferred tax liability under US GAAP in respect of these intangibles and gains on sale of securitised assets. • The effect of these items was further offset by the higher value under US GAAP of HSBC shares issued as part of the purchase consideration. The HSBC share price fell between the time of the announcement of the acquisition in November 2002 and its completion in March 2003, so the average price under US GAAP exceeded the price on the date of acquisition under IFRSs. Derivatives and hedge accounting IFRSs • Derivatives are recognised initially, and are subsequently remeasured, at fair value. Fair values of exchange- traded derivatives are obtained from quoted market prices. Fair values of over-the-counter derivatives are obtained using valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models. • In the normal course of business, the fair value of a derivative on initial recognition is considered to be the transaction price (that is the fair value of the consideration given or received). However, in certain circumstances the fair value of an instrument will be evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument (without modification or repackaging) or will be based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates. When such evidence exists, HSBC recognises a trading gain or loss on inception of the derivative. When unobservable market data have a significant impact on the valuation of derivatives, the entire initial difference in fair value indicated by the valuation model from the transaction price is not recognised immediately in the income statement but is recognised over the life of the transaction on an appropriate basis, or when the inputs become observable, or the transaction matures or is closed out. 405 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 • Derivatives may be embedded in other financial instruments; for example, a convertible bond has an embedded conversion option. An embedded derivative is treated as a separate derivative when its economic characteristics and risks are not clearly and closely related to those of the host contract, its terms are the same as those of a stand-alone derivative, and the combined contract is not held for trading or designated at fair value. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement. • Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive, or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. Derivative assets and liabilities arising from different transactions are only netted if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of offset exists, and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis. • The method of recognising the resulting fair value gains or losses depends on whether the derivative is held for trading, or is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the risk being hedged. All gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives held for trading are recognised in the income statement. When derivatives are designated as hedges, HSBC classifies them as either: (i) hedges of the change in fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments (‘fair value hedge’); (ii) hedges of the variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a forecast transaction (‘cash flow hedge’); or (iii) hedges of net investments in a foreign operation (‘net investment hedge’). Hedge accounting is applied to derivatives designated as hedging instruments in a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge provided certain criteria are met. Hedge accounting − It is HSBC’s policy to document, at the inception of a hedge, the relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The policy also requires documentation of the assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the hedging instruments, primarily derivatives, that are used in the hedging transaction are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items attributable to the hedged risks. Interest on designated qualifying hedges is included in ‘Net interest income’. Fair value hedge − Changes in the fair values of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments are recorded in the income statement, together with changes in the fair values of the hedged assets or liabilities or groups thereof that are attributable to the hedged risks. − If the hedging relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item is amortised to the income statement based on a recalculated effective interest rate over the residual period to maturity, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case it is released to the income statement immediately. Cash flow hedge − The effective portion of changes in the fair values of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in equity within the cash flow hedging reserve. Any gain or loss relating to an ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. − Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement in the periods in which the hedged item will affect profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability. − When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity until the forecast transaction is eventually recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement. 406 Net investment hedge − Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. A gain or loss on the effective portion of the hedging instrument is recognised in equity; a gain or loss on the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement on the disposal of the foreign operation. Hedge effectiveness testing − To qualify for hedge accounting, IAS 39 requires that at inception of the hedge and throughout its life, each hedge must be expected to be highly effective (prospective effectiveness), and demonstrate actual effectiveness (retrospective effectiveness) on an ongoing basis. − The documentation of each hedging relationship sets out how the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed. The method HSBC entities adopt for assessing hedge effectiveness will depend on their risk management strategies. − For prospective effectiveness, the hedging instrument must be expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period for which the hedge is designated. For actual effectiveness to be achieved, the changes in fair value or cash flows must offset each other in the range of 80 per cent to 125 per cent for the hedge to be deemed effective. Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting − All gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. These gains and losses are reported in ‘Net trading income’, except where derivatives are managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value, in which case gains and losses are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’, other than interest settlements on derivatives managed in conjunction with issued debt securities designed at fair value which are reported in ‘Interest expense’. All other gains and losses on these derivatives are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. From 1 January 2004 to 31 December 2004 • Derivative financial instruments comprised futures, forward, swap and option transactions undertaken by HSBC in the foreign exchange, interest rate, equity, credit derivative, and commodity markets that were held off balance sheet. Netting was applied where a legal right of set-off existed. • Accounting for these instruments was dependent upon whether the transactions were undertaken for trading or non-trading purposes. Trading transactions • • Trading transactions included transactions undertaken for market-making, to service customers’ needs and for proprietary purposes, as well as any related hedges. Transactions undertaken for trading purposes were marked to market and the net present value of any gain or loss arising was recognised in the income statement as ‘Net trading income’, after appropriate deferrals for unearned credit margins and future servicing costs. Derivative trading transactions were valued by reference to an independent liquid price where this was available. For those transactions with no readily available quoted prices, predominantly over the counter transactions, market values were determined by reference to independently sourced rates, using valuation models. If market observable data was not available, the initial increase in fair value indicated by the valuation model, but based on unobservable inputs, was not recognised immediately in the income statement. This amount was held back and recognised over the life of the transaction where appropriate, or released to the income statement when the inputs became observable, or when the transaction matured or was closed out. Adjustments were made for illiquid positions when appropriate. • Assets, including gains, resulting from derivative exchange rate, interest rate, equities, credit derivative and commodity contracts which were marked to market were included in ‘Derivatives’ on the asset side of the balance sheet. Liabilities, including losses, resulting from such contracts, were included in ‘Derivatives’ on the liability side of the balance sheet. 407 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Non-trading transactions • Non-trading transactions, which were those undertaken for hedging purposes as part of HSBC’s risk management strategy against cash flows, assets, liabilities or positions, were measured on an accrual basis. Non-trading transactions included qualifying hedges and positions that synthetically altered the characteristics of specified financial instruments. • Non-trading transactions were accounted for on an equivalent basis to the underlying assets, liabilities or net positions. Any gains or losses arising were recognised on the same basis as those arising from the related assets, liabilities or positions. • To qualify as a hedge, a derivative was required effectively to reduce the price, foreign exchange or interest rate risk of the asset, liability or anticipated transaction to which it was linked and be capable of designation as a hedge at inception of the derivative contract. Accordingly, changes in the market value of the derivative were required to be highly correlated to changes in the market value of the underlying hedged item at inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract. If these criteria were met, the derivative was accounted for on the same basis as the underlying hedged item. Derivatives used for hedging purposes included swaps, forwards and futures. Interest rate swaps were also used to alter synthetically the interest rate characteristics of financial instruments. In order to qualify for synthetic alteration, a derivative instrument had to be linked to specific individual, or pools of similar, assets or liabilities by the notional principal and interest rate risks of the associated instruments, and had to achieve a result that was consistent with defined risk management objectives. If these criteria were met, accruals based accounting was applied, i.e. income or expense was recognised and accrued to the next settlement date in accordance with the contractual terms of the agreement. • Any gain or loss arising on the termination of a qualifying derivative was deferred and amortised to earnings over the original life of the terminated contract. Where the underlying asset, liability or position was sold or terminated, the qualifying derivative was immediately marked to market and any gain or loss arising was taken to the income statement. US GAAP • The accounting under SFAS 133 ‘Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities’ is generally consistent with that under IAS 39, which HSBC has followed in its IFRSs reporting from 1 January 2005, as described above. However, specific assumptions regarding hedge effectiveness under US GAAP are not permitted by IAS 39. • The requirements of SFAS 133 have been effective from 1 January 2001. • During 2006, HSBC’s US operating subsidiaries discontinued the use of the ‘shortcut method’. The US GAAP ‘shortcut method’ permits an assumption of zero ineffectiveness in hedges of interest rate risk with an interest rate swap provided specific criteria have been met. IAS 39 does not permit such an assumption, requiring a measurement of actual ineffectiveness at each designated effectiveness testing date. • However, IFRSs allow greater flexibility in the designation of the hedged item. Under US GAAP, all contractual cash flows must form part of the designated relationship, whereas IAS 39 permits the designation of identifiable benchmark interest cash flows only. • Certain issued structured notes are classified as trading liabilities under IFRSs, but not under US GAAP. Under IFRSs, these notes will be held at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in the income statement. Under US GAAP, if the embedded derivative would otherwise require bifurcation, an irrevocable election may be made to initially and subsequently measure the entire issued note at fair value, with changes in fair value recognised through income. This election is made under US GAAP when the underlying issued notes are classified as trading liabilities under IFRS. If the embedded derivative is clearly and closely related to the host contract, the issued note will be held at amortised cost in its entirety, with changes in the amortised cost reflected in the income statement. • Under US GAAP, derivatives receivable and payable with the same counterparty may be reported net on the balance sheet when there is an executed ISDA Master Netting Arrangement covering enforceable jurisdictions. These contracts do not meet the requirements for offset under IAS 32 and hence are presented gross on the balance sheet under IFRSs. 408 Impact • Prior to 2006, HSBC’s North American subsidiaries followed the ‘shortcut method’ of hedge effectiveness testing for certain transactions in their US GAAP reporting. Alternative hedge effectiveness testing methodologies were sought under IFRSs for these hedging relationships. • Apart from certain subsidiaries in North America, HSBC has chosen not to adopt hedge accounting for US GAAP purposes as this would require a designated hedged item inconsistent with the approach adopted under IFRSs. Qualifying IAS 39 hedging derivatives have been measured at fair value with the gain or loss recognised in net income for US GAAP purposes. Designation of financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss IFRSs • Under IAS 39, a financial instrument, other than one held for trading, is classified in this category if it meets the criteria set out below, and is so designated by management. An entity may designate financial instruments at fair value where the designation: − − eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring financial assets or financial liabilities or recognising the gains and losses on them on different bases; or applies to a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or a combination of both that is managed and its performance evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and where information about that group of financial instruments is provided internally on that basis to management; or − relates to financial instruments containing one or more embedded derivatives that significantly modify the cash flows resulting from those financial instruments. • Financial assets and financial liabilities so designated are recognised initially at fair value, with transaction costs taken directly to the income statement, and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. The designation, once made, is irrevocable in respect of the financial instruments to which it relates. Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when HSBC enters into the contractual provisions of the arrangements with counterparties, which is generally on trade date. • Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of such assets and liabilities are recognised in the income statement as they arise, together with related interest income and expense and dividends, within ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’, except for interest on own debt issued by HSBC, and related derivatives, which is reported in ‘Interest expense’. US GAAP • Generally, for financial assets to be measured at fair value with gains and losses recognised immediately in the income statement, they must meet the definition of trading securities in SFAS 115 ‘Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities’ (‘SFAS 115’). Financial liabilities are usually reported at amortised cost under US GAAP. • Since 1 January 2006, HSBC has accounted for hybrid financial instruments under the provisions of SFAS 155 ‘Hybrid Financial Instruments’. Hybrid financial instruments used that contain an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation are, where so designated through an irrevocable election, initially and subsequently measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognised through income. Impact • HSBC has principally used the fair value designation option in the following cases: − for certain fixed rate long-term debt issues whose interest rate characteristic has been changed to floating through interest rate swaps as part of a documented interest rate management strategy. In 2006, approximately US$56 billion (2005: US$51 billion) of the Group’s debt issues have been accounted for using this option. The movement in fair value of these debt issues includes the effect of changes in own credit spread and any ineffectiveness in the economic relationship between the related swaps and own debt. Such ineffectiveness arises from the different credit characteristics of the swap and own debt coupled with 409 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 the sensitivity of the floating leg of the swap to changes in short-term interest rates. In addition, the economic relationship between the swap and own debt can be affected by relative movements in market factors, such as bond and swap rates, and the relative bond and swap rates at inception. The size and direction of the accounting consequences of changes in own credit spread and ineffectiveness can be volatile from period to period, but do not alter the cash flows envisaged as part of the documented interest rate management strategy. − − certain financial assets held by insurance operations and managed at fair value to meet liabilities under insurance contracts (in 2006, approximately US$6 billion; 2005: US$4 billion of assets); financial liabilities under investment contracts and the related financial assets, when the change in value of the assets is correlated with the change in value of the liabilities to policyholders (in 2006, approximately US$12 billion; 2005: US$8 billion of liabilities and related assets). • Under US GAAP, debt issues are generally reported at amortised cost. There are circumstances, by virtue of different technical requirements and the transition arrangements to IFRSs, where derivatives providing an economic hedge for an asset or liability, and so designated under IFRSs, are not so treated under US GAAP, thereby creating a reconciliation difference and asymmetrical accounting between the asset and liability and the offsetting derivative. Such derivatives result in an adjustment that is included in the reconciliations below, within ‘Derivatives and hedge accounting’. • Prior to 1 January 2006, debt issues which had embedded derivatives were also reported at amortised cost with any embedded derivatives bifurcated where required by SFAS 133. • From 1 January 2006, as described above, the Group’s hybrid debt issues that contain an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation are accounted for in a consistent manner under both IFRSs and US GAAP, where such instruments are designated to be measured at fair value. On the US GAAP balance sheet, such instruments are reclassified as ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’. • Under US GAAP, assets held to meet insurance/investment contracts are reported as available-for-sale, with gains and losses taken directly to ‘Other comprehensive income’. When the corresponding liability is reported at fair value, with movements reported immediately in net income, this also results in asymmetrical accounting being reflected in US GAAP net income. • All these adjustments are included as ‘Derivatives and hedge accounting’ in the reconciliations below. Available-for-sale securities IFRSs • Treasury bills, debt securities and equity shares intended to be held on a continuing basis are classified as available-for-sale securities unless designated at fair value (see above) or classified as held-to-maturity. • Available-for-sale securities are initially measured at fair value plus direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognised in equity until the securities are either sold or impaired. On the sale of available-for-sale securities, cumulative gains or losses previously recognised in equity are recognised through the income statement and classified as ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’. Interest income is recognised on such securities using the effective interest rate method, calculated over the asset’s expected life. When dated available-for-sale securities are purchased at a premium or a discount, the premiums and discounts are included in the calculation of the effective interest rate. • If an available-for-sale security is determined to be impaired, the cumulative loss (measured as the difference between the acquisition cost, net of any principal repayments and amortisation, and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in the income statement) is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in the income statement, the impairment loss is reversed through the income statement. Impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement. 410 • Foreign exchange differences on available-for-sale monetary items, such as debt securities, denominated in foreign currency are recognised in net income to the extent that they relate to the translation of the amortised cost of the security. 1 January 2004 to 31 December 2004 • Debt securities and equity shares intended to be held on a continuing basis were classified as financial investments and included in the balance sheet at cost less provision for any permanent diminution in value. Other participating interests were accounted for on the same basis. Premiums or discounts on dated investment securities purchased at other than face value were amortised through the income statement over the period from date of purchase to date of maturity and included in ‘Interest income’. Any gain or loss on realisation of these securities was recognised in the income statement as it arose and included in ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’. • Foreign exchange differences on foreign currency-denominated monetary items, including securities, were recognised in the income statement. US GAAP • Available-for-sale securities are measured at fair value with unrealised holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported net of applicable taxes and minority interests as a separate component of shareholders’ funds. • A decline in fair value below the cost of an available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security is treated as a realised loss and included in earnings if it is considered ‘other than temporary’. The reduced fair value is then treated as the cost basis for the security. A decline in fair value is generally considered other than temporary when management does not intend or expect to hold the investment for sufficient time to enable the fair value to rise back to the original cost of the investment. • Foreign exchange differences on available-for-sale securities denominated in foreign currency are excluded from earnings and recorded as part of a separate component of shareholders’ funds. Impact • In 2005, certain assets have been reported at fair value for IFRSs purposes (see above). Under US GAAP, equity shares that do not have a readily determinable fair value as defined in SFAS 115 are recorded at cost rather than at fair value under IFRSs. • Foreign exchange differences on available-for-sale securities denominated in foreign currency are recognised in ‘Net income’ under IFRSs. Under US GAAP, they are not reflected in net income but are deferred and recognised on maturity or sale of the security. Unquoted equity securities HSBC holds certain equity securities whose market price is not quoted on a recognised exchange, but for which the fair value can be reliably measured either through an active market, comparison to similar equity securities which are quoted, or by using discounted cash flow calculations. IFRSs • Under IAS 39, equity securities which are not quoted on a recognised exchange, but for which fair value can be reliably measured, are required to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, such securities are measured at fair value and classified as either available-for-sale securities, with changes in fair value recognised in equity, or as trading securities with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement. US GAAP • Under SFAS 115, equity securities that are not quoted on a recognised exchange are not considered to have a readily determinable fair value and are required to be measured at cost (less any provisions for impairment). Unquoted equity securities are reported within ‘Other assets’. 411 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Impact • Changes in fair value of equity securities for which IFRSs require recognition of the change in fair value and US GAAP requires the securities to be held at amortised cost, affect net income and shareholders’ equity when the security is classified as trading under IFRSs and affect shareholders’ equity when the security is classified as available-for-sale under IFRSs. Loan origination IFRSs From 1 January 2005 • Certain loan fee income and incremental directly attributable loan origination costs are amortised to the income statement over the life of the loan as part of the effective interest calculation under IAS 39. 1 January 2004 to 31 December 2004 • Prior to 1 January 2005, fee and commission income was accounted for in the period when receivable, except when charged to cover the costs of a continuing service to, or risk borne for, the customer, or was interest in nature. In these cases, income was recognised on an appropriate basis over the relevant period. Loan costs associated with origination were generally expensed as incurred. US GAAP • Certain loan fee income and direct but not necessarily incremental loan origination costs, including an apportionment of compensation and related benefit costs, are deferred and amortised to the income statement account over the life of the loan as an adjustment to interest income (SFAS 91, ‘Accounting for Non-refundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases’.) Impact • More costs are deferred and amortised under US GAAP, such as an apportionment of base salaries, than under IFRSs. Base salaries are written off in the period they are incurred under IFRSs. This difference in treatment results in increased net income and shareholders’ equity under US GAAP because, in the years presented, the extra cost deferral under US GAAP exceeds the amortisation of previously deferred costs. Securitisations IFRSs • The continued recognition of securitised assets is governed by a three-step process, which may be applied to the whole asset, or, in certain circumstances, a part of an asset: − − − If the rights to the cash flows arising from securitised assets have been transferred to a third party, and substantially all the risks and rewards of the assets have been transferred, the assets concerned are derecognised. If, subject to certain detailed criteria, the rights to the cash flows are retained by HSBC but there is a contractual obligation to pay them to another party, substantially all the risks and rewards of the assets have been transferred, and the securitised assets concerned are derecognised. If some significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred, but some have also been retained, it must be determined whether or not control has been retained. If control has been retained, HSBC continues to recognise the assets to the extent of its continuing involvement; if not, the assets are derecognised. US GAAP • SFAS 140, ‘Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Finance Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities’, requires that receivables that are sold to a special purpose entity (‘SPE’) and securitised can only be derecognised and a gain or loss on sale recognised if the originator has surrendered control over the securitised assets. • Control is surrendered over transferred assets if and only if all of the following conditions are met: 412 − The transferred assets are put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership. − Each holder of interests in the transferee (i.e. holder of issued notes) has the right to pledge or exchange their beneficial interests, and no condition constrains this right and provides more than a trivial benefit to the transferor. − The transferor does not maintain effective control over the assets through either an agreement that obligates the transferor to repurchase or to redeem them before their maturity, or through the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets other than through a clean-up call. • If these conditions are not met the securitised assets continue to be consolidated. • When HSBC retains an interest in securitised assets, such as a servicing right or the right to residual cash flows from the special purpose entity, HSBC recognises this interest at fair value on sale of the assets to the SPE. Impact • Gains on sale of assets to securitisation vehicles are recognised under US GAAP in cases when no such gain is recognised under IFRSs. This results in higher US GAAP net income in periods in which there is significant securitisation activity. • Since early 2004, HSBC has reduced securitisation activity that results in ‘gain on sale’ accounting under US GAAP. As a result, net income is lower under US GAAP because the amortisation of HSBC’s retained interest in previous securitisations exceeds the gains on new transactions where a gain is recognised. The new transactions largely replenish short-term loan assets held by existing vehicles. • Note (l) on page 430 gives further details of transactions during the year where assets are derecognised under US GAAP. Loan impairment IFRSs • When statistical models, using historic loss rates adjusted for economic conditions, provide evidence of impairment in portfolios of loans, their values are written down to their net recoverable amount. The net recoverable amount is the present value of the estimated future recoveries discounted at the portfolio’s original effective interest rate. The calculations include a reasonable estimate of recoveries on loans individually identified for write-off pursuant to HSBC’s credit guidelines. US GAAP • When the delinquency status of loans in a portfolio is such that there is no realistic prospect of recovery, the loans are written off in full, or to recoverable value where collateral exists. Delinquency depends on the number of days payments is overdue. The delinquency status is applied consistently across similar loan products in accordance with HSBC’s credit guidelines. When local regulators mandate the delinquency status at which write-off must occur for different retail loan products and these regulations reasonably reflect estimated recoveries on individual loans, this basis of measuring loan impairment is reflected in US GAAP accounting. Cash recoveries relating to pools of such written-off loans, if any, are reported as loan recoveries upon collection. Impact • Under both IFRSs and US GAAP, HSBC’s policy and regulatory instructions mandate that individual loans evidencing adverse credit characteristics which indicate no reasonable likelihood of recovery, are written off. When, on a portfolio basis, cash flows can reasonably be estimated in aggregate from these written-off loans, an asset equal to the present value of the future cash flows is recognised under IFRSs. • No asset for future recoveries arising from written-off assets was recognised in the balance sheet under IFRSs prior to 1 January 2005. 413 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Interest recognition IFRSs • The calculation of effective interest rates under IAS 39 requires an estimate of all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate be included. US GAAP • FAS 91 also generally requires all fees and costs associated with originating a loan to be recognised as interest but, when the interest rate increases during the term of the loan, it prohibits the recognition of interest income to the extent that the net investment in the loan would increase to an amount greater than the amount at which the borrower could settle the obligation. Impact • When HSBC provides introductory incentives in the form of either a low or nil interest rate for the early period of a loan, interest income on such products is recognised under IFRSs on the basis of the overall effective interest rate over the expected life of the product. No interest income is recognised during the incentive period under US GAAP. Mortgage servicing rights IFRSs • Intangible assets that have a finite useful life, such as mortgage servicing rights, are stated at cost less amortisation and accumulated impairment losses and are amortised over their estimated useful lives. Estimated useful life is the lower of legal duration and expected economic life. US GAAP • SFAS 156 ‘Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets’ was issued by the FASB in March 2006. SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140 ‘Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities’ with respect to the accounting for separately recognised servicing assets and liabilities. SFAS 156 requires that all separately recognised servicing assets and liabilities be initially measured at fair value with subsequent measurement at either fair value, with changes in fair value reported in the income statement when they occur, or using the amortisation method. At the date of adoption, SFAS 156 permits a one-time reclassification of available-for-sale securities to trading securities where those securities are identified as offsetting exposure to changes in the fair value of servicing assets and liabilities that have been elected to be subsequently measured at fair value. HSBC elected to adopt SFAS 156 from 1 January 2006. • From 1 January 2006 HSBC elected to subsequently measure at fair value certain classes of mortgage servicing rights held by its US subsidiaries. Impact • Prior to 1 January 2006 the amortisation method was used to account for mortgage servicing rights under US GAAP and, therefore, no difference with IFRSs arose. • Upon adoption of SFAS 156 the cumulative effect adjustment to US GAAP retained earnings, representing the difference between the fair value and cost less amortisation of mortgage servicing rights, was immaterial. • At 1 January 2006 an election was made to reclassify certain securities used by one of HSBC’s US subsidiaries to offset changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights from available-for-sale financial investments to trading assets. At 31 December 2005 those securities had a cost of US$115m and a fair value of US$111m. This resulted in a transfer out of US GAAP other comprehensive income of the accumulated loss of US$4m at 1 January 2006, with an offsetting amount recorded as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings. • In 2006 the net difference between the fair value adjustment of the mortgage servicing asset and the offsetting changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights classified as trading assets is recorded as an adjustment to US GAAP net income. 414 Unearned commission income IFRSs • IFRS 4 permits entities that issue insurance contracts to continue their insurance accounting policies under their previous GAAP. Under UK GAAP, certain sales commissions were regarded as a separate service and recognised once the sale was made, taking into account expectations of policy terminations. US GAAP • Under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104), revenue should be recognised when, along with other criteria, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable. Commissions which are earned when the customer has the right to cancel and receive a proportionate refund are not considered to be fixed and determinable under US GAAP until the cancellation privilege expires. Cancellation privileges generally expire rateably over the contract. • Under the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (‘AICPA’) Audit and Accounting Guide for Deposit and Lending Institutions; insurance commissions received from an independent insurer should be deferred and systematically amortised to income over the life of the related insurance contract. Impact • The difference between recognising revenue based on the likelihood that future services will be rendered and rateably over the life of the policy creates a timing difference in the recognition of revenue under IFRSs and US GAAP. Net income under US GAAP will generally be lower, but would be higher if new commission revenue decreased below the level of commissions earned from prior years policies. • The liability for customers fees which have not been earned under US GAAP, net of amounts deferred under IFRSs, decrease shareholders’ net assets under US GAAP. Interests in own shares held IFRSs • • In accordance with IAS 32, long positions in HSBC Holdings’ shares are deducted from shareholders’ funds. No gains or losses are recognised on own shares held. IAS 32 also applies to derivatives over HSBC’s own shares, when they meet the definition of an equity instrument, and HSBC shares held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts. US GAAP • AICPA Accounting Research Bulletin 51, ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ (‘ARB 51’), requires a reduction in shareholders’ equity for own shares held. The rules in ARB 51 do not extend to derivatives over own shares. • AICPA Accounting Research Bulletin 43 ‘Restatement and Revision of Accounting Research Bulletins’ also requires a reduction in shareholders’ equity for own shares held. HSBC shares held as long-term insurance assets attributable to policyholders are classified as an asset when the criteria for classification as ‘separate accounts’ are met. Impact • Certain HSBC insurance operations hold shares in HSBC as part of policyholder funds that qualify for classification as ‘separate accounts’. These shares represent an addition to shareholders’ equity for US GAAP purposes and are reported within ‘Other assets’ with gains and losses during the period reported in ‘Other income’, where they are matched with corresponding movements in the amounts attributable to policyholders. No such gains and losses are recognised under IFRSs and the cost of the shares is deducted from shareholders’ equity. 415 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Revaluation of property IFRSs • As allowed by the transition rules of IFRS 1, HSBC elected to adopt the value of all its properties held for its own use as at 1 January 2004 as their ‘deemed cost’ at that date. Assets are carried at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Freehold land is not depreciated. • Investment properties are carried at current market values with gains or losses thereon recognised in the income statement for the period. Investment properties are not depreciated. US GAAP • US GAAP does not permit revaluations of property, including investment property, although it requires recognition of asset impairment. Any realised surplus or deficit is, therefore, reflected in net income upon disposal of the property. Depreciation is charged on all properties based on cost. Impact • Under IFRSs, the value of property held for own use reflects revaluation surpluses recorded prior to 1 January 2004. Consequently, the values of tangible fixed assets and shareholders' equity are lower under US GAAP than under IFRSs. • There is a correspondingly lower depreciation charge and higher net income under US GAAP, partially offset by higher gains (or smaller losses) on the disposal of fixed assets. • For investment properties, net income under US GAAP does not reflect the gain or loss recorded under IFRSs for the period. Restructuring provisions IFRSs • In accordance with IAS 37, ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’, provisions are made for any direct costs arising from a business that management is committed to restructure, sell or terminate; has a detailed formal plan and has raised a valid expectation of carrying out that plan. US GAAP • SFAS 146, ‘Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities’, requires that the fair value of a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognised when the liability is incurred. Accordingly, provisions are recognised upon the implementation of the restructuring plan. Impact • The recognition of costs associated with plans to restructure and streamline operations is earlier under IFRSs than under US GAAP, for example, where there is a time lag between developing and communicating a formal plan, and putting it into practice. This resulted in marginally higher net income and shareholders’ equity under US GAAP in 2005. Consolidation of special purpose entities or variable interest entities IFRSs • Under the IASB’s Standing Interpretations Committee (‘SIC’) Interpretation 12 (‘SIC-12’), a special purpose entity (‘SPE’) should be consolidated when the substance of the relationship between an enterprise and the SPE indicates that the SPE is controlled by that entity. US GAAP • FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), ‘Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities’ (‘FIN 46R’), requires consolidation of variable interest entities (‘VIE’s) in which HSBC is the primary beneficiary and disclosures in respect of all other VIEs in which it has a significant variable interest. • A VIE is an entity in which equity investors hold an investment that does not possess the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or does not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities. 416 HSBC is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if its variable interests absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses. Variable interests are contractual, ownership or other pecuniary interests in an entity that change with changes in the fair value of an entity’s net assets exclusive of variable interests. If no party absorbs a majority of the entity’s expected losses, HSBC consolidates the VIE if it receives a majority of the expected residual returns of the entity. Impact • When HSBC is deemed the primary beneficiary under US GAAP, but does not consolidate the vehicle under IFRSs, the assets and liabilities of that vehicle are consolidated on the US GAAP balance sheet. This results in a grossing up of the balance sheet but does not have a material impact on net income for the period or on shareholders’ equity. • When HSBC is deemed not to be the primary beneficiary under US GAAP of a vehicle that is consolidated under IFRSs, the assets and liabilities of that vehicle are de-consolidated in the US GAAP balance sheet. This results in a reclassification in the 2004 balance sheet but does not have a material impact on shareholders' equity or on net income for 2004 or 2005. Long-term insurance assets and liabilities IFRSs • Long-term insurance fund assets, excluding own shares held, are classified in accordance with IAS 39, for example, available-for-sale securities, or financial instruments designated at fair value. The accounting for these financial assets is consistent with other holdings of similar assets. • Liabilities attributable to policyholders under insurance contracts are recognised in accordance with IFRS 4 and appropriate actuarial principles as ‘Liabilities under insurance contracts issued’. Liabilities attributable to policyholders under linked investment contracts are recognised as financial liabilities designated at fair value and classified under ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’. US GAAP • Under the Statement of Position issued by the AICPA 03-1 (‘SOP 03-1’), ‘Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Non-traditional and Long-duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts’, which became fully effective in 2004, when long-term insurance assets qualify for separate accounting they are measured at fair value and are reported in the financial statements as a summary total, with an equivalent summary total for related liabilities. Otherwise, assets that do not qualify for separate accounting and that represent policyholders’ funds are accounted for and recognised as general account assets, that is consistent with other holdings of similar assets. Any related liability is accounted for as a general account liability. Impact • Long-term insurance assets that are recorded in accounts meeting the definition of ‘separate accounts’ in SOP 03-1 are measured at fair value through net income and disclosed in a single line, ‘Other assets’, in the US GAAP balance sheet. 417 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Reconciliation of net income and shareholders’ equity under IFRSs and US GAAP The following tables summarise the significant adjustments to consolidated net income and shareholders’ equity which would result from the application of US GAAP: Net income Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company of HSBC (IFRSs) ......................................................................................... Shareholders’ interest in long-term insurance fund ........................................ Pension costs .................................................................................................... Stock-based compensation .............................................................................. Intangible assets ............................................................................................... Purchase accounting adjustments .................................................................... Derivatives and hedge accounting ................................................................... Foreign exchange differences on available-for-sale securities ....................... Loan origination ............................................................................................... Securitisations .................................................................................................. Loan impairment .............................................................................................. Interest recognition .......................................................................................... Mortgage servicing rights ................................................................................ Unquoted equity securities .............................................................................. Unearned commission income ........................................................................ Other ................................................................................................................ Taxation, including taxation on reconciling items .......................................... Minority interest in reconciling items ............................................................. Net income (US GAAP) .................................................................................. Per share amounts (US GAAP) Basic earnings per ordinary share ................................................................... Diluted earnings per ordinary share ................................................................ Year ended 31 December 2006 US$m 2005 US$m 15,789 (532) (209) 119 (264) (303) 514 1,203 156 (57) (36) 2 14 (45) (291) 92 81 125 16,358 15,081 88 (175) 225 (325) (520) (2,144) 2,235 249 (237) 20 (131) – – – (44) 578 (197) 14,703 Year ended 31 December 2006 US$ 1.45 1.44 2005 US$ 1.33 1.32 At 31 December 2006 US$m Shareholders’ equity Total shareholders’ equity (IFRSs) ................................................................................................... Shareholders’ interest in long-term insurance fund .......................................................................... Pension costs ...................................................................................................................................... Unquoted equity shares ..................................................................................................................... Goodwill ............................................................................................................................................ Revaluation of property ..................................................................................................................... Purchase accounting adjustments ...................................................................................................... Intangible assets ................................................................................................................................. Derivatives and hedge accounting ..................................................................................................... Loan origination ................................................................................................................................. Securitisations .................................................................................................................................... Loan impairment ................................................................................................................................ Interest recognition ............................................................................................................................ Unearned commission income .......................................................................................................... Mortgage servicing rights .................................................................................................................. Other . ................................................................................................................................................. Taxation including taxation on reconciling items ............................................................................. Minority interest in reconciling items ............................................................................................... Total shareholders’ equity (US GAAP) ............................................................................................ 108,352 (1,678) – (1,311) 1,246 (1,490) 18 1,845 1,129 916 101 (372) (257) (291) 16 79 (51) 288 108,540 2004 US$m 12,918 (102) (125) (83) (323) (1,239) 244 1,069 143 (33) – – – – – 74 (77) 40 12,506 2004 US$ 1.15 1.13 2005 US$m 92,432 (1,077) 1,585 (597) 1,048 (1,530) 155 2,127 (58) 717 158 (327) (259) – – 112 (1,213) 251 93,524 418 Movement in shareholders’ equity (US GAAP) Balance brought forward (as previously published) ....................................... Adoption of SFAS 155 at 1 January 2006 ...................................................... Balance brought forward (restated) ................................................................. Net income ....................................................................................................... Dividends ......................................................................................................... Share options ................................................................................................... Shares issued in lieu of dividends ................................................................... New share capital subscribed net of costs ....................................................... Other, including movements in own shares held ............................................ Net change in net unrealised losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effect ............................................................................................ Net change in net unrealised gains on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges, net of tax effect .............................................................................. Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax effect ................................ SFAS 158 transition adjustment, net of tax .................................................... Exchange differences and other movements ................................................... Total other comprehensive income ................................................................. 2006 US$m 93,524 467 93,991 16,358 (8,769) 735 2,525 – 567 (450) (255) 340 (1,406) 4,904 3,133 At 31 December ............................................................................................... 108,540 2005 US$m 90,082 14,703 (7,750) 450 1,811 1,405 94 (2,716) 1 (236) – (4,320) (7,271) 93,524 2004 US$m 80,251 12,506 (6,932) 234 2,607 581 (148) (837) (349) (195) – 2,364 983 90,082 419 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Consolidated US GAAP balance sheet The following table provides an estimated summarised consolidated balance sheet for HSBC which incorporates the adjustments arising from the application of US GAAP. At 31 December 2006 Assets Cash and balances at central banks ................................................................................................... Items in the course of collection from other banks ........................................................................... Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness ...................................................................... Trading assets .................................................................................................................................... Derivatives ......................................................................................................................................... Loans and advances to banks ............................................................................................................ Loans and advances to customers ..................................................................................................... Financial investments ........................................................................................................................ Interest in associates and joint ventures ............................................................................................ Goodwill and intangible assets .......................................................................................................... Property, plant and equipment ........................................................................................................... Other assets (including prepayments and accrued income) .............................................................. Total assets ......................................................................................................................................... Liabilities Hong Kong currency notes in circulation ......................................................................................... Deposits by banks .............................................................................................................................. Customer accounts ............................................................................................................................. Items in the course of transmission to other banks ........................................................................... Trading liabilities ............................................................................................................................... Derivatives ......................................................................................................................................... Debt securities in issue ...................................................................................................................... Financial liabilities designated at fair value ...................................................................................... Retirement benefit liabilities ............................................................................................................. Other liabilities (including accruals and deferred income) ............................................................... Liabilities under insurance contracts issued ...................................................................................... Provisions ........................................................................................................................................... Subordinated liabilities ...................................................................................................................... Total liabilities ................................................................................................................................... Equity Total shareholders’ equity ................................................................................................................. Minority interests ............................................................................................................................... Total equity ........................................................................................................................................ Total equity and liabilities ................................................................................................................. US$m 12,725 14,626 13,165 325,149 43,083 185,081 798,534 212,233 7,915 39,003 13,580 47,533 1,712,627 13,165 99,089 846,647 12,625 164,744 40,837 279,859 28,368 5,555 27,993 17,672 16,601 45,031 1,598,186 108,540 5,901 114,441 1,712,627 2005 US$m 13,712 11,300 12,554 235,964 29,295 125,751 689,414 188,637 7,163 35,081 14,891 43,182 1,406,944 12,554 69,895 704,647 7,022 148,451 29,410 225,681 – 3,217 39,385 14,157 4,285 45,612 1,304,316 93,524 9,104 102,628 1,406,944 Net assets arising due to reverse repo transactions of US$45,019 million (2005: US$24,754 million), US$18,755 million (2005: US$14,610 million) and US$74,344 million (2005: US$51,125 million) are included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’, ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Trading assets’ respectively. Net liabilities arising due to repo transactions of US$18,094 million (2005: US$10,005 million), US$13,600 million (2005: US$13,523 million) and US$65,445 million (2005: US$52,218 million) are included in ‘Deposits by banks’, ‘Customer accounts’ and ‘Trading liabilities’ respectively. Average repo liabilities during the year were US$102,715 million (2005: US$74,143 million). The maximum quarter-end repo liability outstanding during the year was US$109,689 million (2005: US$78,590 million). At 31 December 2006, collateral received under reverse repo transactions which HSBC had the right to sell or repledge amounted to US$161,638 million gross (2005: US$103,977 million). Approximately US$119 billion (2005: approximately US$79 billion) of the collateral obtained from reverse repo transactions had been sold or repledged by HSBC in connection with repo transactions and securities sold not yet purchased. HSBC also enters into stock lending and borrowing transactions by which either cash or other securities may be received in exchange for stock. At 31 December 2006, stock borrowing transactions where the securities borrowed were subject to sale or repledge amounted to US$26,370 million (2005: US$25,783 million). 420 Approximately US$17 billion (2005: US$18 billion) of the consideration received has been sold or repledged in connection with stock borrowing transactions. (a) Pension and post-retirement costs On 31 December 2006, HSBC adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS 158 ‘Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-retirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)’ (SFAS 158), SFAS 158 requires HSBC to recognise the funded status of its pension plans in a manner similar to IAS 19. The provisions of SFAS 87 ‘Employers’ accounting for pensions’ and SFAS 158 have been applied to HSBC’s main defined benefit pension plans, which make up approximately 96 per cent of all HSBC’s schemes by plan assets. For non-US schemes, HSBC has applied SFAS 87 with effect from 30 June 1992 as it was not feasible to apply as at 1 January 1989, the date specified in the standard. The transition adjustments for adoption of SFAS 158 for pensions and post-retirement costs were as follows: Other assets (including prepayments and accrued income) ................... Total assets .............................................................................................. Retirement benefit liabilities ................................................................... Provisions ................................................................................................ Total liabilities ........................................................................................ Total shareholders’ equity ...................................................................... Before application of Statement 158 Adjustments US$m 47,589 1,712,683 7,555 15,951 1,596,836 109,946 US$m 56 56 2,000 (650) (1,350) 1,406 After application of Statement 158 US$m 47,533 1,712,627 5,555 16,601 1,598,186 108,540 Components of net periodic benefit cost related to HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefits other than pensions under US GAAP were as follows: Components of net periodic benefit cost Service cost ............................................................................................. Interest cost ............................................................................................. Expected return on plan assets ................................................................ Amortisation of transition obligation ..................................................... Amortisation of prior service cost .......................................................... Amortisation of recognised net actuarial loss ........................................ Curtailment .............................................................................................. Net periodic pension cost under US GAAP ........................................... Net periodic pension cost under IFRSs .................................................. 2006 US$m 779 1,485 (1,601) – 7 211 (8) 873 664 2005 US$m 684 1,377 (1,365) 8 (6) 165 (4) 859 684 2004 US$m 590 1,305 (1,317) 12 5 142 225 962 837 In 2007, components of net periodic benefit cost will include US$7 million for the amortisation of prior service cost and US$164 million for amortisation of recognised net actuarial loss. Under the provisions of SFAS 87, when a pension plan’s accumulated benefit obligation (the value of the benefits accrued based on employee service up to the balance sheet date) exceeds the fair value of its assets, an additional minimum pension liability equal to this excess is recognised by the employer to the extent that the excess is greater than any accrual which has already been established for unfunded pension costs. Simultaneously, an intangible asset is established equal to the lower of the liability recognised for the unfunded benefit obligation and the amount of any unrecognised prior service cost. At 31 December 2006, HSBC recognised an additional minimum pension liability of US$3,130 million prior to adoption of FAS158 (2005: US$3,206 million) in respect of its unfunded accumulated benefit obligation. 421 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Disclosures in 2005 Funded status as per IFRSs balance sheet (Note 7) .................................................................................................... Unrecognised net actuarial loss .................................................................................................................................. Unrecognised prior service cost .................................................................................................................................. Accrued pension cost .................................................................................................................................................. Additional minimum liability ..................................................................................................................................... Net amount recognised under US GAAP ................................................................................................................... Amounts recognised under US GAAP in the balance sheet consist of: – prepaid benefit cost ............................................................................................................................................. – accrued benefit liability ...................................................................................................................................... – additional minimum liability .............................................................................................................................. US GAAP adjustment Amount recognised under US GAAP ......................................................................................................................... Amounts recognised for these schemes under IFRSs ................................................................................................. 2005 US$m (3,941) 4,756 35 850 (3,206) (2,356) 1,434 (584) (3,206) (2,356) (2,356) (3,941) 1,585 In 2005, plans with an aggregated accumulated benefit obligation of US$21,098 million and assets with an aggregated fair value of US$18,444 million had an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets. Plans with an aggregated projected benefit obligation of US$22,595 million and assets with an aggregated fair value of US$18,795 million had a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets. The projected benefit obligations at 31 December 2005 for HSBC’s main pension plans have been calculated using the same financial assumptions as detailed in Note 7. The accumulated benefit obligation in respect of the above schemes was: HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme ............................................................................................................................ Other schemes ............................................................................................................................................................. 2005 US$m 19,709 5,241 The projected benefit obligations at 31 December 2006 and 2005 for HSBC’s main post-retirement healthcare plans have been calculated using the same financial assumptions as detailed in Note 7. (b) Goodwill Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries, investments in associates and interests in joint ventures when the cost of acquisition exceeds the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Under IFRSs (and before them, UK GAAP), goodwill arising on acquisitions made on or after 1 January 1998 is included in the balance sheet in ‘Goodwill and intangible assets’ in respect of subsidiary undertakings, and in ‘Interests in associates and joint ventures’ in respect of associates and joint ventures. Capitalised goodwill was amortised over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis until the adoption of IFRSs on 1 January 2004, since then it is not amortised but is subject to annual impairment testing. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1 January 1998 was charged against reserves in the year of acquisition. This goodwill was not reinstated on the balance sheet upon adoption of IFRSs. Under US GAAP, goodwill on acquisitions made before 1 July 2001, including those made before 1 January 1998, would have been capitalised and amortised over its useful economic life. Goodwill on acquisitions made after 1 July 2001 is capitalised but not amortised, and is subject to annual impairment testing. Goodwill on acquisitions made before 1 July 2001 ceased to be amortised on 1 January 2002 and is subject to annual impairment testing. At 31 December 2006, the cost of goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries on a US GAAP basis was US$37,670 million (2005: US$34,147 million; 2004: US$36,084 million) and the accumulated amortisation of goodwill was US$3,952 million (2005: US$3,873 million; 2004: US$4,385 million). 422 (c) Intangible assets The following intangible assets were recognised under US GAAP: Balance brought forward at 1 January ........................................................................................ Additions ..................................................................................................................................... On acquisition of subsidiaries ..................................................................................................... Amortisation charge .................................................................................................................... Changes in fair value of mortgage servicing rights .................................................................... Provision for impairment ............................................................................................................ Exchange differences and other movements .............................................................................. Balance carried forward at 31 December ................................................................................... 2006 US$m 4,702 857 330 (840) (44) (84) 364 5,285 2005 US$m 4,608 580 271 (905) – 34 114 4,702 Since 1 January 2004, the accounting treatment for intangible assets has generally been consistent between IFRSs and US GAAP. The additional intangible assets recognised under US GAAP represent those acquired in business combinations during the period between SFAS 141 ‘Business combinations’ becoming effective on 30 June 2001 and IFRSs being adopted on 1 January 2004. They primarily comprise credit card and other loan relationships, merchant relationships and other intangibles assumed on the acquisition of HSBC Finance. The provision for impairment in 2006 relates primarily to a write down of a merchant relationship. Provision for impairment in 2005 relates to the release of a provision for the write-down of mortgage servicing rights, as prepayment rates slowed. Changes in the value of mortgage servicing rights in 2006 follow the adoption of SFAS 156 on 1 January 2006. HSBC conducts an annual impairment test of intangible assets which are not subject to annual amortisation since HSBC determines these assets have indefinite lives. As a result of this testing in 2006, no impairment charge was recorded (2005: US$13 million was recorded relating to a trade name in the UK). Weighted average amortisation period Months 98 60 109 61 210 60 Intangible assets subject to annual amortisation Purchased credit card relationships and related programmes ..................................................... Retail services merchant relationship .................. Other loan related relationships ........................... Technology, customer lists and other contracts .. Core deposit relationships .................................... Other ..................................................................... Intangible assets not subject to annual amortisation Trade name ........................................................... Intangible assets measured at fair value Mortgage servicing rights .................................... At 31 December 2006 Accumulated Amortisation US$m Cost US$m Carrying Value US$m 2,503 270 333 3,162 233 649 7,150 928 8,078 (636) (203) (135) (2,056) (144) (80) (3,254) (13) (3,267) 1,867 67 198 1,106 89 569 3,896 915 474 5,285 2011 US$m 411 The intangible asset amortisation expense under US GAAP for the next five years is estimated to be: Amortisation charge.......................... (d) Derivatives and hedge accounting 2007 US$m 765 2008 US$m 662 2009 US$m 548 2010 US$m 515 Under IFRSs, all derivatives are recorded at fair value, consistent with US GAAP. Under IFRSs, HSBC has elected either hedge accounting or fair value option for certain economic hedging relationships. With the 423 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 exception of US operating subsidiaries, HSBC has not elected hedge accounting in its US GAAP financial statements. HSBC’s US operating subsidiaries designate certain derivative financial instruments as qualifying hedging instruments under SFAS 133. HSBC utilised the shortcut method when the critical terms of the hedge instrument were identical to those of the hedged item at the hedge inception date. HSBC’s US subsidiaries made use of the assumption of no ineffectiveness in its fair value hedge accounting for short-cut hedges. As a result, no retrospective or prospective assessment of effectiveness was required and no hedge ineffectiveness was recognised. All other hedge relationships were accounted for under the 'long-haul' method whereby effectiveness is assessed and ineffectiveness on effective hedges is recorded in the income statement. During 2006, new designations of hedges were made using the long-haul method of accounting under SFAS 133 and certain relationships have been re-designated using this method. As a result, there were no longer any cash flow hedges or fair value hedges using the shortcut method of accounting at 31 December 2006. The following table summarises HSBC’s hedges of financial instruments that have been designated and qualify as effective hedges under SFAS 133 at the end of the period. Nominal values Fair value hedges Cash flow hedges 2006 US$bn Fair value hedges 2005 US$bn Cash flow hedges 2005 US$bn Fair value hedges 2006 2006 US$bn Financial investments Available for sale debt securities Shortcut .......... Long-haul ....... Customer deposits Shortcut ........... Long-haul ........ Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities Shortcut ........... Long-haul ........ Total ................... Fair value hedges – 1.8 – – – – – 10.9 – 33.0 34.8 – 52.1 63.0 – 0.2 – – 3.0 18.2 21.4 – – – 6.8 – 46.8 53.6 – 52 – 2 – 112 166 Number of derivatives Fair value Cash flow hedges Cash flow hedges 2005 hedges 2005 2006 – – – 24 1 10 – 1 – – – 17 – 160 184 16 45 73 – 165 182 HSBC’s US operating subsidiaries designate certain derivative financial instruments as qualifying fair value hedges of certain fixed rate assets and liabilities under SFAS 133. In order to qualify initially, hedge effectiveness is assessed and demonstrated on a prospective basis utilising statistical regression analysis. Since 1 January 2005, almost all derivatives designated as fair value hedges under US GAAP in HSBC’s US operating subsidiaries have been reported under the fair value option for IFRSs purposes, with movements in fair value reported as ‘Net income from financial instruments designated as at fair value’. HSBC’s US operating subsidiaries have also elected to record financial instruments at fair value for which fair value hedge accounting is not utilised for US GAAP. Reporting of these arrangements as fair value hedges under US GAAP resulted in increased net income for 2006 of US$194 million, which included US$348 million arising from elimination of losses due to movements in own credit spread recorded in IFRS net income. Off-setting the increase to net income under US GAAP arising from the elimination of losses due to own credit spread was a decrease in US GAAP net income of US$134 million due to amortisation of hedge valuation adjustments for de-designated hedge relationships under US GAAP that are accounted as FVO under IFRSs. Reporting of these arrangements as fair value hedges under US GAAP resulted in decreased net income for 2005 of US$179 million, including US$7 million arising from elimination of gains due to movements in own credit spread recorded in IFRSs net income and reduced ineffectiveness of US$172 million on shortcut fair value 424 hedges for US GAAP purposes. In addition, there were US$9 million of gains on such derivatives that did not qualify for hedge accounting under US GAAP and amortisation of hedge valuation adjustments for de- designated hedge relationships. On electing to report under the fair value option under IAS 39, unamortised purchase accounting adjustments on HSBC Finance Corporation's own debt were eliminated through retained earnings upon transition to IAS 39 on 1 January 2005. As a result, a US$27 million benefit (2005: US$298 million benefit) to US GAAP net income was not recognised under IFRSs. Cash flow hedges HSBC’s US operating subsidiaries designate under SFAS 133 certain derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps and cross-currency contracts, as qualifying cash flow hedges of the forecast repricing of certain deposit liabilities and issues of debt. A number of variable rate commercial loans were also subject to cash flow hedges up until 2004. In order to qualify initially, hedge effectiveness is assessed and demonstrated on a prospective basis utilising both statistical regression analysis and the cumulative dollar offset method. The latter is used in order to satisfy the retrospective assessment of effectiveness for SFAS 133, and subsequent ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement on a monthly basis. The time value component of the derivative contracts is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Since 1 January 2005, such hedging arrangements have been recognised as cash flow hedges for IFRSs purposes. US GAAP net income for 2006 was lower than that under IFRSs by US$20 million (2005: US$6 million), relating to differences in amortisation of other comprehensive income for de-designated hedge relationships under US GAAP and IFRS and unrecorded ineffectiveness on shortcut cash flow hedges during 2005 for US GAAP purposes. Trading derivatives From 1 January 2005, certain hedging relationships outside North America were elected and qualified as fair value hedges, were designated under the fair value option, or were elected and qualified as cash flow hedges under IAS 39, but were not elected as hedges under SFAS 133. The mark to market for these derivatives has been reported directly in net income for US GAAP purposes. For fair value hedges recognised under IFRSs, no corresponding, offsetting fair value movement of the hedged item with respect to the hedged risk has been recorded for US GAAP purposes. For hedging relationships designated as at fair value for IFRSs purposes, no fair value movement in respect of own debt is recorded under US GAAP. The effect of this was to increase US GAAP net income by US$214 million (2005: US$1,266 million reduction), net of elimination of a loss under IFRS of US$41 million (2005: US$76 million loss) of own credit spread, outside North America. Fair value option HSBC has also applied the fair value option under IFRSs to groups of financial assets and liabilities which are managed and evaluated on a fair value basis, and to financial instruments containing embedded derivatives (see Note 3). In addition, movements in the fair value of certain liabilities which meet the definition of ‘held for trading’ under IAS 39 are taken through net income. US GAAP does not include a fair value election and does not generally permit liabilities to be reported at fair value. From 1 January 2006, with HSBC’s adoption of SFAS 155, the Group’s hybrid debt issues that contain an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation, are accounted for in a consistent manner under both IFRSs and US GAAP, where such instruments are designated to be measured at fair value. The elimination of all other fair value option accounting increased US GAAP net income for 2006 by US$193 million (2005: US$733 million reduction prior to the adoption of SFAS 155). 425 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 (e) Foreign exchange gains on available-for-sale securities HSBC holds, in a number of different currencies, securities which are classified as available-for-sale. For example, in the private bank in Switzerland, which has the US dollar as its reporting currency, HSBC holds euro- denominated bonds funded in euros and Swiss franc securities funded in Swiss francs. No foreign exchange exposure arises from this because, although the value of the assets in US dollar terms changes according to the exchange rate, there is an identical offsetting change in the US dollar value of the related funding. Under IFRSs both the assets and the liabilities are translated at closing exchange rates and the differences between historical book value and current value are reflected in foreign exchange trading income. This reflects the economic substance of holding currency assets financed by currency liabilities. However, under US GAAP accounting rules, the change in value of the investments classified as available-for- sale is taken directly to reserves while the offsetting change in US dollar terms of the borrowing is taken to earnings. This leads to an accounting result which does not reflect either the underlying risk position or the economics of the transactions. It is also a situation that will reverse on maturity of the asset or earlier sale. A similar difference arises when foreign currency exposures on foreign currency assets are covered using forward contracts but HSBC does not manage these hedges to conform with the detailed US hedge designation requirements. The result is that for 2006, US GAAP net income was increased by US$1,203 million (2005: increased by US$2,235 million; 2004: increased by US$1,069 million) compared with IFRSs profits. There was no difference in shareholders’ equity between IFRSs and US GAAP as a result of this item. Approximately 50 per cent of the adjustment for the year ended 2006 reflected the level of adjustments in prior periods on the maturity or disposal of securities. The remainder of the adjustment reflected a weakening of the US dollar, where a loss on US dollar denominated available-for-sale securities in subsidiaries with sterling as their reporting currency was offset by gains on sterling and euro denominated available-for-sale securities in subsidiaries with the US dollar and the Hong Kong dollar as their reporting currencies. This loss has been recorded in IFRSs net income but is recorded directly in ‘Other comprehensive income’ under US GAAP. Any gain on foreign currency liabilities funding the securities is recorded in net income under both IFRSs and US GAAP. (f) Financial investments Under US GAAP, HSBC’s financial investments with a readily determinable market value are classified as available-for-sale securities, except for certain securities held by Republic New York Corporation at acquisition, which were classified as held-to-maturity. All other securities are categorised as trading securities. The amortised cost of available-for-sale investment securities which are subject to the provisions of SFAS 115 was US$216,096 million (2005: US$188,868 million) under US GAAP. During the year, excluding the effects of foreign exchange, US$910 million (2005: losses of US$899 million; 2004: gains of US$376 million) of net unrealised gains on available-for-sale securities were included in ‘Other comprehensive income’. US$644 million (2005: gains of US$626 million; 2004: gains of US$476 million) of net gains were reclassified out of ‘Other comprehensive income’ and recognised as part of income for the year. Available-for-sale Unrealised losses on investment securities: Under US GAAP, investment securities that had unrealised losses are summarised according to the length of time the losses have existed: 426 Period investment has been in an unrealised loss position Less than one year Greater than or equal to one year Unrealised Unrealised Fair value US$m At 31 December 2006 US Treasury ................................ US Government agencies ............ US Government sponsored entities ..................................... UK Government .......................... Hong Kong Government ............. Other governments ...................... Asset-backed securities ............... Corporate debt and other securities ................................. Debt securities ............................. Equity securities .......................... Total ............................................ 794 2,825 3,343 2,070 – 5,188 3,989 26,330 44,539 41 44,580 At 31 December 2005 US Treasury ................................. US Government agencies ............ US Government sponsored entities ..................................... UK Government .......................... Hong Kong Government ............. Other governments ...................... Asset-backed securities ............... Corporate debt and other securities ................................. Debt securities ............................. Equity securities .......................... Total ............................................ 1,136 1,385 8,955 56 1,259 3,457 1,522 32,423 50,193 52 50,245 losses US$m (12) (41) (114) (23) – (56) (5) (43) (294) (8) (302) losses US$m (22) (28) (192) – (23) (33) (7) (284) (589) (6) (595) Fair value US$m 618 1,339 6,009 – 631 5,472 1,252 17,943 33,264 – 33,264 Fair value US$m 78 570 2,811 225 126 6,187 367 8,726 19,090 – 19,090 Total Fair value US$m Unrealised losses US$m 1,412 4,164 9,352 2,070 631 10,660 5,241 44,273 77,803 41 77,844 (21) (76) (285) (23) (6) (105) (11) (269) (796) (8) (804) Total Fair value US$m Unrealised losses US$m 1,214 1,955 11,766 281 1,385 9,644 1,889 41,149 69,283 52 69,335 (23) (52) (292) (1) (23) (87) (12) (415) (905) (6) (911) losses US$m (9) (35) (171) – (6) (49) (6) (226) (502) – (502) losses US$m (1) (24) (100) (1) – (54) (5) (131) (316) – (316) Under US GAAP, 4,811 debt security investments and 37 investments in equity shares had unrealised losses at 31 December 2006. Period investment has been in an unrealised loss position Less than one year Greater than or equal to one year Unrealised Unrealised Fair value US$m Under US GAAP, 3,615 debt security investments and 15 investments in equity shares had unrealised losses at 31 December 2005. It is HSBC’s policy, under both IFRSs and US GAAP, to recognise in the income statement an impairment if the fair value of a financial investment significantly declines below its cost or if the decline is prolonged over a period exceeding six months. The only exception to this policy is in respect of debt securities whose decline in market value is due solely to an increase in underlying interest rates, and which HSBC has the ability and intent to hold until recovery. None of the securities disclosed in the table above were considered ‘other-than- temporarily’ impaired at 31 December 2006 or 2005. 427 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 (g) Taxation The components of the net deferred tax liability calculated under SFAS 109 ‘Accounting for income taxes’, were as follows: Deferred tax liabilities Leasing transactions .................................................................................................................. Capital allowances .................................................................................................................... Provision for additional UK tax on overseas dividends ........................................................... Reconciling items ...................................................................................................................... Other .......................................................................................................................................... Total deferred tax liabilities ...................................................................................................... Deferred tax assets Loan impairment allowances .................................................................................................... Tax losses .................................................................................................................................. Reconciling items ...................................................................................................................... Other .......................................................................................................................................... Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance ............................................................... Less: valuation allowance ......................................................................................................... Deferred tax assets less valuation allowance ............................................................................ Net deferred tax asset under SFAS 109 .................................................................................... Included within ‘other assets’ under US GAAP ....................................................................... Included within ‘deferred tax liabilities’ under US GAAP ...................................................... 2006 US$m 1,681 310 112 1,334 4,227 7,664 3,011 847 1,349 5,664 10,871 (1,187) 9,684 2,020 2,592 (572) 2005 US$m 2,533 138 18 2,163 2,004 6,856 1,974 587 1,050 4,981 8,592 (794) 7,798 942 2,717 (1,775) The valuation allowance against deferred tax assets principally relates to trading and capital losses carried forward, which have not been recognised due to uncertainty over their utilisation. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets if, based on available evidence, it is considered more likely than not that any of the deferred tax assets will not be realised. At 31 December 2006, HSBC had recognised deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses (net of valuation allowances) totalling US$180 million (2005: US$223 million), of which US$4 million (2005: US$4 million) expire within two to five years and US$176 million (2005: US$219 million) expire in 5 years or more. (h) Loans and advances Loans assessed under SFAS 114 ‘Accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan’ SFAS 114 was amended by SFAS 118 ‘Accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan – income recognition and disclosures’. SFAS 114 addresses accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan by specifying how allowances for credit losses for certain loans should be determined. A loan is impaired when it is probable that the creditor will be unable to collect all amounts in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate or, as an expedient, at the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Leases, smaller-balance homogeneous loans and debt securities are excluded from the scope of SFAS 114. At 31 December 2005, HSBC estimated that the difference between the carrying value of its loan portfolio on the basis of SFAS 114 and its value in HSBC’s IFRSs financial statements was such that no adjustment to net income or total shareholders’ equity was required. The value of impaired loans at 31 December 2006 was US$13,800 million (2005: US$11,535 million). Of this total, loans which were included within the scope of SFAS 114 and for which a provision had been established amounted to US$5,944 million (2005: US$5,082 million). The impairment reserve in respect of these loans estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 114 was US$2,572 million (2005: US$2,675 million). During the year ended 31 December 2006, impaired loans, including those excluded from the scope of SFAS 114, averaged US$11,791 million (2005: US$11,289 million) and interest income recognised on these loans was US$276 million (2005: US$120 million). 428 Loans outside the scope of SFAS 114 For smaller-balance homogeneous loans for which future cash flows from written-off balances can reasonably be estimated on a portfolio basis, an asset equal to the present value of the cash flows is recognised under IFRSs as it was previously under UK GAAP. This asset is not recognised for US GAAP purposes. This divergence resulted in lower net income in 2006 of US$45 million (2005: US$20 million higher) under US GAAP compared with IFRSs, and a reduction in the carrying value of loans and advances to customers and shareholders’ equity at 31 December 2006 of US$372 million (2005: US$327 million). (i) Earnings per share Basic earnings per share under US GAAP, SFAS 128 ‘Earnings per Share’, is calculated by dividing net income attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company of US$16,268 million (2005: US$14,703 million; 2004: US$12,506 million) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue in 2006 of 11,214 million (2005: 11,042 million; 2004: US$10,916 million). Diluted earnings per share under US GAAP is calculated by dividing net income, which requires no adjustment for the effects of dilutive ordinary potential shares, by the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares in 2006 of 11,324 million (2005: 11,175 million; 2004: 11,063 million). (j) Variable interest entities (‘VIEs’) Nature, purpose and activities of VIEs with which HSBC is involved HSBC uses VIE structures in the normal course of business in a variety of activities (outlined below), but primarily to facilitate client needs. HSBC’s involvement in VIEs is, therefore, commercially driven. VIEs are only used after careful consideration is given to the most appropriate structure to achieve HSBC’s objectives from control, risk allocation, taxation and regulatory perspectives. The main VIEs are discussed below. (i) Asset-backed conduits (‘ABCs’) and securitisation vehicles ABCs and securitisation vehicles are structures in which interests in consumer and commercial receivables are sold to investors. ABCs generally consist of entities which purchase assets from clients to meet their financing needs, while securitisation vehicles generally acquire assets originated by HSBC itself and thereby provide HSBC with a cost-effective source of financing. Under both structures, commercial paper, notes, or equity interests are issued to investors to fund the purchase of receivables, and cash received from the receivables is used to service the finance provided by the investors. In certain instances, HSBC receives fees for providing liquidity facility commitments and for acting as administrator of the vehicle. HSBC’s exposure to loss generally arises from commitments to provide back-up liquidity facilities for the vehicles; interest-rate swaps in which HSBC is the counterparty; retained or acquired interests in the receivables sold; or acquired interests in the vehicles themselves. In certain vehicles, the risk of loss to HSBC is reduced by credit enhancements provided by the originator of the receivables or other parties. In addition to these securitisation vehicles, HSBC (primarily through its North American subsidiaries) securitises assets through entities that are not considered VIEs, including government-sponsored financing vehicles and vehicles considered qualifying special-purpose entities under US GAAP. These entities are not consolidated under US GAAP although certain of them are consolidated under IFRSs. (ii) Infrastructure projects and funds HSBC acts as an arranger for both public and private infrastructure projects and funds. The use of VIE structures in such projects is common as a method of attracting a wider class of investor by dividing into tranches the risk associated with such projects. HSBC’s exposure to loss generally arises from the provision of subordinated or mezzanine debt finance to projects, either directly or through a consolidated investment fund investing in infrastructure projects. HSBC is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of an infrastructure project or fund when its investment in a project’s equity, subordinated debt or mezzanine debt, or its interest in a fund, is at a level at which it absorbs the majority of the expected losses or residual returns of the project or fund. 429 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Application of FIN 46R FIN 46R requires the consolidation of VIEs in which HSBC is the primary beneficiary, and disclosures in respect of other VIEs in which HSBC has a significant variable interest. Under IFRSs, HSBC consolidates entities in which it has a controlling interest. For SPEs, determination of the entity that holds the controlling interest involves a balanced assessment of certain factors, including an analysis of risks and rewards incidental to their activities. HSBC’s interests in entities deemed to be VIEs may result in differences in accounting and disclosure treatment under US GAAP. The following table analyses HSBC’s total consolidated VIE assets in a US GAAP balance sheet: Classification Loans and advances to customers ............................................................................................. Financial investments ................................................................................................................ Tangible fixed assets ................................................................................................................. Other assets ............................................................................................................................... At 31 December 2006 US$m 23,937 27,715 1,617 876 54,145 2005 US$m 23,843 4,403 2,017 256 30,519 Of the 2006 total, US$48,699 million (2005: US$23,843 million) represented asset-backed commercial paper conduits and securitisation vehicles, and US$2,683 million (2005: US$2,017 million) represented infrastructure projects and funds. The remaining balance consisted of guaranteed pension funds, investment funds, and other entities. Certain of these entities with assets of approximately US$54,145 million at 31 December 2006 (2005: US$19,475 million) were consolidated by HSBC in its IFRSs financial statements. There was no significant impact on net income under US GAAP for the year ended 31 December 2006 as a result of consolidating these VIEs. HSBC also had significant involvement in, but was not the primary beneficiary of, VIEs with total assets of approximately US$104.9 billion (2005: US$86.2 billion), including asset-backed commercial paper conduits and securitisation vehicles with assets of approximately US$32.5 billion (2005: US$14.7 billion), infrastructure projects and funds of approximately US$6.0 billion (2005: US$6.2 billion), and interests in investment funds, low income housing tax credit partnerships, guaranteed pension funds, government debt restructuring programmes and other entities. HSBC’s maximum exposure to loss in relation to these entities was estimated at US$19.5 billion (2005: US$9.7 billion) which arose from guarantees, retained interests and recourse liabilities. HSBC was also involved in other investment funds and similar entities that are considered VIEs for which its involvement was limited to that of administrator, investment adviser, or other service provider. In addition, HSBC had an interest in certain capital funding vehicles that are consolidated under IFRSs. However, under US GAAP, these vehicles were not recognised on HSBC’s balance sheet because it was not the primary beneficiary. (k) Consolidated cash flow statement HSBC prepares its cash flow statement in accordance with IAS 7 ‘Cash Flow Statements’, which is consistent with the objectives and principles of SFAS 95 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’ as amended by SFAS 104 ‘Statement of Cash Flows – Net Reporting of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments and Classification of Cash Flows from Hedging Transactions’. (l) Securitisations HSBC Finance Following the acquisition of HSBC Finance in 2003, HSBC increased its securitisation activity and the following discussion relates only to HSBC Finance’s securitisation activities including securitised credit card receivables transferred to HSBC Bank USA. In other HSBC entities such activities do not represent a significant part of HSBC’s business and retained interests in securitisations are not significant. In the third quarter of 2004, HSBC began to structure all new collateralised funding transactions as secured financings. In a secured financing, the underlying receivables and debt remain on HSBC’s balance sheet. HSBC 430 does not recognise a gain in a secured financing transaction. At 31 December 2006, secured financings of US$23.9 billion included in long-term debt were secured by US$30.5 billion of customer loans. Prior to the third quarter of 2004, HSBC sold MasterCard and Visa private label, personal non-credit card and vehicle finance loans in various securitisation transactions. HSBC continues to service and receive servicing fees on the outstanding balance of these securitised loans and retains rights to future cash flows arising from the loans after the investors receive their contractual return. HSBC has also, in certain cases, retained other subordinated interests in these securitisations. These transactions result in the recording of interest-only strip receivables, which represent the value of the future residual cash flows from securitised loans. The investors and the securitisation trusts have only limited recourse to HSBC assets for failure of debtors to pay. That recourse is limited to HSBC’s rights to future cash flows and any subordinated interest retained. Servicing assets and liabilities are not recognised in conjunction with securitisations since HSBC receives adequate compensation relative to current market rates to service the loans sold. Securitisation-related revenue includes income associated with the current and prior period securitisation of loans with limited recourse structured as sales under US GAAP. Such income includes gains on sales, net of the estimate of probable credit losses under the recourse provisions, servicing income and excess spread relating to those loans. The following table provides a summary of securitisation revenue: Net initial gains ....................................................................................... Net replenishment gains from revolving securitisations ........................ Servicing revenue and excess spread ...................................................... Other ........................................................................................................ Total securitisation revenue .................................................................... 2006 US$m – 30 169 – 199 2005 US$m – 154 212 6 372 2004 US$m 25 414 569 – 1,008 Certain revolving securitisation trusts, such as credit cards, are established at fixed levels and require frequent sales of new loan balances into the trusts to replace loans as they run off. These replenishments totalled US$6 billion in 2006 (2005: US$17.5 billion). Cash flows received from securitisation trusts were as follows: 2006 Proceeds from initial securitisations .......... Servicing fees received .............................. Other cash flows received on retained interests1 ................................................. 2005 Proceeds from initial securitisations .......... Servicing fees received .............................. Other cash flows received on retained interests1 ................................................. 2004 Proceeds from initial securitisations .......... Servicing fees received .............................. Other cash flows received on retained interests1 ................................................. Real estate secured US$m Vehicle finance US$m MasterCard /Visa US$m Personal non-credit card US$m Private label US$m – – – – – – – 1 4 – 16 97 – 45 40 – 86 (9) – 22 108 – 97 243 550 185 705 – 45 11 – 50 109 190 93 252 – 10 18 – 46 52 – 161 80 Total US$m – 93 234 – 238 444 740 526 1,032 1 Other cash flows included all cash flows from interest-only strip receivables, excluding servicing fees. At 31 December 2006, the sensitivity of the current fair value of the interest-only strip receivables to an immediate 10 per cent and 20 per cent unfavourable change in assumptions are presented in the table below. These sensitivities are based on assumptions used to value interest-only strip receivables at 31 December 2006. 431 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 Carrying value (fair value) of interest-only strip receivables (US$ millions) .................................................................................... Weighted average life (in years) ............................................................. Vehicle finance (4) 0.7 Credit card 9 0.3 Personal non-credit card 1 0.3 Payment speed assumption (annual rate) ................................................ 74.3% 98.9% 99.2% Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (US$ millions) ................................................................................ Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (US$ millions) ................................................................................ – (1) (1) (2) – – Expected credit losses (annual rate) ....................................................... 10.0% 3.7% 9.8% Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (US$ millions) ................................................................................ Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (US$ millions) ................................................................................ (2) (3) – (1) – (1) Discount rate for residual cash flows (annual rate) ................................ 10.0% 9.0% 11.0% Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (US$ millions) ................................................................................ Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (US$ millions) ................................................................................ Variable returns to investors (annual rate) ............................................. Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (US$ millions) ................................................................................ Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (US$ millions) ................................................................................ – (1) – – – – – – – 4.7% 6.0% (1) (1) – (1) These sensitivities are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. As the figures indicate, the change in fair value based on a 10 per cent variation in assumptions cannot necessarily be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the residual cash flow is calculated independently from any change in another assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may contribute to changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments) which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Furthermore, the estimated fair values as disclosed should not be considered indicative of future earnings on these assets. Static pool credit losses are calculated by summing actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by the original balance of each pool of asset. Due to the short-term revolving nature of MasterCard, Visa, and private label loan balances, the weighted average percentage of static pool credit losses is not considered to be materially different from the weighted average charge-off assumptions used in determining the fair value of interest-only strip receivables in the table above. At 31 December 2006, static pool credit losses for vehicle finance loans securitised in 2003 were estimated to be 10 per cent. Activities of other North American subsidiaries Through its North American operating subsidiaries, HSBC began acquiring residential mortgage loans from unrelated third parties in the middle of 2005 with the intention of securitising those loans. In 2006, certain loans originated by HSBC were also included in this securitisation program. HSBC does not service loans acquired from third parties in connection with these securitisations. In addition to securitising loans, HSBC also securitises the net interest margin (NIM) associated with certain interests it retains from loan securitisations. A NIM securitisation is a structured finance transaction backed by the cash flows on certain classes of retained interests in loan securitisations, primarily residual interests. The notes issued in a NIM securitisation are collateralised by the excess spread left after absorbing any realised losses and satisfying the required over collateralisation levels in the underlying securitisation deal. HSBC recorded pre-tax gains of US$113 million (2005: US$3 million) from securitisation transactions. Proceeds received from new securitisations were US$18 billion (2005: US$576 million), and cash flows from retained interests were US$35 million and (2005: US$7 million). 432 In connection with the securitisations, HSBC’s retained interests include investment grade certificates of US$316 million and other residual interests of US$176 million at 31 December 2006. Residual interests of US$14 million were retained at 31 December 2005. Retained interests are recorded in trading assets and are measured at fair value. Investment grade certificates are valued using quoted market prices. Key assumptions used during 2006 and 2005 in measuring the fair value of residual interests at the date of securitisation are presented in the table below. Expected weighted average life (in years) ...................................................................................... 2.1 – 2.7 Payment speed assumption (annual rate) ........................................................................................ 28.5 – 36.0% Expected credit losses (annual rate) ................................................................................................ 2.4 - 4.7% Discount rate on residual cash flows (annual rate) ......................................................................... 15.0 – 25.0% 2006 2005 3 45.0% 6.0% 20.0% Key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of residual interests in mortgage loans securitisations and the sensitivity of the current fair values of residual interests to changes in those assumptions are presented in the table below: 2006 Expected weighted average life (in years) ...................................................................................... 1.7 – 2.5 Payment speed assumption (annual rate) ........................................................................................ 31.5 – 44.2% Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (US$ millions) ......................................................... (8) Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (US$ millions) ......................................................... (17) Expected credit losses (annual rate) ................................................................................................ Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (US$ millions) ......................................................... Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (US$ millions) ......................................................... 1.2 – 6.9% (25) (41) Discount rate on residual cash flows (annual rate) ......................................................................... 15.0 – 25.0% Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (US$ millions) ......................................................... (8) Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (US$ millions) ......................................................... (15) 2005 3 45.0 % (1) (2) 6.0% – – 20.0% – (1) These sensitivities are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. As the figures indicate, the change in fair value based on a 10 per cent variation in assumptions cannot necessarily be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interests is calculated independently from any change in another assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may contribute to changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments) which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Future US GAAP accounting developments The Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘FASB’) has issued the following accounting standards, which will become fully effective in future financial statements. In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, ‘Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109’ (FIN 48). FIN 48 establishes threshold and measurement attributes for financial statement measurement and recognition of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2006. Adoption of FIN 48 is not expected to have a material effect on the US GAAP information in HSBC’s financial statements. In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157 ‘Fair Value Measurements’. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in US GAAP and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under many other extant US GAAP accounting pronouncements which prescribe that fair value is the relevant measurement, although the Statement does not extend the use of fair value for measurement purposes. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 November 2007. HSBC is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of SFAS 157 will have on its US GAAP financial statements. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159 ‘The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities’. SFAS 159 creates a fair value option under which an entity may irrevocably elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis, with 433 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) Note 47 / Shareholder information changes in fair value recognised in earnings as these changes occur. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of the first fiscal year beginning after 15 November 2007. HSBC is currently studying the effect that adoption of SFAS 159 will have on its US GAAP financial statements. 434 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Shareholder Information Information about the enforceability of judgements made in the US ....................... 435 Page Exchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders ................ Fourth interim dividend for 2006 .................. Interim dividends for 2007 ............................ Dividends on the ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings .................................................... Nature of trading market ............................... Shareholder profile ........................................ Memorandum and Articles of Association .... Interim results ............................................... Annual General Meeting ............................... Shareholder enquiries and communications .. Investor relations ........................................... Where more information about HSBC is available ..................................................... Taxation of shares and dividends .................. History and development of HSBC ............... Organisational structure ................................ 435 435 436 436 436 438 438 438 438 439 440 440 440 443 445 Information about the enforceability of judgements made in the US HSBC Holdings is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. Most of HSBC Holdings’ Directors and executive officers live outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or HSBC Holdings in the US or to enforce judgements obtained in US Fourth interim dividend for 2006 courts against them or HSBC Holdings based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the US. There is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce: • • certain civil liabilities under US securities laws in original actions; or judgements of US courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the US or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the UK. The enforceability of any judgement in the UK will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. Exchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders There are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations which would prevent the import or export of capital or remittance of distributable profits by way of dividends and other payments to holders of HSBC Holdings’ equity securities who are not residents of the UK. There are also no restrictions under the laws of the UK or the terms of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings concerning the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold HSBC Holdings’ equity securities or, when entitled to vote, to do so. The Directors have declared a fourth interim dividend of US$0.36 per ordinary share (in lieu of a final dividend). Information on the scrip dividend scheme and currencies in which shareholders may elect to have the cash dividend paid will be sent to shareholders on or about 3 April 2007. The timetable for the dividend is: Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong and Bermuda; ADSs quoted ex-dividend in New York ..................... Record date and closure of Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register of shareholders for one day ........................................ Shares quoted ex-dividend in Paris ....................................................................................................................................... Mailing of Annual Report and Accounts 2006 and/or Annual Review 2006, Notice of Annual General Meeting and dividend documentation .................................................................................................................................................... Final date for receipt by registrars of forms of election and revocations of standing instructions for scrip dividends ....... Exchange rate determined for payment of dividends in sterling and Hong Kong dollars ................................................... Payment date: dividend warrants, new share certificates or transaction advices and notional tax vouchers mailed and 2007 21 March 23 March 26 March 3 April 26 April 30 April shares credited to stock accounts in CREST .................................................................................................................... 10 May 435 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Shareholder Information (continued) Dividends / Nature of trading market Interim dividends for 2007 The Board has adopted a policy of paying quarterly interim dividends on the ordinary shares. Under this policy it is intended to have a pattern of three equal interim dividends with a variable fourth interim dividend. It is envisaged that the first interim dividend in respect of 2007 will be US$0.17 per ordinary share. The proposed timetables for the dividends in respect of 2007 are: Announcement .......................................................... ADSs quoted ex-dividend in New York ................... Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Interim dividends for 2007 First Second Third Fourth 30 April 2007 16 May 2007 30 July 2007 5 November 2007 15 August 2007 20 November 2007 3 March 2008 19 March 2008 Hong Kong and Bermuda ..................................... 16 May 2007 15 August 2007 21 November 2007 19 March 2008 Record date and closure of Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register of shareholders for one day ........ Shares quoted ex-dividend in Paris .......................... Payment date ............................................................. 18 May 2007 21 May 2007 5 July 2007 17 August 2007 23 November 2007 20 August 2007 26 November 2007 16 January 2008 4 October 2007 25 March 2008 26 March 2008 7 May 2008 Dividends on the ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings HSBC Holdings has paid dividends on its ordinary shares every year without interruption since it became the HSBC Group holding company by a scheme of arrangement in 1991. The dividends declared, per ordinary share, for each of the last five years were: First interim Second interim Third interim Fourth interim1 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 US$ ....................................... £ ............................................ HK$ ...................................... US$ ....................................... £ ............................................ HK$ ....................................... US$ ....................................... £ ............................................ HK$ ....................................... US$ ....................................... £ ............................................ HK$ ....................................... US$ ....................................... £ ............................................ HK$ ....................................... 0.150 0.082 1.164 0.140 0.077 1.088 0.130 0.071 1.013 0.240 0.146 1.860 0.205 0.130 1.599 0.150 0.079 1.167 0.140 0.079 1.086 0.130 0.072 1.014 0.120 0.065 0.931 0.325 0.204 2.535 0.150 0.078 1.168 0.140 0.079 1.085 0.130 0.069 1.013 0.240 0.135 1.871 – – – 0.360 0.183 2.799 0.310 0.169 2.403 0.270 0.141 2.104 – – – – – – Total2 0.810 0.422 6.298 0.730 0.404 5.662 0.660 0.353 5.144 0.600 0.345 4.654 0.530 0.334 4.134 1 The fourth interim dividend for 2006 of US$0.360 per share has been translated into pounds sterling and Hong Kong dollars at the closing rate on 31 December 2006. The dividend will be paid on 10 May 2007. 2 The above dividends declared are accounted for as disclosed in Note 11 on the Financial Statements. Dividends are declared in US dollars and, at the election of the shareholder, paid in cash in one of, or in a combination of, US dollars, sterling and Hong Kong dollars, or satisfied in whole or in part by the issue of new shares in lieu of a cash dividend. Nature of trading market HSBC Holdings ordinary shares are listed or admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (‘HKSE’), Euronext Paris, the New York Stock Exchange (‘NYSE’) and the Bermuda Stock Exchange. HSBC Holdings maintains its principal share register in England and overseas branch share registers in Hong Kong and Bermuda (collectively, the ‘share register’). As at 31 December 2006, there were a total of 205,958 holders of record of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. As at 31 December 2006, a total of 13,292,804 of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were registered in the HSBC Holdings share register in the name of 11,525 holders of record with addresses in the US. These shares represented 0.1149 per cent of the total HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue. 436 As at 31 December 2006, there were 11,079 holders of record of ADSs holding approximately 107 million ADSs, representing approximately 535 million HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. 10,856 of these holders had addresses in the US, holding approximately 106.9 million ADSs, representing 534.8 million HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. As at 31 December 2006, approximately 4.5 per cent of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were represented by ADSs held by holders of record with addresses in the US. The following table shows, for the years, calendar quarters and months indicated, the highest and lowest prices for the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and ADSs. These are based on mid-market prices at close of business on the London Stock Exchange, HKSE, Euronext Paris, NYSE and the Bermuda Stock Exchange. Past share price performance should not be regarded as a guide to future performance. High and low mid-market closing prices London US$0.50 shares Hong Kong US$0.50 shares New York ADSs1 Paris US$0.50 shares Bermuda2 US$0.50 shares Low HK$ High US$ Low US$ High euro Low euro High US$ High pence 1028 950 954 914 866 1028 975 985 995 950 936 895 907 Low pence 914 825 784 631 643 High HK$ 151.2 133.5 136.5 122.5 97.5 124.5 120.1 109.5 80.3 78.8 916 942 914 924 151.2 142.2 142.2 134.0 140.3 134.8 130.6 124.5 873 885 825 832 126.5 129.2 127.0 133.5 120.1 123.0 122.5 122.5 98.4 85.8 87.8 78.8 64.4 98.4 91.8 92.1 86.6 81.6 83.2 81.4 85.8 80.5 77.5 70.0 51.1 50.3 90.2 86.6 84.2 80.5 77.5 79.0 78.6 78.3 15.4 13.9 13.6 13.4 13.9 15.4 14.5 14.4 14.6 13.9 13.6 13.5 13.3 13.3 12.0 11.8 9.3 10.2 13.6 13.7 13.3 13.4 12.8 13.0 12.0 12.2 19.6 17.1 17.3 – – 19.6 18.4 18.1 17.4 16.5 16.6 16.2 17.1 Low US$ 16.4 15.7 14.5 – – 18.1 17.3 16.7 16.4 15.7 16.0 15.8 15.9 953 914 145.4 139.0 93.1 90.0 14.4 13.9 18.8 18.0 937 1028 1017 975 970 974 916 938 968 949 942 942 144.6 151.2 147.2 142.1 142.2 140.2 140.3 142.8 141.8 138.1 137.9 134.8 93.4 98.4 95.8 91.8 91.4 91.0 90.2 92.9 91.6 89.2 89.2 86.6 14.1 15.4 15.2 14.5 14.3 14.3 13.6 14.0 14.3 14.0 13.9 13.7 18.7 19.6 19.1 18.4 18.4 18.3 18.1 18.7 18.2 17.9 17.9 17.3 2006 ....................... 2005 ....................... 2004 ....................... 2003 ….. ................. 2002 ....................... 2006 4th Quarter .............. 3rd Quarter .............. 2nd Quarter .............. 1st Quarter .............. 2005 4th Quarter .............. 3rd Quarter .............. 2nd Quarter .............. 1st Quarter .............. 2007 January ................... 2006 December ............... November .............. October .................. September .............. August .................... July ......................... 1 In New York each ADS represents 5 underlying ordinary shares. 2 HSBC shares were not listed on the Bermuda Stock Exchange prior to 18 February 2004. Stock symbols HSBC Holdings ordinary shares trade under the following stock symbols: London Stock Exchange Hong Kong Stock Exchange New York Stock Exchange (ADS) Euronext Paris Bermuda Stock Exchange HSBA 5 HBC HSB HSBC 437 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Shareholder Information (continued) Profile / Memorandum and Articles / Interim results / AGM / Enquiries and communications Shareholder profile At 31 December 2006 the register of members recorded the following details: Ordinary shares held 1-100 .................................................................................................................................................. 101-400 .............................................................................................................................................. 401-500 .............................................................................................................................................. 501-1,000 ........................................................................................................................................... 1,001-5,000 ........................................................................................................................................ 5,001-10,000 ...................................................................................................................................... 10,001-20,000 .................................................................................................................................... 20,001-50,000 .................................................................................................................................... 50,001-200,000 .................................................................................................................................. 200,001-500,000 ................................................................................................................................ 500,001 and above ............................................................................................................................. Total Memorandum and Articles of Association Number of shareholders Total shares held 30,596 33,550 9,364 32,037 67,024 15,430 8,599 5,139 2,559 670 990 978,960 8,491,949 4,246,168 24,073,397 155,123,482 109,211,328 119,423,901 157,408,088 237,501,911 208,679,627 10,547,068,924 205,958 11,572,207,735 The discussion under the caption ‘Memorandum and Articles of Association’ contained in HSBC Holdings’ Annual Reports on Form 20-F for the years ended 31 December 2000 and 2001 is incorporated by reference herein. Interim results The interim results for the six months to 30 June 2007 will be announced on 30 July 2007. Annual General Meeting The 2007 Annual General Meeting will be held at the Barbican Hall, Barbican Centre, London EC2 on 25 May 2007 at 11 am. All resolutions considered at the 2006 Annual General Meeting were passed on a poll as follows: Resolution 1 To receive the Report and Accounts for 2005 ........................................... 2 To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2005 ....................... 3 To re-elect the following as Directors: (a) The Baroness Dunn ............................................................................ (b) M F Geoghegan ................................................................................. (c) S K Green .......................................................................................... (d) Sir Mark Moody-Stuart ...................................................................... (e) S M Robertson ................................................................................... (f) H Sohmen .......................................................................................... (g) Sir Brian Williamson ......................................................................... 4 To reappoint the Auditor............................................................................. 5 To authorise the Directors to allot shares .................................................. 6 To disapply pre-emption rights (Special Resolution) ................................ 7 To authorise the Company to purchase its own Ordinary Shares ............. 8 To increase fees payable to each non-executive Directors to £65,000 p.a. 1 Includes discretionary votes. Total votes For1 Against Abstain 4,480,852,415 4,428,404,417 21,235,648 154,287,152 107,249,007 70,543,557 4,612,655,769 4,636,745,575 4,536,123,455 4,626,583,848 4,635,200,010 4,625,766,106 4,637,388,477 4,581,736,221 4,588,458,934 4,593,975,127 4,620,218,288 4,601,744,353 36,639,677 12,088,015 96,828,783 22,231,763 11,818,080 22,794,084 11,612,586 25,270,259 60,705,949 54,420,754 15,470,061 29,609,584 2,104,416 2,185,789 18,179,417 2,202,512 2,264,832 2,617,684 2,204,044 46,246,917 6,033,860 6,831,574 9,882,035 13,995,048 438 Shareholder enquiries and communications Enquiries Any enquiries relating to your shareholding, for example transfers of shares, change of name or address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques, should be sent to the Registrars: Principal Register Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register: Bermuda Overseas Branch Register: Computershare Investor Services PLC PO Box 1064, The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 3FA UK Telephone: 44 (0) 870 7020137 Email: web.queries@computershare.co.uk Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited Hopewell Centre, 46th Floor 183 Queen’s Road East Wan Chai Hong Kong Telephone: 852 2862 8628 Email: hkinfo@computershare.com.hk Corporate Shareholder Services The Bank of Bermuda Limited 6 Front Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda Telephone: 1 441 299 6737 Any enquiries relating to ADSs should be sent to the depositary: The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street Floor 22W New York, NY 10286 USA Telephone (US): 1 888 269 2377 Telephone (International): 001 610 382 7836 Email: shareowner-svcs@bankofny.com Any enquiries relating to shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, should be sent to the paying agent: HSBC France 103, avenue des Champs Elysées 75419 Paris Cedex 08 France Telephone: 33 1 40 70 22 56 Further copies of this Annual Report and Accounts 2006 may be obtained by writing to the following departments: For those in Europe, the Middle East and Africa: For those in Asia-Pacific: For those in the Americas: Group Communications HSBC Holdings plc 8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ UK Group Public Affairs The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 1 Queen’s Road Central Hong Kong Employee Communications HSBC-North America 2700 Sanders Road Prospect Heights Illinois 60070 USA Electronic communications Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or electronically. To register online to receive electronic communications, or revoke or amend an instruction to receive electronic communications, go to www.hsbc.com/ecomms. If you received this document electronically and would like to receive a printed copy or would like to receive future shareholder communications in printed form, please write to the appropriate Registrars at the address given above. Printed copies will be provided without charge. Chinese translation A Chinese translation is available on request after 3 April 2007 from the Registrars: Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited Hopewell Centre, 46th Floor 183 Queen’s Road East Wan Chai Hong Kong 439 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Shareholder Information (continued) Investor relations / Where information is available / Taxation of shares and dividends Computershare Investor Services PLC PO Box 1064, The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 3FA UK Please also contact the Registrars if you wish to receive Chinese translations of future documents or if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive such translations in future. Investor relations Enquiries relating to HSBC’s strategy or operations may be directed to: Senior Manager Investor Director – Corporate Finance and Senior Manager External Relations HSBC Holdings plc 8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ UK Telephone: +44 (0)20 7991 8041 Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7991 4663 E-mail: investorrelations@hsbc.com Investor Relations HSBC Finance Corporation 2700 Sanders Road Prospect Heights, IL 60070 USA +1 847 564 6478 +1 847 205 7538 investor.relations@us.hsbc.com Relations The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 1 Queen’s Road Central Hong Kong +852 2822 4929 +852 2845 0113 investorrelations@hsbc.com.hk Where more information about HSBC is available This Annual Report and Accounts 2006, and other information on HSBC, may be viewed on HSBC’s web site: www.hsbc.com. US Investors may read and copy the reports, statements or information that HSBC Holdings files with the Securities Exchange Commission at its public reference room in Washington, DC, which is located at 100 F Street, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. These documents will also be available at the Commission’s regional offices located at the Woolworth Building, 233 Broadway, New York, NY 10279 and at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, IL 60661. Investors should call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Investors can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the Commission at 100 F Street, Mail Stop 5100, Washington, DC 50549. Investors may also obtain the reports and other information HSBC Holdings files at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, NY 10005. Taxation of shares and dividends Taxation – UK residents The following is a summary, under current law, of the principal UK tax considerations that are likely to be material to the ownership and disposition of shares. The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder of shares. In particular, the summary deals principally with shareholders who are resident in the UK for UK tax purposes and only with holders who hold the shares as investments and who are the beneficial owners of the shares, and does not address the tax treatment of certain classes of holders such as dealers in securities. Holders and prospective purchasers should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws. Taxation of dividends Currently no tax is withheld from dividends paid by HSBC Holdings. However, dividends are paid with an associated tax credit which is available for set-off by certain shareholders against any liability they may have to UK income tax. Currently, the associated tax credit is equivalent to 10 per cent of the combined cash dividend and tax credit, i.e. one-ninth of the cash dividend. For individual shareholders who are resident in the UK for taxation purposes and liable to UK income tax at the basic rate, no further UK income tax liability arises on the receipt of a dividend from HSBC Holdings. Individual shareholders who are liable to UK income tax at the higher rate on UK dividend income (currently 32.5 per cent) are taxed on the combined amount of the dividend and the tax 440 credit. The tax credit is available for set-off against the higher rate liability, leaving net higher rate tax to pay equal to 25 per cent of the cash dividend. Individual UK resident shareholders are not entitled to any tax credit repayment. Although non-UK resident shareholders are generally not entitled to any repayment of the tax credit in respect of any UK dividend received, some such shareholders may be so entitled under the provisions of a double taxation agreement between their country of residence and the UK. However, in most cases no amount of the tax credit is, in practice, repayable. Information on the taxation consequences of the HSBC Holdings scrip dividends offered in lieu of the 2004 fourth interim dividend and the first, second and third interim dividends for 2006 was set out in the Secretary’s letters to shareholders of 4 April, 1 June, 30 August and 5 December 2006. In each case, the difference between the cash dividend foregone and the market value of the scrip dividend did not equal or exceed 15% of the market value and accordingly, the price of HSBC Holdings US$0.50 ordinary shares (the ‘shares’) for UK tax purposes for the dividends was the cash dividend foregone. Taxation of capital gains The computation of the capital gains tax liability arising on disposals of shares in HSBC Holdings by shareholders subject to UK capital gains tax can be complex, partly depending on whether, for example, the shares were purchased since April 1991, acquired in 1991 in exchange for shares in The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, or acquired subsequent to 1991 in exchange for shares in other companies. For capital gains tax purposes, the acquisition cost for ordinary shares is adjusted to take account of subsequent rights and capitalisation issues. Further adjustments apply where an individual shareholder has chosen to receive shares instead of cash dividends, subject to scrip issues made since 6 April 1998 being treated for tax as separate holdings. Any capital gain arising on a disposal may also be adjusted to take account of indexation allowance and, in the case of individuals, taper relief. Except for gains made by a company chargeable to UK corporation tax, any such indexation allowance is calculated up to 5 April 1998 only. If in doubt, shareholders are recommended to consult their professional advisers. 441 Inheritance tax Shares or ADSs held by an individual whose domicile is determined to be the US for the purposes of the United States-United Kingdom Double Taxation Convention relating to estate and gift taxes (the ‘Estate Tax Treaty’) and who is not for such purposes a national of the UK will not, provided any US Federal estate or gift tax chargeable has been paid, be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a lifetime transfer of shares or ADSs except in certain cases where the shares or ADSs (i) are comprised in a settlement (unless, at the time of the settlement, the settlor was domiciled in the US and was not a national of the UK), (ii) is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of an enterprise, or (iii) pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. In such cases, the Estate Tax Treaty generally provides a credit against US Federal tax liability for the amount of any tax paid in the UK in a case where the shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and to US Federal estate or gift tax. Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax Transfers of shares by a written instrument of transfer generally will be subject to UK stamp duty at the rate of 0.5 per cent of the consideration paid for the transfer, and such stamp duty is generally payable by the transferee. An agreement to transfer shares, or any interest therein, normally will give rise to a charge to stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 0.5 per cent of the consideration. However, provided an instrument of transfer of the shares is executed pursuant to the agreement and duly stamped before the date on which the stamp duty reserve tax becomes payable, under the current practice of UK HM Revenue and Customs it will not be necessary to pay the stamp duty reserve tax, nor to apply for such tax to be cancelled. Stamp duty reserve tax is generally payable by the transferee. Paperless transfers of shares within CREST, the UK’s paperless share transfer system, are liable to stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 0.5 per cent of the consideration. In CREST transactions, the tax is calculated and payment made automatically. Deposits of shares into CREST generally will not be subject to stamp duty reserve tax, unless the transfer into CREST is itself for consideration. Taxation – US residents The following is a summary, under current law, of the principal UK tax and US federal income tax H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Shareholder Information (continued) Taxation of shares and dividends / History and development considerations that are likely to be material to the ownership and disposition of shares or ADSs by a holder that is a resident of the US for the purposes of the income tax convention between the US and the UK (the ‘Treaty’), and is fully eligible for benefits under the Treaty (an ‘eligible US holder’). The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder of shares or ADSs. In particular, the summary deals only with eligible US holders that hold shares or ADSs as capital assets, and does not address the tax treatment of holders that are subject to special tax rules, such as banks, tax- exempt entities, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold shares or ADSs as part of an integrated investment (including a ‘straddle’) comprised of a share or ADS and one or more other positions, and persons that own, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of HSBC Holdings. This discussion is based on laws, treaties, judicial decisions and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change. Under the current income tax treaty between the UK and the US, eligible US holders are no longer entitled to claim a special foreign tax credit in respect of dividends. Holders and prospective purchasers should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares or ADSs in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws. In general, the beneficial owner of a share or ADS will be entitled to benefits under the Treaty (and, therefore, will be an eligible US holder) if it is (i) an individual resident of the US, a US corporation meeting ownership criteria specified in the Treaty or other entity meeting criteria specified in the Treaty; and (ii) not also resident in the UK for UK tax purposes. Special rules, including a limitation of benefits provision, may apply. The Treaty benefits discussed below generally are not available to US holders that hold shares or ADSs in connection with the conduct of a business through a permanent establishment, or the performance of personal services through a fixed base, in the UK. Taxation of dividends An eligible US holder must include cash dividends paid on the shares or ADSs in ordinary income on the date that such holder or the ADS depositary receives them, translating dividends paid in UK pounds sterling into US dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt. Subject to certain exceptions for positions that are held for less than 61 days or are hedged, and subject to a foreign 442 corporation being considered a ‘qualified foreign corporation’ (which includes not being classified for US federal income tax purposes as a passive foreign investment company), certain dividends (‘qualified dividends’) received by an individual eligible US holder before 2009 generally will be subject to US taxation at a maximum rate of 15 per cent. Based on the company’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, HSBC Holdings believes that it was not treated as a passive foreign investment company for US federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2005 or 2006 taxable year. In addition, based on the company’s audited financial statements and current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, and the sources and nature of its income, HSBC Holdings does not anticipate being classified as a passive foreign investment company for its 2007 taxable year. Accordingly, dividends paid on the shares or ADSs generally should be treated as qualified dividends. Taxation of capital gains Gains realised by an eligible US holder on the sale or other disposition of shares or ADSs normally will not be subject to UK taxation unless at the time of the sale or other disposition the holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency or permanent establishment and the shares or ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession, vocation, branch or agency or permanent establishment. Such gains will be included in income for US tax purposes, and will be long-term capital gains if the shares or ADSs were held for more than one year. A long-term capital gain realised by an individual holder generally is subject to US tax at a maximum rate of 15 per cent. Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax – ADSs If shares are transferred into a clearance service or depository receipt (‘ADR’) arrangement (which will include a transfer of shares to the Depository) UK stamp duty and/or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable. The stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax is generally payable on the consideration for the transfer and is payable at the aggregate rate of 1.5 per cent. The amount of stamp duty reserve tax payable on such a transfer will be reduced by any stamp duty paid in connection with the same transfer. No stamp duty will be payable on the transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS, provided that the ADR and any separate instrument of transfer or written agreement to transfer remain at all times outside the UK, and provided further that any such transfer or written agreement to transfer is not executed in the UK. No stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on a transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS effected by the transfer of an ADR. On a transfer of shares from the Depository to a registered holder of an ADS upon cancellation of the ADS, a fixed stamp duty of £5 per instrument of transfer will be payable by the registered holder of the ADR cancelled. US backup withholding tax and information reporting Distributions made on shares and proceeds from the sale of shares or ADSs that are paid within the US, or through certain financial intermediaries to US holders, are subject to information reporting and may be subject to a US ‘backup’ withholding tax unless, in general, the US holder complies with certain certification procedures or is a corporation or other person exempt from such withholding. Holders that are not US persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding tax, but may be required to comply with applicable certification procedures to establish that they are not US persons in order to avoid the application of such information reporting requirements or backup withholding tax to payments received within the US or through certain financial intermediaries. History and development of HSBC 1865 The founding member of the HSBC Group, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, is established in both Hong Kong and Shanghai. 1959 The Mercantile Bank of India Limited and The British Bank of the Middle East, now HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, are purchased. Canadian operations. HSBC Bank Canada subsequently makes numerous acquisitions, expanding rapidly to become the largest foreign-owned bank in Canada and the seventh-largest overall at 31 December 2006. 1987 A 14.9 per cent interest in Midland Bank plc, now HSBC Bank plc, one of the UK’s principal clearing banks, is purchased. 1991 HSBC Holdings plc is established as the parent company of the HSBC Group. 1992 HSBC purchases the remaining interest in Midland Bank plc. 1993 As a consequence of the Midland acquisition, HSBC’s head office is transferred from Hong Kong to London in January. 1997 HSBC assumes selected assets, liabilities and subsidiaries of Banco Bamerindus do Brasil S.A., now HSBC Bank Brazil, following the intervention of the Central Bank of Brazil, and in Argentina completes the acquisition of Grupo Roberts, now part of HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. 1999 HSBC acquires Republic New York Corporation, subsequently merged with HSBC USA, Inc., and Safra Republic Holdings S.A. 2000 HSBC completes its acquisition of 99.99 per cent of the issued share capital of Crédit Commercial de France S.A., now HSBC France. 2002 HSBC acquires 99.59 per cent of Grupo Financiero Bital, S.A. de C.V., the holding company of what is now HSBC Mexico. 2003 HSBC acquires Household International, Inc., now HSBC Finance Corporation. HSBC Finance brings to the Group national coverage in the US for consumer lending, credit cards and credit insurance through multiple distribution channels. 1965 A 51 per cent interest (subsequently increased 2003 HSBC acquires Banco Lloyds TSB S.A.- to 62.14 per cent) is acquired in Hang Seng Bank Limited. Hang Seng Bank is the fourth- largest listed bank in Hong Kong by market capitalisation. 1980 A 51 per cent interest in Marine Midland Banks, Inc., now HSBC USA, Inc, is acquired (with the remaining interest acquired in 1987). 1981 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation incorporates its then existing Banco Múltiplo in Brazil and the country’s leading consumer finance company, Losango Promotora de Vendas Limitada. 2004 HSBC Bank USA, Inc. merges with HSBC Bank & Trust (Delaware) N.A. to form HSBC Bank USA, N.A. 2004 The acquisition of The Bank of Bermuda Limited is completed. 443 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Shareholder Information (continued) History and development / Organisational structure 2004 HSBC acquires Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited, which trades as Marks and Spencer Money (‘M&S Money’) in the UK. 2004 HSBC acquires 19.9 per cent of Bank of Communications, mainland China’s fifth- largest bank by total assets, and Hang Seng Bank acquires 15.98 per cent of Industrial Bank. 2005 HSBC increases its holding in Ping An Insurance to 19.9 per cent, having made its initial investment in 2002. Ping An Insurance is the second-largest life insurer and the third- largest property and casualty insurer in mainland China. 2005 HSBC Finance completes the acquisition of Metris Companies Inc., making HSBC the fifth-largest issuer of MasterCard and Visa cards in the USA. 2006 In July, HSBC enters into an agreement with Grupo Banistmo S.A. (‘Banistmo’), the leading banking group in Central America, to make a tender offer to acquire 99.98 per cent of the outstanding shares of Banistmo for a total consideration of US$1.97 billion. The transaction is completed in November. Banistmo’s principal area of operation is Panama, but the group also has a significant presence in five countries new to HSBC, namely Costa Rica, Honduras, Colombia, Nicaragua and El Salvador. 444 Organisational Structure 445 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Glossary Accounting terms used US equivalent or brief description Accounts Articles of Association Associates Attributable profit Balance sheet Bills Called up share capital Capital allowances Creditors Debtors Deferred tax Depreciation Finance lease Freehold Interests in associates and joint ventures Loans and advances Loan capital Nominal value One-off Ordinary shares Overdraft Financial Statements Bylaws Long-term equity investments accounted for using the equity method Net income Statement of financial position Notes Ordinary shares, issued and fully paid Tax depreciation allowances Payables Receivables Deferred income tax Amortisation Capital lease Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity Long-term equity investments accounted for using the equity method Lendings Long-term debt Par value Non-recurring Common stock A line of credit, contractually repayable on demand unless a fixed-term has been agreed, established through a customer’s current account Preference shares Premises Provisions Share capital Shareholders’ equity Share premium account Shares in issue Write-offs Preferred stock Real estate Allowances Ordinary shares or common stock issued and fully paid Stockholders’ equity Additional paid-in capital Shares outstanding Charge-offs 446 Abbreviations used Brief description ABC ABS ADR ADS AICPA AIEA ALCO ARB ARM ATM Bank of Bermuda Bank of Communications Basel Committee Basel II Asset-backed conduits Asset-backed securities American depositary receipt American depositary share The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Average interest-earning assets Asset and liability management committee Accounting Research Bulletin (US) Adjustable-rate mortgage Automated teller machines The Bank of Bermuda Limited, which was acquired in February 2004 Bank of Communications Limited, mainland China’s fifth largest bank in which HSBC acquired a 19.9 per cent interest in August 2004 The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision The Final Accord of the Basel Committee on proposals for a new capital adequacy framework Brazilian operations HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo and subsidiaries, plus HSBC CCF CGU Combined Code CRM CSA Decision One DPF EITF EPS award EU FASB FDIC FFIEC FHC FIN FSA FSMA FTSE GAAP GDP GHOS Global Markets Group Hang Seng Bank HFC HKMA HKSE Hong Kong Serviços e Participações Limitada CCF S.A., the former name of HSBC France Cash generating unit Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council Customer relationship management Credit support annex Decision One Mortgage Company, HSBC Finance’s subsidiary which originates loans referred by mortgage brokers Discretionary participation feature of insurance and investment contracts Emerging Issues Task Force (US) Earnings per share measure applied to half of the award of Performance Shares under The HSBC Share Plan European Union Financial Accounting Standards Board (US) Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (US) Federal Financial Institution Examination Council Financial holding company, as defined under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amendments to the BHCA FASB Interpretation (US) Financial Services Authority (UK) Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (UK) Financial Times – Stock Exchange index Generally Accepted Accounting Principles Gross domestic product Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme HSBC’s treasury and capital markets services in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings Hang Seng Bank Limited, the fourth largest bank in Hong Kong by market capitalisation HFC Bank Limited, the UK-based consumer finance business acquired through the acquisition by HSBC of HSBC Finance The Hong Kong Monetary Authority The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China 447 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Glossary (continued) Abbreviations used Brief description HNAH HSBC HSBC Bank HSBC Bank Argentina HSBC Bank Brazil HSBC North America Holdings Inc, the bank holding company formed on 1 January 2004 to hold all of HSBC’s North America operations HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings HSBC Bank plc, formerly Midland Bank plc HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo, HSBC’s retail banking operation in Brazil, formerly Banco Bamerindus do Brasil S.A. HSBC Bank Delaware HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A., a US nationally chartered bank HSBC Bank Malaysia HSBC Bank Middle East restricted to trust activities HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, formerly The British Bank of the Middle East HSBC Bank Nevada HSBC Bank Nevada, NA, (formerly Household Bank (SB), N.A.) a nationally HSBC Bank USA HSBC’s retail bank in the US. From 1 July 2004, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. chartered ‘credit card bank’ in the US which is a subsidiary of HSBC Finance HSBC Finance HSBC France HSBC Holdings HSBC Mexico (formerly HSBC Bank USA, Inc.) HSBC Finance Corporation, the US consumer finance company acquired in March 2003 (formerly Household International, Inc.) HSBC’s French banking subsidiary, whose name was changed from CCF S.A. (previously Crédit Commercial de France S.A.) in 2005 HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC HSBC México S.A., the commercial banking subsidiary of Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V. and the fifth-largest bank in Mexico by deposits and assets HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A., HSBC’s private bank in Switzerland IAS IFRSs IFRIC IGU Industrial Bank IPO Key Management Personnel KPMG Losango Mainland China Metris M&S Money MMEs MSCI MSRs NA NIM NYSE OCC OCI OFT Option ARMS (formerly HSBC Republic Bank (Suisse) S.A.) International Accounting Standard International Financial Reporting Standards International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee Income generating unit Industrial Bank Co. Limited, a national joint-stock bank in mainland China of which Hang Seng acquired a 15.98 per cent interest in 2004 Initial public offering Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings KPMG Audit plc and its affiliates Losango Promotora de Vendas Limitada, the Brazilian consumer finance company acquired in December 2003 People’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong Metris Companies Inc., US credit card issuer acquired in December 2005 Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited, acquired by HSBC in November 2004 Middle market enterprises Morgan Stanley Capital International index Mortgage servicing rights Nationally Chartered, a designation for certain categories of banks in the US Net interest margin New York Stock Exchange Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (US) Other comprehensive income Office of Fair Trading (UK) Adjustable-rate mortgage with alternative payment options 448 Abbreviations used Patriot Act Performance Shares Brief description The US Patriot Act of October 2001 Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans that are subject to corporate performance conditions Pesification The mandatory and asymmetrical conversion of onshore US dollar- denominated assets and liabilities in Argentina Ping An Insurance Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited, the second-largest PVBP PVIF Repos Restricted shares Reverse repos RMB Seasoning SEC Senior Management life insurer in the PRC, in which HSBC holds 16.8 per cent Present value of a basis point Present value of in-force long-term insurance business Sale and repurchase transactions Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, normally after three years, subject to remaining an employee Securities purchased under commitments to sell Renminbi, the currency of mainland China The emergence of credit loss patterns in portfolios over time Securities and Exchange Commission (US) Group Managing Directors, the Group Chief Accounting Officer and the Group Company Secretary SFAS SIC SME SOP SPE The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (US) Standing Interpretations Committee (US) Small and medium-sized enterprise Statement of Position issued by the AICPA (US) Special purpose entity The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, the founding Corporation TSR TSR award UK UK GAAP US US GAAP VAR VIE WHIRL WTAS WWF member of the HSBC Group Total shareholder return TSR measure applied to half of the award of Performance Shares under The HSBC Share Plan United Kingdom UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles United States of America US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles Value at risk Variable interest entity Worldwide Household International Revolving Lending system Wealth and Tax Advisory Services, Inc. World Wide Fund for Nature 449 H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Index Accounting developments (future) 303, 433 policies (critical) 111 policies (significant) 304 requirements in UK and Hong Kong 403 Accounts approval 403 basis of preparation 26, 301 Annual General Meeting 279, 438 Assets by customer group 12, 344 by geographical region 26, 340 charged as security 386 deployment 144 held in custody and under administration 145 other 371 trading 144, 350 Associates and joint ventures interests in 360 share of profit in 142 Audit committee (Group) 259 Auditors’ remuneration 331 Auditors’ Report 291 Balance sheet average 147 consolidated 295 HSBC Holdings 298 US GAAP basis 420 Basel II 244 Borrowings (short-term) 158 Business highlights 13, 16, 18, 20 Business performance review Europe 32, 39 Hong Kong 49, 53 Latin America 92, 98 North America 76, 83 Rest of Asia-Pacific 62, 67 Calendar (dividends) 435, 436 Capital events 157 management and allocation 243 return on invested capital 1 structure 246 Capital and performance ratios 2 Cash flow accounting policy 317 consolidated statement 297 HSBC Holdings 300 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 430 notes 395 payable under financial liabilities 214 Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements 4 Certificates of deposit and other time deposits (maturity analysis) 162 Collateral and credit enhancements 173, 196 Commercial Banking business highlights 16 performance in Europe 35, 41 performance in Hong Kong 50, 54 performance in Latin America 95, 100 performance in North America 80, 86 performance in Rest of Asia-Pacific 64, 68 products and services 107 strategic direction 16 Committees (board) 259 Communication with shareholders 278 Community involvement 277 Comparison of financial information 111 Competitive environment 27 Constant currency 110 Contents inside front cover, 11, 110, 165, 248, 280, 293, 435 Contingent liabilities and contractual commitments 396 Contractual obligations 158 Corporate governance codes 257 report 248 Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets business highlights 18 performance in Europe 36, 42 performance in Hong Kong 51, 56 performance in Latin America 97, 101 performance in North America 81, 86 performance in Rest of Asia-Pacific 65, 69 products and services 108 strategic direction 18 Corporate responsibility 276 committee 262 reporting 278 Cost efficiency ratio 1, 142 Credit exposure 176 Credit quality of loans and advances 192 Credit risk management thereof 171 insurance 237 Critical accounting policies 111 Cross-border exposures 176, 191 Customer groups and global businesses 12 profit before tax 23 Dealings in HSBC Holdings plc shares 279 Debt securities in issue 372 accounting policy 317 rating agency designation 188 Defined terms inside front cover Deposits average balances and average rates 160 Derivatives 352 accounting policy 309 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 405, 423 Directors biographies 248 board of directors 254 emoluments 286, 330 interests 264 non-executive 285 other directorships 284 pensions 284, 286 remuneration (executive) 280 responsibilities (statement of) 290 service contracts 284 Dividends 1, 278, 339, 435, 436 Donations 277 450 Earnings per share 1, 339 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 429 Economic briefing Europe 31, 38 Hong Kong 49, 53 Latin America 91, 97 North America 75, 82 Rest of Asia-Pacific 60, 66 Economic profit 146 Employees 265 compensation and benefits 275, 320 disabled 266 involvement 266 remuneration policy 266 Enforceability of judgements made in the US 435 Enquiries (from shareholders) 439 Equity 392 Equity compensation plans accounting policy 314 Europe business performance 32, 39 competitive environment 28 economic briefing 31, 38 lending 179 loan impairment charges 205 profit/(loss) 31, 32, 45 regulation and supervision (UK) 166 Events after the balance sheet date 402 Exchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders 435 Fee income (net) 125 Financial assets designated at fair value 351 Financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis 346 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 409 Financial highlights 1 Financial instruments designated at fair value accounting policy 308 fair value 382 net income from 129, 317 critical accounting policy (valuation) 114 Financial investments 356, 426 accounting policy 308 concentration of exposure 178 gains less losses from 131 Financial liabilities designated at fair value 372 Financial risks (insurance) 233 Financial statements 294 Five-year comparison 3 Fixed assets (intangible) 363 Foreign exchange exposures 223, 385, 426 accounting policy 314 Funds under management 145 Geographical regions 26 Glossary 446 Goodwill accounting policy 312 and intangible assets 362 critical accounting policy 113 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 405, 422 Governance codes 257 HSBC Holdings/New York Stock Exchange 451 corporate governance differences 257 Group Chairman’s Statement 6 Health and safety 277 History and development of HSBC 443 Hong Kong business performance 49, 53 competitive environment 29 economic briefing 49, 53 lending 179 loan impairment charges 206 profit/(loss) 48, 57 regulation and supervision 167 HSBC Holdings plc balance sheet 298 cash flow 300 credit risk 211 dividends 435 employee emoluments 330 fair value of financial instruments 383 financial assets and liabilities 349 liquidity and funding management 215 maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 385 statement of changes in total equity 299 structural foreign exchange exposures 223 subordinated liabilities 381 Impairment accounting policy 305 allowances and charges 197 assessment 174 charges 136, 197, 203 collectively assessed 175 critical accounting policy 111 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 413 impairment allowances 176 individually assessed 174 loan write-offs 176 movement by industry and geographical region 198 of assets other than financial instruments 364 Income statement consolidated 119, 294 Information on HSBC (availability thereof) 440 Insurance accounting policy 315 assets and liabilities (long-term) IFRSs/US GAAP differences 417 claims incurred (net) and movements in policyholders’ liabilities 135, 318 insurance fund (shareholders interest in) IFRSs/US GAAP differences 403 liabilities under contracts issued 374 net earned premiums 132, 318 risk management 228 Intangible assets IFRSs/US GAAP differences 405, 423 Interest income (net) 122 accounting policy 304 analysis of changes in 154 average balance sheet 147 forgone on impaired loans 196 sensitivity 221 Interest recognition H S B C H O L D I N G S P L C Index (continued) IFRSs/US GAAP differences 414 Interim results 438 Internal control 262 International Financial Reporting Standards Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards comparison 301, 403 US GAAP comparison / differences 110, 301, 403, 418 Investment contracts accounting policy 316 Investor relations 440 Key performance indicators financial 115 non-financial 117 Latin America business performance 92, 98 competitive environment 30 economic briefing 91, 97 lending 179 loan impairment charges 206 loans and advances to customers 186 profit/(loss) 91, 103 Lease commitments 398 accounting policy 313 Legal proceedings 109 litigation 399 litigation risk 225 Liabilities by geographical regions 340 other 373 subordinated 378 trading 371 Life insurance business 228 Liquidity and funding management thereof 213 insurance 240 Loans and advances accounting policy 305 credit quality 192 concentration of exposure 177 delinquency in the US 209 by industry sector and geographic region 178 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 428 impairment 194, 210 maturity and interest sensitivity 159 to banks by geographic region 187 Loan originations IFRSs/US GAAP differences 412 Management Board (Group) 259 Market risk management thereof 216 insurance 235 Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 383 Maximum exposure to credit risk 176 Memorandum and Articles of Association 438 Minority interests 387 Mortgage lending in the US 190 products 189 Mortgage servicing rights IFRSs/US GAAP differences 414 452 Nomination committee 261 Non-life insurance business 228 Non-trading portfolios 219 North America business performance 76, 83 competitive environment 29 economic briefing 75, 82 lending 179 loan delinquency in the US 209 loan impairment charges 206 mortgage lending 190 profit/(loss) 75, 76, 88 regulation and supervision (US) 168 Off-balance sheet arrangements 163 Operating expenses 139 Operating income net 319 other 133 Operational risk management 225 Organisational structure chart 445 Other (notes) 22 in Europe 38, 44 in Hong Kong 52,56 in Latin America 97, 102 in North America 82, 87 in Rest of Asia-Pacific 66, 71 Own shares held IFRSs/US GAAP differences 415 Pensions accounting policy 314 for directors 284, 286 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 403, 421 risk 226 Personal Financial Services business highlights 13 performance in Europe 33, 39 performance in Hong Kong 49, 53 performance in Latin America 93, 98 performance in North America 77, 83 performance in Rest of Asia-Pacific 62, 67 products and services 106 strategic direction 13 Principal activities 11 Private Banking business highlights 20 performance in Europe 37, 43 performance in Hong Kong 52, 56 performance in Latin America 97, 102 performance in North America 82, 87 performance in Rest of Asia-Pacific 66, 70 products and services 108 strategic direction 20 Products and services 106 Profit before tax by customer group 12, 13, 16, 18, 20, 22, 23, 344 by geographical region 26, 45, 57, 72, 88, 103 Property, plant and equipment 109, 366 accounting policy 312 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 416 valuation of land and buildings 109 Provisions 377 accounting policy 315 Purchase accounting IFRSs/US GAAP differences 405 PVIF 241 Ratios capital and performance 2 cost efficiency 142 net liquid assets to customer liabilities 215 Regulation and supervision 165 Related party transactions 399 Remuneration committee 261, 280 Renegotiated loans 196 Reputational risk 227 Residual value risk management 224 Rest of Asia-Pacific business performance 62, 67 competitive environment 29 economic briefing 60, 66 lending 179 loan impairment charges 206 loans and advances to customers 186 profit/(loss) 60, 72 Restructuring provisions IFRSs/US GAAP differences 416 Risk elements in loan portfolio 211 Risk management 170 capital management and allocation 243 credit 171 insurance operations 228 legal litigation 225 liquidity and funding management 213 market 216 operational 225 pension 226 reputational 227 residual value 224 sustainability 227 Risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary 247 Sale and repurchase agreements accounting policy 309 Securities available-for-sale IFRSs/US GAAP differences 410, 426 held for trading (concentration of exposure) 178 unquoted equity Share-based payments 332 Share capital 387 accounting policy 317 and reserves 157 notifiable interests in 278 Share information 2 Share option plans Bank of Bermuda plans 274 discretionary plans 270 for directors 287 for employees 267 HSBC Finance and subsidiary plans 272, 337 HSBC France and subsidiary plans 271, 337 performance shares and restricted share awards 269 Shareholder 278 profile 438 Special interest (areas of) 189 Staff numbers 139, 265 Statement of recognised income and expense 296 Stock-based compensation IFRSs/US GAAP differences 404 Stock symbols 437 Strategic direction 11, 13, 16, 18, 20 Structural foreign exchange exposure 223 Subsidiaries 368 accounting policy 311 Supplier payment policy 277 Sustainability (investing in) 276 Sustainability risk management 227 Taxation accounting policy 313 expense 338 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 428 UK residents 440 US residents 441 Total shareholder return 283 Trading assets and financial investments 144, 350 accounting policy 307 Trading income (net) 128 Trading liabilities 371 accounting policy 307 Trading market (nature of) 436 Trading portfolios 218 Troubled debt restructurings 211 Unearned commission income IFRSs/US GAAP differences 415 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 411 US GAAP Securitisations and other structural transactions 359 IFRSs/US GAAP differences 412, 430 Segment analysis 340 Senior management biographies 251 future accounting developments 433 IFRSs comparison/differences 110, 403, 418 selected financial data 4 Value at risk 216 Variable interest entities IFRSs/US GAAP differences 416, 429 453 STOCKBROKERS Goldman Sachs Peterborough Court 133 Fleet Street London EC4A 2BB United Kingdom HSBC Bank plc 8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ United Kingdom HSBC HOLDINGS PLC Incorporated in England on 1 January 1959 with limited liability under the UK Companies Act Registered in England: number 617987 REGISTERED OFFICE AND GROUP HEAD OFFICE 8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ United Kingdom Telephone: 44 (0) 20 7991 8888 Facsimile: 44 (0) 20 7992 4880 Web: www.hsbc.com REGISTRARS Principal Register Computershare Investor Services PLC PO Box 1064, The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 3FA United Kingdom Telephone: 44 (0) 870 702 0137 Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited 46th floor, Hopewell Centre 183 Queen’s Road East Hong Kong Telephone: 852 2862 8628 Bermuda Overseas Branch Register Corporate Shareholder Services The Bank of Bermuda Limited 6 Front Street Hamilton HM11 Bermuda Telephone: 1 441 299 6737 ADR Depositary The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street Floor 22W New York, NY 10286 USA Telephone: 1 888 269 2377 Paying Agent (France) HSBC France 103 avenue des Champs Elysées 75419 Paris Cedex 08 France Telephone: 33 1 40 70 22 56 454 © Copyright HSBC Holdings plc 2007 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of HSBC Holdings plc. Published by Group Finances, HSBC Holdings plc, London Cover designed by Addison Corporate Marketing Limited, London; text pages designed by Group Public Affairs, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Hong Kong Printed by St Ives Direct Romford Limited, Romford, UK, on Revive Special Silk paper using vegetable oil- based inks. Made in Spain, the paper comprises 60% virgin fibre, 30% de-inked post-consumer waste and 10% mill broke. Pulps used are elemental chlorine-free. The FSC logo identifies products which contain wood from well-managed forests certified in accordance with the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council. Mixed Sources Cert no. SGS-COC-2116 © 1996 FSC A.C. Photography Cover Group Chairman Philip Gostelow Niall McDiarmid HSBC Holdings plc 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom Telephone: 44 020 7991 8888 Facsimile: 44 020 7992 4880 www.hsbc.com 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above